Skip to main content

Full text of "A Greek and English lexicon to the New Testament"

See other formats


This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 






't • 




T ■ 





















ST. John's square. 




&C. &C. &C. 

My Lord, 

In inscribing to your Lordship a Work, I trust of 
no inconsiderable importance in Theology, I offer it both as a 
suitable tribute of respect to one of the most distinguished 
Theologians of our Church, and as a memorial of my grateful 
sense of those various acts of personal courtesy and kindness 
with which I have been favoured by your Lordship, formerly 
my most respected Diocesan ; and which, added to the friendly 
interest you have been pleased to take in my welfare, have 
impressed with sentiments of the sincerest attachment. 

My Lord, your Lordship's most obliged 

and faithful humble servant, 


29, Claremont Square, Pentonville ; 
Jan. 22nd, 1840. 


Not less extensive than weighty is the apophthegm of the ancient 
philosopher, fiiya fiifiXlov, fxiya KaK6y, And to no department 
of literature is it more applicable, than to that of Commentaries on 
ancient writers, — and, as fotmed thereon, the collections of Lex- 
icographers. After having, by the labours of a long series of 
years, I trust, succeeded in materially lessening the evil in ques- 
tion, as it respects the interpretation of the Greek Testament, 
I thought I could not better employ myself, than in endeavour- 
ing to extend the same service to the Lexicography thereof, by 
performing that which still remained to be effected for it, in 
the construction of a work, which, while it contained all that 
could justly be regarded as essentially requisite to the Biblical 
Student, should avoid the inconvenience arising from an em- 
barrassing superfluity of explanation or illustration. 

In tracing the progression of this branch of sacred literature 
from slender beginnings, the leading defects that present them- 
selves in the earlier Lexicons of the New Testament are, first, a 
paucity of senses ; secondly, a want of due discrimination between 
the various significations of any word ; and, thirdly, a poverty of 
illustration by examples, whether Scriptural or Classical ; — defects 
which continued to prevail until the middle of the last century, 
when improvements were first introduced by Stock, and sub- 
sequently carried forward by Schoettgen, Krebs, Spohn, and 

To the learned and laborious Schleusner, however, was re- 
served the honour of completely accomplishing that reformation, 
which had been but partially effected by his able prede- 
cessors. Yet, as an entire departure from one e^tiem^ Xoo 



naturally carries with it a tendency to the opposite extreme, so 
Schleusner, while avoiding the error of confounding together the 
various senses of the same word, too often, most unwarrantably, 
multiplies those senses, not distinguishing between such as are 
inherent in the words themselves, and those which are derived 
from adjuncts, or from the context. And what is worse, his 
versions of the passages of the N. T. adduced are too often mere 
loose paraphrases, in which the plain sense of the original is in 
a great measure diluted and explained away, not to say some- 
times perverted : a serious defect this, which neither Wahl nor 
Bretschneider attempted to remove. Moreover, though indefati- 
gable in collecting materials, he was deficient in the art of work-' 
ing them up ; he wanted, too, that nice discrimination of Greek 
idiom, and those enlarged views of the language, which so emi- 
nently distinguished the great Grecians from the time of Bentley 
and Hemstebhuis downward. 

Aware of these defeets, a subsequent labourer in the same field, 
Wahl, applied himself to the construction of a new Lexicon, 
which, avoiding the prolixity of his predecessor's, should supply 
what the advanced state of Greek Philology demanded. Accord- 
ingly* his Clavis PMlologica presents, especially in its second 
edition, a greatly improved classification of the various senses of 
words, and a far more enlightened mode of treating on the Pre- 
positions and Particles ; besides a marked improvement in hand-^ 
ling all mattirs of syntax or construction, and discussing the 
mii^uter idioms and nicer proprieties of the Greek language. 
Not unfirequently, however, he carries this scientific nicety and 
exactness to the extreme of those refinements on Grecism, which 
are by no means suited to the simple' and popular diction of the 
New Testament. Moreover, though professing greater concise- 
ness than Schleusner, he has himself heaped together a mass of 
matter (chiefly consisting of minute Philological and Grammatical 
details) little less bulky, more fitted to a Thesaurus of the Greek 
language, than a Clavis to a single book in it : and by thus 
occupying so much room with discussions comparatively im- 
material, he has been often obliged to exclude highly important 
features in any Lexicon ; very rarely giving more than references 
to passages of Scripture, and almost tievet to tiio^e a^ \)sv^ ^«&- 


writers, — ^instead of adducing, as he ought on all occasions of 
importance, the words themselves. 

These defects were seen, and in some measure avoided, by a later 
Lexicographer, Bretschneidbb ; who, especially in his second 
edition, has often improved on Wahl, by still further lessening 
the number of significations, and by introducing greater exact- 
ness in the classification of senses, and more of precision and per- 
spicuity in the disposition of his matter ^ He has also the great 
merit of having fiilly supplied that which was most wanting in 
the Lexicons of Schleusner and Wahl, by bringing forward a 
great body of valuable illustrations of the phraseology of the 
New Testament from the Septuagint and the Apocrypha, Jose- 
phus and Philo ; also from the Apocryphal and Pseudepigraphic 
writings of the Old and New Testament, and, likewise, from 
the most ancient Ecclesiastical Writers, who formed their lan- 
guage upon the model of the New Testament writers. Yet not- 
withstanding all these advantages, the Neologian spirit, which 
pervades his work in a fiu: greater degree than the Clavis of 
Wahl, presents a great and insuperable bar to its use, and ren- 
ders it as unfit fox younger students, as it is unacceptable to 
more advanced scholars ^. 

In another and later performance, viz. the Lexicon of Dr. 
Robinson of the United States of America, a laudable endeavour 
was made to unite the ctdvantages of the three works just men- 
tioned, and to avoid the defects respectively attaching to each. 
Having, however, already fully discussed its merits and defects 
in my preface to a London reprint of it', with revisions, &c. 
I need only refer the reader to that publication. 

Having thus glanced at the several deficiencies in preceding 
Lexicons, which appeared to render a new one desirable, at least 
to a large class of readers, I will now proceed to state the 'plan 


' Tet, in attempting to show how those senses arise one out of the other, he 
often (as the late learned Editor of Parkhurst observes) ^ vainly endeavours to 
reduce the fleeting and delicate senses of words to an arrangement too strictly logi- 
cal, and thua sacnfices utility to the appearance of philosophical accuracy/ 

* It cannot be denied that the Lexicons of Schleusner, Wahl, and Bret* 
lehneida', are all as far inferior to that of Parkhurst in sound '^rincv^le ^tA 
Kfionsneas of spirit, as theirs are superior to his in learning and taXeiil. \ \.t\i%\. \^> 
will be found that the present work does not fdl short of MT.PatV\v\rw?C*VQ.^e> 
guaJideM which form its chief excellence. 

» Longman & Co. 1837. 




on which I have acted in its formation. And here I must pre- 
mise, that, inasmuch as it appeared to me neither necessary nor 
desirahle, in the present state of the Lexicography of the New 
Testament, to aim at constructing an absolutely new, and entirely 
prigin&l Lexicon, I thought it best to form my work on the basis 
of those of my learned and highly meritorious predecessors, more 
particularly Dr. Robinson's ^ ; at the same time intermixing 
and superadding a considerable proportion of original, and, I 
trust not unimportant, matter, supplied by my own extensive 
researches, and in various other respects (which will be appa- 
rent on comparison with the foregoing works) communicating to 
it that which may entitle it to be considered as at least an inde* 
fendent, though not entirely original, performance. My great aim 
has been to render the work, though briefly yet perspicuous, and 
sufficiently comprehensive to form a Manual of New Testament 
Lexicography. Accordingly, I have wholly abstained both from 
attempting to make it serve the purpose of a Concordance', and 
from entering at large into the interpretation of difficult and dis- 
puted passages. For the former purpose the reader will, of 
course, consult the Concordance of Schmidt, and for the loiter 
I may be permitted to refer him to the ample details to be found 
in my larger Greek Testament, to which the present work is 
especially intended to serve as a Companion, supplying that 
minute verbal explanation and illustration, which would have been 
out of place in a Commentary, 

* I have indeed been materially aided by his labours, (especially on the pre- 
positions and particles,) though not, perhaps, in a greater degree than he himself iivas 
Dy those of his predecessors, Schleusner, Wahl, and Bretschneider. 

* In order to sav^ space for more important purposes, I have thought it expedient 
to follow the example of the earlier rather than the later Lexicographers, by 
excluding all proper names. As to those of places^ my younger readers will find 
them treated of in my smaller edition of the Greek Testament. Those more 
advanced in their studies will find, in the third volume of Mr. Hartwell 
Hornb's most valuable Introduction, a very neat compendium of whatever is 

^ certainly known on that subject, as well as on all matters of Biblical Antiquities, 
which I have abstained firom treating on, otherwise than briefly and cursorily. 

» In a Lexicon of the N. T., the object to be aimed at is to present, not a 
Commentary^ but that which may sei-ve as * an instrument in the hands of the student, 
whereby he may ascertain the sense* of words and phrases in a manner partly similar 
to, but partly differing from, that by which it is sought bv the aid of a Omoordcmoe ; 
so that he may be enabled to, in some measure, practically form out of the matter a 
sort of verbal Commentary for himself without that bias which is often found in 
£!xpositor8. As to the Lexicographer himself, though he has some means of dis- 
coveriag the truth, which may escape the Commentator, yet as his business is with 
words and phrases only, not sentences, much lesa p&x&gni;^\ift,\i« ow^\, T\«>»ct vtUvctr 
njf to determine the sense of a passage agunftt the geueisi ^voVce ol Ijl^Vw*, 


The pka which I have punned in forming the present work it 
as follows. The Etymology of each word is first given, where 
thoroiigfaly ascertained, as far as respects the Greek and Latin, 
and occasionally the Hebrew, and eren the Northern languages ^ 
The primary signification is then carefully laid down, whether 
found in the New Testament or in the Classical writers (in the lat-* 
ter case usually accompanied by some passage in proof, adduced 
either verbatim or by reference) ; and firom thence are deduced, 
in regular order, all the other significations which have place in the 
Nm Testament writers, but not in others^ except so far as they 
may be necessary to establish the senses there found. In doing 
thii, great care has been taken to discriminate between the tn-< 
twuic siONiricATiONs of words, and those particular senses 
niddi they may bear through the force of adjuncts. Again, the 
Tttioua eonstruetions of verbs, verbals, and adjectives, have been 
cazefnlly noticed ; and the usage of the New Testament writers 
has been illustrated by a reference to the Septuagint and the 
ApocTjTfdial writings connected with it and the New Testament ; 
as also to Josephus and Philo, and, lastly, the Greek Classical 
writers, especially those of the later Greek dialect, from the time 
of Polybius downward. 

In carrying into execution the foregoing plan, (nearly the 
aoie as that of Wahl and Robinson,) I have carefully avoided 
thoee opposite defects of prolixity and of obscure brevity^ which 
bave so much diminished the value of their labours ; also the 
learcely less serious fault of introducing the words of Scripture 
uA the Classical writers either too frequently, as does Schleusner, 
or almost excluding them, as does Wahl. My great aim has 
been to make the words of Scripture every where duly promi- 
nent ; and next to that, to adduce the nords of the Septuagint, 
Apocrypha, or Classical writers, wherever necessary for proof or 
fllnstration ; where not^ 1 have contented myself with references. 

' Ib tnolTig the etymoloffy, la3riDg down the primary import of a word, pointing out 

the letf^Qg senses, and indicatinff the mode in which those various senses arose out 

of escb other, very great pains have heen hestowed, and much original matter will 

be foond ; insomuch that in those and other respects, it is hoped the work will prove 

orinentlj serviceable even in the study of the Classical writers, && i^x ^% \^%^\^ 

•cb words as occur in the N. T. ; which. Indeed, compri&e a laitte ^T0Wi\M\oii ^1 

4e most imjtortant words id the language. In such a case the CVaas\ca^ %\,\i^c^^. 

^/^fr ff^^P^ ^"^'"S^ ^^^^Mff which may assist in remoVma \u* ^VSdlCvjXn^^* 
W oeiatMui^ Jtit ptogrtsa. 



But, in a multitude of cases, where nothing more than the simple 
fact of the use of a New Testament word (perhaps a common one 
in the Greek language) hy the Septuagint or Classical writers had 
to he attested, I thought a long list of references would he use- 
less, and that the words Sept.,* or Sept. and Class., would he 
amply sufficient. In short, in all cases utility and the con- 
venience of the reader (hy hringing before him all the materials 
essential for the exercise of judgment) have been solely kept in 
view, to the utter disregard of that parade of erudition in which 
the Continental scholars so much delight themselves, who, it 
would seem, have yet to learn that, in the words of a great 
ancient writer, Nisi utile est quod facimus, yaka est gloria. 

Having thus stated the nature and plan of the work which I 
now send forth to the Public, — and to the formation of which I have 
devoted the best powers of the best period of my life, — 1 haje 
only to express my fervent wish and prayer, that it may, 
under the blessing of Almighty God, prove instrumental to 
furthering the great object for which I have so long laboured^ 
and for which alone I desire to live, — the spread of that accurate 
knowledge of the true sense ^ of the Sacred, Scriptures, which is so 
essential to the promotion of sound doctrine. May the Father 
of Lights be pleased to prosper it to the diiSusion of that genuine 
Christian knowledge* which, avoiding all specious but dangerous 
deviations into untrodden paths, pursues the straight and only 
safe course of simple Gospel truths even " the truth as it is in 

^ ' Inspired writings are an inestimable treasure to mankind ; for so many set^ 
tenoes, so many truths. But then the true sense of them must be known ; other> 
wise, so many sentences, so many authorized falsehoods.'' — Preface to Dr. Lightfoofs 
Works. — Hence we may see the importance of Verbal Criticism applied to the 
Scriptures ; for, as Bishop Middleton has observed, ^ it is the only barrier that can 
suooessfuUy be opposed to heresy and schism," 


. absolute, absolutely. 

. abstract. 

. accusative. 

. active, actively. 

. adjective. 

. adverb. 

. alibi. 

. antithesis. 

. aorist. 

. Apocrypha. 

. apodosis. 

. Chaldee. 

. Classics, Classical. 

. co?nate. 

. collectively. 

. compare. 

. composition. 

. comparative. 

. concrete. 

. consequently. 

. construction, construed. 

. contracted. 

. dative. 

. defective. 

. demonstrative. 

. deponent. 

. diminutive. 

. exempli gratia. 

. editions. 

. elsewhere. 

. emphatically. 

. equivalent to. 

. especially. 

. etymology, 

. expressed. 

. future. 

. figuratively. 

. following, followed. 

. from. 

. frequent, frequently. 

. genitive. 

. generally. 

. fpyemedf govemlng. 

Gr Greek. 

i. e id est. 

i. q idem quod. 

ib., ibid. . . . ibidem. 

id idem. 

imperat. . . . imperative, 
imperf. . . . imperfect, 
impers. . . . impersonal. 

impl implied. 

implic. . . . implication. 

in loc in loco. 

in V in voce. 

indec indeclinable. 

indie indicative. 

inf., infin. . . infinite, 
intens. . . . intensive, 
intrans. . * . intransitive. 

Jos Josephus. 

K.T.X Kol Td Xotiro. 

kindr kindred. 

Lat Latin. 

lat later. 

Lexx Lexicographers. 

lit literally. 

loc. (in) . . .in loco, 
met., metaph. . metaphorically, 
metath. . . . metathesis, 
meton. . . . metonymy. 

mid middle. 

N. T New Testament. 

neg., negat. . . negatively. 

neut neuter. 

O. T Old Testament. 

obs., obsol. . . obsolete. 

occ occurs, occurring. 

oft often. 

onomat. . . . onomatopoeia. 

opp opposed. 

opt optative. 

ordin ordinal. 

part., partic. . . participle. 

pass pa&sWe. 

perf. .... perfect. 



periphr. . . . periphrasis. 

pers person. 

phr phrase, phrases. 

phys physically. 

pi., plur. . . . plural, 

pleonast. . . . pleonastically. 

poet poetically. 

possess. . . . possessive. 

prep preposition. 

pres present. 

pret preterite. 

prim primarily. 

proh probably. 

pron. .... pronoun. 

prop properljr. 

q. d quasi dicas. 

ref. reference. 

refl., reflex. . . reflexive. 

8»p ssepe. 

ssepiss ssepissime. 

sc., sell. . . . scilicet. 

Script Scriptural. 

Sept Septuagint. 

seqq sequentibus. 

signif. .... signifies, signification. 

simpl simply. 

sing singular. 

spec specially. 

sq sequente. 

subj subjunctive. 

subst substantive. 

superl superlative. 

symb., symbol. . symbolically. 

sync syncope. 

synecd. . . . synecdoche. 

trans transitive. 

text. rec. . . . textus receptus. 
underst. . . . understood. 
V. (in) .... in voce. 

ver verse. 

wh which. 

wr. ^Titers. 




Tg Afi. sA^s, ind Luc. Dili. Hort. x. 6, 
JjiiL»ir Afiap^ iTuai, ^ Uffbt of body, Dot 
IjiM h«.y on unj MB/ In N. T. met. 
net oimteiuoime, or dutrpeabity 2 Cor. li. 9. 
'Afi^B, iDdecL (Cluldw,)/a(i«-. Hk. 

■APvffiro., ™, 4, (a, fi£»«, or 
ffittt,) prop, an ■dj., fioUonUeia ; hot m 
N. T. UKd subaUntiTsI)' with the trdcle 
i, Id dcnsU ' the receptacle of the dtkd,' 
liOm ptnert^gy u Kom. i. 7; (go bIbo 
Pi liii. 20.cTiL 26.) orsTwim!/B, n.raely 
dut put of UuJrg (the under-world) id 
which the uqU of the vicked ut held id 
Ooni] pnnishment ; (correipondini to the 
ClHdc^ Tariarui, idlud«! to in 2 Pel. 
iL4,) Lu. viii. 31. Ker.U.l. 8o Act. 
Tfaomc i 32, 4 apunrot tbZ TapT-ApoB. 
/AyaOaipyiia, f. iea, {iyatit & 
•rror,) in CliM. Jo do lall, or good, act 
* part of a good man ; but in tie N, T. 
b io goiid lo othcn, perform bmt&xiU 
tdimi, 1 Tim. vi. 18. Comp. 10. 

'ATaeoiro.(», f, ^ib, UyaWt & 
nuK,) I. (o do oood to olhtn, either 
ihol., u Mk. iii. 4. Lu. yi, 9, 35. Acts 
lii. 17, or with tec. of penon. Ait. yL 
" -^ n aeBt._ll. to do 

lui. iyaiil 
'KyaStroita, hi, 4, v}dl-doBig, not- 
ing Tirtoonilj, 1 Pet. i,. 9. 

■Ay = floTo,a,,oD,i,4,i.drinC1«t 
Wft»(, »nt to do good ; in N, T. «>™«, 
•eUDg righllj, 1 Pel. il. 1*. 

'kyaiit, 4, i», adj. prop, joorf, either 
u t™rd« tkiagi, • fitted fbr nee ;" or u 
■prot^tmat, 'ezcelliqf iou/fiuijij,' 


or ' Ktpert in •nj' »«.' laN.T. L*n•^ 
2«if, dietiRgiMed, 1) of «no«. Hill. 
lix. 16. Mk. 1. 17, 18, Lo. iriij. 18. 2) 
of iii,i,!,, Lu. I. 42. John i. 47. 2 Th. ii, 
uori di.snuuiion, or in quality, 1) of per- 
sons, uprigU, tiHmw, Mut. T. 4i. lii. 
35. & oft. 2}ofthing>,eilherinanlwiEnJ 
«m«=, u Matt. ™. 17, 1& Lo. THTa, « 
nim<iW.(ylltuaui,}Lu.viii. 15, Rom.vii. 
12. 2 Til. ii. 17. Bom. lii. 2, & oft. In 
At\b iiiii. 1, avwiitnait iyuBi mean) 
■c"[iwio.nncM of reetitude,' a* in Wi»d. 
viii.lii.i/iuxi iIt-.—IU. in neuter, Ti iya- 
fon. iisc'tL luhetantiTelj for Aya6oTi\ty 
Mwi..'!ii.34,&ofl.— IV. good m refet- 
I'lKv !<• iif tR|liiflK» on othen, i. e. 'bene- 
Hcial.' t) ot'^pemnj, ^beneficent,^ Hatt. 
II. 15. Rom. T. 7. 1 Th. iU. 6. Tit. ii. S. 
1 I'l^t. ii. 13. Sept. & ClUB. 2) of (UiHf 
- bi-ni^licUl,' B> Matt. viLll. Ja. i. 17, & 
ofl. Here too, the neuter -ri ^-yaedi. i> 
often ami aubtUDtivelr in the mdh &»»- 
fit or hla^'aig, — Y.ffood, in reftpect to itt 
eibikniiog effect on Ihe mind, 1 Pet. lii. 
10. h^ipnt iy. Fb. xniT, 12. Joirriit 
ay. Z«:li. ylii. 19. And M Rom. i. IS, 
et al., -ra liyaM, in the, n. (for dyngoni^, 
1. iynOdxtjt, or ratber xpt'''^ 
. iDtriDsic goodnea of df«poiition 
irocter, proMfy, virtue. Ram. it. 

C'to-if., Iiiil ofien occ. in Sepl., fbr txtUla- 
tion. f.nJting dHMit, fiUcit* ; fal S. T. 
«W™,, Lu.i,U,U. X«»£.«. iMfttil*. 
In Hell. i. 9, i\auM A^oUiAisim n v 


ATA i 

phraH emblemiticsl of tfa« hiirhut honour, 
with aJLuBian n> the cogtlj oil with which 
fBTOured ^CBlB wore aDointed it feaalfl. 

'AyaXXiuD*, Lu, L 47- eltewhftF^ 
iyaXXidaiiai, iuelf not found in CIbu,, 
but frequent in Sept, ind used of jnyu 
s^mHed in dancing ind Mnging. In N.T. 
1) limply uid alnol., lo ertJl. rwoice 
gnaily. Lu. i. SI. Acti ii. 26. iiyaWii- 

o A yXmtaa finv, i. e. '1 rejoiced In 

'lo xotpiu/ Kal iy., 
^ ^ din^y. Matt- v. 1^, 

2} with a, noun of the aune signif. in 
adrerbial aenie, I Pel. i. B, iy. x<">a\.,'je feel unutterable J07.' 3) fof- 
loweJ bf Ira with lubi,, John viii. 56. 
iiyaX. Vim Un, ' nioic^ that he should 
tee,' Rjoiced to aee. 4) foU. by ivi with 
da(., >*Ln. i. 47;or fvwilb dat., John t- 
35, vbere a Bimple dat. might ituid. 

'A-yauotiOV. d. A. adj- cai^s, ™ffte, 
whether unmuried, 1 Cot- vii- 32, 34, or 
widowed, ib. ler. 8, 11. Clua. only In 

wMf, i, grner. and abeol.. Matt. lit. 15. 
uTi. 8. Mk. T. 14. r.u. liii. 14, & Clam, 
often,— JI. by iinpl., (oeompioBi i/,(on. by 
Tifl with gen.. Matt. u. 24. Mk. i. ii. 


■•ttBtlpia^. John iii. 19. 
nil. 15. Jo). Ant. viii. 1,6. 
:uid Class. Aliio,byanticipition.u2_Tita. 

fie content with any thing, as Horn. Od. A, 
JR9. and often in Lucian ; and, by iinpl., 
'1 iigil, xi at nonffit, amltmn. Bev. xii. 
\,oiiK ay-Tiiu •fiuvliii airrui: So Artem- 

a'Rom. i»."lV" 
regard, 1. gencr., bb said of fit 



,. indignatvm, 2 Cor. vii- 11, iyt 

4r3"dyoI"^Vo-"'lx«- ""''■'■ 

io love, rtfford ipiiA Zow, affection, or 
Ttapect ; the kind or degree varying with 

(s siud of PKRBONs, (0 regard inilli jfrooj 
affittian, Lu. vii. 42. John iii. 35. Eph. 
H. 4. Hence peif. part. pasL 'tyn-rrtjuimr-i, 
fctowJ, Col. iii. I2,ettl. Tu Enh.l.H, „ 
47- it a title of our Lori, like ,, iiK,,^- 
HiKn, nut by Aqoila for i Xpri-rot. 
Sometimes (uin Matt, vl.34. ifii.;iT.&: 
ofreo) implying, at nfarred to fiip<'ri'r^, 
bolh dutifulneu and ftdelity of tcmu. 
when any is due; (hencs 6t dynTrJ^'Tx 
t6i> K.ipim, ' the &ithful fbllowen of the 
Lord,' Eph. <i- 34- J&. 1. 13. ii- 6. Sept. 
Ex. n- 6. Dei' 

1. 17; or, aa regards 
oai ^^Uow-creatitretiD gener., both benevo- 
Icnee and beneficence, ex. gr. ayairqr 
■rif rXialou, -rofFi ix«l>o«t, Sic. Mall. y. 
43, aeqq. III. 19. Intliote 
passages {and alto in 2 Cor. iii. 15, >l Kt^i 
w-ip. ifias iyarar, ^ttoh iya'ra,\ 
the effecu or bcneroleace in baiefUaig the 
-'•■Bcl of lave areezpmsei. — II. utaid of 
" * y**?, **& oWjjii* «, Lii.xi.4a, 

>r i, and 

itb the 
let foll- 

jf Goo, 

"of God oi 

or j)awi*™/y. denoting thai lo>e of which 
iiod, or Chritt, it the olmct in the hearts 
- .III,_hy melon., (o in 

proof of love, lit the benefit cc 
ierred on the obiecl, Eph. i. 15. iii. 19, al. 

12, and 2 Pet. if 13, in M8S„ tliote public 
•enepcBit inaiJt,(Dlluded to Acts ii.42, 46. 
i\. 2. 1 Cor. Ii. 17—34.) pronded chiefly 
by the rich'er members of a congregadon, 

(emecially the residue) were sent to the 

, or each other, in the bondi of fanW 

lion, or failh and love. Acts iv. 2$, 

When applied to Christ, it tifi[nifiea 

indy. He being called ' the eoly Son of 

God; at the abject of His peculiar Iotb, 

Ha<l.iiLI7, etal. 

'AY7apsl'w,f. tufu, prop- torendq^ 

might tervetoeipedite bit journey. Hence 

for a journey,' in the manner of an tlyya-' 
pov. In tbit BEnte the verb is alaofonnd in 

JoKph. A. 
:o N. T. it 

ya^^ aveiiel, uteiuil, ^s.U-^A\. ' 
4. Sept- mi CUh- 

■cm. bnoght to «a; one, — or. when lent 
from t lupciior lo an lafffrior, the dtrtdirm 
or OT^fr tint ra^j be implred Iherein. 
Id N. T. ft prvxpt, or doctrim. nmmul- 

fiud in ihe ninin of inr cnc, 1 Joljn iii. 
l.i,5.(mUi.Edd.) Sept. PiDv. lii. 25. 
'Ayy.Xoi, OK, o, (from iyylW^, lo 

OiDHictvif Ibiog, MiII.ii.lD. Lii,Ti[.24. 
Ti. 52, CI al. : sometimee to ajjiorv any 
ihing, ae 1 Cor. li. 10.— II. a celeHial 

h Scripture a creilcd intsllliFnt being, 

A, adj. (a 

.. 13. ■>. 


il deaceut, but by the gnre oC God. 


iB,kol^,lAV.n.20. Horn.™, 12. 1 Cor. 
ii. 34. cap. ai laid of llioM vho are puri- 
ied and taiictified by Ibc iolluencei at the 
lol^ Spirit ; and ai tbia ii onimaJ nf 

'enoted (^Mam, Acta ii. I3. A oft^Il. 
aiaaid of >Vi«h lel apart 
to a Bacred uae, uied bolli 

apoitlea, &c. Acuvi. 13. &i]fl. Henesro 
^yioKoflbcTeiopleof Jeiuulem. Some, 
it denolea only the Same- 

lyiti'ol.— III.II.aLLOWID^ 

heioF Cof, John ivii. II. 

0, or the Hidv Spirii, aa 
[atl. i. 18, & oft. 

'AyioTijt, tjTO*, A, prep, corporeal 
irto. In N. T. met, purity of bean 
id life, ioliatit, Heb. ill. 10. 

holg, u laid ei 

N. T. uBcd nwUph., di 


yi«. wh. see,] 
and N. T.. and 

nKaning geoer. la render SyiBu, i. i 
■>KI CLEAN, I) prop, la rkaix, Hel 
ii. 13. S) metapb., to rmder dean, in 
1 .. mnchj^, "— — " 


o" M 'denoti 

. It al. Henc 

n, ' ti made dean, or sanclilied,' i> 
—II. to CONSICKATK, let apart from 

'htrhar Btawmllj or > 

I. tiaelifica^ 

Ife, hiimeia, 

3, 1, 7. At 

. . , ■iu«rot,iht 

cliSmioD produced by the 

pBt.i. 2. ] Cffr , ._ 

', «rff. /amr, or c&en. 



ni, 4, { rnm the old vord 

'Ar«<ffTpoif,oi',To,ajEji-iooi, Matt. 
i™. 27. Se|il. and Claa. 

-AvKupa, «, •^,011 anchor, Acta ixrii. 
29. TnHeb. vi.lSsaidmel.oritintevan- 

Hec.eO. Het.2S4. 
I, fl, ndj. (n, y™^(il», 
-' — ' '-io^(fer,and 

afnller,)tiiiain^,uiuit«f Aya>/fer,and 
hence, by impl-BTO, Matt. ix. 16. Mk.ii.21. 

but mMi1y,ttel.';wi<»of Wrt. (so Phocy^! 

in. Soph. I 

r. 12. T 

■Ayri^u.f (i~,I. BHT^or 
lulrafc.eilemBlly and ceremoniallv, John 
li. 65, where tee my Note.— it mid. 
iyvi^Bliai, perf. pan. BymBfiai, aor. 1. 

one iinder a to« of NaMriteship'VcM 
Hi. 24, 26. iiii.lS.— 111. Diet. lonndA- 

iv. s! ! Pet. i. 22, I John m.l"™' 

'Ayna^6t, oi, o, V<'fyB\'^»>^ Hi. 
Claii. luitratim ; in IS . T . religvjua ohrti 
■«K«,proceeiing ttoma^ow, PlcIai ' ~ 


abiol. and t 


fn it wnoronf o^, uiucqtiunled with, Act* 
iTii.^, (sid of Yoluntuy IgnoroDce, Bom. 
i. 13, d4 Si\m i^i, AyvotXn. 3 Cgr. ii. 
11, avK iyv.. Id be well auured. 3] aol 
III Tmderdasid oi compreheod, Mk. ix. 32. 
Lu, ii. 45. Rom. ii. 4, b1. 3) wM to oo- 
knoB^edge, i.e. to reject, AcU xiiL27. ini. 
23. 3 Cor. vL 9.-11. la eommH vn, lo do 
WTtmg, DrigiDdlyniLh tho idea of ltd beine 
dona iimorBiillv and involuDUrily: thaDim 
in N. T. [bit idea it not found. 3o Hob. 

agto iIk iyopi, u 

7, adj 1 

I. 3,V. 

. dyi-i. 

1. 3 Pet. ii.' 12, J 

' A T t d II p a, orm, t4, prop. tnoiJaEiaiJ 
MTDr; but in N.T. ain or error gener., 
Heb. ii. 7, and aometiuiei in tbe Apo- 
crjpba and Ibe later Clua. writer). 

•AT»D'"',ni, A, prop, ignorance Bine- 
liOj 1 but in N. T. Ignorance of Gad aai 
our doty lo Him, Aeta ill. 17. Eph. ir. 
IS. IPet.i. 14,andClaai. 

'AypAt,it,Ai', adj. prop, _pbrie,Le.e&aA 
in bodv. Eurip. Or. 1604, et iL: but in 
N. T. met. moraUy, 1. pun, i. e. holy, 
and oeriect, *a Bald of God, or Chiist, Ja, 
ii>. 3; or of hia wisdom, Ja. iii. IT. So 
Horn. Od. k. 385, motaBy sBod^n. kx- 
fer<i ninu, UanwJes, 2 Cor. vii. 1 1 . Pkil. 
ii. 8. 1 Tim. t. 23,_1I1. (Ants, 2Cor. li. 
3. Til. iL 5. 1 Pet. Iii. 2. 

'AyiidT?|i, ijTM, ii, prop, purtij/ of 
body. In N. T. purenex of life ond heart, 
sandiiy, 2 Coi. vi. 6. In Clan, ciaililf. 

(iyapaiDu, where 1 conjecture -riiu Ay, 
The abbreviationa for rdu and rqv Are 
ftFlen confounded. Tlie ellips. it supplied 
in Strabo jiii, p. 932, Anr^Jai rii iioi- 

— II. iyopaioi, as lud of penons wbo 
frequent the marfcetH, idlers or loungert. 

'Ayyuv,Miv.m^piirevttejiiioas, Phil 
i. 16. Hei. 0pp. 334, %pinii Up' jeovaToir 

'A-yi-oio-di, at, A- InClaf 

T. wilful irnorance, 1 Cor. i< 
oia»etoDlyo».7i. Wi.d.xiii.l.olx-apqi' 
dyf. e,oi. I Pel. ii. 15. 

Acte i»U,'33,°dVl^'™'e.£, 'the Great 
Unknown Deitf, for whom all uatione 
long but ineffectuillj seek.' Wied.ii. 19. 
2 Mace. i. 9. ii. 7. 

'A7opa,av, 4, (dyafpQi, to collect, con- 
voke,) any pnWic plaa of resort for thf 
people of a city, whetner a broad street, 
or a market-place, where arUcles were ei- 
]Kwed for sale, and public assemblies sod 

morM, Herodol 
morfef, and Dec 

.d'»,prop, to frequent the 
ii. 35. Thocyd. ri-fil, 
; in N. T. to Img ?- "■ 
1 both abaol. or t 

or by tic with a een, of pi^ce, or in with a 
ia)t. of price. 1. prop, to purtAam, Malt. 
'Wi- 44, *K liv. 15. Mlt. vi. 37. Rev. t, 

!?¥JJ*pricBornatoni^r&tii in N, 
J. <vaio« wiom Chiitt iaa rodeemed bj 

lays are held 
ipV Ant. iiT, 


and Xen. Hist. 



<r fisliin 


Lu. Y. 4.— II.\ , 

faing caught,' Lu. v. 9, and 

,. .. Tot,oii i,i,aJj.(a ypi^- 
fia,) Bnfaarwrf genemlly, Acuiv. 13, with 
reference to Jewish learning, that of the 
Scriljes and Pharisees. Comp. John Tii. 
15. Diod. S. Iii. 13. 

», f. ncr»,(froai JypauX«, 

is jidds, both bf day and 
night, Lll. ii. 8, ToiuiwE %aa<i — hypav 
XoiitTti. He>. Theog. t. 26, tnn^a 
iypo»Xo(. Parthen. Erot. e. 29, ^mo- 


■Ayp.iB, f. iio-«, (dTpo.) 1, prop. 
to liAe prey fay hunting, Xen. Anab. v. 3, 
e. Job 1. 16.-1I. met. iaenmare men bv 
insidious qucilions, Hk. iii. 13. So cap- 
tare in Martial ix. ffil. 

a uald idim-lT^. Eq. iokm-iiwi, and oec. 
Rom. li. 17,34, where it is opposed to 
icaXKiikaiot, the cultivated and fruit- 
bearing olive, wbereu the iyp. bears none. 

*A y^ 1 OS, fa, ion, aJj. [ fr. dypit,) prop. 
periaatiim to He fidd, or eounlrt, used 1. 
in Hut. iii. 4. Mk. i.6, ofhaney(lit.inU 
honey), or honey-dew found in hollow 
trees, the clefts of roeks, os on the leoies 

dnds of tr 

-11. of ai 

wild, as opposed to lame, or fiene, oa op- 
posed to mild. Hence, in Jude 13, it » 
Bg. applied (in the sense 'taging') to ti.e 
nves of the tea. And so Wisd. iIt. I, 
&ypui Kiiiafa. So a great English poet 
tp^s of ' the mild aava' roar.' 

'Aypis,oZ,h, I. aJieU,eIpedally of 
cultivated ground. Matt. liii. 34, et al. 
Xen. Mem. i. 1. 8.— II. by s^neral. of »rt 
for the whole, tAe enmiry as distinguisheil 
fnini the city or town. Watt. vi. 2S. 30, 
Mk. IV. 31.— \1\. m Ave ,,Wnl,]^niu, 

vi. 38, 66, M iL X™. Wn>.™.%,\\. 


'AT/mimf •», f. iait, (SyamiH,) I. 
fnp. io be ileatim, JEi.V. H.yii. 7.— II. 
ihc ujiunn, to U vigilatii. Atnol. Mk. 
ui-S. LibXii. 36t or foil, bj iv, Eph. 
Tj. 18; bi 4*J/i, with gen. of pen., Heb, 
nil 17. Lm,, dyp. toI. Kaipoit. 

'Arf virrfa, ai, n, prop, uui^im, 
OF nMcbfnlncB ; ind Ihence muKnu can, 
2 Cor. Ti. 5. li. 27, and CIiul 

'Ay«, f. aE», or more uiinlly nfo- 
fui. tnma. oribsoL, I. to had, amdvct^ 
' ' id ovi^ btirtff/brihj 


oil. bj y 


'erb alone ii alio atrd i 

am. 32, or foil, by .ti with k^. oI |>W.i 
la lead ounj', to amdact to, ha. iv. 1, 0. 
AeM ivu. fi, 111 Tcii; d^iuH'. Heb. ii. 10, 
iiiio£r»; from the Hebr., to 6rijy>rf/,, 

T« 'Id-ij. Serr^pa, Aod ao Sept. 2) 
■wL toieadt rndna, atiide, Ropi. ii. 4. r<f 

fUT^Hualr ; lIlO to Utcile OF ^.'^U', 1 CoL'. 

iiL2, lie dv flyioSi, 'juatuye tiuipeaeil 

TL fruL u aaid of time, 1 ] topata tr ^i/d^ 
Lo. tdi, 21, Tfll-niii iiiiipar Sytt. - the 
ibird diy ii Don paaiiog.' AodtoCluB. 2) 
fD«Jd6ru&, u uJd of cerlaixi d&rs kept u[)ai^ 
br mae puticulir purpoH, Malt. iiY. 6, 
yinsuar llrysfuinai>. Ac(t lil. 3fi, id-yo- 
Mw J)" w &>)■. Ii. 17, JYov nHipai' 
wnraHTiM. 1 Hue vii. 48. 2 Mace. i. 
),ind CliM., u Plul. Symp, viii. 1, to£ 

EMrf>aTDVt j^ay^vTlf ^IffOXlOjr. — III, 

•dnaa. or reflei., Tith irnn-dv undent., 
k <|D BKiay or dnurt, Mktt.UTi.46. Mk. 
liT. 42. Jahn iL 16. Sometioiea foil, bj' 

. . .... „„ji IhflMdof 

r. 31. dy. Ill, Mk. 

f. T. nud meltpli. to denote > «»in> 
fe fuU of toil and conflict, (wllb lUu- 
lo tbe evangeliul CDntal tgiinat the 
nieaofmao'iailTition. Camp. 1 Cor. 
'4, tq.) Heb. lii. 1 : etp. in promotjng 
ause of the Goipel. 1 Tim. tL 12, ud 
admn wih the acceBUTidea offcfflle- 
id peiil, PhiL i. 30. Col. ii. I. I T 
>oIjb. IT. 56. 4 " ~ 

. 2. Pofjb. IT. 56. 4. Arrian, I 
& 1. EpicL Enchlr. c. 48, iilv ii-IiroRv 
(itksomej T<, a iiti. It tMafaii fl Sto^, 
TpasdyaTai (pTCHnl ioelf], iii/umirB 
OTi vDb i iyAi; Koi Ml rapim xa 

'Ayaiif^a, a«, 4, prop, oniaf, np, for 
a prize. In N. T. met., onntfj/, or pertnr- 
ballon of mind, produced hj Immioent 
peril, Lu. iiii. 44, ir iymrla yiraiuiKt. 
And BO the CIbh. writers, eip. m ibephme 
ill iyarla tlrai. Thucjd. tiI. 71, bu 

>p. lo ig ( 

I, f. firoj 


with the 

1. by irrip with gen. 

m the puhhc gamca, 1 C 
eaniend with to adver 
abiol. John ivIiL 36. 

caCof Chriit, 1 tT" n"k™ln. to 
extri oneself, ttrnv eametUv, abaol. Lu. 
iiii.24. CoI.i.?" '" ■--■ ■ --' 
Col. It, 12. 

perat, I Cor. ii.' la'. Diod. Sic. i. 80. 

'AiiXctij, Ss, A, UitXdiit,) a mster, 
I. prop. I,g. 1. 39. Matt. xii. 50, et »1., 
or a sear fimale relative. Matt. liii. 56. 
Mk,Ti.3,— II. fig. a sister in the Chli«ti»ll 
faith, a fimale fiUaie-Chrisiian, 1 Cor. 
Tii. IS. ii. 5. Ja. iL 15, ml. 

womb,) I. prop, a brother, whether from 
the game lather or the tune mother, Lu. 

m'mi. iii. 46. John riL 3. Acta i. 14. Gal. 
i. 19.— II. met. one vho i> cloteljr cod- 
nected with another in any kind of Inti- 
macy or friendship -, ai, 1 ) o jUlouhaiiia- 
Irynan, Matt. •. 47. Acta iii. 22. Heb. 
•il 6. 2] u Biud of ditciples. Malt. unii. 
10. Heb. ii. 11, 12. 3) a fellow-Chrutian, 
Aeliii.30.xi.29. i)acolUamemqffia, 
ICor.i. I. 2Cor.i.I. ii. 13. 

'AiiX^o-ri?!, nTBi, n, prop, broHerlg 
aftcHm. In N. T. a /rateniiVu. la the 
Christian brotherhood, 1 Pet. ii.l7. t. 9. 

'AiijXot, oir, o, a, adj. (n, i^\ot.)iiiil 
manifeit. I. to the wghl, hidden, obarute, 
' g, xi. 44, end CIbbi.^H. wAo ew.u. 

id of eoande, indiilinct, \ Cit. i 

'Ay my it, ^v, 4, prop, tbe aet ^ lead- 
if, bringing, or guiding; heuce, met., that 

u condueire to an end or netAod, or the 
■Mmofeffbctiiiginy thing. Whence.b)' 
Hlen. of effect for cause, a mode or man- 
lier of ii^, 2 Tim. iii. 10, and Joe. Ant. 
liT. ID,3, rtpi -rqc 'louJai'wK dywrqi. 

.llnin Apocr., PliiJ., andWoJ. Sc. /, _^ ^ ^ 

'Ay^r, ^m, J. prop, ae&af^aiaem- Ui^kor AcoJrii. SoV CUm. -"nlei Mili- 
itj^'^J^" 'T •"T*™"*'; "td aiijXo! bird -rCi. -wXyn^v M*p.«™- 
aai%aeamrw,Br puteotcootett. So J ■ Dot to be recogniiei-' 


ly. Thuc i. 9-2 
laials, (i. e. u if H> >a unc« 
'with uncerUinl; of mind 
quenlly irreioluielj', I Cor. is. ai. 

ried Qut, fr. H^, Htiely,^ to 4. 
jj^p„„jjj .^,1 


, , .5 .bode . 

tbe dfuj; tlie infernal regioni. Uence 
also (porliciibrly in the N.T.) I:is tnder 
leorld, or abode of the dead, oreia; H vut 

of the dead are represented aa exiflting in 

unlT't'hB 4.u^tim'Tll!tir°bodTH"'I; 
gener.. Acts ii. 27, 31. ilf iijov, K. ^»M'<> 

37. Mk. liT. 33. Phil. 

XI. 13, 

fifitd at 1 Cor. : 
- ■!. roec&m 
.. Hall, si.' 

to denote the ttAtat pio 

Lu.I. 15,!»t Slov Ka 

III. bj melon, of wiiole for part, for the 

aAkN MHadf, tbe place of future punii'- 

nient.l.u. i. 16. ivi. 23. 

•KtiiKfiiTo,, <,v,i.>i. adj. (a, ji 
K/ibv,) \imf, not to be datmituuhed^ Pol. 
XT.12,9,i. <fiHv4;butin NiT.dlhei ' 
open p/ dittindiim, or doubt, utambwt 

Hal,' j't. iii. 17, 4 avHtfii' sD^ia a. ' 


Xifimt}, wueunnir. ctninno', Kom. i] 

Iir. In N.T.(un(^uotu/u,Rom,l,9. 1 Th.i. 

J ii.l3. T,17. 3Maci.iT.7. Pol. ii.3,B. 

'Adia^0O|>(a. as. i, (a, StaipSiiouA 

— - - -"- ««. In N, T. met. 


12. Philem. 18. 

Kt/-to he wn-ffid. I Cor. vi. 7.— 11. by 

melon., to iurl or iWaM genemlly. Li 

is. Rev.ii, ll.ctal.Sept.BndCkM. 

■^ AV,^ ,, ^ar, Td, )- JA«<,, ) a It 

firvsr/&N, tvroag, i'liqnity Aclt xvm 

iirfa, av, 1^, 1- wrony^ htjugliee, I) 

^ (lit. tittriyhteouaitesaA by DlTencc 

itaLiinat the lavve, innuiia^ Lu. xviii. 6. 
Koni.ii.l4.Sept.&ClBU. 2) apec.,«roag 
or injury to iiidividuala, /rasrf, 2 Cor. xiT. 

13. Sept. Time. iil. 66 Il./msrf, deai, 

IS opposed to fair dealing or truth, Lu. 

' ", lia/tarat Tqc Atiftat, ' richea fnu- 

mllv aeiiuired.' Eielt. iiriii. 1 8, a.i 

ri irXqOiic Tur dj'Kiui' (the fnudi) t$i 

iyivopiac BDv, and often in the Sept. In 

John <iL le. we haK liJi.Ca, aa opuned to 

lrulli,audi:unseqnenlly denoting faleehood. 

111. By Hekniim, limilar u tliat found 

UKamoimu ai uied of life and conduct. 

next, or lis in genenl, Lu. xiii. 27. Act* 
L. 18. Rom. i. 29. iii. S. ti. 13. 2 Tim. 
ii. 19, 2 Pet. ii. 13. Heb. nil. 12, 1 John 
V. 17, especially such as inToliei ncgltct 
:i( Lbs true God and hii lawa, either by 
idolatry or by worldlinesi, Rum. i. 13, 
»ticre riio AMBtiai, iw iiitia KaTinw- 
T(( ate ' tbose who impede God't wonhip 
k..». ..* .T»..i.ii ;......, .■ ^: fl o Th ;, 

hy idolatry or worldliness ;' ii. 8. 2 Th. il. 
10,12. 2i'et.ii.lS. 

Aiiicoi, ai>,i, iS, idj. (a, iUn,) I. 
fad toitardi man, Lu. iviii. II. Rom. 
5. Heb. Ti. 10.— II. by Hebmism, •«. 
Juit or diaitbediaU to OoD, either by wick. 
lneM, MatL v. «. Acta xxW. 15, 1 Cor. 
. 9. 1 Pet. iii. IS. 2 Pet. ii. 9, or hy un- 
!lief and idolatry, I Cor. Yi. 1,— lll./niB- 
diUoil, deoal/ul, Lu. ivL 10, II. SepU 

jtuc, adv. tmjiath/^ un 
i. 19. Sept. uid Ciiasa. 


'AJoiIiiioc, at>, i, A, adj. (a, edxi/ux.) 
. miim>nKed, prop, aa said of melalt, 
FJected on trill. Sept.— II. met. o! per- 

t"m. raeTlCor. ijt. 27. 2 Cor. xiii. s! 
"ic, Kporti&s!, 
■i. %,go(id Jiff 
«ffi7, yi7 aooK. 

kio\ot, ou, J, «, adj. (a, idXoi.) 
ieUrt; geoer. & prop., said of persons, 
_ .li. Ol. .il. 99. Thuc. t. 18, but tome- 
times of things, wiadvlteraUd ; u PoUuI 
Un, iii. 86, ipyipiw il^ and » 1 Pel. 
ii, % ydXa it., met. for pure doctrine. 

'AAfiOTtiv, fiTov, ^, ((4ip«, mature, 
fiiily grown.) prop, /Waess, as of stature, 
Hom, II, ivi, 857, In .'J,T, jren,/u/Ma, 

'kiuraT{a>,{.Aaa, prop, la ie anaile, 
as said of persons ; but in N. T. to (e I'n- 

taVe ofuee. Mat", jl'oi.^, »lu. JuWa- 
TrtTit V'l. ae?l. in loX. xW.-l. '«'-'*. 
xiU.16, V;\l\nropi,l«-v.«l.oi,it tW 


ale. u Mid of tiling., iiiraTor Jot,, 
Mm. jrii. 26. Mk. .. 27. Lu. "iii._27, 
rt iL tA dju«>- ToD 110V0V1 Ri>m. viii. 3, 
ffilh Irri implied, foil, bj iiifin., Heb. 

'AiJB, (conti. for Aiitix,) f. aVa, to 
%. timn». 4. »«r^, Bev. .. 9. siv. 3. 
n. 3,uid Sept.; Aith itU of penon to 
■boM honour the B^lioa i> lione. (o oelg- 
(nife,E^h.v.l9. CoLiiLie. ScpL and Glut. 

'Aii.ulv. l.<Uwaili,ai all limeii,ecer, 
mOnalfy, 2 Cor. tI. 10. Til. i. 12. 1 Pel. 
E IS. Sept. In. li. 13^-11. m ettrs U-ie, 
i. (^ u circumiliiicoB requin, 2 Cor. ii. 

11. Aouvii.61. Heb. ia. 10. 2 PM. i. 

12. Hk. IV. 8, saB^ i,i In-olii, '<u is 
W o/tmvi ifo».' i. e. cuUDnurily. So 
Scfl. Judg. xii. 20, Alex. ToiriTw xoeui 

uprcving on deaji bodies, — einct Ibieaijle 
!«dioiifv on flesh ot living prey, some 
iperlei of tlie lukure is eupimsed 10 be 
oont, u >l Job ixxix. 27, namely, the 

■A!;«^o,,ou,i,A,.dj.(=, W^.,,}a«- 
tcatned, I. prop, used of bread, u in the 
- ■ i JJ-^-, («:. X-i7«=,) .nd 

i<VTi7, or al 4f(f/ta(, tav d^u^»p, and 
ilio TO ajtifin, ive put foi the feilival 
111 or days on which the Jena were to 

4 their deoanure from Ecj'pt, i. e. tkt 
P«or«r,MatL«ri.l7. Mk.xiy.l2. Lu, 
uu. 1. Act. xii. 3. II. 6.~II. met. m- 
miitd, i, e. ftw from fermenting matter, 
tMcormpicd. I Cor. y. 7, H, -rd dSiiiiW, 

'Aiip, dipai, b, prop, (i* air or atmo- 
Ipitro around the globe, or earth, as op- 
poHd to tlie aWiip, or the iiuie unrlonded 
upper twioni. Acta iiii. 23. 1 Th. iv. 17. 
RtT. ii. 2. xTi. 17. In Eph. 
tlplain iiip in thia scnie; u 
tilie it to piean durhiea; a 

likely t 

W iipa XaXlEv, 1 Coi'. 
a>V>ir, J Cor u. SH, 

m anna.) adagitl mod, 
taae ta igieai or act i 

.. Paul. Th. 

■on. »/«<..} I. » , . 

Idol. ni. 33.— II. iofariina, ahomMi 

Pet, w. 3. ApocTT Jos,, and later C\t 

ivhefher bt denying the e. 
itiljiitea of God, or living 
nq r;od. In the N. T. it 
t'r^im the krandtdgt and 
<ri,i! God, t-i- " '" 

^■>. 0/ tte 
Eph. iL VZ. See SpuiL. on 
Jiili:in0l£, 483. 

■Aeiouov, on, o, 4, adj. («, iiffjidt, 
b»,) lauiat, and, bj impl. uwiBf, 2PBt. 
11. 7. ill. 17. Apocr. and Clau. 
■Afl.Tf'a, riirj«.,(iei 

Cal. iii. 15.— II. to m ligM %, deam, 
rrhet. Gal. ii. 21. Jude S. Mk. vi. W. m. 
9. Ln. X. 16. John lii. 48. 1 Th, iv. B. 
.As 10 Heb. 1.28, i9. nVsv K^itimt, 
and 1 Tim. T. 12, de. TW *J<rT,r, ths 

VeX.J», f ri?a, (dOXoc,) lo mnfeo'/, 
&£ a chamwott in fAe ^eftun nanus, 
im. ii. 5. .ffil.T.H. X. 1. 
\#Xr]0tv, tkiv, d, prop. I. cotitest in 
rame!; — II. mei,j(riMofe,«njIirf irith 
Aliens, Heb. x. 32. 

ISuueoi, f. riiTM, to deipond. to be 
uHToynf, Col. ill. 21. Sept. and Clais. 
'AB»o<, 011,0, 4, adj. (a, ^Kiq, penalty,) 
.niihtd ;—U. fig. ■ 


usisJied ; — II. fig. tnnooent, 
; in ler. 24, foR. hy aVd 

•, B, i, adj. 0/ or belongijig 
-■' - ■ •{ppatr,. 

break, and 

a. Sept., Jos., and Claia. 

'AlJiDi, on, 0, n, adj. (Ail,) alicanK 
ctislaig, eteHaalinp, Rom. i. 20. Ju. 6. 

Aiiuit, riot, oiit, ft, 1. modeiiig, 1 Titn, 
II. 9.— II. veneralvm, Heb. xii. 2B. 

AT^d, BTOt, TO, Uood. \.^vn. 1.^ 
l)gener. Mlt.v.25,'29.\,u.™.&,w\.-i:m. 
1 ; 2) met,, by v;Vlc\\ an^ l\™%\» wii V" 
be or become blood, or oa ^Aw^, ^t^ita >.^ 
dark coloui, Acttu. \S. l_tQiiifl. JoA " 

AIM 8 

3, sq.) Rev. viii. 7, sq. xi. 6. xvi. 3, sq. 
- Jn Acts ii. 20, we have etc al/na, for cos 
ulfia in Rev. vi. 12. 3) as said of blood 
jtbat has been shed, whether of victims, 
(•lauprhtered animals,) Ueb. ix. 7. x. 4. 
xL 28. Acts XV. ^, 29. xxi. 25, or of men, 
Lu. xiii. 1. John xix. 34. Rev. xiv. 20. 
xviL 6. So of the blood of Christ shed 
on the cross, in reference to his Last Sup- 
j^Ty Matt. xxvi. 28, et al. Also iu various 
l^stical senses, with reference to the spiri- 
Jtual union of Christians with Christ their 
J^oad, by imbibijig his spirit, and appropii- 
Wflg the benefits of his death and sacri- 
.^6, -John vi. 53—58. And vice versA of 
Clurist with his Church, Acts xx. 28. Col. i. 
^ £ph. ii. 13; esp. bv his atoning blood, 
Horn. iii. 25. v. 9. Eph. i. 7. Col. i. 14. 
fieb. ix. 12, 14. x. 19. 1 Pet. i. 2. 1 John 
T, J, Rev. i. 5. V. 9 ; and by the benefits of 
'%iib New Covenant generally, Heb. x. 29. 
.Jffi. "24. ;xiii. 20. We may here notice the 
BnraaB ordp^ koL alfiay the animal human 
wdvy MAN, with the idea of infirmity and 
it&tality. Matt. xvi. 17. 1 Cor. xv. 50. 
OA.i. 16. :^h. vi. 12. Heb. ii. 14. 
Cl6mp. Ecclas. xiv. 18 ; also alfta eicx*^ 
vijkiy, *to shed blood, to kill,^ Lu. xi. 50, et 
aHlLnd Sept. — ^11. spec, bloodshed, murder. 
Ma$t. xxiii. 30. xxvii. 6, 8,24. Acts i. 19. 
fleb. xii. 4. Rev. vL 10, and Sept. — III. 
fMik Hebr., Uood-^iltiness, the guilt and 
Mmishment of bloodshedding. Matt, xxiii. 
80.' xxvii. 25. Acts V.28. xviii. 6. xx.26. 
»^. Hdot. ii. 39.— IV. relationship by 
blOoti, Acts xvii. 26, i^ ivov a'lfiaroi, ' of 
one lundred.^ And so in the Sept. and 
iim. Ant. iL 6, 3, iafiiv ddi\<f>ol kuI kol- 
ifiyaX/ta. In John i. 13, oi ovk i^ alfid- 
Tcatf, '* not bom of blood,^ (i. e. not sons of 
G«d, -as descended from Abraham,) the 

Skv. is put for the sing., as in Eurip. Ion 

■^-AlfiaTiKXva'ia, a9,ri,bloodshedding, 
Heb.ix. 22. 

'f^llioD^oitia, f. ijo'Ctf, (al/ua, pdoc,^ to 
hope an issue of Hood, Matt. ix. 20, & Pint. 

Alyeo'tv, ecus, *?, {alvito,) praise, Heb, 
xii), 15, Srvaria alviartta^. Sept. often. £c- 
clus, xxxii. 2, 3'vo-. aiveo-ccos. 

^*Al vita, f. vata or eo-w, to praise, said 
both of men and God ; in N. T. only of the 
lafclet, Lu. ii. 13, 20, et al., and so Sept. oft. 

•lAlviy/iia, oTov, t6, {alviervofiai, to 
him at obscurely,) prop, an cmipina, rid- 
ding, -In N. T. met. an obscure tnHmaiion, 
I'Cor. xiii. 12. 

^lAtvos, ov, b, I. prop, anamrftw or tale 
^ofiT;^— IT. a speeds or narangue generally, 
ew^dally laudatory ; — III. in N. T. met. 
pm^y Matt. xxi. 16. Lu. xviii. 43. And 
so in ^om. Od. xxi. 110. Herod, vii. 107, 
iMt/>lf^i9, tw9,h, (alp/fo,) I. a taking 


or layitM hold of any thing ; — IL a taJeu^ 
of one thing in preference to another : also 
the chouie made, whether physicu, or 
moral, i. e. of opinion or doctrine, or of 
life. Hence it denotes a sect, or school, in 
philosophy or religion ; and also the penom 
who form the party professing certain 
opinions. In N. T. it signifies aed, as 
said of the Pharisees, (Acts v. 17. xr. 5. 
xxvi. 5. xxviii. 22,) or by them applied to 
the Christians, Acts xxiv. 5, 14. Hence 
it came to denote a party or &ctiou among 
Christians, (as resembling the heathen or 
Jewish sects,) and also the dissension to 
which party-spirit gives birth, 1 Cor. xi. 
19. Gal. V. 20. 2 Pet ii. 1. 

AipcTt^ctf, f. to-ctf. A word of Alex- 
andrine Greek, used in Sept. for aipiouai, 
to dioose any thing or person. In N. T. 
to prefer one person to others, to love. 
Matt. xii. 18. 

AlpcTifcJc, ov, 6, (alperf^w,) one 
who maintains certain erroneous notions 
in religion, in a party-spirit, and thereby 
sows dissensions, and mtroduces errors. 
Tit. iii. 10, where see my Note. 

A2p ec0, f. ii<rta, prop, to take. In N. T. 
it occurs only in mid. aipio/xai, f. nvofiai, 
to take for onesdf, to choose, prefer, 2 Th. 
ii. 13. Heb. xi. 25. Phil. i. 22. And so 
in Sept. and later Class. 

A 1/9 CO, (for dtlpu,) f. dpHo, to take up, 
lift, 1. prop. John viii. 59. Mk. xvi. 18. 
Rev.- X. 5. In Acts xxvii. 13, apairrt^ 
(scil. dyKvpai) simply means sailing away, 
departing, as often in Class. Fig., as 
as said of the voice, to cry out, Lu. xvii. 
13. Acts iv. 24, and sometimes in Sept. ; 
also in the phrase alpnv \lfuxvv tii/ov, to 
hold anyon^s mind in suspense or doubt. — 
II. to take up and place on oneself, to hear 
or carry, prop. Matt. iv. 6. John v. 8, et 
al. With the idea of laying tip for use. 
Matt. xiv. 20. xv. 37, et al. Fig. aiptiv 
Tifv dfiajpriaif Ttvds, to take away any one^s 
sin, (i. e. the imputation or the punish^ 
meut of it,) by takit^ it on oneseljf, John 
i. 29. I John iii. 5— III. to bear off, take 
away, remove, 1) prop, both of (&»n^, as 
Lu. vi. 29, sq. xi. 22. Matt. ix. 16. John 
XV. 2, of branches pruned ; and oi persons, 
whether removed from a society by excom- 
munication, 1 Cor. v. 2 (in some £dd.) or 
out of the world by death, John xvii. 15. 
Matt. xxiv. 39. Acts viii. 33. Lu. xxiii. 18. 
John xix. 15, et al. 2) fig., John xi. 48. 
1 Cor. vi. 15. 3) in the sense to deprive of, 
as of God's word, Mk. iv. 15. Lu. viii. 12 ; or 
of his gifts, Mk. iv. 25 ; or salvation, Matt. 
xxi. 43. 4) said of a law, to abrogate. Col. 
ii. 14; of vices, to put away, Eph. iv. 31. 

AI(r6ai/o/uai, 1 aiaQtivoiiai, {aim &. 
aladta,) mid. dep., to perceive, prop, with 
the external senses, and met. with th« 



AIffeit<r>i, ■■■1,4, ("iTBam^O prop. 
'pcReptkm bv the utenud ecnea; niet. 
^tlieuilenMl and nicntiil, tfjhfffn^andij^, 
HiiL i. S, uid ilM in Sept. uid Clui. 

mf. He orgtm or faetiiti/ of tamtion ; 
og^ Ae ficMUy of pertepHom by tho inler- 
u] Mnsa, Heb. •. U, and Sept. 

XP^ & rfp&K,) Riper evtmjbr duhoiiour- 
■Uaornr^aui, ITim. ui.S. Til. i. 7, 
Alffvcaicia^At, mdT. .^ C£« aaie of 

Pol, Diod. S 

H^ ar defanud, u opp. to loXdi , u 
lOn in CUb. and Gen. xli. 3. \. In N. 
T. fig. wdeflDTOu, b< nid of what ii tficlier 
iiflnqJTe to modnty and Chriatiut purity, 
Eji. .. 12. =. iBT. «o( \iy,t,. («> D™. 

wUch phnaa aee Bui. Leltra 58,)' or 
utkafedingi; of what it right or wrong, 
fflgnidend by the manner) uid cuitoms 

U. In one or other of Iheee ki 

ii often uied (like the Lntin ' iiiTy») of 
tRimi and marali, wordi and deedt, by 
Villa, SeiH>ph.,&c. Hence -ri alirxpii 
■Dfw Atr^Jniie, aa opp. to rd Kakdv, i 
Ike Greek Phi]«Dphen, coimponding to 
Ike tnrpt and the hoaalum or the Latin 
nilen. In Tit. L H, alrxpcv Kip&ob 
lifui, tim nae dif&n from that abot 
■ndooed; and honre it is riahtlv kept 
^m by Schleuiner. wh< ' 
bit done well in vaigning 
The word haa, 1 apprehend 

ig diiftac 

p Hem. U. i 

t Ti. 325. liiL 7GB. uxii. '238. Ac 
Xeo. Hem. i. 6, 6, ^ol>X■f<IV alaxpA' 

AlrxpoTitt, ijTot, i, (irlirx(iot,)prop. 
■^im or deformilf. lo N. T. fig. iwfc- 
ronm, impnipriety in wardg or actioui, 
Efb. T. 4, o. xal i±a,pa\«yia. 

o, M-rx^e.) geiXCT. 


_ irtively, the paraioc 
jiar ifdugraa, Lu. 


etam.-II. . 
brdy, diaoma, wnontiity^ Heb. xii. 
"pL T^ucyd. ii. Si. a. ifiipaavi. X 
Aa.ii.6,6.— III. a «nte of ghsme. (jbu 
M aHiim, or amdoct, 2 Cor. ir. 2, 
tnri Ti)* nWx'rv't >■ '• 'lacb cL 


ceedingi ai the dlMiplet af 
Id he aihanied of,' Phil. iii. 19. 
id » Hnnetiniet in the ClaK. 
iton. In ReT.iii.I8. A a. Tfc 
yuiuioTiiTot ia, by Ileb^ for viifu-^rai 
- Comp. I Sam. II. 30, .If aU- 
rBtakoijinn /iirrpo* asii, du lit 
yjiiw alffX"*^'- 

;v»,r. B™,(<.i*x«.lKt- «>p^ 

, Horn, often, and ProT. lui. 

», fa be m/t to liaBU, be made 
oAamed, 2 Cor. i. H. Phil. i. 20. 1 Joba 
ii. 28, m4 '>laxv»0»»<»' fir' outdS. Uid. 
lo (iaine viieBf)^ put oneKlf lo ibame, 
Ln. iTi. 3. I fa. it. tC. Sept. and CImi. 
AItib, r. it», ta lul,- uaually foIL 
by BccuB. of pen. or tbing, or botb ; 
ilio with accua. of thing, and irnpd witb 
geo.ofpen. I. geDet.,whetheri» laid of 
men. Matt. v. d. Tii. 9. U. Mk. .i. 22. 
9, al. Sejit. ai " " 
lak or praji, 

1 being omitted. — II. ipec. io tuk w 

otiitjbr, requtrj, demand^ Lu. i. 63. aii. 
48. AcU iii. U. 1 Pet. iii. 15, al. Sept. 
and Clua.— III. hy Hebi., to deaire, A<0 
vii. 46, and Sept. 

AlTnf.n, <.T«, Ti, {aWl-,) I. < 
thing aiied fir, or object lought, Ttt/mtit, 
Lu. uiii. Si. 1 John i. 15, and SepU iu 
1 8»m.i. 17,27.— II. by Hebr.. rfB«» ^' 
tie tnad, Phil. iv. 6, and Sept.; ei. gi. 
Ps. iiivii. 4, Til aWniiirTa tiiv naptiui. 
Bpiit. Paeudo Socr. 24. 

AlTla,av,*,(a!T,'<.,)aBHi»,I. Ike 
^fficieal amse, reoaan, or motive, Matt. lii. 

5. Lu. Till. 47. Acta xiii. 24. 2 Tim. i. 

6. Til. i. 13. Heb,ii. U.— II. like tbc 

irrlv i alrta, and so Sept. and 

37. "m" 


but in N. T. used subel. I. in the masc. 

nJb!^. 9, air. jwrmiat, and ofleD i 
the Class., etp. Thuc.^ll. in neul. r 
alTuw, o DUIue,— i. e. a rtosOfi, niMiee, Ael 
xii. 40; but ssalrcot may mean esutali' 
of evil BB well aa g^, at often in PkK 
Xen., and Thuc,, so t6 a[T<oi> somelimi 
sipifies/aH/l or crime, Lu. iiiii. 4, 22. 

Af^'^^^^'*^, ''^■', o, 17, adj. (a0i^t«i 
to 000 kmv^ wiforeaUK, svdden.uL'U 
34. 1 Th. 1. 3. 

-,^ _., ,. (oi)-„f,, d\i-l«nl or fiitii 

1 1. arnp. Boptimta, Rev. iiii, 10, ik nrit. I) u impljine duration, Matt 
i./tni^i.— U.)iy melon, ike peraota 32. Mk. i. 30. Li>. iviii. 30. 2) tlis; 

» tapturtd, • I 

in. 8. Rev. liii. iw, niv. (TBKiyi 

in Sept. snil Apocr. DihI. Sc. i 

AlvfiaX.Tfrw, f. iffo, (alxflU'i- 

prop. ta laul eaplive, Lu. xii. 24. Stpt. 
I K.vili.46. Diod. »c.xiiL 69. Met. to 

AIxfia^oTDi, ov, 0, i, a caplia or 
tiriaaner o/vjar, Lu. iv. 1 8. The word is 
prop, an ndj. cq. to nlxfij iAwTd., and 
u often in Ihe eirber wniers used mih 

Xpn/ioTn, &c., hut is gener., in uae, m 
•ubU., &i^paiTet being undcrtlood. 

ino; diimlion to nn end, and the piu'l. «&v of 
• i^(. It t> in Horn.. Hes., Find., Hdot., 
■nd olher early writers, i:\i\e6y used of the 

age of man, an agf ; but in die Clau. 
wrilen itler them it is cliiefly employed to 

o. eienity. The earl! 

3) by met., tie MXH of Oil aatid, by impl. 
wicked, Eph. ii. 3. Lu. x>L 8. 4) b; nie- 
ton., tie mtrid UkI/, is in object </i ao- 
-■'-- ind eiiMence, Heb, i. 2. xi. 3. Matt 

. . _0. xxiv. 3. 1 Tim. i. 17. II. » Mid 
in reference to the advent of the HcMhh, 
' m, agt, namelf. \) Oeageor mtrU 
IE Ihi Maaiai, i. e. 'the Jewiih 
dispensation,' 1 Cor. i. 11, 2) lie age m 
tiiirld Ans.B. lie JKesnai, 'the Gospel dts- 
pensalion,' the kingdom of the Mexith, 
Eph. ii. 7. Heb. vi. 5. 

AIuiiiiDi, an, i,i, id j. perpttnat, eter- 
nal. l.sauiidcliieflTof linie/ueiin,Bndl) 
of God, Rom. xTl. 26. 1 Tim. ii. 16, et 
al. 2) of the happineBt of the rijihtniii, 
Mait.xix.39. xxv.46,et>l. InJohniii. 
to, and some o 

of this: 

n Plate 

...word. 8eep.37. D.3B,C.97. D. Ed. 
Sieph. InN.T.ilisuBed,I.oCf>»i«/Hfuni, 
u in ifaa foil, phrases, 1) ilc Td» alima, 
fnr ever. Blid of Christ, Heb. vi. 20. vii. 
17, 24, 28 ; and of the heppines) of tlie 
righteous, John vL SI, 58. 2 Cor. ii. 9, el 
■1. ; also of the punishment of the wicked, 
2 Pet. ii. 17, Jn. 13; with a negnlivc, 

Ml', 2 Pet. ili. le, 2) til nvuir BiuvEC, 
(plur. for Bog.)/vT ever, to aU etermla, 
said of God, Rom. L 25. in. 6. li. m. 
3Cor. li. 31 ; of Christ, Lu. i. 33. 3) lii 
tb!,, al^vm T~i- aliiimi; (ui intensive 

eaer ; said of God, C 
1 Tim. i. 17. 1 Pot. V. II ; of Christ, 
iii. in. Itev.L 18. v. 13; of the hip 
of tlio inst. Rev. xxU. S ; of the pi 
nient of the wicknl, Rev. xiv. 11. i 
IX. 10.— il. of iime Dotf. us ot' a 
' fmm ovrtlasting,' 1 
XV, 18, dTTo - ■ 

^ from all 

V al»H», E|ih. iii. 9. Col 
atmvtavt * bf/irre lime uitt, 
itemitT, 1 Ciir. ii. 7.— Ill 

6^ ili;br, meuliim, &e toorld, cither pre- 

land desires, till) 

evil, moral and physiisl, being 
pressed or implied, Matt. liii. 2^ 

[vi. 8. 


Iii. 2, . 

>Ic tIiv ffaaA. i 

0-. 3}ofl>iepuni< 

nJuoyt.— II. of time pEuf, Rom. ivL 
. _f>iv<>i.t almiioix, 'of old.' 2 Tim. L 
9. Tit. i. 2, nrpi jipaimii a,, equivalent to 

72. C. Ed. Steph.— n. 

contracted, aa opposed 
' virtue In ( 

Rom. i. 21. vi, 19. 2 Cor. lu. 21. Oal. v. 
19. Eph. iv. 19. T. 3. Col.iii. S. 1 Th. iv.7, 
tndSept. in Eiek. xxxvi.25,29. Ran in 
Cbss., tliongh an example occurs in De- 
moath. p, 553, for mmma improliilai, Totmi 
oil ixor iaviv rrip^okliu duaeapirlia. 
And such a peraon «aa called by the Greeks 
KAVopva, by the Romans, ^^^r^inesAis. 
In 1 Th. ii, 3, it is us«l of the inoi«l im- 

lion,'&e. See my Note. So Anian', Epiit. 


fig. said of idoialry, 

'Axieaprnt, oa, 6, 4, adj. (a, KoBai- 
pu,) andean, impute, 1, in tlie Lerilkxd 

ness. Lev. v, 2; said either of thingt, as 
foal, Acts I. 14. Ii. 8 ; (alio of 9nInlol^ 
sa birds, Rev. iviii. 2.) or of pertime not 
Jens, or not Cbrisiiins, Acts z. 28, 1 Cor. 




TD. 14. 2 Cor. vi. 17. — II. in a moral sense, 
ndean^ whether by the pollution of lewd- 
ness, E^)h. V. 5, or of idolatry, Rev. xvii. 
4, in the best Edd. So the demons. Matt. 
X. 1. xii. 43. Mk. i. 23. Lu. iv. 33. Acts 
T. 16, are called nrvtviiaTa uk.^ partly 
from their natural impiety and wickedness 
of every kind, (hence they are called 
roinipa, Tob. iiL 8. vi. 14,) and partly 
firooi their being both instigators to and 
objects of idolatry. 

'Aicatpto/uai, ovfiai^ (a, icatpos,) a 
later Greek term, signifying toioantcwpor- 
My, Phil. iv. 10. 

'Aicatpa»9, adv. {&Kaipoi^) unseason- 
dbf, 2 Tim. iv. 2. See my note in loc. 

*Aicaiiro«, ov, 6, fi, adj. {a, fcaico?,) 
I. harmless^ blameless^ Heb. vii. 26. Sept. 
and Class. — II. qtdldess^ void of evil ae- 
tigii, Rom. xvi. IS. Sept. and Dem. 1153. 
PoL iii. 98, et al. 

*AKav6a, i}«, U) (a<cj}i ai/dov,) a thorn 
w briery Matt. vii. 16. xxvii. 29. Lu. vi. 
44. John xix. 2. Heb. vi. 8. 

'AxairOtvoc, ov, 6, ^, adj. made of 
donu, Mk. XV. 17. John xix. 5. 

'A«ap'ro«, ov, 6, ^, tnthout /rtUt^ bar- 
rai, o{^ to Kapirod>6po9, 1, prop, of trees, 
Thtofhr. PI. iii. 15o. Jude 12, also of land, 
Jer. ii.26; likewise of a country, Atlien. an. 
Stepb. Thes. — II. met., yielding no fruii^ 
i- e. of knowledge, virtue, &c., tisdess, 
Matt xiii. 22. Mk. iv. 19. 1 Cor. xiv. 
14. Tit. iii. 14. 2 Pet. i. 8. So some- 
times in Class., and Lat. in/ructuosus. So 
Plat.Philop. 4, o. XoXt'o. Plat. 277. A. 
Xoyoi owx* &Kapneoi, So Plut. vi. 138, 
4, wapiro^ diauivti nrpoi dpirvv. vi. 
377, 4, i6'j^r\^ aKapirov^. vi. 602, 9, t^i/ 
aptrqir axapva vivtiv Xiyovffi, et al. — 
IIL as negative adjectives are sometimes 
itroogly affirmative of the opposite quali- 
ties, so in Eph. V. 11, by TO. ipya Ta 
wopxa Tov aKOTovi are meant bad and 
wnonu/intits ; and so Wisd. xv. 4, iroi/o« 
0., imjmAua, 

'AicoTay»«<rTos, ow, 6, ^, adi. (o, 
foraytvcooricw,) I. prop, not wormy of 
j^idal eondemnaiion^ 2 Mace. iv. 47. —II. 
in N. T. jnet., unblameable^ Tit. ii. 8. 

'AjraTaKaXuirToc, ov, o, n, adj. (a, 
'(aXinrrc0,) unveiled, 1 Cor. xi. 5. ic£<^a\i} 
«f. 13, yvvaiKa aK, Pol. xv. 25, tijv 
Aavaijv OK. 

'AicaTajc/ocTOC, ov, 6, n, adj. (a, 
i^aTaK/oii/co,) prop, not condemned, but in 
Acts xvL 37. xxii. 25, one who is con- 
^fmned unheard, like the Class, aicptros. 

AicoTaXwTov, ow, 6, n, adj. (a, Kan-a- 
\ino,) L prop, indisaoluiie ; — JI. met. 
^Ttr-durtng^ everlasting^ Heb. vii. 16, ^co»/, 

' kKaxanrava-TOt, ou, J, jy, aJj. (a, 

KOTairavu,^ no/ to 6e retrained from any 
tiling, unable to desist, 2 Pet. ii. 14, 6<l^ 
QaKpol &KaTaTrav<TTOi afiapria^ ; and 
so the later Class., but with a gen. full. 

*AicaTo<rTOflrla, os, 17, (oKOT<i<rTa- 
TOi,) prop, unsettledness, namely, by con- 
ti n ual ch ange of place, 2 Cor. vi . 5. Henc« 
commotion, tumult, sedition, Lu. xxi. 9. 
1 Cor. xiv. 33. 2 Cor. xii. 20. Ja. iii. 16. 

'AicoTotTTaTOS, ow, 6, n,adj. (o, ico6- 
iarapai,) unstable, inconstant, Ja. i. 8. 

' A K o T o <r X e 'T o «, ow, o, n, adj . ( o, «coTt- 
Xw, to restrain,) not to be restrained, irre- 
pressible, Ja. iii. 8, yXStaaa ok. kokov. 
So Job xxxi. 11, Srvpii opyrj^ aicard- 
(rY£To«. Jos. and later Class., as Plut. viii. 
73, 7, aKaracxsTO* -ira? iariv 6 t^ 
iroXwpaypoavinj^ yapyaXiapov. 

*AKiXdapii, indecl. from the Syro- 

Chaldaic NOT Vpn, Jield of blood, i. e. pur- 
chased with the money obtained by blood, 
Acts i. 19. 

'AKtpatoi, ov, 6, ^, adj. (a, Ksp&t0,U> 
mix,) prop, unmited, unadulterated, as said 
of wme, Dios. v. 129. vii. 77, dpiyv^ 61- 
i/os Kal aK., but also used in various meta- 
phorical senses, esp. for d'TrXovi, simple, 
artless, guileless So Matt. x. 16, aKipaiot 
0)9 ai 'TTtpiaTepal, where there seems a 
blending of the conjoint ideas of simplicity 
or guilelessness, and harndessness, (so we 
have the i)hrase harmless simplicity,) as in 
Philostr. ap. Stcph. Thes., t6 aKtpaiov 
Kai (iKuKov Koi dvtTTi^oxiXtvTov. In Rom. 
xvi. 19, aKspaiovi eis Td kukov, the ideas 
of artlessness and simplicity (or absence 
of subtlety) seem conjoined, as in Eurip. 
Or. 912. Pors., where the country gentle- 
man is described as aKipaioi, oVciriXtjir- 
Tov ij<rKt)KUi9 Biov. And so Shakspeare, 
^ I am a simple woman, much too weak 
T' oppose your cunning.** In Phil. ii. 15, 
'iva yivijorQe aptpiTToi Kal uk., of the 
ideas of artlessness and harmlessness, the 
latter seems, by the context, to prevail ; 
on the contrary, in Jos. Ant. i. 2, 2, aKi- 
paiov ^iov the former. 

'AkXiv^s, iov, 6, ^, adj. (a, kXii/w,) 
without wavering, stable, Heb. x. 23, ii 
opoXoyia t^s IXiriBoi a/cXiv^v. So Poll. 
On. viii. 10, a. SiKacrTiji, and Lucian, 
Encom. Dem. o. ^If^xV' 

'AK/tid^a), f. 6eru», {uKpij,) lit. to be in 
the aKprj, or prime, of any thing which, as 
said of fruits, is that of maturity. So Rev. 
xiv. 18, to be ripe, and Class., as Thuc.ii. 19. 

'Ak/lx^i/, adj. prop, accus. of dxpri, 
which means a point, either prop, of a 
weapon, or fig. of time. Hence in the 
N. T. and the later writers, aK/utji/, for 
kot' aKpijv \p6vov, even now, yet. Matt. 
XV. 16. 


AKO 12 

i. e. 1) the sense, or faculty, of bearing, 
1 Cor. xii. 17. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 6'. 2) the 
ofwin of hearing, Me ears, Mk. vii. 35. 
Lk. vii. 1, et9 rdc aKoa« nrov \aov. Acts 
xyii. 20. Heb. v. 11. 2 Tim. iv. 3, Kvti- 
Gofiivoi Ttiv oucoTiVy and 8o in later Class. 
Ako^ aKovuv, Matt. ziii. 14, is a Hebra- 
ism, found also in Sept. for to hear atten- 
tively,— II. THAT WHICH IS HEARD ; and 
1 j any thing promulgated in the hearing 
of others for tne purpose of announcement 
or instruction, John xii. 38. Rom. x. 16, 

17. So aKot] iricTton in the sense * doc- 
trine taught and received with faith,' Gal. 
iii. 2, 5, and \6yot aKorj^y equiv. to Xo- 
yQ9 ccKouo-Octv, *■ the word taught and heard,' 
1 Th. ii. 13. Heb. iv. 2. 2) from Heb., 
rumour, report. Matt. iv. 24. xiv. 1. xxiv. 
6. Mk. i. 28. xiii. 7. And so Sept. and 

'AkoXovOeu, f. q<rc», {dKoXovdm, 
from a, for &/ia, and KiXtvdov, way,) to 
go toith, accompany, foUow ; constr. with 
dat., or ficTd and gen., Lu. ix. 49, al. or 
with hiritrut tivov. Matt. x. 38, al. I. 
gener. ft)/oCow,Matt. iv. 25. viii.l. ix.lft 
Mk. V. 24, et al. — II. spec, to follow a 
teacher, become any one s disciple, 1) to 
accompany him personally, as was usual 
with tne followers of the Jewish doctors 
and Greek philosophers. Matt. iv. 20, 22. 
ix. a xix. 27, sq. Mk. i. 18. John i. 41. 
2, to be any one's disciple as to faith and 
practice, to/oUow his teaxMng, Matt. x. 
38. xvi. 24. Mk. viii. 34. Lu. ix. 23. 
John viii. 12. xh. 26. — ^III. to foUow any 
one in succession, as to any action. Rev. 
xiv. 8, sq. — ^lY. as said of things, actions, 
&c., to accompany. Rev. xiv. 13, rd dk 
ipya aitTuv axoXoudtt fUT* a^Ttlov, ' ac- 
company them' to the judgment-seat of 
God, and, by implic, *■ they bear them with 
them, and procure them a reward.' Also, 
vice fxrsA, m Rev. xvHi. 5, text, rec., ^ko- 
\ovBriirav avr^ al ctfiapTiai ctYfli tow 
ovpavov, *'have followed one another till 
they reach even to heaven.' This, how- 
ever, may better be referred to sense III. 

*Akov u, f. aKovirto, (fut. mid. oKovao- 
tiai, which latter is preferable,) perf. mid. 
dK^tKoa, perf. pass. ^Kouc/tat, aor. 1. pass. 
ifKova&riv. I. to hear, I) intrans. to 
have the sense of hearing. Matt. xi. 5. Mk. 
vii. 37, al. and Class. Matt. xiii. 15, /8a- 
/>lai« dfcouEiy, 'to be dull of hearing.' 2) 
trans, and either absol. or with accus. or 
gen., (with or without prepos.) of the Mtn^ 
heard, and with gen. (with or without pre- 
pos.) of the person from whom ; to hear, 
perceive unth the ear, (1) gener.. Matt, ii.9, 

18. ix. 12. X. 27. Mk. vS. 25, et al. oft., 
and Class. (2) spec, in the sense to give 
ear to, hear attentively, Mk. iv. 3. vii. 14. 
•^ ^. Actail22. Hence, 3) byimpl., 


to give heed to, obey. Matt. x. 14. xvii. 5. 
xviii. 15. Mk. VI. 11. Lu. x 16, et al. 
and Class. So also in the phrase 6 lx<»^ 
uTu uKoittp, dKovtTu, Matt. xi. 15. xiii. 
9, et al. In St. John's writings the term is 
used of God in the sense to need, regard, 
i. e. to hear and answer prayer, Jomn ix. 
31. xi. 41, sq. 1 John v. 15.^ — II. to hear, 
i. e. to learn by hearing, to be ir^ 
know ; 1 ) gener.. Matt. ii. 3, 22. iv. 12. 
V. 21, 27. n. 2. Mk. v. 27. vi. 14. Acts 
xiv. 14. XV. 24, al. Pass., to be heard df, 
i. e. repeated or noised abroad. Matt, 
xxviii. 14. Mk. ii. 1. Lu. xii. 3. Acts xi, 
22. 1 Cor. V. 1, and Class. 2) spec, to 
underhand or comprehend, Mk. iv. 33. 
John vi. 60. 1 Cor. xiv. 2. Gal. iv. 21. 
Sept. and later Class. In a forensic sense,, 
to hear as a judge, to try. Acts xxv. 22. 
John vii. 51. 

'AK/oacta, as, ^, (aK/oar/^c,) equiv. to 
the more Class. aKpdrcta ; gen. want of 
self-command or government, whether of 
the appetites of the body or the passions of 
the mind, (so Jos. Bell. i. 1, 2, d. tra~ 
0CU1/,) as opp. to eyKpamia. Thus it is 
applied not only to intemperance in eating 
OP drinking, but to all the other appetites 
of the body. So Jos. Ant. viii. 7, 5, rwr 
d<t>poSltov OK. Hence it is equiv. to a«ro- 
\a<rta. In N. T. it only occurs in 
1 Cor. vii. 5, did ttim dxpaaiav, * by reason 
of, or on occasion of^ your inability to 
govern your passions.' 

'A^paTf^v, ios, 6, ■fit ftdj. incontinent, 
i. e. ' unable to controul the passions and 
appetites,' as opp. to iyKpariii, 2 Tim. 
iii* 3, and often in Class. 

'Aic/oaTos, o, ^, adj. {a, Ktpavvvpi^) 
unmixed; prop, said of wine undiluted 
with water, and hence, by impl.. strong, 
intoxicating. Rev. xiv. 10. 

*AKpifiiia, a9f i^, {AKpi^tj^y) exati- 
ness, precision ; prop, said of exactness of 
toeiglU or din^ension, as Ecclus. xUi. 4^ 
&Kpifitia X,vyov Kai araOfiilov', and hence 
met., of eaitreme accuracy or precision ; so 
Wisd. xii. 1, in a forensic sense, Dan. vii. 
16, exactness of explication, and often in 
Class. In Acts xxii. 3, ireiraiSiVfiitH)^ 
KOTO, .&Koi^tiav Tov iraTptoQv' i/Ofiov, 
means, * the precise discipline of the law ;' 
as Ecclus. xvi. 25, tK<paiy(o Iv trraOfim 
'watSelav, Kai Iv &.Kpi^tia &,ira'vytK\» 
eirtarTt}/LtY)v. So Joseph. Vit. c. p8, it is 
said of the Pharisees, irtpt th fruTpia 
vofxifia hoKovai tSov aWwv d<cpt/3cia 

'A<c/>f/3t||9, io9, 6, ^1 adj. {oKpa, from 
aKii,& point,) exact, accurate, 'A«cpt/3i(rrc- 
pov, as adverb, 'more accurately or per- 
fectly,' Acts xviii. 26. xxiii. 15, ^. xxiv. 
22. In Acts xxvi. 5, tcard t^v &icpi- 
fiem-uTtip aXptviv^ * the most exact soct,' 




Le. enct in the ezpoBition and observance 
TMT iOmp Kai {ifni/uaTcov, ▼. 3. See the 
pUMge of Joseph, cited in y. &Kpifida, 

'AKpi/3<$M, f. wtrctf, (<l<cpt/3^v,) prop. 
to Arov, and in Class, to know now to 
do, or to do any thing aocuratdy^ ^lian. 
Is. xlix. 16, Aq. Udian. i. 15, 4. In N. T. 
to imamre aeatraUly^ search cusiduoudy 
«to, Matt. M. 7, 16. Xen. (Ec. zx. 10. 

'Affoc/iwv, adr. aoeuratdtf^ exacdyy 
fofie^, Jftatt. ii. &.Lq. i. 3. Acts xviii. 
23. 1 Th. ▼. 2. Xen. (Ec. ii. 3; care/idly, 
dmatupecUy^ Eiph, ▼. 15. 

'Aicplv, £dov, 4, a loeust^ Matt. iii. 4. 
Mk. i. 6. Rot. iz. 3, 7. Sept. and Class. 

'AxpoaT^ptov, iov, rd, {&Kpo&ouaty 
to bear,) a place (fhearvug^ i e. trial, Lat 
■Mfiforwn, Acts xzv. 23. 

'AxpoaT^v, ov, o, (dirpodo/uat,) a 
ieaivr,aB in Joe. Ant. iii. 5, 3, d<c. 0(0v^e, 
nd abwL dxp. Tbuc. ii. 35. In N. T. dicp. 
Tw iwMov or Xoyou, (as Rom. ii. 13. Ja. 
i. 22, 18, 25,) is said of * one who merely 
bean, but does not fulfil or perform it, is 
taixdoer: ' 

'AKpofivvria^ ac, ^, {&Kpov &> fiutoy 
toeoter,) L ike prepuce, or foreskin, cover- 
ng tbe extremity of the glans, Acts xi. 3, 
infi. 2yoirrc9, i.e. uncircumcised Gentiles. 
— IL wettaUofuncircurncision, orGentil- 
inn : see Acts xi. 3. 1 ) prop. Rom. ii. 25. 
1 Cor. vii. 18, 19. Gal. v. 6. vi. 15. Col. 
ii. 13, with reference, however, to the ex- 
tenul rite, not to the circumcision of the 
heart: comp. £ph. ii. 11. 2) by meton. 
tht wtdrcunuHsea, Me Gentiles, as opposed 
to the Circumcision, the Jews, Rom. ii. 
'•K, sq. iii. 30. Not found in Class. 

'Afcpoy wvtatos, a, ov, adj. {&Kpov 
& yotvia. ) When said of a stone, it de- 
notes a comer or foundation stone, Eph. 
n. 20. 1 Pet. ii. 6. Our Lord is compared 
ioN.T. to a foundation-stone, both from the 
^lodamental nature of the doctrine of a 
^▼iour, and also from the distinguished 
<iignity of the person and office of Christ. 

'AxpoBiv tOV, tOV, TO, (&KpOV&dK 

nr 6(v, a heap,) chiefly used in plur. to 
denote the first-frwis, i. e. of the earth, 
posented as an offering to the Deity ; so 
aQed, as taken from the cEnrpoi/, or top of 
ilie first heap collected, or the first chosen, 
ie.*the choicest of the spoils taken in war,* 
and offered to the god who was supposed 
to kave occasioned the victory, Herod, viii. 
1*21. So in Heb. vii. 4, it is used of the 
tenth of the spoils of the vanquished foe 
ofiered to Jehovah by Abraham. 

'Aicpof, a, ov, adj. (dfcn,) hence neut. 
'''0 ixpov, UK»d subst. for angtdar top, also 
the extremity of any thing, Matt. xxiv. 31. 
Mk.xiiL 27. Lu. xvi. 24. Heb. xi. 21. 

'AKvpotff 1 wff», (a, KvpoSf) to de- 

prive ofauHutrity, annid, abrogate, trans.. 
Matt. XV. 6, UK. IvToXnv, Mk.vii. 13, ok. 
TOV \6yov. Gal. iii. 17, dx. itaOnKiiv. 
Sept. and Class. 

'AicftiXvTwf, adv. {aKuXvroi, unhin- 
dered,) without hindrance, freely ^ Acts 
xxviii. 31, diddcTKwv ok. Hdian. viii. 2, 1, 
6ii^ri<rav aKtoXvron. 

"Akiov, &Kov<ra, &ko», adj. (a, cicfiiir,) 
untoiUing, 1 Cor. ix. 17. Sept. and Class. 

*AXa/3o<rTpoi/, ov, t6, prop, alabaa- 
ter, (a variety of gypsum^ differing from, 
though similar to, the modem alaoatter,) 
and also a vase of alabaster, to hold per- 
fumes or perfumed ointment ; though the 
name was at length applied to such vases 
of other materials, as gold, glass, stone, &c. 
Matt xxvi. 7. Mk. xiv. 3. Lu. vii. 37, and 
often in Class. These vases had a long 
narrow neck scaled : so that by the break- 
ing of the dXafiatrrpov at Mk. xiv. 3, we 
are only to understand the breaking of the 
top of the vase thus closed. Poll. On. x. 11. 

'AXa^ovc£a, as, ri, {dXa^tov,) prop. 
the charader of a boaster, boasting, and b^ 
impl., pride and arrogance, Ja. iv. lo. 
I John ii. 16. Sept., Apocr., and Class. 

*AXoJioi/, 6vo9, 6, {dXaofiai, to rove,) 
prop, a vagabond ; also, from the adjunct, 
a mountebank or qttack. Hence in N. T. 
a boaster, Rom. i. 30. 2 Tim. iii. 2, also in 
Sept. and Class., as JEl.Y. H. iv. 16. vii. 20. 

'AXaXd^co, f. a<rai or a^co, (aXaXd, 
the war-cry,) prop, to raise the ivar-cry, or 
shout of battle, Josh. vi. 20. Judg. xv. 14. 
Xen. Cyr. iii. 2, 9. Hence, to utter a loud 
cry of any kind, whether for joy or grief, 
Sept. In N. T. used of the latter, to 
lament aloud, wail, Mark v. 38 ; also the 
sound of cymbals, to ^rive a clanging sound, 
from its acute clangour, 1 Cor. xiii. I. 

'AXdXtiTOC, ov, 6, ^,adj.(o, XaXew,) 
unutterable in words, Rom. viii. 26, & lat. 

*AXoXos, ov, b, ^, adj. (o, X<iXo«, fr. 
XoXeo),) I. not speaking, speechless, dumb,, 
Mk. vii. 37.— II. making dumb, Mk. ix. 17, 
25, irvtvua aXaXov. So Plut. de Defect. 
Orac. 51, dXdXov Kai kukov irveu/tAaros 
irXTip»}s, (of the Pythian priestess,) though 
most recent Commentators explain it, * a 
malignant spirit, silent through obsti- 
nacy,* contrary however to their usual 

"AXo«, aT09, n-d, (a term of common 
life, for aX«, dX^s, b,) salt. I. prop. Matt. 
V.13. Mk. ix.50. Lu.xiv.34.--II.(with 
.allusion to the cleansing and purifying na- 
ture of salt,) metaph. spiritttal wisdom, 
even that of religious faith and hope, in the 
heirs of salvation, Mk. \x. 5ft. GoX^vn.^, 
Matt. v.13. And wD'\Qft.\ia«vU<\\\AA^. 



' A X 1 f 1^ », f. it », prop. (0 ie»nwar, 
Od. jii, 47. In N.T. to anoint 
M" Lii..,..„. 
46. JobD li. 2. lu. a Ja. v. 14, & Clw. 

niglit, aboul 

in N.T. 

idnighi «nd dmn.vhi 
1 crow, Mk. xiii. 35. 
eotk, Mut.111 

34, & oV^nif C°Sbs!' 

AktltpaV, aiP, Ti, (b'vri>, tv KIIIJU.J 

ftrvl, JlotiT, Malt. xiii. 33, Lu. Iiii. 21, 

'AXiieiio.«,ii,(ii\i,e4i,) i.TBUT 

L «. verity^ rtalUy^ 1 ) conjormihf to i 
true nature and reaUtg of (Aiitm, Mk. 
33, i[t.ii> ir£trai' t^i- aXi^e.iciv. Jo] 
y. 33. 2 Cor. vi. 7, l» XoVf dX.,e.i<. 
So kiytt Thv fix., John xii. 7, et a 
ud W aX^Bii-nc, ' of I truth,' Lu. i 

A al. 2} 0) 


So 4 aWfli- .-. — 

verily of the Goipel,' Gil. ii. 5, 14, wd s 
X^Dc -rqi aXqtf,, uid of true doclnoe, 
%b. i. 13. Col. i. 5. 2 Tim. ii, 16. Js. i. 
18.— II. TBUTH, i.e. (ie fote <^ trvH, 
both in wordi uid deeds, mcenfy, veradtv^ 
Matt. iiii. 16. Mk. lu. 14. 
John IT. 23, ra. iv dktiBila. viii. 44, oiIk 
iffTu-dX. i..«&Tv. aCor.'ii.lO. Eph. 
iy.2i,tr^i6TnTiTntd\nBtln, IJobn 

iMariuX!"™ 8.^1 John T. 6, tiJ OmS- 
fia JaTiu n oX. i. e. dX^eivo'v.— III. in 
N. T. eip. DiviNB fnai, u evinced in the 
&itli uid profession of true religion, Gospel 

TnOh, i.e.'the teatherof Divine lrulh,"iil 
at I Esd. iv. 33—41, n liX. \> laid of Qod. 
*..l y , <*onrf uff o^/mo^ to ^ JrHC&,^jrDAi^ 
■ndnrttK. a life conformed to thepreceplE 
of true lelijiion, John iii. 21, i -weiaii ttiii 
A., u opposed to □ cAoDXh vpsovwii. 
John viii. 44, i^ t$ dX. ovx ^o'r^Ktv. 
Rom. ii. 8. 1 Cor. liii. 6, opp. lo diixia. 
Eph. iv. 21. ITim. Ti. 6. Ji. t. 19, Sept. 

tpeak lis tndi; 2) to leach lie IruH, i.e. 
true religion, the Gospel, Gal. iv, 16. 

Cjr. i. 6, 33. 

■AXueni, .m, i 
prop, uacottoeahdy tit 

duct, i.e. uprigM, inlegtr, pnbai, jWsIiu, 
Juhnvii. 18. Phii. iv. 8. Horn. ll..ii,433. 
J»,adj. I. b 

fanned to tnli, yolm' iv. 37. i 
<ijifiigned, John Ivii. 3, o navot dK.titot : 
opp, to gedl falielv so called, 1 Tb. i. 9. 
\ John Y. 20. Reo. iii. 7. Sai of whu ii 
irqe in ittelf.flSoiBiie, real, opp. to false and 
pifltcnJed, John i. 9. 1». 23. 1 John ii. " 
Ln. >ri.ll,&CUBS. Son," - 
John XV. 1. i dX. liproc U 

1. 35 : no/. 

r aX. £/iiriXn, 

33. A <rmi'4 4 dX., Hek viii?2| in«rii!^i 
' the heavenlj' tabernacle.' SorddX.dyio. 
' true BinctuuT,' in htmeii, as opp, to the 
earthly oopj.Heb.ii. 24,— II. (raitfooiiw, 
vemcioM, John vii. 28. Rev. iii. 14, lii, 
0,11, iii. 5. xxii, 6^111. main, im- 
nshi, EUld of the heart, Heb. i. 22 ; aft 
^^l^dge^orjud^ent, aprj^, ™(, Rbt. vi. 


nfiinned to the nature and i-eality 
John viii. 16. lii. 35. Acta xii. 
K tAoiTD by Hie erenl, John 

'A X H e i V, adv, { JXne W '"'». reoa*, 
ToMi/y, MiM, liT, 33, & ofl. '^AXflflSt 
yua, 'to speak assuredly,' Lu. ix. 27. 
, 44. xii.^ and Class. 
A\,.i.,i«v,i (oXv,8e.,) afid^ 
■u. Matt, iv. 18, 19. Mk. i. 16, sq. and 

AXm4», f. Ei™, (dXiii.,} (0 >i. 

AXJffvijtin, BTos, Ti, (dXio^H*, to 
lute,) potfufion, atoininafton, said of 
ni s.->cnGeed to idols, AcU xt. 20, 
AXXii. An adversative particle, de- 
:d film aXXoc, and origiiially a oeot. 
r., indicating opposition to vtmtthiaig 
[I........ it .......... ,„ ..„,_ \H,i'^ OppD- 

and tran^tioi 

«; I 

it rotter, at im Ike i 

i. is, & 

' 3) often, 
the diBconnA or tr 


id chiefly, uwd » 
oughl i> bn 
, vlielhor b 
•q. 1 Cor. 


wut preceded, 

~^'~Ad, vhen it 11 followed by t parti' 
I. 20, & oFl, 4) it muki Irai -- 
ml ■ direct lulIithesi^ u Hk. x 

viii. 7, & ekenhers ; 
nadifynia or eipJainiiig 
^iolij after fiiv, yip, 
trrrtffotion, " ' 

or "bj a p 

-'-•'- — ' B, -r , 


,r.r.r,: i:u"Kft 

So after ao inlerrog. 
iie sense, biU nom, but 

diKoune, Mk. liii. 24. Lu. <i. 27.xi. 42, 
AtlKwh. 2)eiiipliatical1y,wlierBtbera» 
t (ndation in the >eDee, Mt itiU more, ma 
«a, Lo. uiii. 15. JoI^id xii. 2. Lu. lii. 
7. iri. 21. 2 Cor. Yii. 11. Phil. iii. 8, 
— 111. h(, HtMrtiic&tf, or aatavdhi, in wi 
iHdvK ■fKT th* condi^onil pulicles il, 
I'i., &c. Rom. vi. 5, 1 Cor. iv. IB. ii. 2. 
Hk.iiT.29. 2Cor.>.16. il.6. 
~IT. aXk' fl, after a negation, other than, 
ei«pt,unleM, Mk. ik.S. 1 Cor, iii. 5. Lu. 3Cor. i. 13. 

trmi 11 prop, to c&aige, as the form or 
mtBre of i thioE, Ur inaaform, u the 
Toin or lone, GaL iv. SO ; to chanoe^ whe- 

bMhe^ru, Ueb.1. 12; aitn lift. <i\\!Vi< 
i(j|, ■ to ihange the cuMorat^ bj doing thi 


-fcrui il 

HwGod.' " 


lib I. 1. Sept 

Oil iv. 24, iTii 
'ui lud allegoi 

(l(. Jehovah,) Rei.lix. 
■iX*,nX«v, Gen. pli 
n. okA o(Aer, me taoti 
., 12, & oft. 

tiie cuatomfl, by doingthem 

14. 2)todia^, i.e. one 

uiai:aer, to ^changf, Rom. i. Si), 

^d£al.-™ii e.»!i il- iaoiiMnTi, 

— . yp ]n ^g plug of [[,, 

r, ad../™i 
and Clas. 

», fiUos&iii 
leak in Ailego 

. 1 allegory, 

pm. men 
10. John I' 

yim.) ^ anotier raa 
.J™,tu.ivii. lB,a„ 



MA ^,» inter from 



ad). ofW, DOl the t 

.\\XoT, f}, o, adj. ofM*, 
infiiouf the article, oCfcr, 
■;-!r. 1) simply. Matt. >i. 

uiv-^XXot ti, 'loine— 

mlh other 

Malt. viii. 9 ; o! 

othen.' Hktt. z 

theirticle, UeofAer, Matt. V. 39. x.23,& 

clMwh. Rev. iiii. 10, ^ aXXot, ' the rc- 

uuialng one.' and el fiXXoi, ' the nn,' 

1 Cor. iiT. 29, & oft. 

to iAorpiOupa; 

John I. 5. Rom. xiv.4. x 
15, m. 1 Tim. T. 22. Hi 
itnmgi,fareigH, ttat one'a i 

fainlly, ((TOHjier), Matt, ii 
by impt. jkwiile, Heb. xi. 

'ii, 25°^.-IIlf 
34, of boathen 

'AXXiBi, adv. oiJurwiss, 

oni, trra- 
0. Skoya 

'.tXt,dXdc,TiJ,)aJ(,Mk,ii.49, Sept. 


'iXvKi,, II. 6v, adj. (fromaXs,) lali. 

Iir, Ja. iii. 1-2, and Sept. Plalo, p. 86. 
., i, il, adj. (a, \iwn.) 
«, Phil.ji.2B, and Clara. 

Dv, n, a ehaia, bond, 
rop. Kcv. IX. 1. Acli ixi. 33, et «1. 
iclapli. iowb, impritoniueal, Eph. ■'i. 
XwirtTtX^), ios, 4, A, a*V Vji.^ 
TiXiji,) prop, jiainless, »npr«]iwl*» ', 



-. In N. T. br meton. the proditci 
tat, csni, Hut. iii. 12. La. iii. 17. 

E, »«, ij. K^, prop. M*tt. 

i. 20. Lt ._ , , 

perVM. Lu. liii. 32, and CluB. 

'A\«,irit, iw, i, (aUnKa.) the ad 
•f catiAliia, prop, wid of SDimila. So 
2 Pet. ii. 1^. yty.iivn^lra ,i^ SXa>a,t Kni . 
^Bopar. And so eapltira in Plinv. Elae- 
nbere onlv UHd of the taking o'f a. rity, 


and prep., iogrtier. together 
'- 1) said of Ihiagi, 'f 

Tii. 40. 

. -Am a, 
mth. I. 

C0I.W. 3. lUm. T. 13. 2) of 
together, in company, 1 Th. iv. 1/. t. iv. 
Rom. ill. 12. and Sept, — II. u prep., 
aith, topeOtr iciU, foil, bj dat.. Halt. if<l. 
39, Siia airoit; 11. I, fifin Tpat. And 
*o in C)a»., Sfia i», and Sn' ^/lipij. 
'AuaBiji, ioi, fi, n, adj. (a, •mveavuO 

often in Clan. 

napattoiiai,) prop. VTifadisg; netapti. 
ioiig-Biditraff, 1 Pet t. 4, and lat. Clasi. 

the pncsdlng, ] Pet. i. 4. 

t tma, I 

true biib- Til. iii. 11.— II. to err in ac- 
lim, aa to a prescribed law, to do tDraitg, 
ttttm. 1 ) gener. and absol. of anv Bin, Matt. 
iTTii. 4. John t, 14, & oft. So A^ap- 
Tiiviiv duaprlair, 1 John •. 1 6, and Sept. 
2) fell, by ,h witlr -- ■- -' ■ 

my 01 

7. 18, 21. J 

n OMVtgt 
iii. 15.21. 


D llie Heb., lo do evil 
n Mtf noAj afaayone^to qwrinw him, Lu. 
K. 21, and 8ept. 

'A^d^TITM^i ATOfi, tJ, (dftapTib'w,) 
prop, a niu in onf V d>rnv.^u/bre ,' metaph. 
a mataie, error. In N.T. o Inmmrtaton, 
or OS, Mk. iii. 28. ii. 12, Rom. iii. 25. 
1 Cor, Ti. IS. Sept. and Joi. 

'A^tOfiTfa, ai, rii (,i»<Br>T>ii'H,) prop. 

In N. T., I. dematumfivm the Inih, error, 
John Tiii. 46fTft iAc^x'^ **' irtpi lifxap- 
-rlat; Dm. to iMStia. ivi. 8, Bq. Tbuc. 
/; JK — If. tm, I. e. devintloa from any 
pnwcriicd Itr, or rule of duly, whether 
™^-ormKj)ge„er. Matt. iii. ff. ix.2. 
■*4A John ix. 34. JCor.xT.3. Heb. 


iv. 15, k. oft. 2) spec, of particoljo' aha, 

the nature of which is to he nlbered 6vm 

context, John Tiii. 21. 2 Pet. u. 14. 

). IT. 25. iii. 1, el al. 3) bj meton., 

r. tor eoner., i.p.aprria for il/iapTH- 

21. Heb. Iii. 4. 4) by meten. 
^ i«, or habit, of Komng, Rom. tii. 
y. V. 12,etal. 5) by meton. prosneatte 
™, BWW deme, John viii. 34. Rom. ti. 
' ' ] al.— III. from the Heb., Oit iinpc- 
mta of as, iii auilt and 


John iiL 5. ABt- 
r, Heb. ix. 26. vipiiXii. 
1. itpiivat anQf 

a of un,' i. e. ita puniabmenl, Hall. ii. 
£, 6. xxvl. 28. Lu. Tii. 43. Ivtiv ip., 
1 lie under ain,' i. e, ita guilt and punitb- 
inl,Jalmix.41. xt.2^24. IJolini.S. 
:;«. XT. 17. Heb. ii. 28, x'-P'' ^< 
itboiit ain,^ L e. *he afaall appear tba 
:ond time not tit &9iTtivt¥ duaprlat^ 
t-M in ver. 26. 
'A*ia(iT^Dt,.oi',o,,uapTj- , 

'AunoTtaXAt, ou, o, ^, adj. (fron ' 
u ^fiJuXdc from ^tlii,) ■ 

■"in^NV^bolT^ , 


Jrom a road. 

iSe dtosn late, mfiit ; 1) g 

a ifiuuTwXw. Lu. xiU. 'J. Km 
B. Oal.ii. 17. Ja.iT. 8. And 

Avilp or d^f^anrvl A/a^ Lt 

if], 24. ywii dp-, Lu- v 


LO fureicnen, Gentiles 

't. 2) spec. In ih 

ersoDS,^ was applim 
at Pugana, and cod 

ixot, ou, o, i, adj. (o, uil) 
p.-.^ ^if^v ft. ^ii^fiai,) WAO ooei] 
^W, prop, not dispoeed to fight, Xen. Cyr. 

N. T. nol ^aarrebatm, 1 fim. 
iii. 3, Tit. iii. 2. 

'Auiic*, f. rfo-c*. (Ana.) to eolkettogi- 
a^r, Horn. II. iiiT. 451. In N. T. to 
riia^i, to harvest. Ja. v. 4. and Clas^ 

lli!/st, a preriona stone of a deep puqJe or 

'A|tiKii>. (. ^Tu, U, ptKii.) ft) tt 
mrrloii of, to negUel -, ift«i\. Maw., xfii. B, 
■2 Pet. \. n-, TiA* %«.\1. \ Tm.\^.\K. 
Hcb.ii.3. ^^9. ae^^-wAOlMt 




rT.o«, ov, o, ti, adj. (o, fitfi- 
1 Class. f(eoer. act. not findma 
N. T. pass, blameless^ Lu. i. o. 
. Hi. 6. 1 Th. iii. 13. Heb. viii. 7. 
iii. 10, 2. 

r-rcds, adv. blatndesdy^ 1 Th. 
!3. Apocr. and Class. 

/ivo«, ov, o, ^, adj. {a^ fkipi- 

id ofanxiou* carey Matt, xxviii. 

vii. 'ifl. Apocr. and lat. Class. 

20€Ta«, ov, o, t},adj.(a, /uera- 
rop. immovecAley as Pollux On. 
coTTpa <i/iCTtt6tra, dK^i/iira ; 
!, by impl., stable^ immutable; 
rsonSf Plut. viii. 686, 4 ; and of 
b. vi. 17, t6 dfitT, T^s ^ouX^«. 
32, 5, dfi, ivifioXv, 3 Macc.y. 

uKiviiTo^, ov, o, ij, adj. ^a, 
9,) prop, as said of things, tm- 
metaph. as said of persons, im- 
ahie, 1 Cor. xv. 58, cdpatot yl- 
. So Dion. Hal. viii. 74, fiifiaiov 

. CV TOtS ICptOtlffi. 

a/iicXnTos, ov, o, t;, adj. (a, 
)/iAai, pcenitetme,)^ to be 
f^ not needing repentance, Pol. 
, ttfu irpoaipKri9. 2 Cor. vii. 10. 
nchmi^ealde, sure and eerUun^ 

avotjToc, ov, o, ^, adi. (a, 
,) injiemblv impentUnt,obaurate, 
•, Kapdia a/i. Apocr. and Class. 

pos, ow, d, t|, adj. (o, fiirpov,) 
icuure^ imntoderaie, 2 Cor. x. 13, 
X AfitTpa^ adv. for a/u^rpeav, im- 
y, beyond due bounds, Jos. and 

, from Heb. pH, which is pro- 

dj. irue^ certain; but often used 

certainly, usually at the end of 

t, serving to confirm what pre- 

invoking the fulfilment of what 

, in the sense ^fiat! yi»oiTo\ 

InN.T. occ. I. as an (u^*., Rev. 

4, 6'AfxiiVy ' the trub.' — II. as 

1 ) at the end of a sentence, after 

I of praise, &c. in the sense so be 

vi. 13. Rom. i, 25. ix. 5. Rev. 

, et al. oft. ; also after benedio- 

ivocations, Rom. xv. 33. 1 Cor. 

[eb. xiii. 25. 2) at the beginning 

M», by way of asseveration, truly, 

verily. Matt. v. 18. xvi. 28. Lu. 

en repeated, as John iii. 3. v. 19. 

cup, opo^y d, »j, adi. (o, /utjttjp,) 
out mother, as said of the gods, 
<if a mother, or deprived of a 
in N. T. used, at Heb. vii. 3, 
'.eder^ in the sense * whose mother 
dotted in the genealogies. * 

^^ ^r Vi^j' («» Mitiiva$y) prop. 

unstaifsed, unsoiled, and met mnd^Ued kr 
sill ; so Heb. vii. 26. Wisd. viif. 20 ; as said 
of marriage, chaste, Heb. xiii. 4. Wisd. iii. 
13; of the worship of God, pure, sineere, 
Ja. i. 27 ; of the heavenly inheritance, m- 
violate, 1 Pet. i. 4, and Apo^. 

'AfjLfiov, ov, 6, (a later form for ^ou- 
;io?,) sand. Matt. vii. 26. Rom. ix. 27. 
Heb. xi. 12. Rev. xii. 18. xx. 8, & CUat. 

*Anv6t, ov, o, a lamb; used in N. T. 
of Christ delivered over to death, as • 
lamb to sacrifice * not only in reference to 
the patience with which he endured a cruel 
death, but the spotless saerijioe ofi«red up 
in himself for the sins of men, 1 Pet i. 19. 
Hence in John i. 29, 36, he it called 6 
dfivoi Tov Qsov, 

'Afioipfl, 7J9, ii, (aV<t/3w, commuto,) 
1) prop, an intercka^e, or exckatMe^ 
Hom. Od. xiv. 521. 2) a retributwm^ 
whether for evil, in the sense of indemr 
nity, as in Hom. Od. xii. 382; or for 
good, requital, as of kind offices, 1 Tim. 
V. 4, dfioifiav diroiiiovai. Joseph. Ant 
i. 16,2. Plato, p. 202. 

"AfiirsXot, ov, rj, a vitie-iree. Matt 
xxvi. 29. Mk. xiv. 25. Lu. xxii. 1& Ja. 
iii. 12. In John xv. 1, 4, 5, and Rev. xiv. 
18, it is an emblem of prosperity. 

'A/iircXovp7^«, ov, o, t|, ^cE/uirsXov 
& ipyov,) a vin^resser, Lu. xiii. 7. 

*Anvi\d>v, tovov, 6, a vineyard^ Matt» 
XX. 1, & oft. Sept. and lat. Class. 

'Afiv'vu, f. vvio, prop, to avert, ripely 
Hom. II. i. 456; thence to aid, Thuc. iii.67» 
In the Mid. form, which alone occurs in 
N. T., it means prop, to avert from oneself, 
resist ; but in Acts vii. 24, iiixvvaTo, it has 
simply the force of the active, to md^ de- 

*Afi<f>ifid\\M, f. fiaXSi, prop, to catt 
or throw around, as a garment, Horn. Od. 
xiv. 342. In N. T. said of a net, to cast 
around (for the purpose of inclosing fish,) 
Mk. i. 16, in later ead. Hab. i. 17. Comp. 
Lu. V. 6. 

'A/tA<^t/3\»j<rTpoi/, ov, t6, (fr. aM<^t- 
/SaWw,) lit. what is tlirown round any 
person or tliinff, as & garment, Eur. Hel.v. 
1085; or a. JisJi-net, (Matt. iv. 18. Mk. i. 
16. See Hab. i. 15 — 17,) a sort of drag- 
net, enclosing any fish within its compass. 

'AixK^tiiuvvfii, f co-io, I. prop, to put 
on, to clothe ; Pass. foil, by iv with dat. 
Matt. xi. 8. Lu. vii. 25. o-toXiji^, or some 
other arc. of dress, being either eapressed^ 
as in Class, and Joseph. Ant. iii. 8, 7. viii. 
7, 3, or understood. — II. metaph. to de- 
corate, or adorn. Mall. v\. ^Q. l»vi. •sl\\.'2&., 
a/uid>. TOV xopTov. ^ 3o\> xV 5, u.vl<^. 
So^av Kal Ti/uitiv. 

"Afjifftoiov, ov, TO, ^<l|x4>»^ o^^C^ 
prop, a plaoe when two ucoj/a meet ; \>\iV v 

N. T. on open place, or unife tlTtlt, Mk. 
li, 4. Stfl. 

'AufioTtfiot, ipa, ipot, adj, chl'A d/' 
lu<u. Plur. Ofi^iiiTiaoi, m, a, inM, (eald 
only ot two,) JflMt, il. 17. Lu. i. 6, 7. v. 
7, & ofL Tsic fifid,, ' both of tham,' 
ActBUiii. 8. TIE ayi^., 'both of theeti 
(things,)' i. e. the murrection, ud the 
eliltence of angels and Ipirits. 

^ia^iii,)blaiiiel^,P]i. ii. IS. aPetiii. H, 
'AitwfiBv, ov,Td,i^iKmum, an odori- 

feroua pluit, oeed in compounding preciouB 

ointment, Rev. iviii. 13. 
■A/.M>io!, DB, 0, n, »5- (=, mSk"',) 

■poues, ufif^sf UenusA. I. pi-op. b& aoid 

of pirfims. Lev. i. 1 0. xiii. 19— 22r; in N. T. 

Abwaoit Ta Qua. — 11. metaph. Uameifss, 
Eph. i. 4. i. 27." Col. i. 22rju. 24. Kev. 


^r^jtfjbut mon uaually nol 
' ' English, and only im- 

i possi/iilUg, and Bndi- 

partinj to a pre 
•xrtaintv, and i 

cadngdep^ndeni .. . 

it serves to modJ/v or ^rengthert tha fortes 
of the Opt. and aubj., while it can slgo 
-"■— •'- -=inif. of the Indie, (the Free. 
■■ ■ ■ Terbalforms. 




he use of ill is generally 
Lis»cal usage ; but stimc- 
am it. 1. aa eon/brmHi 
, 1) with the Opt., in n 
...lent, it indicues that ih" 
pomiAiilji eipressod by Ih 

found partly ii 

xiYi. i9, .ifal^t, 

nisy toGod,'fin(i,undertheilrcum8lanree, 

1 do pny to Him,) and partlj in vitBrro- 

—•'-- ''■ ----- '"irect, where the thing 

will, under the < 

reiliied. Hence ii 
ws, iffi^ieg, &c., as J 

■I dv dt\0i 

K, dii«ct or 
inquired about hf 

to take place, Lu. 

tobecalled.' Lu. ii. 46. Aeis ii. 12. ».24, 
etal. 2)uilhthe3-JBJ.,inrsfaiii«(Jaiue', 
and connecteii with nlative voids, nljirh 
are thus renitered more gtniral, and Inrli- 
cate mere poHihillty; anil thnt \yial\y wilh 
nlalrM pnmouji!, or partida, wlierr an 

or wiine, the thing will "ake '^a^, and 
may be expressed by the La^n cun^^ nnLl 

-^—itrer ;' Srer ip, 'winre»oeTer;' ffli 

vlili partida ^UniB, as iw ar, UA^t^lho 

vjhenever, as aaoji as, indefinite ; £« b>', 

' as often as, how often soever :' or, lartlj, ■' 
with the illative particle stbc, IW, B 

order liai. 3) »ith the Indic. in IbeUi- ■- 

torical tenses (hut not the primary ona) >^ 

i!ii it used in the opoifattBDf acandiUiHitl ' 

oites that ' the ibini in question wonU = 

have taken place, if that which is (he nib- '' 

{' let of the protasis liad also taken place; ''' 

111 that, in fact, neither the one nor Ik ~ 

other has taken place,' Matt. li. 21, ilJt '^ 

these miiicles had heendone in Tyre,'lhBj - 
WDuld have repented ;' but the miruM 

were not done, and they did not r«nnb ^ 

John viii. 42, ti o Oiiit rarlip iiu0 - 

atVMB from Ctatacol Ktage, 1) whsD» h ^ 

relative clauses, a relative pronoun nth ^ 

aoisfbllonedby the/ixfic, inalesdoftba ^ 

8ubj.arOpt.,«Whoccunin N.T.vhd _ 

a thing it spoken of as actually takmg ^ 

place, not at a definite time, nor in >de- ... 

presenlt itself. It is thus found onlynlk '' 

.r. lii. 2, and Sept. 2) vrhei ' 
n adverb, or lathcr in a U« 
oa^perhapi, 2 Cor. : 

placed at th. _, 
ij. 23,4 Class, 

t, (with primary Knse, ftp,) prB|h , 

ng, in the poets, the datan, , 

HDon; but in prose wrilere, Hit -m 

I, in. In N. i. with ace. on^ e 

ugnifications. 1- when famiing> w 

I aoe., a periphnsis for an adv., tf w. 

'pm, bs turns, altenattly, 1 Cor. . 

'. iri. niion, foil, by gen. 'in '. 

Matt.iiii.2fi. Hk.'vii. 31. Rei.v£ - 

id peraoB, 1 Cur. vi. 5^11. with * 
il woiils it marks dufninfHR, Matt. 

n comjBjeilion it denotes, 1 ) up, uptown 
iimpaitia; 2) budi, ogam, {\ax. n-,] 

^,, x. fi.T. 
idinu of .»en^ as 

'Araffairit, f. finrrowi, prop. & 

gattt. ai iu N. T. to go up, oxviKf, conatr. 
nlh ai-d or Ik fbU. by gen. of place 
aioKx, inil wiih ils. It], or Tpot, Toll. 
1^ KC ot place tciitier ; I ) as uid belli 
M penoni and of thmga animate, or anl- 
mail ; and expressing ascenl of any kind, 
or climbing into s tree, scnliiie a iiall, and 
embarking on board a veuel ; alio, of litljes, 

Halt. lYii. 27, TC* .J.B^rtvTB -WpiTOI. 

l^ir, ' coming up, mourning to tbe book,' 
nigrapiici. 2) 99 uud of tbinga inani- 
male, wbicli are raid (0 oioRKJ, u smnke, 
Rti. »iii.4 ; or plsnl8,(o spring up. Mutt. 
niL 7 ; of a report, to ante, AcU »i. 31, 
irifin ^off't Tio X'^'^P^v; "» u™^ "f » 
Ihoiiriit. to emu tni,arue m tbe mitid. Lii. 
HIT. 38. Aco Yii. 23 ; or Co occur to lit 

'Aiia^d^XiD, f. ^a\£, gener. to rain 
at ml igfomrd, {dra tor ant,) but aome- 

biiniier; alao met. to put qff^de/ir, Hom. 
(M. lil. 384, dvoS. iiVXay ; also in the 
Hid. dm^aWofia'. Acta xxi.. 22, dv. 
■rnwc, 'put diemoSin their cause.' 

uuidofabipa, Xen. HlM. i. 1,2; or to 
dime up, as out of a ]»[, Gen. xxivii. 23, 
In X. T. to ifrEnc m (Aore, at aaid of a 

'AFH^Xfxw, f. i(/ui, I. tolooiup,al, 
w inm : abul. to raise ^ evM from Ilie 
tmind, Mk. viii. 2*. Lu. iiiT 1 ; or with 
tit. Matt. liv. 19, drafi. ,h tdd oipawr. 

II. of 01 

III. to tovtofianiioid a^am, and, by ImpL, 
" itirelv, to exonune closely, Mk.ivi.4. 

ttry ofwjil, Lu, n, IB, and Class. 
Lio^oao, f. riffw, to /i/i lip the 


. 46. Uk. 

Id Clua. 

38. Sept. 

■A.aPo\;,,St,*, {dr«^A\\a.) prop. 
rirDtrivo 17>, or op^i also a ptittina-o/f, 
deUy, Acta IXT. 17, uid Cloas. 

itdiutioD and pnyer, Mk. liv. IS. 

:xii. 12. 

layyiX-iti, f Vt\i, tor. 2. fata. 


imiyyiXiiv, loaamunee, make fewmt, lill, 
ma. & ahsul. I, of Diiiin or eveoU 
Kuf, M relate, or tell, Mk. v. 14, IS. Acta 
ri». 27. IT. 4. i:Ti.38. 2Cor. Tii.7;w 
aftrw, John v. 16, and Claaa.— II. of 
Uinajhiurt, to JortbU, Jolm ivi. 13, 
ind Sept. — III. in tespeet of time onaaif, 
ind gencr. to tAoii> forth or teaek, John it. 
!5. xTi. 25. Acts XI. 20, 27. Bom. it. 
II. 1 Pet. i, 12. 1 John i. 6, & 8«it^ 
V. ai uid of eill deeds, (o thaw fiiTth, n- 
wl. arn/eas, Aels xix. 18, & Sept. 
'Apayirtda, f. nam, to t^ again. 

. . -, /en that of a Cbrbiian life, 

I Pet. i. 3,23; eq. to ' making any one a 
■on of God ' Gal. iii. 26. John i. 12, »q. 
1 John lii. 9. (insHiv yiBvi,0ijKii, John 

pass. dHy^o^'I".) gener., (o ironuacca- 
ra% what is done, Horn. II xiii. 734; spec. 
Iohiowbyperioalr:hiil is vnillen,to read, 
1) for oneself, to /Bim bs reading. Matt. 
lii. 3, 5. xii.4, and often in N.T.; metaph. 

ind Sept. 
KiiViiu,) to 
■ , 1) by 

.=V.dJ«., f. i 
compel any one to do 
' rce, tiireau, &e. AcIb ixyI. 11. 1 Cor. 
._ i. 11. Qui. ii. 3, 14. Sept., Apocr., and 
Class. S) to eenstrain, by moral motives, 

aade. Matt. sit. 23. Mk. vi. 45! Ln. xir. 
IS. Gal. vi. 12, and Class. 
'A»=y"=^, ",. 0^ adj. UtiyKT,,) 

■t things required hy nature, I'Cor. xii. 22, 
irfor tbe support of lile. Tit. iii. 14, dvay- 
■Mlai XP'I"'- Sept. and CTasB.— II. of 
bines or persons necessary from cnstom, 
lie. Acts I. 24, dvayKaio«i diiXoin, 
reor friesda. Sept. and Class.— HI. the 
...ut, avoyKO.-,o> with Joi-l. impers., se- 
eiiarv, nqht, proper, as a matter of duty. 
Arts liii. 46, imt q'v dmy^ale... Phil. i. 
24. Heb. viii. 3. 80 uV. iyiaaaBm, ' to 
necessary or proper,-^ Cor. ix. 5, 
■ aTtBffTS,, mlv. {di,«7KO<n-d.,) 
oamptdionl!/, anailtiiffli/, 1 Pel. v. 2. 

'dyKJt, i/v, 0, I.gcner.neresj^^u.nsed 
arisinf! from [he influence of others, 
ai«l, 1 Cor. vii. 37. 2 Cor. ix. 7. 
in. 14, and Class. 2) from the dispo- 

7. Heb. Tii. 12, 27. ix, 16, 23, and Class. 
») from the oblicition of dntr, drd-iK„u 

't, ' to be right otpioper^ 

1.17. JudeH. Roni.iiii.5, YCot.U. 


18,»ndClBi..— II. ipM. 

2 Cor. vi. 4. rii, lU. 1 Th. iU. 7. Sept. 
wd Uler Clau. 

'Avayi-mpllm, t !<n,, in CluL to 
ncogmxe ; in N. T. used only in Bor. 1. 
puB. driy¥apia9iiv, b 1 reflex. KDse, to 
maie onadf kaotDn, Acti viL 1 3. 

'AriyiiKait, («>, n,rwuiu>^,vhether 
public or priTiM, Acta lui. 15. 2 Cor. iii. 
14. 1 Tim. iv. 13. 

'A fay fa, f. f», aor, 2. awfyayov, aor. 
1. pas. iJriJxCl'. in mid. sense ; (o lead, 
ai bring up, trans. wiLli dat. ofiHia. or 
ill and accof plfleewhither.&c. l)gen«. 

Br place, Matt 

faillj dt 

n i<(>n\w. ii. 22, 

Aa a Racrifiee, to briaff up and la^ upon 
ibe tltai, at a vicUm, Acta vii. 41. B«pt. 
and Clau. { to brinff vp,f-rwn pria^ before 
the judge, Acta mi. 4 ; to J™o up from 
iht deaS. Rom. x. 7. Heb. liii. 2», and 
Sept. 2} ipse, u ■ Diutical term, dti- 

M riae. So Clus.— Hence, in Class, and 
N. T. mid., araV"^"'. ™'- -rS i^' " '" 
■wXalif, lo put to (CO, Acii xivitl It, and 
foil, bj d^i. Acts liii. 13, and ofi. in 

•A..i.*ii«u5^.,f.f«,,aor.l. d»Mi.5=, 
I. prop, to siout iw, hr laising alort, as a 
torcli, Pol. vili. 30, 10.— II. Ej impl., to 
jAow up or ffnik, ina^ cLtar, Actfl i. 24. 
Sept. and Clms.— III. to show forth, pro- 
claim, and hence to aiwote/, as said of a 
ruler or magiitnle, Lu. i. i. 1 Esd. i. 34. 
2 Hacc. xiv. 13, and Class. 

prop, a Aoipmff forth, and lience a fimu/- 
tj^ /brtcortf or niuiifeatation, Ba canse- 

lai Au.>! ni-niiiEiB! ouToS,''hi«'maob^ 
regtatian ai a prapbel,' E»lug. xliii. 6. 
Plut. Mar. c. 3. 

'A-alixoiia,. f. -il^apai, aor. 1. 
diriJlf aufir. prop, to /o^ bpoh Ofiese^ or 

fiieace, lo erntjiAt in, aa promiaes, Heb. li. 
17 : ot !o dm'< itHjndl&B, eqniv. to u«-d- 

57, and often iu tbe Class." Hence, to 

'Ava)|aiD, f, fiaa, aor. 1. ffvij^tiffa. 

B<T. II. 5 ( fin. to lifot again, to retsoe, 
recoiiBr ilrnirfil, Rom. <ii. 9; metaph, to 
■«r <» «» a«/ inSiw j5^ Lu. IT. 2i, 33. 

I '<■« ot ointi 
:niu^. Mela 

r u^, roHH, as a fin, Sept. and Clua; 
idofs[Hritualgifta,2Tim.'i.6. 1 Hacc 

ii. r, JmI. tJ ™d,«.. 

'Avafl^XXv, f- a\v, I. pn^. to^nw 

iv. 10, or to Ae rvfuucd ontf ai^AiAi^, 


laj uji,) later form tot dva^ij/ia, prop, ou 
fAi>^ ^fiiri f^ BS an olIerinK in toe tempit 
of Ritj god; also, any thing ronaecfuiiii 

of nhiditiie latter could not be redeemed, 

tic/m came to denote uny liing irnramiii 
ihwtai lo death, alto any Otir^ on utiiA 

(Joah. Ti. 17,^8. Tii, I, etal,,) and nutr. 
any thing ato>nij«Mt, Deut. '>ii. 26. HeK« 
iti sense in N. T. on accaraed Vat^, at > 

Rom. ii. 3, nix^m- df&Viiia ilvai oW 
TD^ Xp.ffToS, conttr. pra^n. for utjfOfilf 
riuoei/.B <l™. «oi K-op'S"*"""" «»o ™ 
Xp., i. e. •eicluded from God's faYonr, 
sepjrited fromChi^staod tlie benefiuat 
Ills ilcatb, and delated lo eternal desme- 

mj cniiotrymap.' See my note. 

one to be an duaV,^a. {accurwd,) to i^ 
ti, a cune, Mk. liv. 71, fipfa-ro d<»iit^. 
seil. iauTOi-. Aclsiiiii. 12, 14,21, ftSepL 

'Airaflivplu, f. ^(v, prop, toeunej 
ultBativdir, Irana. Acts ivii. 23: metaiili. 
to eonMder, Heb. liii. 7, and Claaa. 

■Auiiiu'., aT«, ra, (auartftifu,) 
uTiv 'iiiiJ «™l BB, (by suspension, dewai- 
tiot,, or othervriB,) in tbe Temple.W 
tbi'robv couecrated to Ood, aa an of^ng 
or sacred gift, Lu. iii. 5. 8o often in 
Jaseph,, Sept., and Class. 

■ o/« 




Airai|»<o-i«, CC09, Q, {ivaipiwA I. a <toiMf, 2 Cor. iii. 14, t6 jr<iXv/i/ua /xiwti 
kHagwa^ offt or auNiy, as dead bodies for /ui} hvaKoKynrtoiLtvov^ ' remains imwith- 


'Avatpcctf, f. t;<ra», aor. 2. <lvctXov, w, o. 

ii»d, alpcw,) ffener. and in Class, to take 'AvaKdfurrto^f. yj/ta^ I. prop, trans, 

ip, e. 2. from the ground, or to take up or to bend or ^um an^ thinffback ; and intrans. 

j^asdead bodies for burial, Dem. p. 1069. to bend back one's course^ to turn back. 

La N.T. occ. only in mid. I. to take «/>,as r^urny Matt. ii. 12. Acts xviii. 21. Heb. 

aid of children taken up, i. e. adopted ; xi. 15. Sept. & Class. — II. metaph. of good 

ffith allasion to their having been before wishes, which become void by being un- 

left^as it were, exposed and abandoned, Acts fulfilled. Lu. x. 6, n tlpvvij vfiwv i^' 

ru. 21, dvciXcTo tturov: and so in Class, v/uav di/aKa/xi/rci, * shall return to you;* 

—II. to take offy or out of ike iroy, sener. i. e. not be fulfilled in Ihem, Comp. Is. 

nsud 1) of persons, to put to <iea^A, Matt. xlv. 23. Iv. 11. 

iL16. Ln.xxii.2. Actev.33,etal.oft. Sept. 'Av<4icti/*ai, f. -Ktivouai, l)prop.te 

& Class. 2) of things, to do away, abolish, lie exposed to view, 2) to be laid out, as a 

paser. used of a law, Heb. x. 9, & Class, corpse, Mk. v. 40. 3) in the later writers 

*AiraiT io«, iov, 6, ri, adj. (o, aWia,) and N. T., to lay oneself along, i.e.tore- 

yuSUas, innocent. Matt. xii. 5, 7, and Class, cl^^ &t table, according to ant^ient custom 

ec**. The ter£ is often used by the Greek or supper, to rfme or ««p. Matt. ix. 10. Lu. 

medical writers of sick persons, who sit up 7; tv ?" "" *''T.V'**'^*\A'*f J'*''? ?1' 

jjj^^ *^ * *^ attable,ague8t. Matt. 

'A0aKaiuil^w,f. i<nv,torenew,l e. re- \AyaKt<l>a\ai6u», {. cicrcu (^ijA & «- 

store any thhig to its former stat;, trans. <^«^«;«*'» ^ ^^P <»r summary, I) to sum 

n «-«« Q-.«f P« «;« on A..^ A— ' *fP *"^o o««, Rom. xm. 9, *all tlie com 

J) prOp.Sept. Ps.ClV._30,ai/aK. TOirpOO- XnHm*.nt«\t««^.W.«\«.«r.^«. an«o,™ 

restore to their former faith. So Bamab. 'AvaicXiVia, f. ivSt, trans, fo cat^e to 

EfHst., iwaKaiviaai Vfia^ iv r^ &<piaii redine upon, I. prop, to ^y any ^At7i<7 or 

Twy dfiapTiwv. person down, whether on the ground or on 

'AvaKuivow, {. ce<r«, 1) prop, to re- f ^^^^ Hom. II. iv. 113. Lu. ii. 7.-II. in 

anc, re-fashion. 2) metaph. to renovate or ^^^^r usage, to cause to redtne&t table, &c. 

reform, by a change from a carnal to a ^y ^'- 3^- Lu. ix. 15. xii. 37 ; Mid. Ava- 

yritoal life, 2 Cor. iv. 16, 6 l<rti»eEU &u- '^^i^o,xai,toredtne 'seat oneself at table, 

9pwro9 &vaKaivovTai, i. e. by increase in ^*'^' ^fiv. 19, et al. oft. 

fiiitb, hope, and charity, and virtue gene- ^AvaKoirTw, f. i/rw, 1) prop, to beat 

rUly. Col. iii. 10, t6v avaKaivovfisvov tU or drive back ; 2) fig. to impede, hinder, 

iTiywwaiv, * increased and renewed in Gal. v. 7, rU vfidi aviKo^t', in some 

Chmdan knowledge.* Edd. 

'AuaKaivtjaa'19, e(oc, fi, {ivaKatvou,) 'Avafcpa^o), f. ^u>, to cry aloud, in- 

l)prop. renewal ; 2) metaph. renovation, trans. Mk. i. 23. vi. 49. Lu. iv. 33. viii. 

or feforroation in the heart and life, by 28. Sept. and later Class. 

change from a carnal to a Christian life, ^AvaKpUvto, f. ivS,, Uvd intens. & 

and produced by the renovating influences Koivui,) trans. & absol. I. prop, to sift 

of the Holy Spirit, Rom. xii. 2. Tit. iii. 5, thoroughly any thing, as flour from bran; 

ita dvaKaivuitriw^ llvtvtkaroi ayiov. _ii. metaph. to examine fully or try any 

'AyuKuXviTTM, f. xlfw, I) prop, to thing, 1) gener. Acts xvii. 11, ivaK. rd'i 

wtreil, i.e. to remove any thing wnich ypatttd^. I Cor. x. 25, fxtjSkv ivuKp.,^ not 

Tcils or covers an object, Sept. and Class, anxiously inquiring,* i. e. whether the meat 

2) metaph. to remove any veil from the had been offured to idols or not ; Sept. and 

mum/, which obstructs the comprehension Class. 2) in a forensic sense, of a judge, 

of any thing, as ignorance or prejudice, to decide after examination^ Lu. xxlvl. 14. 

aiij thereby to cause the person to under- Acts iv. 9. xU, 19, and C\a%%.— \\\. Vcv. ^ 




popular sense, to judge o/\ estimate any 
thing, 1 Cor. ii. 14, sq. Also, by impl., 
to judge favourably o/^ to approve^ 1 Cor. 
iv. 3, 4, or unfavourably, to condemn, 1 
Cor. iv. 3. xiv. 24. 

'AfaK/oio-tc, £(i>c, ^, (<ii/aicp(V<0,) exa- 
mination before a judge, Acts xxv. 26. 
Pol. xii. 27, 3. 

*Ai/aKwxTCd, f. x^w, {ivik & kvittu^) 
to bend back, I. prop., and by ellip. of 
iavrdv, ti;i/ Ki<f>a\.r}v, or such like, to 
raise oneself, i. e. from a stooping to an 
erect posture, Lu. xiii. 11. John viii. 7, 10. 
J6bx.l5,ov dvvafjiai avaKv\f/ai,. Joseph, 
and Class. — II. raetaph. to be elated in 
mind, as opposed to previous depression, 
to take courage, Lu. xxi. 28, and Class. 

'Ava\a/Lij3aj/<o, (f. -X»7j//'o/iiai, aor. 2. 
^i/£\a/3oi/,aor.l.pa8S.di/e\t7q>0>)i/,) I. Act. 
to take up any thing, as from the ground, 
to remove from a lower place to a Tiigher ; 
or gener. to take up, as said of arms ; and 
Pass, to be taken up, with els ovpavov, either 
expressed, Mk. xvi. 19. Acts i. 11. x. 16, or 
implied. Acts i. 2, 22. 1 Tim. iii. 16, with 
iv io^Tf. Sept. and Philo. — II. bv impl., 
and with the accessary idea of oeanng, 
(as the images of the heathen gods were 
borne about in processions, enclosed in a 
case,) Acts vii. 43, &va\. t^v <TKt]vi]v tov 
M oXoY, or of taking up and bearing arms, 
Eph. VI. 13, 16. Sept. and Class. — -III. to 
take up and carry along tmth one, as a fel- 
low traveller, whether on board ship. Acts 
XX. 13, 14, or by land, Acts xxiii. 31. 
2 Tim. iv. II. Sept. and Class. 

'Ai/a\r)i/ri«, ews, ^, {avaXafx^dva),) 
a taking up, as into heaven, Lu. ix. 51, 
Apocr. and Fathers. 

*Ava\i<TKai, f. Xcoco), aor. 1. &vri' 
Xuara, in Class, to expend; in N. T. to 
consume, destroy, trans. Lu. ix. 54. Gal. 
T. 15. 2 Thess. ii. 8. Sept., Jos., and 

* A 1/ o X o y t o, OS, ii, ( &.vd\oyo^, from 
Avh, distrib. & \oyo«, account,) propor- 
tion, or measure. Rom. xii. 6, KaTo. ttju 
Avakoylav rfj^ irto-Tccos, i. e. ' of the gifts 
of our faith.' Dem. de Cor. c. 30, icot* oit- 
aiai dvaXoyiav. 

'Ava\oyi^ofiai,f.ierofiai, 1) prop. 
to reckon up. 2) met. to consider atten- 
tively, reflect upon, Heb. xii. 3. Sept., 
Joseph., and Class. 

*Ai;o\o«, ov, 6, v, adi. (a, fiXc,) not 
mdt, without taste, insipid, Mk. ix. 50. 
Plut. Symp. iv. 10, 2, aprov &va\ov. 

'AfaXvcts, C(0$, h, (<iti;aXuco,) prop. 

a loosing, or dissolving ; and fig., by a nau- 

i^ha/ metaphor, depaHure, whether from 

s banquet, (Jos. Ant. xix. 4, I. Philo, p. 

%lr ^'''" ^^^' bydeaiA, 2 Tim. iv. 6. 

iiJJo, p. 99, <iifd\vari9 Ik tov fiiovl 

*Xva\vta, f. vo-eo, prop, to unloose Hi \h 
(xMes of a ship, and thus prepare for dfr* 
parture, Hom. Od. xv. 548; met. to depart >, 
from life, Phil. i. 23, with the accesBaiy x-^ 
idea of going back, or home; hence l» ); 
return, Lu. xii. 36, &.». tK twv ydfui»» ^ | 
Sept., Jos., and Class. -^ 

'AvafidpTtjTOi, ov, 6, Vt adj. (a, ,<: 
dfxapTdvfo,) sinless, faultless, John viii. 7. ^c. 
Sept. and Class. ; h 

*AvafjLivoa, f. fitvS), 1) to wait oa^ "^ 
remain, Judith vii. 12. Hdot. vii. 42. 2)U <r 
wait for, await, eapect, and, by impl., imk , *= 
patience and trust, 1 Th. i. 10. Sept aai -•& 

Class. ^ 

*Avafxifxvv<rK(o, f. -/xvi^ato, aor. L ^! 
pass. Avtfxvn<rOtiv with mid. signiC, if '^ 
(xdlto mind, remind, 1) gener. & conito -:" 
with double ace, 1 Cor. iv. 17, os v^ : ' 
ai;a/ui/r)(r£i rd^ oSov^ fiov, Sept. and Phikk J' 
In the sense to admonish, exhort, 2 Tlflk ;.' 
i. 6. 2) mid. tii/a/it/ui/tjo-Ko/uat, to oM ^ 
to on^s mind, remember, absol. Mk. zl 1/ 
21. With gen. of thing, Mk. xiv. 72. ''^ 
Sept. and Jos. ; ace. 2 Cor. vii. 15. Hdi. f' 
X. 32. & Class. ;- 

'AvdiJLvrj<ri9, ca>9, v-, {ivafxifiv^ffKU,) '•r 
remembrance, Lu.xxii. 19. 1 Cor. xi. 21. 
Heb. X. 3. Sept. and Class. ,- 

'Avaveooo, f. toaca, to renew; mid. ' 
ivuvtofjiai, to reneto for oneself, used i& ''^ 
Class, as dep. & trans, with ace. of thing, « c 
<pi\iav, opKov, &c. In N. T. to renew one- 
self to be renewed, i. e. in spirit, by» - 
change from a carnal to a spiritual lilik 
Eph. iv. 23. Marc. Ant. iv. 3, &va»io9 .^ 
ersavTov. ^ 

*Avavii<t>(o, f. x/^o), 1) prop, to beoom i- 
sober again from inebriety ; 2) metaph. to 
recover sober-mindedness,(Torn. theintoxicir ^ 
tion of vice, as intemperance, or of avarice, 
and other evil dispositions ; also to reoofim ^ 
oneself, intrans. 2 Tim. ii. 26, dvav. U * 
T^s TOV AiajSoXov irayidoi. Philo, 1098. *= 

^AvavTl^ptjTOi,ov, 6, n,9^}'tnthoid :^ 
contradiction, indisputable. 

*AvavTippi}TU}9, adv. prop. wOhotA ^ 
contradiction ; and hence without /lesitcUion, ^ 
immediaiely. Acts x. 29. Pol. xxii. 8, 11. 

*Ai/a^tos, ov, 6, n, adj. (a, oi^tot,) • 
1) prop, without toeia^ or authority, ana 
hence unworthy. 2) by implic. unM, 
1 Cor. vi. 2. Sept., Jos. Ant. vi.1,4. Hdiaa 
ii. 7, 6. , 

*Ava^io)9, adv. unworthily, i. e. in id 
improper manner, irreverently, 1 Cor. xL 
27, 29. 2 Mace. xiv. 42. Hdian ii. 7, 6. 

'Ai/a<7rav(ri9, cue, ii, {ava^avio, 
1 ) rest or qute^^ as from labour or occupa- 
tion. Rev. \v, ft, 6.wttira\»«ivv oIjk \.^x»«w, 
* have no mtenittftwon? "^«u\.\.."xa.^. "^k^. 
xiv. U. Sepl. an^ OYaaa. *i^ flace *i^ wx. 




'Afaraia, f. aiaa, prop. 

M, or deritt, from anv thiug 


li. 550; «l«,(0(ri«™*to 

Jij person, 

•. ud Clau. In N. T. 1] 

i> to 

« ™l 0/ nimrf, hv frodng 
w ind uixiety, and thus to 

cd, lr>n». Hut. li. 2B. 1 C 

r. i;vi'. 18. 

Cor. vii. 13. Philem. 7, 20, 

md Sept. 

•ml/. Id take one's test, lo enjo; repoge 
iei prenout eicrtion or care. Said 
iher prop, of rest »fter matioa atfytiaue, 
[k.Ti. 31-, ofrealmifiHi.Matl.xxvi.45. 
tk.xi».4i; ormetapl,.ofrMlfroin™« 
twiidliide, Lu.xu.lll: aflhere9tcoDiiat> 
1; in the quietly waitini for any thing, 
Lot. ti. 11 ; of iha real from the froaWes 
( life by death, Rey. liv. 13, rb. in n-uu 
■irmr airrS,!: 3} by Heb., imiTraio»ai 
ipS-'tohavoaplacB of rest,' (o oiafc, rssl, 
tdicea, l.Pet.iT.U, where ks my Note ; 
^comp. Rom. liii. 11. Sept. 

■odo>n:il, tedvx, Acti lyiii. 13. Sept. ai 

'AvaxtuTia, f.ijia, trans. \)U>te, 
(od HIT one 10 ■DT place or person. PhiL 
IL Pint. Pomp. e. 36. 21 "■ " 


■Atit^flB,, on, o, •), a 
*«,) maiined^ either by thi 
tab, or of IIh ok thereof 
IJT. 13, 21. 2 Mirc. viii. i 
1 14, Herod. Vit Honi. g '. 

iwiwtBor, prop.'fo'/a;; Ik 
4a a plying the oar, whe 
dvtta, or by reclining at tabh 
afltr (be manner nf the ma 40, viii. 6. Joht 
m. 20. Sept. and Clast. 
tib a plaee at lable, lo 1 

■A.ox3i.^P<;«,f. <lff», 

36. 21 to *™rf any 

nbunal, and thereby 

-xiii.7,n,15. J(- 

X el: lipiif ToXr 


ig. as of (,™, (0 o«™pj, o, 
laof o namier. In N. T. Ij 
IS Baiil of meatart, 1 Th. ii. 16, 

i. adj. (a. 

im. L 20. 
i. l,andinl»ierCln.>. 

■.\..airTo„o«, f. £», (0 «-{or w-) 
fr/if. as clothoa that have been folded up ; 
... na said of the roll orTolume ofabook, 
I, a«roll, Lu. iy. 17, dyar. t6 fiifiUov, 
nd Sept. 

T.ii" xii. 49, Act! xxTiii. 2. jZ iitV Sept! 
1.1 ClaiB. 

. l^XfT 

1 I>;t. V. 10. The scnie auigned by the 
rutini Lexicograiihets, 'perverting and de- 
atrnving,' ia, as regards TVrAonv, unsupported 
by ihe aulhorities ihey allege. 

'Xvaatrdm, f. n'irup, todraump.jtuU 
lip OTiioH(,ai » spear from a wound, Horn. 
II. liii. 574. or a person wbo has ^len 

(IP Itdraumap, Xcn. Mem. iii. 10, 7; or 

i. 10, d 

prop, tie act of rising fror 

recGnery/ron ■ 
N. T. 1. a n 

, i, (aVf<r, 


Jlin. iiiii. 32. 2) as laid of prophecy, 
kc.,(i>/>.^, Milt.xili. U. 3)D3saidaf 
9 Fori or duiff enjoined by Law, lo per- 
ft™. Gal. yi. i, in-r. -rdr vo/tar ni \ 
1>. Banab. Ep. § SI, rdaar I'l ' 

•fell,' d 

igofm bods 

!.lnte,'Lii, ii.34.— II. a. 

from denth by return to 1 

1 ) SI said of individuals who hare returned 

to life, Heb. ». 35, IF dta-rrinm^ ' \s% 

bping raised again loMe." Coxm. V'SJti. 

xvii. 17. 2 Kin. iv. ^O^Ki. So ot Jem's' 

irreclion. Acta ' - ■— ■ ■•" 

*, 4. yi. 5. PI 

if the gtneriA rcnirreetum, u 




day, both of the jnst and unjust, Matt, 
xxii. 23, & oft. 3) of the just only. Matt, 
xxii. 30 ; called also the fint resurrection, 
Rey. XX. 5, 6. 4) by meton. iki author 
of resurrection, John xi. 25. 

'Avao'TaTow, f. uxruy (dvd<rra<ri9, 
fr. dtfifrrtifity) occ. only in later Greek, 
and is equiv. to dvdtrrarov nroulv in the 
earlier writers ; prop, of things, as cities or 
countries, to dewutaie and destroy ; also, of 
persons, to drive out, ejepel. Hence, as com- 
motion and disturbance are thereby implied, 
so dvairraTow came to mean to disturb, 
throw into commotion ; trans, as said both 
of cities. Acts xvii. 6. xxi. 38, and persons, 
(i. e. their minds,) Ghd. v. 12. 

'Avaorravpoco, f. coo-of, 1) prop, to 
raise up and Ax upon a cross, to crucify, 
trans. Xen. An. iii. 1, 17. Qiod. Sic. ii. 1, 
and Joseph, often. 2) metaph. Heb. vi. 6, 
dpatrravfiovirra^ cavrotc rdv Yliv tov 
Btov, where see my note. 

'Airao-Tcvatftf, f. j^ot, to/etch up a 
de«p-drawn sigh or groan, Mk. yiii. 12. 
Sept. and Xen. 

'Ava<rTpid>ta,{. xlfta. 1. to turn up- 
side down, overturn, trans. John ii. 15, 
rpairc^ac, and Class. — II. to turn back 
again, and mid. to turn onesdfback again, 
to return. Acts v. 22. Sept. and Class. In 
Acts xy. 16, difatrrpi^M Kai dvoiKodo- 
finau T^p CTKriv^v Aa^id, *" will raise up 
again, restore,* as sometimes in Sept. — III. 
mid. dvacrrpiipofiai, and aor. 2. pass. 
dvKrTpdfpri'^y to turn oneself round, or be 
turned round, in any place or thing, Lat. 
versari. 1 ) said of mace, prop, to move 
about in a place. Hence, to sojourn, in 
Matt. xvii. 22. 2 Cor. i. 12. Sept. and 
Joseph. ; of state or occupation, to he occu- 
pied with, to live in, 2 Pet. ii. 18, dvaoTp. 
iv irXai^. Sept, Joseph., and Class. 
2) of persons, to move ahout among, live 
with ; and hence, to conduct oneself amona, 
Eph. ii. 3, iv olc dvurTpdtprjfiii/ irort iv 
raU iiriBvfiiais. Heb. x. 33. xili. 18. 
1 Tim. iii. 15. 1 Pet. i. 17. Sept. and 

*Ava<rTpo<f>fi, ^9, v, {dvatrrpiifna,) 
prop, a turning about, and metaph. a mode 
of We or conduct. Gal. i. 13. Eph. iy. 22. 
I Tim. iy. 12. Ja. iii. 13. 2 Pet. ii. 7. iii. 
11. Sept. & Class. ; or gener. life itself, 
Heb. xiii. 7. 1 Pet. i. 15. 

'Ai/arao-o-o/uai, f. tdj^ofiai, to set in 
order, arrange, in regular series, things of 
any kind, Lu. i. 1, duaT. di^yrjaiv, where 
it IS used of the composition of any his- 
torical narration, out of previously pre- 
pared materials. 

'AvaTtWrn, f. T<\co. I. trans, to 
MUSB to rise up, as tov ^Kiov, Matt. v. 45. 
^t, Pbilo, mud CImb.^-11. intnms. to 

fits up, 1 ) prop, as said of light. Matt iy. 
16 ; a doud, Lu. xii. 54 ; of 1^ morrnng- 
star, 2 Pet. i. 19. Sept. ; of the sun. Matt 
xiii. 6. Mk. iy. 6. xvi. 2. Ja. i. 11, sai 
Sept. often. 2) fig. of Christ^s descent 
from the tribe of Judah, to spring, Heb. 
vii 14. 

*AvaTtOrifit, f. Bnau or Oiioro/ui, 
prop, to lay or put any thing on one, u t 
bunien,and metaph. to refer or asaibs9 
thing to any one ; also, to put anv businm 
upon any one, ( Arist. Nub. 1436. ) Henoa^ 
to lay a business before any one, for con* 
sideration,&c. Actsxxv. 14, 6 ^rjvTotr^ 
fiaaiXii iviOtTO rd KUTa tov FLavXos, 
Gal. ii. 2, ividifinv aifToli to tvayyiKm, 
to declare, make known, as a matter fat 
their serious consideration. And so in 
Sept and Class. 

'AvaroX^, fj^, ^, {ivaTiWu,) L« 
rising, as of the sun, moon, or Stan. 
Hence in N. T. by meton. the dawn tf 
day, or the rising sun, Lu. i. 78, AvaroXi 
i^ iixffovs, * the rising of the Sun of right- 
eousness (Mai. iv. 2.) from on high,* As 
Messiah, so described. Is. ix. 2. Ix. 1, 3, st 
al. — II. put in sing, and plur. for the Ead, 
said both of the heavens and the etrtb, 
Matt ii. 1, 2, 9. viii. 11, and often in N.T. 
and Sept 

'AvarpcTrco, f. i^oi, trans. I. propi 
(Class. & Sept) to turn upside down, ovef^ 
throw. — II. metaph. to subvert, 2 Tim.& 
18, di/arp. Tiiv iritmv. So Diod. SKe. L 
77, Ttiv trap* dvdpartrotv irirmv &var^ 
Also, to destroy, bring to ruin. Tit i. li> 
ohcovi dvoTp. 

*AvaTpi<f}ot, f. dpi\l/oa. I. prop, is 
nourish up, Ining up, as a child. Acts rii* 
20. — II. metaph. as said of mental or monl 
culture, to educate; both senses occur ii 

*Ava<l>aivo9, f. ^avcd,prop. foM^A^tfi^ 
as lamps, Hom. Od. xviii. 310 ; also, <^ 
make appear, to shoio. In N. T. mL 
dvatpaivofiai, to show oneself, to appear, 
Lu. xix. 11. Sept. Job xi. 18, dva^ 
vuTai <roi tlprivi\ : pass, to be skoum <» 
oneself or another. Acts xxi. 3, dva^ 
vivTh^ T^p Kuirpov, ^ being brought iat* 
view of Cyprus.' 

'Ava<f>ipaa, f. oiaw, aor. 1. avi{ifcy«c 
I. to bear or bring upwards ; trans., foil, 
by lU with ace. of place whither. Matt 
xvii. 1. Mk. ix. 2. Sept & Class. Alw 
said of sacrifices, to ojhr up, (placed upon 
the raised altar,) Ja. ii. 21. Sept. Heb. vn. 

27. 1 Pet ii. 5. — II. to take up, and tear 
upon oneself, in the place of another, an4 
thereby to remove from him. In N. T. 
said metaph. of sin expiated by its guitf 
and punishment being atoned for, Heb. ix. 

28. 1 Pet ii. 24. 



Mt or fortb,) 1 ) prop, an <vt-poiimff ; 

•BdVi4 i i^rti". ' " ■""""'' 

ward, rtaat, m« in rctnsting before an 

amplT to daMTifrvjn om fliKt to anoiier, 
llgBDcr. Mut.u.l2,13,14,23.iT.I2.iii. 
U. I*. 21, et ti. 2) tpec. to tmlidraa, 
ntinjbr prwaty^ Acta xxiLi. 19. ixvi, 3L 
Id RbtL ii. 24, ai>iix<>>P<<Tt, leiOdraa, 
i. e. fpTB place. 

a hrtalUaff Mw, (go the mora Cluucul 
imlnivii in Athen. p. 24,) tod meUph. a 

Mfi«. S . . 
1. atnbo, p. 1137. 
'A|paij'ir'x»,f- £u, prop. fodralrdrroA 

EUgr. SS. Hence metub. to rut /rem 
fcil, OppUn T. 623, 3epL Alio tram. 1) 
fnn. lo rHfreti oiw o«, by finniog ind 
cnling, HoiD. 0<L it. MS. 2) to r^ot, 

'AvJpoTafia-T^c. «ii, o, (lii^pii- 
TOJIIia, ) a man-aieoleT, kidnapper, 1 Tim. 
L ID. Sept. ind Cla«. 

'AnJpitii, f. firu, (av^p,) to render 
ma^g or Aratw; in K T. mid. ii-Spi- 

■^.anutoadg, 1 Cor. iii. 13. Sept., Jo>., 

'Attpoiporot, oil. A, (ortp, ^eMK,] 
a Han-Jtojier, niarderer, 1 Tim. i. 9, and 

■A»«y«\iiTot, OK, i, fl, «dj. (a, 
IvhXi'b, to vxuu,) itotHfera, irrniroacA- 
dlt, 1 Cor. i. 8. Cel. i.22. ITim. iii. 10. 
Jaepb. und Cliu. 

'A»ntii*yirTot,o", 0, 4, adj. (b, If 
itwyiouat.) tnejjtTvaiole, unuttierabit^ 
SCir.ix. l5,andlat.Cl™. 

■.K,,KXd\^Ttt, OB,i,fl,adi. (n,i<- 
^aXiv,) HitfteniUe, u£ipr«>iMe, 1 Pet. 

'A»tK\iiirToe, oip, i, A, adj. (o, iit- 
XiiTH,) Hcver^iiiiBig, eaausiiess, Lu. xii. 
SB, and lUer Clug. 

■An.Tdi, i 61; adj. (drfvo/ioO ny 
wfoUr, toitrtdie. Matt. i. 16. li. ^24, 
ttal. CliH. 

'A..\.tt*.-v, d™, a, f,, adj. (n, 
•Xinfiiw.) uKximpiunoRiifc, piftCeu, Rom. 
L 11, and Sept. 

'kwiiii^m, f. few, {litfat,)tB<iffitalt 

Ini lie. rand; fan. (DrinTe«,)to be lotted 

'Ai-fuei, OB, 0, (diKp, to breathe, 01 
bli.w.)f.-™*, I. prop. Matt. li. 7, & oft. 
So III T^onapii iiPi/ioi, 'lie four CBTdinal 
irirjilp," fter. fii. 1, and Jo*. Anl.Tiii. 3,6. 
— 1 1. hi meton. si riffv. im)ioi, ' ihe feat 
iiBtrrters of the euth,' whence thcM air< 
ilinnl windi blow. Matt. ilir. 31. Hk. liii. 

^7. 5q>t. 1 Chron. Li. 24. Dan. li. 4 

III. iiictsph. aa in emblem of initaUlll]', 

wl"m."/!™, ^h. iV-'u. eSui. t. 9, m4 

& KnKv':^') vatiertt and /otifora^ mdcr 
i;ijune,, 2 Tim. iL 24, and biter dlua. 

if iXi'iaE". '0 eiplore.) uicrtMMe, inoom- 
pirti:>mile, Rom. il. 33. £ph. iii. 6, & Sept. 

(a, i-xainiuoiuii,) t&at nadtiA not lobe 
.ulutiiirrf, 2 Tim. ii. 1£. 

'AviviXniTToc, OH, j, A,adj. (a.ivi- 
'Ka^^div,) 1) prep, not to ie Jiwf iUii of, 
ue Hiia of <i wreatler ; 2) metaph. sot to be 
!niii h'Ado/JhrbtamejUiiUameablej ITim. 
iii. -2. and Cloffl. 

, i,, (fli-fit*.', to 

23. Iviiv St. t 

iv ioimi 


/iTvii iiFiiifa. Sept. Sna 

13, DuvlHiaXAoic g iiivsH. Jce. Ant 
iii. lU, 6, An. doEimi, and Claai.— IIL 
metaph. rest, mkt, either eiternal, 2 Cor. 
Tii. 6. 2 Th. i. 7, or intenal, 3 Cor. U. 12. 

thoroiifjHy, ecrutinixe dosdrf, Judg. ri. 29, 

;nr^'Vq.'tr,Sii»ani»,"Acta iiii!'24, 29. 

'Amv, adv. or niher prep, go'eming 
tho ifcii. aiHunU. I. ee eaid of thingt, 
ipitiital lie help of, 1 Pel. iii. 1. ami' 
\6-tov. Sept, and Clau. ; also of tnnnKer, 
■, Sept. i 


aid of 


), fcithoui the 




'AvEXoit f- e^<0) to hold up, as the 
hands aloft, or as any person or thing 
/rom faUing. In N. T. only in Mid. 
dvixofiat, prop, to Jiold oneself up. Hence, 
to bear up, endure. I. as said of things, 
to endure, bear patiently, with gen. un- 
derstood, as afflictions, 2 Th. i. 4. Sept. 
and Class. ; also absol. 1 Cor. iv. 12. 2 Cor. 
xi. 20. — II. as said of persons, to bear 
vjith. Matt. xvii. 17. Mk. ix. 19. Lu. ix. 
41. 2 Cor. xi. 1, 19. Eph. iv. 2. Col. iii. 

13. Sept. and Class. — III. by implic, to 
admit or receive, with gen., i. e. listen 
to, as said both of persons, as Acts xviii. 

14. 2 Cor. xi. 4, and things, as doctrine, 
&c. 2 Tim. iv. 3. Heb. xiii. 22. Sept. & 

*Avt^td^, ov, 6, a n^heio. Col. lY. 
10. Sept. and Class. 

"AvTidov, ou, Td, anethutn, diU,aa aro- 
matic plant. Matt, xxiii. 23. 

'Ai/TiKto, defect. {dv&, i^iccn,) to come 
up to any thing, to readt to. In N. T. 
metaph. to pertain to any thing, i.e. to be 
pertinent or becoming. Col. iii. 18, dv^Kev. 
Eph. V. 4, TO. avriKovra. Philem. 8, t6 
dinjKoi/, and so in Class. 

*Ai/ti/Licpo«, ov, 6, Vy adi. (a, %icpov,) 
ungentle, fierce, 2 Tim. iii. o, and Class. 

'Aifrjp, dvSpdi, 6, I. a man, i.e. an 
adult male person. 1) prop. Matt. xiv. 
21, & oft. as said of men in various rela- 
tions and circumstances, where the context 
must determine the exact import. 2) 
joined with adj. or subst., it forms a peri- 
phrasis for a subst., Lu. v. 8, dvijp dfiap- 
T(o\6i. Matt. vii. 24. Acts iii. 14, & Class. 
And 80 with a Gentile adj., as dvtip 'lov- 
daTo«, Acts X. 28, et al. So in a direct 
address, dvdpss 'Adtjvaioi, Acts xvii. 22 ; 
dvdpti 'E<f)£<not, xix. 35 ; dvdp^i 'I<r/oa- 
tlXiTai, ii. 22, et al. ; duSpti TaXiXaioi, 
i. 11. Joseph, and Class. So dvdpt^ ddik- 
<f}ol. Acts 1. 16. — Xen. An. i. 6, 6, avdoti 
^tXot. 3) metaph. a man of ripe under- 
standing, 1 Cor. xiii. 11. Comp. Eph. iv. 
13. So in Pope^s Epitaph on Gay, *■ In wit, 
a man ; simplicity, a child.' — II. indef. a 
man, i. e. one of the human race ; also a 
-person, Lu. xi. 31, et al. Sept. and Class. 

* A IT i ff T »j /Ii t, ( f. diTtcmia'Ctf, perf. dv6- 
ivTTiKa, aor. 2. din-iaTtjv, imp. mid. dir0- 
itrrdfiijv,^ to withstand, resist, whether in 
deeds or m words, or both, constr. with 
dat. or absol. Matt. v. 39. Lu. xxi. 15, 
and often in Sept. and Class. 

'Ai/6o/io\oyec0, f. 17O-C0, mid. di/0o- 
fioKoyiofiai, prop, to say mutually the 
same things. Hence, as said of two parties, 
to confess mutually, and sometimes simply 
to confer, especially in confession of sin 
to God in prayer. So Joseph. Ant. viii. 
'0,3, diS. Ttts dfxapTiai. 1 E8dr.viii.91, 
rei/xojusvos dvdwfiokoytiTO KXaitov. 

Ecclus. XX. 1 ; but in N. T. and some- 
times in later Class, writers, (as Diod. Sic. 
i. 70, dvd. TO* dptTui Ttuo9,) it is used 
in the sense io pro/ess publicly, esp. in the 
celebration of prayer and praise to God, in 
return for (di/a. ) his mercies and blessings, 
Lu. ii. 38, ai/uctf/uoXoyciTo TtS IK^vplw, 
* returned praises and thanks to God.' Ps. 
Ixxviii. 13, Sept. dvdofioXoyijaoixsOd <roi 
els Tou alcova. 

'Avdos, tos, td, afljower, Ja. i. 10, sq. 
1 Pet. i. 24. Sept. and Class. 

'Ai/6paictd, ds, ^, (dirOpa^,) a mass 
of live coal, such as was put in a chafing*- 
dish, Jo. xviii. 18. xxi. 9, and Class. 

' A 1/ 6 p a ^, aKo^, 6, a live coal, RonL xiL 
20. Sept. in Prov. xxv. 22. 

'AvdpwirdoEO'KOi, ov, 6, ^, adj. 
^di/6pc0iros & apicTKw,) desirous of jlexa- 
xng men, i. e. without due regard to the 1 
approbation of God, Eph. vi. 6. Col. iiL 
22. Sept. Ps. liii. 6. Apocr. and later : 
Greek writers. 

* Av^piaitivo^, vri, vov, adj. hwnum, 
belonging to man, his manners and customs, 
nature, or condition. I. in nature orldndf ■ 
Ja. iii. 7, ^ <f>v<ni v dvd., i. e. man ; 1 Cor. ' 
ii. 13, <ro(j)ia dvd., *" such wisdom as man, 
by his own natural powers, and without 
divine aid, can attain to,' as opposed ta 
heavenly. — II. in respect to origin or adap- 
tation, 1 Cor. iv. 3, dvQ. vfiipa, Attmas 
day of trial, i. e. ' one fixed for trial.' 
1 Pet. ii. 13, dvQ. ktIotk. 1 Cor. x. 13, d. 
ireipaaiiidi, * common to men.' - Rom. vi 
19, dvdpoomvov XiyoD, i. e. ^ in a manner | 
adapted to human weakness.' 

*Av0pcoiroiCTOi/os, ov, 6, v-, {dvBpa- 
iro9 & icT€ii/w,) prop. adj. daying men; 
but in the N. T. as subst. man-dayer, 
said metaph. of Satan, as the author of 
sin and death, (see Wisd. ii. 24. Ekiclos. 
xxv. 24.) John viii. 44. Rom. v. 12. In 
1 John iii. 15, said of murder, as regards 
purpose and design. 

" AvQ p wir oi, ov, b, ^, subst. I. a man, 
an individual ofihe human race, of which- 
ever sex, A PERSON. 1) gener. and uni- 
vers., Matt. iv. 19. xii. 12, et al. oft 
2) said in reference to his human nature, 
a man, i. e. a human being, pro]}, in 
reference to the external man, (Phil. ii. 
7. Ja. V. 17, & elsewh.) including the idea 
of infirmity and imperfection, as opp. to 
God, or divine things, 1 Cor. i. 25. iii. 2U 
Gal. i. 11, sq. kut* dvQpwirov, *" of human 
origin.' So Xiyiiv, or XaXetv k. dvO., 
^ to speak in accordance with human views,' 
&c. ^ to illustrate by human examples or 
institutions,' *' to use as a popular mode of 
speaking,' &c. Rom. iii. 5. 1 Cor. ix. 8. 
Also the genit. dvOpcoirou instead of the 
adj. dv6pu)irivo9, 2 Pet. ii. 16. Rev.xiii.15}. 

h.i^6; . 

rrtt- So a vaXaidc ud A tairit 

le new, i.e. rentned, nUun ud dit- 
Hi ofmui, wrought in man bj the rege- 
Dg influencH of the Holy Spirit, and 
lied bf the moral mo^Tci of thcGoi- 
:) u nid witb refeieneeto lis dtantc- 
d coadihon of inj one, aod used in 

MUI. 1. 36.— II. INDEFIN, 

t]i ArBpto'win, a ceriatn m 
iS. 16. liv. 2. Jobn v. 5 ; q 
XatL ii. 9, bI. ofL So 


,.., , ....... , mt of 

1 nomber, Rom. iii. 28 ; mnd witb a 
Of. » mam, no <mh, Hut lii. 6. 2) 
i«ed with in adj. « luUt., it fomu b 
Kri^ruto for ■ labn., Hatt. xi. 19, S^ 
timm ^dyot. liiL 46, avS. I^iirtyoi. 
im. £2, db£. olcoJiinr^c. iviii. 23. 
3)bTiinp1ic oavepwrocwitblbeuticle, 
fvTw jHOjii, ervryperBoa vjtomever. Matt. 

ilL a irOp. with the arL equir. lo nindt 
or iitiwr, fiiu, tiat, ie, &c. Matt. xii. 
1.1, «. mi. 72, gun olio Tdn ai.epmroj'. 
MIl iiL 3, S. xiv. 21. Lu. vi. 10, eC ai.— 
IV. irl^di;60iDircir,aHHia^fRaR, from tbe 
Hcb. Ijeoiur. to ji«jr»<nr«,ainaii,Mk. 
id. 28. Heb. ii. 6, S SepL 2) witb the 
iniele, a* a pioper niime for tbe MbSHiah, 
i rUt ToS arfpiwou, (derived from Dan. 
in. 13.) Malt. rri. 13. John lii. 34. 

Ithtprwonnd, AcU iviii. Is, & Clsaa. 

rtTOMK/, AcM ji'ii. i, I'a. ni. 38,& Clata, 
'AFinu^f. oi^ffu, aoT.2. <£i^v,aor. 1. 
o 2^^. tnujB. 1) 
> tightening. Acta xxTii. 40, 

.. ^pt. & cim. 
adj. (n,Y\jo.t,) 

, ft. adj. fa, i-txTB,) 
. 20. Mk. ™. 2, 6. 

rf/i, or stand, lo raw vp, 1) prop, u Baid 
ol tliciiw lying down, Acta ii. 41. Sept., 
Josopli.. and Clan. ; or fig. aa aaid of the 
dead. I., rrtal to Oi, John Ti. 39, 40, M. 
Si. Ataii. 32, et al. al» in Cfau. 2) 

^^V,' e. g. avlp^ T<vl, Mall. uii. 24. 
Tdu Xain-Jv, AcU ii. 24, 32. oriwd>qTn> 
Acta ui. 22, 26, vii. 37. Heb. vii. II 15. 
Sept.— 111. iNTita.N8. in the perf., plup., 
and oor. 2. act. and in the mid., to rue 

^^JinK "r lying down. Mall. Dtvi. 62, anj 
I'h. Kri^L. and Claii. So druFrvrai U 
r»ij]uiir, to rise froja ike dead, return to 
Ii/:; Matl. ivii. 9. Mk. ii. 9, so. or with- 
out l.i^^^, Matt. XI. 19, et al. & C1»b. 


cp, to Ire, Acta vii 
'i-rtpot. XX. 30, 
i>, come ftyrvford. 

itb of ^0 te 

IS, iU, 

dSepl. 3)1 

. et al. So duaarnvai 
tTt rivii, to rix hp against onv one, in 
the way of attack, Mk. iii. 26. Sept. 
ij USA sort of Ociental pleonaim, prefixed 
(cap. in the part.) to min of going about, 
underlaking, or doing any thing, Matt. ii. 
9, cioa^rAt inoXoiinoii: Mk. i. 3B. ii, 
14, and oft. Slept- ffeq, 

prop, in [Has. not tkoa^ of, oi not to U 
//uiujiJil >if, or understood, Hom. Hymn, in 

ieaat admit and act up 
Uiuua n-uth, Lu. hit. 
till. iii. 1,3. Tit, ui. 3, 
In 1 Tim. vL 9, ' 

Sepi.^ & Claaa, 
trratioruU and bntliah, lusts. 
ft, (awiPt, (t,a, wit,) prop. 

il. 42 



1 loi^iiplu.' Tbuc! 


o ly m. If, dtot^m, aor, 1, dff »fa & 
, perf. 2. driifya, perf, pax, hbi- 
& ftviuy/ui, aor. 1, pma, avEig'x- 


t,.,ii. So alio 

I. aa said of what 
r,&e, Malt.ii,n, 
Eurip. Ion 923. 

« for doon, ¥ij, ■wv'.\i afjpn. 

ANO i 

Artav. 19, or other nmilor termB ; Bome- 

door of the heurt, u Bev. iiu aoT Acta 
iW. 27. R«Y. iii. 7, 8— II. s^d oS the 
Wrc>u, to 10 Dpen them u thit celeitial 
IhiDf^ msy become minifHt and revsled 
to mao oa earth, Matt. iii. Ifi. Lu. iii. 21. 
John i. 52. Aet«iii.56. 1. 11. Rnv. lii. 
11, & Sept.— III. uid of a Aooi rolled up 
and sealed, R«y. v. 2—5. i. 2. B. xx. 13; 
[Jbo of lie seaU, Re*, t. 9. vi, 1, et si— 
IV. taid <•{ tie mouli, whether aa opeDed 
fotthc purposB of diicoiirse and odtfress, 
Matt. T, 2. liii, 35, et si. or of openiiig 
oat; mind. 2 Cor. vi. 11; laid of the 
dumb, to tave the moat^ opened^ fo 


Fig. BBld of the earth. 

to open her moulh, for 'open out inui a 
chaim,' Rev. iii. 16, and Sept.— V. said 

and Sei 

, , h prop, to , .. 

I sighl, Matt. ii. 30. ii. 33, et al. 
1. and metaph. ta cause to imder- 

Acti!^!l6. S^t! 

opening, Eph. vi. 19, and Clai>. 

'Afoii la, at, fl, (oTO^MB,) prop, latc- 
lemieaa, a lialtUioD or tronsgression of Un, 
whether human or dinae: in N. T. chiefly 
the latter. 1) prop. 1 John iii. 4, and 
Claii. 2) by imphc. >nd from the Heb. 
nil, iiiqmta. Matt, iiiii. 28. xiii. 12. 
Kern. iT. 7, plur. tL 19, iffip. al. ; said 
of apostat^ from the Chtialiui fidth, 2 Th. 

"Aipo^Di:, D» 0,^, adj. (o, ^6^,) 
iavfteat, i, e. net havmg, or at leut know- 
ing, or iLcknewledging a law, meaning in 
N.T. adivineoriflTealedUw. I. tmtt- 
oid law, i. e. not Eubject to tlie law, 
namely, of Moaes, 1 Cor. ii. 21 ; hence, 
BfntUe,pagan, Acts ii. 23, and Apocr. — II. 
by implic. and from the Heb. a violator 
t^the annne law, an impioua wicked permn, 
I Tim. i. 9. 2Pet.ii.£ anWa««r»-,Mk. 
IV.26. Lu.xxii.37.2Th.ii.^ d^irofUK, 
equiv. to b £iSpto-rov A/iaoriat, with 
reference ta the impiety of idolatry. 

*A f Jfioi V, adv. in£Aou^ a ditvK foto, i. e. 
not being aubjecl to it, Rom. ii. 12. 

*Avopd6io, f. wcrt^ to set itpright or 
erert, trans. I. prop. aor. 1. pass, iiiaip^ai- 
Snv, wilh mid. force, to stand erect, Lu. 
xiii. 13; alio metaph. to amfina,eala6liei, 
Heb. Iii. 12. Sept. and Class.— II. to re- 
erta, reJuiW, Acti it. 16, and ClaM. 
■ 'AuJfT.Dt, o«, o, i,, adj. (a, 3<r.oi,)im- 
Iiala, impiimj, regardless of duly to God 
or man, 1 Tim. L 9. 2 Tim. iii. 2, and Clow. 

i»ff bad^ dela^. 1 


l,!ad tailh, glriie igBinal any penon or 
tiling ; the latter, in Hah. xii. 4. 

■Ai-raXXaT-fitt, OTDC, tA, (iin-l, oK- 
Kdiraa,) ofljr tiina otoBH in enAangefir 
unoUer, Mall. Ivi. iS6. Mk. viii. 37; drr. 
T^t i^uy^f. A pbraae derived fromtbv 
I sdemption of a slave, Sept. and Clan. 

*AifTapaTr\iip6ai, f. wcru, prop to 
fill up instead of, or in turn or return, CuL 

and Ut. Class. 

^AnTairoiitrnfii, f. iaiat*, to gin 
ft-Kk any thing instead of something elss 
received, to repay, Kpttfe, whether l)fct 
L-nod, to rei'BUHiTTi, reward, Lu. xiv. 14. 
tiom. Ii. SS. 1 Th. iii. S, and Septjor 
2) for evil, to menue, Bam. xii. 19. 2 lb, 
i.6. Heb. 1. 30, and Sept. 

'Au-raitoio^a, btov, -ri, (dvTon- 
Si&aiai,) re^rifia^R, vbelber for good. Lb. 
xiv. 13, or eiii, Bom. xi. 9, and SepL 

t, A. (a.-- 


again, to reply agrmat, constr. with dat. « 
ace. Lu. xiv. 6. Rom. il. 20, and Sept. 

'AvTiivoi', aor. 2. used aa aor. of 
ilmKiya, to oanBty, eontradid, with diL / 
Lu. Hi. 15. ahaol. in Acta iv. U, Sap^' 

""•Ai-Wx-, U-rl, ix«,) '■«". >- *»« 
urn/ thing against some resistmg force, Nid 
intrans. to resist, Jos. Ant. v. B, S. Mid. 
dff^ixpiiai, f. dv6tfofiai, \.)toholdoiie- 
bdf/aet Ay any thing or person, to deme 
tit it, he marTtus atlwied to il, with gen. 
Malt. vi. 31. Lu. ivi. 13. Tit. C 8. 

the adjunct, 2) ti 
imslg take cure of any one. I Th. v. II, 
arT._ fS.r dadtvSiv. So Job xxxiii. 24, 

Comp, .^ts"x, as! 

^AptI, prep, wilh gen.; prop. simply,in 
a LOCAL sense, mer againsi, in presence of. 

Hence used loelspb. either in a hostili 
sense, a^iast, or by way of eomparisoa, 
where it implies something of equivalent 
vjtluc, and denotes sabstiUdion, exchange, 
reyaital, &c So in M. T. it is used, I. 
by way of iufcaUtulion, iaplace of, instead 
o/Lll. xi. lUdtrriixeiotiAar. Jn.iv.15. 
dorl -TDu XJyiir b^St. 1 Cor. li. 15, as 
implying euceeseion. Matt. ii. 22, 0aai- 
\i6tx durl ■Hp<!:tm. Sept. & Class. John 
i. 16, X^P^^ dvri xdpiTO^,aroee upongrace, 
most ahnndint grace.— IL by way of el- 
r^hange, requital, or equivalent, in consider- 
aiim of, on ocamtit of, ai said I ) of price. 

fir, Hcb. : 

jvr, uEu. .All. 16j ijrrl ^paattn mb4' 
Sftt, and Job. 2) of penonB fiv wbDn 
tr for the lake of whom, uij thine i 
done, u behalf of. Malt. iiii. 27. zi. 2i. 
lUc X. 45. &ph. <Ed. CoL 1326. 3) , 
ntribatioD, /»-, Mut. r. 3ft ^BaXiio 
orri ^SsXfiou. Bom.iiLlT.KaKdvaVr 
itmoi. 1 Pel. iii. 9, and CIuB. 4) of 
cute, motive, or occasion, or aomad ul' 
&«>._■ nf n.). ^i •> -■ ; i' 

<«w that, ot 
■nd aas«.*l 

'AiTi^iiXXv, f. ^aXw, prop, to cait 
«rltn>io(a>>baU) m one's tan, oi froai 
OH to lootber ,- metapb, of votA», to cati 
huismrdi and foncarda, aa doubti oi 
■ipim«it% is conTsnatioa or diacuuloii, 

U. XXIT. 17, T»(t Ol XliyOI OVTDI, out dv- 

ii^aXXii-iTfidsaUnXan; SoSMacc. 
It 13, rpAt iavriv dirrip. — * --— x„..j- 


'AfTiK^A.ady. ottitosiieto^owraffaim 
itb gen. Acta ix. 15, and Claia. 
'A.TiXa^^aVw, f. X^if-Ofia., at(. i 
""■ if.dlher 10 aavo f™ 

,-- Toi 

lo are In poasesBion of the Imielii [oF 
sir lenioe].' 2) of pereona, (o tain itUa 
t's proleclum, protect. 
'AuTiXiya, T, fjco, to spent agaiiat, 
latorabaoi. 1) (o «,«- 
Acte liii. 45. xxviiUS, 
27, foil. bj»i' 

either foil, by < 
M«, coatTudict, 

Ji«Tien»",) prop. ID Acta 
OK agm^ another, and mi< 
ffi^j, to aed oiuMif a^ini 
bmjipoied to him, either in 
tptikni, u 2 Tim. ii. 25, wbi 

r«, (d^ 


It denoies goner. 
U. xiiii. 3, and 
to the Devil, the 

(UKt.'aa tdTenarr,' eilherabsol. or vith 
diL Lu. xiii. 17. Hi. 15. 1 Cor. xn. S. 
PkiL i. 28. 2 Tb. ii. 4. 3 Tim. 1. 1 4. Sept. 

(and also « 

t, ft, (drriXjrjBflaW 
Baa. kelp, aid; but itt 
Btimeiia tho 3epL) 

bj (ome lo bo eq 
see my note there. 

•A^t.XotIo, m, ;i, (rf^,X.,'™,) COB- 
(™<«rtion,gener. 1) asBnid ofs(n/«, Heb. 
51. 7, or otmairawr™ o( iou., HelK vi. 16. 
Exod. iviii. 16. 2)of(5ipofi<um,dthorin 
noids, lij reproaeh, Heb. iii.3. Matt ixvi 
60. srni. ^ el al. ; or in deeds, by 
raSeUioB, Ju. 11, and ProtcTang. Jic. v. S. 

ft™, I Pot. ii. 23. L'm;'irn"'(5on''v. g tO. '" 


a rosnoBi, price of redemmion, 1 Tim. ii. 

explained by Heajch. dirriSfTou, imply- 
ing the tubililutlon, in tufCering, of ano- 
iher person instead of tho guilty one. See 
■2 Cor. T. 21. Tit, ii. 14. fPel. i. 18. It 
cloea not oco. in Class., but aWiXurpou. 
is found In Ariaioi. 

■AvTiai-rplm, f. rifTic, to measure out 
it relura. abaol. Matt. vii. 2. Lu. yi. 38, 
where it is put metaph. for requite. 

™(ri6B(ion,HbelhertbrgCPOd, (recomjwnse]) 
''Cor. vi, 15, or for ovil, [i>itni^ineA^,i 

)m. i. 27. Does not oce. in Class., but 

TiHioflot is found in .ffischyl. Suppl. 285. 

'AnTixoplpxopoi, f .Xiooo^a.. 

pan rJong on the opposite aide of any 
thing {a» a road), and to to pass by, Lu. s. 
31, St. Wisd. xvL 10. An&d! Orac. Ja- 

^AsTi-wipar, »di. (rfurl, irlfar,) over 
yainst, on lie opposite sAotv. Lu, viii. 2li. 

■AirTixfxTi»,f. iteooSiiai, V^™^. 

/iiU agaiiist or upon, \m^-s\in^ ■luJiRMK'a 

ANT 3 

md hnliliw, PolTb. Bud Hdiin. So our 
phruo 'tobliroulof-iiuMd bath ia a 
natural and figur. udh, of being in <tppo- 

viL. 5U ^7 rfvitr/iari tu dyJt^ d^rc- 

mid. dep. 1) prop, to tead out an anay 
tufoinst; 3) moL to headnene tOjtoopjxtKt 
with dit. Rom. vii. 23, arr^a. tu vouu 
TdD wiDrpav. Ariilaa. Ep. ii. 1. 

u M od»n, Tbuo. 

mi.) iM^irTMiJ, rvaf, trat, Rom. iH. 
lor. Ti. 6 1 Tim. i. fi. it iii. 17. 
i.22. Wild. T. 18. 

-ruo-jfai,) tissutgKttdi T. or thingB, not 


iloQi. xiii. 3. Ji. iv. 6. T. 6. ProT. Ui. 34. 
Xeo. Mom. iii. 5, 4. 

■ABTiTuirot, ou.i, j.sdj. liL 'formed 
afiei a tvpe or models' hence bjameupb. 
taken from coiniiic, corrapotiiieid injorm, 
aimOar to. So ffonnus, di^ri-rtira li9,,, 
' similar maDnere.' Hence in N. T. it de- 
note! (agreenbly to the adjectival ligniBca- 

Bubat.) that which aimspottda lo a iype. 
aa antilme, Heb, ii. 24. 1 Pet. in. 21, ami 

in the early Pathors. 

Christ. 1. ?. anyone -l'od™i"tKl7«™ 

y, ^ I, 2. Gal. i». 26, i 

•lipo«ra\i^. Phil. UL 14, i &m 
;.\.7»t,equiT. l« JTOvfKff'ov in Ueb. il\. 
Srpi. and Clan.— II. motion lo t higha 
TiiiLce.wnnirrfj, Jahuii. 41. Heb.iii.lS. 
fi^ML. and Claai. John ii. 7, lai cLw.fe 
' very lap. Sept. iD2Cbr. xxvi.8. 

WbkS HK. ' ' ' 

(«W,) I of pl«, 

/mm oioH, Matt. 

God dwelk in heaien, it mi 

God, or in a <ftn« inaimer, Ji 

II. Ja. i. 17. iii. 17, (A if 

'A-tX^b, f. riT-, (JvtXk, > .hip-» 
pump,) to draw foiih from a yeisel (by 
meBRA of SDTDe machine for that porpoie) 

or ahiol. John ii. B, S. it.'l, 16. Sept! 
and Xen. <Ec. vii. 4. 

ifmun up: but in N. T. that vessel in 

■AvTo*9a\^t», f. ii™, to too* a( 
is Ihf fiice, lo fate, Bamib, Episl. e. S, 
and Cbrysnt. In N. T. used metaph. of 

'Krvipot, ov, i, A, adj. (a, lijii>i),)dnr, 
(lie bjoUtUu.) Hut. 111. 43. Lu, li, 24, 
^iru^ooi tiSttoj, barrtn^ datrt. See Is. 
xli. 19. Hot. ii. 3. 2 Mace. i. 19. In 
2 Pel. ii. 17, Tiivxi &,vtpot. and Ju. 12, 
vt^iKai SuuS- are fig. laid of ipecione 
rediicen, Mt being Vike those fofffitiiina or 

ftt°*g wio rel/ apoa tbem. 

rot, ou, i, 4, adj. (o, inra- 

jecled, nfraelory, 1 

,, .t. Tit. i. 6, 10. 

'Auoj.adv. vp or ofoiw, denoting, I. 
,.h,<i; uAen, Acts ii. 19. Rev. v. 3, b 

Claas! Ueli 


Ii. ja. J. II- 111. ij, \n auuoip mr 
'heavenW wisdom.') Sept. and CIw 
of time,'/nm the tint, i. e. tho ver; 
ining. Lu. i. 3. Acta xxvi. 5, and 
On the sense of irad,, in John 

,..,-„ mUndpMti. 
, adj. ii^er, used ia 

'part of the 

K, ^n. idi. (u, 1^1- 
unpTo/iiaiiie, Heb. vii. 
' ' ' Sept and 

8. TO dwfttAtv, ' nsejeHincu. iwpL ana 
:i>M. 21 by impl. mjuriona. Tit. ui, 9, 
lid of M<tj<=i iwwiiHri.and so Prov. xiriU. 

. Thuc vi. 33. put. 

of good, oit «^ \ y\ of ^ood., i^niA. b\^ fi 
I pEtKH»uiofttsot,\.e.o?\«oAv,lfc»u..- 




11. La. vii. 4. Rev. iii. 4. foil, by gen. of 
thm^, Matt. x. 10, & oft. 2) of evtl^ ' de- 
sonng ol^' either abeol. Rev. xvi. 6, or foil, 
bj gen. irXfjyctfv, Lu. xii. 48. •d'ai/arov, 
Bmi. L S2, & oft. — III. by impl. mitable^ 
or onrrespondinff to, "with gen. as Kapirov9 
a^iow T^ fiETavoiav, Matt. iii. 8. Ln. iii. 
8, et al. Hence d^ioif c<rr(, it is suitable^ 
vt proper, 1 Cor.'zvi. 4. 2 Th. i. 3, and 

'A^io<0, f. <0<ro>, {dj^ioty) to account as 
dtstning, or worthy of any thing, 1 ) prop, 
and gener. inth ace. of person, and gen. of 
thing, 2 Th. i. 11. 1 Tim. v. 17. Heb. iii. 
3. X. 29, and Class. 2) spec, to^ regard o» 
saiUMe, think good. Acts xv. 38, aiid Class. 

'A£f »«, adv. suitably^ becomingly^ with 
jren. Rom. xvi. 2. Eph. iv. 1. Phil. i. 27. 
1 Th. ii. 12, and Class. 

'AopaTo«, ovy o, ^, adj. (o, opdoo,) 
vuesR, or that cannot be seen, Rom. i. 20. 
Col. L 15, sq. 1 Tim. i. 17. Heb. xi. 27. 
Sept and Class. 

'A-rayyiXXw, (f. «\w, aor. 1. 
axnyyctXa, aor. 2. pass. dirijyyiXtji/,) 
inth dat. of pers. and ace. of thing, or 
ftpi with gen. or on, ircos, &c. or infin. 
L to bring word, convey intmigence to any 
Ytntm,/rwn any person or place, concem- 
TM any person or thing. \)to relate, tell, 
vmU has happened, with dat. of pers., or 
fit and ace. Matt. viii. 33, & oft. 2) to 
make known, announce what is done, or to 
be done. Matt. xii. 18. Lu. xviii. 37, & oft. 
Heb. ii. 12, dirayytku) to ovofid aov toI? 
a3eX^i« fiov. — II. to bring back word 
from any one, to report, foil, by dat. of 
pers. with or without ace. of thing, Matt, 
ii. 8. xi- 4. Lu. vii. 22. xiv. 21. Acts v. 
22. Sept. and Class. 

'Axayx***! ^- ^y^w* lo strangle; but 
gener. as in N. T. mid. dTrdyxofiai, to 
itrangle oneself, namely, by hanging, to 
kang oneself. Matt, xxvii. 5. Sept. and 
(lass. On Acts i. 18, see my Note. 

'Airayw, f. ^co, aor. 2. dir^yayov, 
aor. 1. pass, dirnxdriv, to lead or conduct 
away, 1) gener. Lu. xiii. 15. foil, by 
rpov. Acts xxiii. 17. Sept. and Class. In 
N. T. said chiefly in a judicial sense, to 
lead away or bring, i. e. either before a 
judge, or to prison, Matt. xxvi. 57. Mk. 
lir. 44, 53. XV. 16, al., or to nunishment. 
Matt, xxvii. 31. Lu. xxiii. 2o. John xix. 
16. Hence absol. dirax^n^fai, to be led 
of to death. Acts xii. 19, and Sept. 2) 
used of a way which leads (i. c. points or 
tends) to, foil, by eis. Matt. vii. 13, sq. 
Jos. Ant. iv. 6, 10, dv. iU furdvoiav. 
3) mid. dtrdyofiai, lit. to take oneself off, 
to go away, also metaph. to po astray, be 
itdueed lo evil, 1 Cor. xii. 2^ dnr. 'jrpds rd 
ftctaAa Td aipeoua. 
^AvatdevTos, ov, 6, n, adj. (a, 'jrai- 

dcvw,) prop, uninstructed, Xen. Mem. iv. 
1. 4. Uence, ^norant, said both of per- 
sons, as Sept. and Jos., and of thinn, 
foolish, 2 Tim. ii. 23, a. ^fiTqo-Ecc. So 
Plut. vi. 143, 5, diraiitvToi diadi<rM. 

* Aval p CO, f. apSf, prop, trans, to take 
away, remove, Hdot. viii. 57 ; intrans. to 

?o away, depart, Sept. often, and Class, 
n N. T. occ. only in aor. 1. ]>ass. dir^o- 
driu, to be taken away. Matt. ix. 15. j^k. 
ii. 20. Lu. V. 35. 

^AiratTcco, f. i^aco, to demand back 
from any one, to require at his hands, trans, 
with airo Tti/os, Lu. vi. 30. xii. 20, nrriv 
^vxnv <rou diraiTovatv dvo <rov. 

'AiraXyeco, f. ijcw, in Class, to grieve 
out, i. e. to cease from grieving, Thuc. ii. 
61. In N. T. to cease to feel, whether 
grief, shame, or other passions, to be un- 
feeUng, esp. without sense of shame, Eph. 
iv. 19. 

^A'TraXXaororw, f. o^co, to remove 
from, trans, foil, by ti, diro tii/os, Class, 
and Sept. Hence, in N. T. V\ mid. 
diraXXao-o-o/utti, to remove onesdf/rom, to 
depart, leave, with d-Tro, Acts xix. 12. 
Sept. and Class. 2) pass, by impl. to be 
^free, or dismissed, Lu. xii. 58, dTrtjX- 
Xa'xOai dir^ avrov, to be let go, i. e. by 
some private adjustment of the demand ; 
metaph. fo liheraie from ; Heb. ii. 15, in 
act. to free from fear ; so the Class, use 
the phrase, airuXXay^i/ai vooov, and dir. 
dird dovXoo'ui/T)9. 

'A-TraXXoTptoco, f. ujcno, to estrange, 
alienate ; pass, to be estranged, or alienaml, 
from any one, either foil, by gen. Eph. ii. 
12. iv. 18, or absol. Col. i. 21. Sept., Jos., 
Pol., and Diod. Sic. 

*A'7roX6s, »;, 6v, adj. prop, yielding to 
the touch, but gener. soft, lender, said of 
the young shoot of a tree,' Matt. xxiv. 32. 
Mk. xiii. 28. So Lev. ii. 14, Aq. diraXd 

'' Air avrdtfj, f. jjo-co or varofiat, prop. 
to meet from opposite directions, to /all m 
with, meet with, foil, by dat. Matt, xxviii. 
9. Mk. V. 2. John iv. 51, al. Sept. and 
Class. Said of a hostile rencounter, Lu. 
xiv. 31. also in Jud. viii. 21. 2 Sam. i. 15. 

'A'7rdi/TT}0'ts, £ws, ri, {diravrdw,) a 
meeting or rencounter, Sept. often and lat. 
Class. In N. T. occ. only in the phrase 
els dtrdvTijaiv, put by Heb. for the infin^ 
diravTav, to meet with, foil, by gen. Matt. 
XXV. 1,* 6. 1 Th. iv. 17; by dat. Acts 
xxviii. 15. 

"Aira^, adv. 1) prop, once, 2 Cor. xi. 

25. Heb, ix. 7, al. Se^l. & C\a&%. ^o 

dira^ Kai oU, once and a<|ain,\. e. %e^ct«^- 

times, Phil. iv. 16. 1 T:\^. \\.\^, &l ^e^^-. 

2) metaph. once for aU,He\i.N\. 4. Vx."^ 

X. 2. Joseph. & Sept. 

C 4 

loi^ I. c. imnoiali 
a. T. aiid of Chrii 

magrmring a Uw, 

wd sf B U«. In 

tucceuor, but pgrpeLuiJ. 

l^a, fapairiaiia^iii,) uapr^tami, 2 Cor. 

'Ampvio/iai, f. ritn^iar, depon. 
{thougli tilt lirst fut. ptu. atrapmiSii- 
<ri>fiai occ, m > past. MiiM, Lu. x<i. 9.) 
prop, io daiy^ (on. by iofm, Lu. xxii. 34, 

rod. Tiii. 69. Hence mcUph. of penODs. to 

by iairri^, ' 
Mnonid iui 

(MU of one'i own, MMl. rri. 
•M. am. Till. 34. Lu. ix. 23. 

'Avsprt, KiRiedmeiprinled dir'^lfrri, 
tdt.of dmc./nuKMu fww, l)AeR«/Mi, 
ienafttr. Mutt. uiH. 39. John i. ^. 2J 
newl; equiv. to dpri, but itranni, of liit 
iwv (inH, eivR roig, Jobn xiii. 19, xiv. 7> 
Rer. liT. 13. ArUtoph. PluL 388. 

'AirapTt<rnit,OB, i, (diropTiJai, to 
complete,) ampUlKm., Lii. iiT.28, rp6t 
owafTiaaiii, fiyr compUtiou, J. «. of the 
building. Dion, Hd. 

offer fim-truits in 'lacnfice, 2 Clfroo. m. 
24.) prop.m<iffiH:y^fieil-/ruil3; then 
u offering gencr. InN. T. prop, tAe^rX- 
fi-aiit of uiy thins, which were usually 
coD»crat«d to Goil ; U)d heni:e. L u uid 
of thinn, lie first part, or eanait of any 
thing, Rom. ii. 15, dirnpx'i »c'l. ♦"("'- 
fiaTDs, meaning. ' the lirsl portion,' taken 
out of the mass. Hid metuph. of the 
Jemih Patrinrchi. la Rom. nil. 33, T^t 
d-rn'ovau TDu nuiuuaTotis utud fie., to 
denote the fint giflt of the Hoi. Spiri^ 
coniiiiered « the earneil and pledge of 
still higher gifts hereafter, — IL of per- 


;d the Gospel." ICor.i 
L,i,n.i,) d-T„pxll T-i. «M 
the first who hail arisen fro 
I Cor. iii, IS. Ja. i. 18, di 

"Airnt, Off., OB, mdj. ia»o, x«, 

eme, Cie iiAoJfe, ete™, all together, MotI 
;h». 39. Mk. svi. 15, & oft. 

c/tn-iV, laid both of jKrHOU, a making Ub. ' 

hooil pus for truth, 2 Pet. iL 13, and, u ;, 

niofih' in Class., of anv tiiHO deceptive n ~ 
^odurdve ; and ao Hatt. liii. 32. Mk. if. 

1.1, rol. ii.8. Heb. iii. 13. Eph. ir. 22, " 

iirS^fiiat Tqi drdrvt, for dvaTqXlat. J 

'A*dTBp, opot, i, adj. (o, traritt,) c 

intfiir'it faiher, prop, one tola ha* l/al ht ^ 

fidhLr, but in N. T. 'one whose fathotii ~ 

TiE>t rriikoned in the gonealogiea," Heb. iE = 

splcNdour.) Ut. off-thimip. prop, fli fi^ 

rflleetrdfrnm ang licid bodg, (U)i rtfledid - 

fr^/AjiKH,' bntinHeb.i.3, dir.T^So'Eilt = 

Toi Hioi, (a* said of Christ,) fig. for^h - 

whoDi the Divine iDajeEly i> consplcoeoa, > 
the effulgence of His glory,' implying bll nature. "" '" - '- - 

in Gel. i. 15. 

i-rlia,,) nud 
lee, prop, to 

OS nor. of d^opdte, v 

look of from one object, an 

upon aoalber, foil, by «p#r ur ><■, uu 

melsph, (a bojt (U. or ntgonf utfi uftnrfsH. 

.Meo in K T. from the adjunct, to ftr- 

ceiix avd lamB any tkiaa fidly, after dne 

considention, Phil. ii. 23, tk iv diri)> 

Tii TTtpi Jfii. So Jon. IT. 6, twt eS oir- 

fd« t1 S17T01 T3 iro\ii. 

rrj<uifniia fo nensowm by contumu-.y. In 
N. T, said of &» mud of tie oUdiematf 
lhi(h, by unidkf, Rom. xi. 30. 32. Epb. 
il, 2, 1. 6. Heb, i., 6,11. Col. iii, 6. Joa. 
Aut, ill. 15,2, & Fathers. It iBaatn>n|« 
tcmi than axiirria, denotiog aii<iiiac)> cf 

'AiriidfiB, f. rie-M, (drtiB^,) prop. 
•inl !„ luJTer oi«»df Io « peniuuied, Io 
n-fiar bforf to diibdiei!e,orb* diaobedieoL 
In \. T, it is used 1) abiol, otanMiears 



and or Ibow 

Joseph. 2) foil, by dat, otpen. or thing. 

mnilling to be penmarfflf, tffiaibg bdirf, 
nd coniequentiy oliedit«et ; abinl. Ln. 
, 17, Tii.i, 16, fii. 3. foil, by dat of pen, 
r thine, ActsuTi. 19, Rom. i. 30. 2 11m. 
ii, 2. Sept. and Class, 

■AirsiX-im, f, tio-M, (the etymology ii 
iitiously deduced, but with little aueeels. 

^ij^I<ecl it 10 be the aanie uord with ir- 
l\im^ which plop, mcaui, to ham »,&effi| 

AnE 33 

•t iritK ido a tontr, Hdot. ii. 9. ud ' 
BMab, to drive inloilnali. SaaHdot.i. 
IlZ Ul. Tiii. 109.) Thence it ome » 
Mia gcacr. to ttnuiiaii, L e. to coiii|w1 to 
h my action, or to daal from uij utlao. 
Sen. Symp. iv. 31, oiiii-ri ixuXoi/ioi, 
' detcned b; thrott.' Tbe conatc. it ace. 
oTibii^ or a verb in Id£b. tuid dat. of pen. ; 
so Actt IT. 17, dwitX^ &irtiXt\aiafit6a 

at: &c. the full 

, but of which I 
.. Joiepb. Ant. i. 

1b tbi only otbe 


Dematb. p. 43. dirilX.i 

tXty^Dv tilt xXijffiotf 

'here th« word 
.. _. .. . _...! ubiol. in the 
ikreaiem$ig langiage, npmadt. 

b^ Epb. ri. 9, int 
u ^n>\ia, 1 Pet. ii 

, rqwoocA, ti/ 

nj porpDMa action, sna gener. lo rejea 
taj propocil, Ttfuie or interdut, foTUd 
ur tfaini proposed lo be dono. Thuc. v. 
aS2,«. vi' 89. vii. 60, iofi.inClaM. 

ioT* nothing to do with ; and i« of 
locdbath aa re^rde persona and thin 
lie lalltT alone occ. in N. T. 2 Cor. ir 

jDOUDce the practice 

■ATiIpaffTot, o<-, i, A. adj. (a, ir.i- 
p^^v.) either pau. untfied^ untempted ; ai 
•n. liat hai not tried or trperiauxd. In 
cub of thcH two temet the word hai been 
uken by one or other of the Commenta- 

Tmt though the latter ie quite agreeable to 
lite Kflbf ttiquftldi '''- ' — '- ■" — — 

, , d ClaiL And H the 
mini in gmer. explained at Heh. t. )3. 
Bui I picEer the iDlerpr. -unlit for, un- 
eqii[iJ ii>, unable to cwnpiebend' the doc* 

'ATTEfL^f Yo>iai, f. l^iiat, depon. lit. 
fo VMiU oitt the time of any one'a absence, 
i.e. lo ivnit long tor, to dunif, or arpat 
arrlfilu, trans. Rom. viii. 19, 23, 25. 
1 C,.r. ■ i . :. Gal. V. 5. Phil. iii. 20. Heh, 

ix. 2«. 1 Pet. iii. ao. 

'AiTo, Jitofiai, r, iaoiiai, defwa. mid. 

o divett oneself qf^ and 
cliceTCol. iii. 9, 

<-■'-. i)%t 

t. e. the c 

derived from our fiither 
\&.i<Ti. Simil. HesychiuL Philo, p. 59, 

Tui*^' till! man,' i.e,thediipoflitian of man, 
lIsu p. iUill, icJiio>iK>i Ti a/iapri 

llie ilrts- and muk of one chaiacter, and 
^uiisiiiiiiri^ that of another. 3) lo Urip, 
i. I'. .i.Vfsi of power or authorilj. Col. li. 
15, i^TT- rdf f&y>x'^<i 'having deapoiled 
thom of iheir power;' by an altuuon id 

nnd nrnis, and thereby making ibem 

_ ,idff, ou, o, (dxeXfyyo/ia<, 
onfjted,) prop, a oeur^ convKted of 
and hy impl. fAe disrepute thence 

d thai 

i, adj. ((ixd. 

1. OT, where ti_ 
al ponillel lo ik niiiirkoyi- 

i\i^dr.pui,) lit. one frAo has ceased to he 
(aVi) a/lave, and become a/rie«a«,a 
ftf^dmai,, 1 Cor. vU. 22, and ofL in ClaM. 
■AitiXxIEm, f. (.«, (axJ, JXxrW 
pto|i. Ul hope oai, \. c. lo hare done witk 
linpirjc, to be iopelen, lose all hope, lo 
detp-iir. Sept. and CliM, oft. In Lu. yi. 
'A\ oni'iiliTt, imliu (ixiXxJjDi-rit, Ihe 
sense 13, • expecting nothing in return.' 


AOE 3 

!.-iu«;bui in Sept.indN. T. 1) 
ir agaiial. in tie prama of, u 
h of pcnons, Mill. iii. 2. xxiii. 

34, dir, Toi JxXoD. Acts iii. 16, & Sfpi. ; 

mod tiling!, tiplaca. Mutt, ixvii. 61, dtr. 

Tsu Tiic^u, uid Sept. 2) fig. br Hebr. 

M uid of wittiia br/urt lie misd, Rom. 

iii. IS,nir. Tu>cS4.eaXfiwr auTwv. 3) b; 

" ^" 'n. 

1.7. 6- 


mrdw, 10 draw 
/rmht dw' 
1 Cor. Yii 

lathont diatme 

eu-tbly things 

id Cksi. Ths idj. iIti- 

s m the t 

Q Poljb. 


iTipiTf/uiB,) prop. BHcireamtMSd, Gen. 
nil. U, ct bI. in Sept. Id N.T. metaph. 

as uid of ifaaee who. from cuhbI duoo- 
fiurrUr. turn a deaf ear to ell ulli to 
repentaoFe, Ezek. xliv. 7, 9. Jer. n. 10, 


ni, f. Atiiiro, 

i;f, I. gener. 
. of petsoDS. Matt. 

placs W 

ibsol. ind pre 

ctal. or foil, bj fiird, Mk. t. 17, 
but Bz. of ttaiogt which eoH Bin», ikuk, 
or «mA, Mk. i. 42. Lu. v. 13. Rev. in. 
12. Ji. 14. «i. 1,4. Cant.ii.ll.— ll.sp«c, 
lo go awaf to a pfats, (o Mi t^thHicr, &c. 
UBVd 1) prop, prepositiona or 
adTnbi of motion, Matt. ii. & Tjit. 19, 
tl al. and Class. 2] meUph. of things, 
which ffoforih^ or arc sprtad abroad, as a 
report. Matt. it. 24, including the idea of 
airinl at, us well as truTemng toWB^d^ 
Lu. uiii. 33. G«n. ilii. 31.— 111. bj 
Hobr. with case, dripx- o^i"" Tivot, 
lo go afltr.foOoa, as a diMnple, Mk. 1. 20. 
Lu. iVii. ^. John Iii. 19 ; or as a Iotot, 
Ju. 7 — IV. in the kdu (o withdram, go 
avow, Mut. iivi. 36. Acts it. 15; or lum 
bad;, r«i<™, (foil, bj ,1,.) Matt. It 7- 
Lu. i. 33, al. also Sept. and Class. 

'Airiv'": f. a*t£», (dTo. (v*.) I- *« 
Aoldof/roa, as a ship from the shore, 
Horn. OJ, IV. 33; anJ bence, (o oi«rt, 
rsstrmii, Horn, and Hdol. In N. T. 1) 
mid. dTrivB^a,, to hold hark oneKlffmm, 
(Anp.ii. toaiitoDi/roni,withBen., 
or foil, bv M, Acts it. 20, 29. 1 Tfi. It. 
3.T. 22, '1 Tim. iv. 3. 1 Petli. II. Sept. 
aud Clus. 2) intnns. to be dialaiU/roia, 
U aimitjivm, luppl. lavriii, Lu. vii. 6. 

IV. ^0. hIt. 13. Sept. ud CUm. AIh 
Kl;. siiiJofthehean, MatLXT.aMk-TiL 
i>, TT^fipw ari^iii di^ if^ov, * hta DO re- 

otii or •Mas-, \. e. I'll th»t ii one's due, snd 

have, u> we sat, ' foi fraod and alV Pliil™. 
13. Gw. xliii. 33. Num. lixii. 19. Joi. 
and Class. 3) of thin^ as rowird <a 
wBDca. Matt. Ti. 2, £ ; satisfaction, Lu. ii. 
24 : or gener. Phil. it. IS. Hence As 
idiom a«fx". ' '* » enough,' equiv. Is 
Uavis ioTi, Mk. Ii.. 41. 

■Att.^t^b, f. ri™, (dwirro.,) I) 
jifniT. la tnlhiold or 6e deiaid i^betief, la 
d,„Al. ilislnat, ibsot. Acts iiviii. 34. Nk. 
ivi. 11. Lu.iiiv.41. with dat.niv.ll. 
S-n\. and Fhilo. Hepce, 3) spec. to«c ' 
I'^hrvf, be UBbtlvrjing, without bhh to 
l!<,i or Christ, Mk. Iii. 16. Bom. iii. i. 
M'ibil. .1. 7, and bj Impl. ' to breik om'i 
faith iAGod0TChriil,proTefBlBe,'2'nm. 

"'or beli^, ii 

.iiuei used of wilful disbelief ud 
iV,*sHeb. iii. 13, 19: st otbenot 
n't unhelier, 1 Tim. i. 13. L e. * 
>!' unbelief, before knowiog or «m- 
- the Gospel. 

rLo-Toc, oir, a, 4, adj. (a, tevt^ 
Ic,) 1] pais, m said of IhlDgt, ilM»- 
Aets Tivi. S. Joseph, and Cloa. 
.. Hs HfLid of personi, witiAoldatg b^ 
jiived-loua. Malt ivii. 17. Mk. ii 
ii.ii. 41,al. 2 Cor. It. 4, of belief 
rist. Hence by impl. ahtathen, one 
lies not belicTe in and worship the 
Jsd, 1 Cor. Ti. 6, & ot).; k with 
ea of iafiieig. Tit. i. 15. FaRber bj 
as laid of unstotea, JailiUa, fidte, 
ij. 46. Kev. uL 8. 

%, 2 Cor. 1. 12. E|di. 

vi. h. Col. iii. 22. Sept., Jos., and Clue, 
■2) -iprc. of Christian nflt})/«i>fj',Le.&uik- 
iicsa and fidelilj, or as showing itself in 
Ubcn^ilv, Rom. iii. B. 3 Cor. riii. 2 ii, 
11, 13. Joseph. Ant, Tii. 13,4. 

as i>|-pwed to doubly. In K. T. M b» 
j^h-it}/ OT realUy, as opposed lo dnpticitj. 

objects as befoTO were on. h^, or ipit/t 
another, but lie now tepwated fiom and 


itiiid apart fiom it ; either of place, time, 
uhI Drigin, or KOUTce ; iti general meuiin^ 
tring frvm, tanay /rem, o/^ *c. I. of 
7LACR, I) Biimpl^iDgmotton,/hHii,aua^ 
y™, both gener. uid pni after »onit de- 
Doting eitber departure from a place, pera.^ 
He. prop, aa Wail. viii. 34, & oft. or fig. 
u Mk. L 42. & oft. A]go. after wo^c 
impljing any kind of molion oiray/rem a 
plice ot pen.; and soniBliineB wilh the 
icceworj idea of c^oum from, after Torbi 
of motioD, Matt. viii. 1, Et il. Alio, a> 
indkatipg tbe pUux u^Atnce &iiy tbinr 
'^. i». 33 



Ji. 38, Gal. i. 

ir procecdB, A 
■■■ "; after t 

!rb« of t 


[mng off. Hi , _ , 

MitL n. 8. 2) impljiog [he tepam 
trnmoail of one thing from snolher, 
pot tfltfr worda that denote this, in 
etCT WBT, e. gr. after verbs implyina Sep*- 
ntkm, Hatt. iiv. 32. Rom. illi. 35, 39.. 
md Clata- ; after verbi of depriving, re- 
ntDTing, or takiDe avay. Matt. il. 1 5- Lu. 
1. 42, or where uat Ldoa Ib implied in tht 
wntelt, M after Terha ot concealing, Matt 
li. 25. Lu. ii. 45. Sept. and Class. ; alter 

IttaairatTiEv, f,'ii.«i.30. inJ^T.iir, li. 
51. s>i<rT^ii>, Acta V. 38. aViVKTSa.. 
a.20. «aToiraot.v, Heb.iT.4. ixtixtir. 
Rn, vi. 10 ; after verbs of losing, as XOup 
aidirto\.,i!aTapyirir; also afier verbs of 
Aieiog, pDiifjing, &c. as redeeming ; after 
vnbi impljing fear, caution, Sx. 3) jn 
veite imw jing distance of one object from 
UDlher, Rev. xii. 14, etal II. of tiue, 

tim^ 1) before ■ noun, as Matt. ii. 3^ 
li. 12. Lu. i. 70, et al. 2) before a pron. 
a i(.' fli scil. B/ii'pa*:, ' since,' Lo. vil. 45. 
- Fet. iii. 4, or ddi^ ov scil. ypDvou, 
■mee,- Lu. xiii. 25. Rev. ivi. Iff Sept. 
aid Clasa. 3} before adverhB of time, 

—III. of tbe ORIGIN, orsoL-itCE, of an; 
l&ing; vhere duo marks the secODdary, 
inlirect, mediate origin, nliile ix denotes 
ibeprimuy, direct, ultimate source, and 
•>> the tmoiediaie efficient agent. l)>aid 
of Me plane whence anyone is derived. 
iai where he belt 
m 11. Mk. IV. 

out it, Lu. ii. 38. John i. 45, and Claas. 
-) of Ike lOHrM, i, e. the person or thing 
/mm which any Ihingproceeds, or i* de- 

(rain mj aucealors;' said of persons from 

if the action, hut nt 
be conceived o* 
uediatelv active, 
Jipreseed h; oird 


anj thing from an- 

ihor and source 
re the author ii 
onally and ii 

' idea bein^ 

id wnpik,) Matt. I... 
. ja. i. la 3) said of 
mode in which an; thing 
i. gr. Matt, xviij. 35, to 

18, & Cli 

li*i,™*."vUi. 3°"™' J'C^ev!^vHr?6,X' 
Class. 5) of the material, 1. e./nun, o/, 
Hatt, iii. 4, Ivfufui ifTro Tpix^v Kn/iriXou, 
&C1ais. eiaaidofifcDAnfence/rTHnoros 

in with I 

lY one, i 

and Class. 7) Implying apart in rela- 
a to the whole, a part/nni a whole, in 
! sense, fivm, of; so after (irSfo and 

mply the whole. 

Ilk. vi. 43, et al. ; said 
iber of pereons, firom 

elong^ with 
.. 4?. Acts -i 

U|. Mati 

It which produce* or beitowa * 

i implie^ 1) separation, /nmi, o^ as 
Ma,droT(/u:u,. S) removal, oimj;, 

"■ """""■ '4)%omScdon' 

tB fall, as dirix*"i diro%tr 
tens, as in aTo^aviA^'tw, 

B) J, 

»^1P. 1 ) prop, to ffo aicav, dfpari /rom, 
any place, gener. ; but often to tkmrnd 
from, as from horseback to the ground, or 
from a vessel to land, to disembark, Lu. v. 
2. John Hi. 9, and Class. 2) melBph, 
(0 turn out, result, happen, like Tj.-it. 

timea ace. of thing preceded by ilt, de- 
noting the end of action, ss Artemid, iii. 

'AtojSijXXu, f. ^aX£, bot. 2. a-n- 
(^a\or. I. prop, to oat aicoy any thing 

a, f. k|rbi, 

m any Ihi 


A n 36 A n o 

(«Js) another, Polyb. vi. 50, 3.— II. to itUvvvra iavrou crrt icrri 6eo«, where 

^iMord, have respect to, rationem Itahere, the action is put for the endeavour. 
Ifcb. xi. 26, air. tie i^i^ fiifxdwiro6o<xiav, 'Airoietf ts, «««, ^, (airo««ticw/u,) 

L"*^Jf^*'^„^*^® reward he hoped for. manifestation, proof , 1 Cor. iL 4, & Clatt. 

So Philo p. 852, cIs to tow 6«ow ueycOov 'a— it ' f ' ^\ 4^ *^h. 

' a\ > ^ ' "^ ' A-roofiKaTOco, i. coo'ctf, 1) to take 

avopKiirwv. .... <»^^ o( any one, Heb. vii. 5. Sept. in 1 

*Airo/3XTjTo«, ov, o, ri, adj. (airo- Sam. viii. 15, 17. 2) to pay or ffive tithes 

fi&Wu),) prop, what is fit to he cast avoay of Matt, juciii. 23. Lu. xi. 42. xviii. 12, 

or r^ectedy aespuxMe, so oft. in Class, and Sept. 

In Sept. it is often used of what is a5o- 'A-Tro'asicTov, ow, h, h, adj. {.diroU- 

wtnaWe, as being interdicted by the Mosaic ^o/ia/,) 1) of persons, admissibU, worthy 

law, Hos. 1x^3. And sol Tim. IV. 4, -rai/ of admission or approbation, Plut. x. 380. 

KTurtia Qiov koKov, kul ovdty air. Lu- 2) of things, acceptable, worthy of appro- 

cian Tim. § 37, outoi atro^XtiTa elai Nation or praise, 1 Tim. ii. 3. v. 4. 
Ofopa tA irapa tow Aios. » i » / r > 'r -«:j j- 

'AiropoXii, ^s, ^, (oiro/3oXXa),) 1) pon. prop, to take from another, md to 

prop, a casting of or away, as of arras, or oneself ; and gener. to receive, admit, trans, 

articles of dress. 2) the loss (jactura) of in N. T. used in various shades of seaae. 

any goods, or the deprivation of persons I. »aid of ^nons, to receive anyone hndbf, 

dear to us, as children, Joseph. Ant. iv. 8, i. e. as a friend or guest, to bid welcome, 

46, et al. or of life itself, as Acts xxvii. Lu. viii. 40. Acts xv. 4. xviii. 27. xxviil. 

22, diro^oXrj xj/vxr}^ oiidtfiia. 3) metaph. 30, and so Class, oft.— II. of things, me- 

rejection, as reception into favour. taph. 1) to accept, appkud an^ action, 

, Acts xxiv. 3, air ode Yo/iic0a Bc. TovTo : so 

A-royii/o/iat, aor. 2. oireyei/o^Tji/, Joseph. Ant. vi. 4,4, oir. t6 lpyo». 2) 

prop, to be absent from n^lzcevrhere any to admit, embrace, as said of a doctrine, 

thing has happened ; also, to be removed Acts ii. 41. Joseph. Ant. ix. 8, 5. PoL ii. 

or to remove oneself from, to depart. 39 5^ 

Hence, in a fig. sense, to depart from life, » a L^jt., .. /,- f j.^.^ t^^AX^..^ \ w 
J. J' mi- 01 ei J r* • Airootitieai, I, ijo'ctf, laiTooijttOS,) li 

to die, as Thuc. 11. 34, 51, and often m „.^„ „. :„ ni«« ^« i^ «a»^# /Uv». ««.«*• 

^, ^ T:r •• XT rn 1. u r 11 1. proo. AS lu Ulass. to 06 aoseut from oms 

Class Hence, .in NT. metaph. foil, by Jwn joeopfe or country. 2) in^N.^ 

dat to dzeto any thing, to renounce it, ahr<^travel in fc^ countries. Matt 

1 Pet. 11. 24, airoy. Tats a^apTiats. ^33' x^v. 14, et al Jos. Ant. iiii. 13, 

Comp. Rom. vi. 4. ^ 6. Xen. Cyr. viii. 5. 1. 

write ofr,^enter ii Siting ) a^^Zm:mt, ^^'^^iVA'ut";/ ^/inJ'jn^i* ofc 

or regist^, as of citizens, their names, pro- t^^^vA^J^^ ^C^T^ T^ 

pert^c. for the purpose of taxation, ^c. '"./Tf ^^^*"^'' ^^- ^- ^4. Arte- 

Lu. li. 2. Acts V. 37. The former passage is °^^^- "' "* ^ 

supposed to refer to an enumeration of 'ATrodiitofii, (f. Boi<rto, aor. ). dtri- 

persons, and the latter to a census, i. e. BtoKa, aor. 2. dirioto^, opt. dtroitorip.) 

of persons and property. I. to give away from one's self, i. e. to <Je- 

, A ' ^ c \ « «« ^ « -J ^**'^ owr, qive up, bestow, trans, or absoL 

Atroypudna, f. \!ra>, prop, to tonte iv „^„^„ i&.i.* i;'^: to » » a- * 

^isfar^rf^r S.fnf^r?fm Pn^ <^^M«- ^ Tim. iv. 8. Sept. and Class,; 

as in a register, llaot. vii. luu. x^oi. xxx. ^Ai^v. ^f^^;i^^ A-t-:„ qq -^ • 

10, 7, aniHeb. xii. 23, where Christians fff^^- f'^^^^'iZ'^T^J.. I JZZ 

„ ' '.J 4.^ i,„ »_ ' 1 » oioovai Xoyov, * to give account, render 

-^,^J^.fl7.7Ci^T^A\lV: ^«^< Matt! xii. §6. Lu. xvi.2. Acts 

Ww' 9S Th?^ii flr^ wLf; ^- 40. Heb. xin. 17. 1 Pet. iv. 5. 2) 

XIX. 29. The mid. form airoypdAoMat, j^ j^ reference to obligation of any kind^ 

to enrol oneself, occurs m Lu. 11. 1, 3, 5, . .,^ • /. ,. . „.^jjt *v«., «..^ «- ^ 

and sometimes in Class. ^ T^2^f^\t,,^n ^r..^ r\jf' 

e. gr. wages. Matt. xx. 0. Sept. & Class. ; 

'A'Tro^etKi/w/x't ^« ^ei^cd, I. prop, to of rent, tribute, expenses. Matt. xxi. 41. 

point out any person or thing to notice ; icxii. 21. Lu. x. 35. Sept. & Class. ; of 

nence, to point out any one as fit for any vows or oaths. Matt. v. 33 ; of duties in 

office, to nominate ; also by impl. to ap- general, 1 Cor. vii. 3. 3) said of trees, 

poifU, as often in Class. So in 1 Cor. iv. fruits, &c. to yield. Rev. xxii. 2 ; metaph. 

9, 6 0EOS ijfia^ TOWS diroarToXov^ iarx. Heb. xii. 11. 4) mid. to deliver over /or 

diridet^Ev, * cffecit, constituit.' — II. met. one's self, i. e. to dispose of bv sale, to sell, 

to point out, or sliow, any thing to be so or trans. Acts v. 8. vii. 9. lleb. xiL 16. 

80, to prove, as often in Class. So Acts Sept., Jos., Philo, and Class. — IL to give 

XXV. 7, a ovK l<rxvo» drrodsl^ai. ii. 22, back again, restore, trans, or absol. 1) 

^iro^itiytiivoi dwdfxeffi, *' proved to be gener. Lu. iv. 20. ix. 42 ; spoken of debts, 

*-^^""— *-i h/mindcB.^ 2 Tn. ii. 4, airo- obligations, &c. to repay, refund^ Idatt. v. 

Ano 3 

SG,d. Sept. and Clua. 3) (pec. in t1><.' 
KDK of to render ioot, resile, rrliilintf. 
alba good nr evil, Uut. li. 4, s!. ott. Al 
81^ Eur. Hed. 130. 

ind.) pro] 
ly thing ' 

ig bj be 


o ^prove of,) to daoppmrB 
--- -■— '-r thingi, Xiaii, : 

^Knulo of the body ^j deatji, 

i. 14, •■»-. tdE moi^M/ioTcii; no-, "iifn- 

(a in 2 Cor. v. 2, to oiinrrnpioii — i-jriu- 

aO thcr. 

( double I 

isthe body, „ .... 

ndo or lubiUtiaD of, the uul. In 1 I'd 
m. 21, aapnif droe.a.t ^iirov, IhL-re it lu 
•Umioa to the gettingrid nf vicioun hnbit 
irBch deGle the goul, (Matt. x<. IH.) tli 
icmple of God, (I Cor.iii. 17,) "Hili ich 
trace to the tme ft|Hntu&l baptiBni, thai <i 
die uol, b; the beini wubed from uii 

le dla> 

K. 22. 

'ery hiod 
DC ffranaiy, Afitt, 

•A'woSAKt,, ijt, j), {d: 
a place wbe™ Brtidei of 
bxf n), oh! 
a. 12. »i. 

'ATaeija-aualEn, f. fff», prop. 'i. 
(*H«rt sp, ioy Jy. In N. T. fig, 1 Y,m. 
n. 19. LueiM Lip. % 15. 

■A»BeX.r,3„, f. *». (=,rd inlei,-, 
eili^ia,) to prvu or croud /rom (uiro) 

^.'elim-,) to d«' intnni. iiC°U>' A° o/i 
1) Hid prop, and phyi. of the dLiitti u! 

XX. U.)J°l>aii. 

iii. S, Tolt Jiti 1 

V. Gii. ii. 19, n^ 
liairria, Mkd Col. 
, ^ earlLly things* 

Mm &ac£ into t fbmier bUte, ni>Zai», re- 
store, ud by impl. to amcrnJ, eiid 1) u 
.'figardi persons, of reHtonlJDi] 10 hulth 
from >ickn»9. (see Foeili (Eioo. Hipp. 
in V.) Matt. lii. 13. Mk. Ul. S. viiL S. 
Lu. vi. 10. Sept. and Class. 2) of rett<K 
__^'__ j^ liberty, home, ot couotry, &c. 
prison, Hcb. liLi. 19. Sept, S CI™. 
S) m regstdaiAiiwj, (1 Lingdomorroitm- 
RieDL,) to re-€£taUith, or rtutorw, what ha* 
ibrogated, or divuranged, Diod. Sic. 
i. FoLiy. 25,7. In J' " "" 
hwishkiDgdom, orgoren 
ibe Metaiah wai expected tc 
large. Matt. iiii. 11. Mk. 
6. So Pol. >i. 30, TO TTii 
jXiTiu^iO, ImplyiDg some 

n N. T. a^d o( 

I, f. ^», prop, to 

used, : 

» met^th, 

pl. and N. T. 
ler. Matt " 

t. 24. Mk. V. 35, A; <,ft. ; or 

U to death. Malt. XITi. 35, Acts 

T.6. Heb.ii.37. Rpv.viii. 

S; ef uiiinali, to periih. Matt. viii. 32. 

' ■* " ' t or TCgetablct. John 

». I uor. IT, 36; motiph, Ju. 12, 

o (ncboaiiT* tense, to Ae dmng, i. e. 

to dMIh, I Cor. XT. 31, 2 Cor. vi. S ; 

n^ to death, Rom. r. IS. I Cor. 

be pat ti 

Rir^iri. 3j 1 


Luke xii. 2; espec. ot thinga iritich be- 
conie knDwn by iheir efCects, Lu. ii. 35. 
John xii. 38. Rom. i. 17, 18. viii. IS. 
1 Pet. i. 5. V. 1 ; also of thing* tried and 
proved, and thus made kmnes, I Cor. iii. 
13, if vvpl iroKa^iiTTtTai. Gal. iii. 23. 
—II. aaid of tliioga revealed, 11 from 
God to man, and made known by the 
Holy Spirit. Matt. zi. 25. Ln. i. 21. 1 Cor. 
ii. 10. Eph. iii. B. Phil. iii. 15. 2) of 
thingi reTenleil IVain God through Christ, 
Matu xi. 27. Lu. x. 23.-111. said of pcr- 
aons, in tlie paas. to be repealed, i. e. to 
appear, Lu. xiii. 30, of Cliiisl'i apueuing 
froDi heaven ; of Antichrist, 2Tb. li. 3, H. 
8. Sept. in 1 Sam. iii. 21. 2 E»dr. xiii. 32. 
'AirotsaXu^it, tws. it^ prop, tie an- 
coeerittff t^'any thing that wu covered up; 
but moitly metaph, tie discloiure of any 
thing secret or unknown. In N. T. it is 
used, 1) of the removal of the Tcil of 

ledge, instruction. &c. Lu. ii. 32. 2] in 
the aense MOBifts(al««i,'BLOTO. n-biiiiiiiSJ- 
dirDiEaAiJ^EiBV, ' when U 

t -wiiV ^ie mii« 




known/ Rom. viii. 19. So of that which 
before was concealed, as the Divine mys- 
teries, purposes, doctrines, &c. Rom. xvi. 
25. 1 Cor. xiv. 6, 26 ; of revelations from 
God or Christ, 2 Cor. xii. 1, 7. Gal. i. 12. 
ii. 2. Eph. iii. 3. 3^ appearance, said* of 
^ Christ's appearance from heaven, 2 Th. i. 
7. 1 Cor. i. 7. 1 Pet. i. 7, 13. iv. 13. 

'AiroKapadoKta, os, ^, {diroKapa- 
ioKtat, fr. Atto, Kapa, ioKtut, to look for, 
prop, to look at any thing, with the head 
oent forward, and, of course, attentively, 
and hence, to await or exped anxiously A 
prop, thrusting forward the head; and 
metaph. earnest expectation. Rom. viii. 19. 
Phil. i. 20. 

*ATroicoToXX<i<r<rcd, f. ^co, (iiro, 
KaTd, AWacrcrui, to change,) lit. 1x)duinge 
or aUer a person/roTW one state of feeling, 
or disposition, to another, e. gr. from 
enmity to friendship, to reooncue him to 
another, Eph. ii. 16. Col. i. 20, sq. 

'AiroicoTdo-Too'ts, ews, v, (iiro- 
ico6i<rT»j/u(,) restoration to a former [and 
better] state ; prop, said of the restoration 
of a city or state, Joseph. Ant. xi. 3, 8. 
Pol. iv. 23, 1, and metapn. of the restittt- 
tion of all things in the Messiah's king- 
dom, Acts iii. 21. 

'Axoiceifiai, f. ticrofiai, {Air 6, KtX- 
fiat,) 1) prop, to he laid up, for future 
use, Lu. xix. 20. Sept. and Class. 2) 
metaph. to he laid up in store for, reserved 
for, to await any one, as rewards, or the 
hope thereof. Col. i. 5. 2 Tim. iv. 8. Jos. 
and Class. ; of death, ix. 27. D. Hal. v. 8. 

*A'KOKi<f>a\iX^co, f. i<TUi, {&ir6, ke- 
d>a\rj,) to take off the head, behead, trans. 
Matt. xiv. 10. Mk. vi. 16, 27. Lu. ix. 9. 
Sept. and later Class. 

'AiroKXciof, f. ii<r<ja, to shtU to, as ttiv 
^vpav, Lu. xiii. 25. Sept. and Class. 

'A-TTOKOTrTM, f. i/fttf, to cttt off, am- 
putate, trans. Mk. ix. 43, 45. John xviii. 
10, 26. Acts xxvii. 32. Sept. and Class. 
On the sense in the obscure expr. Gal. v. 
12, oiptXov airoKoxJfovTai, see my note. 

^AvoKpiua, aT05, t3, {airoKptvofiai,) 
an answer, also a judicial response or sen- 
tence. So in Class. In N. T. to airoKpi- 
fia TOW SravaTov, 2 Cor. i. 9, fig. denotes 
utter despair of life. 

^AiroKptvofxai, mid. form fr. act. 
AtroKpivaa, to sift off, winnmo out^ separate. 
Hence 1 ) to judge off, and in raid, to judge 
of for oneself, i. e. in reply to a question, 
to answer, whether to a simple question, 
Matt. xi. 4, et al. oft., or to a judicial 
interrogation. Matt. XX vi. 62. xxvii. 14. Mk. 
xiv. 61, or to an implied question in an en- 
treaty or proposal. Matt. iv. 4, & oft. or 
to an accusation, by denial, Matt. iii. 15, 
" " ^) by Hebr.f to proceed to 

speak, either in continuation of a previa 
ously commenced discourse, to amtinue 
discourse. Matt. xi. 25. xii. 38, & Sept ; 
or in commencement thereof, to begin to 
speak, and occasionally with reference to 
something that has been said. So Airo- 
KpiQeU clirc or inriKpldij Kal dire, Matt 
xvii. 4, et al. oft. and Sept. 

* Av 6 K p I cr 1 9, Ecoi, ri, {AtroKpivouai,) 
an answer, Lu. ii. 47. xx. 26. Joun i. 
22. xix. 9. Sept. and Class. 

'A-TroK/oiJirTO), f. ^co, (iiro, off or 
away, Kpitrrto,) IJ prop, to conceal anv 
pers. or thing out q/^ sight. Matt. xxv. 18, 
t6 dpyvpiov. 2) metaph. to conceal/rom 
any one's knowledge, foil, by dird with 

fen. of pers. Matt. xi. 25. Lu. x. 21. 
Cor. ii. 7. Eph. iii. 9. CoL i. 26. Sept 
and Class. 

*Airoicpw</)os, ov, 6, ^, adj. {aTtO' 
KpvirTO),) prop, hiddsn away from BiehU 
In N. T, metaph. 1) concealed fiv» 
knowledge, Mk. iv. 22. Lu. viii. 17. Sept 
and Class. 2) by impl. laid up in sfoiv, 
Col. ii. 3, and Sept. 

'AiroKTtivuf, f. evw, to kill off, put to 
death, 1 ) in a physical sense, Matt xiv. 
5. xvi. 21, & oft. al. Sept. and Clasfc 
2) in a moral sense, to kill eternally, occa- 
sion the death of the soul by eternal 
punishment in hell, Matt. x. 28. Rom. 
vii. 11. 2 Cor. iii. 6. 3) metaph. of thinsa, 
to destroy, abolish, air. tt/i/ l)(Qpav, 1^. 
ii. 16. 

'AiroKveo), f. iJo-m, (oito, off, and 
Kviw, to be pregnant,) lit. to finish being 
pregnant with, and, from the adjunct, to 
bring forth, metaph. Ja. i, 15, 18, where 
see my note. 

* AiroKvXLvS to, or -la),f. iaut, to roB 
from or away, trans. Matt, xxviii. 2. Mk. 
xvi. 3, 4. Lu. xxiv. 2. Sept, Jos., and 

'AiroXdfi^dvuf, f. \n\l/ofiai, aor. 2. 
diriXa^ov, to take or chtainfrom anyone, 
i. e. I. to receive, and hence, as said of 
things, to obtai7i, Lu. xvi. 25, airc\a/3ec 
ra ayadd aov. Gal. iv. 5, dir, nrriy vlodt- 
crlav : also to receive from any one some- 
thing due, as debts, Lu. vi. 34. xv. 27, et 
Class. ; or merited in requital, Lu. xviii. 
30. xxiii. 41. Rom. i. 27. Col. iii. 24. 
2 John 8, and Class. — II. in mid. and said 
of persons, to take to oneself from another 

Serson or place, to take aside with oneself 
Ik. vii. 33, dtroXa^ofiivoi aitTov dir6 
Tou 6x\ov KUT ISLav. So 2 Mace. vi. 
21, diroXa^ovm avTov kut I6iav •wop- 
EKdXovv, and so Jos. and the later Class. 
In 3 John 8, airoX. signifies *" to receive 
any one as a guest,' for v'n'odix^<fQa.t, 

'Airokauart,^, ttat, 17, {diroXauw,) en- 
joyment, i. e. 1 ) the act of enjoying, 1 Tim. 

Ano J 

ri.17, ill awo'Xamrii., 'for enjoTnieTit,' 
i-tU enjoT, Jdl Anl.ii. 4, 4, «id Clg^s. 
21the»0Mr« of enjoyment, in the pieostn: 
« profit of the thing, Heb. xt. 25, iiLKa- 
tIm! d-w. Sept.. Joa., and Clue. 
'AToXiivw^f. i^ro.gener. to/Eeaiviiiftrv 
/ion one«]f, I. to Itarn snr oatb^niL 
JTm.iT. 13,20. Joi. and Clou. Pa;.^. 

'<ii, -then 

I,' H. i 

k fi,9. X. 26. Wisd. sir. 6, and Clam^ 
IL la/onake, nrnmct, Jude G, liir. 
ilioir o^T^pLoP' Sept. and Clua. 
'A*aA.cfYai, f. iCFo. lo liei, lidi ,tf 

■ TdVX. ■ - 



i, p*rf. 2. iw6\m\c , ._.... 

XoirfiiK. aor. 2. dxvXofiifr,) lit. fo dettrt^ 
« pmiA o(f. I. act. form, 1 ) to dettn^, 
CBHK to periaA, used both of thiogt, 1 Car, 
L 19, and CltiM. and peraonl; and atid 
both of ph|tical death, Matt ii. i! 
It. Hi. 4) , & oft. Sept, md Clan. 



Icfcther inth poBitive puniahioeiita eten^jil 
ia th(i[ duration, (we on ■>. riTroB^-iff™,) 
Mat. I. 28. Mlt. i. 24, Lu. iy. 34. is. 
£i,K.Ram. liv. 15. 2) 6> low, i< rfc- 
ffinrf of any thing, a> an article of pin- 
pmr, leward, or ono's life, Matt. i. 42. 
Mk. ii, 41. & oa— II. inid. and paM. 

MierfertrDyerf, lo peruh, 1) laid of thiDBs, 
«in. y.29, eeq. oi iJitkoI d^oX. Matt.^. 
17. Mk. ii. 22, et al. 2) of pe^on^ bolli 
of piiyiidl deaih, Matt. ™.2S, iTOi.l4. 
k ofi. Claia. ; and of morsl uid Binritniil 



1, f. wo^ni, dep. .1 

kto jpmi onoelf ijf of any charge, 
to plod /or onewlr before a tribunal, or 
■implv in juatilicalion of any thing ; nseil 
tuber abwl. Lu. sii. 14. Acta sit, B. 
Earn. ii. 15, or foil, by dat. of pora. to or 
^^K wbotn. Acta lii. 33, or iiri With 

wash tmettlf cltan, 1) met. to deaoM any 
one /nm the morU pollution of vice or 

and absol. 1 Cor.'vi. II, i!«-iXov(rav6i, >ye 
haie wulied yourselyes clean from tin,' 
Sept. and Pliilo. p. 1051, -rd KUTapirrai- 
irai-ra TTO if-uxi" aToXoilioffeai. 

'AiroXuTpwiril. loi!, i, (dlroXv- 
TjtoiB,) gener. Kdew^rfion of n cnptiyeor 

Bom ^o^^wrin'cia!^. In'N'','T^ i™. 
uted I, %, of i/cfiMnuKifrDin (hepenaltr 
and also the power of sin, Rom. Tt. 14, on 
account of the ranaom paid by Cbri.l of 
his own life. Cfomp. Matt. xi. 28. Rom. 
iii. 24. Enh. i. 7, 14. Col. i. 14. Hebr. ix, 
IB. — II. tyioeton. to denote the aiOior 
of thD deliyerauce. the Redeemer, 1 Cor. 
i. 30.— III. nid of deliverance simply, the 
idea of ransom Ijeing dropped, ex. gr. from 
cslaniities and death. Lu. ixi. 26. Heb. 
li. So; oftlie soul from the ijody aa its 
prison, Rom. yiii. 23. Epli. ly. 30. 
'A'jroXii'a.. f- iloa., la tiniiW, let loose. 
and foil, hy gen. of 
or thing, prop. Horn. Od. xxi. 46, 
n Close. In JJ. T. melaph. 1) lo 

r. Mlt. xy. ti. Lu. xxii. 6B.'et al! 
release from disease, nhich was, 
th, considered as a bond, Lo. liii. 
, .'XJXvirat T^t doe»>foc <fo<i, and 
16, Sv I^siv i £.,DUK ie,i XvOnvai: 
imp. Acts ii. 04. 2)talaq<>,seHdaieav, 
amiss. Matt. xiy. IS. xy. 32, et al. o^ 
id Class. So mid. Aia\io»ai, to send 
anesflf attav, take oneself off', go awoy, 
Acts xy. 3^ iiviii. 25. Sept. and Claee. : 
lo dismiss Irom life, to let die, Lu. ii. 29. 
Sept., Apocr., JEVtai, Diod. Sic, and the 
■- -athen Philosophert, as Porphyij, Marc, 
iton. Indeed the«ord signif.prop. to Itt 

A»,«,,1„.,.,«S. f„m„,.r.,, 

ueh implies reslmmt, to any other place, 
home, or stale, ns freedom instead of 
bondage; and sometimes it ia employed 
oielaph., and by euphem., of death, either 
with the mldition of tsG oufiaTur, tou 
E^ii, aa gener. in the Class, wiileta, or 
without them, at here &nd elsewhere in 
the Scriptures. In short, the term vns 
tiled partly of liberation from confinement, 
md partly of release from disease, or 

being eased of pain ar 

n by death. 3) to lOi- 

ind, Mk. X 




26, 3 ; mid. to wipe off frcm oneself, as 
dust, Lu. X. 11. 

' Air ovifitii,f. fluty prop, to apportion 
off, divide otU, assign to, as in Sept. and 
Glass. In N. T. to allots bestow^ assigny 
1 Pet. iii. 7, A'n'. Tifitju. Jos. Ant. i. 7, 1. 

'AirovivTut^f. ^ut^io wash off^deanse 
hv wdi^ng^ as Homer and Sept. In mid. 
avovlvTOfiaiy to wash oneseyT^ sometimes 
foil, by an ace. noting the part of the body 
crashed, as Tds x^^P^^i Matt, xxviii. 24. 

'ATroTTtirTw, to fall off^ intrans., foil. 
Ij iiieb vdth gen. Acts ix. 18. Sept. and 

'AiroirXavaco, f. iiKfbi^ 1) prop, to 
iXMse to wander from^ i. e. from the right 
road« 2) metaph. to mislead^ seduce from 
the truth, deceive^ trans. Mk. xiii. 22. 
Pass, metaph. to be draum away^ go astray 
from^ swerve from^ 1 Tim. vi. 10, &ir. 
<4xd T^s iriffTewff. Sept. and Apocr. Pol. 
iii. 67, 4. Prop. Xen. Eph. p. 50, 13. 

'AiroirXtw, f. grXeuaofiat, to sail 
away^ intrans. Acts xiii. 4. xiv. 26. xx. 
15, and Class. 

'ATTo-TrXu'vco, f. wvw, to woj^ off, 
deanse, trans, said of nets, Lu. v. 2. Sept. 
and Class. 

*Airo7rvtyta, f. ^co, prop, to choke^ as 
by drowning, Lu. viii. 33. Metaph. said of 
plants, to choke^ by exclusion of air, Matt. 
xiiL 7. Lu. viii. 7, and Class. 

'Airop^w, f. ^orco, (S-jTopos, fr. a, iro- 
/009, way or exit,) Jos. and Class, act. ; in 
N. T. mid. d'lroplo/xat, to be at a loss 
which way to go, be without resource, foil, 
by irepi with een. John xiii. 22 ; by eis 
TO, Acts XXV. 20. by impl. to be perplexed, 
anxious, 2 Cor. iv. 8. Gal. iv. 20. Sept. 
and Class. 

*Airopia, as, ht (airopeoj,) lit. *a not 
knowing which course to take,* perplexity, 
Lu. xxi. 25. Sept. and Class. 

*A'jroppiirTa),'{, xfrut, prop, and in 
Class, to cast off, throw aside, as dress, 
arms, &c. In N. T. with a reflex, pron. 
implied, Actsxxvii. 43, d-w. kavTov^, ''cast- 
ing ourselves off from the deep into the 
water.* Sept. and Class. 

'A']rop0ai/i^a), f. lorco, (oir^, opipa- 
tnys,) to bereave m\ prop, of parents, -flSsch. 
Choeph. 246. In N. T. it occurs only in 
the Pass., to be bereaved of, foil, by ctiro ; 
metaph. to be deprived of, as parents are 
deprived of their children by death ; also 
said of a teacher separated from his dis- 
ciples, 1 Th. ii. 17. 

'AirooTKevti^a), f. aaoo, and mid. 
anroa-Ktvd'^ofAaL, lit. to rid oneself of heavy 
baggage, and hence to remove any incum- 
brance out of the way, Sept. and Class. 
(o JV^ 7! Acta xxi. 15, d'TToo'KeuaadfAivoi. 


ivepalvofitv siv *Iep. * ridding ourselves 
of our baggage,* viz. by leaving part of it 
behind ; or rather, * having packed up oor 
baggage :* a signif., however rare, deiivt- 
able from AiroaKivfi, 'baggage,* and found 
in Dion. Hal. Ant ix. 23. 

'A'TTooriciaar/ia, UTO^, tdy i&'rd, <na-. 
d^tjo,) a casting of a shadow, metaph. m 
adumbration, or faint appearance ofaiamgit^ 
Ja. i. 17, where see my note. 

'Airooriraai, f. a<rco, of things, to dram 
from, as a sword from its scabbard. Matt, 
xxvi. 51 ; but gener. to drag or tear off; 
also of persons, to draw from another to 
oneself. Acts xx. 30. Jos. and Class. £| 
aor. 1. pass, in a mid. sense to toMdram 
oneself, go away from, Lu. xxii. 41. Acts 
xxi. 1. Yet see my notes there. 

'AvoaTacria, as, rj, apostasy, d^is 
tion ; a term of later Greek for diroortt* 
oris. Acts xxi. 21. 2 Thess. ii. 3. Sept aail 

'A'jroo'Tao'iov, lov, t<J, (d^ivnifu,) 
defection, desertion, as of a freedman ftom, 
his patron, Demosth. In N. T. repudkh 
tion, divorce, as fitB\io» &iroaTa<nov, * ft 
bill of divorce,* Matt. xix. 7. Mk. x. 4^ 
and Sept. 

'AirocTsyaJco, f. a<rco, to unro^ft ' 
building, Mk. ii. 4. Strabo p. 304. 542. ! 

'AirocTeWft), f. erreXtio, to send tiff , 
or away, or forOt. and &ul, Constr. as to 
the pers. to whom, with dat., or ace. wAl 
Tpd^ or els ; as to the place whither, "wA 
els or iv ; and as to the person or place 
whence, with Stiro or rapa with gnu- «f . 
pers. I. prop, said of persons sent fiottk . 
or out from men, as messengers or agenta, »^ 
Matt. X. 5, 16. xi. 10. xxi. 1, &, oft ; off 
persons sent fix)m God, as angels, proplic% 
or teachers. Matt. x. 40. xiii. 41, et akL oft. . 
In this sense the ace. of pers. is oftn 
omitted, as John v. 33, aire<rra\KCTt 
irp^s 'Icoavvriv, esp. ci-TrooTetXas befofO ■ 
an act. verb, as Matt. ii. 16, dir. dyclXf ' 
•n-dvra^. Mk. vi. 17. Acts vii. 14, ani 
Sept and Class. — ^11. metaph. said of ' 
THINGS, to send forth, i. e. to prodaimt 
promidgate, and thereby bestow, aa Xi^ 
you. Acts X. 36. xiii. 26. Td orconipcof^ 
xxviii. 28. ttjv lirayyeXtaif, Lu. xxiv. 
49. Sept and Class. Also, to send/ortk^ 
of things. Acts xi. 30, dtr. Tijv 6i.€uco¥Uas 
Class. Ttjv i'TTtoTToXtji/. Mk. iv.29, dvoar, 
TO dptiravov. So e^airooT. Sept. iu Jod 
iv. 9. iii. 13. — III. to send away, dismiMS^ 
Mk. viii. 26. Matt. viii. 31. Hi^k. xi 3. 
Lu. iv. 18, and Class. 

'AirooTTtpico, f. ijoreo, to deprioe or 
defraud of, constr. with ace. of person, and 
ace. or gen. of thing. L said of pbiusons, 
foU. by ace. 1 Cor. vi. 8. absol. Mk. x. 
19, where I have remarked that aicoimp. 

tothetoDJUBaliii . . .. 

Tu. £. So mid. to tafftr masdf to he 
iOtoKitd. 1 Cor. yi, f. II. of things, 
8*1. bf KC. tJb ^loeor.indmthePasa. 

Ipi flirio^iptiit^ypf, ^frauduleully held 
kiL- So Sept. and CluB. 


Cbs. OH* (AiiH KRt sj^ u a 
u ejpidllioo : in N. T. the offi'ce of liw- 
nle, apottleii<p. Acts i. 25, Kom. i. 6. 
I Cot. ii. 2. Gal. ii. 8. 
'A'M-iirTaXoc, eu, i, (dTMrrAAui,) 
belbcru ameucDgcr, or 
irener. a meaenper^ John 
>. Sept. and Cliss.— 
i of mcsKUpn or smbaiur 
lOD, lod joined with irpo- 
*T"i, 1 Cor. lii. 29. %h. iil. 5. Heb. 
■. I. Re*. U. 3. XTiii. 20.— III. of lie 
^MiBofChnit, I) prop, of the Twelve 
ApiMla, Mott. I. 2. Lu. vi. 13, & oft. 
'2) fa m wider mdm, of the vompaniont 
ad nUese*"" "^ ^'^^ TweWe, in luunc 
qiCkoKbet, 2 Cor. liii. 23. Acu iit. f, 
U Rom. ivi. 7. 

■ tntfrrlk, 1 
5. 16. Phil, ii 


.Tl£», f. I 


^tyu, <a rpeak/rom mouik, or 
■emorY, aijo fo cauM olAera (aa puprla) to 
npial if ieari. Aud aa ((to o-TdjiOTm, 

kniT and without forethought, and alio 
Mffb. * to umer an; one' by tuch 
IMrieni, Lu._xi. S3, ilp£awo dxoTO- 

lOMB or thing utcnji /raia anj' other ]ier- 
■• or thing, 1) act. prop. dirooTo. ^l,f 
M* iri T^s ^. to turn aicay the an 
ha the truth, 2 Tim. iv. 4. So Sept. 
Bd CUu. Fig. Acta iii. 26, <o reform. 
U niii. 14, a*. Tdi> \eAv, i. e. dTro 
Iiirapot : AM,tapatajaivfrom,Tem3re, 
IIiin.zi.2G,iiT.a<ri^((iicdx£'la>[i>^. 2) 
>ii ^TOff-rpj^^uu, fa turn oiWKl/'aun^ 

. Ttlunt, Matt : 

cabhard, Mut. xxvi. is. 
lu, f. niTu, (iItJ, intcns 

»cpL BcU. ii 

-■J-//' 11^; separale oUid/ from. But aa 
li'irliii.i finin BUggcati the idea of biidng 
I'liv! </» it came to mean, (ufa Uatt of, 
lull fhrnceU (o, foil, by dat. 1) prop, aa 
Lii. ix. ei. Acta iTiii. 18, 21. 2 Cor. i 
13. Joseph. Ant. Tiii. IS, 7. Cliarit. ii. 1. 
and br iupl. lo ditniii, letid airav, Mk, 
vi. 46. Jot. Ant. a. 8, 6, tuI. i. «.- 
-rd^aTc. 2) Hg. of thinga, to nmamee, 
farsnke, abandon the uao of, Lu. x\i. 33, 

Ant,ii.6.8. Philo,n. 87 & 274.'jamW. 
V. P c. 3. Eu»b. H. E. ii. 7, ■*&«„„ 

'AirriTiXiw, f Imtt lofii^itf.ayBi- 
pielt, (Ucoiaplui anv action, or fulfil an* 
duty. .Yen. Hist. I'ii. 2, 11), & oft. and 

lie,' a^d (E^on. ) 
'AttiItiBijui, f. Srfooi, to pufllff iw 
iil/e.Stpt. Ei.ivi.33. trans.,butinPJJ\ 
^l^ CInsB. the mid. form, droridtiiai, u 
luri! a.mmon, topiri qffrom onadf and 
iE.-n.'bj'/a^asii£e,boihprDp, aa ActBvii. 58, 
T.-rdU<iT»a, 2 Mace. vii). 35, & ClaBa. 
iJ mttaph. to rmoaaa, Rom. liii. 12, 
TT. .r« fpyn To5 i«OTO«.. Eph. iv. 22. 
ol. lii. 8. Heb. lii. 1. Ja. i. 21. 1 Pet. 

I, f. £u. to ihah eff, 
w. Sqil!"™d Cl'aai., a> 

Lu, f. i. 

it. lo dan ouf. 

i. e. to come for^ boldly to d< 
Rom. i. 20, duo^oXaa koX \iyu, fc 
i-.aT6\,iws\iytt. .«Khin.p,53l&S47, 
airtTuXfUi ii \iyttii, et at, in Claai. 

a mihii/ qp, and me»]ih. - ■■' 

riiy sAirpnaa, Roin. xi. 

EJuC. C 13, Tl^v iltOTO^ 

To>B,s, adv (aVdrouot, rui- 
melanh. hinh, Bcvcrc,) metaiiTi. 
araefWy, 2 Cor. «iii. lU. Tit. U3 

one auvt/fivn ; mid. drarpivo/iai, Ui i Trrala.) prop, nal slambtaig, Ba uid of > 
iaminie^anyiv/romtTiyfcnoD 01 thing, horse, Xen. EiJ.i.6; but in M.T.mdt^. 
io ihim or avoid, 2 Tim. iii. 5, toutdui: not /ailing inlo sin, 6/iiDu2e», Ju.24. So 




ieoT- nfind cor™ aiEas from one penon 
or place to uiotW, Mk. si. 1. Lu. xvi. 
22. 1 Cor. J!vi. 3. Rot. irii, 3. iii. 10. 
Sept. and Clans. 

tacajK, IranB. In N. T. metoph. 2 Pet. i. 
4. iL 18, 20, and Clau. 

•A-weipBlyvo^"; f. focai, *o utte, 
fiirth, speok oui, dedare, abaol. Aclfl jl. 4, 
(nxns. xxri, 25. ii. U. Sept. & Claaa.; 
espec. used of deeply aentealioua, and ol 
prophetic speech, by oiacular responses, 

^Dproe, ) to (fi^urofo, unlade, as s^d ol 

«'i.'S| I-K^ily'sX; and'^ClLs'^ "'" 

■Axdxpnn't. »>«. A, (diTDKpao/iai, 
to use up,) prop, atmttg ap, aisoanaump- 
tion Tiy n&e ; but in Col. ii. 22, is denoted 
simply • use,' ^ Dion. Hal. Ant. i. 68, i.. 
.Jiroxprio.. T, tS« M0(p«- 

'KvoxiopitOif, fiv<B,to depart fiom, 
go aaay. Matt. ni. 23. Lu. ii. 39. Acta 
iiii.lS, 8epl.»BdC" 

°'" 'i,14',7 

'Airoiji'ii'xw, f. £», to 6r(a(SeoK(, ( 
puv, aa Raid prop, of the dying, but a] 
fig. of those vho/ainl aaau, Joseph. Ai 
XIX. 1. (so i«»i.^eK>»,) and also of Iho 
y tlirouifh fear. 


'AirpdiiToi, ou, 4, A, adj. (a, irpoff- 
iiui, to ipproich,) BHappToackabU, 1 Tim. 
vi. 16, *it air. Comp. Ps. ciT. 1—3. 
Eittk. t. 4, and Ckss. 

■Attpdokditos, 00, 0, ft, adj. (o, 
■wpotTKo'xTw,) lit. nul slumbliig. I. act. 
imf cauaing to slumile, either prop, as laid 
of a road, lewt, EaAm. XXI°. 21 ; or 

eausing'to sia, 1 Cor. X. 32.— II. paaV not 
stuTt^iag, i. e. metnph. *not failing into 
ain,' Ac» ixiv. 16,d. <rov^iS,,aw. Hiil. i. 

auroXrivTosA leitkoui re^>ectoj persoiUj 
impartially, I Pel. i. 17. 

"AxTUf, f. t^of, lopul one tiditgto d» 
o(iw, to orfi™ or applv one to the olbtt 
Horn. Od. iii. 4US. Hence, I. in Mt 
■aid of lire, applied to material aubalaneB, 
to oBi or set fire to, kindle. So wilb Ai»- 
■vv, Ld. -nii. 16. xi. 33. XV. 8. *$, 
Ln. IX. 55. and Clan.- II. mid. depM. 
dwTo/Lai, to a^y irti£ael/lti arty nersoa « 
thing, i.e. to touti, with gen. 1) geXK 
Matt.Tui.3. ii.20. Mk.i.4l. v. 27. Li. 
Tit. 14, & oft. Sept. and Class. 2) hi ita 
Levilical sense, (comp. Lev. v. 2, 3. riL 
18, et al.) Col. ii. 21, pi, S^^. 2 Cor. ri., 
17. 3) fig.BDd byeupheniism,JfimifB 

1 Cor. vii. 1. aept. and Class. - 4) to 
impl. la hurt or -Sam, 1 John v. 18, (b« 
tee my note,) Sept. and Class. 

'AtraSia, f. dir^iru., {diri, &9imi 
to push aican /ram any one, east ^, Sift, 
and Class. In mid. a-nudiofiai, to paii' 
<.t™y/«™<™K^ carf^ornyelwS 
disgust, trans. Acts vii. 27, «*. airh. 
SepL and Claas. Henco, to reject, r^Jm, 
Act8m89.xui.46.R«m.xi.l,2. ITbt. 
i. 19. Sept. and Class 


".) P 

thing lost.— II. of F 

I. nldsl 
foss,Matt. xitvi.8. Mfc. 
l,sqq., a ■ 

. 2) in the world to come, byth 

1 death spoken of in Rev., ptTxma 

iting in everlasting exclusion from ll 

ah's kingdom, together with ceiW 

positive torments, eternal in their dnrstioi 

Mitt. rii. 13. Rom. ix. 22. PhU. i. SI 

19. Heb.i.39: orlA 

IS in loc. 


n Clas! 

hed in «,pplkaii 
od, but mostly for i 
■ming the subject thereof, by in. _ 
n. And so in N. T. Bom. iii. 14, when 

line particle; as iSalivc, it etands aAv 

I accented Jpo. In N. T. I. a 
........ iVB.apn mciins, there/ort, Oeii, ar 

rXJndcfttentf^f, and serves Io introduces tnas- 
ilion. 1 ) according to ita proper l(ni:c, aul 

APT '. 

ifitahljKo Cliraic utage, Rom. vii. 31, 

but itill the i 

uiy ihigg eipmied. 

iggcsts itKlf, Um, aote, &c. 

Sio thenP- MMLxviii. 1. 

.; rl ipa, 'nhst tbeDp 
auih AI&, d«, and Clus.^ al o^flt *i1 
lWn,-Mk.ii,l3; itirap apo, 'if indeed,' 
I C(«. XV. IS. 80 oiK ipa. Acts iii. 38 ; 
Wkn Spa, 2Car. i. 17. 3) itbtK, con- 

Rto Clan. ueagB, dfia i> employed in 
, *s iliatwe, at the begimmg of a een- 

it at work, unemployedy 

)Rc«de9 Spa in tha apoiiosEs, we niaj 
i™!iT, 'il fpllOBS thai; 80 Malt. IJL 

*innhenn] by the uldilion of olhei 
fitticleB, as air, ' so then' or ■ wherefore.' 
— n. U INTERKOGATIVB, Spa, at the be- 
iMag of ■ c!a.uM, merel; eeive! (like 
tka hi^a nttjn) to deooEe a question, and 
aost be eiprtued in Englith. It re- 

rra the answer to be in the negaliye, 
iTiii. 8. Gal. ii. 17. Sept. and Class. 
Surnames it is jtrengihened by 71, aa 
ifi yi, ' whether indeed,' Acts viii. 30. 
3(pL and Cla«. 

Uour, motaph. to be tmtttive, to l™ger, he 
U^, 2 PeL ii. 3, vi Kpi^a oiK SpycT. 

r* 15™ " ' ' 

IfcTT.'la, &. Claw.— II. by impl. lii- 
Mal, dath/id, prtH). Tit. i. 12, yaa^ipr, 
%aL Wisd. IT. 15, Tii^c dpycl. and 
am, iSeUpb.^llliggai in the perfomi- 
■a of Chrialian ?uty,- 2 Pet. i. 8.— 
in, by impl. nuR, iviffedual, for Ktiiv, 
Hat. lii. 36. Comp. Slob. Serm. c. 31, 
Uy« dpym. 

Apyipias, ia, toa,tAlJipyvpo^ 
W^A/fl/Kr, Acuiix. 24 2Tim.u.2a. 
br. ii. 20. Sept. and Clasa. 

'kpyipion, tav,To, lapyupo!,) aha, 
l)pnip.Actaiii.6. lii. IS, xx, 33. 1 Pel, 
ilB, Jt CUm. 2) moton. for momy in 
Ittenl. Malt. xir. 18, 27, Hk. xir. II. 
U,ix,3. xii. 15, 23, & Clara. 3} meton. 

■ S]£d,"ie Jewish thokol,' (on which see 

™ni denoles, 1) 

^i. 19. . 

inhtdtitm; 2) aire! 

vrlteT in hVnr, Acts ilx. 24. 
.,».., o,(dpvi.,while,)B(«r, 

images, plnl«, &c 
2. Ta. V 3. feer. 

I. Claia.: or 
>, and Claaa. 

a jvdge of 

i« eotirt of iht Aroopagus, AelE 

ipUasa others. In the Class, gener. in a 
txid aense, of ingrafting oneself into lh« 
fiivDor of Dthen by undue vompliances ; 
but in N. T. in a wod sense, aa referred to 
God, Col. L 10, lit irsiraff <{p. 'so that ye 
may wholtj please God,' Simil, Philo, p. 
33. says of Adam, ■!< dpiattiay -roD 

(apu, lo adapt,) to plane, lie pitamia to, 
intrani. and with dat. ease. I. to be pleas- 
ina, or aceeptahle to. Matt, xiv, t>. Mk. vi. 
22. 1 Cor. vii. 33. Gal. i. 10, tttra dr- 
ep<iira.i dpi<-Kii,. 2 Tim. ii. 4. So 
QiV. Bom. viii. 8. 1 Cor, vii. 32, al. Sept. 
and Class. By Heb. dpiaxiii' iuui-moir 
TiiHn, to be aecept^dile to any ono. Acts vi, 
5, & S^t.— II. to aeek to pUme, otto m- 
rottiBiodate oneadf to any one, Rom, xv. 
1,2,3. 1 Cor. X. 33. Gal. i. 10. ITh.ii,4, 
^Aj>eirT09, q, p ', adj. vUasinff, ac- 
leplMe, foil, by dat. John viii. 29, Tri 
iptirrh tJ Oiu. Sept. and Class. By 
Heb. Td ipia^i iydHTiBir tsD S,oi, 
n iii. 22, Sept. Hence, dpttnvi- 
ioTW, 'placet, it is good,' Aria vi. 2. 
Ldso foil, by dat. of person, * 

. ,k., 

to be from "Apttc, Man 

JmdUg therein involved; and 3) a, 
Ehe good quality of moral virtue. After 
however, it may best be derived from 
«„, (as lliat from Jo-,) being, it 
■ ily from 

a applied to qua 

sons, both man 
t. (cspoc. Hon 

ndUod. InthcClas! 
sr) it usuallj 4™o\ 
it in 1,'fae fime '•rnl 


(«pec. the phHagnphi 

vumd virim ir 

«t il. Diod. Si 

•uoll; de 

71. 'inN, T. Uo« 
>Dlr bYE ima ■ md in all Iheee in aei 
the Bame ^neral senoBf that af moral ei 
lews. I. thu of God. u '2 Pet. i. 3, 
loTtit ncaJ aaiTSt.. 1 Pel- ii. 9, -nit d 
Td.. .^nd 80 ID Jaseph. Ant. ivii. i 
ipiri, Toi;e.iDii,»nd 1.3,1. Hab.iii 
e[ b1. it is used to denote the glorious i 
r«tion> and ittributeB of God.— II. 1 

'Apiir, A, (num. absol.) gen. ooiiji, Ijj 
(rync. for dpiiA<:, a ioffli, Horn. Oi. i, ai, 
meUph. in Lu. i. 3. to: £i>hic, > lamb-like' 

'Api&tiiiHy f- iTtTu, to reckon up h}/ 
■nmtfei-, trans. Rot. vii, 9. pus. Malt. -\. 
30. Lu. xii. 7. Sqit. and CUbs. 

''X.piBfL6t, ov, b, nambety denoting n 
multitude composed oF uniu. UBually 
sud in N. T. of a defiiale numbor, Lu. 
xiii. 3. John yi. 10, et al., ihougb taa,a- 
times of an ixdefiate. Acts vi. f. xl. 21. 
ivi- 5. Kom. ix. 27. Rev. xji. 8. 

'A^iffTflM, f. ^ffcfl, (npiffToi',) to taia 
on £(>ia7ai>, any meal before the ehicf 
mad, Btppei; intrana. Lu. xi, 37. 
Xli. 12, 15, and CUm. 

*ApifmdJt, &, i¥y adj. iavta. 
Malt. Ti, 3, .Jp.<.Tifli, soil. x"V. PI 
Lu. iiiii. 33, l^ d»)i0T(p£v, scil. p. 

ing parf 

■llT to 

It irtaiito, and partly i 

'i!%. "xiv. V. 


£Kfz/, osotf^ Matt- vi 
TH fiaipa, &C. Matt 
and Clan. 

'Aptfoi, f. ncTu, to hold back 
ward of, mat. Horn. II. vi. " " 
T. I) to ojsirf.foll. bydaU 
Cor. lii. 9, ripnti ooi A x°( - ^--. -- 
Clasa. 3) by impl. to £e strong nnd oLIi, 

emagh for, folL by dat. of person, Malt. 
XXV. 9, John vi. 7. Sept- and CIo.,. 
Heneoimpera. apml tiip), 'it is enougli,' 
Johniiv.8. m\A. ipxio^ Xiffite we- 
aetf iBiih, be lalialied wilk, foil, by daL ul 
thing, &*:. L«-iii. U. lTiin.Ti.8. HeS. 
liii. 5- Joseph, and laloi Class. So wiili 
prop. Ui -rofmui, 3 Jobn lU. 

•Ap^ir„, f. iaa, (dpMot.) to a . , 
jAwK, wi» My together, trans, foil, bv 
"^ mf (/^ ifoflj. Od. V. 2*7. Jo.. Ant. 


amiiAer, tiwu. mid. 

iooi, Bwrr* , 

' in Class, to marry to DnBK 

but in N. T. as depon. to 

Ecclus. xivii. 

lalion of the bones of the human 

"" iv. 12. Test. XII. Patr. p. 

..^vlouai, (. rio-ofto', <o de<^ 
affirm a Ihisg sot to he, *i opp. to 
y.r», viii- «. JoU i. 2« 
~ \ et al. al» Sept. and Class 
bv ace. Lu. xili. 57, i,pr. ai-r-dv 
his Messiahship). Tit. t. 16, dov- 
deny his .existence.' 1 John ii. 22. 
riv Xlarloa Ka\ tdttibt. i. e. '« 
3od Co be the Father of Christ, aiKC 
a be the Son of God.'— II. to mt* 
by inf. Hob. li. 24, Apv. \iytt9a*. 
VI. 13. Jos. and Apocr.— III. to ne 
Tejei^, said with reference to Christ 
dhristian fiuth i also reciprocally oP 
IS rejecting men. Matt. x. 33. 2 TuM 
Stoft. Fig. Lu.ii.23, dp*. lord 
ja vrdi'. Is sud of selfdenial ; but in 

leV byineonMStency ; in Tit. ii, 12, 
inipfiar. of r^Uing all solicitH.) 

fjai/npiiioi. So. ix.fii', tbe sense is, ' 
•^iaxng to show its poicer in their de 
•Aptioj., on, Ti, (dim. from 
[EBirdc,] o fomi, Sept. and Josep 
N. T. fij.- eill'"' of "18 followers of 

plough, intrans.'Lu. ivii. 7. 1 Coi 
Sept. and Theophr. 
'ApoTpof, 01/, r6, (d^ 

ApoTpoi; ov, t6, (apoai,) a , 
Lii. ix. 62. Sept. and Class. 

■ApTrayJ,,B,,A,(<ip^4„,) 1 
of ihe act of plundering, pUtoffc, r 
34. Sept. and Class. SJmetaph.of 
pos&ioB to plunder, rapacity. Mat' 
25. Lu. Ii. 39. and Class. 

, (nVjr,iI. 

ing, robbery 

, 2) fig. the o^ 
jnne, wniefAu^ csretei', Phil. iL 6, 

thing with avidity. Matt. li. 12, 
^iri\. Tftfv aiipav€tw, implying tbc 
nets tith nbich Ihe Gospel u cmbn 

ucipcre' in Letii. ; Tmctis 
en\y Ditatt^inff »ny tin 


mJriiBum; or a ■ 
r ullcd dolon. am 

»^ i> Tj i..^.> airoC. Ju. 23, U 
™¥tpJt»(™-. (coiLp. AmoiiT. II. Zeoh. 
B.^)S^iiidClu3.; sIk, offimiUg 
^y™? inmbw of any thing, John x, 
■HS^ BUY ,J^i„, .Tit a&ra jx T^r 
]M>r|iH:Bti.LiiidClui.— III. toford- 

^r^ imiii. AcU xilli. 10. Tbt 
"^mutantemi to thi> hud (AcU 
*;ffl.Ilw:,L. KvpioB Spir=ir« tJ. *, 
tC«, n, 2, J, a'pirnvii-TO & ilc-riy^ 
* tJ. «|id),„o„, 1 Th. iv. 17, ap- T"mi 
«7w<'»"t= lit aitai-rnffiip tdS Kupiou, f'. D« 

■5, n^do-fltj xpdi 
-.r-btWdiuinct, u ' 

jlS'. P". TO. 2.) njunely,' tbu 
fcwrflfciiHolj Spirit. 

,"1P»«E, ^«, i, A, <Ay (dp^ijo) I cquiv. 
')!!•{. nawiii, mi of mid b«ut>, ar ■■- " 
WwnftiolMit ud wicked men. Milt. 
«.U,adC1ui. 2)metu>h. ratMosiu, 
«*.«|4.J««-,Lu, iviii. ir ICor 

«*.«l4.J««-,Lu, iviii. 11. ICor. 
!;Mi.l»,«ndClBM. N.B.UPT1.E 
J** BUI Tflio iDJureft anothct bj Tio- 
■Ji *?"". one who iniui^s him bj 

'* *«|b 1 mater onu tban nXixnit. 
.^M4^«r, Hi'of, 6, ]irop. something 
^» " a pifrfje or Mmerf to ratify an 
f""""!!; iMTt of any price liral aitrefd 
■^".'obji;, and tWn pid do™ to 
"Wtaigremienl; wClaw. In N. T. 
« nmpL of ihs gifts of Hic Holy 8pi- 
Fi " knnt 1 pledge of the future privi- 
^ JtJ Slming. of the Meniali'g king- 
'»2C.r.i.2-i%.5. Epb.i. 14. 

'Wt,J.'bniix'23fx°T&t°'. '"''*'"™ 
Wm>, rm, and Siin, r6, adj. 
P'l.'. 'of tlie male ici,' Rom. L 27. 
' "*iu. 5,13. Sept. and Class. 

ifim, 0.. i. * «)j.(=,^Tri,.) 
; Z}^ (itlier BB«pwleii, or no* to ie 
- rr*; i" N. T. luMimiHSfe, 2 Cor. lii. 

■ '^fi-rrot, «,, A, ij, adj. (■., pimv- 

* I'tZ*' '■ •■ """*"!; strength of mind 

I S4;; «!«,.«d of S.e sick. Matt. liT. 

! ^St 1 S, 13. ivi. lU. 1 Cor. xi. 30. 

'';)'"»iMrti., 1 Cnr. yi. 9. 1 Tim.'i. 10. 

^V*", tm, 6, a ma!e, one of the 

"" ■>, !l«t lii. 4, Mk, X. 6, et id. 

.i»'>'»i-., owt, i. (JpTii«i,to hoi.1,) 
■ =*"l«Wje«ulofth8prow,an™rii;g 
- '"ia-Hoil, uKl itill tBUcd by the 

'ApTi, adv. of lime, nolo; 1) of lino 
JTiitpul,(cmto«>,Matt. ii.lS. Rrr. lii. 
1o. md mostlj used in the Attic oriten; 
•2) of time pctHiil, noic. Mid. iii. 15, i^tt 
u'pTi, 'for tbepreHn1,'xivi. G3. Johnii. 

inf time put, oft. in N. T. and CIlN. 
Suiuetimes used idjectively, u n dpri 
£>pii, 1 Cor. iv. 1 1 . I« dp^x. Malt. li. 12. 
el al. ilir' dpTi, ftc. See "Awapri. 

'AoTivli'i'iiToi, ou, i, i, adj. (ipri, 
) prop, /jie/^ iortty Luoiin- 
r. lii. 1, ppl,l>Bt ipT, 2) 
nirtaph. nsedof 'one nhohaarccentlyem- 
l)r.iced (he Chiistian bith,' 1 Pet. ii. 2. 

-ApT«)i,av,i,A,iidj. lUrop.«4n&, 
i. e. M>und in body; 2J f^. nund in 
mrAd; 3) metaph. JE^^ fo any VJOrll; 

2Tim.ii ^_, .._ 

Ibt primary sense of Satiot may be that 
fnmd in Horn, II. B. 326, and E- 92, (from 
upff,) luitaUe, filed to the purpoH 

/jcfftrt. Comp. Eph. ii 


ri Ipyott 

'ApTOi,' ou, 0, Swarf. I. gener. and 
cp. BRKAD, or nthero; iooj^ or oufe, like 
iiMscuit.Matt. iv. 3,4. (^i. 9, and oft.; 
id of the shew-hread. Mall. xit. 4. Heb, 
.2; of the bread in the Lord> Supper, 
.tt.iiTi.26. Mk.ji».2a. Lu.iiii.l9. 
Cor. X. 16; ot al. HeUph. a dims U 
>i oipavaii, aa applied to Christ, 'the 
rtad of life," who waa typified bv tho 
anna nhieh fell from heaven in the Mil- 
mess, and who, by his Sprit, Buttaina 

pmal life, John vi. 31, 58.-11. ™mthe 
tb. FOOD, gener. all tlie 

II. Mk. vi. 8. Lu. Ii. 3. 
■2 Cior. ii. 10, et al. as also in the phiue 
dfi-rov ia9U,v. ' to lake tbod, eat a meal,' 
.M»tt. XT. 2. Mk. vii. 5, and Sept; alto 

liuned hy^an^^onc,'^2Th. ;ii. B. {tomp. 2 



any one," 2 1 
■, k) and T 

Ibq other early Class.; „ 

nirpan fund, including ill the arts of 
eodWv: hence, in N. T. to seasini, (u 
i:ooks do food,) Mk. ii. 50. Lu, xiv. 34; 
ind so in later Class. Also metaph. Col. 
iv. 6, Xoyoc ipTuutuot aXoTi, i. c. ' both 
ippLtiprialA ind salutary,' 

aTchusgd, 1 Tt. 


«, 1-Y- 

OMWn(,o/oUKnie. Malt. V. 31,27, 33, et 
b1. oft. Sepl. and Class. 

iv. 6. U ylmi 

Joseph. 3 

Afxv-, It, 1, (M 
part oranv thing, e*|. 
of TIHK, the C»/InDIilfJ, 

Mitt. xiiv. 8. Mk. 
:i."3. Sepi. and Clius. Hence 
d)iv>|v\afii>i;,'MbegiD,', 3; also 
PhUo and later ClaM. t^it ipyjl" '*''' 
9i\fniiffp^ *fini miracle,* Johb ii- II. Td 
ffTotyiia T^t dp^^, for Ti or. ri xp«- 
Ta. Heb. 1. 12. So also in the phraaea 
d-r' ipxi', 'from Ihe beginning,' eiilierof 
all things, 'froni everloating,' Matt. lijc. 

anf pirticular thing, as tbe Gospel dispen- 

27, and ofL; ill ipxv< ' in the b^nnini,' 
«ther of the world, John i. 1, 2, or of the 
Gospel dispensation, ^ at the firat,' Acls xi- 
15. Phil. iv. 15; ^FdpySi/fromlhebe. 
ginning,' i. e. of Chnst*s minislrj, John 
Ti.64. ivi. 4i xar' apv^*, '"' 'lio be- 

C' ling,' i. e. of all things, Heb. i. 10. 
I. and Clue.: accns. t^ii ilpx^v. "d- 
very beginning,' i. e. 
ohn viii. S5; butsee 
_, y melon, of abatr. for 
._»Nfi, &c. tie first. Col. i. 
apxq. So Gen. xlix. 3. 

dpxft TiWBl.. So dpifll 

'eibially, 'fnn 

-II, .ad, 

lal -I 

OT/<ri»t.— III. 

angular e 

13. ui. 14, I, dpxjl -rqi 
said of PLACB, Ij piop. 

sheet, AcU i. 11. "li. 5?' Di^! 8ic.''i."35! 
Phil. p. 63B. 2) metaph. of dignity, the 
Jirst^iaoe, i. e. power or dominion, Lu. 
IX. 20. Sept. Joseph, and Class. ; or pre- 
eminence, Ju. 6. Sept and Apocr. By 

niLra, Lu. lii. 11. Tit. iii. 1 ; aaiilDf the 
chiefs HDOng angels, Eph, i. 21. iii. 10; 
among demons, Ti. 12; and geoer. the 
pom>n of tbe otherworld, Rom. viii. 36. 

'^eXIVih "■'. »■ {ilpXri, ay*,) one 
kAo notea a b^iarang of any tning, 1 ) as 
(he aalAoT and estiH of it ; 2) as leader 
of tlie agents therein. Thus it denotes, 
1) a oUeAihi, as in Sept. and Clasa. In 

yit Tnt J»5», of Christ; Heb. °ii."fu^''i 

dpx- T^i irioTtids. And so iifl, in Sepl. 
and Clajs. any one is add to be dfix'^"'' 
of any thing, whether evil or snnil. t!) u 
leader. lAief, Acts t. 31, toStou apx'iyA" 

'ApX"- an inseparable particle, derived 
from apxi,md prefixed to names of offic- 
snd dimity, in the senao orour.4rrA-, dr 

'ApYlfpl&f, iat, A, (c£pxt-, 
'iH^hPriesl^moTO tiaually called 
i ulyai. as oft, in Sept and som' 
Class. In N. T. it denoUa I. 
Priest of the Jews, Matt iivi. : 
S,etal.-Il. a chUf pr 
Hids of the 24 clasaca i 
d at I Chron. ch. xiii 
Joseph. Ant. xx. 8, 8, Bell.iv.3, 
" 4^ and oft. They were membe 
mnedrim ; and indeed the exp[< 
iVHp'Ii tal ypn/t/iareii, M> 
id oi apyiipiii Ksi al Vnpimii 
i- 32, et al. seem put, by way of e 
ition, for TO emhpiov, 'the Sat 
-111. Slid of Chriat, compared 
High Priest of the Jews, as bavin 
sacrilice for ain. Hi 

ihephfrd; said metaph. of Christ, 
' the Chureb, Eph. v. 23. C< 

acher, md esnec. Lord of the 
there being a double alluuon, inn 
anciently both princes and inter 
Ihe Divine wilf were called 'ai 
(ram the umtlsritv of their ofSo 
ties to the paaloral ones, 1 Pet v, 
puiQimt n« iBXtva,u.i^os: : 
tet. ii. 25, where we have Cbi 
nsted also in a iwo-fold capae 
> Shepherd and Care-taker (Jiricr. 

moderator, of the synagoffue ; - 

every sjuagt^e, whose duty it o 

read or speak in (be assembly ; 
xiii. 15. Tlie presiding elder n 
& dpxiovv^uyat : of (he otl 
was called apx'iw- witlioul tl 
Mk. 1. 32,_ 35, 36, SB. Lu. viii. 

\ ^, o 


S^a^i^ to ihe Hyh Priett, Acta 

liistinguiehed from the m 


ki; ow if ibt gtnti, vho pmidcd at 
»ik; ilam thefonner WM 1 domeitic, 
"iriiig U lh( rpa-rtlvroiit of the 
™t. ad lie TrtcliHiarcAei o( thi: 

, '^PK* f. £■, (il|>X*.) in CI»«- fc 
(f^tafalb lud »Vy fJtM, Xen. 
jnni.l InN.T./oie rtra(innuik, 
■E>^,lc.lonfein«r, foil, bv mn. Mk. 
lefcmiw.ia Sipl. in G™. i. 18, 
Si Mil Jp]|^pa,, la iegis, in trani. ind 

■f- "■ "■ *»"£=■" Ktipilo-ffiii., li. 7. 
■I A S<9L u,a Clu.. Lu. iii. 23, fli. 
*■ Tf. J|i.o;,„„, 'was beainning, en- 
■yiPM til 30lh jesr.' By Hebr. to 
•^ttafunirnoB, impltinit difficulty. 

?'*F^™1. bj gtri. in the wine b^m- 

*?/"», tipiatinE ' the uoinl of depip- 

*-' So Mill. j«. 8, ixiiJii =*-rri 

imm ri»i t^ii iavirmii, ' b«>i 

Ilbii.U. Sept.Gea. Ut. 12,aiidi 

i/TBii, on-ot, D, {tart. nres. or 
Smfoiie firat in power or dominion - 
», or magtidrate^ gcner. Matt, ax, 
ajir.26. Rom.iiii.3. 1 Cor. ii. 6 
if lift. 3«pi. and Clug. 

a,) prop, no/ to ^ EhaJcen.. iminoveaAU, 
a xivii. 41 ; metaph. fina^ enduring, 
t.iii.28. Dioa.&c.n.iS,i\cuBtpiai, 

i.^,o-ro.,™,iA.Bdi. {«.rf.-„«.- 
)»f d^u^tiuAeii, or nt/t to or cf^- 
M: In Ij. T. imquemAa'ite, as taid 
h, >. e, elemal, MiU. iu. 12. Mk. ii. 
ti Lu. iii, 17. Comp. Hom. Od. It. 

«d, m 

I. i. IR, 2) (ni«c. wid 

idered u springing from the source of 
idlinna, '(becsroiJ Blind that iionmitv 
Ml God,' (spoken of Horn. i. 38, viii. 
! Tim. ii. IG. Til. ii. 12. Judo IS, 18. 

mfiim, I. ■)«», (diFi^iis.Wo be un- 
:15. Sept. and Clan. 
Lo.^ii, io,, i, i, »di. (a, B.>^ai.) 
f9^adljf, inptou, IrTtiimtna, I T/OJ. j. 
Pet. IT. la 3) tmiiJ, from impiety, . 

^ Rom. xiK. 13. 
^~ ii.7, 18; 
or. in I nider ham, duaoJufmett ia Mne- 
ral, Eph. Iv. 19. lPel.iT.3. Ju.4. 

prop, ifiticut fn 
o^ijuoc. So Gen. III. 
^(f — iflvtj/itt, A]h I 
CTfrijuo?, opp. to Ivio: 
Thiic. ii. 13, where 
- :apb. ifmoblt, o&mn, . 

:, H'dot. i: 

:. il. 

, 2) 

ii. Anj to EunV'ioo 8, 
isv, and oH. in Cliu. 

(/jf remii, i.e.' iniinnilj of boay or feeble- 
ness ol mind, I, gener. Rooi. vi. 19. 
I Cot. t. 43. Gal. It. 13, at al. SM 
of the 1 

V. 2, a1._II, 

2Cor. . _. __ __. 

met. iofirmifv, 1) of body, by ditease, 
M:ill. «ii. 17. Lu. ». 15. riii. 2. »iii. 12. 
John y. 5, et al. and C]ai>. S) of mind, 

itesaion of apiriu, 1 Cor. ii. 3. Xea. 

, 3 ; also, by impl. agtictiiHi, as pro. 

[ depreaaion, Ram. viii. 26. 2 Cor. 

S, 10. 

U of strength, I. goner, as mostly 
u., but metaph. Ram. yiii. 3, ip » 
!,,'wai [too] weak- to aniwer the 
pi end, 2 Cor. liii. 3. Sept. and 
; also to be afcounlxd treat, 2 Cor. 
, 9.— II. apec. to be injirm is bodr/, 
,sr utuUr disease. Matt. t. 8. Mk. 
Ld. W. 40, M al.— Ill, fig. of the 
W befiiat-heaTled, depressed, 2 Cor. 
; alto, by Hebr. to be tceak in mind. 

vacillatag.iai eatils pertarbed,V,oni. liv. 

3,21. lCor.Tiii.9, xl. 12. So Jrt.Kin 

iT. !9, or in opinion, Rom. lif. I. 
hawever, my note thcre._IV. by 

to be affiifted nr distressed by op- 
™ or wlamilT, Acts «. 35. 2 Cor. 
, xii. 10, and&pt. 

Jirrnllg. prop, of body, but slto metaph. of 
' and producing doubts and Hrmples, 



A 21 

nvl. 41, 4 ffipE ioflH^i irm. 'is to 
™.kfortheU.VMk. »iv.38. 1 Pet. ii 
7. Sept. and C1u>. InctudiD? the iilei < 
Impetfeclion, 1 Cor. iH. 22. GJ. i.. ! 
1 Cor. i. 26. Heb. Tii. 18.— II. spec. 1 
afint in iody, tide. Matt. iit. 39, 43, 41 
Lu. X. 9. Acis iv. 9, ei al. 2) figur. < 
the mind, depnimd ojfmid-Jtearttd, 2 Coi 
X. 10 ; ilw, H Implying; ■ mot of deciuo 
or firmflen of miod, diAkna and tad 

ir!^. 1 Th. 1. \t 3)'brimp1. a^ide 

w distresaed, 1 

It tfae body of ei 

; by b. 

6. *, adj. (-. 

faOiiig, Acts ixvii. 33. Joseph, and Clau. 

'AirK£w, f. i|ffd, P"ip. 'offvri vc ui^A 
OaU, ss the n» nutei^iji of anTbiDdi- 
enfi, (Horn. II. iii. 388, t^.a it,.); also 

liod. Hen 

1, either 


iTing, Acu 1 

D, a sidnrinttk, sened n 

liltB & bliddf , . . 

ute, in l™^^ Matt. ix. 17. Mk. ii. 22. 

Lb. t. 37. Sepl. and CIbm, 

'Ao-fiiuui, adv. (^o-^jmc, part perf. 
paaa. of n&iuai,) gladly.^ Acts ii. 4t. xxi. 
17, Uid Clasa. 

"Aeo*DS, on, i, n, adj. (a, iro*osO 
• ^' .. 15,as™plied - *- - ■ 

in Christ Jesi 
I, f. iiTo 

, (0 oTUxIf. Horn. Od. 

iii. 35. Hence, io emirare ; and ss that 

ing. toitcame tomesDioJu^. In N?T. 
it is said 1. of those who meet, to ro/idf, 
tcelconw, Matt. 1. 12. Mk. ix. IS. Lu, i. 
40. X, 4. Sept and Class. Including the 
idea of payiiK one's respecta, Mk. it. 18. 
Acta iTiii. 22! iii. 7. Joi. Ant. Ti. 11, 1 ; 

I. 1. X 

lalaiimi, whether oral, 
Tiff. 7. Mk. xii. 38. 

o(l,_lV. by 

ass.; and I 
gladly, Heb, xi. 
.las. Job. Ant. vi.; 

by letter, Rom. 
y impl., at said 
id cdKriJl, Matt. 

.■ by le 

'Affir.Xot, OK, i, A, adj. («, mrlXw,} 
rip, u'ithoiUtUmuh,{ia said of KiicUin,) 
iiMoat alaia gener. Fig. of ChiM, 
P,:t. i. 19, and Ctau. ; metaph. uil»- 
Mtd. pm, as said of doctrine, 1 llB. 
.14, or conduct, J..i. 27. 2Pel.iiL14. 

., o, fi, adj. (o, (nrg 

ion,) 1 ) ttnuoBf <n 

2)iii)( tr-' 

■oapioi., Du, tJ, dimin. of 1*1. « 
iMColn, eqiiiv. to one-tenth of Aa 
l4, or denarius, and half of the* 
in N. T.. like our &rthing, to deooM 
<t trifling value. Matt. 1.29. Ll 

and Dior 


', adv. (compar. of Syx". i*™^ 

prop, nearer, nart io, and without cotnp.oiy 
fteiirto; also, in a nautical sense, cbil » 

along close inshore,- Acts ixri!. 13, 1^ 
Huuer, Eurip., Hendot., and Claaa. 

'Aa-rariu,, f. i}™, (anra-rot, uartl- 
ble, fr. a &VfrTi)ui,) 1) prop, fo b •■ 
y^ci/, iaaetlUd. always in motion, mi d 
'the troubled sea which cannot rest' Bl 
A]i|iia)i, Bell. Sym. p. 221, imimitm 
Xiifiuvi dnXiiiTiiiri. 2}metaph. tol««r 
si'ttti^, 1. e. without any settled ajaoti^ 

on, D, il, adj. (3(m.,) pM 
ji ft) a diy, and, by iiqL, 
polished in mannen. k. 
ind,aiBaid of external fiM, 
.n<e, Heb. jri.23. Act.*. 
exceeding fair. Coai|k Eb 

'^p. /dec, A, a stor, said aa weHfC 

— ^--'-'--)tBand«.meta,ot 

i.2, 7,9, 10. lOt 


1 iu of pli 
vea meteors. Matt 
v.4LRej. ■ "■ 


It is 

i. 12. 1 

ihe Owpel day of know^ 
ry,' Re». ii. 28. ixii. 16 
el^ Re». i. 16, 20. il. 1. 

iii sudoftboaewh' ' 
iion of Christian 
HI, 2 Pet. ii. 14. ii 


adj. (s, mr- 

..Mu. to gfC 
18. LoD^o. dv 

uj &e naiural affectum of man, denM 
ense of humanity, Rom. i. 31. 2 TSm. 

oxo!, mark,) pi 




footing; fig. to err or sioerve from know- 
led^ truth, &c. folL by genit. of thing, 
ITnn. i. 6, mv d<rroxvcrotirm, and Plut. 
t ii. 414, dcTToxovo't tou fitToiov koI 
Tpiiroirro^ : or an ace. with ircf)i, 1 Tim. 
TL 21, vc/ol TTiv rloTtv ii<rr6xr\(rau. 
2 Urn. ii. 18, and Plut. de Audit, nripl 
rki 'roioTffra^ dtrroxovvrt^, 

'AaTpavn, ^s, ^, lighinit^^ I. prop. 
Rev. iv. 5. viii. 5. xi. 19. zvi. 18. Sept. 
& Class. ; put as tbe symbol of speed, 
tdtribt^ &.C. Matt. xxiv. 27. Lu. z. 18. 
zrii. 24. Nah. ii. 4. — II. by impl. hrigU- 
flen, splendour^ Matt, xxviii. 3. Lu. xi. 
96, and Sept. Deut. xxxii. 41. 

'AcT^AiTTfti, f. \^«, (aflrT/oo-jrt;,) 1) 
fnp. to /toA^en, ./2as&, as lightning, Lu. 
zm. 24. Sept. & Class. 2) by impl. to 
Aim, he hrigki, Lu. xxiv. 4, 

'Katpovy ou, T<$, prop, a con«fe22a^u)», 
Xen. Mem. -iv. 3, 4, but in N. T. and 
sometimes in Class, (as Find. 01. i. 9. 
JEsch. Socr. Dial. iii. /,) a star^ equiv. to 
corrqp, La. xxi. 25. Heb. xi. 12, al. In 
Acts vii. 43, the ^ Star-god,* an image of 
Sitarn in the form of a star. 

'Airvfi^cavo?, ov, o, ^, adj. (a, crvfi- 
i wM ,) 1) prop, dissonant, as said of 
oe slweDce of musical harmony, Wisd. 
zvm. 10, d<r. kyfdpSav /3oi$. Dion. Hal. de 
Goop. V. xi. x^^P^hv aor. : in N. T. fig. 
d persons, discordant. Acts xxviii. 25, 
iffv/Kftuvot. 5vT£s irp<}v aA.Xi7Xou9. Died. 
9k. W. 1, dcrvfi<l>covovi elvat iffxis dW^- 

*AvuvtT09, ov, 6, n, adj. (a, o-ui/stos,) 
Lprop. devoid of understanding, dull of 
emprehension. Matt xv. 16. Mk. vii. 18. 
Sept. Thuc. ii. 24.— II. from the Heb. 
vim the accessory idea of impiety, impious, 
ngodltf, Rom. i. 21, 31. x. 19, and Sept. 
See however my note on Rom. i. 21. 

'Airi; v6 cToc, ov, 6, fi,{a, crvvridsfiai,) 
l)prop. qta componi non potest, one who 
onot be brougnt together with others ; 
3) *one who will enter into no covenant/ or 
Iniks it when maAe, faithless, Rom. i. 31. 
Jer. iii. 7—11. 

'A 0-0 dX eta, a?, ^, {d<r<f>a\fi9,) I. 
fnp. firmness or fixedness of a body, imply- 
ing security from slipping or falling. Thuc. 
il 22, Tov dpKrrtpov troda fiovov viro- 
^iifiivoi, dcr<l>a\tia9 'ivexa ttj^ irpos 
riv T^Xov. Gener. security. Acts v. 23. 
%. certainty, Lu. i. 4. — II. metaph. and 
9f impl. security from peril, safety, 1 Th. 
T. 3. Sept. and Class. 

'A<r^aX^«, £09, adj. (a, <r<f>d\\(o,) 
vt dipping or falliruj, firm, fixed, immov- 
tUe ; I. prop, as said of an anchor, Heb. 
»l19. Prov. viii. 28. Wisd. iv. 3. Xen. 

Class.— III. 

safe, i. e. ' 
and Class. 

metaph. secure from peril, 
affording safety,* PhiL ill. 1, 

*Aa-<f>a\L^w, f. /o-o), and mid. depon. 
d<r0aXt^o/xat, {dcr<f»a\fi9,) to make fut, 
firm, or sure, trans. 1) prop, as roin 
vodai th to ^vXov, Acts xvi. 24. Wisd. 
xiii. 15, do-0aXtard/xci;o9 oiinpto, Pol. vi. 
22, 4, 6 Srvptdi, 6id rd aiotipovu <rtd- 
\wfia, dcr<ba\itiTai, &c. 2) metaph. to 
secure, nuuee safe a^nst enemies, &c. r^ir 
Td<f>ov, Matt, xxvii. 65. Jos. Ant. xiii. 1, 
T^iu *lovdaia» <f)povpai9 d<r<f». Pass, in 
aor. 1. d<r<l>a\i.a-Qfivai, ' muniri custodiSk,* 
Matt, xxvii. 64. Joseph, and Class. 

'Aa-0aXed«, adv. {d(r<ba\ri9,) I'S prop. 
firmly, i. e. without fiEillinff or slipping, 
Xen. Mag. Eq. viii. 3, il6icfiii/oi — dipi* 
vi/rrjXoiy d<r<ba\io9 Koriivai. 2) fig. 
securely, safay, viz. against enemies, &c. 
Mk. XIV. 44, airoydyeTe {ahnrdv) a. So 
Pol. xiv. 44, dirayayiiiv d. t^i^ ovvafiiv, 
and oft. in later Class., also Acts xvi. 23, 
d. Ttipiiy avTous. Others understand, 
diligently and cautioudy, that none may 
escape. Indeed, in those passages there 
seems a blending of the two idioms, that 
of security as the object, and diligent care 
as the means. Also metaph. certainly, 
assuredly, securdy from all danger of error, 
&c. Acts ii. 36, d<r<l>. yivutcrKirto. So 
Wisd. xviii. 6, d(r4>- eWores. Eunap. 
Proaer. cI^oti d<y(l>. 

'Aaxvp-ovio), f. vo'oo, (day^ijicov,) 
1) prop, to be without form, shapeless, in- 
trans. ^lian V. H. xi. 4. 2) metaph. to 
behave oneself unbecomingly, 1 Cor. xiii. 5. 
(where see my note.) Sept. and Class. 
3) to suffer disgrace, 1 Cor. vii. 36, tl Si 
Tis da-xvi^oviTv itrl n-iiv irapQivov ahTov 
vofil\ti, *" incurs disgrace on account of his 
unmarried daughter.^ So Deut. xxv. 3, 
daxmJ^ovrKFti. Eurip. Hec. 407, da-xnfJ^o- 
uijaai. Diod. Sic. xiv. 10, do-Xfl/uoi/etv 
iiroiriart avTov. 

*A<rxVfJ'-o<rvvri, fji, ri, (d<rYiJ/iWi/,) 
1) prop, deformity or ugliness, Plato ap. 
Steph. Thes. 2) metaph. indecorum, and 
hence, by impl. obscenity, Rom. i. 27. 
Comp. Ecclus. xxvi. 8. Joseph. Ant. xvi. 
7, 6 ; by euphemism, nakedness, pudenda. 
Rev. xvi. 15, and Sept. 

*A€rxnp.<ov, ovo^, 6, ^, adj. (a, cry^/ua, 
form, or figure,) prop, unthoutform, Hdian. 
V. 6, 24 ; metaph. indecorous, Plato and 
Hdian. ap. Steph. Thes. 1 Cor. xii. 23, 
TO. dax^P-ova rifxiiov. Sept., Xen., & Plut. 

'AtrcoTla, as, rjt {acrtoTOi, lit. unsave- 
able, incorrigible, dissolute, Pol. xiv. 12, 
3,) dissoluteness, ddtauchery, Eph. v. 18. 
Tit. i. 6. 1 Pet. iv. 4. dvdxv(rii Ttji do.. 
An. iii. 2, 19. — II. fig. t^ dor<^oXe«, cer- | ' sink of debauchery.' Prov. xxyiii, 7.^ 
Wrfjf, Acts xxi. 34. xxii. 30. xxv. 26, and / 2 Mace. vi. 4. Hdian. u. 5,*^. 


ASQ 50 

'AiTftfToiv, adv. (aoroiTOff,) dissolutely, 
Lu. XV. 13, ^Sty d. Jos. Ant. xii. 4, 8. 

'ATaKTtCB, f. nffCd, (aXOICTO^,) 1) 

Srop. to behave oneself disorderlv, as sol- 
iers who do not keep their ranks, Xen. 
Cyr. vii. 2, 6. 2) metaph. and spec, to 
desert one^s post, or in any way neglect 
one*8 dtUies. (Comp. Hor. Epist. i. 16, 67. 
Xen. (Ec. v. 15, 2.) 2 Th. iii. 7, ovk irraK- 
fifo-a/ucv kv hfiiv. So Plut. Apophth. 
ap. Steph. Thes. in voc. draKrnira^ t^s 
traTpiov ctytoy^s. 

"Atoktos, ow, 6, ^, adj. (o, Tacoro/xot,) 
1) prop, hy a military figure, not keeping 
one 8 ranks, as said of soldiers ; 2) metaph. 
neglec^ul of one*s duties, and gencr. dis- 
orderly, 1 Th. V. 14, Toi»s aT. Plut. de 
Educ. § 7, ^TaicTOi riiovai. 

'Atoictcos, adv. (SraicToe,) prop. 
without order, and metaph. irregular, dis- 
orderly, 2 Th. ii. 6, 11, arr, ittpiiraTtiv, 
to live a disorderly Ufe, Comp. Isocr. ad 

Nic. dT&KTU>^ 5^1/. 

" At tKvo^,ov, 6, IV, adj. (a, reici/ov,) 
childless, Lu. xx. 28, seqq. Sept. & Class. 

'Are vt ^«d, f. t(r«,(aT«vijs,fr. o,T«£vett,) 
prop, to fie oneself, and then, hy use, to 
fix one*s eyes upon any person or thing ; 
also, to Umc fixxdly at the object, arei/wv 
opav, or d<l>opav. In fact, there is an 
ellipsis of Tolv 6(f>da\fAo'i^, or Bfifiaai, 
sometimes expressed, as in two passages of 
Philostr. and Themist. cited by Schleusner. 
The word is construed either with ih and 
ace. of object, or its equiv. a dat. without 
prep. In one or other of these construc- 
tions it occurs ten times in the Acts, as 
also in the later Class, writets, in both the 
sense to look at and to gazefiaedly, as said 
of the person, but never, as in Lu. iv. 20, 
applied to the eyes, ol dipdaXfiol ijaav 
aTevi^oirrsv abreS. With the phrase at 
Acts i. 10, arcv/^oirres rjaav £i« Tdv ov- 
pavdv, we may compare the Virgilian (^n. 
ii. 405,) * ad ccelum tendons ardentia lu- 
mina frustra.* 

*At€p, adv. or prep, toithout, governing 
the gen. & chiefly occ. in the poets, though 
sometimes in the prose writers, as Dion. 
Hal. and Plutarch, also 2 Mace. xii. 15. 
In N.T. at Lu. xxii. 6, drtp ox^ov, * with- 
out tumult and annoyance ;** quite agree- 
ably to the Classic usage, (so Horn. Od. 
aTgp Kafi&Toio Ti\icr<ra», and II. &Tsp 
nroXifiov £l(r^\0e, and Hesiod 0pp. llo, 
aTtp Tc nrSvtav Kal S'l^vo^,) but m Lu. 
xxii. 35, cErcp ^aXavrlov, without, as said 
of possession, is unsupported by Classical 

'At I ft dl^w, f. <!c<rb), (cUti/ao?,) 1) to 

dishonour, aiMraee, trans. John viii. 49. 

Rom. ii. 23. Sept. & Cbiss. 2) to treat 

■^ dm/*^mi^uid abuse, as said of persons, 


Lu. XX. 11. Acts V. 41. Ja. iL 6 ; of things, 
Rom. i. 24, dr. rd vufiwra, Sept. & Cum. 

*ATlfiia, a«, 4, (iTifjiOv,) diAouour, 
I. prop. 2 Cor. vi. 8. xi. 21. Rom. L 26L 
Sept. and Class. ; indeeorum, 1 Cor. xL 14^ 
— II. in the sense of vileness, meammtt, 
1 Cor. XV. 43. So m aTififav, * for a 
mean use,* Rom. ix. 21. 2 Tim. iL 90. 
Sept. and Class. 

*AtI/uos, ov, o, ^, adj. (a, ti^^,) 1) 
mo^. unhonoured, slw dtshonouredjCjiuL 
In N. T. contenined, despised, 1 Cor. if. 
10, and Class. 2), by impl. mean, of no 
estimation. Matt xiii. 57. Mk. vi. 4. I Cei; 
xii. 23, and Sept. 

'ATifiotti, f. anTto, {ATifiov^ to A" 
honour, disgrace, Sept. and Class. Jm 
N. T. to treat wtth indignity, abusOj Wl 
xii. 4, ^Tifiutfiivoy. Sept. and Class. 

*At/ia1«, l6ot, ii,afxqx>uroTesAalalkmf 
Ja. iv. 14. comp. Wisd. ii. 2, 4 ; also mU, 
joer oaiachresin, of a doud of smoke, AbIi 
li. 19, &Ttil9 Kavvov, (cited firom Joel I. 
30,) also in Sept. and Class. 

"Atouo^, ov, o, ii, adj. (o, to|4i) 
uncut, also not to be cut or divided; wSk 
by impl. verv minute. In N. T. sud af 
time, Iv dnrofiio sc. XP^^Vt ^ ^ ^ mq/aataO^ 
instantly,* 1 Cor. xv. 52. 

'Atoitos, ov, 6, ^, adj. (a, TOirot.)ll 
Class, out of place, misplacea, and by iii|L 
inconpruous, absurd. In N. T. 

it^, improper, and gpner. evil or tddUL 
as said both of persons, 2 .Tbessw iii. 2, ail 
of things, as conduct, Lu. xxiii. 41. Bepl 
& Class. Also evil, in the sense naxidm. 
Acts xxviii. 6, firiitv &. *" no harm.* Tbqd 
ii. 49, and oft. in the Medical writrav. 

Avyd^ut,f. dvut, {avyri,) I) prop. Ik 
shine upon, give light to. Lev. xiii. 24, S8^ 
26, 28, & Class. 2) metaph. to tnl^ktm, 
2 Cor. iv. 4, foil, by dat. 

Aityhi v^i ^) <^ becun of U^ht, genir. 
that of the sun, and esp. at his nsing abovi 
the horizon, 1^ dawning of day. Acts xz. 
11. Polyaen. p. 386, kut^ ttiv irftmmif 
a. T^c fifiipa^. 

AvBddtjn, eo9, b, v, adj. {abr^, 4^ 
flat,) lit sdf-complaoent, and by impL tsfi^ 
sufficient, self-wiUed, arrogant. Tit. L7. 
2 Pet ii. 10. Sept. and Class. 

AhQaiptTOi, ov, b, v, adj. {abri% 
aipiofiat,) sdf-chosen, voluntary, of om*9 
oum accord; said both of persons ai. 
things, 2 Cor. viii. 3, virio iuvapnv aM. 
scil. avviipepov, and ver. 17, avO. iP^\9t 
irpos vfiai, where it is used adveivkUy, 
as Lucian, Cataplus § 4, cVitcto avO. ftou 

AvBtvTita, f. f}(r<0, from aitdiirnHf 
for ttuToeirrt}9, which means lit. one tnU 
slays with his oum hand, whether tiiiwolf, 
or others; and hence fig. the actual or 
virtual doer of any thing; also, OM wh» 




et auQtarity in any matter, Earip. 
442, one who * pro auctoritate agit," 
iico«, or i^oworioffnjs. Hence au- 
» came to mean, as in N. T. (1 Tim. 
to usurp authority over^ for tfovcri- 
Kvpitvm. So Diod. Sic. i. 27, ku- 
f Ttiv yvvdiKa rdvipo*. And as it 
the sense of fcvpicuo), it carries its 
, a genit. ; as indeed all verbs that 
he idea of ruling. 

Ailptov, adv. {aUpa, 'the breezy call 
of incense-breathinsr mom,*) to-morroWy 
Matt. vi. 30. Lu. zii. 28, et al. Sept. and 
Class. Sometimes accompanied by the 
art. V aSpiov^ scil. rifiipuj Matt. vi. 34, et 
al. and Class. 

AuarT7)p^9, d, ov, adi. (a0co,) I. prop. 
1^ as applied to the feeling, dry^ harsh; 
2) as applied to the tMte, harshy or sour. — 
II. " 

metaph. of the disposition, severe and 

Vc<0, f. ii<reo, to play on the ai/\di, harsh, Lu. xix. 21, seq. or as the following 

e, (see in voce,) Matt. zi. 17. Lu. context requires, i^rlish^ in the sense 

. 1 Cor. xiv. 7, and Class!. griping, covetous, 

V.^, ^9, ^, (aj;c0, fr. acD, to blow,) I. AvrapKCta, o«, ii, (avTiip«cifV,) lit. 

'-yard, any inclosed but open and airy sdf-sntffiaencu, i. e. sufBciency within one- 

*efore a house, Athen. v. 2. Used self. 1) said of a mind contented with its 

T. I. of a sheepfotd, John x. 1, 16. lot, sdf-conteatedness, 1 Tim. vi.-6, and 

IL iv. 433. Joseph. Ant. i. 11, 2. — Class. 2) of the havina suffidmcy far 

the court of an Oriental edifice, one^s toants, competency, 2 Cor. ix. 8. 

er, 1) inner, around which the AirdpKTj*, ao9, 6, fi, adj. laitTd^, 

was built. Matt. xx\n. 58. Mk. xiv. ttpKico,) I) prop, self-sufficient; i. e. to 

>. XV. 16. Lu. xxu. 65. John xvin. satisfy one's own wants ; so Class. 2) me- 

;pt., Joseph., ^1. V. H. iii. 4—8; taph. 'contented with one's own lot,' Phil. 

tJie outer or eaiervir court, before jv. 11, iv oTs tipX, ain-Apicti^, So Ecclus. 

»tibule of a dwelling-house, Jlom. xl. 18, $«ij airraoKovt lpya'\ 

iv. 452, or other edifice, as Rev. xi. 
he Temple. — III. by synecd. of part 
lole, a mansion having such an ex- 
court; which accordingly was the 
given to the residences of monarchs, 
reme governors, or great men gene- 
answering to our pcuace or rnansion. 

XtiTti^, ov, 6, a jolayer on the 
; or fuie. Matt. ix. 23. Rev. xviii. 
Meph. and Class. 

ki^ofiai, f. Lcrofiat, depon. mid. 
\,) to pass the time, whether day or 

in an au\t/, court, encampment, &c. 

the night. Hence, gener. to pass the 

tpycLTov yXvKav- 
6ri<rtTai, Diog. Laert. ii. 24 ; of Socrates, 
Pol. vi. 48. Thuc. iii. 36. 

AvTOKaTdKpiTO^, ov, 6, v, adj. 

(owT^s, KaTaKpivta,) self-condemned. Tit. 
iii. 11, where see my note. 

AuTo/ittTos, ij, ov, adL 1) prop. 
sdf-Tnoved, (as certain machines, called 
avtomotons,) Hom. II. 376. Thus in Acts 
xii. 10, avTOfk&Tr] rj irvXtj ijvoix'^'n') '• e. 
'without any foreign aid.' Plut. Timol. 
12, COS ol Tov yew irvXcovi^ out. Siavoix- 
6ciei/. 2) metaph. spontaneous, as said of 
land yielding its produce without cultiva- 
tion, Mk. iv. 28, ouTO/xaxti n yfj Kap- 

or forfc^ m any place, intrans. Matt. ^o<f>op€7. Arrian, E. A. vii. 4, 8, oi 

7. Lu. XXI. d/. Sept. Jos. i. 19, 1. X£t^^„„ vdpdov aifTOfiaroL iK<f>ipov<yi. 

Xos, ou, o, (auco, to blow,) o wmrf Hes. 0pp. 117, 118, Kaptrou 5' t<l>tpt 

ment, corresponding to the tibia of lii^utpo^ apovpa Auto/hot^. 

omans. and our Huie» or rather Ha- a » ' « / • * * ^. \ 

1 Cor. XIV. 7. Sept. and Class. p^^p, ^n adj. self-beholding ; but used as a 

^duu>, (a later form fr. av^to,) f. gubst. an eye-witness, Lu. i. 2, and Class. 
r«d, to increase, trans, and intrans. Autos, ^, o\pron. used in three ways; 

to cause Jo incrmse, to enlarge, j ) j^ ^^^ ^^^ ^. 2) in the oblique case, 

Q size, 1 Cor in. 6 7, or number, ^,-^^ j^ ^ . gx ^^^ ^^i^ art. tJie same. 

10. Sept. Joseph, and Class.— j ^^^^^ j^ all the persons, as 'myself, 

trans, avfavw, mid. avlayopai, (f. thyself, himself.— Ljotwerf with a noun, or 


er in 
IX. 10. 

(I, aor. 

I. pass, with mid. signif. 
»iv,) to receive increase, to grow up. 
i. either prop. Matt. xiii. 32. 1 Pet. 
•r metaph. 2 Cor. x. 15. Col. i. 10. 
uid Class. 2) act. or trans. Matt. vi. 
[Ic iv. 8. Lu. i. 80, and oft. al. 
P»l«r«s, etus, fi, {avfdvo),) prop, 
r, or increase gener. In N. T. occ. 
aetaph. of spiritual enlargement, be- 
1 by God tn rough the influences of 
:oly Spirit, Eph. iv. 16^ Col. ii. 19, 
Tify ov^tjoriv TOW Ocou. 
^c», see Aif^oMAf, 

pron. as if in apposition, and put either 
c^r the noun, or before it, and its ai-ticle. 
I) self, emphatic, and apart from every 
thing not self, e. gr. with proper name, 
Mk. xii. 36, auT^v ydp Aautd. Lu. xx. 
42. John iv..2, 'Iijaous auTos, 'Jesus 
himself,' in distinction from his disciples. 
2 Cor. X. 1, avr6i 6k kyCo IlaDXos. Mk. 
vi. 17, et al. oft. in N. T. and Class. ; 
with other nouns, Rom. viii. 26, outo to 
Hvtvua, 1 Cor. xv. 28, ai'TOs o TIos. 
Gal. vi. 13. Rev. xxi. ^ •, ^VV \fctw>xi^ 
pronouns, as avrh^ W'^> kcL'yw a^»To^^ 

Acta xxi>. 15. Sc xni ai-ro,, Mutt. Ilvii. 
57, Stpl. »nd aass. 2J in lie eeine eoea, 
implviURComparinn anddUliiirtian.lCor. 
xL 14, fl audi aOni ii diaait Silarrxii; 
2 Cor. It. 14, a^dc 7^0 a Sit. d. and 
Clu). 3) aa miriiinE the atroogett em- 

Shuii, tie rerv, Jolin t. 36, aiiri ti 
aya. Heb, ix. 24, ilt oW* -roV oipa- 
Kor. 4} aa marking (he exclusion of >1i 
else tdf alone, 2 Cor. lii. 13. niiriK iva, 
•1 alone,' eiduiir* of ibe other ajMrtlw. 
Ber. xix. 12, il ui) ntlrot, 'except himielf 
■lone;- with ii6vo, subjoined, John t{. 15, 
etClaia, 5) in the tenn of aniHe|/; of on«'i 
own seiord, apart from all external ira- 
pulie, John xvi. 27, nii-roc ydp p a-niiP 
cfiaii i>fid>. 1 Pet. ii. 24, and Clau.— Ii, 
used K^ase. the pen. pren. being under- 
Btoed, chiefly in Daiain. for / m^a^, he 
Jaaue^, with various dwreoa of enipnuia, 
1) gener. and oAen witG «it, Lu. vi. 42. 
ixiT. 24. John ix. 21. PUI. i>. 24, khI 
aiiTocTaxEmi^fiio-o/iniiet al.wpe. 2| 
put empbat. foe s penen diBtinguiabed 
(rem all olhera. So often of JeiuB, hiItm, 
He, I. e. the Lord and Mutfr, Matt. Tiii. 
34. Mk. iy. 38, et al, 80 of God, Heb. 
xiii. £. Compare tho hv'to'c i4>a of the 
disciples of Pjtliagoras, ai aaid of their 

vene between the subject and the Terb, 

peating the anbject itself, 1) in the sense 
ofoSTotoriniiixK, etu.Uof, Matt. i. 21. 
auTDt yip {(at He, and no other) nami 

eovmt. Sri sPTot (for iiea, of allothere) 
■wai>aKX.ne6aanai. x>. 14. outoi iimi' 
'HA. ' this is Eliai,' el al. sspe in N. T. and 
8^. and aometimes in Class. 2) with 

h tfae others 

i. 11. 2Pet.ii. 

:liided in the number. 

oblique o 

iition. — I. as re/hrino to a dejinite 
._ .. antecedent eiptessed ; vii. gener. 
and simply. Matt lii. 16, niil ItoK •in- 
uB^0jfiTav avri^ oi ovpawi, Koi Hit to 

■ntpiinipir, nal JpyiSfiuw J** aiiTDr. 
Ti, 26. viii. 1. ii._26, el al. oft.— 11. 
where no definite subject, or antecedent, is 
direcllv expressed, but outdv, <kc. itinde 
■ • - ■■ • I)a.«fer- 

which is included the i 
their inAoMtand, Matt 
Loi— auTi:/. Lu. 11. 15. 


IE, and oft. al. ap. Class. 2) as referring 
an alalract rdbh implietl n a pmxdaig 
imto, >nd vke nnd, John -^Tu. 

V JrtUn, : ' we vert&, Rom. ii. 26. 
1. V. 17. 3) as refernnp to an antB- 
dent implied in a precedmg verb, Acts 
I. 21, i ■"-■'- " -■-- - •- 

4] when 

I. rdv Sii^o*. 1 Fet. iiL 13, 14, 

.here Is no gtMnmatlcal reio- 
ence wnuever to the preceding eontextt 
but the antecedent is merely pre-anpposed, 
Lu. i. 17, TrooiKtinTM aiiroii, nuudj, 
the Mesaiah. 1 John ii. 12. 2 Joha 6. 
Lu. IL 22. Ka6api<Fu«i m-rmi-, i. e. Uh 
mother and her cbild, zxiii. 51, ij 
TjgdFti ai-rUt, the Sanhedrim. Acta It. 
5. oDtSv (i. e. the Jews). Matt. A. I. 
lii. i. Heb. viii. 3, einU Xfyti, and 
Boraetimei in Class. 5) auTof, iiJtdii^ 
found where one mi^ 

ri>. 39. Lu, Ti, 38, T» alrri W^Tp^ 
Ram. Li. 21. i. 12, et al. Aence the 
adverbial phrases tJ niird. 'in the asu 
manner:' '^' ^i aWA, 'in one and the 
same place,' or, 'U one and the Hine 

mse <dwwe the tame, vfuAanging, Hek 
l2.<rbllo airot il. Hob. liii. S. Thac 

. 26, i aln6s ilm—"-'- " coostr. witk 
da^ve, the nme wiihj Qie 




ten, tterc. Matt 

&c. Uiia^, Iteneif, Matt. i. 21, and oft. m 
N. T, and Class. 

AiiTd0wpDt, oif, h, it, adj. (ajroc, 
0dip, fur,) prop, taken in the very iJu^ 

19, HUT. ipp£<l'auii'. Aristoph. Av. 1165. 

dust,) prop, dusty, dirty ; and as the idea 
of gqualidnees In a place snggeita that of 
dimness or duskiness, hence the word 

uputed, M 2 P«. i. 19, iln Xixrv 

ded bj the coiitut; though then 
» be iocluded ui under aeate, b> 

illusiou to the world u a dd#4 ami 


-acajdf, f. ^ffu» to ^oJv oipov^ re- 
I. nner. u to SMiSat, Lu. i. 25. 
zii. 19, text, tec. Sept. ud Claw. 

n!A.pocr. The mid. form ore. inLu, 
the paaa. in Lu. i. 42, uid Sept. & 
—11. spec. &} cai aff^ u we ny ' to 
T;' e. KT- TO irfo^, Tri oSt, Mstl. 
51. Mk. liT. 47. Lu, niU 50, 
sd later Clau. 
.a,iit, («, i, n. «dj. («,*«(.»,) 

ea, Hi 

iS. Apo^. 

year, loDuf oof i/s^ClBn. P 
■( o/" swU, <iuii;^ie<ir, Joseph. J 
i In N.T. itii "* ■ 


daatmear, t 
Philo, p. 7U 

iipm in Lu. lii. 33.. And so in Sept. 
:!«».— 111. fig. 'to deprive of a 
ippeaianee,' to defurm, di^gure. 


stool,) a BTT-™, Malt. iv. 17. Mk. 

A Uter Greek void. 
iiJia. at, h, (iiptiirit, ft. o. and 
oi,) prop, tinsparingnesa, as said of 
y, by &»tic«!,orotherauinerit)r. In 

r.; but in the Clua. writera, as 
i.48,51,and Lucian Li. fllS.lhetog- 
crb d^ttttlK fell, b; <li^uem, 

r ' neglectinr the can of tbe bodf,' b; not 

'A*iXaT.jt, rnrm, a, {iiptXit, aim- 
le, siacere,) iimpiicity, aracerUy^ Aeti ii. 
<i. The Clua. use for it a>iXiiB. 

•Af tirn, iBt, *, (o*iw'.) prep, a 
'tliity go, in vanous views : 1) arvmuiXHt 
-oni service^ or deliveraitee/rom eapimiy, 
.„. H. 13. Sept. HDd later Claa. 3) n- 
ih.^i-m of debts, &c. Deut. it. 3. Esth. a. 
H I Irfirr. liii. 34; or of ™m, aa in 
I. Mk. iii. 39. Heb. i. 

•23. s. 18, or foU. by .iunpT.5,., Matt. 
sivi.28. Mk.i. 4. to. i. 77, et al. oft. 
So, with (■ynXii^ilTioi' or Ti/iwpfai, in 
Diod. Sic. 

'Ai^iJ, Si, a, {SrriB, nedo,) prop, (ie 
hf;nifof loTtcA^ at the act of toachifig; bat 
-- -^ibt impliea close comoiuiiioD, thui 

r. and espet. any ' ligature" by whiih 

lilfeTent membeis of the body sie con- 

'i, a joint. So, though metiph. 

, iT. 16j d^^ Tn< ix.«p.)7lo5, dol. 

KQi Dirv^Jo^uoiv, &c. this se ' ' ' 

only o 

iKwhere in" Pint. 

,e<ip,U, «,,!,, (a^Bopro.,) IJ 
meorrupttbtitiy, i. e. meapability of 
, 2) metaph. asKid of the future 

i, 50, 53, 54. F 

Slid. c. S. Si^ 

re U/e asd/elicity, 2 

10, imi" 
(fur t»T)K &<p9ap- 

- ""■"- -T. 42,L_ 

) Also in Rom. ii. 7. 

35. 1 Pet. <r. 4. But as tht 

z ijicorrupHbilUj/ naturally ioToNei 
i^ fierpetuila, -- ' "■ ■ 


lings. So Eph. vi. 

a^Ba/iTuii, * per- 
petually, unceasingly.' 

'X^dapTtt, on, o, 4, adj. [a, and 
)ii(>Ta!, fr. 4>eiipM,) prop. iiKOTniplS^e. 
aa taid of penous, (mnioitii;, Rom. i. 23. 
■ '•' ' " -y. 52.-lLaa6aidof 

i. 17. 1 - . 

thrnge, imperisAabU, 1 t 

3iip£ Comp. Wisd. IV 

niilfiBiiciiicir itpO. (>o 

1 Pet. i. 

..._. .. ;i60iiirouai, (anomalous tonne, ^ 
p. pri».d4icic,fr. dd.ltu,Rev.ii. 20. Impf. 
n<t-'0^, fr. <i<pit,, Mk. i. 34. li. IG, and 
■ ilo. Pert. pass. 3 pi. ac^eBi-Toi. Matt. 
2, 5. Mk. ii, 5, 9, et ai. ftum a form of 
the pcrf. act, d-pla<a,) lo xnd forth or' 
aa-au, OT to let go from onsMW. 1, ^wi^. 
Ita dimisa, as petsona, UAtA.xva.%, m& 




Class, to put awaVy as a wife, 1 Cor. vii. 
11, 12, 13. Joseph. Ant. xv. 7, 10; to 
give up, lit. letting go^ the spirit or life, to 
irviviia or riji/ ^Irvx^v^ Matt, xxvii. 50. 
Sept., Jos., and later Class.; to utter ^ lit. 
sending forth^ a shout or outcry, Mk. xv. 
37. Sept., Joseph., and sometimes Class. — 
II. to let go, prop, from one's power, &c. 
to let escape. Matt. xxiv. 40, 41. Lu. xvii. 
34. Sept. and later Class. ; fig. to let go 
from obligation, to remit, as a debt or of- 
fence. Matt, xviii. 27, 32, 35. Mk. xi. 25. 
Sept. and Class. So of sins, to remit the 
penalty, forgive, foil, by dat. of person. 
Matt. vi. 12. ix. 2, 5, 6. xii. 31, and oft. 
al. in Sept. and Class. — III. to let go from 
further notice, care, &c. to let alone, 1) 
prop, to quit, forsake, as said both of per^ 
sons and things ; so to leave, or let remain, 
in anyplace or state. Matt. v. 24. xviii. 12. 
Mk. i. 20, &c. ; also to leave to amy one, let 
him have or take any thing. Matt. v. 40, 
a4>£9 ahr^ Ka\ t6 ln&rtov: to leave behind 
at death, Matt. xxii. 25. Mk. xii. 19, sq. 
and Sept. ; so to leave remaining, Heb. ii. 
8, et al. 2) metaph. to leave, in the sense 
quit or desert, Rom. i. 27. Rev. ii. 4 ; or 
omit, pass by, Heb. vi. 1, and Class. ; or 
neglect, Mk. vii. 8. Lu. xi. 42. — IV. to let 
go, i. e. to let pass, permit, suffer, foil, by 
accus. with infin. expressed or implied. 
Matt. viii. 22. xiii. 30. xix. 14. Mk. L 
34, et al. 

'A<f>iKviofiai,f, r^^fiai, depon. {Atrd, 
iKvio^ai,) prop, to come or go away to a 
place, i. e. to arrive at, foil, by eis ; but 
m N. T. metaph. as said of a report, to go 
forth, or abroad, Rom. xvi. 19. So in 
Ecclus. xlvii. 16. JEl. V. H. ii. 41. 

'Ad>(\dya0o«, ov, 6, h, adj. (a, <^t- 
Xo«, ayaOdf,) unfriendly to good men or 
goodness, 2 Tim. iii. 3. 

'A4>(Xapy vpo«, ov, 6, n, adj. (a, 
<f>i\oi, apyvpot,) not fond of money, lioe- 
ral, 1 Tim. iii. 3. Heb. xiii. 5. 

'Atfuj^ii, to»9, n, {a(f>tKvioiJLai,) in 
Class, mostly arrival ; in N. T. departure. 
Acts XX. 29. And so in Jos.^ and occa- 
sionally in the Class. 

'AiptaTri/xi, f. ntrto, trans, and intr. 
I. TRANS, in the pres. imperf. fut. and Ist 
aor. tenses, to put away or apart from, 
separate, cause to depart, foil, by ace. of 
pers. and gen. of pers. or thing, Sept. and 
Class. In N. T. to lead or draw away, as 
a people from their allegiance, Acts v. 37, 
ATritTTrjai \a6v iKavdy oirlato aiiTov. 
And 80 Sept., Herodot. i. 154. Thuc. iv. 
81. viii. 35, & oft. and elsewh. in the best 
Class. — II. INTRAN8. in the act. perf. plu- 
perf. and aor. 2 ; and in mid. to separate 
oneself from, to depart. 1) gener. to go 
away from, or leave, either foil, by &.Tr6 
--"» gen. (Lu. ii. 37. iv. 13. Acts xii. 10. 

xix. 9. Lu. xiiL 27, and Sept) or by gn. 
without prep., as in Class. ; spec, to wiAr 
draw from^ avoid, as said either tti pep- 
sons, and prop. 1 Tim. vi. 5. 2 Tim.iL19!, 
(with which 1 would compare Thuc vL88, 
3, oi iroWot iLfpurrnKitrav, * kept off cr 
aloof; and Eurip. Iph. T. 1295, i^ip^vf 
atrocrri}»ai irpoau, ^ to stand off at a dlt* 
tance ;') or of persons and things ; in dlt 
former case to refrain from, let cdone^ La. 
iv. 13, A'jriarrri air' avrou. Comp. 2 Ccr. 
xii. 8, 'Iva &iro<rrn air* ifiov. Acts T. 
38, AiroaTtjTi Airo twu SufOpunroty Tod- 
Tuv. xxii. 29, 6.iri<rTria'av air avrou ol 
fiiWouTK airrov AvtTal^nv : or of thinp, 
metaph. to desist from, to abandon, as Joi. 
Ant. i. 19, 10, dirotrrrivai t^« iptvinft. 
Thuc. ii. 47, avrStv dirioTf\<rav, And iH 
7, in a^^eon-qicec tov iroXifiov, and oftei 
in Polyb., but always without diro. 2) 
In Jbct & mid. metaph. to rewUifrom, aW 
sol. Lu. viiL 13. foil, by gen. 1 Thn. in 
1 ; by dir^, Heb. iu. 12. Sept. and ClaH^ 

"A<^vc0, adv. (contr. from a<^ajM0t|) 
lit. iy piv^ 64>6aXMOv, suddeidy, ttrnas 
pectedly. Acts ii. 2. xvi. 26. xxriii $. 
Sept. and Class. 

' A <f> o /3 « V, adv. ( a, 4»o/3ov,) fiarietAh 
boldly, Lu. i. 74. 1 Cor. xvi. 10. Phil. L 14. 

Jude 12. Sept. and Class. 

*A4>ofioi6ta, f. eoottt, (air3> S^iMMu) 
to render or mahe like, i. e. * from {dwi) 
being unlike,* and gener. to Uhen; Qm 
pass, to be likened unto, ox to be like wshj, 
Heb. vii. 3, d<tKafioi»fii»o9 tm XUf Tsv 
6eov. The pass, form is thought nt% 
being only cited from E^ist. Jerem. t. 63, 
71 ; but it occurs often in Plato, and gener. 
in a mid. sense, to be Woe unto^ so at to 
admit of a comparison with. 

*Afpop6.ut,f. diro^o/iai, aor. 2. chnt 
Sou, (airo\ opaut,) 1) prop, to look qfw 
away from an object, and turn the hce to 
a distant one, fixing it thereon. 2) metaplL 
of mental survey, by forcing the mxoA 
intently upon any object of consideratioa, 
whether a person or thing, espec. for imi- 
tation. So Heb. xii. 2, a4>. elv 'Iff- 
covv. 4 Mace. xviL 10, a4>. tit tov Oiov. 
Jos. Ant. vii. 12, 1, a<^. vp^s 'rov 6edy. 
Arrian Diss. Epict. iv. ], etc Tavra a^o> 
pa T&. irapaSiiyfiaTa : but also as an 
object for reflection, Jos. Ant. vii. 5, 4, 
irpov Tijy dXvQtiav a^opStv. 

'A0op£^b),f. l<rw or ito,{dir6, 6pt^w,) 
]) prop, to mark or Umit off, by setting 
bounds ; 2) met. to set off ov apart, sepor 
rate. Matt. xiii. 49. xxv. 32. Acts xix. 9. 
2 Cor. vi. 17. Gal. ii. 12. Sept. and Class. 
3) metaph. to put apart or separate, for 
the purpose of rejection, to exeommunuxUe, 
Lu. vi. 22, orav d<f>oplvu»aiy v/Aai* Eu- 
rip. Hec. 931. 4) to set apart, as an ob- 
ject of choice, to select for any purpose, to 




, Acts ziiL 2, d4>» fioi t6» Bapv. 
' UavXou mIv to ipyov. Rom. i. 1, 
rftitHn cl« %vayyi\tov Oeou. Gal. 
^. fit Ik KotXla^ fif}T/)ov fiov. 

opfi.^, ^s, n, (airo, opfiijy) 1) the 
om which any person issues, or any 
riginates; 2) the fxeaiwhereby 
ion 18 accomplished ; 3) the occa- 
• cpportumtv of undertaking the 
iom. TiL 8,11, d<f>opfiriv Xa^ovaa 
Tca, did T^« eirroX^s. 2 Cor. v. 12, 
mv vfkiv KavxnfiaTOi. Gal. ▼. 13, 
ypfifiv Ty aapKi, 1 Tim. v. 14. 

pi^M, f. (<re0, (c{<^po9,) to /roth or 
mc ix. 18, 20, and Class. 

poty ov, 6y frothy foamy Lu. ix.39, 

poff var*|, 9|V, ^1 ( a^pwv,) «XI}|^ o^ 
I or prudence^ 1) eener. 2 Cor. xi. 
Sept. and Class. 2) from the Hebr. 
f true and spiritual wisdom, impiety, 
L 22. Sept. 

tp»v, oifot, o, q, adj. ttntrtiw, /boZ- 
ffener. Lu. zi. 40. zii. 20. 1 Cor. 
. zCor. zi. 16. xii. 6,11. Sept. and 
—II. spec. uninstnicMy i. e. ignorant 
» religion, Rom. ii. 20. £ph. v. 17. 
iL 15, and Sept. 

>v«'voctf, f. cd<r<tf, {a<f>v7rvo9, fr. 
ihrvo9,) prop, and in the earlier 
t, to ceast/rom deep^ to awake from 

In N. T. and later writers, to sleep 
away, as said of deep and lengthened 

Lu. viii. 23, for wnich the earlier 
I use KadvirvoM. 

^wvov, ov, 6, q, adj. (a, ^coi/^,) 
!e», in two senses : I. prop, dumb^i.e, 
of the power of speecn, as beasts, 
ii. 16 ; idols, 1 Cor. xii. 2. Comp. 
ii. 18, sq. — II. mvtey siletU, i.e. m 
t suffering. Ml. Y. H. xii. 41 ; me- 
narticidate in expression, not having 
>»afitv T^s <^ttf 1/179, 1 Cor. xiv. 10. 

•opt<rTO«, ow, 6, ^, adi. (o, x«P*- 
) unthankful^ ungrateful, Lu. vi. 35, 
'X. *coA iroi/t|pou«. 2 Tim. iii. 2, ox*, 

c(poiro£t)T09, ov, 6, q, adj. (a, 
roti<0,) RO^ TTuu/e tvith human hands, 
e work of men, tov vaov tovtov 
nponroir\Tov. 2 Cor. v. 1, oiKiav 
nro/ijToy. Col. ii. 11, irtpiTOfi^ 

X u V, vov, ^1 a thick mist or cZoim/, 
iS shrouds objects from the view, 
Od. vii. 41. In N. T. said of the 
a the sense a mist before the sight, 
iii. II, dx^^^ '^^'- (f^oTo^, Jos. Ant. 
J, dxAwv Tats o\J/aK avTcov iirt- 
'. Hippocr. and Galen. 

pclov, CO, oif, adj. (o, X/>"«0 !• 
mpn^UMe, i. e.. good ioT nothingy / 

2 Sam. vi. 22. In N. T. by impl. evil and 
harmful. Matt. xxv. 30. And so &XP^ 
0-T09 in Philem. 11. — II. metaph. unmerir 
torious, by having only done one^s duty, 
Lu. xvii. lO, dovXot dxp^'iol kcfitv, 

*Axpit6o», f. coo-cd, (dypeio*,) prop, to 
render useless, mar. In N. T. pass, me- 
taph. to be spoiled for use, become corrupt^ 
Rom. iii. 12. 

*Axp»l<rTos, ov, o, ^, adj. (o, xpi|- 
<rr6^,) 1) prop. UR|9ro/£to62e,«ae£e89, Sept. 
and Class. 2) metaph. and by impl. wU 
and detrimental, foil, by dat. of pers. Phi- 
lem. 11. Sept. and Class. 

'Axpt, or axpi^ before a vowel, 1) 
prop, an adverb of time, and sometimes of 
place, marking duration, continuity, but 
also used as a prep, with gen. continuedfy, 
until, during, 2) with verbs as a con- 
junction, so lonp €U, untU, foil, in N. T. 
only by the subj. mood, implying uncer- 
tainty. I. as a PRBPOS. with tne gen. 
1) with nouns of time, as Sypt xai- 
pov, * during a season,* Lu. iv. 13. Acts 
xiii. 11. XX. 11, axpi9 aifytj^, & oft.; 
also &-xpi ^avarovj Acts xxii. 4. Rev. ii. 

10. xii. 11. 2)with nouns of place. Acta 
xiii. 6, axpt lld^ov. xx. 4. xxviii. 15. 
2 Cor. X. J3. Rev. xiv. 20. 3) with a 
rekU. pron. either with a noun of time, as 
^XP^ V^ hfJiipa^, until the day or time (i. e. 
until) Matt. xxiv. 38. Lu. i. 20. xvii. 27. 
Acts i. 2 ; or foil, by ov, for axpi ^ovou 
ov, * until the time when,* i. e. until. Acts 
vii. 18. xxvii. 33. Rom. xi. 25. I Cor. xi. 
26. XV. 25. Gal. iii. 19. iv. 19. Rev. ii. 
25. vii. 3, and Class. With a verb in the 
pres. axpt^ ov means so long as, while, 
Heb. iii. 13, &XP''^ ov to avfitpov fcaXel- 
rat. 2 Mace. xiv. 10. 4) before particles, 
Rom. i. 13, aypt tov Hivpo, viii. 22, cHypi 
TOW vvv, Pliil. i. 5. Jos. and Philo.— -II. 
as a CONJUNCTION before verbs in the sub- 
junct., Lu. xxi. 24. Rev. xv. 8. xvii. 17. 
XX. 3. Jos. and later Class. 

"Ax^fpov, ov, Td, prop, eha^, Sept. and 
Class. In N. T. the broken straw left after 
the sheaves of com have been trodden 
out, Matt. iii. 12. Lu. iii. 17. 

*Ax|f eu5t/s, ios, 6, n, adj. (a, \J/tv6fi9,) 
incapable of falsehood or deceit, Tit. i. 2, o 
d\J/, 6eos, an appellation of God, found 
also in the Classical writers. So Eurip. 
Or. 364, dxj/ivdiji Oeos. 

"Ayj/iifdov, ov, v, wormwood, as the 
emblem of poisonous bitterness. Rev. viii. 

11. Comp. Jer. ix. 15. xxiii. 15. 

'A\J/vxo9, ov, 6, n, adj. (o, i/^wY^,) 
inanimate, devoid of life or sense, 1 Cor. 
xiv.7,Td a\f/. sc. opyava. Sept. & Class. 


BaS^at, oE, i, (^(iw,) I. nn 
dep, whether of b iturcue, or u I» 
np to « door; iIh tny degree of u 

dhJ, 2 Kinn x 
II. metaph.od 


iH.18. L. 

, . . . r, ^ Ko, Sept, u 
—II. me[jH>b. I) arealitets^ abs 
Rom. li. 33, ftiBM TrXnurou. .« 
*■* '8,Tr\oiiToe^nei;i. 2Cor.Ti 
^■e« (for pnei,) ii-ru,;{<( ., 
poierty.' 2) rd §d9% the 


of.well.Voh^lV. fi, andoK''s^'\' 
CUu. 2) metiph. Lu. xxiv. I, opdfuni 
Bailm,'ittf Inilight.' or eulieel dawn. 
IndeEd. the word ii often used with woida 
denoting tiiue, u eveaing, night, or divn 
of day. It ia equif. to \ian •wptui^ MIc. 
I>i. 2, Jowpb. md Class. 

Botou, ou, Ti), (fiaidc, eleuder, tapei^ 
ing,) pJ- -rit Butn, 6roncA#s of the palm- 
tree, John lu. 13. 1 Mace. liii. 51. Teat. 

Ba'Wo, f. finXii, to cos* or (tttw, 
trana. and foil- by dat. or ace. unth prep. 
I. gener. and fell, by K\nf on, ' to cast 
lots," i. e. into the vessel which conuioed 
Ihem. Matt, ixvii. 35. Mk. iv. 34. Lo. 
utii. 31, at. and Sept. Joteph. Ant. vi. 3, 
4. Comp. Viig. JEb. t. 491. Said of a 
tree, 'to cut [off]' its fruit, Rev. vi 13, 
BdK\,.f inurdv, 'to throw or can onegelf 
down,- Matt. W. S. Lu. iv. 9. John iii. 7. 'to ca»t down 

'oil, bj- dal. 'to ca»t down to ani one,' 
nd hi impl. put the thing intn hii binda, 
Ult. XV. % paXtly (t^v ipTB.>) ToEt 

fi. Td dpyipiw 

B hands of.' Ai eon- 

fied, tboiiBb the 'notion of throwing ■ 
always fiindamental ; 1) foil, by d^rS ( 

S BAn 

iman. rrjeel. Matt. t. 13. «li. 41 

to; Man 

MatL , , .._. _._. _ 

money, put into » treaauty, Mk.iii.4I; 
uf a si\ord, ' 10 put into' ita Bcabbard, John 
lolii. 11; 'to put into,' u bridlei nl» 
honai' moAtht, Ja. iii. 3. or aa liquid ill* 
a .Mad. Malt. ii. 17, et al. HeUfL 
fiaXKiwrim lapSiaii, iohnxin.2. Sint 


lldKUt^ or fidUiireai or tpBdWiir n 
>.v Ki^K or » ^VM« or ffliirl. hut nen 
1 heLit'vc, fit Kapimy : ipTrpoaiv 
or iuiiTTiuu TiM«, lo coil hejon onr am, 
or SI hl> feet. Rev. ii. 11. iv. tO; foU bf 

the grooDd, Hk. It. 2S ; of easting atoniv 
;il an; one, John viii. 7. Sept.; fioXii* 
fi(irivT;u iiri t^v yqf, 'to aond fiwlk 
jiKicG ou earth,' Mutt. 1.34; also of caat- 
iiip or jiutting a buiden upon anv tarn, 
Kev. ii. 24. — II. paai. perf. and plopsil 
SiB\-i\ ta be aal or laid, la UL m 
upon a bed, Matt viii. 6. Mk. vii. 30. U. 
jiv;.-20. ficv.ii. 22.— Ill, fall, by MC rf 
person, to lirout al, i. e. pelt taj OM, 
either with missiles, as oft. in Sept. and 
L'liua., 01 with blow^ Mk. xiv. 65, if 
wlciiaai^ airron ipa\<w.~lV. intiana. or 
willi inuToi' underst. to coal oneae(f, mk 
liineatd, ns said of wind, to Uoui uU 
fhrce. Acts «vii. II. Horn. II. li. 721, 
TTOTOjUO* (is &\a ^oAXior. 

«.„:!., f. 1... (f.-^.,) u ^ 

'HTne, dl .«ff^ anj Ihing. in water, or otier 
liquid ; tuiii Iwth of peraons falsa animatal 
a.«l ,\dup, Claaik In N. T. il oceun obIt 
in tJjQ !'.Jk,«ing aensea, I., from the ait 

ith^, MlTvB. 


iirrroh. Sept. and Apor 
■J, administer the rite of baptism, eitlM 
at of John, or of Christ ; and in pan. and 
id. to lie baptized, or tuuse oneself lo bs 
baptized, i. e. gener. Ut nceire bapliimi 


Mk. i. 

irily, performed by in _ 

id IJ simply. Matt. iii. 6, 13, 

oft. ; than wii i 

. material emplojed, 

with water,' as Mk. and John, it 

■r tit and sccus. Mk. i. 9. Joseph. 

4, S. 2) with adjuKti markSm 

, a and ellect. chiefly lit with ace. 

of thing, ' unto uy thbg,' i. e. unto tbt 

obHi-vme* of uiy ■ a l^ij-JLi' 

Mef. prol. 

iks«. Mutt. iii. 11, ;S. 

iiu ii. 3B, ill iifiiaiii iiiBpriim. ItT. 3. 

I Cor. xii. 13, ill in aa^a, ' Ibal -m 

■^ beeonie on« bodf.' So with ili and 

B ice, o¥ pcnon, (o bapfbe, or k (o^ 

lisrf wfo, 1. «■ a profation of fiilh in 

e, Uitt. xiniu 19. A<:U 
Cot. L 13, 15 ; bIk ixl 
>' Tim. AcU iL 38 ; vitl 

1^1 c" 

Lt. ■ bcbcf (^ the Rtumction of th« 
lai. See more in mj note in loc.— ii, 
MOph. end 1) in dind dluuon to Iho 
■red iiU,BarTiliu tv UniiiaTi dyif 
■•I -nipi, Mui. iii. 11. La. lii. 16, to 
mmMm (richly furaish) tctU aU api- 

. John 

L. 16. 

ij f«er. end b; iiidirKi 
m. to baptize tpak cal<tmiiiett i. e. bt 
t^wirlmi wM n^eringt. Matt. ii. 32, 
38, tq. -rd ftiTTinia, S Jrd 
riTofiaf, ^iTTiffd^i^Et, Lu. xii. 60. 
•.It. III. 4, ft .iroftCa m< jS«rriEi<. 
- ■■.iv.3,S,oIi.llt.T.po*J?u- 
_. . .. iro^t., • Elled the titv with 
itf.' Plut. de Educ. liii. 3, f»x>l 

- 1^ Hk. I. 3 
I Ji*ph.E 

! ^n, adduced b; the Comn 
J IrxircvTwihcn, tlie Knae m 
; m-ui, like a sunken ship. 

i. u, ' o Bi 


ofT.. alao Jowpli. Ant. iciii. S,2. 

BdiTTa, t ifiM, to <('>> or imiiMne, 
tinn!. I) pnp. foil, hv ili and acciit. 
John xlii. SG, fi. t6 <jii,»ior acil. tliTd 

ermio'xix. IH, though tlie moii CU»! 

Dccnrg in Lu. x*l. ^, W flu'i^g rd 
jkpov TBi tanaMou BtaTot. Camp. 
II. vi. 5011, \Duiiitlai iruTiifuiio, thou{[b ID 
Luke the iik of the gen. is ntther partitive. 
S) liy iiDJil. to fi'nw or di/e. wilh dat, of 
menu, RcT. xix. 13, PiBa^niiiBi' nWri. 
The KDBO and conilr. alike Chusial. 

Bi^p^apsi, DV, a, oinrianaR, denot- 
in[r. nriMinliiur to ancient usage, timply a 
lo n'bo ipcaka another mn- 

ffith, h< 

1) » 

sou a langaam dijrrenl fion 

in qneation, I Cor. xiv. It. Sept. 2 Mace. 

ii. ai. Hdot.!!. l.T8,^ap^<ipoirt wiii^at si 

yXiioT^™ eril"c"»H. if^trio'^K 
ml nvdl Giml, not, at leasl. ai the 
natives. Act! xxviii.2,4, of Ihe inhalHIintii 
of Milti, who spoke > diileel of the I'l 

-J P..P& 


I, Sowe , 

am, i. I4,''£AXijir< t< i 
non-Greeks.' Joseph, Am 
, .1. .Tt^seph. Bell, proioi 

■w, f. ri™, (^M,) eijuiv. 
, to load : pass- finptofiai, to 
impressed wilh. So Lu. ix. h 
a. L;7r,.ui, and Mutt, xxvi,43. Mk, x 
.. , io.._ ..._ -,mph. Lu.xxi.. 

I ptop, aomeihing im , 

' itif Ihrreb; waihcd. In N. T. the rite 
if (aUuflt, wbethET thit of John or of 
. Jeun ChiHiL— II. melaph. baptam into 
•ibimifif, ■ lieiog plunged into and OTcr- 
thtlmed by ailliclioni, Malt. il. 22, tq. 
)(k. 1. 38, M. Lu. xii. .W. See on fia- 
. »riI-.".2. 

BairriirHdt, si, i, (^airT<£«,) Ot 
Hi a/ inuiiao. or ailiOim, at vetaela, &c. 
Mk. vii. 4, a Heb. ii, 10. Comp, Lev. li. 
33. 2) iper. and metaph. a religioui rile, 
■bich direct! immersion iuio, or Bishinc 
with, witer, aa the lymbol of spiritual 

in John't bsptiini, Joseph. Ant. ivjji. 5,2. 
2) to the ChritUan rile, Heb. ji. 2. 
BarTiVT^i, oi, i, (fiarrii-i,) fit 

ni,Atd 01 

pprt»y((^'b«oinci!iilland>lupid.' Comn. 
Jom. 0.1. xix. 123, ot^B $,p«p<,6Ta. 

lit. ; to be oun'e»*i>. bv expente, 
V. IC, /Ail fiapiiatJu ft iKIcXiJfffa. 
iws, adv. (Sapiis.) prop, heaalu, 
inipl. tcifi dlfficallji. Matt. xiii. 15. 
of, lov. To, leeighi. both prop, and 
. In N. T. occ. only in llie bltcr 

I. trfi/ht, in tefereueo to ilapK"- 
9 a burdfH, prop. Xon. CEcoii. 
, niclwh. Matt. xi. 12, pairrat"" 
jH T^i ft(i. ' Iho heavy labour of 

;■ laid of precepts, the obsor™uc« 
liistsrc;«s.™,Aelsxv.2B. ReT. 
rl«loiK97l,i'ci^-''JJ. Siudoftin, 

i\M\ur Ta |3c 


Lv. 17. . 

ome.'_IL HKwW, in reference 
e, ffreainesa, ainindawe, 3 Cor, 
iviov fidpn I6im, for pdtxK 

. ), f. u»ii, 

Duly tor. 1 . oati. iBa, 
Lu. xx\. 34, in Uil. 

Bnp4t,.I«,l,aJj.(^mr,)iffley, I. 
ISDp, Matt, iiiii. i, tpofria fl.; il» metn^h. 
ef frurriefljofRf preceplA. So Pa. xuTiiL 
S. 4ad of X joke, 2 Cbmn. x. 4, 11. 
Ecclui. x1. 1.— II. £g. iHKFUjr, i. e. im- 
portanl, M»tl. iiiii. 23, ti pofimpa TOf 

Seut. & Clus. : uid of aa eplitle, wagfAu. 
and > not to be iniLde light of,' 1 Cor. x. 
10—111. melaph. of i\>fap. griemta. ap- 
pnsaive; of pT«cept«, 1 John v. 3. Wiu. 
11. 15. Ecclus. xiij. 28; of perwn., af- 
fiidisf, violent. Acts xi. 29, \iKOi ^opitc. 
Comu, 3 Mwc. ri, 5, o ^api, 'k-wa<i ■ 

BapirJ^o., o«, i, A, "dj. (A 

xiri. 7: 10 ^Gsch. Suppl. 25, et 

N. T. "tether from 

incieot tapis Lydiut lor trying 
nbbine iliem upon it. Comi 
I. X. 106. Hence it cune b 
tinaiioa, or triai goner., and bl 

, W.l. iv. 24, 

ivi. 23; 28. So Jsmbl, de Vit. Pyth 

tioni, I. Itiagtliip, the exercise of 
dominion. Matt. vi. 13. Lu. i. S3. : 
15. Hcb. i. S, &c. ind SepL nod ( 
[I. koadoni, mewing > land and 
under kingly rule, Miit. iv. 8. Mk. 
Lu. ir. 5, & ofl:. uid tin Sept. and 
"' =-tfaepbrsse«^airiXii'aToi 
Kp.rrT." - - • - 
iply A ^oa,\. 
;dlof th*ii._,_. 



xivi. 7: M ^Each. Suppl. 25, et al. ap. »"'H"'""J- . -t..u™.u,j.,, »c u,. 

CliM. The more niiialu,™.i.*oX(T<^. ^"."£"*"*'" J'W'™. «/ .A«^' 

„ ,., ,, ... .1. m Ibe N. T. u dnirnaliiiE. in It 

(o ODirfu <*« BdoiiKJi or <nac»-t*BM; 21 ' .1 . .. ' -. .-T. T*^ 

.. ilprop. 

ir tJmch-ttane ; 2) 

eiUier by wordt, or by >—,.. . 

..Ik nf .^rioin nii«...,i r"".' 

fiicu. Sd Thu 
miten. Hencr 
j&tf mi/A pain. 

- "^M°>w,'™"- 

ix. 5. Sept. ; of Ibe pains of parturition. 
Hut. lii. 2. Sntt.; of punishment, Hatt. 
TOi.29. Mk-T. 7. U. viii.28. Rev. li. 
10. Sept.. Joseph. Am. ii. 14. «.— II. fij 
la haraaa or oppna, whether ] 
with toil. Mk. <i. 48,, 
rw iKainit, or morally, 2 Pe 
' r ; alio fig. of a TBI 

-II. fig. 


n Poljb. 


= .,<(r-ri,, oi, A. [(Ja™JE»,) 
e vho applies the totiare ; biit at 
rere occasmnally permitted to uw 

'jaCirff corpoiu* ia sometim 

ive unto their tiretbren. 
ingdnm has both an inK 
imalform. As inlemal, 


it it to be perfected at the advent 
Messiah. SomeUmea, however, tl 
prenion embncea bolb the inlemi 
external sense, refening alike to ihi 
mencement of thit kingdom in Ibis 
and its completioa in the world to 
Hence in N. T. it is employed, 
-fswish temporal se. ■ , . 

31. La.-- "" ■ 
intt* " 

«T&«t. iviiS: 

t. 11. . 

^ Evawdicrd sens 

Jesui Christ and the Apoitli 

17, 23. ix. 35. X, 7, et al. oft. 


imiemal and spiriting sense, Rom. X 
Matt. vi. 33. Hk. X. 15. Lu. ivi 
ivill. 17. John iii. S, 5. In the ei 
»nse. Malt. vi. 10. lii. 2a xlii. 2 
US, 41, 47. ivi. 28. Hk. <t. 30. iL li 
liil. 18,20, & oft InthiiTiew,ltd< 
lapec. the bliss of heaven, to be enjo 
ibe Redeemer's ftingdom, equiv. 10 ( 
lift, Mall. ira.W. iii.U. T(.w 
I wid gencT. cA the priinLEga u>& 1 
\ of 1.\l« tijmisnVl Vio^^TO, Vilii \i 


kanfter. Halt. t. 3, 10, 20. tH. 21. zriii. 
1 Col. i. 13. 1 Th. ii. 12. 

ngal, rojof, Dot unfrequeDt in ^« Clou. 
wiiun viLh ■olwLiuitiTH, denoiing «thE.t 
Mmn to niymliy. In N. T. it occun 
ntj in 1 PeL li. 9, j3. iipaTiuioi. A> a 
nbttutiva, to ^aaUiiDu, sub. j»fia, 'a 
rgj»lpJice,'Ln,ra.3S. S*pl.&Clua. oft. 
BniriXiii Im, i. aiiRji, ona who 

ion of KiiK ■ccordinato the con- 
prop, and gener. of iai;^ in tin- 

ua. I. prop. V ^ 

indcitMDH, M«tt.i. .. ___ 
Id, IS. Heb. Ii. 33, 27. 

, oft in CIbm. Aim laii of 

<beilf«H^uKinEofIuul, Mut ii. 2. 
nL 5. xiY. M, 40. Ln. lii. 38. Jobo i. 
it. lii. 13, 16, et H. alio in Sept. Saiil 
rfCot SUtL ». as, ifJXK ToS ftiyiXoi, 
ImXfiH, 'tbc KiDg aupreme.' Com;-. 
I Tim. n. 15, and Key, xyii. 14, "''- 
<kii«^ mud Lord of lordt,' i. e. Ki 

II. i 



suded, u 

<■ linics or cits^in, u Aretu, liing af 
lalk Petn«, 2C0T, zi. 32; alio Khen 

>M irith «: ■ ■■ - - '" ■" 
A). La. Hi 

IPH. B. 13, 17. 


., L g.n« 

I nun, la nwa oht, Mstt. u. 22. Lu. 
■-■J 1^27. 1 Tim. TL 15, i ^o.^.vo.'. f 
- J ad CloL Bud of Meaaiah, Lu. i. 
' 1 ICar. IT. 25. RsT. li. 15.— 11. ibsol. 
~*J tnp. to rc^, L e. ' to posse» uid e 
"". ifaa daminioa ;' nJd of OoD, Rev. xi. 
^ 6. Sept. i or flpir. of driaii 
4o m lo nni^ witG Cliriit in bea 
i-L ' to HTtake in die honourjuid felicitj' 
" B Meoiiili't 

Bn. T. 10. I 

*ti> CDJov tbe pTDKHrtty of kingB,* 1 Got 

ir.B. Comp-Hor. &.!«. i. Iff, 8, 'ri» 

' Hetapb. to hare dmninvm, iol 

Jobo iv, 46, 49. JoiL Ant. ivii. 10, 3. 
Pol. It. 76, 3.-11. (Ig. no6&, i.«. ficel- 
leBt,Ja.iLa,i-D/io.^. And so later Clast . 
B>o[XiiTira, DC n. (fia>ri\iii,) Itter 
Gr. for BairiMt, a fueen. Matt. xii. 42. i 
Lv. xi. Si. Aca riii. 27. Rev. zviu. 7. l 

Bio-<r,.-.v,A,(,e=t^-,) l)th.«!tof 
aalkaig ; 2) llie effeol thereof in the tt^ 

Greek wi 

RtLKKalvm, (. aau, (Soirni, ufav. to 

and by impl. (aEO Prov. i. 

[fr, tiMH. Pint. PeiicL 12; 

ilgu-ly Bay, ' to tflllt anjr one 
T,' CBftt L ipeL] on hia judgment, and 
ilMd it, Mil were, b^ £ 

19) (, 

., of fas^ 


wilcbcrafl. Gal. iii 

Kitobtog. it occurs 

™^ TTe™;™' 
^and frequent ri 

ward mu«e™ of dii 

VT; al» by jnipl. to tear, curry, 1) to 
take IIP and jbU in the hands, trans. John 
1.31, i^aiTTaEav XfHouc. jD«.Ant.Tii.ll, 
7, ^. T^ip po'xacpai' dT j T^t T^s : to lak 
up any ortefrtim the ground^ and cHxy 
Mm, Acta ixi. 35. So 10 toAe up and beat 
Off, i, e. to take or remove away, John : 
15. Joe. and Polybj also lig. toUAt Hf 

4^ and Aeor, Matt. 

bands, as any article of dn 
Matt, iii. If, Mfc. xiv. 13. 
or on tbe ehoulders, aa -ri- 
Yii. 11, & oft. al. Fig. 

L.Mi!. 10; 

avaiy. Ln. ' 
ig AcU ix. IS, fr«Doi 
31-ond juou iBiix.oi- 
ieniir, ' to carry forth and make known.' 
Tn the lenae to hear up, support, Rom. xi, 
IS, oi <rl, Tiif pilar ^arratin: tiBO 
metapb. to bear up under laSourt, &c. 
Malt. XX. 12, and gener. 'to beiu- or en- 
dure sufferings.' Rev. ii. 3, or punish- 
menta. Gal. t. 10, and Sept. So 'to bear 
patiently,' Rom. ly. I. Gal. ri. 2. Rev. 
li. 2, ud later Claw. Hetaph. 'to bear 
— .._j ^^1^ ^|j^ tnind,' to undertland. 

ryaiiord, ea attacned 


4, ni poordJiTi fiaXiirTio*, Clasa. <bif 
pim, and perhaps John xn. 6, ri ^a\Xo- 

Lat. for 'auferre,' tnilie:aLd: a sense 

lun of liquidi, equal to the ephali for dry 
mc»auR,Lu.xn.6. ll i< = 8 or 9 gallgns, 
^^ ug »iiie ncent «tiiuta eileiid 

Bc^Tpayat. on, i, a frog, R«t. zyi. 
IS. Sept. and C1a». 

BaTTo^a'vfH, f. ^ffw, prop, to ftom- 
A^, tbea to baiiiile or ^h^ ; hence in 
N. T. to me nEaUew toordj, eipec. by rain 
npe^liane. intnns. Malt. vi. 7. Cooip. 
" • ■. viL 14. Simplic. in Epict. p. 21-2, 

prop, am . 

15, pi. 


\6v. So Sept. in Prov. li. 1. Deui. iiiy. 

dean in the Jewiah udeputioo, tv^. idot- 
wonkif ; hence idolatry and ill conatuii 
ciinco\niX^nX,licetUiousnai lif moniia. Aifd 
u idolatry wu one of Ihe.touleai lins, the 

Rev. ivii. 4, 5. ui.27, andoft!!in S^pl. 
Oa the bsme piinciple »e may explain 

t applied by Christ lo whal 
»» w luc pitce at the destruction ot 
Jeruialem by the Romani, (comp. Lu, 
ixi. eO, and eee Jm. Ant. x. 11,7,) and ia 

Kb. to be referred la the pollution of the 
nple by lelling up idolt Comp. 2Th. 
iL 4. The phrue occurs aleo at 1 Mace. 

: r. _!___!.__,__.. ., J m^g |ln,;._ 

^u. Epi-' 
itthesuiueof tfaeOI 

Bit\vKTit,l,.iv, adj. [Bt,\ie<r«,,) 

abatnmable, ddeiiable. Tit. i. 16, & Sept. 

BSt\vaaa,t. fv, {fi&iu, pedo,) prop. 

di^ait. So Eiod. t. 31, t^tki£im -niv 
diTfiitu iWuv, * ye have cauaed usguat to 
be felt at ua.' And » Gen. iiiiT. 30, ' ye 

trans, to fid disffiat at,luTn away from 
fBilA loalMno, at from a bad aoiell, Arii- 
topb. Pliit. 700, »i, tii tdCt-, ,m<i leSi- 
Xi)ttito. So Rom. ii. 22, fiti\u«a6- 
^ijn>« Tii il^dffXa, though probably the 
aense ia there ' to decUre a thing deleet- 
sble,* B9 vould appear from the irorda A 
Xlymt nil lunx"'""- The paai. occura 
Id Sept. sad Rer. xxi. S, i^iiXnyiiitBit, 
'deleitable, polluted with crimes'.' 

B.-fia,oir. aia, oy, id}, tfiifiaa, perf. 
/oif. act. fr. fia/iw,)prop. staUe,Jirm ; and 
i^T. *&^&sf, sure, as laid of peace, good 

""Q repatidoo, lUtb, fiiendahip, &c 

In X. T. aaid . 
.1. 19; of proi 
Mos^un law. He 

siti-e, OBvrv, confirm, aa aaid, 1) of pep. ' 
sone, 1 Cor. i. 8. 2 Cor. i, 21. CoL n.7. 
Hi^b. liii. 9. 2] oF ihinra, to ettMiA, 
rrili/'ii, hr ■TEumenli, pniofi,&c. Mk. ifi. . 
2tt. ■Rom. IV. 8. 1 Cot. i. 6. Heb. iL 1 , 
Joecpb. and ClaiB. 

fimuOhB, lit. maJdBg'ta^, Phil. i. l] H^ 
vi, lli. Tliuc. iy. ay. 

Bl0<l\o', oo, i, h, ailj. {ffn\it, b. 
^uW, or rather ^i|Uc,fr.^J0n\«, Dor. . 
liilSuXot, fr. plpaa,) I. prop, aaid rf 
plucci, 'what ia gone upon by alL' i»- i 
a^iUe to all. Sopli. lEd. Col. 10 ; henet, ^ 

ThLC.ir97>'StepnK^ mSin^Uli 
iv. 7. 16, of diaputo, ■>- : 
M'j. — II. of peraons, prqfiise, tnuHDI), 1 ■-, 

Tim. i. a rieb. xii. 16. Ei. ik a. ,, 

3 Mjee. ii. 14. 

hifil\6ia.t.iaa,{Blfii,\ot,)lopr^ 'i 
fii»e, trans. Malt. lii, S, Acta xiir. «. . 
Sejit. tad Uter Class. ir 

Bei\Xipai\,o,roiec[. Bmlalmt,»l .. 
priiuxoftlie™la7igtU,ti'i. U " " " 
^ ox ,11 oj OT u^f [ft ti 

ii.21,27, . 

i,15, ■ 

), 19. 

BfXfoX, or -op, fr, Heb. Sefut, wici- ' 

mn, laei aa an apnellatiTe of SaU*, ' 
2Ci.t. vi. 15. -. 

Bi^cvi), i|c, ii, prop. &e pmd <fm 
arrow, or dart, but gener. and in N. T. • ' 
Tieedle, Lu, iriii. 25, in sane MBS. fiir ' 
textual paifiit. 

r<\ot, ta<, Ti, {fiiBoKa, fr. ffaiXm,) ■ 
lit. and prop. BonlttJang hvrUd [paXXo/ir- 
in>ii) either by the band, or by a bow, e.-p, 
a dart, arrow, or jaindm ; &. in EM. ^ 
IS, -roit BiKiei -rtmpviitroa. CMPp. ' 
Apoll. Bibl, iL 4, -rup^opa ^iXij. 

a an adverbial sense, S 

m. i. 18, p. T^ 


BS^a, =™,Tj,(^.'^.,^.,fr.3.iM.,) 

.ft I)ap™, 

or .top, of the foot, Ac.- 


«, 'notafbot-bradtb,' 

Class, 2) by impL a 


which there is »Kenl bj 

p, as a pulpi 

for a speaker, or an ele- 

\.\ seat, lilte 

throne, on which kion 
trale. sal, AcU zii. 31, 

supreme magi 

b,'/a. firl TO 

^i^0T05. SoJosepL 

I, vii. 16, 9, 

rr«t iif,' i-iiiXor/en* 

sent for judpneot of a magistrate or judge, 
Bneu\\o«,i«,o,'i,W^-, ^ifnrawi 

■B of ■ (o-greea colour, It«v. zxU SO. 

Bin, m, ij, pnip. itrvngth of body ; b«i 
Der. tberQ iB impljed ui unjuflt uid via- 
it oxerci«e of it, i. o.^^TCfPu^ena), cam- 
Iflon, &c. AcU V. 26. Hi. 35. Xliv 
ixiii. 41. Sept., Job., uidCbra. 
Bi<ir«, f. dcru, [a.-a,) fo ampd, or 
H^)- urge, Horn. Od. lu. 297. In N, 
aolj ptdCofiat oi dep. miH. lo Mte/ora-, 
/ortXy and pan. Ut be /breeds to tttfftr 
itvce^ 1. nud. fo ^>n:e tmarif^ /brc.- 
i'l ««^ ,' fig. Ln. xvi. 16, lit ai-ri,„ 

3H3 vioIentlT mnd agerly into iL' So 
». PhiK P- 6\B, lie tS <vt« S«iriToi. 
IDC vii. 69, fi. It t6 Ifm filiraaeat, 
d Sg. X™. Cyr. iii. 3. 69, ^. .It rjir 
■Xijv. — II. pus. and tg. Mut. xi. 1% >', 
iwiXtia Tuir oiSfiapa¥ pid^eTaL, ^lumrt 
■H,^ i. e. ^ u eagerly uugfat and forcibly 
■tEbed Kt,' « el ioipldi BiCoraiietiir, 
■ - Kupm-.T-rm, Ptop.Thuc.i.77,ai<- 

BEatot, in, OK, adj. (^fs,) ru&sf, «- 
kM<nid Drii«1nd,Actiii.'J. And n> 
End. liv. 21. I, dri^m 0. Anian, E. 
A. i. 63, i-wiylniTai Tvtvjui Binio*. 

Biae-TJis, Dv, s, (^io,) prop, one win 
ucf noinwx id effecting hit pumoie ; flc-. 
sm alio fordhlif preaaa foTward^ tbmngii 
nheioeDt desire of bdj' tbing, mid panues 
>1 ageriy. Not fouod in Clau. (who w 



So. I. 5 

Hcb being Ibe fo 

lOI,} but Of 

(.OK, o«, Td. (dim. fr. J3i- 

, _^ U nM or icto«, a iittfe doat, 

»o. I. 2, 8, 9, 10. 
L-, OD, T.J, (dim. in fonn, bill 
, of pip\'K.) a n,a ot acmU. 

nnalK m/lrd up. Rev. i. 11. 2Tini. ii. 

a 2 Sam. li. U : or other wrillen docu- 

utnu, e, gr. « Jewiih bUl of divorcf, 

Hut. III. 7. M1(.T. 4. 

HfiKte, or, *, prop, llie inner rind, or 
but, uid part of the atalk of the Egjptian 
pqiyiDi, of whicb the paper of tlie saiienta 
m Diade, Hdot. ii. 36. Joieph. Ant. ii. 
Ill, 3, but eener. and in N. T. a nil or 
tolDDie, > Soak in the tincient nll-likE 
form, Mk. lii. 26. Lu. iii. 4. ii. 42. 
Aeu i. 20. vii. 42. lii. 19, et Sept. Alw 
■aid of B geDealoEiCBl table or dtlaiugifc 

the righteoiis, who are to inherit eleniil 
life, hlKiibed in a book, Phil. iv. 3. Her. 
iii. 5. liii. S. xx. 15. I>i(l(snnt From 
thia is the book in which God i> repTV- 

of existence, Lu. viii. 14, 1 Tim. ii. 2. 
2 Tim. ii. 4. 1 Pet. iv. 3. Sept. & CUh. 
—II. by melon, the iDeani of life, i. e. of 
obtaining Buatenince, Mk. iii. 44. Lti. viii. 
43. IT. 12, 30. Hi. 4. Sept. and Clin. ; 
alio thing* neceutry to furnish that luite- 
nance, pogHssvmt, propfftii^ 1 Jolin u. 16. 
iii. 17. Hdot. i. Ii" 

B.a'», r. ciio, {Blot.) lo liee, to pan 

"""'tlf Um^f Zi-f'"'" ''^°"'' ■'" 
18, IcoXinf XP^^^" /3*<Doai. 

BUiriv, .„t, A, (/).iB.,)iy%, i. e. mode 
of life, Actl xxvi. i. Prul. to Ecclue. tia 

B.o-riKdv, 4. or, *clj. (^(»ir<c,) per- 
loaning lo Ihii li/i, Lu. xii. 34, firivori 

" Yftta,. PoJ.iv.73,B,)((i"«l3. tCor. 
3, p.u.T«i, ■ things of this life' only. 


i. 704, i 

1 Cor. 

, . , ...... Poljb. xuL 1, 3, /S. 


&\apip6<!, i. iv, ndj. I^^Xiv^v,) in- 
jurioiH, I Tim. vi. 9. Sept. and Cloas. 
BXii-TW, f. ifiB, prop. (0 iiiiiler a 

L, Hon 

Od. J 



^W« f^ 


/brth, tprvtq vn as a p]j 
Mk. iv. 37. Heb. ii. 4 
—IT. Inni. to eawK lo , 
diux, or vMJ, ai uid of the 
18. Gen. i. 11. Num. iviL B. Apocr. 
Philo, BDd ^:sch. 

BXnoc^q^t'ld, f. lina, lff\&vrptlU)1,) 
prop, uid gener. add both of men and 
thiuN, to 9wa£ evil of, eepcc. rcapccting 
the Deitv, or to speak what is of ovil 
omen. Jn N. T. said 1. gbnbb. of both 
peisons and iliinge, to speukecU of, tlnnjfr, 
defame, either abaol. a£ Xtw im. te- 
ivtif.S. ITim.i.HO. \ Pel., v" . *.. Kjoct. 
and Class, or with icc. of ncvwm ot vvto? 
tnuu. Acts lis, S7. Tit.m. "J. l*-^^- 

S Pel. ii. 10. Jud. 8, 10 ; pin. Bom. iii 
a. liv. 16. 1 Cor. iv. 13. i. 30. 3 Pel 
ii.2. SepLBodClMS.— U.sPBC.uMidr 
God ani the Holy Spirit, or of Divio 

thinn reTealm 
sauffU, foil. ei< 

!%. II. Rev. sUi. 6. "ivi! 

9; of a heatlieD god, J 
otby.ftwitliMi;. Mk.iii.29. Lu. i 
A|H>cr.,Ja3..andClii9B. Absol. Mill 

einJ speoj^ilir. I. qener. as aud of men, 
and iome^tneB of (hing«, atander. reviiiit/j^ 
Mall. xii. 31, xv. 19. Mfc. iii. 28. vii. ffi. 
Eph. ir. 31. Col. iii. 8. 1 Rev. 
ii. 9. Sept. Joaeph.. and later ClaaL — II. 
SPEC, mi of God and hi* Spirit, or of divi 
tliinn, milirtn, or at least irreverence n 
•ymluntlu, Lu. v. 21. Jelin i. 33. Ri 
siii. 5, f. 

BXa<rf n^oi, ou, A, 4, IpXirra. 
^iriMT,} !• u '>'"• Jifiup^nwiu, of words 
uilered 1) againat God and divide (hings. 
Acta vi. ll, 13; or. S) mainel man, 
slattder^fi$^ or contumeluma^ 2 Pet. ii. It, 

and later Or, nriten II. Ba sdbst. b 

hlaipAemer, 1] in leipect of God, 1 Tim. 
i. 13. Wisd. i. 6. Ecdui. iii. 16. 2) 
BB regards men. a alitttdertr^ or TwHer^ 2 
Tim. iii. 2. 2 Mice. i. 36. 

BXffifia, QTDc, Ti. (pxira,) prop, 
and gener. gota^ir^ seen ; aUo tlie aspwi 
or agU of boj [imon or_ lliin^. So 

Tg -^avi. So 2 Pet. ii.'a, pUnua-rt Kai 
DfcofT, ^Bt BJglit and lepoft,' I.e. at what he 
Baw and heard of their conduct. 

BXiTOD, f. ^u, prop, to poasett artd bf£ 

tuiaoe lUfiatd^<^iiqld, ami, a> uid of the 
hlind. lo iranxT sigU. intisni. Matt. xii. 
22, arrxe Toi" TudiXoir pA.fViij'. Acoix. 
9, iii, ffKl-war, blind. Rev. iii. 16. ii. 30. 
Sin>L and Cliu. So ti ^\i«-ii» u a 
iLuhtt. trab, the fa<:nltT of Keing, Lu. 
vii. 21; fi;t.Jolinix. 39, 41, of mental and 

Sirilual discemment. 2) ipec. in the lente 
tpicen, lo discern, descry, trans. Matt, 
vii. 3, and oft. al. Sept. and Clara. Intrani. 
na Bbaol. Mali. vi. 4, 6, IB. By impl. to 
Aaiie be/ore the evei, aoidof what iipreseal. 
Rom. viii. 24, >X^iv pkiira^iin, dd'k 
JiTTiv IXirh- E fiXi-TU Tit, t( ko! 
(XTCTdi So Ta BXtvauii,!, and ri 
^1, p\nr. 2 Cor. iv. 18. Heb. si. 1, 3, 7. 
3) metaph, 'to perceive with the mind,' 
jmd, oUerce, Ron), vii. 23, SXiira Irtpai 
ixiuoi. ir -rolv ui-Xt.lI *.»[>, Heb. i. 25, et 
al. Joseph. Ant. vi. 10, 2.— 11. fo lock, 
i. e. at or upon, behold, trans, and intrans. 
L^inp. as Liid chieiiv of perioia, either 

yi«»ii<B,iiidxviii. 10. Rev.v.3, 
and later Clati. ; or by ik with a-^ 
iii. 4. John xiii. 23. Sept. and Cla0' 
of places, to look tonarda, be liJiKC^' 
Mvii. 13, \i/ilvB rSt Kp^xiji flX. « 
KaTa Ai^u. Sept. and Clara. 2) lOt 
to direct the intellectual s^hl upoD,f 
der, rtfiectapon, minrf, foil, by ace. i 
i. 26, ^XiTi-ri T>jr oX^s'O' v^wv,iD 
la Joseph. Ant. vL 8, 1. CoL ii 
Phil. ui. 2, ^X(ir«T. tow Kuwt, 'm 
keep an eye to;' foil, hy iiv nilh 
Matt. XJdi. 16, oi ^Xiirii< lic ttpiea 

ID ; fall, by t1 and -tr»t, Mk. iv. 21. 
viii. la 1 Cor. iii. 10. Eph. t. 15; by 
1 Cor. ivi. 10. Col. iv. 17. 2 Joh 
Said by way of caution, in the impen 
i9XJirtTi, 'look toit, take heed,* Mk. 

rL^^Tr'^^id.Mk. ii. 22. Lu.i 

Baiu,, t lion, (M.) to c™ o 

shout, gen. and aluol. Lu. iviii. 38; 

by tJ, Acts xii. 34, or oti. Acts n 

Sept. and Class. Said both of excl 

■■--sof joymd of terror or pain, or ci 

help ; also of ahouting, by way of 

u.^d, and as a herald Malt. iii. 3. » 

3. Lu. iii. 4. John i. 23. Sept. and C 

rj, ^t, ii, (onoEDBt.) an oaicr) 

a purposes, a> for Aeip, Jo. ' 

ne>i<i, a,, t,, ifioneta.) aid. 

Bided opportunely, in time of ne 
Xen. Mem. ii. 8, 6, tS dTopCa B. .. 
!,p»„. In Acta ixfli. 17, fnfi 
XpHyro. we may take ^iiB. by mi 

lUl r»lher, pnps and stat^i. 

Bo.ifliu., f. n™, (^Dii, aim,) pro 
lumpion hearing a cry /or help ; k 
asee in aid of anv one. In N. T. n 
) suwosr, help anV one, foil, by dBl. J 
V. 35, al. aepe. Sept. and Class. 

Bii<i6ac, oi^, 0, a Kdper, Heb. xii 

. M»«!'xv"'l4! Lu. vi, U, wh^ 
word is used as an emblem of dtstnc 
Sept. and Class. ; also a dOem, Malt. 
' ' The word is not derived, aa the ! 

.hetB say, from ^JSpov, but I 
|9atlviiD>, to deepen, and Ibat from tht 
word (JaSic, eq. to pa9it. It was p 
la adj. but at length, by ellipt. of x'^ 
k g J nbn. And as fia0iiiia ei 

ittSin, so does Boeiria from the 
^is, of the same meaning; and 
one from ^u, the other fium f 


■^■Kuada^iob w pit fni 
^ i^K. n pool. Of the Mill' 
" SAm b iM.K>t bom iWkx., 
**■>* frpm ifjKiina* 

i n, i (OiXXw,) &t a* of 

$;iidai Odh (tnmn, wfcetbn n 

- ru; other miuilc, Thnc. t. G5 

ntmOnm. nid or hiatuses, Lu. xiii 
JUinHiB,, fiBXir. Camp. 0«n. ui 
I it M Tiifoi jSoXigir, eiihn cxprenioi 

'""••,[{», to inn Us &>XIc o 
■W, iDUinv AcO uvii. 28. 

3 BPA 

noto, I. Ihs fIFhE of ec 

God, Lu. »ii. 30. AcU 
27. Eph. L 11. Utb. 1 
Lu. Dili. il. Acux: 
ClMa.— 11. b; imp]. ; 

hid is miied or pttrponed^ 
pose^ Acta xxvii. 43^ iitvi 

■ding, . 

_ i,{^6kX«,)p 

|lirdn»>. H the lad in » 

Mi^ HiniM, javelii, ot dart, Ueb. 
> S^ ud Cluik 
Bipfinaot, ov, 0, dM, mire,Jiia, si 

h adJi or >ti«, 2 Pet. ii. 22, Cc Xsv. 


liJVTorA'.A'.^.ioiid; but lomedtiH:, 
fkEtoo. the nortifrit ywir^ of ttir 
■n, Lu. sii. 29. Rev. uL 13. Sc^i. 
riTW. iii. i. 

■hik, t rion, to aahin, flopplv 
M pB^) null by impl. to Ind wtailr 

BoTif.ii. ^, ^, (/Sdiriira,) 
•He, iIm iIh^w, oros, or 
>k,H<b.n. 7. Sept. uidCli 

Tim. i». e.j 

jp. ptu- 

, ReT. I 

. 18. ! 

Mr, ID Clum. In N. T. »id ef u 
nber of the Jrwbli SuhediHm, Hk. 
. 13. Lq. iiiii. 60. 

B.»X.i-, f. .«»», (Po«Xft,) urt. 1„ 
t ruKiuef to awAhfr^ to deiibenife, crntn- 
: ilu, to oifruc, intrant, mid. ^v^di- 
u. (D emmfi or delUieraU icili onaef/. 

bride foro 

»e]f.' . 

; also, *to detenu 

■ -iN. 7 

a Xon. Cjr. U. 1,7—11. to tl- 
gf MU M, i. e. after daliberation ; 
m.. 2 Cor, i. 17, tdSto 8. Sept. 
I. ; foil, by J,a, John lii. lU. 

hethet u add of 

i.e. m«,p 

19. JoKph. & CliM. 
BauXofioi, gtner, fo inU or Ae inUno ; 
to teak, dam. In N. T. foil, br ui infin. 
eipr. or imp!. According lo Buttm. lh> 
diadoclion belneen ^oiXoiia^ ind bikm 
is. that the latter eipre»e> an active •oil- 
tion and puraoHe, thefi>rmeramerepuaiT« 
deaJTO or willingneu. 1. u Raid of hrn, 
toig mUi»g,dupotBl, inrfuetd, Mk. jv, 15, 
fi. ri o-)i\a ti Ixutdv, et acue al. SepC 
and ClaaL In the lenK, to J« u miid, 
mUMi, Hatl. i. 19, JS. Xdepn i-woXim 
airrit. Acta i. 38. iii. 4. 2 Cor. i. \6. 
alao Sept. and Clan. ; to d^rt, 1 11m. ■n. 
9, ol jSouXdfiiKO. TXairrtiv. Ja. ii. 4. 
JoKph. Ant. T. S, 3. Xen. An. ii. 6, 21; 


r ace, and inf. Phil. i. 12, 
ia tnj icill.' See 1 IIm. ii. 
U. Tit. iii. e. Jude5. Xen. An. L 1,1. 
. lud of Cod, uid equiv. id iikm, to 
w to pifose^ appmuL Lu. Exii. 42. 
.ri.l7. Ja.i.ia.2Pet.iii.9(0ftbB 
of God, Malt. X). 37. Lu. x. 22 : of 
tbo Holf S^iil, 1 Cor. iii. 11. 

i. U, «q.'l C 
. and Cluis. 



. Ti 

on' iiJ^m^Slhi 



g>n.e> by the A>oP<i., or 

Inter; and 


chaplet, & 



>!. 24. 3) aiid 

etaph. of he 

of the Christian 

Uing, tho u 



wn of glory, Phil. 









Cli.. In S. T. 

ner. meUph 



i. 0. preiotf. Col. 

. 15, A ,[pri 



TO it Kapt 




and law of all your foelinn u 
Comp. Phil. W. 7. 80 AnBl. I 

l/e tardy, dd/ty, iDtnnB. 1 Tiiu 
a fipaaiiim. -i Fet. ii>. 9, oii J 

Ml/ sAnc/y, Act 


fipaiiit T^ ifop^J^. So 
Liion. ±1B]. ae Khet. Alt. ftmSit tm 
™5*, aa Polyb. i». 8, 7, opw™ fo<-ii> 
to auviTilc, uiii AriiUipli. Nub. 12!), yl- 
pup &v, naJriK^ff^iaVf Ra< ^patut, 
ttigad. H*nM the Latin bardta. 
B^aiuTiii, ^TOt, fl, l)_prop. doa- 

invt and bv an ellipsia of utTar, Jod i 
■J3. Ii. I. e, _ a. io N. T. 1 ) »b»l. Mai 

ptf . tJp KCI 

i. Tto 

« b«ii»ip 

IiuiniL- Imp*™, 
piled, ^^iX". »» * 

B(.oi.Tn, St. fl, (HuMi ^pcMT-nj, « 
pifipoaa, ixrf. mid. of ^pi)itt,) Oiaim 
Hk. ii:i. 17, & on. aJao Sept. and Claik 

BpoxS. fin, 4, (PpJxr-) V|f^ 
S, 27! " '" ' *' '' """' 

B0OVOC, prop, a cord, and fii. aaa^ 
« 1 Cor. vii. &. Prov. iiii7ss. ^ 
Ven. ». 12. 

Bp«v^ri,, oii,o%(fipfix'".)=iFJ»-' 
dT^numin^, j.e. of the teeth, MatL 

ness in aecomplijliino; any aition, or Um/- 12. liii. 42. xiii. 13. xxiv. 51. or- 
giihtois in lettine about it, Horn. IL T. ] (,„, xiji, 28, an image derived fmn k. ] 
411. 2) in N. T. lardmat in cairying . »n in a parMyam of pain, (comp. -e 
intaition into action, or promise into pei^ | lii. 54,) god tianifemd from the ftsL 
fonniuice, 2 Pet. iii. 9, Ks t"" Pfx^S-,- I „f ,he body to tlio ntftctionB of ilie f«» 

Hdian. iii.4, IS, ^a.- 

-^ , .1" 

2) metaph. by meton. (sue 
piincipaC organ whereby air 

trincipaf organ whereby alrenglh u ei- 
•.ned)!lrenalh,Boaer,lja.i.Si. Johniii. 
}8. AcUiSi.!?. Sept 

Aort, whether in 

V. 34. Sept. and 

uKd l)a[ttw.Lu. 
' s Utile time after.' 

iittlB further.' Sept. & ClaM. ; fig. a» rfr 
guriadiffiati/, Heb. iL7,9, fifitx^ '" """V' 
dyrltLoin. 3) of mmUa;/, or Bumiir, 
im-a, fia>, John ri, 7, Soax* xi, ' a lil- 
Ub." Sept. and Class. Heb. liij. 22, i,i 
fipaxti^, "fe"/ wil- ^iyir- 8«P'- "d 

Bpt ^Dt, los, T*, a oWU, (for Tpi^es, 

Cop. a nurseling.) J) mid of a child un- 
m, i».^pvou, bv Homer. 2) and usually 

the mother, a bibe. In N. T. I ) prop. 
Lu. ii. 12, 16, xviii. 15. Acts -rii, 19. 
2Tim. iii. 15, diro ppiipovt, 'from in- 
fency.' 2) metaph, of tliose who h»™ 
recently ombraced the Chriaiian religion, 
J Pet. Ii. 2. 
Sff/y^, f. S-. ' ' 
ti^o,. Ca. vil. 38. 

Ft. ri.6. R .. , 

tcil. Tije y^ii, Sept. 

bitter grief, indignat 
Ll.0 "eeS., tra^ jl 

grind or f»»l 
IS vii, 54, SepI 

Jtawtng, intrauB. ; by irapi. (huih. uu-^ 
laiih. la pour forth abujtdatitlv, eaid 
fo!int>in.7a.iii. ll;soinCli^ 

Mlid foo< 
\a mUk 

Lo, iii!'"/!' .,., .-. . ^»., .., lu, -. 
Sept. and Claat,— II. metaph. tJirf" 

jatake, Lu. vai. 41, Ixtri t. »p.\ *(« 
Bn£ri<, rut, A, (^.^p<:.a«c<>.) «rit« 
L said of the oe( of eating, 1) prop.lO* 
(iii. *. 2 Cor. ii. 10, fipros (it (Spin* 
Sent, and Clia>. 2) fig, corrosion, BJiIt 
n. 19, 21), iSt Koi flpi(r.s, • conflte 
- If -tliat ^ • ■ ■ ^ 

Suiv. to SpBiia, 1) prop, John n. 
eb.IJi. ig; lUm. liT. 17. §ept.i>iidCt 
„.!. _., '^1 metaph. iioi«is*ineii(, i. e, spiiiti 

1. n, e. Jiev. xi, 6, ifm ii.i in-os \ BpuoKw,*- "i"!."! eol.So'oui- 
(. T^ey^„. Sept. and Class.— ^8ept.«a4C\«». 

BYG 65 

.u. V. 7. 1 Miff. lii. i. & Cltuw! '. 
L. \.Tim.'n.9.ihoK,epBi,. 
, oH, i. a depth, nr lit deep, 
25. of llie Ka, Sepl. & Ctui. 

aOgr-dresKr, AcU ii. 43. i. 6. 
pill. iv. 66. 

or W mhim. So ittdA.'^ ^. in 

u. 12, 16. lii. B, U. DLod. Sk. 

1 T[in. Y. 11, U, Md Clua.— II. 

& abK.rTcor'vii, 39; toll, bv di 
12. Jos. Ant. IT. 7, 5, Hid Iblci 

«, », i. (|8i», /la.-™,) prop. , 
"JuMid, bul gener. an altar, w 
which auent vu made by itepe, 


Tpaiua, t|c, n, (b; rednpl. from 
rfaiBv.10 corrode. eK ivay.) gatt- 
.1. 1 morUficaiion of tbe fleih, 
fDfQ hjffh LonammatiDn, and aproad- 

- ' , Td. (y«< 

iple, Mk. I 
<he KlioU 

or place wLera Ihs 
depouied. Among 

™rrf the .outt. ^ 

1. 41, 43. Lu. «i. 1. 

court in which thii 
Jolin Tin. SO. 

.srrH.TD.niifi. l)prop.l 
pt. and Cla«. 2) bj a J 



i. 2. Heb. V. 12, 13. In 

n, (fr. ynioj, nudco.) a 



^, Matt, ixii: li; l2'''; 
;, RcT. xii. 9. Often uud In plur. 

bannuel, for leven dayi, SUtt irii. 
i. Stpt. wd Class. BymeUin. 'tfae 

held,' Mm. nil. ID. 2) in the Unguige 

my grtat enieriainmaUj 

S. Esth. ii. 22. 3) by 

iagt etale, Heb. xm, 4. 

Wbd.iiT.24. Job. Aat.TLll,2. Udiu. 

■ 10,10. 

7&P, acBuutiTe particle, ttandiog after 

uing, directly or indirectly, the maon 
what hi» been previomlj asserted, or 
least implied, ^v, or beeatae. I. put 
ipty.i. e. ALONS, iiaflerananleirdeBt 
lata ttjtnaxd. Matt. i. 20, 21. Mk. 

negat. or gener. and Bpec. Jo 
lCor.xvl.7. 2Cor,n.l9; o 
latter clause is dependent on I 
1.20. Joh 

Tied, Molt. vi. 32 ; *lw 


etliptitatl^, when the 
clause io which it refers is aniitled, and to 
be mentallv supplied, in which casB it 
serves merely to assign the around for an 
opinion. Matt. ii. 2. ilvii. 23. Mk. viii. 
38. xii. 23, Lu. xxIL 37. John iv. 44. Lu. 
iv. 16. Aoti xiii. 36. mi. 13. Rom. u. 25. 
viiL IS; in i quotkiioii, where the pn- 
ceiliii; clauio is oniltted. Acta xvii. 28, aL 
3) mpllcallg, and i 
is simply i/i/cJuictfftiKe our iiitn,i 

: : 1.^ , preceding ffl 

ivii. S3. Joht 

in usage, 7 dp 

applied. Matt, i 

.IB. ICor. 

li. 31. . 

1.35. Ron 

i.2-:!-, ir 

ii. 3. PhiL 

, /. nV". ^ marrs, Inuij, & I A' 
rail, ofxss, lo tale as u iiwS, / mi 
I iix.9. Mk. vi. 17. X. n. / ™ 

seyaliiHi, John i: 
la xvi. 37 ; in eidamu 
opt. 2 Tim, 





where it takes up a preceding annunciation, 
and continues or explains it, as our namely^ 
that is to say. Matt. i. 18 ; also in a less 
strict sense, where it introduces, by way 
of explanation, the ground or motive of 
what precedes, y^, since, &c. Matt. vi. 7, 
16. X. 35. XV. 4. xxiv. 7. 1 Cor. xi. 26, 
al. and Class, in which sense it serves to 
introduce parenthetic clauses, Mk. v. 42. 
vi. 14. xiv. 40. xvi. 4. John iv. 8, et al. 


however, each retains its own force, e. gr. 
idv yap, el yap, *for if;' IdoO yap, *ior 
lo V Kai yap, ' for even.' So yap Kai, 
for also,' Acts xviL 28. 2 Cor. ii. 9. Kai 
yd.p ovK, ^ for neither,' I Cor. xi. 9. fikv 
ydp, foil, by 6t, ' for indeed,' Acts xiii. 
36, and sometimes without the ^£. FolL 
by d Wd, Acts iv. 16. /xf) yap and ov yap, 
*for not;' oitik yap and ovrs y^p, *for 

FaaTtip, ipo9, v, the belly, genet, hut 
sometimes put, by synecdoche, only of the 
parts thereof; e. gr. 1. the stomam, either 
prop. Hom. Od. xx. 25. Job xv. 2. xx. 
23 ; or fig. for * excess in eating,' 3 Mace, 
vii. 11, and also Hom. Od. xviii. 2, and 
elsewh. in Class. Hence in N. T. by a 
meton. of abstr. for concr. a glutton. Tit. 
i. 12, yacTipti &pyal, * lazv gorman- 
dizers.' And so Hesiod Th. 26. — II. the 
tvomb, Lu. i. 31. Sept. and later Clafis. 
Hence h yaarpl bx^^*'^ ' ^ ^ w*^^ child*,' 
Matt. i. 18, et al. and Class. 

Tt, an enclitic particle, serving to 
strengthen the word to which it is sub- 
joined, by placing it in opposition to other 
words, e. gr. a part in reference to the 
whole, a single object in reference to 
many, a less in reference to a greater, and 
vice versd. Its general meaning is cU least, 
indeed, even, I. used alone, I) as marking 
a less in reference to a greater, at least, 
Lu. xi. 8. xviii. 5. 1 Cor. iv. 8. Class. 
2) as marking a greater in reference to a 
less, &c. even, indeed, Rom. viii. 32. Sept. 


PARTICLES, 1) dWd ye/ yet surely,' 1 Cor. 
ix. 2. ' but indeed, moreover,' Lu. xxiv. 
21 ; apaye, upayt, tlyt, ' if indeed, if 
so be,' Eph. iii. 2. iv.21. Col. i. 23. Sept. 
and Class. ; also tlyt Ka\, 'if indeed also, 
since, although,' Gal. iii. 4. 2 Cor. v. 3; 
el ^k firiyt, *if otherwise indeed,' and 
serving to annul the preceding proposition, 
whether aflBrmative, 'but if not, otherwise,' 
Matt. vi. I. Lu. X. 6. xiii. 9; or negative, 
where it consequently affirms, if otherwise, 
eUe, Matt. ix. 17. Lu. v. 36. xiv. 32. 
2 Cor. xi. 16 ; Kai ye, * and although,' 
IfU. xix. 42, * and even, yea even,' Acts 
ij. 18. 
Pdevi/a, fjv, 7j, Gehenna, i. e. the place 
-.^ — \i9ligae0t in Hades, equiv. to Tap- 

Tapo9, 2 Pet. ii. 4; or n \ifAvrj tou it 
Rev. XX. 14, sq. t6 trvp Td aitoviov, ] 
XXV. 41. See on airj^. Simply ye 
Matt. V. 29, sq. x. '28. Lu. xii. 5. J: 
6, or y. TOU irvpov. Matt. v. 22. Ml 
47. Hence it is a place of eternal fin 
everlasting punishment. See more ii 
note on Matt. v. 22. 

rtirunf, 0V09, 6, n, prop, an adject 
often put as a subst. in the sense a » 
hour, Lu. xiv. 12. xv. 6, 9. John i 
Sept. and Class. 

FeXdctf, f. daco, to laugh, -whetht 
joy, or triumph, or in derision, inti 
Lu. vi. 21, 25. Sept. and Class. 

TiXooi, (UT09, 6, (ye\ac0,) lati^ 
esp. in joy or triumph, Ja. iv. 9. S 
and Class. 

Fe/iit^ctf, f. to-o), (ycfto),) to makei 
fill up, trans, and foil, by gen. of to 
Mk. XV. 36. John ii. 7. vi. 13 ; bo "^ 
OTTO, Lu. XV. 16, or e/c. Rev. viii, 5. 
sol. in Mk. iv. 37. Lu. xiv. 23. 

rifiui, to be full, iutrans. foil, by 
of thing, Matt, xxiii. 27, & oft. someti 
preced^ by e«c. Matt, xxiii. 25. 

Feved, as, ^, {yivofiai,) prop, b 
but in N. T. and sometimes in later C 
generation, in the following senses* 
offspring, both gener. and fig. ActsviiL 
posterity, Sept. and Class. 2) a de» 
i. e. a degree in a genealogical line, Bi 
i. 17. Sept. and Class. 3) said of 
period of time from one descent to an<»i 
i. e. the average duration of human 
reckoned at 3^ years each. Hend 
N. T. of a less definite period, an 
time, period, times of old, &c. Acts 
16. XV. 21. Eph. iii. 5. Col. L 26 
future ages, Eph. iii. 21. Lu. i. 50. Oa 
xvi. 8, see my note in loc. 4) 8&i<i 
meton. of pers. of any generation or 
a race, e. gr. h ytvta ai/Tij, * the pre 
generation,' Matt. xi. 16. xii. 39. & 
also Sept. and Class. 

Fei/saXoyeo), f. ^(tw, to trace 
genealogy, (t»;i/ yei/eax/ Xeyeti/.) In N 
only pass. ye.vta\oyiofidi, to be insert 
in a genealogy, i.e. by impl. ' to be 1 
koned by descent, to derive one's 01^ 
Heb. vii. 6, and Sept. 

Fei/caXoyta, a$, ij, a genealog 
table, I Tim. i. 4. Tit iii. 9, where see 

Tivivia, tav, ra, (fr. adj . y eveo-ioc, 
tal,) in the earlier writers the /eria d 
cales, or solemn rites for the dead, H 
iv. 26 ; in the later ones, and in N. T 
celebrcUion of a birth-day festival, or 
festival VVaeVJ, xiv. 6. Mk. vL 


TEN t 

I (I, (M, 4, {ytve/ABi,) prim. jjBit- 
f procrailion. Mid thenee by dk- 
l, both in Clua. and N. T., wbue 
J, iMtrop. Air^f Matt. L 18. Lu, 


latiinl luc' 

-, a*p BU iytvq^v, 2) Ag. Ja. iii. 6^ 

(J if birth, i.e. nheel aa nut in 
Uhinli,and wliich rolls on tbniugii 
lir. 10 ' course of life." So AnWf. 
■fSXK spfiuTDg yap oin, Biim« 
1 nuXi.eiit. Comp. Wied. vii. 5.— 
6x Benie ^ernis, decent, luwaffe. Sn 

lUt; Matt'i. 1. 3o SepLln Get. 

'.L 1.1, 32. 

'"4 it, V, (Tii'iil,)Ur^ John ii. 

l«tTi^, and K io Class, 

>j»«, iiTK Ti, (TtyiyTr/iiii, perF. 

rf»W=i,) prodK«, /™u; 1.1. 

B jmdiiixd, both the fruit of thr 

is inungli, aiid the frnit yielded bv 

nh, Lu. lii. 18, (ud often in Clua. 

^. il. 10, Tii y. Tqi JiKniDirui^ 

I'litf nnirda of Chtiatian virtue ' 

J mm rarely, ta fcar, bring forth. 
I ef TDmen : pass, to be bwotien^ nr 
LvLind Ijasiaidof meo, iD&B- 
.uti.a-ie. Acn™. B,29. Sept. 

'■Tib. ii. '.!3, y. i.ayot. And BO ill 
uPlnn.EpisI, ^\^>|>' qjovii KoX 
1<rK. Alsometaph. said of men, 
wiiag, in Jewish piira«olray, the 
' bcttteen a teacher and his ditr i- 
» iejirt, in a spiritual aenie, to be 
!'■ tpiritiud faiiier, by being thj 
5)1 gf ha conveiwon ffom a .vnal 
ri:uil life, 1 Cor. iy.,15. Philem. 
1 u Philo and the Rabbins. 3) « 

mfin a new and apirilual life,' by 
M, ennoblinE. and sanclitying the 

lew life and a nen'tiiirit in Christ 
John T. 1. Hence Cliristiani are 
a -bomof Ood,'and tobe'sona 
Etom. viii. U. Gtl. iii.SS. iv. 6: 
to express the relalion between 
the Meniah, who, ai the lice- 
Ood, ia lig. called his ' Son,' and 
xordingly God ia fig. asid to fie- 
Jipaint or deela;«, aa a king, &c 
•'■•■. Heb. L 5. Y. 5. 3) said - 

*, 'viHKiaiioi, and l)loie UaoOtii or 
«i«d. Matt. i. 20, TO h ootI^ y,n>r- 
, ' conceived in her nomti,' i. e. tfae 
us, Heb. li. 12. 2) to k 6oni,gener. 
W. ii, 1, i. lix. 12, and ofl. ; alao with 

"tl^ Mu™ of"«II!J!™Bl"fou'bjlu 
J, denoting deatinMion, John iiiii. 37. 


of place or condition : metaph. ix 

■ to l^ve recelTed from God, or tlie HoW 
Spirit, anew and tpiritual life,' John LIS. 
iii. 5, 6, 8. 1 John ii. 29. iii. 9. iv. 7. r. I. 
iv. 18. So also 71 vvqSqvat imaSiii, equn-. 
to U SioS yiwr, John iii, 3, 7. 

rivvTiiia, OTOI, t6, (vuwi»0 lit- 
vrhal u bom or produced, phja. 1) sud of 
the animatB creation, ^s^™,orprnjWijr, 
Matt. iii. 7. xii. 34. ixiii. 33. Lu. iii. 7. 
Sept. but rarely in Clati. except Plato. 
2) of the inanimate creation, the mmjiioe 
of the RFOund, whether grain or the fruita 
oftreei,Matt.xxvi,29, Mli,xi».2S. La. 
ixii. 18. 3) metiph. said of the rewardM 
•>( Christian virtue, 2 Cor. ii. 10, in text. 

lUUimfy, Hatt. i. ! 
rec. al. T(i,«r.i. 


horn. Matt. xi. 

j, iv, adj. brougil forth, 
• ' I. Tii. 28, ir rifM)- 

said of men, I) offipp 

j offaprifig, posterttg, 
xvii.Hj,Bq. nev. xiii. 16. Sept. and 
2) descent, lineage. Acts iv. G. vii, 
:iii, 26, Phil. iii. 5. 3^1. and Clasa. 
tim. peopU, Mk. >ii. 26; AcU iv. 36. 
), and ofl. Sept. and Class,— II. of 
lis, species, fa'nd. Malt. liii. 47. ivli. 
Ik. ii. 29. 1 Cor. liL. 10, 28. liv. 10. 
Sept. and Cla«. 

aembi^ oF dden. 


ii. 16, 18, or of particular cities, 

denoted the iSonMriiB, or great 
of the nation, aa oft. in the Apocr. 
'. il occurs only in Acta v. 91, ri 

__. .. _. ... _, .... peiions who, from age and 

.bear,lrBK./^irii,halh pn^. Lu. were invited to sit witll Iba S 

J. iv. 24, y. ,1, A>u\,la,.-ll. j Act, i,. 8. iiv. ll 

TEP 68 riN 

Tiptav, oirroc, 6, an old man, John iii. Lu. xi. 31. zxi. 35. Acts x. 12. zi. 

4. Sept. and Class. al. oft. Sept. and Class. Hence t 

r« w«, f. euffw, trans, to cause to taste, '^^^ y^«» * «irthly things; i. e. thinj 

f've to taste. Gen. xxv. 30. Hdot. vii. 46. taming to this lite, as opp. to tA oj/ci 

ur. Cycl. 149. Plut. i. 302. In N. T. as "j.- 2. By synecd. put for the inhal 

also in the Class, gener. the mid. yewo/uat, of the earth, num, Rom. ^-^i- ■ 

alone occ. in the sense to taste, depon. or 1*'®^- ^*- "• **• "? ®t *!• and Sepi 

trans. 1) pi-op. and absol. Matt, xxvii. 34. where things are said to be done, 

Col. ii. 21, or foil, by ace. John ii. 9, and take place on earth, which have ref< 

Sept. ; in the sense to partake of, to eat, chiefly to men. Matt. v. 13. vi. 10. 

either absol. Acts x. 10. xx. 11, or foil, by ^u. xii. 49. John xvii. 4, d. So 

gen. Lu. xiv. 24. Acts xxiii. 14. Sept. and "»• 31, o &v eic rtjs y»7s, ' he whc 

Class. 2) meteph. to experience, try any human origin, 
thing by use, y. pi\fia 6eoD, Heb. vi. 5. Ti\pa^, ao^ or £0«, to, old age^ 

y. savarov. Matt. xvi. 28. Mk. ix. 1. 36. Sept. and Class. 
Lu. ix. 27. John viii. 52. Heb^ \^'J^:.^^ Tf^piaKu^, or -«Jco, f. (£<ra,, (yi?p< 
y. Ti,s ^«Pja«; 1 Pet. u. 3. Sept., Philo, ^r become oid,to be old, intrans. 

Joseph., and Class. ^i 18. Heb. viii. 13. Sept. and CI 

Fecopyeo), f. i}<rw, (yecopy^s,) to till ^, r , i ^^ 

the earth; whence the pass. yBl^pyBiadai, ,. T ti/o/u a t,f.y€i/»j<roA*ot, (earlier ai 

Heb. vi. 7. Sept. and Class. t»9i«!'?^ yiyi;oMat,) mid. depon u 

_ , *^ , 7 J ^ With the pnmary signif. to begin to b 

Tewpyiov, ov, to, mo^. a plot of ^^ come into existence in any state 

arab^ land, Prov. xxiv. 30, and Class. In ^hen in the aor. and perf. to have con 

N. T. metaph. said of Christians, 1 Cor. eaistence, ot simply to be. l.tobem 

m. 9, vehere it is used like our Jield. ^ to come into ex&ience, as implj-Sg < 

r « copy (i «, ou,o, (ylo, whence y»7 and either from natural causes or th 

cwpya, perf. mid, of obsol. ipyta, to work,) special agency, result, and also chi 

1) o tiller of the ground, a husbandman, state, place, &c. 1) as implying ori 

2 Tim. ii. 6. Ja. v. 7. Sent, and Class. 2) the ordinary course of nature, ^th i 

a vinedresser. Matt. xxi. o3 — 41. Mk. xii. of persons, to be bom, John viii. 58 

1—3. Lu. XX. 9, sq. 14, 16. Metaph. of by ik rti/os, Rom. i. 3. Gal. iv. 4 

God, as taking care of the Church, con- iii. 6. Sept. and Class. ; and of thu 

sidered as the spiritual vine, (see Is. v. 1, plants, fruits, &c. to be produced, to 

sqq.) John xv. 1. Rare in Class., yet Matt. xxi. 19. 1 Cor. xv. 37, and i 

occ. in ^lian H. A. p. 419. Philostr. p. or as said of the phenomena of nat 

87, and ytcopytiv in Plato. arise, occur, e. gr. <rei<rfx6s. Mat 

r»j, yi]«, 1^, (contr. from obs. yia, cog- 24. XaiXaxjf, Mk. iv. 37. yaXijini, 

nate with yaia,) earth or land, i. e. one of viii. 26, et al. aicoTos, Matt, xx^ 

the four elements, said I. in reference to v£<t>i\'n, Lu. ix. 34. fipovrtj, Jol 

its vegetative power, earth, soil, Matt. xiii. 29 ; also of a voice or cry, <^<0V^ 

5,8,23. Mk. iv. 5, 8,20. Lu. xiv. 35. xii. 30. /cpawyi;. Matt. xxv. 6; o 

John xii. 24, al. Sept. and Class. — II. as implies it, as ^opuBo^, Matt. X3 

that whereon we tread, the ground. Matt. <rTO(rw, Lu. xxiii. 19. axiafia, Jo 

X. 29. XV. 35. Lu. vi. 49, et al. Sept. and 43. J»iTtj<ris, John iii. 25 ; or the a 

Class. — III. as distinguished from tne sea, thereof, as ariyfi-, Acts xxi. 40. Re 

or a lake, the land, ' terra firma," Mk. iv. 1. So of emotions generally, Lu. : 

1. vi. 47. John vi. 21, et al. Sept. and or the affliction accompanying them 

Class. — IV. of a country or region, as ytj xiii. 21. 2) as implying origin tl 

'lo-pa^X, Matt. ii. 20. Xavaav, Acts xiii. an agency specially exerted, to be 

19. AiyuiTTou, Acts vii. 11; espec. as said or created, as said of things, the w 

absol. of the land of Judcea, Matt, xxiii. creation, John i. 3, 10. 1 Cor. xv. 15 

35, et al. and sometimes simply ti)*/ yi\v. iv. 3. xi. 3, and Sept. ; or the w< 

By meton. put for the inhabitants of a art. Acts xix. 26, dia xtipivv: oi 

country, Matt. x. 15. xi. 24, et al. So cles, to be wrought or pei^brmed, M 

Dryden : *" These answers, in the silent 20, et al. ; of a promise made. Act 

night received. The king himself divulged, 6 ; or plot formed, xx. 3 ; or waste 

the land believed^ — V. the earth, 1) the Mk. xiv. 4; of the will or desire 

terraqueous globe of earth, as distinct from thing, to be accomplished or fulfilh 

o ovpavoi. Matt. v. 18, 35. vi. 10, 19, et X^/ua, Matt. vi. 10. atTT)/ua, Lu. 

al. oft. Sept. and Class. Hence the phrase 24 ; of a repast, to be made readh 

TO. £irt yi/s Koi rd kv toIs oupavolv, to xiii. 2; of judicial proceedings, to » 

denote the universe. Col. i. 16, 20 ; jJso or set on foot. Acts xxv. 26 ; of fe 

yf) Kaivf), 2 Pet. iii. 13. Rev. xxi. 1. 2) to be made or celebrated; of persom 

as said of the habitable earth, tj oikov/a£vti, made, i. e. appointed^ to fill any 




23, 25. Heb. v. 5, or what is done 
B place to or in any one, Lu. xxiii. 
rw ^tj/Dw rt yii/rjrat ; Gal. iii. 13, 
9 Tina)V Korapa. 3) as implying 
event, &c. to come to pass, occur, 
th absol. as Matt. i. 22, & oft. and 
dat. of person, to happen to any 
k. ix. 21 ; or it is equivalent to an 
TOvemed of some prep, as els or 
lence the phrase Kai eyivero or 
7 it, * and it came to pass that,* 
with a notation of time, mtroduced 
(d$, iu, or gen. absol. &c. and foil. 
ite verb witli or without Kai, Matt. 
ndelsewh. 4) as implying a change 
', condition, &c. or transition from 
another ; said of persons or things 
ceive any new character or form, 
.45, and elsewh. As construed with 
tioDs or adverbs implying motion, 
tes change to another place, &c. to 
md is followed by various preposi- 
enoting the beginning or end of 
— II. in the aor. & perf. to have 
Qhe,io have come into existence, &c. 
>ly to exist, to be. 1) gener. to be, 
.6. Rom. xi. 5. 1 John ii. 18, et 
I as copula connecting a subject and 
Ite, Lu. i. 2. ii. 2, et al. So with a 
[ profit, to be any thing to, or /or, 
'^ityoi. Acts i. lo. <rf]fiiiov, Lu. xi. 
Wfopia, Col. iv. 11. Tviroi, 1 Th. 
id Class. ; with gen. of age, Lu. ii. 
ip iuihtKa, 1 Tim. V. 9 ; implying 
7, &c. Matt. xi. 26. Lu. x. 21. 
with the participle of another verb, 
18, like ilvai, a periphrasis for a 
ense of that verb, Mk. i. 4, kyivtro 
{m, ix. 3, 7. Heb. v. 12, et al. 3) 
wth prepositions, it implies locality, 
uvi. 6. Mk. ix. 33, et al. or state 
idition, Lu. xxii. 44, y. kv dywvia. 
di. 17, kif kK<rrdcti, &c. Foil, by 
ith gen. of person, ' to be with any 
cts ix. 19. XX. 18, or avv and dat. 
13, or by vpdt and ace. ^ to be dis- 
cards any one,* 1 Cor. ii. 3. xvi. 10. 
ovKta, f. yvciaofiai, to know, both 
i^hoative and completive sense. I. in 
ler, to come to know, to attain know- 
f, where the perf. implies complete 
and is often equi v. to pres. to know, 
become known, 1 ) gener. and foil, 
of thing, Matt. xii. 7. John viii. 
d. sometimes implied, Mk. vi. 38. 
xiii. 9 ; foil, by Ik tivos, *by any 
Matt. xii. 33. Lu. vi. 44, et al. or 
V. iv Tivi, or odiv, 1 John ii. 18. 
•i, Lu. i. 18. Foil, by ace. of per- 
>hn xiv. 7. Lu. xxiv. 35. xix. 15. 
:21. 2 Cor. v. 16. Gal. iv. 9. 1 John 
i. 1, et al. Foil, by oti, instead of 
and infin. John vi. 69, kyvwKafxBi/ 
' «1 6 XpiffTOi, vii. 26, et al. ssepe. 
• forcnfcic sense, to know by inquiry 

or examination, to examike, rijv a!r/ai/. 
Acts xxiii. 28. 3) to know by information 
from others, to learn or faid out. Matt. x. 

26. Acts ix. 24 ; foil, by ace. of thing, 
expr. or impl. Mk. v. 43. Acts xxi. 34. 
Col. iv. 8. Matt. ix. 30, et al. ; or Irn,, 
John iv. 1, or air 6 Tti/o«, Mk. xv. 45. 4) 
to know by perception or observation, to 
perceive, crnerve, foil, by ace. expr. or 
impl. Matt. xxii. 18. xvi. 8. xxvi. lO, or 
by Sti, John iv. 53. vi. 15; by ace. and 
partic. for infin. Lu. viii. 46, iyw tyvtou 
Svvafiiv k^eXQovaav dir' ifiov. o) to know 
by intellectual disquisition, to understand, 
comprehend, foil, by ace. expr. or impl. 
Matt. xiii. ll,y. tA fivarripia. Mk. iv. 13, 
xapajSoXas. Lu.xviii. 34. John vii. 49, rov 
vofiov. 6) bv euphemism, to have [carnal] 
knowledge of, Lu.i.34. Sept. & Class. — IL 
to know in a completive sense, to have ob- 
tained and to possess a knowledge of, 1) 
gener. and foil, by ace. both of thing expr. 
or implied, or ace. and on, by attraction 
or by adv. ; and of person in ace. to know 
any one by sight, John i. 49. 2 Cor. 
V. 16, or ' to know any one's character 
and disposition,* John i. 10, et al. 2) to 
know, as being what one is, or professes to 
be, to acknowledge, foil, by ace. Matt. vii. 
23, 1 Cor. viii. 3. Gal. iv. 9, and Sept. 
3) from the Hebr. with the adjunct iaea 
of well-wishing, to know and approve of, 
to love and care for, foil, by ace. both of 
person, as 2 Tim. ii. 19. John x. 14, 15, 

27. Sept. ; and of thing, Rom. viL 15, o 
ytkp KaTepydXofiaL, oil yivoiCKto, (and 
so Sept. Ps.i. 6.) but see my note. 

rXsuKos, £05, T^, (yXuKirs,) prop. 
mvM, or new wine, but sometimes sweet 
wine, whether new, and consequently 
sweet, or of which, though old, the sweet- 
ness is preserved by art, as Acts ii. 13. 
Job xxxii. 19. Athen. p. 176. See more 
in my note. 

r\uKw«, elo, b, adj. sweet. Rev. x. 9, 
10; of honey, Ja. iii. 11, sq. ; of water, 
meaning, * fit for drinking,* potable, as opp. 
to brackish. So in Lucian i. 295, Reitz. 
we have yXvKv ptiadpov, as opp. to what 
is mixed with sea-water, and conseq. 

rXtoo-ffa, »js, n, the tongue, I. prop, as 
a part of the body. Rev. xvi. 10, as the 
organ of speech, Mk. vii. 33, 35. Lu. i. 
64. 1 Cor. xiv. 9. Ja. iii. 5, sq. Personi- 
fied, Rom. xiv. 11. Phil. ii. 11. irdara y\. 
' every person,' Acts ii. 26. So ' to bridle 
the tongue,* &c. Ja. i. 26. iii. 8. 1 Pet. 
iii. IQ. Comp. Ecclus. xxviii. 18, sq.^ — II. 
By METON. speech, language, 1) gener. 
1 John iii. 18, firj dya-jriapiv \6yu> 
firjok yXioaarij, ' in speech or talk [only].' 
Comp. Theogn. 63. l3, yXwtraij <pi\oi. 
So Sept. & Class. 2) spec, oi i ^mVacm- 


xiii. l'.^. 

jrf, who ™ 
». 11. si. 9. 

rrfwirf, Acli 

QdCllUX. Pu 

Eiii. 7. liv. 6. 

■ P' J"^' 

toBguet" not preriouity knoi 
tliui thoH kDDwn, AcU ii 
>peakwilh tanguee mirECiilou 
Xiffflni y\diiroTj, 'Hi speak ii 
tongue,' 1 Cor. liT. U. An 

19, Xo'vD. in yXaaan, or 9 
aai, 1 Cor. lii. ID, 28. liii 

the tongue, inDuth-piece (like onr reed) 
of B •rind-inBliunient, Bud aa/it'ia, to Uk« 
an of,) prop, a aae oi box to keep Un 
Ungues of immooi wiBd-itMmniaiti m, 
hnt Bfterwudft any &0J for preserving ut«n- 
»il8, Ijooks, or olber valuables. Thua il i> 

little cW, ia which tiie Philistinea put the 
golden mice aad emerodi, 1 Sam. ti. 11, 
and hy Sept. in 2 Chron. xiir. S, n>ed to 
ejptese the Ark: it alio oceun in Lon- 
irinus, Plutarch, and other later writen. 
In N. T. it only occ. John lii. 6. liii. ^9, 
vhere it denotes a cadcet to pvt ntoney in, 
and u Plutarch Gdb. § 16. The early 
(md correct tpelling was yKtenaoicaiiita'. 
Pva^t^c, iiDj, 0, (yuiipat, a card, or 
teazle, UMd by nool-conibei^,>a/iiJfer,ODe 
vbo fulled and dtessed new clothes, or 
Koured and cleansed old un«, rusing the 
nap by means of the teailei and also, by 
theuieofftillers'oar ' ' 


). Hk.ii 

iimaHii. Xeniph. Theoph.'Plut. & Sept. 
Pi-rtff.oc, Pv,i, i, adj. [ytgl<rio> or 
ysnioiot, fr. yinot.) of aeaaiae Urih, 
DTDp. u Slid of logitimile children, oppoied 
to bastards, Horn. II. xi. 102. In N. T. 
applied to aipress the relation of a disciple 
to his teacher, ! Tim.i.2, yr. t»i>v in 

Uence'of 'lhin'^'(u moril qualities,] 
fflotBUM, as qpp. to spnrious, Pind. OL ii. 
21, x*f i* "VHU' FwnrioB It" ipiraJt. 
Also by imp], as said of pettana, imcen, 
(roe, fiaW, Phil, iv, 3, aiZiryt yvH, 
Polyb. iv. 30, *, ' ' - ■ • 


ol yiltitrtai Tmu irtpar, 
iprighl.* So t6 yi^nw, 

•. ..-.^r. viii. B, T* iy^Tt-nt yv. 

19, obtiv yrimov fiovXanra, 


Fr^aimt, tdy. (yrni 

ri,6<pis,oii, i. 

ficnianlB softened 

I Toic rpit ifiii 
This, and the 

I, cogn. vith niipia, 'to a 
.rial word was nvo^os, part i 
J into dnicfioc or yuo'^ot, lifl 
I. ssoiB-doad, and then subi 
i,d, such as that anund Ml. 9 

"wCl^ii™ l7oTudpa^'^. 
I. to ciercisa it in judging ud il 
) prop, and gener. tie iiiNi>,oriMi 
r iiJi\ the ipoxfi in man, Xen. Cjr. 
); also in Class. fjU^u>H%^>ii(9 

ell, 1 C< 

■ndgment, either in r^ 
Tor. vii. in. TOT* Tir 

,7\v diAufii. -i Cor. Tiii. Iff, 
) ae denoting voUtiOB, in 

<a the pbnAe ivnv yvaaw ■ 
I, Thdc. V. 1^ iii. ^,1 and 
I modes, whether simply ■■ 
fejire, I Cot, i. 10, iv -ri ■ 
same mind or will,' (aoThu 
wiu!i,alsaT. 3B,)or,u m 
^l),iii the Bcnie accord or eol 

. . HIP, ) or finally, aitiB 

oriui'linationandwill, inlheseuseiiM 
•if^ia.,. Aets^^3^i^(«T» j«^^ 

l>2, :i, !> ii 4 yiiiim Tof 'A. <iriT« 
&.<•. Hev. xvii. 17, tdi^oei ■niv yr 
ouToi'. JosepL and ClaM. 

rvuplfis, f. IiFU, to nob fa 
trans, foil, by ace. of thing and di 

I) ceuer. to rvrral, declare^ Roui.i: 

a. Xu. ii. 16, Acts ii. 28. Enh. iiL . 
il.i.27. ChJ. i. 1] 

^ (for 

IT. 6. Sepl 

Ml. Epii. '»i.'21. Col. iv. 7, 9. 2 Cor. 
1 Mocc. liv. 28. 3) said of a I 
leacher, who tta/bUi divine reveh 
Jnhii XV. 15. ivil. 26. Rom. zv 
Epii. i. 9. vi. 19. 2 Pet. i. 16. In 1 
111. 3, yrvpita iliio, I*. 1, "li 

dua-yirufii^, b; reolling to tbe 

rNQ 1 

rhurh^ Cbongh taught, hod not been 
.tlf laid to heut.— II. to <meid/, 

•a, Du yuopiTu, 'noQ Tidse, 

Sepl wd luer Glut. 
VIC, iHf.i^ttyivuo'icafOii'H'U'fE'^i 

li< /iciiy o/" iiioiOTijJ, M evinced 
Ttmiiil,!!! peneiratiim, Eph, iii. 19, 

IV Xplrrau, 'which aurpBUH all 
benDon,^ or it superior to iJl other 
dit. a)n.i«riiMiy, midof 'whU 
in,'i9iHc/e^, Lu.i.77. FhU. iii. 
L IL 33, -yvwan SidD. Sept, ud 
So of I knowledge of (he Chriiliui 
,. U. 1 Cot, i. 5. 

! Pet iii 

of a 

dR ihcicof, bath theoTeiicil ind 
BHliI, ICor.yiii. 7, 10, 11. 2Cor. 
Slid of m practical knowledge of 
I ID be done, or not done, dixretim, 
o,8C(ir. vi, 6, 1 Pet. iii. 7. 2 Pel, 
i. nd Bfl>t. 3) uid of what ii 
L otjpttivfly, eitfasT geiier. hiew- 
Dtn, iforfriK, 2 Cor, ii. U. ii. 6. 

■ t Sept or tpec. rdi^ima (notB- 

IIW. vi. 20; i>l» the deepett kind 
Ih. Ill a. \iiyiK yvuniuc, where 
quie, ind compue Ln. li. £3, 

■ Tin yn^<rii«, 1 Cor. iiii.2,B, 

, 5, (y." 


l,S(Bui.ver.4S. Slid of God, -ruv 
'i'r>a<rn7<. Sept. 1 Slim.IXvlii.3. 
i.»Ti,,4,M»dj.(y.«i,.™,) L 
^. l)lii the sense tnoum, gener, u 
■ill ri pcnona and thinn, and foil. 
, Jib. Kill. 15,16. Actf i. IS. IT. 
1 17 ; bj Kafi with gen. of place, 
it 42. Sept. So yuaardi' iaia 
Hit -be it known to,' Acta ii. U. 
a il. and Sept. Id Ed emphatic 

tltE Kase j 

H, uUi. 49. Sept. 

'?■];«, f.uirv,(B word foimed from 

^d, dfrived from the noise of 

own of God,' Bom, 
3, 1^—11. As B 

irdlnary friend. 

■ SJ with the I 

*iUi nn. Malt ii. 
nay dUA-i-, Joh 


WiuniMr, nam 

toll, h) 

Il (he 

1 rPA 

frnm Iilent diecontent ; and dictated bf ein- 
liuu, at appnhentiou, mlher (han raent- 
mcnt. So SfHuc In Thueyd. and the bett 
wHien, John vii. 12. 2) «i>rf«i>%, de- 
uoiinit the tijiTtaion of dlKonleat, or dia- 
anii^lution, Act! li. 1 ; foil, bj rpit and 
e,.:-:. nFpenon, Lu. t. 30, jyoyyu]^™ «pde 
Talit uaenrdc ainoi. Sept & later CUu. 
royyuiTTiit, d5, i, (yoyyijoi,) o 
n»irn.w«r,JadeI6. Pror. zxii, 21,Tbeod. 


Ciioi'>h. 809, we* hare y 
p/'trulor^ KpiKTov yoirin 

liiiiii. So Milton : 'Without hit rod re- 
ve-[^(^d. And backward mniCen of disiever- 
[Dg [lOwer.' Soph, Aj. 582, tfpodn /«■«>- 
iat rpit ra/iam rn/tari. 2) br impl. 
an iapotlor.iii lAeai, 2 Tim. lit 15. and 

ro/iot, DU, D, {yiyo^a tr. yf^m) lit. 
' that of which uiy veuel ytBii, ii full,' 
Exod. uiii. 6. op. 1] Oe ladnig oi/ragil 
of a sbip. Acta Hi. 3. and Clasi. 2) by 
impi. Me menAandiie with which it ia 
freigbted, Rev.iviii. II, >q, 

Tamil, ■<«, e, {ySynra, tr. yivofiai,) 
prop, generator, ajiMer. In N, T. occura 
only ^n the plur. deno^ng both father and 
iii«,i>annit>, Matt.i.21. Mll.xiu.l2. 
Lii. il. 27, el a1. Sept and ClaiL 

Ta/u, yoi^TOc, t6, tie hitt, tA yo- 
va-ra. ' the kof e>,' Heb. lil. 12, Sept. and 
Class. Hence, in the phraiei tiemai -ri 
yauBTa, ' lo laitd in |>nyer uid lupplic' 


'. 19. Lu. J 


1 honii^ or 

j's loieei, to kneel, whether in lupplica- 
n, Matt XTii. 14. Mk. i. 40; or re'er- 
X, Mk. I. 17; or mock homage, Mk. 
<rii. 29. Class. 

Vpiix/ia, •Tin, ri, {ypiipm,) geaa, 
>! thing vjiHten, (ko on ypdtpu,) aa I. 
aipAaheiical tAarocter, or ehuvcten, 

:oit. 2 Cor. iii. 7, ir ypa^paffin iirri- 
rvritidm lo X<e«i. GU. <ri. II, TqXf- 
toit yp. 'at how great length;' Mid Kt 
^\a£t — 11. aav thing tpriOen, a writmg^ 
Esd.ui.9. l3.andClus. In N. T. T) 
I Ittlir, Acta iiviii. 21. Gal. >i. 11, and 
:lasE, 2) a mi, bond, Lu. ivi. 6, 7. J«. 
tni. xriii. 6, 3. Class, in the sente ao- 
mmli of expeDMi, &c. 3^ fpArkpn-ra, 




said of the writings composing any book, 
as of Moses, John v. 47, or of the O. T. 
(the Scriptures) 2 Tim. iii» 15. Jos. Ant. 
V. 1, 17. X. 10, 4. 4) fig. TO ypdfxfia, 
*the written, verbal, or literal meaning,' 
as opp. to the spirit, or spiritual one, to 
irvev/itt, and applied to tne Mosaic law, 
opp. to the Gospel, Rom. ii. 27, 29. 2 Cor. 
iii. 6, 7. — 111. letters^ or learning^ as con- 
tained in written books. Acts xxvi. 24, 
•JToXXd yp&fXfiuTa. John vii. 15, ypafi- 
fiara eldivai^ * to be learned,' namely, in 
Jewish knowledge, Dan. i. 4. Class. 

Tpa/i/iaTsirs, tax, 6, (ypd^eo,) prop. 
a writer, but, by use, a public, writer, or 
notary, &c. 1) in the Gr^k sense, a pub- 
lic officer, like our cicstos rottdorum, or 
ptddic secretary, whose office it was to en- 
rol and recite, also to keep the public laws 
and decrees, &c. Acts xix. 35, where see 
my note. 2) in the Jewish sense, a kind 
of secretary of state, whether civil, 2 Sam. 
viii. 17. XX. 25, or military, 2 Kings xxv. 
19. 2 Chr. xxvi. 1 1. Liter, in Sept. and 
N. T. a scribe, one skilled in the know- 
ledge of the Jewish ypdfxfiaTa, or Scrip- 
tures, a scripturist. Thus, there may be 
an allusion to their transcribing the copies 
of the Scriptures ; at any rate, that they 
were transcribed under their superintend- 
ence is very probable. Matt. ii. 4. v. 20, et 
a!. Hence, by impl. one instructed, a 
scholar, one a^le to teach others. Matt, 
xiii. 52. xxiii. 34. 1 Cor. i. 20. 


rpa-TTTOs, t|, 6v, adj. {ypd<P(o,) 1) 
rop. written or emraved, as applied to 
oyov, &c. 2) fig. Rom. ii. 15, to Ipyov 
Tov vofiov ypatrrov tv Tats Kap^ian 
iffiwv, * deeply imprinted,' with allusion to 
the characters traced with the iron stylus 
on the waxed tablets of the ancients, al- 
luded to in -^schyl. Prom. 814. 

rpa<^ri, Tji, v, (7pa<^co,) prop, and in 
Class, a tcrUing, as oft. in Sept. and Class. 
In N. T. ri ypaipij and at ypa<l>al, the 
&ripture, or Scriptures, i. e. of the Jews, 
the O. T. Matt. xxi. 42. John v. 39. 
Acts viii. 32. Rom. ix. 17, et al. By 
synecd. put for * the contents of the Scrip- 
tures,' whether declarations or promises. 
Matt. xxii. 29. Mk. xii. 24. John x. 35. 
Acts i. 16, &c. ; or * prophecies,' Matt. 
xxvi. 54, 56. Lu. iv. 21. Rom. xvi. 26, al. 

Fpanpeo, f. \ffu>, I. prop, and prim, to 
SCRATCH, or score, Hom. II. xvii. 599, 
ypdif/t ii. oi OctIov aypi^ AixMi} 
IIovAudafiajrroc. Also, to grave, or cut 
in, Hom. II. vi. 169. Hence, to carve 
figures, as 1 Kings vi. 29. Sept. Totxows — 
iv KoXairrot? lypai/rc : or engrave them 
on metal or wood, like our etching ; also 
to fonn alphaltetioal characters with the 
stylus, (whereby the characters were cut 
»n in,) to write, abeol. John viii. 6, 

8, yp. «is TTjy yr\v. — II. TO WR 

express by writing, foil, by ace. < 

expr. or impl. John xix. ^, o y\ 

yiypa<l>a, xx. 30, sq. xxi. 24, sq 

o3. xvi. 6, sq. Itom. xvi. 22, et 

and Class. Said of what is writ 

contained in Scripture, Mk. i. i 

viii. 17. Lu. iii. 4, al. So yiypw 

TO ytypafxfiivoi/, as a form of 

Matt. iv. 4, and oft.; also cons 

prepositions and a noun or pron 

Ttvos, eiri Ttva, tivi, or tiuo^, < 

of pers. without prep. ; also foil, b' 

pers. to write cuxmt, or describe,' 

46. — III. TO WBiTB, i. e. to CO 

writing, Mk. x. 4, yp. ^i^Xioi 

(rraoiov. Lu. xxiii. 38, itriypapri 

xxiii. 25, lirtffToXtjV, 2 Pet. iii. I. 

Class. — IV. to write to, address a 

foil, by ace. of thing, and dat. of pers 

i. 13, ov ydp aWa ypdipofitv vpl 

iii. 1 ; bv dat. Rom. xv. 15. 2 C( 

2 John 12. Rev. ii. 1 ; by dat. and 

John ii. 12, sq. So of written ooi 

cations, either for information or i 

tion. Acts XV. 23. xviii. 27. xxv. 

Cor. V. 9. vii. 1. xiv. 37. 2 Coi 

1 Thess. iv. 9. v. 1. Hence y 

ivToX-nv Tivi, *to write a prec 

command to any one,' Mk. x. 5. 

ii. 7. So yiypairrai, 'it is dii 

i. e. in the law, Lu. ii. 23, and 8e 

Class. — V. for iyypdiptiv, to tor 

one's name in a register or book, TO 

T£R, Lu. X. 20. Rev. xiii. 8, aL an 

rpaeodt)f, eos, 6, ^, adj. (<) 
anile, foolish, 1 Tim. iv. 7, and Ck 

Tpriyooito,f. ijo'ta, {iypnyopet^ 
of iytipu),) gener. to be wakeful, to 
intrans. ^a later Greek word,) 1) ] 
be icakettd, keep awake. Matt. X2 
xxvi. 3o, 40, sq. Mk. xiii. 34. xiv. 
sq. Lu. xii. 37, 39. Sept. and Cla 
fig. to be waichjvl, attentive. Matt 
42. xxv. 13. Mk. xiii. 35, 37. A 
31. 1 Cor. xvi. 13. Col. iv. 2. 1 T 
1 Pet. V. 8. Rev. iii. 2, sq. Sej 
Class. 3) metaph. to be awom, i. e 
as opp. to the sleep of our bodies in 
1 Th. V. 10. Comp. iv. 15. Rohl x 

r u /bi V a ^ o), f. dcrua, ( y i;/bivo«,) 1 
to practise gymnastic exercises, as 
the athletae, Thuc. i. 6. Arr. Epici 
11. 2) metaph. to exercise oneself 
pursuit, to train or accustom onesdf, 
IV. 7,\t trtavTov irpoi eu<ri 
Athen. p. 25, D. y. irpo« 6pvtodf\ 
Ktiv. ATT. Epict. i. 26, 3, yvfiwd 
nfiai ol <piX6(ro<f>oi iirl t^« ^t 
Heb. V. 14, aia&trrnpia yeyvfipa 
ixoirrcov, * exercised by use,' and t 
accustomed, xii. 11, Totv it 
yiyv/jLvaafiimii. 2 Pet. iL 14, k* 




if9/umv/iitni9 •rXcove^lats, 'practised 

Tt^raor(a, a«, ^, {yvfivaXuy) 1) 
^LoymNasfJc eaemw, espec. as taken in 
' litantra; 2) tie exercise, or trial, of 
Vodily powers attendant thereon. In 
T. exemw, or training, gener. 1 Tim. 
I, omiutTucfi y, where, as being in an- 
with yer. 7, many eminent Com- 
n explain aacetic training^ mortifi- 
of bodily appetites, &c. as described 
.w. 3; comp. Col. ii. 23. And an ex- 
hai been adduced from Arr. Epict. 
!; bat it rather refers to the first, or 
tnining : see my note. 

yilTcvw, f. cvcrw, (ywfiin?T»j«, fr. 

) prop, to he naked ; also fig. to be^ 
» KT, luUf-naked, i. e. poorly clad, 1 

lydt, 4, 6ify adj. nahed^ I. prop, as 
I &e body, viz. 1) lit. naked^ with- 
aj dothing, prop. Mk. xiv. 51, sq. 
Brr. xri. 15. xvii. 16. Sept. and 
2) laid of one who is 'witnout an 
pnaeDt,* and is clad only in his 
Jx^Twv,) John xxi. 7. Acts xix. 16. 
ad Class. 3) 'poorljr clad, desti- 
neeessary clothes,* implying ex- 
imt, Matt. zxy. 36, 38, 43. Ja. ii. 
Am.; {^. destitute, i. e. of spiritual 
iier. iii. 17, * not clothed in the robe 
t's righteousness,* and thereby ex- 
its the wrath of God. — II. FIG. said of 
as disengaged from the body, in 
iHbsd been clothed, 2 Cor. y. 3, ov 
' ivpe6t{aofic0a, i. e. *our souls 
I not strictly be found naked, but our 
••will be glorified,* &c. Comp. v. 4, 
1 Cor. xy. 51, sq. So the ancient 
tnd also Plato, Cratyl. 20, xf/v- 
y^iuniv rod vrnfiaroU The ellips. 
,. >7itte; jret it is found also in Arctaeus, 

I ■ yP'OTfjv, TiyTo«, ^, nakedness^ gener. 
I ■ * T. Slid 1 ) of the being destitute of 
y clothing, Rom. yiii. 35. 2 Cor. 
»' 8o Sept. in Deut. xxviii. 48. 2) 
* in Gen. ix. 22, tide, yvfipatvip, 
^yu\M of shame.* Rey. lii. 18, 'iva 
^nptid^ v aiorxvvri Ti;« yvfxv. <rou, 
the word denotes fig. ^ the being 
of spiritual clothing,* i. e. of the 
which is by faitn. 

^OsiK^ptoy, ov, t6, (dim. of yuvrj,) 
rf^Jitde woman, but fig. as muliercula 
y^9 paltry weak tooman, 2 Tim. iii. 
* 'wc. Anton, and Arrian. 

j^«uiTo«, c(a, «iov, adj. o/ or per- 
2^ ^^^iBoman, Esth. ii. 11, jcord Trfv 
JL*! ^ yvimuctiav, Thuc. ii. 45, y. 

^ Sy* ^^* ^^' ^' ^^' ywaiKslM 
• ^m\kt. Also of female dress, omar 




ments, &c. In N. T. occ. also in 1 Pet. 
iii. 7, arvvoiKovvTti Korit. yvHiviv, cot<rTipiia a-Ktvti t<^ ywaiKtlto dwo- 
vifioirrti Ttfiriu, where Ttf yvv. is dat. 
neut. of rd yvvaiKiiov, scil. ycvot, tie 
woman-kind, the female sex. The word is 
expressed in Plato, p. 620, A. /utcn t roO 

SwatKtlou yivovi. And so yvvtt in 
[dot. yii. 39. 

Tvvf\, aiKo^, ii, yoc. co yvvai, a 
woman, one of the female sex, as distinct 
from the male. I. gbnbr. Matt. xiy. 21. 
xy. 38, and oft. Said of a voung woman 
or damsel, Lu. xxii. 57. Gal. iy. 4. Sept. 
in Esth. ii. 4 ; of an adult female. Matt, 
y. 28. ix. 20, 22. xi. 11, and oft.— II. 
SPEC, with a gen. or exctf, or the adj. 
viravdpo^, Rom. yii. 2, as denoting relar 
tion to some man, yiz. 1 ) as one betrothed, 
but not yet married. Matt. i. 20, 24. Lu. 
ii. 5. ^ Sept. and Class. Fig. of the 
Church, as the bride of Christ, Key. xix. 
7. xxi. 9. 2) a married woman, wife. 
Matt. y. 31, sq. xiy. 3. Mk. yi. 18, et al. 
saepe. Sept. and Class. 3) a widow, x^P^ 
bemg understood. Matt. xxii. 24. Mk. xii. 
19. Lu. XX. 29; expr. in Lu. iy. 26. — III. 
in the vocative eo yvvai, in direct ad- 
dress. Matt. xy. 28. Lu. xiii. 12. John ii. 4. 
iy. 21. XX. 13, 15. 1 Cor. yii. 16 ; where it 
is far from implying disrespect, (any more 
than &v6pti as applied to men,) but rather 
the contniry, as in the best Classical 
writers, from Homer downwards ; so that 
it differs little from the use of our lady, or 
madam, in the yoc. 

Too via, at, ii, prop, an angle, also a 
comer, gener. I. an exterior projecting 
comer. Matt. vi. 5, kv toX^ ytoviat^ t<ov 
irkaTtiutv, i. e. where seyeral streets meet, 
Matt. xxi. 42. Mk. xii. 10. Lu. xx. 17. 
Acts iy. 11. 1 Pet. ii. 7. Rev. yii. 1. xx. 8, 
at Ttaaapti ytaviai, * the four comers (or 
quarters) of the earth.* Sept. and Class. 
And so Johnson, Diet, in v. comer, ex- 
plains. — II. an interior angle, an inner 
comer, and by impl. a dark comer. Acts 
xxvi. 26, iv ywi/ia trtirpayfiivov. Arr. 
Epict. ii. 12, 17, kv yoavia troulv. 


Aaifiovl^oixai, f. Itrofxai, {iaifiMV,) 
equiv. to Haifioviov cx<Ot to have adamon, 
to be possessed by an evU spirit, Ho be a 
demoniac,* Matt. iy. 24. viii. 16, 28, 33. 
ix. 32. xii. 22. xy. 22. Mk. i. 32. v. 15, 
16, 18. Lu. yiu. 36. John x. 21. Comp. 
y. 20. On the tme view respecting the 
Scripture demoniacs, see my note on the 
aboye passages, espec. Matt. iv. 24. 

Aaifioviov, ov, t6, (neut. of adj. 
daifiovioi,) prop, hy an ellips. of nrviv- 
/ua, a spint comxng from 6 daitLwv^ 


a denum, ot gi»d tfiirit. HenCB, 
gener CM vtftrioT dei^, ' * 

henthea ^ds ofL in ths 
Acti Jivii. 18, fi 

auL; uid i 
CUu. of tfae 

himwlf. 2) nii ot ataidan/ or Quardittn 

rrti, e. g. that of SociU**, Sen. Mem. iv. 
Awil,^ocr.4. 3)of«in<ifffliirit;f<;nis 
the Jews reguded the goda of Ue heathen 
u, if at all i^ bflinga, devils or uQCleait ptii- 

so they iited the termi Baiuur uid 6111^6- 
uiDv of tliefn^ »?in^, (falieaaninlLl pul>- 
■ ■ - " -.DM their head, M< 

iDg up ai 

in the ^ 

10 da hia behota, and conwquentlj' 
eiil of 61017 '""''t '■o''' phjaicu and B 

rendering men demonia 

Tim. iv. 1. Ja. ii. IS ; comp. I^h. vi. i'2. 
It often occ in the phrasea jaiudi'ifii' 
EX"",'" be a demoniac;' U^iKKi,^ -ri 
t. '10 eject demont;" iE'fX'i'fl"' « 
'T^vot, ' Ifl depart fr . . . 

:o their abode. 

V (TD^ia Ikvuitti 


li.l«n, iW ixfyi 
which I would compare a dmllar Bcnii- 
ment of Pint, vii, 341, H. tA Ip n^lw 
SKoyov kbI iTiKTOt koI ffiawt, oi -^iIok 

Periclea tpealft of chSi 
And,ii ■- ■ ■ 

'IK^iBtheClui. te 
s, thai i. 

t mielJiKEni: 
a, or evil epir 

mW. InN. T.admwLorevilepiiit, Matt. 
viii.31. Mk.T.12. Lu.Tiii.29,ReT.n'lii.-2. 
aaiUM, f. iiT£D/uil, 1) prop, lo bili: 
OT tear talA lie Ittth, Claaa. Li N. T. 1) 
melaph. lo vex, amoy, Aarusj, Gal, v. 15, 

other byabueeorcalumnj.' So Air.Kpict, 
ii. 22, iiaut iWiKout nl XotiopCif,- 

Hdxpv, not, to', and Adxpuot, ov, Tt). 
a tear, Lu. vii, 38, 44, el at. and -ri 

tl'pi^t. A^ti'^ErTg, 31. 2Cor.'ir+, 

AifcTuXot, 00, £, (oat fniin Ut 
Lenaep suppoaes, but from itUtu^^Ui 
ont,' ai Heb. »M«, 'finger,' fr. « 
pomloiit.'K called fr. one of iti chief 
It is, indeed, a diuim. ia form fr. «» 
(uLat.iiij/i^fr. £icxiTDf,)q.^ljirr 
(Ad poteter, of which a Tsadge rema 
the name giTeu lo thv/brefixger, iiirn 
a&iger. Matt. niii. 4. Hk. vii. 33. L 
4fi, et al. & Sept. In Hatt. uiiLt 
Ln. xL 46, thephnte ' not to louchi 
finger, or the tip of the finger,' a vh 
verbially of thoae, who do not mak 
tligbteit efibrt to accompliih anv ft 
the; profcH to leek. It occ aba i 
later ClaM. By meton. 6 icx. Toi 
(the finger being coDtidered ai (ha 

llprop. oftai 

twrf am'nuZL (aft 
d Ja. iU. 7,1 ha 
id bnital men, Hi 

oliii'a alrror lex*" 
aubdue, both aa uid of coaquciiiis 
miee, end of repreiung unruly pBi 
Hni^.ll i, 492, and Joseph. Anl. ii 
Hence Jaa. iii. 8, S 


money, whethef at or without i 
in K. T. only the latter, La. 
2) mid. iar-fjc 
lend Tnon^ to 

ie&, L e. to I 
Sept andCIaas- 
, neat, ot Mn* 


awd.i>, f. At->, [Sairdn,) 
,BOft,to expend mom, to b>_ 

a good 

WKM, trans. KV-f.'JS. e. ti -wap- 1 


absol. 2 Cor. xii. 15, tawa 


d.24,i. i^'afrroTcThncf 

2) in 

bad aenie, *o ,p™f. i. e. 

tmnB. .Lu. IT. 14. i. xdirra : ata- 


TBI. iWoraic iu«v t. Th 

3. TU.47. viii.46. 





Aaxpia, f. uiB, (Jd<pip,l «D thni i i a partide alanding afl 
ttrt, iattana. John li. 35, and Class. I ^ord,' in7clau«, stiiclfj ad 

AnjCTuXiac, Of, D, (do<cTiiXiii,J .v ofleaer timnsitive, and aarriis (Uk 
|Hr-ni|9, Lu. XT. 22, given as a msik of , iid) to inttodnce KmethiDg ebe, iH 


mfrnfaionlit tu been taid, Drinmddi' 
aa Iknlii, nr in eiplsjiBtiaD Ibereof. 
Sua h dfliotH gener. /ad, and, o/w, 
iHiAr, ftc L juvnteinvi, M, L e. ' on 
«« EmUuT,' 1) omplr or klona, Uatt. vi. 
lrill,iiid Ld. iu. U. lui. 8, ind oft. 
n h tit foramlt flr—ti, ' indeed— but,' 
uix,7,itiL— tl. coNirNUATivB, ba, 
^ mi, ijjo, Ac 1) geaet. and intn- 
'intAEunpvwnph av ientence. Hatt. 
liri9.m.l^MZK]». In thii uae 

m»% daKt,'^^2^T^'li,'lB, 16. 
:W,ft.S(l,teiXor«j. 2,) ttlmn it n- 
llantllLoii^t intnmpttil, in tbe unee 
b, irfcn, &c. Hitt. tL 7, Tfioiriii- 
i« iJ' Jnliii "■ 26. Bom. t. 8. 
ut.i.2. jLii. 15. Bo inin^odoHt 
'•■Ifcriiti, AcUiL 17, iya ti tU 
■*;3)umukinE>omelhiiiE tdded by 
to if SQliiution, or dunple, &C. bul^ 
A imfy, &c. Mil. iv. 37, Td ai 
^wifcriBaiiF. in. 8, .!y( ii airdt 
*>i JrfiD Ti. 10, is il V Jpmt ToXit 

K~T«w. Acta xxiti. IsTii. 8. Rom. 
lCoT.1. 11. ZV.56. i) Kai^l, 
^ bit ibetCBie also,) and 
*,la. it. M, mi d\Xa ti tXoIb ij* 
WitniJ. Jotn IT. 27. Act! ». 33. 
J*'!"!, i«, ft, (ii'ofiot,) prop, uid 
If^t^ tad of M>7 tbinff, u in 
'>*(. ud Antiplu ap. SMpli. Tbd. 
**>. Boa. Did. ii. 39, «. Pb. iri. 
m Bbo, u Ae eipieidon of need ud 
■ hn of lemoYing it, pe/t(ib« or isp. 
|5'*h »0Hd«fid u the deprectliDn ol 
H oi mttratT for good, either tor one- 


I te in end, Acta uriL 21, Uii 
aim. or tbingt uuToidtble. 
. ueedt,' HitL hit. 6. Mil. 

prop. TF/tut u smteB, eapec. ba x umme of 
ihudbe to be »ld. 8a Chin. 

, .) in N. T. an tioincfc, held out 

I olbcn, for mining. Judo 7. Comp. 


f (So. ■ Hid of mnmi prowr genet, 
fell?. -.33. Ael.i.1*. 
l^iS. Sept. and Inter Claaa.jlbougb 
■■ 'i Boil J mireaty, tarnisl nqaea. 
imjtf Hii, t. ijri"!, impera. it 
rj, &en u need of, i. e. iome- 
irmit il «b«ent «nd wmtiog; foil. 
■ Nt In N. T. oce. only with an 

umre of the csae, a' teme ef 

abbgation, Ofie miurf, Matt, K^. 

.T aWdv dnXeiiv lie '1. IXTi. 

m.Sl. Lo.ii.49.iT,43. JohniiL 
. .-, „|t Hi. 22. Heb. ii. 26, and CIbb. 
IrMnc nid of what ii made necenaiT 
JnDi>iAtnpointmeaC,Johniii. 14. II. 9; 
I?*' » nghl and proper in itself, or il 
l^ftd \n law, or cnitom, il it right, 
S*"<. •> DMb, Ac. Lu. liii. 11, 16. 
;S:'S-14. John iv. 20. Acta v. 29, 
,*>,rtal.8ispt. and Claaa. ' 
V inloKe mtnld dictate, la a 

G. 3 Mace. ii. 6. 

cc. in later CUls. 

lo make apahlK examvU (i^ to ez- 
to public ibame. 2) equir. lo 
d<.7M"Tl£», abHL Col. Ii. 15, tAi 

miTS, triumphantlj conquered," with 
[in to the public txpoaurt of eon- 
d oDcmiee, In the tiiumphal procct- 

iK^i/ii tmd A.t»q)u, f. itll«, to 
trans. L lo poiiit out, litne to Ihl 
aiuse <ifly one to see, Matt, iv, 8, 

ent IhrBoS for Inapection.* Mk. i. 44. 
t,n. V. 14. Sept. and Cl*>a. So of what 
„ io «UH«, ReT. i. - - - 

>, 10. I 

L 1,1 

disj/at/. Job 

^11. I 

-i-m viiuuvuiriuii. Ueb.vlii.5. Sent. 
.f di-eda,&e. John ii. IS. 1. 32. 1 Tim. 
5. Sept. Of Intfmal tbinge, to mud- 
j,mi:, Ja. ii. IB. iji. 13. Sept. and 
«. — III. to time. Set use, and, br 
. in assign lo, Mk. lir. IS. Lu, ihl 
-IV. (o lioio by words, to leaeh, ifc- 
1, Matt. iTi. 21. Acta lii. 3. i. 28. 
jr. xii, 31. Sept. andClaie. 
ii\la, at, II, (JitXdv,) limidi^, 
Im, i, 7, TviDfia jiiXfac, equiT. lo 
j/m Sulot, Sept. wd Clan, 
c 1 X L d u, f. iaa, (iiiXoT.) to be Urntd, 
fraid, ttlnol, John iiT, 27, and Sept 

I peiio 

["."whose 1 


:liDDae to mention, MAtt- i 

Sn the Spmiardi uaii_u«.um/, i.u» iisin.u 
id, Bjid the English Mr. Sad-o-oM, ot 
Wiuf-Jje-arfi-iini, and the Latin iiesdo 

Aeicuiv, adv. from adj, itvfA^, Trhieh 
sijnilics not only ferriife, hut mad, vehc- 
wKl, fiiY*S!MW, espec, as aid of the »t#r- 
isgi of life, (.W istvui <nip.<^fHil,^ »»i 

ABI 76 

roar, gnfif, iniig- 

In (bii luier mu 
chicflr uKd, haviag the i 
So Mut. Tiii. 6, Stiiiat 
^ grievDuilj tortured,' and 

nbrd, bitler iDOigDUioD b 
n. V. 139, JE.vil f o/iotXiao! irpBaifn, 
*addTeu«d hiifl inahup rebuke/ Herodat. 

r. s3,_i. 

the till 

>, (Jill 

u,) fo foik 

B. Ln, ivii. 8. Sept. and Cli 
Said of tfae PucbaJ gupper, Lu. iiiL 
1 Cor. n. 25.^ In Rey. iU. 20, i. ^ - 

admUgiDD into the Mewuth's luogdoi 

Aiiimov, on, rd; in Horn, snd tfae 
ear]^ writen lAe mornino nuoZ, aa ojip. to 
tipiroi,, the cming iwo2, but in the At^e 
and later wrilcn the evening jneal^ wba- 
tber termed dimter or supper. And oo in 
N. T. 1, prop, the tale meal of the Jem, 
lai Hao of the Greeks uid Ramuis, tnken 
at or towarda eTemnv; and, from tbii 
being the chief meal, the term ii one em- 
plored 10 denote a ianqatt or erUerlain- 
a N. T. (a. Malt. - " 

Mk. t 

21. : 

', 12, el 

John lii. 2.) and the Clus. Also a figure 
to denote the felicitv of the Mesiiah'a 
kingdom, B«». xii. S, 17— II. (aid of the 
Fai^alsmpeT, Joha aa.2,i. iB.W; of 
the Lord'i Supper, 1 Cor. n. 20.— III. by 
meton. the fiiod (alien at «u|roer, 1 Cor, 
x\. 31, IB Ifiof t. vfiokouBdnt. So 
Dan. i. 16. Horn. II. ii. SB3, el al. He- 
>tod. Op. i. 207. 

AiKri^af^wUiOwn, 0, 4, adj. [itHa^ 
ialfAav.) prop, gad^arng, and m tbe 
Clan, nsed both in a good lenee, to Bigoify 
reUffioadu dispoaed. and in a bad one, 

Huif,) oec. in the Cliu. writen in a bad 

a good one, for rdigiottmets, or ret^iim, 
Mp. in tfae liteT Claw, and Joaeph. and 

timet put for anj ipei 
XXY.1.28. Lu.iv.5; 
for a Aort time, Rer, i 

fE'<iTaO aU tfae 

I numLr, »alt, 
al., or fltanding 

d e «/* Ji-rt, (iDoni umallyn't 

«tKa,);!/tMs, Jofanii. lS,et>L 

Matt. i. 17. 2 Cor. lii. 2. QaL iL 1 

a lenlh part of any thins, e. gr. 
spoils in war, Heb. vii. 2, 4. Gen. : 
Also of the fmila of the earth and 
crease of the flocka ; i^hirh, br tbe 
law, was paid to tbe prieelbood, tilAi 

AIkotoc, <i,av,aAi.aelenlh,. 
10. Rev. ixi. 20. Hence ti ». adj. 
lie tenli part, Bev. iL 13, and Sept 

A(lcaT0'», f. licrn, iJKliTq,) 

naeiw tiOei from, Heb. vii. '$. 
Pua. to le Hiked, at to pay tiOet, 
vii. 9. 

t, 4, dv, (Terbal from llun 

S. auVu iirrc. Phil. It. is einrla . 
Sept. ^2) by impl. /avonmlie, prm 
u eud of a time or k*eod frir doia 
thing, Lu. iv. 19. 2 Cor. tL 2, Kmf, 
AiXia£u>,f. fiiro, ( JtXoip, a W 

^dtu.l tit. DM utto bdu p&xo* til 

urt of li^hMnned aoldiera, 11)10 (Ii 
' laneeani' of the Bonums) cover" 
liefat fluik of the pbalani of hnvy-' 
Boldiery, and prob. acted, in turn, a* 
guarda and aentdnela, in Attendana 

incipal olScen, Acta ixiii. 33. 

ind in the ClaaL, but occ, in the 3 

i.6,etal,i woM, Bev. 1. 3; *■ 
^6t, Matt. 1. 29 ; oZc, Ln. iiii. S9 
vuv. Matt. T. 39 ; ^ipt,. John K 
dtXi tA diFiil ical ipiimfii. 2 C 
7. Sept. uid Cb».— II. teiliaa m 
eipr, I) n Ufii, eciL yilp, Mtt^ 
xxrii. 29. Rev. i. 20. ii.l, ». I, 7. 
ndClau Thephiuedif ids dijw* 
1 Gal. ii. 9. anJ Bometimet in Claa 
if. like the Lat. 'doilram dare,' 'to 
covenant,' tbe right hand being * ' 

. zU. 3,(11 

general, Hob, ;. 

i;? thipj 



tbe ngbc putt' of b. 

I gencnl. So Jjc £■£.,. 

Halt. xini. 38,et >t. iu 

..tXTi. 5. Sept wd C1»M. 

mteelor, Acu it. 35. Ps. in. B. 
UBi, C 0t4ff<>^aJ, dep. put. (nor. 
. with mid. riinit itiifiiii, imj,. 
t, iJiiTi,) 1) prop, to Beed 

* Met «^ u oft. in Cliu. tliauKli 
».T.i^ere itiiuud in n huTo 

udj fgund in the Clui. writeiB. 
i nak Inawit oiw'f wed iy or- 

to haitii, aii, pray, &c. u our 
9 UQMt ii, In the nuiguBN of cotd - 
life, uied to Hgniff Miin, and 
hm Uie Bdjnne^ to expreu that 
h afrwly. TbuB it ia u»d In the 

1} ^er. tad tbHl. to moAs n, 
Hon I 10. 2 Cor. T. 20, folL hj- 
iftm. pen. uid uciu. of thi 
■agoietoed hyuari, , 

2)i4Bud tif pravmg to Ood, loll. 
IjjHLof pert ActjTiiL22. i. 3. 

• KC. lOd Tflde. 

'>, orm, put. iinpen. of tti (wh. 

,' frgm the nature of the csae, as 
i S, 01 in •ccoi'dince with ' what is 
•d pmpfr' Acts lii. 36. Td iiar- 
^ 1. 13, and Claaa, 
•a. am, i-d, (SiaiB,) tit Ml of k 
oimil, Hob. xi.37. Sept. & CLua. 
a a garmaa of aim, lueh at waa 
' ll» propbeta. See Zech. liii. i, 
iJTiiigc, n, ov, adj. made o^itn, 
,U>tt.iii.4. Mk.1.6. Sept and 

&c. Lq.1 

ig a pukhone or a portsr. 

g, f. ijtru, to bind teiti oiatu, 

ii. 29, and later Claaa. for iaff- 

L.crwA,^!, ^, (j/»,) a imadfe, Halt. 
. 30. Sept. and Claaa. 
liirpiot, (on, i, (iiff^fa,) ow lOTDKi, 
. rtsonw. Malt xivii. 16, Mk. iv. 6, 
&. Dtt The phniea I. -roi; Xpi<rroD, 

' " 1 for Christ't lie,' or Ida teli^on, 
J Tim. i. 8, et al. Comp. 

Zech. ii. U. I 

A, (««.) i, 

and with, I. ii 

lY Uffament by which oi 

•, f. ti/iii, (earn, with -rlpir, or 
lav, (o roA [off], aee mv note od 
.H.| l)to;Io}r,«Ho™fe,M™. 
', ind elsenh. in the Clau, wiiteni, 

^ atonWv- So foil- hy ace. Matt. 
oiL 19. John iviii. 23. With ace. 
Lg. niL 63. Acts t. 40. Fug. 
. of manner, xoWdt, or iXlya,, 
nil, Lo. lii. 47, iq. and Claaa. 
Itim, !. tina (Jiir^d!,) to bind, 
I) mp. to ioii anjr ihiug orper- 
viui a band, eapec. ai a piisonei, 
4i or cbu'ni. Acta iiii. i. Sept 
a, 2) to bind i^ artictea together 

ung. n prop, any liffamenl by wl 
hing it boaiid lo another, as Xen. An. iii, 
>.6, HeoceaaJd afaligament by nhich 
be Die of iome memb« of the body ia 
mpeded, e. gr. tbe tongnB, Mk. yii. 35 1 
he liinbi, Lu. liii, 16. Septand aaaa.— 
I. plur. at iiff^ol, and Attic t* tca/ii, 

lumdi or bondt ; of which the former oce. 
St. Paul-B epietlea, aa Phil. i. 13, & oft 

i-ut not in the Claaa. ; tbe latter, to St. 

Uke'i writlnga, aa Lu. yiii. 29, * oft. 
iis-po^ilXnJ, aunt, 4, (titiiSt, ipi- 

i-a^,) a pmoH-ieSieT, jailor, Actiiyj. 23, 

■n, 36. Joe. and Si^l. It it tnppoaed 
Cliti. but I £nd it ia 

Lucian ii. 5 

I, 539. iii. 336. 

AiB-uMTi|t, ou, 6, (turuia,) a pri- 
«r, Aelt ayii. 1, 42. Sept. and Claaa. 
AtairoTtis, ov, i, (iiinroB, fr. old 
Fwta or d^iTffu, aulwo, premo,) one icbo 
lea OI H at the head r^ any thing, 1) 
'er of a &mily, Dpp. to ''■ ^ -'-- - 

Apocr., Joaepb., & Claii. 2) b; impl. a. 
denoting aupreme authority. Lord, «he- 
tier aa lud of God, a> Lu. ii. 29. Acta vi. 
2*. Bey. yi. 10, or CSrist 3 Pet il. 1. 
Jude 4. Sept. in Gen. ly. 2, 8. Job y. 8. 
Fray. iiii. 26. In the Claaa. it ia often 
Implied to kiaga, or aupnme rulen, though 
iomeiimet to the heatlien godt. 

Atti{?o, ady. Afro or AifAer, at used both 

iF place and time, L of FLACE, fere, 

iUlier, eipee. with verb! of motion, aa Ip- 

X"^<u, often in Claai. In N. T. only 

id aa an ([iclamBtion, br an ellipe. of 

(<H>, at Jobn zi. A t.ipo I£u. Acta 

. 3, diipo lit 7^11. With an impera- 

iiye, Matt. zii. 21, tiiao, dwXoueM uoi. 

Mk. I. ai. Lu. lYiii. 22. Sept With 

ftit indie. Ada yii. 31. Roy. lyii. I. iii. 

9. Sept. & Clan.— II. of TtMI, ixpi toi 

£iSpo, t. -xpiiiov, Rom. \. \S,<anUl wno. 

AEY 'i 

Clui. ofL both iritli Sxpi ml f^XP*- 


AiuTi, >dT. formed from Itip' I71. 
come iitAeTf uid coDwqufinlly onlj usei] 
oftbepluT. Mitt. xiii. 4. Mien. 3i,>a.l 
aftsD either b; itKlf, foil, b; irjiai 
or with Bn Jnipt - ' - " - 


itm,lo utml ; (ee jii lud jfofu 
&(Id,C rfiru, to Uld, TfK, tlUt 
niae,laliaid ttaattawfitr.cBon 
mother, Thnc. Id. 104. dX^irit t 
» dJiXov. MaCt. itiL 30. ui. 3 

, .,. _.. 2, 4. Ld. xix. 30. Act* 1. 11. 

liiTi, Mill, ind CIul; of dad bodice bou: 
fv,Matt.xxJ, wODUd around, with gtmv»-eIotha, 

on tie* 

& lit. lie 'teamd-fint. 'o<x. 

;,) Ml adj. niirkiBB tocceHion ol" 

lued oslT in id ulverbiil Hnu, 

HJ day. Acta uyiii. 13, & Clau. 

u, h, 4, adj. prop. 

projrtr name for tie fettival d/ wdeaaned 
bread canaecled with the FuKTer. 

AiirTipot, a, on, ordinal adj. toeaning, 
geoer. teoond^ in any way, whether iD DDm- 
ber. Matt. uii. 26. John ir. 54. TiL iii. 
10 ; or order. Uatt. izii. 39. Acta liii. 33. 
1 Cor. IT. 47; in place. Acts lii. 10. Heb. 
\x. 3; or time. Act. vii. 13. So neoter 
■dT. t6 2iuTipoi>, nam, 2Cor. liii. 2; 
or iti-Ti^y. John lii. 4 ; or luoiidlp, 
1 Cor. xit. 28. So iic itvrifou, ogam. 

i> hands, to 

in. whert 

h prep, u 


a«pt. and CI 

iria-ToXi,, Acta uii. 5. iiviii. 21. -niv 

X^pir, 2 Cor. liii. 4. ri rap' iiiHv, Phil. 

IT. 13. Sept. and Clais. 3) meUph. ttii, 

BaeAilav -mu eir>i,Mlc.i. 15. Lu.iTiU. 


:im. Bo' gener. Matt. i. U, 40, eq. et 
I. n^, & CUu. 80 of reeeption or 

oto any one's preaenee, Lu. xi. I L Hence 
}- impl. Id biar tad, 2 Cor. li. 16, u> 
a^ipwa jifuffff fit. 2)iiietii{>h.DfthingB, 
fo Teeehe or odtul with tiie mind (ind 

i™5. ■( 3 
with Tdv Xoy«r. Ld- » 
14. li. I. ivii. II. lTheu.i. 
Ja. i. 21. tJ t " 

tad, a> the huda or feet, lo p» 
ioiKfi, foil, bj ilXi^iriiri, Hk. t. 3, 4 
xil. 6. Hi. 33. Witd. iTii. 13. So 
iiu Tivd, MatL liL 29. liT. 3. ii 
». almi riiat. Halt. IZfiL 2. H 
27. VL 17. t. Ir <t»>\<iKS. et aL 
iioiiai, to iein baida, or priirm, K 
7, and oft. Sept. and Clu>. Fig. 1 
liii. 16, flv IJniriv £ S. i. e. hat dq 
of the UB of her limbaj aee mj 
2 Tim. ii. 9, aW i \oyot -raS da 
^■jiTDi, 'i> not hiodcred or nati 
because / am boond.'— III. riKF. 

Td TDU IIri(i>aT«, 1 

•tfianXif"',^ Cor. nil. 

Jj*^' — Bo Thuc. ii. 10, Ti ■rapa.yy< 

in the Clan, in in , , . . . 
N. T. only in tbemetapb. one. 1) a 
of the coniunl bond, Rom. Til. 2. I 
Tu. 27, 39, and Uiet CTua. 2) Art 
23, ttStulvm TU mffioTi, lit 
<tx compiled in mud, i, e. * under a i 
impulse of my nJnd,' eqiiiT. to oar 

A 4, a particle which impartB to a ' 
or Bent«nce a notioo of raiuily at €ert 
in oppoution to mere wvmn ,- and 

truly, rraUy, ifilt. liu. 23. 2 Cor. 
Sept. and Clua. AIm in a borutiie 
cetne wu, lim, Ln. iL 15. tu\9mm. 
Im B. Act! liii. 2. it. 36. 1 Cor. 
SoEdBaTi eft Toi- Qtot. Sept. and 
But even here, it merel; ilraigliM 
axhnrtation eipreaaed in the other 
jf the paauge. In fact, Lti almotf 
force i> that of ttrengtheoing an a«a 
AqXov, tt, oil, adj. mont^.^ ec 
Matt, xxn 73. So di^Xoi' »dl. ie 
Cor. IT. 27. Gal. iii. 11. 1 Tini.-ri. 

mat^eit, eeidetil, ot fanwa, tiwu. ■ 

[. of TBINOS, 1) put, (d ngJotsot 

Cor. i. 11. Col. i. 8. Sept. and 

2) future, or hidden, to fevial or 

leaiA, 1 Cor. ill 13. Heb. ii. 8. 1 1 

11. 3 Pet. i. 14. SepL and ClaH.-I 

WORDS, to limi/y, Heb. iii. 27. -rd 5 

dirng, jqXoZ. Joseph. Ant. iii. 7. 1, S 

llitioif^ Mavaxa.ri,0 t.™. 

■"Ill I Aijjitii'opfc.i, E BUB, (i^Mm, 

«pt. dJw,) (o addrea tie permie w n »M 

'iV ftiaily. foil, by irpdc and ace. A.:la li 


W. OM Kilo uwrfc ^ a« Mitt: 4™j& 1 

im, firvi^, 


r thrta^hoHt^ and vovoi 

if I lAnM^A, &c, u nirl, 1 ) of pJoa, implying 
k I — .!^^ Mrvu^ B place, and put afleTTprb* 

Idnl, (Hoc 
^fc tbit of an artisan. Hcmce it cams I of motion, at going, coming, &c. 
If wn nrt^ex, a nujgter-imilder^ fit or- lii. 12. Heb- XI. 29, andofu or with word! 
;«. AmrdingW, it i« by the pliilwo- I implying motion, «i 2 Cor. viu. IB. 1 Cor. 
I>V nc PIUo, often applied U God liii. 12. Mk. li. 16. AcU liu. 49. Lu. t. 
- < thket and Creator of the world. 19. 2Cor.ii. 33,<ic Jiil Tupdc, 'aiif paia- 
-—».li(«.i.4,7& 9, when the world 'ing through the fire.' 1 Cor. iii, 15, and 
■ gM mfii: ImLtovfyci -rixr^iiia. i ClaBg. 27of time, eithn continued time, 
' '^ *" """" God tJp S^\fuo^>pyA]| how long, £AroH<n, ^Artiwiotrf, during, 
dflMT or FiKner of the I Lu. y. S. Aclai. 3. Heb, ii. 15; or of Ml 
indefinite period, during a iongH Interval, 
as iid TOKTit, ' by night,' Act* v. 19. ivi, 
9 ; or of time elapeed, 1. t. nficr. Acta 
iifir. 17, it Iruii irXiiavcsi'. OaJ. ii. 1, 
tii »,K. Ituv. Mk. U. I, ti V'P""' •C'l' 
Tiv£v. Sept sod Clm. 3) or the inHni- 
ment., or intermediate cauie, between the 
act of the will and the effect, and through 
which the eSect proceeda, liroagi. ly 
meani nf; said parllf of things, aa Mk. 
lyi. SO, *id ff.mii„», John li. I. jyii. 20, 
Acta iii. 18, 21, v. 12. viii. 18, i. 43, et 
al, affipiw, 1 or of persons, through who» 
hands any thing aa it were paaaea, through 
whose aeencv the effect ig produiid. Mall. 
i. 22, tS iiSiv iin To5 xpoA^Tou. ii. 5, 
15. Lu. iviii. 31. John i. [7, et al. rajuis. 
4) of the fluHJe, Mate, or dieumetsDcet 
through which any thing passes or takea 
place, both of manner, Lu. Tiii. 4. Acti 
jy. 27. Rom. Yui. 25. liv. 20. 2Cor.x. 
11. Gal. y. 13. ^h. Ti. 16. Heb. xii. 1, 
et al.; and of stale. 

.' SoHeb. xi. lO.ilii^ipL 

!)■ Aithilect and Framer of thai 
lag dly' which Abnbam looked 

^11, s», h, («», to hind, collei 
jfyy *,} ihf. peo^ at large, ai distij 
IJW too thcpnndpal peiKna, (Hot 

■*^ t^mdm, but Ih 

fit the occaiion 

L 30; for 

a, aa Schleagner s 

J^l^r m, the jWbbi, or place of pul.- 

""fp'oltiewopfe limasiembledi 

V"- 1" 1 ia\<iata, espec. in the phrase 

P^ t™ ik Tdi- i^^e„. Acts jtyi!. 

*-»>)'VlhoM. intheClutwrilen, 
2* ™»!. Sya -rpdt t6i, JSmw, ' to 
"" to u indienee with the public ss- 
uJ ■iiiXe.ii. cli Tdi. Sa^or, ' to 
= - "Waeod,' which occurs in Xen., 
"^-Bil Poljh. iii. 44, 10, and xiLt. 3, 1. 
»*''"'•, ady. formed from dit. (ine. 
' S^Wtio,, witii ellips. of x^pS, 
, JS.*"' "i- 37. lyUi. 28. «. 20, 
I ~*^8eoairnote«oaThuc. (Ittdei.) 

^^r-Ui^'pMi^ Act. y.' mTt 
*''™ <■ Joseph, and Class. 

^n'-fi'"' ''""• "^^^ » '"'"' »doptod 
' ?^™ ftoni the Latin daiariiu, cquiv, 
" """t ipayuft, which is eouiv. to 
JJ^ Wf-p™y, Matt. lyiii! 28, et 

iZy"*, idy. (ii, HOTS,) prop, 
~^,»m/jr aS; hut alio iubioined 
* "•"n mtdt to attengthen the idea 
■ (»oililT ind compreheodyeness, and 
JJJ'' lo ibe L«. tiwOBe and the Eng. 
"ttwr, John y, 4, lo StjwoTt iwrn- 

si'f =", sdT. tiii, Tou,) indeed, vsrilv, 
?*- "' IS, and Ckas. See aiv note on 
"•twLil37, 196.208. 
"^'"i prtp. vith the primajj significa- 

2 Cor. 

. 14. : 

al. Bwpe — II. with the 

. 32. 1 Cor. 
- Heb. i 

12, B 

ith the Accus. lArwgh, bv 
intermediate or efficient 


. efficient 

ige, tlirough, bg ffleons of, both as said of 

lumgs, John n. 3, M lAr \6yov. Heb. 

T. 14. Rey. iii. II. liii. 14. 2 Pet. iii. 

12, and Class. ; and of persons, John vi. 

. ..- «£ 

10, hd Mivov. Lu. i. 78. £ph. Ii. 4, 
.. dyirni'. PhiLi. 15,uidClBas. 2) of 
the ground or motiw, the moving or im- 
pelling cause, of any tiling, on uctatist 
of, blouse of, and that both gener. aa 
Matt. 1. 22. liii. 21, 58. Lu. »iii. 47, et 
Bcnse Jot lie loAe b/, 
'king the purpose of 

L/?^ K 

xi. 15. i 

I, Mk. J 

>i any thing, on account 
es place. Matt, isvii. 
X. 19. Bom. ii. 4, it. 
. and Class. 3) of the 

through which any thing 

takes place. Gal. iy. \A,Si' dirtiimsv -rqt 
annnL. ' through or durtHj ^Kiflaj -seU.- 


80 AIA 

ness.* So Aristot. Mir. Ausc. 68, dia 
Tdv xctft^va. In composition did mostly 
retains its signification, and refers, ] ) to 
space and time, throughy ihron^hout, im- 
plying transition, continuance, &c. as 
dia^aivut, dtairXcw, dtayivofiai, didyto : 
also trop. through, to the end, marking com- 
pleteness, and thus becoming intensive, as 
dia^Xinru, SiayivtaaKto. 2) to distribu- 
tion, diffusion, &c. throughout, among, 
everu where, as SiayyiWot. 3) to mutual 
or alternate effects or endeavours, through, 
hettoeen, among, scil. one another, to and 
fro, as diaKptvofiai, dia/uavp/uat. 4) to 
separation, equiv. to Latin ais, in two, in 
puBces, apart, &c. 

Aiafiaivia, f. firto-Ofiai, to pass 
through or over, foil, by ace. of thing, as 
a country, or a sea or river, Heb. xi. 29, 
{Ttiv BoXao-o-av,) Sept. and Class.; foil, 
by th or ir/oo9, denoting the end of ac- 
tion, Acts xvi. 9. Lu. xvi. 26, and Class. 

Ata^dWto, f./3aXctf,prop. trajicio, {iia- 
TTtipat,) to pass or thrust any ihmg throttgh 
another, to transpierce. So Diosc. iv. 76, 
cited by Steph. Thes. b <t>\ot69 dta/3Xt)- 
0e(9 Xivoo. Diog. Laert. i. 118, cited by 
Schleus. IjCZ. 6ta^aX6vra r^s Ovpav t6v 
Saicrv\ov. Also Jos. Ant. xiv. 67, firi 
dvvdfittM>9 diafiakiiv airrov tdu eridripov. 
Hence, by the same figure as that in the 
Lat. traduco, to defame any one, lit. to 
thrust through, and thereby destroy any 
one^s reputation, there being (as in the 
phrase 'n-poariKoacai avTd, i. e. the en- 
mity, Tw a-TavptS, by his cross. Col. ii. 
14) an allusion to the ancient custom of 
annulling covenants, by driving a nail 
through them. In this sense the word 
often occurs in Thuc. and other of the 
best writers. And so in the pass. foil, by 
dat. Lu. xvi. 1, Su^Xridti avrw for irpd? 
avTov, as in Sept. and Hdot. v. 35/ Yet 
with this difference in sense, that in the 
Class, writers it is almost always used of a 
false, not a true charge; though in the 
latter it occurs in Aristot. Plut. iii. 15. 
Philostr. Vit. Ap. iii. 38. App. L 420. 

Ata/3e/3atoio, f. unrto, to strengthen 
thoroughly, render quite firm, as any thing 
implying a compact, as laws, government, 
peace, &c. ; but in N. T. and almost 
always in Class, used only in the mid. 
iiaBtfiaioofiai, metaph. to strengOien one- 
se^ in affirmation, to affirm strongly, as- 
severate, assure, foil, by irepi with gen. 
1 Tim. i. 7, fxh irtpl rtvotu d. Tit. iii. 
8, irspl TovTuv d. and later Class, and 

Ata/SXeirctf, f. \Jffo, 1) nrop. to look or 
see through any thing, and 2) like the Lat. 
dispicere, by impl. to view it attentively and 
am a de arly^ Matt. vii. 5. Lu. vi. 4*2, and 

A(a/3oXo«, ov, 6, v, {dtaB> 
which see,) prop, an adj. as in Plii 
vi. 225, 13, TO iiafioKov kuI kuk 
and Gloss. iid^oXoi, * criminosus.* '. 
subst. a traduoer, calumniator, at 
1) gener. 1 Tim. in. 11. 2 Tim. 
Tit. ii. 3. Sept. and Class. 2) 
the art. 6 A(a/3o\o«, the Accuser, b 
of eminence, equiv. to Heb. Satan, < 
sary ; both designations highly app 
ate, since the Devil is in Scripture 
sented as the constant adversary b( 
God and man ; of the former, by withi 
ing all His plans for the good of me 
the latter, by acting as uieir accuse 
calumniator before God (Job i. ' 
Zech. iii. 1, 2,) and their seducer f 
1 Chron. xxi. 1 ; and, in short, as 
in a great measure, the author of al 
physical and moral, to the human 
Such is the representation of the d« 
the O. T. ; and in the N. T. he vp^ 
the constant enemy of Grod and Cnii. 
also of the Gospel and its followers, 
falsehood and malice, and exciting o 
evil in every possible way. Matt i"^ 
8. xiii. 39. xxv. 41. Lu. iv. 2, 3, 5., 
viii. 12. John xiii. 2. Acts x. 38. 
iv. 27. vi. 11. 1 Tim. ui. 6, 7. 2 "■ 
26. Heb. u. 14. Ja. iv. 7. 1 Pet 
Jude 9. Rev. ii. 10. xii. 9, 20. Kern 
phrases Ik too dia/3. or vIo9 tov i^ 
* to be like Satan,* in disposition vm. 
lities, John viii. 44. Acts xiii. 10. 
iii. 8, 10. In John vi. 70, iid^ 
either equiv. to vldv tov i. ^an en- 
God and man,* or ^ one disaffected 
person,* a betrayer or enemy. 

AtayyeXXo), f. ytXoa, (dfcb 
yeXXo),) lit. to announce throughom 
to disseminate thoroughly, as a rep 
tidings. Also, to cumounoe by mestf 
any edict or proclamation. So in 
In N. T. it is used 1. of^prodaiming 
where the glad tidings of salvation. 
Gospel, (Lu. ix.60,diayytXXc rni^ 
Xttav TOV Oeou,) or disseminatim 
glory and majesty of God, Rom. :3 
OTTMV iiayytk^ to ovofid fiov. S 
in Herodian, iiarpixtua is used of a. 
disseminated far and wide, i. 15, 2. i 
iv. 11, 2. — II. it is used of fullv am 
ing, or giving notice of any thin^ 
xxi. 26, d. TTiv imrX^pwatv TStv^f 
(where see my note,) Sept. and Cla.: 

iiiaylvofiai, aor. 2. duytvofiw 
to be throughout, or always, as said 
istence, Thuc. v. 16. Xen. Mem. ii 
& al. and denoting permanency, 
frequently used of time, to be thnm 
i. e. past, or elapsed, Mk. xvi. 1, i 
trafi^aTov, * past.* Acts xxv. 13, 4j 
d, ^ having elapsed or intervened.* i 
in the best Class, writers. 


vnajtit, £ ynSiaaiiM, lofaiaiEl 
l,<a OairHuUf. Alu, b; meton.j 

HB^^Tkli^T. i". judical 

■Dd, if impL fo iJ«ciife or deUr- 
Dctmiog iv Acu udii. 16, ^. 
TiHr rd rtoi aOrov^ xxIt. 22, 
m? i^c. So Thuc. iii. 53, 
idrta xpfffw, IT. 46, tL 39, and 

ffmpi\m^ t 'ffv, Co mate bHvn 
■ri, Dr ner* ujen, to totf obnaJ, 
re, Lo. il. 17, «.>Y»p<«iv «<(•!, 
bfnt^ffiu, in Huk. 

yriU^i,^^ l^urip. Hinp.92l'; 
), in > JDdicitl Miue, tDch ■ /nU 
WE DT uanwta/KiH, u prodncH 
MuiL jiuicnBflif, Act! XX*. 21, 
<t< ,1, t4v Toi £.^WT<» £.a- 

1">Tri]:>h f- i<". lit- 1" nonlwr 

■M, (0 jbomwriv 

VilVi>i>{n, £ >(», prop.enliMC' 
dm^ilnK the Biglit, Hdiin. iu. 
b N. T. to i< fioro^i^ oudfa, 

'"Q, i J», ( jii, iyoi,) prop- f* 
'HijBijperBBii or Ibing Ihrovgli 
■n. u inothci place. But alio. 

T nwliet throDib, i. t, to nm. 
&> 1 Urn. ii. 2, ViiX""' ^'o" i- 
■ Xo. Hier. liL 10, iiijni^avui 
I" I. Comp. Xen. Eptin. t. 15, 
™. TwXoiirfli;, iiSjyav, iopnin 
"> Tw ^t' iXXtiXvv pUm. So 
■Viboold be pointed; tad for E{. 
{*'", for Jn dyorrai, ' u if celt 
!■ 8eeinJy»,lI. 

<!■ Hreco AcU vii. 46, 8* [«■ 
•1 toJiW^iWi (BiJnir) el «" 
00 Ptrilo, p. 634, toBi rarlpm 



Ln. ri. 22. itiii. 

>->. Jehn Ti II. AeUiT 

anHaX"', 00, (from tiaiiioxa, peif- 
nid. of iiaSlwiuti.) ptop. u id}, u 
Eurif. Troed. SM, (pra J. Thme. i. IIIN 
rairpiie j. J bnt ilmoit Uwiji 1 mbu. 
I MiitEBOr, Act! iiir. 27, uid oAea in 

A.^tuvviiFii, fat.^i^s-.'aatrijnla 
ruur^i, t e. fiiml7, truL John liii. t. mid. 
In iiird BII7 thing mad omadf, nL 7- 
|>crf. pui. liii. 6. Sept. and Ckn. 

14^11^ of any thins; and SBjd, I- of 

""b. il. 16, 17. Joi, and Claw.- 
'loflt, aa elleoled by mutoal 
nE and dupoaitio 

IB. iviL 1-19.) Lu. L 72. Acta iii. 25. 
jal. iiL 17, and tomed i iiaHtcrt Ti^t- 
rou^E, Acta Tii. 8. SepL and 2 Hacc. nii. 
1,^. 3} ef the Mofow roveoaat, enteied 
Qlo at Mount Siuiu, Eiod. tot. 3—12. 
lieli. il. 4, -rrfti xx^a-ran T^t i. Rev, ji. 
L9. Since the old covenant ii cont^ed 
in the Mouic hooka, iliaB^ici] ia put by 
Lucton. for &t hook of He amnaiU, til 
Mowic Ufrittnat, ike four, 2 Cor. iii. 14, 
d^yraatt Tnt -rttkamt i. Seft. 3) of 
flu: aa Datwnaiit, aancliooed by the blood 
uf Chritt, ti» GBtui diipeiaatiiM, Heb. 
viii, 10... 16,etiir 

tlis diilniciim, or difemux, betneeu Ibe 
tljLDga 10 kept apart, 1 Cor- Tii. 4, 5, 6, 
iiMpiaiit vnpimidTBip, ' diBelent clasiei 
of gifta;' for when, in thia tense, il i» 

iiliiaeij for the adj. diferad. Thii uie of 
ih<, word h ran in the Clsis. Betidea 
lamplet, adduced by Steph. Thee. 

""ad, Hdot. 
■ -TUxJ of r 

lii. 12. ae'pt. Ml 

^^ta de Rep. 

hand*, in n 
. i. 328, *,..*< 
i\M\ott. : 

.^i^« H.EdM.e«. 

lec tiiv i£pirvW 

itepb. Th 
d biod. i 

A Wabi fn>m Theophr. 1 
'live noted the follawing from Flalo ; 
1. 124, B. PhU. 15, A. Pretag, 348, 

A. Soph. 267, B. TIM luCipv' tuiiftim 


I, ( jid, apart, 

',) prop, to tola aadput apart, to M- 

iratc info parli, Sept. and CluL la 

- ■ -^ - '■ tribute. m^.-L<i. 

■ziv ^ioa. \Cai. 

A I A 82 A 1 A 

zii. 12, r6 Hvtviia iiatpovv Hia kKder- administer, provide, 2 Tim. i. 18, om 

TC0. Sept. and Class. ''Etpierto iifiKotnja't. So Anacr. ix. 

*AtaKa0op£r«, f. i5, to tieanse [AvaKpiovrt iiaKovw 'rwravra, 2 

thnmghoia, i. e. i&rwtgMv, intrans. Matt. V*- 3, iirterToXti Xpttrrov dioKomfi 

iii. It Lu. iii. 17, d, Thv aXwo, 'Ws .v0 uawif,* written by our mstrnme 

com,' i. e. by ventilation with a fim. i^« Bv impl. to mtmster m m 

Hence Xtic/uov t^v &'Xwi/a, Ruth iii. 2, any om s wan^, to supply, 1 Pet.n 

and atoica0a/pfiv t^v i(X. Alciph. iii. 26. «/« eowroi* owt6 d. i. e. spinturi ^ 

' . , ^ So of the alms collected by the chur 

AtoicoT«X»yx»/^«»» f. jyEo/iai, ^ administer and distribute, pass. 2 

ytd,thorougUy, and icar.) to frffeiijf con- ^j jg g-, g^id of prophets, &c. 

fute in argument. The term has a stronger rninist&r to the spiritual good of Chrii 

sense than KOT€Xfyx« in Hesiod, or byonnowncwwthe willof God, IPet 

«« Xlyx« ^ Plato* Y^^d haje done ; as ^^j^ et,,K<Ji;wi; awVii. Acts vi. 2, «. 

m «iaicaTa/3aXX«, aiaicaTa«ape«ft,, iia- ^^f^i^^ » to have the charge oV Sa 

icaToxpiio^ot, ataKaT«x«. So Acts xvm. nigtrare veKs,' Virg. Mu. x. 2ia 
28, (where alone it occurs,) tow low- « # % / 

do/o« iiaicaTtiXeyX«'ro. Lucian i. 481, ^laKovia, a^, ii, IdtoKovot^ m 

SwicpoTtis iKfl irtpiipxtTcu dtsXeyxwy attendance, ministry. I. gener. Heb. 

dirdirrax. Valckn. indeed, and the re- XetTOwpytiea xi/swiaro, «fc fium 

cent Commentators, contend that the 6td airovrtXKofitva, Joseph. Ant. iv. ^- 

denotes' contention,' as in itairlvut, dia- performed towards a master, or a ga* 

To^tvofiai, diopxiofiai, 'to vie in drink- table, Lu. x. ^. 1 Cor. xvi. 15, eE 

ing,' &c. Thus it would be equiv. to dia- ^»'^«»L,'»'o*«. ^7^'^, tro^ov eaa 

Xeyofitvwt icoreX. That, however, would Xen. (Ec. vu. 41.— U. spec, as said 

be too refined an idiom for the pLiin style *?« sense of axd or relief, m reag 

of Scripture. The Commentators in gene- ahns, contributions, &c. ActsxLZ 

ral would have been better employed in oiaKoviau '^rtuxlfai, Rom. xv. 31. - 

clearing the construction, which is, from T^^'.'f* ,^* ^». *^' ^' v ^^' .? 

brevity, far from obvious. I^iessedat 2} swd of the witiitjjrtrfion, i. e. distat 

full length, the passage would run thus : %\ *5® *^? «; «>"«Ji«°i .A*^t8 vl 

Evrovwi yap Toi/t *lovialov^ diaKorrri- 25. 2 Cor. ix. 12.— III. mtiwsfrjr, or 

XiyYtro infio<ria, lirtieticyA* a^roii iid trai^on, i. e. the office of ministe^ 

Twi; ypafbS^y, eLr. X. 'I. divine things, said chiefly of aposti 

. - , ,^, . teachers, Acts j. 17, 25. vi. 4, v • 

Ataicoi/l«, f. ti(r«, (^toicOTw,) prop. xSyov. xx, 24. xxi. 19. Rom. 3 

and ht. to bustle through the dust, m the j Cor. xii. 5. 2 Cor. iii. 7—9. iv. 1. 

duty of runnmg footman, as iyjw«*y is ^, 3^ gph. iv. 12. Col. iv. 17. l" 

' to run amidst tlie dust.' (See E^oloff. 12. 2 Tim. iv. 5, 11 ; of the qffies 

and Phavor. m v. iyKovBtv, perhaps al- ^ig^con, Rom. xii. 7. Indeed, the 

\!i^ f° i? * P^^ ^^ r™W~ -^^^ it&Kovwt, diuKovtlv, and iioKovia, 
1233, to^ /3XaictKco« SiaKOPM ou earroi, ^^ t^rms, and used even of thes 

eyicoi/iiffsts Thus it came to mean, to tj^g themselves, are often in N. T' 

bustle (Oout any busmess, espec. that of ^f ^^^ certain specific office, unde 

personal attendance on any one, and is j^ tj^^ ^y^^g^ of the Christian m 

used, I. of «5r«ww, foU. by dat. expressed /^omp. 1 Cor. "xii. 5. 2 Cor. ix. ■ 

or impl. 1) gener. as master or guest, exercised by those who did not sc 

Matt. viii. ]5, Kal iivcoviiauroi^. xxvu. employ themselves in explaining U 

^' , i/?! ^'^^' ^"' .?• 5^;^™-26, i,^^ of the Gospel, as m managS 

etal. and Class.; espec. said ofthose who external and temporal affairs c: 

wait at table, Lu. x. 40. xh. 37. xvu. 8. c^yac\, . gee my note on 1 Cor. xiU 
xxii. 27. John xu. 2. Class. 2) bv impl. "^ ^ 

to minister to the wants of any one, by pro- Ai&kovo9,ov,o,^, {did, kovk,^ 

curine and supplying the necessaries of a personal attendant on any one, ^ 

life, Matt. iv. II. xxv. 44. Mk. i. 13. Lu. ning footman, bustling through thes 

viii. 3, al. Z) to be the attendant on, or and hence an active diligent attentd 

assistant to, any one, as Timothy and any one, in any service whatever 

Eratosthenes are said to be iiaKovovvrtv who is busily engaged therein. I. & 

Tw HavXto, Acts xix. 22. 4) to fill the and with gen. of person served, 'M-U- 

omcfs of a deacon, 1 Tim. iii. 10, 13. 26. xxiii. 11. Mk. ix. 35. x. 43 

rPet. IV. 11; part of which consisted in espec. of those who wait at tabi 

attending to the collecting and distri- Eurip. Cycl. 31, KvicXonrc ie. 

buting of the alms for the poor, 2 Cor. diax.) but also of the servants or 

viii. 19, 20. Heb. vi. 10. — 11. of things, ants on a king, Matt. xxii. 13; ai 

Jbj]^^ ace. of manner, and dat. expr. or of an attendant on any one, as a (/i 

^^^^'^ utmister any thing to any one, to John xii. 26. — II. spbc. of tnmsi 








taden of divme thhiga, who act for 
M md Christ, \nth genitive of penoa 
■«ed, Rom. ziii. 4, 8<oG iiaK, 1 Cor. 
£ S. 2 Cor. iii. 6. vi. 4. 1 Th. iii. 2. 
Ifinro«,2C!or. zL23. Eph. vi. 21. Col. 
L7. It. 7. T^ cicicXf}0'(a«, Col. i. 25. 
-JIL with a gen. of the thing done bv 
A« Mmee and minif tr} , Rom. xv. 8, 0. 
VMmjKqi, 'of Judaism/ i. e. to the Jews. 
ICk xL 15, d. iiKatoavvti^. Gal. ii. 17. 
^iii 7. Col L 23.->iy. a particukr 
kUtf miniitiBr in Christ's church, a dea- 
1 ?r. M>i Me who, among other practical du- 
ll. L- thiinwinant to the presbyter, had es- 
St fidd dtai|e of the sick and poor of the 
frwh, acting as its almoner, (see Bing- 
, . ^ {■'• Antiq. and Notes on 1 Cor. xii. 4, 
ft) WnL i 1. 1 Tim. iii. 8, 12. iv. 6. 
yof a female 6i&Kov<n^ a deaconess^ 
Ji had chaige of the sick and nee^, 
Jj>-xii I; lee Bingham, vol. ii. p. ^, 
■4 Smcff'B Thes. in v. iicucovtcrva : 
■■•WBB consecrated by the laying on 
"■y^; thoi^h their offices were not 
P*yr» hat w^e merely to assist at the 
■l^rf women, to instruct female cate- 
^^ , JuMM, attend the female sick, the mar- 
j^- \ I y*'* pri»on, and to govern the women at 

«««offioi, ot, a, (dis, kKordvy) two 
Mk. Ti. 37. John vi. 7, et aL 

•. Er: 

: : a r^ 

15. u' 

. 01 .1 


r...rj , 

?' • • r n"'^ >• «• throughout, or /tttty, 

:! *J°;™«^n.ll. Hence, in a forensic 

'.^,-: I?*! fo W g eauae out^ to take fiiU cofh 

I ^ .* -J **** ^ «^ Acts xxiii. 35, iiaKOvvoiial 

' -' •■■1 1- e. 'tlds cause.* Sept. and Class. 

^«P^»a», f. yw, (itd, dis, apart, and 

Jj^pfop. to separate^ put asunder, 

^Pj persons or things, Hom. II. ii. 

J*™«t viii. 34, and m the pass, to he 

nSjrfft*"? ^ coirfrory u^oys, Thuc. 

9i^f^L "** ^' *"^^ ""*'• ^ ««pa»^« 
^^/*t>»i, and by impl. con^dna totStt, 

{ ^^y * Bat it is more freq. used in 

jj™"| naetaph. senses. In N. T. as fol- 

2^ ^ ACT. and 1) by impl. to dis- 

JJrJ ^ofe a distinction, cause to differ, 

Atfan n A ®^^*»' diixpivt fiiTafif iifiOtv. 

y. • P» 239, oux* iiiKpivas T^i; irevi- 

J5^,' '*'Xo«a£oi/. Xen. Cyr. vii. 5, 14, 

Ii21!***^" rpoffUaav Avd. Thuc. i. 49, 

JU^^^o oviiv ext, ' there was no differ- 

l Cor jri * between friends and enemies.* 

^h4ov- *^' '*^ diaKplvtav t6 aiofia tov 

m^nnu^ ^' ^ ^iiot distinguishing it from 

5^^ food.* Mid. Jude 22, ovs fikv 

IJQQ 1 p ^lOKpufOfitvoi, * making a distinc- 

ImiolQ^^ in mid. sense, Ja. ii. 4, koI ob 

jjUjJ^S*^* iv fouToI*; ' do ye not make a 

;;;;S25^n yourselves F i. e. are ve not 

^^^ Hdian. iv. o, 12, ovk ert ouxpi- 

i»ntu« "*« nvav, &c. : with the adjunct 

"*'*" ^f p«/««i», 1 Cor. iv. 7, t£5 ya> 

o'c iiaKpivti ; 2) fig. to distinauish, or </m- 
ccm dearly^ note accurately. Matt. xvi. 3, 
diaicp. t6 TTpoaunrov tov oupavov. 1 Cor. 
xiv. 29, ol &W01 iiaKpiviT(o<rav, * tir, or 
examine, what is said ;* (comp. doKifia^uu 
Ta irycv/uara, 1 John iv. 1. Sept. and 
Class. ^ or rather, ''decide, determine, on 
what 18 said.* So Hdot. ix. 58. vii. 54, 
med. Dcmosth. 1301, to diKaia dtoKpl- 
vai : also Plato, Hcsiod, and Sept. And 
so 1 Cor. vi. 5, diaKpTvai &vd tiicrov 
Tivoit — II. MID. diaKplifoinai and aor. 
1 . pass. duKpWriv, with mid. signif. lit. to 

rrate oneself from, Tliuc. vii. 34. viii. 
, and b^ impK to be at hostility tcith, to 
contend imth, prop, in battle, or at variance, 
Class. In N. T. metaph. 1) to contend 
or strive toith in disputation. Judo 9, tw 
dia36\€p S, irspL Acts xi. 2, absol. S. 
irpoi aifTov. Sept. and Appian, i. 767, 33. 
2) to be at strife with oneself, as said of 
doubt or wavering, to hesitate. Matt. xxi. 
21. Mk. xi. 23. Rom. iv. 20. xiv. 23. Ja, 
i. 6. ii. 4, Kal oh iiiKplQtyn iv iavToTi, 
*if ve do this without hesitation.* So 
IJii}6kif itaKptvofiivoi, 'without hesitation,* 
Acts X. 20. xi. 12. Ja. i. 6. 

A ( air p I ert 9, eio«, ^, ^dtafcptvd),) l)a 
distinguishing, or discerning dearly, said of 
the action or faculty thereof, Heb. v. 14, 
d. KoKov Kal KOKov. 1 Cor. xii. 10, dia- 
Kolattv TMV irvtvfxdToav. 2) by impl. the 
dijudication, Rom. xiv. 1, fir\ els diaKpi- 
o-cis SiaXoyierfxiiov, ^ not for the dijudica- 
tion of his thoughts and reasonings. But 
see my note. 

AiaKeoXu'o), f. veto. The dta is not, 
as many suppose, emphatic ; but it is highly 
significant, and intensive of tlic sense of 
KUiXvw, In fact, the term signifies to hin- 
der the accomplishment of any meditated 
action bv interposina some impediment, 
which shall keep the intention and the 
action apart (Sid) ; and that citlier in 
deeds, to hinder, with an ace. of thing or 
person, or in words, to forbid, with an ace. 
of person, as Matt. iii. 14, iuKuikviv 
avTov. Plato de Rep. ii. p. 240, tov vkv- 
TOTOfiov SiaKcoXvofxiV yitapytiv. 

Aia\a\iu>,f. vtru), {oia, to and fro, 
one with another, and XaXito,) I) to inter- 
change mutual converse, converse tcith, iutr. 
Polyb. xxiii. 9, 6, 5. -Trpos ciWnXous, and 
oft. in Class. 2) to speak of throughout, 
every where, divulge, tell abroad, trans. ; 
equiv. to Sia<pt]ni^u), Ps. 1. 16, SjTnm. 
SiaXaXvartL ri yXuKrard crov Tt)v iXitifxo- 
<Tvvi]v aov. Pass, in Lu. i. 65, duXaXsiTO 

AiaXiyto, f ^co, (did, to and fro, 
one with another, and Xiyofiai, to talk,) 
prop, to lay out, cull out, gatlier apart, 
select, Xen. (Econ. viii. 9. In N. T. only 
as deponent middle *. ^idKc^^o^jiai.^ ^. 





Fofiai^ used of mutual conversey both in 
Class, and N. T. and in various shades of 
meaning, 1. as said of disputation, to dispvte 
or hold dispuioUion with, intrans. foil, by 
dat. Jude 9, tw Sia86\tp diaKpivofie- 
vos dieXeyETo, and Class. Mk. ix. 34, 
irpdv &\\ri\ovi d. and Sept. — II. of pub- 
lic teaching, to discuss, reason, argue, in- 
trans. & ^sol. Acts xviii. 4. xix. 8, sq. 
XX. 9, foil, by irp(Js with ace. Acts xxiv. 
12; fig. of exhortation, &c. to address, 
speak to, with dat. Heb. xii. 5, and Class. 

AiaXtliro), f. \f/ai, {SiA, through, be- 
tween, and Xctiro),) prop, to leave a space 
of time betfveen one action and anotner. 
Hence by impl. to intermit, cease any ac- 
tion ; gener. preceded by ou, and foil, by 
partic. of some verb of action, as Lu. vii. 
45, oif SiiXi'Tre KaTa<l}i\ovaa, and Class. 

AiaXtKTOi, ov, q, (dtaXeycd,) prop. 
speech, language ; or spec, as spoken by a 
particular nation, or province, dialect. Acts 
1. 19. 

AiaWaao'oa, f. Put, {6iA, to and fro, 
mutually, and d\\. ) permuto, commuto, 
to change any thing for another, to inter- 
chanae, exchange. So Class. Hence fig. 
to mange any one^s feelings towards an- 
other, to reconcile with him. Class. In 
N. T. only mid. dtaWao-o-o/uat, and aor. 
pass, with mid. signif. to change one^s own 
feelings towards any one, to be reconciled 
to him. Matt. v. 24, 6ia\\ayr\QL tw 
&tt\<pijo, Sept. and Class. 

Ata\oYtto/ua(,f. to-ouat, I. prop, fo 
reckon ihrou^, 1. e. completely reckon up 
and balance an account with any one, 
Demosth. p. 1236, and fig. to reacon or 
account, cogitare. In N. T. to mentally 
reckon, reason, consider, either with others 
or oneself, 1) gener. and foil, either by ku 
Tats KapSiai9 avTutv, Mk. ii. 6, 8. Lu. iii. 
15. V. 2*2, or iv iavTia, Lu. xii. 17, or iv 
iavrois, Mk. ii. 8, or iro/t>* kavroii. Matt, 
xxi. 15. Sept. and Class. — II. in a reci- 
))rocal sense, to consider together, foil, by 
ei/ £avTol9, Matt. xvi. 7, 8. irpos iWn- 
Xovi, Mk. viii. 16. irpos iavToit^, Lu. xx. 
14. Also to debate one with another, and 
by impl. to dispute, Mk. ix. 33, irp6« kav- 
Toiti 6. Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 1. .^Uan V. H. 
xiv. 43. 

Aia\oyi<riJi69,ov,6, {BiaXoyt^ofiai,) 
1) prop, a reckoning up of accounts, De- 
mosth. p. 951, 20. R. 2) fig. reasoning, 
thought, either with others or oneself. So m 
N.T. I. GBNER. Lu.ii.35. v. 22. ix.47. Ja. 
ii. 4. Sept. and later Class, reckoning, i. e. 
reasoning, or opinion, Rom. i. 21. 1 Cor. 
iii. 20. Rom. xiv. I. device, purpose, gener. 
evil, Lu. vi. 8. Matt. xv. 19. Mk. \ai. 21. 
&^%, In Lu. ii. 35, oirais av AiroKa- 
WKjMMtffUf Ik iroXXwif KapdiCov SiaXo- 
^^^^' H seems to mean disposition of 

nUnd, whether for good or evil. — ^11. 
of thought or cogitation, L e. iniema 
coursing, Lu. ix. 46, tlcrrjXdt ii i 
yiafio^ iv avrols. Hence, as cogi 
suggests the idea of care, (so Shaks 
* The native hue of resolution is si* 
o^er With the pale cast of thought^ 

?lur. iiaXoyivfiol is used to <leno 
I. Steph. expresses it, intemcB di» 
tiones, i. e. varus et perpetua am 
quales solent in mentem venire, cui 
quid novum et parum per se probabi 
currit. So Lu. xxiv. s^ ti Ttrapi 
vol itrrk, Kal iiarl h. avafiaivovo 
rats KapSiaa vfitov ; i. e. ^ thoughts 
tuating Detween affiance and distrust: 
so in \Fhil. ii. 14, ir&vra iroteire j 
yoyyvafiiov Kai SiaXoyitrfiiav, (« 
Judg. V. 16, e^erao-juot KapSia^,) *' 
out hesitation, or distrust in God's ' 
dence.* And so 1 Tim. ii. 8, irp 
)^eo-6at — X^P^^ diaXoytarfwv, *wit 
tire affiance.* Comp. Ja. v. 15, v 
T^s irt<rT«»s, and i. 6, alTtlv kv r 

AiaX v'u), f. varui, {did, apart, and 
1) prop, of things, to dissolve, lit. ^ 
solve any thing mto the parts of vit 
is coniposed.* So 1 K. xix. 11, w^ 
of a strong wind, SiaXvov 6pr\. 2) na 
to separate persons who have been 
(e. ST. to discharge troops, Polyb. 
25, 7,) or break up an assembly. P 
be separated and scattered abroad, A 
36, iravrev— ^teXvdtio-av. 

AiafiapTvpofiai, f. ovfiai, 
mid. in Class, to call any one ao 
to witness, whether gods or men, s 
impl. to affirm with solemn oUesS^ 
In N. T. to testify ihorougTdy, bet. 
witness, as expressive of asseve 
admonition, and entreaty. I. to ' 
like a untness, and to set forth fud 
freely, to teach, enforce. Acts viii. ' 
42. xviii. 5. xx. 21. xxiii. 11. Het: 
Sept., Jos., and Class. — II. to call * 
ness, i. e. to make a strong i^peal 
reason or conscience, and, from O 
junct, to admonish, solemnly charge^ 
to do this or that, Lu. xvi. 28. ab 
Acts ii. 40. 1 Th. iv. 6. strengther 
the adjunct kvdairiov tov Qtov, - 
V. 21. 2 Tim. ii. 14. iv. 1, and thus 
to our verb to conjure, solemnly 
Sept. and Class. 

Ata/uaxo/iat, f. ntrofiai, depoC 
1) prop, to fight tftrough or out, to C 
in deed, Thuc. vii. 63. v. 41. 2) na 
to contend in words, to dispute ur> 
So Acts xxiii. 9, dufidxovro, Xiy 
&c. Thuc. iii. 42, and oft. in 
However it rather means insisted 
tended, as often in Plato, and so Th 
40, 2, iiafidxofiai firi fivrayvStvai 
Ta nrpoarStdoyfiiva. 

■5, m circi 

ipp. to the changing sdverlcd to 
I. So QPet. iii. 4, Tai^a dIItik 
'untiDiie u they bave tmo,' 
ain. With idjuncU, u hoi- 

Kw,' Gil. n. 5, Abo i. nira t.iw, 
J<Hci,'lDiuii(^isEui^ be coogUnl 
ir<ine,'Lu. iiii.28. 
^---p.^[)|u«f, IffiD^ lit. to ditparttaj 
HI, lepiiiu li inia porUons, witb the 
Nood Dodna of dividiag them unoag 
•".nibrMolheinwi lb other*. L PROP. 

^nw cot to Mcb perKtD tram ODe com- 
■■■DO.' Mid. in ■ reciprocal hum, 
•Wi oU Ar (miM Mstt. iirtl. 35, 
WWo™l^aT.i^i,. Ln-niii. 
L Ml lii, 24. ind Sept. or unong one 
Tuflfpi^oir a^a Tavj. Sopt. 

" — - Bid of discord aud 


^■K put. to be leparated into n 
*iM.tjiTlsnd an ace. orbyS 

WHin, ud IB -- '" '■■ • 

fi2, fi3, ji 

'""Jthbg, Eiek. ilyiii.29, ud 
' •) iD N. T. metapb. disieaiuHi, 
^^f^^dapartilio, om. lo ilp^miii, 
•^ffi-'t. Cdmp. Lu. ii.l7. 

'■■■'fii", f. flu, {iid, denoting apart, 
Ml) prop, to diuide into portions, 
r -I.-"'"""'"!'™; Xen., PlalB, Md 
; ""CW 2) fig. (0 divulge, mrtad 
1 2ij^ "^ I™**' ^ ^ ipreod abroad, 
i JTWAcuiv, 17, iioMiUijeS lie -rill 
i J"| "njiHiiipopuliim.' 80 the simple 
1 2™ SitDften the leiiH »fyere; my, 
] S ""» lie™ » roediOLl metapbot, 
~*"«iliould cipecl in St Lule the 

1 !E*'"«.(«rap.Vire.Georg.iii.46S, 
I '•'•niurfai.nodconseq.aiauiulijeBi 

•,f, i^JiTio. lit, to mate tunj by 

i ffife. 

' _r?''''iiliMo XnXi™. e. OT. in Athen. 
: '^ftrfa WX«>!ivS,lO«JS'■^- 
[ r™i. Tbe Mrd occura in Sept. «-■ 
*"™' S« my note dd Tbac L 134, 

aan. ID the body. Halt. 11 
3(1. t,u. I. 27. Eph. i. IB 
vjii, 10, X. Ifi. I Pet. i. 18 

li. 37. Mk. rii. 

iv.lB. Heb. 


Inl/ohnv.20, ^.■^■««,. 

v^U 3.i«™, 

[i <i.cSDe ft« power of- 
os Xoi. Mem. lii. 12, 6 


al^D, aa d™Unj not 
positiam of tbe mind7 L 

» Diacl. the 
a. i. 61, Wip4- 

ibavDt iittvoia Kaetiai 

iT«y, Coil 

fl.JxVi-rS *"■«'?.'" 

nd and heart.' 

rd 5.Xi/.aTB 


e mind.' 2 Pel. 

iii. t,a«y,ip- i^,-rl,„ 

• Ik. iiimiar. 

'jaur pare Hid uncoiTupt di»aation of 


Pbied. p. 66, 


ainvolya., f. Joi, (iid, thoMUgbly, 
and niwiyui,) gener, and in Clnta. (0 i^ies 
fiitlii nbst bad Iwfoie been cloaed. In 
N. T. I. PROP. iiA^fiav, to open lie 
v-omi, as said of the fint-boni. La. 11. 23. 
Al^o jidv. rdc iKoAtfU) ovea (i« can, i.e. 
rrslore tbe beating, Mk. ill. 34, sq^ 
[1. .uffTAFH. ■tiav. ToOt .tfeoXuoec, la 
reafoji! <*e j^rW, Lu. iiiy. 31. 2 Kings 
vl. IT ; or tbe benrl, i. e. ' to make 
one able or willing to undeniland, or re- 

di;retsnding, Ln.xxiT.S: 
Atts ivii. 8. 

uvK-r.) to pass through 
foil, ly^a At. of place, ( 

Sept., Joa., 
1-J, ni' S;a, 

ni^, mt 
ef 'So 

[t,d &. 

Aixiria, (. vcru, (i!id, diniu,) lo bring 
a thing through to an ettd, eompEete any 

Aiiirarrit, adv. from the phrase tid 
Toi-rdi xPo'"'"' '''- 'trough ali time, 
alicasi, oontinaaUs, 1) prop. Mk. t. 6. 
AcIbH! 25. ijiiT- 16. Roi. li. 10. 2 Th. 
lii. 16. Hob. liii. IS. 21 in i \oww « 
populur sense, of wliat ii doiw altfl projeif 




or stated times, Lu. zxiv. 53. Acts x. 2. 
Heb. ix. 6. Sept. and Clafis. 

AiairapaTpi^tiy ^v, Vy violent dis- 
rafe, 1 Tim. vi. 5, in several MSS. and the 
jBdd. of Griesb. and Scholz for the text. 
rec. trapadiaTpifiai, inhere see my note. 

Ataircpactf, f. darWf to pass through or 
ooer^ as a lake, Matt. ix. 1. xiv. 34. Mk. 
V. 21. vi. 53 ; foil, by irpd^ and ace. Lu. 
xvi. 26 : the sea, by els. Acts xxi. 2. Sept. 
and Class. 

AiairXcctf, f. eu<rc0, to saU through or 
over; e. gr. rd irikayo^. Acts xxvii. 5, 
and Class. 

Aiairovecd, f. iftrcd, lit. to bring any 
ihing through^ i. e. to perfection, by mum 
laJbour, and in pass, of persons, to be exer- 
cised with labour, Eccl. x. 9 ; also to be 
wearied out therewith. Hence, fix)m the 
adjunct, to feel aggrieved, bear with im- 
patience, lie indignant. Acts iv. 2, iia- 
irovovfitvoi did TO SiSdaKtiv avrob^ tov 
\a6if. xvi. 18, £(airovi}6et«, molesti/erens, 

Aiairoptvofiai, f. tvaro/iai, d^K)n. 
to ^ or DOSS trough a place. Acts xvi. 4. 
Lu. xiii. 22. xviii. 36. Rom. xv. 24. Sept. 
and Class. 

Aiairopito, f. i^o'co, {Sid intens. and 
A-jTopiot,) to be thoroughly in perpleanty 
what to do, Lu. ix. 7. Acts ii. 12. x. 17 ; 
foil, by irepi and gen. Lu. xxiv. 4. Acts 
v. 24, and Class. 

AiairpayfiaTtvofiai, f. evarofiai, 
{from did, through or out, and irpayfia- 
Ttvofiai, which signifies to do any busi- 
ness, esp. mercantile, to trade, and irpay- 
fiatsvTTii, a merchant, as the term is used 
several times in Plutarch.) Thus dia-n-p, 
signifies to carry through or accomplish a 
business. So Lu. xix. 15, %va yv£, t£s 
Tt ditnrpayfiaTtvvaTo, 'what any one 
had effected, or, as we say, done, in busi- 
ness,* gained by traffic. 

Aianrptut, f. iam, to saw through. 
Aristoph. and others of the best writers 
use vpioi and diatrplao Tob^ diovTai, to 
saw, grate, or gnash the teeth, and also, 
as descriptive of rage, Lucian Calumn. 24, 
Tov« dSoirra^ SiairpUt. In N. T. only 
the Pass, occurs, and in a met. sense, to be 
enraged. Acts v. 33, dicoyo"orr«s iiuirpl- 
ovTo, sub. Tttls Kapiiait ait. which is ex- 
pressed infra vii. 54, ^wn-piovro rats Kap- 
iiai9 avTtlav, and with the addition of the 
words Kol ij^pv\ov Tous 6B6vTai iir' av- 
Tov, prob. in order to unite the outward 
expression of rage with the inward feeling. 

Atapira^ctf, f. &(na, prop, (like the 

Latin diveUioo,) to smaJU^ or tear different 

ways, {dis,) and thence, as a graphic de- 

^Mri£tion of plundering, to ravage, plunder, 

r said of& city or house, or the pro- 

perty therein. So Sept. and Claf 
Matt. xii. 29, tcc onct vtf ain-ov dt 
o-ttt, and Polyb. iv. 18, d. to£»« /3t< 
Tcoi/. Thuc. viii. 31, ova ifirtj^ 

Aiapprjyvvfii, & Aia(ipnv<rw, 
(dta, apart, and pny.) pi^« ^ ^^^''^ 
der, as 6zcrfid, Lu. viii. 29. Judg. 
Alex, vtvpa^ : also to tear through 
said of a garment. Matt. xxvi. 65. M 
63. Acts xiv. 14, as denoting grief, &c 
of a net, Lu. v. 6. Not found else' 
though there is perhaps an allusio 
in Hos. xiii. 8, ota^pq^w trvyKKt 
KapSia^ avTtiov, * the caul of their 
meaning that fine piece of net-wor 
omentum, or int^ument, wranped a 
the heart and bowels, and whicn wild 
delight to tear and glut themselves ^ 

Atao-a^lcd, f. ijo'cd, iSid, thorc 
and aa<l)ii9, clear,) to make fully nu 
i. e. to make known, narrate, tell, 
xviii. 31, iit<raipi\vav t£ Kvpito 
iravra. 2 Mace. i. 18, 20, ws dk dim 
aav iifiiu, Polyb. i. 46, 4. 

Aia<re£cd, f. c£o'a>, prop, to sluM- 
roughly, i. e. vehemently, as said of 
Diod. Sic. XX. 87, to cause to shou 
terror. Job iv. 14, fiov rd 6<rra di£ 
also 2) fig. to intimidate, Polyb. k: 
3) metaph. to eaiort money of any 
intimidation, Lu. iii. 14, /iri6iva • 
ffilTc. And so in various passages 
Class, adduced by Wets, all witba 
of person. And so dida-tiirK 
Greek law-books, and concussio^ 
Latin. The passive is fotind in ^ 
vii. 21, v-TTo finitvdi diaffiiffdiirr' 
vtrapxdvTotv, lit. * shaken out of tb- 

Ataaicopiri^cd, f. iarto, to 
throughout or abroad, I. prop. 9 
to be made into hay, or com to tr 
and browned. So the simple verb i] 
xii. 30, 6 firi wvaytav fUT iiionJ 
viXfii : also sdd of com, when 
against the wind, and scattered abi 
the process of winnowing (see on ih 
XiKfidtm,) Matt. XXV. 24, 26, o-u 
oQtv ov SuerKopTTKrai. Hence 
perse, scatter, as said of men or ai 
Matt. xxvi. 31. Mk. xiv. 27. John : 
Acts V. 37. Sept. and Class. Hen< 
of utterly discomfiting an enemy, 
51, dttaKopiriaev vtrept^fpavotn, 
■ffilian V. H. xiii. 1, 6, Toi»« fiiviu 
iriae, to£»« 6k diritcrtivt, and Sepl 
MBTAPH. to dissipate or squander pr 
that had been got together by othei 
XV. 13, SieaKoptriat ttiv ovaiap i 
and xvi. 1, S. tu xnrap\ovTa avnoi 
Dan. xi. 24, vvap^iv auToZs SiaerKO 

Aiaavaw, f. ao-co, prop, to puU 

A I A 87 A 1 A 

i by impl. to tear m fneoes^ Mk. y. safely througb danger, preMnne^ trans. 

X3ai!. 10. Sept. and Class. So 1 Pet. iii. 20, Su<roodti<rav 6i vdaTov. 

Jirtipca, f. ip&,ptop. to scatter up Acts xxvii. 43. Sept. and Class. With 

m, as seed ; fig. to scatter abroad and the idea of motion, to bring safely to any 

8, as said of persons, Acts viii. 1, place or person, or pass, to be broug/d to, 

19. Sept. and Class. «^ i«*cl* sa/elp. Acts xxiii. 24, Xva—Uav- 

iVTooii **« A (SiiairoDa wet ^ov iiaaoiaaiat. irpdi ^iiXiKa. Pass. Acts 

5 of ar«oV«>«, to disper^,) prop: ^^\; ^'. ['^ '^ZJ^'!; ^ept. and Cla«. 

It denoting £i5ir«£m,58 in fcLs ; P^ **^«. f^» U^ brmg them through i. e. 

a the Sept JelTxxxiV. 17. Judith J™"* ..%^°S''i *° ^""^o^ ^""^^ ^''' ^* 

used of the state of dispersion, in ^"- ^'- ^- -P^^y*^- "• 7' ^' 
imtny of the Jews were, after the Atoray^, ^s, »j, (iiOTeroya, perf. 

kniin captivity, scattered up and ™i<^- o^ itoTaa<rai, dis-pono, to dispose, 

m Cbaldaa, Persia, Egypt, Syria, arrange,) a disposing in order, disposkion. 

Aria Minor. See Jos. Bell. vii. 3. arrangement. The word occurs in N. T. 

. T. the word is used by meton. as a only twice, 1) prop. Acts vii. 53, iXd/3fTc 

:.oradj. to denote the oi 6t*<nrap- '*'«»' vofiov tk diaTay&i dyviXwv, where 

I 'loviaioi, * the Jews living in dis- t^e sense seems to be, * ye have received 

»,' Ja. i. 1, TaTs iwdtKa <bv\aU t^« law at (i. e. conformably to) the ap- 

w -rij itaairopa. 1 Pet. L 1, Sia- pointment of angels,' (see my note there). 

m UovTov. & of Israel, Deut. 2) in the sense ordinance, Rom. xiii. 2, t^ 

1 25, lap dia<nropd. Comp. Ps. '^ov 0«ou diaray^, Ezra iv. 11. 
l2. Sept. crto-vva^ct t^s diaairopdi AiaTayfia, aros, t6, ortltnance, ma»- 

IvpanL 2 Mace. i. 27, iviavvayayi date, Heb. xi. 23, S.tov PaariX. Sept. and 

^mropav nfiiiov. In Jo. vii. 35, fiii Class. 

^4' iia<nropdv tS>v *£XX. fiiXkti AiaTapdaerca, f. ^w, (^k^ intens. 

i^ff6at; the meaning is, *the Jews and Tap,) as said of the mind, to perturb, 

% in dispersion among the Gentiles,' disturb, agitate ; but almost confined to the 

bftoie asm? the Greek luiguaffe, and pass. So Lu. i. 29, duTapdx'^Vy & Class. 
fn.UitheHeUemsts, A similar use AiaTdatrw, f. ^a,, prop, to range in 

iW' ** "^1 ^^ I^"^P- Jerem. 0^^^^^ arrange, as trees, or troops. In 

J Wets, m loc. elwaTc rots vioU N. T. fig. to set in order, arrange, appohd, 

m:y^apoiiX&iri<rrtL\tvtUTnv ordain, 1) gener. Gal. iii. 19. See on 

wpojr Tu,u iQvuiv. iiarayn. 2) spec, to direct, prescribe, 

'•'Tt'XXcd, f. «Xm, to send or put order, whai is to be done, Matt. xi. 1, 6. 

*> to teparate, and metaph. to dis/m- tois SoodtKa fiad. Lu. viii. 55. Acts 

differences, and determine doubts, xviii. 2. 1 Cor. ix. 14, diiraPi, for iia- 

•nmid. to state distinctly and clearly, ray/ua eirott}o-f, and xvi. 1. So rd iia- 

JJi M in N. T., to distinctly enjoin, n-trayfiivov, ' what is appointed,' as of 

wy charge. Acts xv. 24, foil, by dat. enactments by law, Lu. iii. 13. Acts xxiii. 

mmI. Heb. xii. 20. Foil, by a negar 31, and rd iiaruY^ivra, Lu. xvii. 9. 

'«08e, to forbid. Matt. xvi. 20. Mk. Sept. and Class. Hence mid. iiaTavao- 

'"'•SS. viii. 15. ix. 9. Sept. & Class, /uat in the same sense, Acts vii. 44. xxiv. 

^'Tij^o, aTo^, t6, {Sitfrrrifii,) 23. 1 Cor. vii. 17. xi. 34. Tit. i. 5. In 

•*» i. e. interval, whether of time. Acts xx. 13, ovtw yap rji/ SiaTiTuyfii- 

'• 7, and Class, or of place, 2 Mace, ^'o? IlaDXos, * so Paul had directed.' The 

i &Dd Class. P^^* pass, has the mid. signif. 
«»ToX^, ^s, n, {iiaariWu),) dis- Aiart\iui,f. iau), I) to bring through, 

•» dtference, Rom. iii. 22. x. 12. i. e. to an end, to fully complete, trans. 

liv. 7. as said of any work or occupation ; and 2) 

ivrpi(ptio, f. \J/to, {6t6. and orrp.) of time, with xpovov or ^iov, to pass 

to distort, and fig. to pervert ; said through it, peragere, transigere. So often 

. of persons, to turn away, seduce, in Class. Hence, to continue through, re- 
in. 2. Acts xiii. 8. Sept. and Class, main, intrans. foil, by nomin. of adject, or 
thines, to wrest, pervert, corrupt, nartic. Acts xxvii. 33, acriroi SiaTtXtlrt. 
m. 10, Tas 66ov9 Kvpiov, i. e. 2 Mace. v. 27, ttji/ xopTvidri Tpo^t;i/ 

truth, Sept. and Class. Pass. aiTovfitvoi, duriXovv. ^lian, V. H. 

rt, iiKXTpafifxivo^, perverse, cor- x. 6, SuTiXttrt avoao^, and oft. in Class, 
[att. xvij. 17. Lu. ix. 41 57rt<rTo« AioTtipeo), f. mw, to keep one's eye 

Tpafxfitvii' Acts XX. 30, XaXovv- thoroughly or continually Hxed on any 

rrpafifxiva, things erroneous.' thing. Hence, to watch it carefully, keep 

ian ^ opposes SoynuTa dpOa to it ^ith care. So in Class. In N. T. fig. in 

fifiiva KUL errpf^Xd. two senses, 1 ) to guard with care., ca.T«f- 

coJ«, f. ctfo-o), to save, i. e. bnng fully lay up, or retam, L»u. \\. b\. T\ 


AiaTlBqfii, f. BiaUf to plaa apart, 
ind bf Impl. to tetoid in orotr, omui^, 
diipom. la N. T. il ixx. only io mid. to 
antn^ at dtapom nnj thing, timns. la 
nuAe a dapoittiiM of, I. gener, to ap- 

SXi, Ln. :au!^'29, foU. bj dsl, xin. 
Cjr. T. 2, 7, i. T^n Baya-rifia. 80 of 
a tMUmentary diBpoiition, to be/vrath. 
Hence A tiaTieiuirat, lie UOalor, Heb. 
ii. 16, »q. and CliM,— II. ipec. of > cove- 

party. 80 aiaTifli/Hii iuiei«t]ii, (0 ffloie 
aanwfURl vrith, foil, by dal. Heb. riii. II), 
or T^ric with UF. Acta iii. 25. HeG! i. 16. 
Sept. and AHstoph. At. 439, Ht |i4 Ito- 
Omvrai */ t^it iiaBn'cti' f-fiot. 

.AiaxpT'^u, f. i^», lit. and prop, ton^i 
ttfXBwi, and bv impl. (0 weiw aatay bj 
rubbing, Herod. «ii. 120. Hence, (0 cm- 
tum^ iippend, toaate^ and, Ba said of time, 
to raeiirf or pass it, Acts iii. 12, i. fi/ii- 
fiac. II. 6. iiv. 6 & 14. Sfpt. Bo ab- 


. tn a place, vith an 1 

^-t of place, John iii. 

. 19. IV. 35, Sapl. II 


iia-rim-pli, m, <i. {iiarpi-pu,) nou- 
Titimtiit,J<iid, 1 Tim. ri. 8. 

A^atiydtu, f. arte, prop, to shiae 
throu^ ; snS, as taid ot dajlighl, to rfuM 
/orti, rfoi™, 2 Pet. i, 19. 

Aiavr^c, ioi, a, li, adi. (^Ju; and 
ouy^,) lit. flAntnp ^rdt^A, mUucifi, tnm^ 
parent. Her. ixi. 21, in Utet Edd. for 
text, rec f iv^ovn?. Sept. Joe. & Clua. 

Aia^avqi, (oc, i, 4, adj. (jia^oivu, 
to make an; object visible tbrougb an^ 
medium,) petlvad, tran^tarvnt, Rnv. m. 
21, in teit. »c. Ollien taio iumyift. 
Sept. and Claas. 

^taiplpu, f. ataai, L to bear or carry 
an; thing Unngh a place, Ac. Hk. li. 16, 
Iko Til eiiviyK^ cTKiDn jia rou !ipou.~ 
JI. to 6(ar asavder, earrti digermt ways, 
difem, 1) trans, but in If T. onlyrfi^m, 
to he pimished abroad^ Acta liii. 49, dii- 
Aip,Toi\6yo<-roi tiupto " ■' ' 
ahip, lo be bnme to andjro, 

'Alpta. So I^uc. Henn.28, iiyirdyni, 

(or reflet, with iauriu uniierB.) to ieat 
ortaelf apart, aeparaie ipKMtf^roxa othera. 
Hence zener. to difier, Sept. and Clua. 
InN.T. >( ia uKdin -■- " ■- 

. Said of I 


i, n, oiiSfn fu» Ju^cpti. . .Sliai, 
.. 2.5, i^ oiidir j. and also in I*t 
'i) full, by gen. to A;^ ./^xmi, i. e. 
itlicr than ; uaually, and alva^ in 
implying a difTerence of mpenorSy, 
'iipervir, mrpoH, Hatt. vi. 26. z. 5J 
^ii. 7, «t al. Sept. Joi. and Claai. 

&.a<lnir<ii,[. ^la, to file tinm 
-iqif hufiv/ht, abaoL Acta zniL 42. 
,11.1 c1j»«. 

rrana, 1) prop, of a thing, t. T^ir ) 
Mai., iiviii. 15. Hk. i. 45, and 
2) of n person, to tpread lAroadhit 
ivhat 19 itrictlr applicable to the 
b^'iEi^ applied tn the penon. Matt.] 

il^ft^Sdani, f. (pu, (itut, inim 
^#.) lei ichally corrupt and deitraj) 

mZi>. Comp. Isocr. [finw. c. i! 
ipSap/iiro! -Hill Aiaiv : aadwXeti 
aispB the vord of perverting (be Di 
corruptinir (be morala, « both, ax 
bath bj blae doctrine and evil ex* 
sometimea with adjuncts, as yrufi^ 
In the passage of 1 Tim. it is implic 
only that iCe mind ia perverted, I 
L^onscicQce eoimpted. 

^iafeopd,iv,i, ISutipettpm, 
earnipiHm; and meiaph. deatnictio 

27, 3i. Iii 

flesh in the grave, J 

S, sq. In lili. 34, , 

lii iiaibdoiidt, thBJ 


ilL 2tl, iKBiy (I< tia-t-e 

ija; 1) 

Ta liatpipoiiTa, 'things that 

t,' Rom. ii, 18. Phil. i. 10, and 
fmpen. ttarjiipti, a dyfira, vc-ilj to Oei 
with dal. of pen. GaL '^uiilh, kilL 

,^, Itom. xii. 6. Heb. ix. io. 
nnd CIass. 3) compar. (as in ha 
sec in V. II.) belter, &c. Heb, i. 4. 

i.ia<pukiaaa, f E». lit- *« 
thrrmtili, L e. amidst danger, ^TiMl«<, . Sept. and Class. 

Ai£<xe>i>I£». f. ('», Io low 
/^ mii.7/f one's hands, to haridle, or aO 
t.r. "la mid.'T'V«' in a • 
ecme, la Ihoroughly manage, de^alB 

SXiidiu, f. affv, {.eid mwna 
UtOirh Hof at, deride, bIkuI 
, !}; Id liter edd. for text, rci: 

to (DMb jnkinife BDV penoDs ni 
Sep-ud Cla». In N. T. bM 
Jjini. in & reciproal Mnic, li 

"uiWiy/rwn, depart f Turn 


33. Srpt. 

Tini. iiL 2. a Tim. ii. 


■xri,,i,,it,*Ay{ ittdtKO,, ) laaM, 

fu. of the agent, ud uiM in 
of penoiu, dui^ iBstmcled, 
I U, Torrit jl^<KTol etoii : a 
tbnKd on that at Is. liv. 13. 
m in adj. learned or stUfitl, i 
i>. 7, ffUTOi itSaKTol itdAiVuk. 

ill., I'cot. ii. IsT'- *<ia«To;v 
initeo^latXd'/OH. Pind.Olynip. 
nXAoi At BiiaiCTait in^praimib 
I ttdat wpovaaVj 'virtuefl Uught 

•ntUa. at, li, (AWi™,) i«ur7(- 
niAiii,uid IjoTUieartarnifln- 
lidiH, Rom. lii. 7. 1 Tim. iv. 
'.17, TiL u. 7, and Clfl.1 2) of 
fBatos eonvered by teaching, -'- - 
aitMntuns,Rom. IV.4. 21 

Comp. 1 Cor. i. 11. 3) of 
luhi, preapl, docfmf. Mate 

BI.7. Eph. iT. li.. Col. " 


, .. i. 1,3. 2T,ni. 

iLI,10. SepL&CbsB. 
^<»Xot, -<,, i, {tiSdma,) a 
-HUT, lener. Rom. ii. 20. Beb. 
(UeJewiib docton. Matt. ii. 11. 
ta].; of Jeaua ChnBt,Matt. " 

1, 1 Tim 

L 7i cif 

S 1 Cor. ni. 28, 

A; of 81 

ILt,ctat.i D1 
.udClau.; ( 

ti, ii, h, (from the pert mid, nf 
.) prop, huiradum, and equiv. to 
«»: tutusedinN.T. Oofihc 
vUsf, Mk. IT. 2. xii. 38. 1 Car. 
6. Tit i. S. 2) of tbe mcmner or 
'Of ani one't teaching. Mall. vii. 
. J3. Uk. i. 22, 27. Lu. iv. ;H. 
t lliiiig un^t, prtetpt, dBdniia, 

itiaaxiioii. oi>, -rd. {Hi, ^urt, Mtd 
jpaXft^,) «« doutle dnKhHa, an Attic 
EilvBT coin equal lo two dradinia* Altie ; 
iiBpd in Matt. ivii. 24, of the joarly lii- 
bute to tbe temple paid bj ereiy Jew, 
Kx^. XXX, 13, Bq. 

^IJD^i, r. t-hra, piim. to dinide and 
ilinliiiale, and b; impl. to niai« i 
tiling to any ponon, denoting t* 


1. geoer. 
<, &<:. to 

Matt. IT. 9, toSto Tii-ni 
xiii, 12. ixv. e. Mk. ii. 26, 
— n. uii of aairifico, bomi 
'•ffir, praenl, Lu. iu 24, R«t. it. a, and 
Clnaa. 3] said of & WT»n who does any 
ilitgs to or fiir another, from vhom be 
r.:cale« any thing; the lource, author, or 
c-jHSe of a laTour ; (o yii«, jjroni, &c, I) 
K-asT. Matt. ni. 23, rf> croi lluKt t4f 
!fou<iIav Tai^f, Jobu iv. 12. 1 Cor. 
vii. 26. 2 Cor. Tiii. 10, et al. and Clua. 
Hrace the phiaae IiSbhiu toitoii, to ffivt 
p/tut, i. e. * make way, rield," Lu. iiT. 9. 
Ron. lii. 19. Epb. It. 27. 2 Thew. iii. 9, 
and Clan. So with an ace. wbeie tbe 
idtn may often lie expretoed by the Terb 
doirtate mth the noun, o. gr. Jiioimi 
alv», to praiae. La. xviji. 43, Falsph. 43. 
e^L dwoV""". t' <">™«'. J°hn i. 22. 
Sii, joEav BicD, to ghrifg, Lu, nii. 18. 
John ii. 24. A'cta lii. 23. iiS. tymrriiii, 
1 Cor. ix. 12. S. irroX^u, John D. 57. t. 
'n'/Ha'jicoir^v, 2 Cor. Ti. 5. £. f^dn-jo'^u, 
John xviii. 22. ^ vd/vAVfia, Rot. xiii. 16, 
2) taidofGodoiofChritt, aa the author 
or Murce of nbai one hu, receiTes, &c. to 
oivt, grajti, &c. Matt. vi. 11. ix, 6, xii. 
39, «t al. aicpe. So Saivai vipiu, to eem- 
fer graee mfiaxmr Ja. iv, 6. Roin. xii. 
3,etal. Used in various constractiona ; 
viz. foil, by gen. of part, and by Ik tuws 
in tbe ume lenw ; eouieiimcB by lis : oft. 
with the dat. and an inliii. aa neut. tubBt. 
instead of an accuo. ; though somedmea 
tlie infln. ii implied, ai " ' " ' 

infia. to wmti^ nj^r, oranty Acta ii. 27- 
liii. 35, oiti &iaiit t&, Bni6y croi. Idelv 

.„-. .. -, Rev, xviii, 7, 

aeauiaiioii. 2 Cm. xii. 7, ffKrJXoi^ i 
leiaph. of tkiiigi, which an the oauae or 
'ctLaion of any thing, to impart, oonff, 
tta lit. 16, 4 irfrmi limKi¥ aira rliii 
Kix\i\plm. .And lo in Clut. — II. bfsc. 

V one, 1) gener. Matt. 
5,etal.vK;e. 2t mtt« 
at entntit, iuiiw^^,Vi^ui 




charge of any one, and said both of thiiwsy 
Matt. xvi. 19. XXV. 15. Mk. xii. 9. Lu. 
xii. 48, al. Sept. and Class. ; and persons 
delivered over to one*s charge, for instruc- 
tion, &c. John X. 29. xvii. 6, 9, 22, 24. 
Heb. ii. 13. 3) to give, i. e. deliver one- 
aelff deoote onesdf^ to any one, 2 Cor. viii. 
5; or for any one, hirkp or ircp^ t(V09, in 
the sense to encounter death for ; or as a 
ransom (<bnr£XvTf>oi/)for,6d. i. 4. 1 Tim. 
ii. 6. Tit. ii. 14; see Lu. xx. 19. Johnvi. 
51. So also ^ovvai tijv ^vy^v airrov 
\vTp6v &vrl^ Matt xx. 28. Mk. x. 45. 
Jos. and Class. 3) to gweforth^ to render y 
yields said both of persons. Rev. xx. 13, Idoo- 
Ktv n OdXaarara Tob^ vtKpobi Toin iv avT^, 
and things, Lu. vi. 38 ; and also metaph. of 
rendering an account to any one, Koul 
xiv. 12, and Class. ; also spec, of what is 

S'ven as a recompense for labour, to pay^ 
[att XX. 4, 14. Mk. xiv. 11. Rev. xi. 18, 
et al. and Class. ; likennse said of the earth, 
as uielding its fruits. Matt. xiii. 8. Mk. iv. 
7, 8. Sept. & Class. 4) by Hebraism, used 
for Tt6t}/u, to put or plaoey and that both 
prop, to put any thing upon any thing, Lu. 
xix. 23. Rev. viii. 3 ; and metaph. in the 
sense to apply, in the Latinism, Sovvai 
kpyaviavy aare operant, to use one^s efforts 
to effect any thing, Lu. xiL 58 ; also of 
miracles, to exhibit. Matt. xxiv. 24. Acts 
ii. 19, and Sept. Finally, with a double 
ace. of person and thing, as ofSce, to ctp- 
point, constitute, Eph. i 22, aiir6v iSuKe 
Kt<f>a\riv vTckp irdvra, and Sept. ; or, as 
said of a law, or ordinance, to omain, John 
viL 19 & 22. GaL iii. 21. d. SiadnKnu 
TtpiTOfifj^y Acts viL 8, and Sept. 

Atsyctpw, f. epcD, to rouse up, 1) 
prop, of awakemn^ persons fi*om sleep. 
Matt. i. 24. Mk. iv. d8, so. Ln. viii. 24. 
Jos. and Class. 2) fig. of tnings, e. gr. the 
sea, to amtate, John vi. 18 ; or, as said of 
the min^ to stir up, incite, 2 Pet. i. 13. 
iii. 1. 2 Mace. vii. 21. xv. 10. 

Aitvdvfiiofiai, to thoroughly revolve 
in mind, to consider carefully. Acts x. 19. 
in rec. Edd. for ivQvp,, 

AiiJ^odoi,ov, fi, a free passage through 
any place, a pass. In N. T. a thorough- 
fare where several streets meet, and many 
persons have to pass through. Matt. xxii. 9. 

A(E/)/ui}vevTi}9, ov, o, r$tcpjut}i;eucd,) 
an interpreter^ 1 Cor. xiv. 28. 

AiepfiijvtvtoA. eu(ri0, to/ully interpret, 
or expound any thing, trans. Lu. xxiv. 27. 
absol. ix. 36. 1 Cor. xii. 30. xiv. 5, 13, 
27, and Class. 

Aiipxofiai, f. eXtvffOfiai, gener. to 

come or go through, to pass through or 

jdMg, to traverse. In N. T. it is used I. 

Hbr. foil, either hjdia with gen. of place, 

xU, 43. Lu. xi. 24, 6. 6i di/udpcov [ 

T09rft»v,and iv. 30. xviL 11. Johniv.4. 
iv. 35. Lu. viii. 22, to pass over a 8ea,et 
or by ace. of place, as Lu. xix. 1, i^ 
*Icptx(tf« Acts xii. 10, et al. Heb. iv 

d. Toifv oifpavoiti, * has passed throi^ 
[all] the heavens, so as to reach the £ 
of Gx>d.* So also Sept. and Class. Al 
but with an ace. unaerst. as yijv, ycS) 
or the like. Acts viii. 4, 40, diepxcfu 
tittiyytkC^tTo Td« iroXeic irdaas. X. 
XYJi. 23. XX. 25. Hom. II. vi. 392, A 

SSfitvoi fiiya Si<rTV. Foil, by gea. 
ace, to ao through the country as fat^ 
Xcts xi. i9, 22 ; and hence simply ft) j|| 
through a place as far as, Lu. i * 
Acts ix. 38.— II. Fi6.^ \) of persoKU 

Rom. V. 12. 2^ of things, as a swords 
pass through, pierce, Lu. ii. 35 ; or ^ 
said of a rumour, to pass through a oN 
try, to spread alroad, Lu. v. 15, itiffja^ 
6 \oyos nrspl aiiTov. So Thuc n. • 
Xen. An. i. 4, 7, dt^XOcv 6 \6y<K, 

AitpuTOLte, f. narta, lit. to M^ 
throuahy so as to find out any place, pOB 
or thing, Acts x. 17, d. r^v oIkiop. 

AitTtii, cos, o, ^, adj. {Sit, lni|fl 
Ito$,) two years old. Matt. ii. 16, 4| 
diETOVi, scil. iraiidi, kuI KaTwrifm* 

AisTto, as, v, {SitTTiiy) a pefitm 
two years, Acts xxiv. 27. xxviii. 30. 

A ifiyiofiai, f. v<rofiai, dep. nud. 
& riy.) prop, to lead or conduct throngf^ 
Hence fig. to go through with anj nHj 
tion, to recount or relate any thing w> 
a term appropriate to historical namtifll 

e. gr. Thuc. vi. 54. trans, and foil, ^f ' 
of thing, and dat of pers. with otbor i 
jtincts, as irctfs, oarov, irspi, Mk. v. 1^ 
9, 'Iva fiiiStul Siriy^orcavrai & ilio9* I 
viii. 39, S, baa ivoitici aoi o 3* 
Sometimes it has the sense of ewMRMl 
narration, as Lu. viii. 39, (see Ps. XP 
13.) and ix. 10. Acts viii 33. ix. 2r> • 
17. Heb. xi. 32. 

A I ij y tj <r t s, f ois, 11, (5tiryeo/iOi,) <» • 
rative or history, Lu. i. 1. Sept. & Cllf 

Aifji/sKijs, eo«, 6, ii, adj. {did & * 
ic^s, prop, carried tiiroughy i. e. eitflol 
in length, as said of space, Horn. H ' 
1.34.^ but sometimes protracted, s» i 
of time, and that even to the vXt 
length. So Luc. Ver. Hist. i. 19, »* 
6tTiveKii iraara fcaTeiycTO. la N* 
used only of time, in the adverb. ^ 
tit t6 dtt}veKsc, for adv. continual, f 
petually, Heb. x. l^or ever, and x* 
14. Sept. and later Class. 

AiddXaaaroi, ov, b, ii, adj. {&^ ' 
and ^aXaarara,) situated between two 9^ 
as bimaris, the term applied to Corii 
Hor. Od. i. 7, 2. In N. T. said of arfofll 
sand-bank, raised by two opposite cuncf 


■Utute at their confluence. Acts xxvii. 
A So Dio Ghiys. v. p. 83, rpaxea Kal 

Liucvio/iat, f. ^ofiai^ prop, to go at 
m h(mgh^ traverse, but in N. T. to 
mtak, I e. pierce through, Heb. iv. 12, 
MM lupivfiou yffvxv^ TE Kal irvtvfxa- 
lue. 'toe inmost recesses of the heart.* 
Ifitlen ad Glaucum : els /3a9o« aifroov 
miumladai r^v dvvafiiv. 

kAtiorriijiK, prop, to aeparaie or dwide, 
■ eaoMfer, SepL and Class.; but also 
pin a reciprocal sense, to separate one- 
Kk mparated^ foil, by dcir^, Lu. xxiv. 
t Acts xxvii. 28, fipaxii ik iiatrri^arav- 
k sc eavTovs : also of time, to pass 
mu diqm, Lu. xxiL 59, dia<rraerrii 
fk ifin fttas. 

Attffxvpt]^o/Mat, f. iaofiaiy dep. mid. 
^ioroi^y affirm, strongly assert, Lu. 
hi. fi9. Acts xii. 15. Jos. and Class. 

AiKatOfcpto'ia, as, h^ {6lKaio9 & 
lh»y)just or right Judgment, Rom. ii. 5. 
Si2Tbe88.i. 5. 

AJKoto«, oto, ov, adj. ripr^, jms^, lit. 
wviiich is agreeable to dtKt},* i.e. * what 
PhH down as a rule of action.* Such, at 
■M,!^ moral sense of the word, accord- 
sii itseeneral acceptation in the N. T. 
•wtti That, however, is founded on the 
. physical sense, namely, what is^, 
^mjust. Thus it is said of numbers, 
or measures, complete. So Herodot. 
'^^iUaioi dpyviai : also of a chariot 

t^nia evenly, without swerving to one 
vtheother in its course. Thus the 
t tem \ns to which dticato? gener. 
Nn^ds in the Sept. means prop, equal, 

• "id of weights and measuros, or even 
pjM of a balance ; or rather straigJit, 
JJjisopp. to what is crooked. Whence, 
vieinoial sense, rigAt, as opposed to 
•■^ But the term is almost always 
'*' B a moral sense, I. of one who 
■■oot even-handed justice, acting alike 
*«I,or impartioU, as said of a judge,2 Tim. 
*J)0 i. Kpirvv. Rev. xvi. 5. nist, of a 
•Vwnt or decision, John v. 30, Kpiat.'s 
^2i. Lu. xii. 57. 2Th. i. 5, 6. Rev. 
*« 7. xix. 2. Sept. and Class. — II. of 
■Wer or conduct, uprwht, virtuous, lit. 
"• • it should be ; also gener. good : 
jl i iUaioi is strictly * one who does 
■t ii righit ;' while o Ayadoi is * one 
•does^oorf.* In this sense the term is 
id both of things, as 1 John iii. 12, tpya 
}j^ vii. 12, ivTo\n ^. and Matt. xx. 
7. CoL iv. 1. Eph. vi. 1. Phil. i. 7. 
^t.1 13, t6 SiKaiov, * what is right and 

• to be done or rendered f and of per- 
"> «. KT. Matt V. 45. Lu. v. 32, et al. 
f^nd Cksa. But it is espec. used of 
*K vlioie * hearts are right with God,^ 

91 AlK 

righteous, pious, godlv. Matt. xiii. 43, 49 
xxiii. 29. XXV. 46. Mk. vi. 20, et al. Rom. 
i. 17, SiKaio^ Ik irtarefios, equiv. to di- 
KaiwQtls Sui ir. Sept. oft. Finally, it is 
used par excellence of Cfod, John xvii. 25. 
Rom. iii. 26. 1 John ii. 29, or Christ, 
Acts iii. 14. vii. 52. xxii. 14. 1 John ii.l. 
iii. 7, and Sept. 

AtKatoo'ui/f), i)«, fi, {SIkuio^,) prop. 
* the doing or being what is right and just,* 
viz. I. ' the doing alike to afl,' preserving 
even-handed justice, as said of a Jttdge, 
Acts xvii. 31. Rev. xix. 11. Heb. xi. 33, 
slpydaravTo SiKaioarvvrjv. Rom. ix. 28, and 
Sept. — II. of character, or conduct, as re- 
gards persons, i. e. * the being just as we 
should be,* rectitude, righteousness, virtue. 
So of actions, equiv. to t6 SUaiov, Matt, 
iii. 15, TrXfipioo'at tracrav S. : also of dis- 
position, &c. 1) in a popular sense, Eph. 
V.9. ITim. vi. 11. 2 Tim. ii. 22. Heb. 
i. 9, and Sept. ; also including the idea of 
kindness, or benignity, 2 Cor. ix. 9. 2 Pet. 
i. 1, and in later edd. Matt. vi. 1. Sept. 
2) said of that righteousness which has re- 
gard to God and the Divine law; and that 
whether merely external, and consisting in 
the observance of outward precepts, Pnil. 
iii. 6, 9, BiK. v iv voum, or Ik voaov, or 
internal and spiritual, when the heart is 
right with God, righteousness, piety, godU- 
ness. Matt. v. 6, lO, 20. vi. 33. xxi. 32. 
Lu. i. 75. Acts X. 35. xxiv. 25. Rom. vi, 
16, 1^, and oft. Sept. and Joseph. Hence, 
V diK. fi Ik or Old irtaTsa)^, scil. iv 
Xpia-Tw, ^ where faith is counted or im- 

futed as righteousness,* Rom. ix. 30. x. 6. 
'hil. iii. 9. -h kutA -jtio-tiv, Heb. xi. 7, al. ; 
and by meton. Christ, as the source or 
author of righteousness, I Cor. i. 30. 
Hence, too, S. rod Qtov objectively, i. e. 
' the righteousness which God approves or 
bestovrs,* Rom. i. 17. iii. 21, 25, 26 ; and 
by meton. 6ik, Qtov is equiv. to diKaioi, 
irapa Gcw, 2 Cor. v. 21. Finally, as said 
in the highest sense of God suSjeciively, 
L e. as an attribute of his character, Rom. 
iii. 5 ; and perhaps of Christ, John xvi. 8, 
10. — III. by meton. in the sense of the 
being regarded as just, i.e. the imputation 
of righteousness, justification, equiv. to 
0(Kataiat«, Rom. v. 17, 21. x. 4, 5. 2 Cor. 
iii. 9. Gal. ii. 21. iii. 21. v. 5. Put for 
the mode of justification, Rom. x. 3. 

AiKai6oo,f, axru), {diKaio^,) to justify, 
i. e. to regard, or declare as just, trans. 
I. as a matter of right, justice, &c. to ab- 
solve or acquit of any charge, as opp. to 
being condemned. Matt. xii. 37. 1 Cor. 
iv. 4 ; foil, by diro with gen. of thing. 
Acts xiii. 39. Rom. vi. 7, diro dfiaftTia^. 
and Sept. So SiKaiovv cavroj/, to justify, 
i. e. excuse, oneself, Lu. x. 29. So Gen. 
xJiv. 16, Ecclus. X. 29.-11. «a wii^ ^^ 

AIK 9 

cluiBder, &«. to dtdart to he ja^ at it 
Aoutd 6e, 1. e. to pnmmaia right, to. aod 
oiedbothotlhinei, (onyoni.iMfwWumi 
proper, «, to ij,d«, Hewdot. i. 89. J™. 
^Cii. 1, 1, snd of per»ll^ u Jon* m 
N T (0 realms or dedart any oM ai 
r^Ww, virtuous, &c Mniee, M Ij 

nouaDiu, virtuous, olc dci.h^ . 
impl. to mdiaaie, approve, honoar 

TiiTelp*. 3o n. 19. Lu. vu. 35, 
airrw- On 1 Tim. ill. 16, .« nir Dole. 
2) in reluion to Ood and tbe Divnw l»w. 
to dedurt rigtteoui, r^ard at piota, Lu. 

TUX ilirfp»jr«». 8«d espw, of the mrft- 
A,^ bmlowed on men througb CLnst, 
m whicli lie ia Biid to regird »nd treal 
■ , Bbeolving them frop' 

3U, 33. Gal. iii. 8. So ^nw. of men, to ie 
iatifitd. e. (fr.»I(r™ or jihIotibh, Bom. 
^^v. f Gal. ii. 16. ilL 24. i£ W-- 
or oJ« iS Ipy-, B»"- j?-i» ,7-2; 
Gil. ii. 16. oi!k (k ro^f, G"- '"■ ^'■' " 
aL_IIL in the aense to makt or mn* am 
oM to be upr^i &c. And 

IB. So Jos. Ant r™. 1,3, Jucuin 
Llfn., iit ip'tip irvrittvira ylym. 

Lu. Iii. 14. Acta rii. 27, K. Scjl. ^ 

AIkii, It, ill prop- "^ at jm 
»uci:. in > judicitl proi»» j oiii 
wiial i» iotd ifolBi (*(«•, JM») " "P* 
lucn to do ; » eiir/iac lod Bi/ta, 
-riDilfii, to fay doam, iw/uK, fnm > 
(u^r, from feeyoB, to fay dotDB, " - -" 
conduct. Hence, tiU>B)i&n«i 
ttiti fni acquittil or for condi 
of,t.„ in Clua., So in N. T, 

to be upright, 
b onae^ tgirii 

Bci. : 

ii. II, o i 


' any thing jiially or rightly done; benj... 
Tigit, jaalia, ei!«.il^, J ) u siid of a^d^ng 

Knee, whether fatounWe, juHifioa 
aegt^lal, Rom.T. 16, or un&voun 
fBtukmnatim, jt'dgmeiil, Bev. xi. 
Hence, 2) a decree, aa laying down ' 

SI gaid of charaeler, *c. ri/hleoiarK^. 
putv lowirdi God, and the virtue agret- 
^tbcrelo; B.od of the ™nt., Re.-iix. 
fl; of Cbri.l,« m8uife.led m hii obedi- 
ence to God the Father, Rom, v. IB. 

M u rerarda itrict jue^ce, Lu. urn. 41. 
lV".i;.^23. SepuindCl^. 2) a. U 
what i> 'right snd proper, J tor. Jv. 34 
SepL and Ckaa. 35 »» to wb.t iwiiccl, 
duty to God, rMjUeomij, pioailg, i Tbei6 
H. 10. Tit. iL 12. 

ix^af-^. .,.«..,», (i."-'i-.)P"P 
' the act of doing juitite on any one, 
eapec in Uiid, and that whether by ac 
qultul, or ai gener. by condemnitioii and 
-wniihmcnt. In N. T. only uied m llie 
- mid of tbe juitifieatioii, 
pardon, whicli God mais 
Chriit. Eom. iv. 26. v. 

Mciil. anch implying punish 
.■ixv. 15, «•/ aiTol; iii^i', 
vmihknitBt, vrogeiaa, 2 Th. i. ~. -— 
'soiii ind Class.— 11. a» the hum rf< 
h.;.lh=n goddensof justice JVa»iii,F^ 
oni-c. Acts ixviiL 4, and Glut. 

AUtvov, oi>, tA, (Jl™, to a^ 
^a^mrxet, in om to a laige dnn 
whether for hundngor fiahmg, of* I 
latlet, *• Matt. iv. 20, 80. ML. L Hi 
Lu. i. 2-6. John in. fi, 8, 11,» 

AfX-oyot, o.-, ^, *. <^i- (fi'-' 
and \iym,) ^^0. '"fri«!^J 
sr-^ch (wice." Class. In N. T. «• 
,^na„ed, deca^iU, i. e. Mying rat ■ 

iid,eonj. equiT. la li' a, m iM 
■ vAenfire, there/bn. Matt H* 
3S, et aape si. 
a^eiiioi, f. •»>-, (J'd and itti<-, 
trarrl Ikrasgh any country, Imvent it; i 
by ace of place, Acts ivii. Lom-rii 
' Ln. viiL 1. Sept. and Class. 

quitUl, or ai gei 
punishment. In 

riilLaeiliiittkl or 

„,„..,., .,i«, 4, i, adj. (A<Ji,p 

Ziij, uidirfT»,equiY. la •rl'rriP,)) 

Jove. i.e. 'the he«veQ-dBK«i 

iix.35,«!&mT - 

aioTi, cooj. (or A' Sti, eqniT. I 
roElTo, Sri, on aoeoaal of Oil lit 
■iu reaaon tint, i. e. limply bean 




L7. xzi.28. Actszvii. 31. Rom. 
L iL 16. Sept. and Class. 

009 ov^y ori ij, 6ov ouif, adj. Mts 
u, an oInboL form, whence itac- 
p. double ; but in N. T. and also 
and Class, meaning not simply 
bat great^ or increased^ both as 
rhat is good^ as reward, 1 Tim. v. 
.n^ Tifiij^ d^. or evil, as punish- 
lev. xviii. 6, iivXcaaraTt airr^ 
^t. and Class. Comparative, dt- 
w, as adv. ttco/old-^nore. Matt. 

io«, f.'Mirctf, (^tirXoov,) to double, 
iil 6, ItiTrXutaaTt avr^ 6i7r\a, 
ble to her doably,* render to her a 

mmer. adv. bis, twice, Mk. xiv. 
La. xviii. 12. Jude 12, Us Anro- 
, utterly dead. So the phrase 
tl iU, onoi and ogam, oHquoties, 
t requ/^ntty. So the Class. 6U 


a\a, f. acrm, {Sis, trr&m,) 1) 
stand where two ways meet," 
impl. to be in doubt which to 
2) metaph. ^tohein doubt as to any 
f action,* Matt. xiv. 31, ck tI 
Rf ; xxviiL 17, ol ik lBi<rravav. 
iod. Sic, and Synes. 

Ofios, ov, 6, ^, {Sis, <rr6fia,) 
tdde-mouthed, gener. and as the 
a sword or axe is fig. called its 
> ii(rrofxos is used for two-edged, 
N. T. Heb. iv. 12. Rev. i. 1^ ii. 
. and Class. 

iXioi, at, a, ordin. adj. 2000. 

t^<o, f. iau, {Sia, vXV^u,) prop. 
ny liquid through a strainer, (so 
i. 9, vXt^cTai Sl 6Qovu)v,) in 
eparate from it the UXt;, or mate- 
les, in order that they be strained 
ut, and so to straim. out or of , 
lii. 24, S. Tov Ktavtoira. Sept. 

[a, f. <i<rtd, (ii'xo,) prop, to cut in 
t into two parts. Sept. and Class. 
. T. metaph. to set one at vari- 
anoiher, dtx<i^etv Tim KaTo. 
tt X. 35, equiv. to Sixa irouTv 

raaia,as,ri, (^tX«i err dais,) 
vision into ttoo parts, or a stand- 
, and metaph. dissension, or dis- 
1. xvi. 17. 1 Cor. iii. 3. Gal. v. 

ofiiu, f. ^ato, {dixa, to/i^,) 
nd in two, Jos. Ant. viii. 2, 2. 
28, 2, or to cut in pieces, Polyb. 
enoting a horrible mode of put- 
Ath in nse among the Hebrews 

and other ancient nations. In N. T. the 
word is used gener. and fig. in the sense, 
to inJUct severe punishment, to as it were 
cut asunder by scourging. Matt. xxiv. 51. 
Lu. xii. 46. So Hist. Susan, ver. 55, 
o-xto-ei VI fiia-ov. Arrian Epict. iii. 22. 
iXvaras Ire/uev {avTdv), also sdndere ana 
discindere in Latin. 

Aixffdot, f. i^o-co, to thirst, to be cdkint, 
1) prop, and intrans. Matt. xxv. 35, 37, ^, 
44. Job. iv. 13, 15. xix. 28. Rom. xii 20. 
1 Cor. iv. 11. Rev. vii. 16. Sept. and 
Class. 2) metaph. and trans, to thirk c^er, 
long for. Matt. v. 6, d. r^v dticatooi/ifijir, 
meaning piety towards God, and its attend- 
ant spiritualprivileffes, Wisd. xi. 14. Jos. 
B. i. 32, 2. Hence absol. to ihirst, i. e. after 
the dispositions and privileges of the chil- 
dren of God, John iv. 14. vi. 35, vii. 37. 
Rev. vii. 16. xxi. 6. xxii. 17. Ps. xliL 2, 
and Class. 

Alxffos, eos, t6, thirst, 2 Cor. xi. 27. 
Sept. and Class. 

Ai\lfu-^os,ov,6, ^, adj. {Sis, xjrvxhj) 
double-mmded, wavering, Ja. i. 8. iv. 8. 
Clem. Alex, but not in Class. 

Alutyfibs, ov, 6, {SicaKw,) prop, oti 
eager pursuit of any one; and as that 
often impUes hostility, so the word came 
to mesai persecution, as Matt. xiii. 21. 
Mk. iv. l7, et ssBpe ai. Sept. and rarely in 
later Class. 

AiaiKTris,ov,6, {SitJOKQi,) a persecutor, 
1 Tim. i. 13. 

AiioKoa, f. j^ta, prop, to cause to ,/Zee ; 
hence gener. to pursue ctfier fleeing ene- 
mies, hapt. and Class. Hence in N. T. 
I) to pursue with malignity, to persecute ; 
foil, by ace. expr. or impl. Matt. x. 23. 
xxiii. 34. Acts xxvi. 11. Rev. xii. 13, and 
Class. So gener. to persecute, harass. 
Matt. V. 10, sq. Lu. xxi. 12. John v. 16. 
Acts vii. 52. Rom. xii. 14. Gal. i. 13, 23. 
vi. 12, and Sept. 2) to pursue, follow, in 
order to overtake persons, Lu. xvii. 23, 
and Class, also metaph. of things, to follow 
c^ier, pursue earnestly, in order to attain^ 
Rom. Lx. 30, sq. 1 Cor. xiv. 1. 1 Tim. vi. 
11. Heb. xii. 14, absol. to follow, press 
forward after, Phil. iii. 12, 14. Sept. and 

Aoyfia, OT05, to, {Sokim,) a decree, 
ordinance, e. gr. of a prince, Lu. ii. 1. 
Acts xvii. 7 ; of the Mosaic law, Eph. ii. 
15. Col. ii. l4; of the apostles, Acts xvi. 
4. Sept. and Class. 

Aoy/LiaTt^co, f. i<roa,to make a decree, 
equiv. to Class. Soyfia ridivai. In N. T. 
mid. Soyfiari^ofiai, to suffer a law to he 
prescribed to oneself, to he suJl^ect to its 
ordinances. Col. ii. 20. 

AoKiio, f. £(0, to seem,OT appeor^ii&ul. 

AOE 9 

ftiid JnLivlB. 1. u uud vith a reflex, nnm. 
expr. or imp], denoting skl?, ioKoi Ifiav- 
ru, ' I seem lo Divielf, (m of oiNDioii, 
■uppoM,' full, by in&i. prea. Acta xitL 9. 
Hence gener. at an ict. inlrana. wrb, in 
the above KDte, the reflex, dat. beinl anp- 

Eretsed^ i. t. toba ofopiniim that, 1) foil. 
F infin. iiitb the aame lubjei;!, e. gr. with 

Matt. iii. 9, uq Sd£Tm Xivdv iv JauTDic! 
Ltt. Tiil. IB. xxi.. 37. Jotn t. 39. xri. 2, 
ioFfl \aTpiiav vfioffipipeti' tw Oew- 
Acu ili. 9, and Clan. With infin. peff. 
impljiog; action completed, Acta xxrii. 13, 
Sdtatrrtv Tw rpodiiTiiai KZKPa'ntKii'ai- 
I Car. viii. 2. Fhil. iii. 4, and Claai. 2) 
fell, bj infln. with idifereni aubject in the 
KC. Mk. vi. 49, Edofoi. Ant-ra<r^o ill/ai. 

Clagg.' 3] foil. by^T^ud infin. I^C ri! 
7, iox.Ee'i yip St., &c, ixtI. 53. Lu. 
iii. 51, et al. iieM. 4) absol. Lu. xvii. 9, 
ai ioKa. Matt. iiiT. U. Lu. iii. 40, S 
Spa oi ioKiiTi. Heb. 1, 29.— IL UKd in 

foil, by dat. and infln. Lu. i. 36, 

iO A 

..ITim. ui. 10. IJohnir. 1. Bi 

God, (o ^ to Uit proof hi) moral 

56, Td nr,jMi 

ii.''!^'ph'i?. i"o.— ^"""pK.'io'lli i 
npard as proved or tried, and ca 
onptDW, judge nroper ; laid of b» 
Cor. ivi. S, dDc fiiv tatifjt 



which then lakea the adjuncH in the 
Domin. Act! ivii. 18. E'»>v «ai>io»f»>- 
toml icoTavyiX(4t tlwu. 1 Cor. iii. 22. 
2 Cor. x. 9. Heb. xii. 11, and Clau. 
Sud also, wilh modeat delicMV, of what is 
real and certain, Mk. x. 42, si lannimK! 
Spviir. ha. xiu. 14. I Cor. li. 16. Gal. 
ii. 9. Heb. It. 1. Job. and Claw. Yet see 
my note on Mk. x. 42. At Gal. ii. 2, 6, 

is, 'thoievho were esteemed •ometliing, 
peraona of coneequeace.' See my note 
there, 1 Cor. iii. 18. & nv. 37—111. m- 
p»Ba. iomt fioi, 1) ai equlv. toperwra. (o 
liak or auppose, either interrog. rf tntti 
(TOi, or V'". or i^w; Malt. irii. 25. 
xviii. 12. III. 28, al, or without interrog. 
Acta XXT. 27, AXoyoif y&e /loi &OKti, and 
Cloaa. 2) it seemi good to nut, eqoii. to 
pen. / determine, n*Jw, Lu. i. 3. Acts 
XV. 22-34. Jog. and Claas. So ^c 

by drt ringing, or the louchatoi 
7. 1 Cor. iii. 13. Sept. and Cli 

other thingi, tried by laing, L_. , 

or gener. and flg. in any mty, Rom. xii 
I Cot. Ii. aa Gil. vi. 4. Eph, V. 10. 1 1 
ii. 4, Tds Kapilat i^a„, v. 21. Se 
Joa. andClus. Ala* ofpeMom, 'totry 
ult to the proof,' as to the genoiDeaeH 
MMfejf HIT alleged quality, 2 Cor. Tj 
^^^ F JL urf TOT. 22. liii. 6, iairrc 

. Diod. Sic. IT. 7 ; 
otfic i&OKluaaau ' 
Jot Ani 

In N. T. 1) the atate of iw A 
trying, aa of futh by affliction, 2Ca. 
2, i» ToXXn «o.ctM^ ^X>'V>«,'«U 
affliction.' 2) fAe ktiing been triidat 
profBed, triad probitu, approad i^ 
Rom. T. 4, 4 ii AwiM 'K'wlln, nil 

L'2COT"ir9! _. 
viat, ^ tried pr«bi^ 


at put. tried prtUfy or appmdi 
I Pet. i. 7. 

id^.^ov »>;, A, i, adi. (MW 
prop, asid of money that, la™ f 
the aasiy, in current and rwanA, ' 
approved by the king or state, and rsfll 
a. current by the people. Hence BJ 
trwd, approved aa genmne, Rum. !■■ 

1 Cor. II. 19. 2Cor. X. 18. xiiL?.*" 

15. Ja. i. 

aoKit.oS, 4, (iivofiOL,) pror. • 
or ™/fer, Sept. and Class.; hnlinl 
Matt. vii. 3. Lu. vi. 41, sq. ai « 
lapAo!, it ralber denotes a io2k1 }> 
wood. Sept. and Class. 


2 Cor. xi. 13. Sept. and Claw. 
&o\t6u, r. wo,' (So'Xoc,) to ■ 

;, {d.'X. 

tout, whence ttXtap, a iHit.) prni. < 
Horn. Od. xii. 252. Hence mettrl 
teU,ffiale, Matt, xxvi. 4. Mtvik' 
oft. Sept. and Clau. 

AoX^u, f i^», (Jo-Xn,) in 
Class, to dfceitv, but m later, (o >! 
i. e. to Bdulterate^ corrupt, by fbrw 
mixture, etpec. wuie or money. So J 
ir, 2, i. lir Xoyot toS 6iav, cq^ 

A O M 95 A O 3: 

ioirrcs Tov \6yov tov Oiov at ii. tals, Lu. ii. 9. John xii. 41 ; and also as 

** adidterating the Gospel hy the manifested in Christ*s second coming, 

bdnuzture of Jewish tradition/ Matt. xvi. 27. Mk. viii. 38. So oft^ 

, , Sept. 3) of internal charactkr, im- 

^ v"'^**^^'^*lv^^*^^,SJ*J[r.P*?®' plying glorious moral attributes, and to 

11,) ag^. Matt. vu. 11. Phil. iv. ^g rendered by exoellenoe or perfection, as 

u IV. 8. Sept and Plut. said Ijoth of GW, John xL 40. Acts vii. 

I, ii«, n, (&»K««, to seem,) prop, a ?; %«»• i- 23. \i. 4. Eph. L 17. Col. i. 

or appearance, Jos. Ant. i. 11, 2, ^1- Heb. i. 3. 2 Pet. 1. 3, al. and of 

]^v airrm irapitrxpv icQiovrtov : Chrtst, as the inravyactfia of the divme 

nation ox'idea, Luc. ii. 287, ws fih Perfections, John i. 14. ii. 11 ; also of M« 

kyvoiav h dfiaOia^ iropa<rY«/iia*. -^^^ ^^^' ^ ^®*- ^^- ^^- '^"^** ^^*- ^® 

t came to denote cpinion, either Resur. p. 284; also said of thtngs, in the 

uch one has of any thing, Herodot. genit. or dat., thus supplying the phice of 

Cen. Mem. iv. 8, 10, or that which 'he cognate adject^torwas, excellent, &c. 

have of us, espec. a favourable one. ^ Cor. iii. 7—5. ^h. i. 6, els liraiuov 

the sense honour, glory, which is 3ogn« t^« X<^P*'»'o« «y'»'o«'» 4) used of that 

bund in the Class, and the N. T. exalted stote of blissful perfection, reserved 

me modifications however, I. as said ^®' those who dwell with God in heaven, 

our paid or done to any laudable "whether as said of Christ, and including 

Lu. xiv. 10, TOTE loTot (TO* iol^a **»« »<lea 0^ his regal majesty, as king Mes- 

w, &c. John viii. 64. 2 Cor. vi. 8. Mal»» Lu. xxiv. 26. John xvii. 5, 22, 24. 

'. 41, 44, Xati^avtiv dofav irapd 2 Th. ii. 14. 1 Tim. iii. 16 ; or of glorified 

TWIT. John xii. 43. 1 Th. ii. 6, al. Mints, and denoting salvation, eternal We, 

:hc phrase els ttiv iSJ^av tov Otov, &e. Rom. ii. 7, 10. viii. 18. 1 Cor. ii. 7. 2 Cor. 

shonourandglorvof God,M.e. *that i^* 17. 1 Th. ii. 12. 2 Tim. ii. 10. Heb. 

ay be glorified,*' Rom. iii. 7. xv. 7. "• 10. 1 Pet. v. 1. n Sofa tov Qtov, the 

i. 11. And so irpdi So^av tov 9^ ^^^ <»^ «^ bestow, Rom. v. 2 

So in ascriptions, Lu. ii. 14, 66^av Ao^<i^co, f. aota, {^Sofa,) in the Class. 
tvToiv Gew. Kom. xi. 36. Gral. i. 5. to form an opinion, think, suppose ; also 

iv. 11, al. ; also said, like Lat. de- to estimate ot judge. Hence, like our verb 

J meton. of the ground, or source to esteem, to think favourably of ascribe 

our and glory, 1 Cor. xi. 15. 2 Cor. xnuise to. In N. T. its general sense is 

J. E^h. iii. 13. 1 Th. ii. 20. — II. as to glorify, with, however, some modifica- 

f that which excites admiration, and tions, as foil. I. to ascribe glory to, to 

ch honour is ascribed, and that in laud^ celebrate. Matt. vi. 2, oTrws So^aa^Sa- 

\ views, 1) said of external con- civ viro toov &vdpa)7ruiv, Lu. iv. 15. John 

f, L e. dignity^ glory, 1 Pet. i. 24, viii. 54. Rom. xi. 13. Acts xiii. 48. Heb. 

i. T^« aapKd^ cis attdo^, Heb. ii. v. 5. Rev. xviii. 7. Polyb. vi. 53, 10, ^£- 

by meton. of that which reflects SoPaa/iivoi «ir' &ptTy. Diod. Sic. vol. vii. 

bits this dignity, 1 Cor. xi. 7, yvvii 196, ivrip iu vaiotia 6i6ofa<rp.ivoi, and 

I AifSpo^ kvTiv, Apocr. & Jos. Said 74, dedo^aatiivoi iv AcrTpokoyia, i. 242. 

V and r^al majesty or splendour, iii. 153, and Sept. So Soj^a^iiv t6v Qidv, 

dx. 28. xxiv. 30. Mk. x. 37. xiii. ' to celebrate God with praise and worship,' 

. ix. 26, et al. ; also of the accom- adore. Matt. v. 16. ix. 8, & oft. — II. to 

Dts of royaltj^, as splendid apnarel, honour, i. e. bestow honour upon, eaxdt, 

1 29. Lu. xii. 27; or wealth. Matt, render glorious, 1) gener. 1 Cor. xii. 26, 

jU. iv. 6, al. Said in plur, by me- sXt* So^aX^tTai tv fiiko^. 2 Th. iii. 1. 

r persons in high honour, do^ai, Sept. Diod. Sic. xii. 36. be alorious 

^ i. e. princes and magistrates, or excellent,2 Cor. mA0,ov6k diSo^aoTai 

ii. 10. Jude 8. 2) of external to SidoPaarfiivov. 1 Pet. i. 8, x«P? ^«" 

iUNCE, i. e. lustre or briahtness, So^aafiivrf. 2) said of God and Christ, 

nd gener. Actsxxii.ll,o6fc £i/£/3\c- to glorify, i. e. 'render conspicuous and 

r6 TTJ^ 5o^T|s ToD ^(0T09. 1 Pct. V. glorious' the Divine character and attri- 

ihe sun, stars, &c. 1 Cor. xv. 40 ; butes, e. gr. of God as glorified by the 

ees* face, 2 Cor. iii. 7 ; or of the Son, John xii. 28. xiii. 31, sq. xiv. 13. 

llightwhich surrounds angels. Rev. xv. 8. xvii. 1, 4, or by Christians, John 

, or glorified saints, Lu. ix. 31, et xxi. 19; of Christ as glorified by the 

lid espec. of the celestial splendour Father, John viii. 54. xiii. 32, or by Chris- 

ffnlgence in which God sits en- tians, John xvii. 10, al. 3) to advance to 

J, iTTh. i. 9. 2 Pet. i. 17. Rev. xv. that state of bliss and glory, which is the 
• 11, but sometimes visible to mor- portion of those who dwell 

portion of those who dwell mlb. 0<A m 


7i,15;ore™ofo „ . „ . 

ter,Malt.iiii.27,w. Johniv.Sl. Ac 
18. Eph, ?i. S. 1 Tim. tl 1. 2) flg. « 
™;iB*HT( serTicB, a Mnxut, implpii* 

.. ,...,.. , _, ,, dience, EdslitT, uid deratednea, JoC 

n.ilt\Sya^»6atmKal\ii^im<i,apiia- IS. Rom. Ti. 16. 1 Cor. TiL 23. Oal 
dilurt and rtcdnl. Dr. u ve Bar, dda and 7. ^ QKd in mod»tT of iniDiilcil a 
credit, Ecolus. ili. 19, ivi auBpaKiauoi ' Word, ioiXo, ifiSi,, Mitt ii. 27 
idi^iot uni iiioias. ilii, 7. " ■ " " 

it 7, Sept. for ihe Clist fonip. 

d o v \ a T ov 1 u, f. >!?», ( JoiiXi 
1} fa Olrr? q^oJ a sian, to mall 
of; 2) to (fisif <u a done ; 3) by impl. tc 
brmg into and Hold in ndgsetim, 1 Cor. ii, 
27, i. t6 r>»fid /uu. 

AouXiIn, DC, 4, (JouXtiti*,) prop, a 
ilate af Aaatr^, Sept. and Clus. ; but ia 
K. T. only uid fig, of gpiritual hoadage. 
Bom. TiiL 15, -rnf^ iovXiim, ' B Bluyisb 

r' t,' u opp. to the spirit of sdoption ; of 

Homic Uv, CU1. ir. 24. T. 1 ; eIso of the 
CODdltion of thoie who are subject to 
death, Rom. nit. 21, ot iu few, Heb. ii. IS, 
AovXfio, f. tiaw, (JoiiXoc,) la be a 
slave or Aired aemuat. toll, by a dat. of 
pen. expr. or impl. L ^rop. Bsid of is- 
voluniary Borvice, II of iDdividuals, Matt, 
vi, 2i, Lu. iri. 13. Efi. Ti. 7. 1 Tim, 

.. 12. Sept . 

. aept and Clara, 
denotinff political aubiai 
33. Acu tU. 7. Ram. iJ 

Clan. ; metaph. of'lho! ^ _ 

Mouic law,^ Gal.'iv, 25. — 11. otvoiunlart/ 
•errice, and that fig, to eieu, Lu, iv. 29. 

ii. 22. Oal. V. 13, Rom, lii. 11, and 


Sept, In a 

lo God, M»«. vi, 24. Lu. ivi. li. acii 
II. 19. Rom. vii. 6. I Th. i. 9; or Chriit, 
Bom, Tii, 25. Sept, ; or to faliB gods. Gal. 
)v. 8. Ex. xxiii. 33 ; alao of liagi, lo be 
demled (o, indidffe in, Hatt vi. 24, Lu. 
ivi. 13, aauiBfa- Rom. vi. 6, d^aoTfa, 
Rom. vii, 25, va^iu dr.a|Kr<ac, and xw\. 
IB, TB mXia. Gi.]. W. 9, toIs ftbi- 
vifoic. Tit ii. 3, Kieu^Iuii. Jot, and 

AouXn, lit, n, (iouXot,) prop, a ftmaJe 
t2a«e, or maid-survut. Acta ii, 18. Sept. 
aad Clara.; but uled, m the Oiiental 
atylB. by a female addreraing anj one 
greatly tuporior in rank, intt^ad of the 
- " ■ ' i. 38, 48, and Sept 

Sud of the faithful 

legates from God, u MoK- _ 
Joshna i. 1, Joseph, Aat. t. 1, 13;{ ■ 
the propheta. Rot. i. 7. li. 18, and Bf 
or simply b> aartiaipm of God, Bm 
20. TiTS. lil. 6, al!— U«d in thO 
ental style, oa addreaaing a perwin giM 

iUo'^ 'of g3 

._ , , Eph. vi, 6. Sn 

ii, 24 : eapec. of the luxKtlea, &c Bm. 
1, Gal. i. 10. Col. IT. 12, Ja, i. 1, 2FttL 
Judel, ReT.ixii,3, Also used with irf 
to things, to denote oue who is addjctsi ' 
(as we say.mfund (o,)anyactianag 
foil, by gen, T^t diittfrrlia, W 
34. Rom. li. 16, and t»e dfcH* 
iL 19. ao .ffiL V. H. a. 41, » 
iy i. and Eurip, Autol. liaf. 9, ^ 
iin-tripti.oi.~-nL in the sarf: 
UINisTBR, said of the o.^cen of 
eolal court, Malt i ■" "" " 
S— , 

uXoujf, vmv, toefu^oefl, tnDhM 
jidauXv/uii, to be a ma, mi 
\tiai. I. pmiF. ot the enfbnMM 
f a alavQ, lo make a dave of saj^ 
rii. 6, 2 Pel. ii, 19, SepL aDdOil 
Melaph, tiieika/iat, totebild ha-' ' 

n of sail 
3-32, ^ 

.. 15; 

tiondage, Cal, i 

vice, lo make dervled tG 

to become devoted, l)i 

1 Cor. ii. 19, i-aviv juai.Tai.iJo 
' I have devoted myself l« the H 


ToXXu, Tit ii. 3. 8o JovXiii 
Liban. Ep. 319, 


'latupiel or fiaat, L 
md later Clara. 

- •- iia piereiuE >i|h 

prop, aa an adj, OovXat, i(, ov, /Mid ta „ , „ , r,, J ■ , , 

!™£we,ioimrf(o«™,-foll,bydatKoB., ^°"™'' ^'J'^"' ^"- .^'\^*-' 

~ Witd, IT. 7, and Clara.— IL as a A^dssu. f, £». ara^BJ" 

T. {^dvOpairov understood.) a 4^oe or fmnd, take /ast Aofd of. Hence, fe 

•MVQI^^Jjnp. aaid of imoJiiiUary ae 

penou or thii^ hi N. T. I 




, ^, {ipdortrofiai,) 
= 6 oboli, 6}d. 



l(k & 19, d. ro^ ov^^9, taken from 
Mt. is, idiere Sept. has KaToXafifidvwv. 


ipj^n, lee Tplxw* 

ipivavoMf ov, tJ, (^p^iTM, to pluck 
"it mUs, or crooked ladfe^ for reaping 

I or nUiering grapes, Mk. ir. 29. 

ndhter Class. 
A^tf/iOY, ov, 6, (^pc/Aw, to ran,) prop, a 
lay,' tbo, ike race nm ; and sometimes 
ifSBMMTK. hi N. T. fig. course of Dfe 
Miai. Acts ziii. 25, trkripovv t6v S. 
iMf-wuiiKrai i. 2Tim. iv. 7,TcXctj; dp. 

;t, f. ^vofiaij dq)on. to be able, 

liyncal and a moral sense, and 

ig either on the disposition or 

of mind, the degree of strength or 

jtbensture and circamstances of the 

)4e. Alwavs foil, by an infin. ezpr. 
FinL, belMinng to the same subject. 
I IL Ij sn infin. eaepresaed, either of the 

ai denotinff continued action, Matt. 

Ltfv ivwaaSt dovXt^tiv Ofw. vii. 18. 

1 7, et aL ; or more commonly of 
liwiit, im[Jying transient or moment- 
mSan, dther past or present, Mk. i. 

Uiiil 19, ovK ifivvavTo o-uvrvxetv 

flMatt. iii 9. Mk. vi. 5. Lu. v. 12. 

•; or of the perf, to express completed 
|Ab m reference to the present time, 
fjlXTL 32, dvo\£kv<F0ai ijdvvaro o 
R%Mroff, c{, &c. — II. idth an infin. tm- 
Ktogj^ted by the context. Matt. xvi. 
|<idfnur6« sc. iiaKpiveiu, Mk. vi. 19. 
g-J L 40, et al. Constr. with ace. tI 
Sb&v on iroulv impl., or as ace. of 
per, Mk. ix. 22, el re dvvatrai. 2 Cor. 
^il and Class. 

lAws^ts^ fwv, ^, (dvVa/uat,) prop, the 
MfoUSfOMtify, power, corporeal & men- 
JML nid of INTRINSIC power, whether 
jvbl or moral, and 1 ) of the body, Heb. 
j|>U,MMtutv tU KaTapoXriv (nrcpftarov 
^^ 1 Cor. XT. 43, t6 aSafia iytipt- 
'J^Jf iwauti, for hvvarov. 2) ^ener. 
■LXXT. 15, cxao^w Katd ttiv Idiav d. 
wtL 8. 1 Cor. XV. ^, 2 Tim. i. 7, trvev- 
■W^m, vigour, courage, opp. to wev- 
jiuUm. Heb. i. 3, to prjfia riji dvv. 
vvsv,* his powerful word.* vii. 16. xi. 34. 
'■'•i.16. Sept & Class. So in such phrases 
I ttra ivvufiiv, * according to one^s 
1^,' 2 Cor. viii. 3, and Class, virip 6, 
■Nad one*s power,* 2 Cor. i. 8, & Class. 
fmdfui, toith power, i. e.adv. miglttily, 
M. Ill, 29. 2 Th. i. U: and without 
^AcUiv. 33. Ei^. iii. 16. 3) said of 
ji, Christ, or the Holy Spirit, e. gr. h 
■■Hvut TOW Ocov, meaning his Almighty 
Nff, &c gener. Matt. xxii. 29. Mk. xii. 
^ttiLKiMB; joined with 66l^a, it im> 
■itke majeijf of Gh>d, Rev. xv. 8; and 

hence, ahstr. for concr. h dvva/jnv, the 'om- 
nipotence,* the Omnipotent, the Almu^kty, 
Matt. xxvi. 64. Mk. xiv. 62. Lu. xxii. 69, 
ix itj^iMV Ttji dvv. Tov Qtov. Meton. said 
of a person or thing wherein the power of 
God IS manifested, viz. the man^atationo/ 
thepowercfGod, Acts viii. 10, ovro^ Iotiv 
n dvvafitv rov Ocov. Rom. i. 16. 1 Cor. i. 
18, 24. Elsewhere the gen. 6cov expresses 
the source, i. e. power imparted by God, 1 
Cor. ii. 5. 2 Cor. vi. 7. xii. 9, ^ dvua/iK 
TOV Xpiarrov : in the sense of omnipc^ent 
majesty. Matt. xxiv. 30. Lu. xxi. 27, ftcra 
Svifdfieoai kuI ito^ijv, Mk. ix. 1. xiiL 26. 
2Th. i.7,fiiT* dyyiXwy dvvdfitvoi aifrov. 
Also said of the Holy Spirit, i^ ivvafiiv 
TOV HvevfiaTov, the power imparted by 
the Spirit, Lu. iv. 14. Rom. xv. 13, 19; 
also of proohets and apostles, as inspired 
by the Holy Spirit, Lu. i. 17. xxiv. 49. 
Acts i. 8. 4) said of miracidous power, 
duvafiK atjfitiwv Kal TcpaTcov, the power 
of working mirades, imparted by the Holy 
Spirit, Rom. xv. 19. Acts x. 38. 1 Cor. ii. 
4. 2 Th. ii. 9. By meton. of efiect for 
cause, plur. BuvdntK is put for miracles. 
Matt. vii. 22. xi. 20, and oft. and Sept.^ 
Hence, as abstr. for concr. a worker of 
mirades, 1 Cor. xii. 28, sq. ivvd/itiv. 5) 
said of the essential power, true nature, 
eHicacy, or reality of any thing, Phil. iii. 
lO, yvaii/at 'rr\v SvvafAiv Ttji dvavr, 
avTov. 2 Tim. iii. 5. So, as opp. to Xoyoc, 
qoMch merely, 1 Cor. iv. 19, sq. Metaph. 
said oflanguage, ^,/^>rcie, i. e. the mean- 
ing, of a word, 1 Cor. xiv. 11, r^v ivva- 
fitv T^9 (f>o»vijs. Dio Cass. Iv. 3, $. tov 
dvofiUTOi. So Latin potestas, — II. said of 
power as resulting from bxtrinsic sources, 
viz. 1) power, authorUy, Lu. iv. 36. ix. 
1. Acts iii. 12. 2 Pet. ii. 11. Rev. xiii. 2. 
xvii. 13, and Class. Said of omnipotent 
sovereignty, as due to God; e. sr. in 
ascriptions, Matt. vi. 13. Rev. iv. 11. v. 
12. vii. 12. xi. 17. xii. 10. xix. 1. Meton. 
abstr. for concr. put for & kv Swd/iti &v, 
Eph. i. 21. 1 Cor. xv. 24; plur. in Rom. 
viu. 38. 1 Pet. iii. 22. So Lat. potestates, 
and Eng. authorities. 2) in the sense of 
number, or quantity. Rev. iii. 8, /iiKpav 
Exetv Svva/iiv : also by impl. a great Quan- 
tity, abundance. Rev. xviii. o, tK t^« ovvu- 
fieun TOV orrpnvovi avTrj^. B) of war-like 
power, like the Eng. force or forces, host, 
or army, Lu. x. 19, tirl nrdaav tt^v dvva- 
fiiv aitTov. Sept. and lat. Class. By Heb. 
al dvvdfitii Twv ovpavSov, ^the hosts of 
heaven,* i.e. the sun, moon, and stars, Matt. 
xxiv. 29. Mk. xiii. 25. Lu. xxi. 26. Sept. 

Avvafiow, f. warca, {dvvafxiv,) to 
strengthen, pass. Col. i. 11, ku irdori dvva- 
fiti ovvafiovfitvoi. Sept. and lat. Class. 

AvvdcrTti^, ov, 6, {Svvauai,) one in 
]ffreat power, or iufluence. \) a potentate^ 


prime, Lu. L S2. 1 Tim. vi. 16;, 
the Bupnine Potenlnte, 6 uomk dvpdimjv, 
caUad mSMacc.iii. 34, 6 itdar,^ l^ov- 
alas t, 3) DDS iuvetlcd iritb 

autTl,'Ai:lfmi.2J,S.Kaiitax7ii. Gen. 1, 
4, ol juvao-Tat tapaa, utd Cliu. 

Honca lo ■*»» dmkj/ oUn, 2 Cor. i 

1) Dfti%t,dCor.ji. 

Xen. <Ec. vii. 20, aa^a t' irg6s Ti. 2] Qf 
perscws, d itiioToi, Ibe mighty; and, uiil 
nf God, Lu. i. 49, Ihe Aln^lilT, Ps. iiiy. 
8. Hence, JuiaTos il^i, equiT. to Hii,,- 
/ini, foil, by infill, bolh pre*. Tit. i. M 
Heh. li. 19 ; rad aor. Lu. li.. 31. Roui, 
ir. 21, et al. MeUph. iuua-rit, ttrona, 
Rom. IT. 1, bI t^na-nl, Kil. in irlrrii. 
So Iwarit itm. mthout iofin. 2 Cor, 
lii. 10. nii. 9.-11. SPKO. in phmsei, aa 
tuva-rii In Tin, oilt, i. e. emincat in aiiv 
tkiDg, Lu. xxJT. 19, &, iv tpyia gal \6yw- 
Act> Tii. 22, S, In \iyovs nil it ifi-fott. 
CoQjp. Thuc. i. 1S9, \iyttv ti >coi Tpdo- 

Impot, inlMtiati,} iiaa^n, 1 
uviii. 8, and Clm. 

Auoip/iifmi-rot, s», i ft 
and c^^qHVH,) prop, fwfiadti^ 
Hon, and br InipL iorrf lo6»% 
Heb. 1. 1), and W Clan. 

AvoroXoT, », i, 4,adj.(j 
fbod,) prop, 'difficult about u 
Hence, gener. of nnoni, hard 
peevish ; and of tbm^ kiMrd to 
vriih, dvagrveaiU, Am. Hem 
In N. T. hard lo ie aacompUdiei 
Mk. I. 24. JoMph. and Clau. 

JlvvKdX.t,adT. {a<I<r»Xa>,' 
calig, iardlv, HaCt. lix. 23. I 
La. xviii. 24, and Clan. 


Elur. &vtT/xai, the goin^ down < 
n N. T. by impL U: WuL 1 
11, et al. Si^t. and Claia. 

AiiffvoqToi, oir, i, i, sdj. i 
rit,)hardtobewidenlood, 21 
Iirri dumiiijTi TWO. Diog. iM 
f. TI Ktd iuffi^iyitTOii, 

Aiia^tl^iM, (. inm, (Jk 
prop, to utter imrdb of iU om 
myot' "--- "-- '" --' 

ent in Scrip, learning.' — III, 
al JuvaToi, 0le f^VKrfni, the great, laid of 
penoni in authority, 1 Cor. i. 26. Rev. vi. 
16 ; of the Sanhedrim, AcU iiv. 5, aiiit 

K il JuiiaTii', absal. or with li 
possible,' Matt. ixiT, 24. XJi-n. S9, et al. 
and Clau. Foil, by dat. of pert. <poui- 
ble for, or with, any one,' Mk. ii. 2S. 
xiy. 36. Ai^tt ii, % ex al. and Class. 

vay.n, Rom.'i^'S!! " '° '''"'' 

Avuti, aor. 2. iiav, [iiti, juui, to itu- 
mene,) to go dowit, mk ; said of the aun^ 
Mk. i. 32. Lu. iy. 40. Sept. and Clau. 

Alio, ol, nl, Ti, (tot., indecl. in AHic 
writ, and N. T. except that the irregular 
and later dvai occ. in Hatt yL 24. uii. 
40. Lii.xii.52,etal. Note-tte pbae.n 
ilia ft Tprtt, SUM, a few. Matt, iriii. SO, 
1 Cor. liy. 29. iui tin na-rd Hi, n tfm 
(parti), ttia iio, into andtuio. 

Ant-, an inseparable partic. impgrtini, 
like the Engliah w, in-, n^, 1) conti^- 
riely, or adyerailj of any kind ; 2) diffi. 
cult J, pain, &c. 

Ai/i^iiTaiTTat, OIF, i, j, adj, (5tt, 
difficult, and aacTTa^o,) iard to be 6ott,.', 
Aoprfa t. Mall. xiiu. i. Lu. xL 4ii, 
Sept. and Claas. 

Avamrtpta, at, i, (jte, bad, and 

N. T. to rmiU 
MHoeEdd. Ser* 

^tj^f a, at, i, (i»e^(i 
..J I ^. juj^ j- 

ffvffe, moitoKnoH ; further, by 
prJa^ eaiumny, 2CaT. tL 8, Ij] 

AufiKu, ol, al, Ti, indc 
Matt. ii. 20, el al Hepe. So a 
Oe Tvxtvt, i. e. awMllea, Matt 

AatlKaTnt, q, <w, adj. jj 

from the adj. St^aicd^iAot, eo 
twelve tribea,' found iu One 
p. 365, Gall, and also Acta s 
noliuE, like -ri 'BXXwudv in 
vjhoie JinaiiA lutuiL 

&ietia,itm,*TA,{tiuu,) pn 
H^, houK, aa often in Homer ; 
a chamber or room, Hom. II. i 
N. T. only in phr.'iirl toS ima 
on the house,* i. e. the hauae-, 
in the Eaat is Hat, Matt 

31, - 

t. 9. So f 


iH/UL. Matt. I, 27. Lu. 

a«pti, at, f,,(ilB«,iii,)a 
iy, 10. Act. viii. 20. li, 17. B 
2 Cor. il, 15. Heb, -ri. 4. E 
Foil, by gen. of that in whid 
coniiata, Acta ii. 38. x. 45, i J 




(Tot. Rom. Y. 17, T^v iiKcuotrvvrit. 
• 7, 1*^ x'H*^'''**^ '''^^^ 6cov. Sept. 

tav, adv. formed from accus. of 
by ellip. of Kard^gratuiUnuly, In 

denotes, 1) /redy, gratis^ with- 
mtal. Matt. x. 8. Rom. iii. 24. 
d. 7. 2 Th. iii. 8, et al. Sept and 
2) groumdteatLy^ eausdeadVy John 
ifilmiirdv ft* i. Gal. ii. 21, dpa 

inriOavM. SaA. in Pa. xxjct. 7. 
. Ant. xvi. 4, 2. 

f <9, or more naoally Amplofiai^ f. 
, depon. mid. (d«pta\) to make a 
of <uuf thmg^ trans. Mk. xt. 45, 
oTo Td vStfia *rw *I. 2 Pet. i. 3, 
dcdwpq/ucyifv, ana 4, Ta fiiyierra 
iXfUtra dtdtipriTtu, 

il/KO, oTov, Td, (dwp/of,) lit. 
img given to any one, a gift^ Kom. 
Fa. L 17. 

■ov, ov, Td, a o^. Matt. ii. 11. 
. 8. Rey. xi. 10. Sept. and Class. 
' gifts dedicated to God, an <y^r- 

t!e. Matt. V. 23, sq. Tiii. 4. xxiii. 
eb. V. 1. Tiii 3, 4. ix. 9. xi. 4. 
Note on Heh. v. 1. In Matt. xv. 
vfi. 11, iiapo¥, scil. i<m^ the sense 
is a (^ft to,* i. e. consecrated to, 
8o also of money eoniributed to 
uses in the Temple, Lu. xxi. 1, 
iOv civ Ta dcdpa tov 6tov. Sept. 


sn inter), expressive of uxmder or 
'wt, Mk. L 24. Lu. iv. 34. Sept. & 

, conjunct, (for tl &»^) i/, contr. also 
It differs from tl, inasmuch as ci 
» a condition merely hypothetical, 
tbjtdice possibility ; wliiie kd¥ im- 
condition which experience must 
ae, i. e. an objective possibility, and 
glv always refers to something 

*kdv is usually construed with 
jonct. in later writers; also with 
c. and very rarely in Class, with 
it It is used in two ways : 1 ) 
) in connexion with other particles. 

ALONK, and I. with the aubjund. 
lying uncertainty, with the pros- 
ledsion; 1) with the subj. pres. 

the apodosis foil, by indie, fut. 
. 22, sq. Lu. X. 6, et al. Sept. and 
The future of the apodosis, or the 
f the u>od. is sometimes to be 
, John Ti. 62, idv ovv d'eoip^re, 
e. *how much more will this 
rou?* Acts xxvi. 5. 1 Cor. iv. 
itead of the fut indie, is put 

tubj. after ov fiii. Acts xiii. 41, 

ipyov ^ ov fiii vurriuo'tiTi, lav nt cn- 
dinytiTaL vfilu. 2) foil, by imper. pres. 
John vii. 37. Rom. xii. 20, *or aor. Matt. 
X. 13. Mk. ix. 43. 3) foil, by indie pres. 
John viii. 16, et al. sope. 4) with the subj. 
aor. and in the i^mmI. Also foil, by indie, 
fut. Matt. iv. 9, et al. uspe. Sept. & Class. 
With the apodosis or the fut. implied, 
Mk. xi. 32, AkX* idv tZv«d/iicar, 'E^ aw^pti- 
irtav^ i. e. *ye know what will follow.* 
Fut for imper. Matt. xxi. 3. 1 John v. 16 ; 
foil, by imper. pres. Matt, xviii. 17, or 
aor. Matt, xviii. 15, 17 ; foil, by indie, 
pres. Matt, xviii. 13, et al. ; by aor. 
subj. 1 Cor. vii. 28. Ja. iv. 15. Some- 
times with both subj. pres. and aor. in the 
same clause, 1 Cor. xiv. 23, 24. Ja. ii. 15. 
1 John i. 6. — II. with the indie, but only 
in later Gr. writers. 1 John v. 15, idv 
oldafitv — oUafitv bri^ &c. — III. used in 
respect to things certain as if they were 
uncertun, and hence equiv. to orav with 
subj. John xii.32,caV it^t^A ix r^ 7^* 
xiv. 3. 1 John iii. 2, and Sept — ^iv. used 
instead of <Sy, in the N. T. and later Gr. 
writers, found in relative clauses and with 
rel. words, whereby they become more 
genera], implying mere possibility, and so 

auiv. to our ever, soever^ Lat. cunque^ 
king the subj. only ; o. gr. S« idv, fcho- 
soever, whatsoever. Matt. v. 19. vii. 9, et 
al. ssepo. 3<rTt$ idv. Col. iii. 23. ^vo^ idv^ 
whosoever, as many as. Matt, xviii. 18. 
c^irov cay, wheresoever. Matt. viii. 19. ov 
idv, wheresoever; cu9 idv. as if, as when, 
Mk. iv. 26, et al. KaQ6 iav, according to^ 
whatsoever. — II. in connexion m'Ith 
OTHBR PARTICLES and with subj. only ; 
where however, each usually retuns its 
own power, e. gr. idv Si xal, but if also. 
Matt xviii. 17. 1 Cor. vii. 11, 28. 2 Tim. 
ii. 5. cay fit|, if not, i. e. unless, except. 
Matt. v. 20. xxvi. 42. Mk. iv. 22. 
X. 30. idvirtp, if indeed, if now, Heb. 
iii. 6, 14. vi. 3, and Class, idv tc, if it 
be, be it that, 2 Cor. x. 8. Rom. xiv. 8. 
Sept. and Class. 

'E a w T o u, T^«, ToD, refl. pron. third pers. 
of oneself o/iiself contr. avTov, t^s, tov, 

I. prop, of the third pers. sing, and plur. 
Matt. viii. 22, et al. siepiss. — II. as a gene- 
ral refteaive pron. standing also for the 
jSrst and second persons, Kom. viii. 23. 

1 Cor. xi. 31, ct al. sspc, and Class. — III. 
plur. tfi a reciprocal sense, for dXXnXoiv, 
c. gr. XiyovTiv trpoi iavrovi, for a\X. 
Mk. X. 26. John xii. 19, and Class. — IV. 
tcith prepositions, as d<^* iavrov^ dt* iav- 
TOV, oy itself in its men nature, Rom. xiv. 
14. iv iavTtS, in himself. Matt. xiii. 21. 
Mk. V. 30, ct al. Sept. In the phrase 
yivttrdai, or ipxivOat iv iavTto, to come 
to oneself, recover one's senses. Acts xii. 

II. i^ iavTov, of or by oneself, alone, 

2 Cor. iiL 5. Ka0' kavTov^ by himself^ 


EAO 100 EFK 

AcU zxviii. 16. Ja. ii. 17. ft«0' iuvrov, 'Eyy vv, adv. neor. Mid boUiof d 

iilong fffith^ Matt zii. A5, irap iavrtpj by and time ; but gener. the latter. In H 

kimMlf\ 1 Cor. zri. 2. vpd« kavn-ov, Ut I. o{ place abioL John xiz. 4St\ ftlL 

one** AoK«0, ibme, Jo. zz. 10, and perhaps gen. John iii. 23. vi. 19, et «L Sept. i 

Lu. xxiy. 12. Class.; folL by dat Acta ix. 38. xiv& 

•Bd«, t dirw, gener. to let, cither to fig- near for aid, Phil. iv. «, i U 

let kameny i. o. to suflFer, or to lot be, let *ryw« ; foil- *>/ gwa- Hob. tL 8. m 

alone. In N. T. I. prop, to let happen, Rom. x. 8. So ol iyy^^ sdL fc| 

permU, foil, by ace. and infin. Matt. xxiv. v^ose who are near, L e. the J««l 

43. Lu. iv. 41. Acts xiv. 16. xxvU. 32. tavinjj the knowledge and wonhip oT 

xxvUi. 4. 1 Cor. x. 13, et al. and Class.— t^J w^, opp. *<> ol puucp^, ^i^^ 

II. to&^fte, oralone, foil, by ace. ofpers. '^Vo- n. 17. Is. Ivii. 19. So W 
Acts V. 38, idaaTt adrovv. Sept. in Job ytworeoi, to become near to God. Li| 
^-ii. 19, and Ckss. as Thuc. viii. 63, 4; embracing the Gonwl, Eph, iL 11-41 
said of things, to let alone, and ahsol. to ^«»», lyyi^ t6 OipoK, Matt rf?.! 
desiet, Lu. xxu. 61, idrt tmt tovtov.— Mk. xiii. 28. Lu. xxi 30, et aL ft (M 

III. to leave to, commit to, 1) of pen. to 'Eyy uTtpov, adv. compar. of ly| 
leave in charge. Acts xxiii. 32, ido-avrcs nearer, said of time. Bom. xiii. IL 
Toin cinrtts irop%uB<rdai, So Jos. Ant 'Eya£p», f. cp», to toake tq>,mu 
ii. 9, 4, ttaaav txt T«p Oty awrtipiav arise, arouse, I. prop, to rovsi Jk 
aitrov, or leave behind, suifor to remain, sleep, with allusion to its recomkit | 
as Soph. Trsch. 329. 2) of things, to let ture. Matt viiL 25. AcU xii. 7. 31k. 
j^. Acts XXVU. 40, cZcdv lis r^y OdXaaaap. 27. Sept and Class. Fig. to iwM ^ 

'Efiiofi^KovTa, ol, al. rd, indecL ^W^i^Jiew, Rom. xiu. II. So nMkj 

seventy, AcU vii. 14. xxiii. 23. xxvii. 37. S?™ <^^, o^ ^^^c^ •!««? »,^« ?»* 

Lu. X. 1. 17, ol ifid. the Seventy disciples. Thus Mptw to4« yticpo^, to « 

sent out by Christ as teachers. ^ <'««'. o^f*>,^ ®" i/^n^"^ 

/i^^^Maft"!;;;;: 22'^fl^ l;;.a^ ThSS; a£S iTi^ v.Ip^; j^^i'^i^i 

number, as Gen. iv. 24. ^^^-» ^^ ™" "?> «id m«l. fc H 

Mk. xiv. 42,ot s»peal. orfoll.byacc. with offainst as an adversary. Matt x^< 

€h or vpd« ; and of things. Matt iii. 2, ]i[k. xiii. 8. Lu. xxi. lU. Sept Joi. i 

Hyyuciv Ti fiaaiKila tmv ovpavwir. iv.l7, viii, 7, 6 ; of things, to raim up,u¥i 

et al. Also iyv^^ctv tu Beep in Sept /o a pit. Matt. xiL 11 ; also to bmid, Ul f 

o/er sacrifice; but in N. T. to approach a building, John ii. 19, 20. Joa. AsL 

to God, in acU of worship, Heb. vii. 19. 6, 5. Hdun. viii. 1, 12, and iL 12*-^ 

Ja. iv. 8. And, on the other hand, Grod motaph. to raise up, cauee to aint 

is said tyyf^itv toZs &»dput'roK, to draw exist, and mid. to artse, appear, Lv. L 

near to believers by the aids of the Holy AcU xiii. 22. Matt xi. 1 1, et aL to a 

Spirit, and grace given from on high. to be born. Matt iii. 9. Lu. iii. 8^— IV, 

'EyypclAcd, (Iv, W^id,) prop, in- trans, with iourair, &c. impli^ to «i 

sadpiri, to engrave, Hdot iv. l9; also, <}rtee, either prop, or fig. Eph. v. 

with allusion S the waxed writing-tebleU (^l»ew ^ ^7 "o^Ifl*?. *» "S/J 

of the ancionU, to write any thing m a recumbent posture, Mk. u. 9, 11. il 

letter, or to inscribe it in a list or written ^' *I» ®* *^' 

document In N. T. metaph. to infue in 'Eycpo-ic, ttn, ^, (lyc£pw,) pn 

the heart, 2 Cor. iii. 2, 3, inrurroXii toaking up from deep, but in N.T.I 

lyytypafiuimi iv Tats KapdlaK nfiS»>» the d^ul, a rerorrecfton, Matt, xxvii. i 
Jos. and Class. 'EyicaOcTos, ov, o, ^, prop, an a^ 

'Eyyvos, ov, 6, fi, prop. adj. (from (from iyKdOtifiai, to sit in ambush,) 

iyyuri, bail,\yieldi^ a jdeage, 2 Mace. x. ting in ambush, lying in wait, Polyb. v. 

28. In N. T. subet masc. h lyywrs, a Sept. Job xix. 1*2. xxxi. 9/but genet 

smre^, inetaph. Heb. vii. 22. a subst. And so in N. T. Lu. zx, 

ETK 1 

iXar tvKaBlTon, 'inbornsd «Hu- 
■ oiH. aoJoLBell.ii.S,uidTi, 
OMth. 1483, 2. Polfb. liiL 6, 1. 
ulna, fM, ii, [ir, Koutit,) 
I i mitati om or hindKlliiu ot waj 
m. Sept In N. T. the f«u>t >t 
■tentlaii of UHDetblna aew : wd 
iifiMml d/* dtdicattm, Jolin i. 

...IE», f. («. (Ji., «!«>,) 

X j. In N. T. flg. ft) intlutte, 
ai, Innburiv hiiu, i. e. Kai>^> 
, for KaTmiaa; ud ii. IS, to 
h, ud b; Impl. to anetimt, i-^<ti- 

be fliin eoienuit]. So 1 8ui. li. 

■Xi«, f. Job, (ii', KaX/»,) prap. 

itfo ■ court of ju)ilce, to caU upon 
imwn to a charge. Hence^ to 
w bring aotarffe agaititt^ foil, cithor 
«f pen. Am xii.'Sa Jot. &. Clui. 
cof pen. or in pui. witheen. of 
Ut. ra. «. ranTsS. ixrf 7, or 
* lith geo. of pert. Kom. illi. 33. 
[■Ta\il*<^ f ilia, (it, RaTB- 
\ ^ 1-^.^ JULA.J 1. ..... »1... ... 


i. T. 1) 

' •! )^y<«Trt.*., ud Cl™. 
mpL fo leant iBuaocoursci, /ormfa, 
I, (rith uc. of pen. HatU uvii. 46. 
r.31. 2 Cor. iV. 3. 2 Tim. iy. 10, 
L I. 25. xiJL S. Sept. ud Clui. 

UraiKlm, f. rf», IK «a™- 
iArJJ, or »HdaanoiH,2Pet. ii. 

ttfrpllm, f. la,*, [if, KifTf.) to 
i,Le. put ipuninUi. AiKtottaeri, 
^ t, paBetaic, (the DOIch made 
I ilkk in nafdoR.) to rmrafi, ae 
Voptar. h! PL ii. 3. Marc. Aut. 
Icopni. X. 76. Athen. G53. 
cXqaa, «T0t, tA, ItyaaXlia,) on 
«, Acta niu. 29. iiy. 16, & Claea. 

Oiing, loini. Ice. to tie op a gar- 
hnee lytOuBaaa, e kind of Upton 
1 mth itrinn, Pollux iv. 119,) mid. 
» mml/ with an l-yno^a^a. In 
pow. to Did OH, etrfie omtdf in ; 
•ecot thing, nwtaph. 1 Pel. v. B, 
•.!«♦, ■■-■■■ 

■»*, St, i, {lyK6 


( D/; 1 Cor. 

In bii n; : and met^. to mpKle, hinder 
inr one in vhat he ii about, Kom. it. 22, 
'li tal tvtEOTTOliqV. Gal. T. 7, Tig ifiat 

AkbiUi ; i Then. ii. IH, Jvjmif>iy i^t 
£. Farther, in the lenu to ntan^ AeU 

xi<. i, nil iirl TXiidv n lyKom*. 

MMfroB^ femceruiicc, Acti xiiv. S£, Gal. 
r. 23. 2 Pet. L 6, and Cliui. 

'BvKpoTifioHai, f. ifo-ouot, dep. 
nid. lit. to ie iy«pciT.7>, i- c. hi upd-rx, 
in the poaseuion of power of any kind/ 
flpec. Mlf-contraul. Hence, to ie eonii- 
KKt, aUneiit, 1 Cor. Tii. 9. a. 25. Gen. 
diii. 31. Not found in Clau. 

'EyKonTfjt, jos, 0, A,adj. (forphnue 

H potaeaioK o/poicer ooer any ihinff, alio 
4ireiM marterji oeer, foil, hj geo, ''"'--- 
oft. Hence, a> in N. T., meUph. f 
teif-eomtnand, having ma^ry n 
pamaa and appelila, tempavlt, conti- 
nent, ^^giineni. Tit. i. G, aaippoua, iU 
, 30101/, iTupHT^, a unte freq. in 
but almost ainmyt foil, by gen. of 
thing or ia«^BU. T)iia abKl. uee ii 

I it IB dietinguiuied 
andJJicaux ' ~ 

iguiuied from . 


,) Iha 

viii. 27, It It opp. 10 aiioufitt 
EynpTya, f. «£, (J., 
opp. to jjCfcpJlPCd, lit. 'to 

Hence, to nwbm amotig, foil, b; d 
2 Cor. X. 12, ob ydp_ toX^S)i« ivupiKii 

rfuKT^avovTigv : and to oft. in Claii. 

hide vij penoii « anj place, or to bide 
inj thini in another thing: at Diod. Sic 

, adj. equiv. to iyxv- 
li. 5. Sept. and Clata, 
'Evyproi.f. lir»,(li',ypl»,) to ™6 in, 
t Tob. Ii. B, Til- vo^'i" "» ToJt A^Sak- 
.oltfvx. Jer.iy.X'"iTXp''!J<"'S' 
-oil i!cf>«a\fiD>ic SDK. So Ker. III. IS, 
roWoupioi' iyvpivai touv ddiHaXfiDili: 
rith 6<pl). Philo, 5S9. 
'£v<u, pron. of Gntpcn. I, v\<n. inuiit. 

£A A 1' 

Somelima owd with emphuii, Mnlt iii. 
11, 14. T. 22. John IT. 26, at si. npe. 
OcculDOidlr Dmplojed by St FbuI, whan 
.1 '-erpuu himself »» the rtpre«eol«- 

r. i. 2, 3. ii. 10. 
. dftea UKd 

« veni, e, 

3U. lj;ii« 
The nni' 


'EJa4>oI,u>t,Td, (Eifft, Hat,](te ioiK, 
or bolCom of any thiDg, oa wbicb it reait ; 
e. gr. of B Mp. Horn. Od. t. 249 ; of ■ 
room, the,/ic»r, Sept, In S.T. He ground. 
Am xxii, 7, iTtooii tic t6 t. Scpc uid 


ilot,) prop. Katid, ude^aiy, 

u 6^d of thingi. IdN.^ 
^rm, ittdfait, io mind ud'pi 

(V"LO. Ti 


tedmlan, X«n. Lac. 

6^d of thingi. lDN.T.ofpenoDi,>iA{| 

bue, 1 Cor. 4. STTirm 
T-H Kapiitt. IT, 58, iSpaXo 
. I. 23. Ti(ltf.>X.»,if>t>. «.! 

rl-'T... So IgDBl. Bpi>l 

-n iri-aril. PlBtl 

i. 14, 10. 

tA, [itpmov, fron 


thiDZB, to ie aalonlary, Xeu, Eq. Tii. 7. 
Mem. iii. 14, (>. In N. T. ti) ■ie.iTfiii.DV, 
loioj u OHiomary, t cuttom dt rite, Lu. 

Bdv. (ISvudc,) m tk fii 

i»ro/CBi.«ie<,Oal.ii. 14, 



Ti, (CO, 

'. fr. ie>M) 


IB b«iw 

. mol,) gent. , , , 

implying inlercommunify, or tbe b«n| 
TOntod 10 ewh Oilier. In N.T. il is met 
I. gener. for ihe peopU or iiJiabitanti of 
Boantry, Acti Till. 9, rd I. Ttjv ^afi- 
niL 26, rir I. likSpuiruv. 1 Fet. ii 

oUen, Mm. U. 25. Mk. I. C, « 

is llie Jewiili KiiaB, ri Itrt 
notHHu, Ue Gnfibf, i . B. oofrJ 

, iM, -ri), (iSid,) a 


ii. 42. xiii. S9, et a1. Apocr. m 
■E« u, ooc. only in perf. 2. il*>0^ 

plupcrr (Itieitv, u impetf. HUU I 
15 Mk I. 1, and Clua. Pulii:, iln 
Lu, iv, 16. Aiti lYiL 2, wTi Ti ih 
<i!na. SoinNmnb. uir. 1. 

El, B condiUoDd conj unction, /, 
pressing ■ condtdaa menly bjpotbal 
anil EL>]iinte from nil exfokDce; L 
mere su^wlin pmubilitf , ind >0R(£ 

atrueil witb the opt, but more m 
icitli tbe Bubjunct. It liu two lo 
I19CS, 1) u acondilioiAl puiide; 3)t 
iotcirogiliTB putiole. I. •« » aM 

PIKTIC. UKd ALONK, vithout Othop 

ck^, I. with the apt. imnlyiiu Hot 
tiling in quutioa ia postible, bnt a 
lain' thongb usimied u {ffohkUa. 
N, T. ii u foil. Old)' by the indfc. h 
apodo&is, a&rming »iaething defioili 
gr, fuE. by pna. 1 Pet. IB. 14, il 
irdoyciT., 'even i£, •« it i> pmbtSt 
should luffer;' bj perf. Acti nii. 
Duc tStiiri aoi s-apiirai, Koi «Tt 

liail any thmg to urge agun&t ma. 1 
wboro m parentb. Acta xxriL ^ 
ii^awT^. 1 Pet. iii. 17, .1 flfl- 
-riiX°'i '' '""S ^1 ftrliapt. 1 Cor. liT. 
—II. nith tbe WAIT, implying po^ 
withDiit the expimioti of uncoturt 
conLiitJoD, or contingency, M to V 
ihuru IS no doubt, 1] with the indis. | 
and in the apod. fall, by prea. MML 
10, tl oliT« J«Ti» A oItJb— »* I 
V«>i &c. Acta T.39. Rom. viii. 2111 
ij. 17; bjimper. M»tt.iT.3,fiiiUiil 
eiDu,i;)ri,&e.iit 17. ixvii. iSL Job 
4. lCot,Til.9. Claa..;byindic./W.lll 

tfiiivv icSljati. AclBxix.Sd. Rom,T9 
Ueb. ix. 13, and CIbh, ; by uldic. 
Mm. iii. Z6, 28. Gal, ii. 21; by 
1 Cm. sv. 13, 16, (I vxcpol ohi Iy>I 
TQj. au^ XpitrrAt iy^VApTOi. BOB 
14. 1 Cor. ». 17. C1.M. 2) witk 
indrc./i''. and in the apodoui fo}Ld 
bv ptei, 1 Pet, ii, 21, or pei£, M fto 
il' II, or by flit. Mall. nri. 35. 9) 
the inilic. perfid, and in tbe awdid 
pr™, AC HT, 11. ICor. ^Tk 
19. -1 Cor. V. 16, and Claaa, ; or kf 
l>er .Wla iTi. 15; br fut John i 
Hniii, VL, 5; by perf. 2 Cor, Ii. i. *l 
(lu. imlic. ^arit%i in the apod. Ml 
pr... Horn. i.. 2, .1 'A. iQl^. 

£1 li 

nper. Jobn iniL 23; tiy Tnt. I 
32 i bv «OT, Rom. T, 10. 5) I 
julic of tho Uitork tnuct, ind I 

pvTJoni condiliDa on which d»- 
;crt>iii molt, bat implyijif that 
1 tiken place. FalL by ia]per£ 
■ aoMld be, tBoaid do, &c. after 
ith il, 1*1. ™. S9, (.Srm li 5* 
yiHSKiF Sk. John v, 4G. ii. 
I. 1 Cor. li. 31 ; aftel lor. witb 
T.8, GJ-iii. 21; bTaor.intbB 
dd iane bem, tooala hate dotu, 
imperC vitb il, John liT. 28, il 
/u, ixiplTt Ati. xriii. 30, 
L 14; bj ploporf. in tho wnn 
t hteit, ftc. after imperf. witb tJ, 
!1, .1 it Mt,i iUt\d>oc f.ou olm 
icL. 1 John ii. 19, and Clsu. 
Jig indie, aomotiniei wbcre tbe 
1 ralber be expected, viz. where 

;< yip, .1 
-nf, ymatiai, Su. ud 
in where tbero ia no pro- 
1 (annied poaaibility, Mk. 
rw im. Hk. xii. 35, il 
TopiEXen it S,pa. Mitt. 

5k.''iiii!^ ?) 
diKouno, it with the ioi 
iQgt not merely probabli 
id dependent on no i "" 
"Bufidfo and Olbi 

I indie, pm. H 
nd aor. John i 


iii. 14, 15, or perf. 

lU. with the aidg. 

T. ud earif Greek 

Ihingfature, i/,'i/ m 
;. iBiua, exoepi, Ln. 
op. A/uU iyopiaa- 

U Implying qnewion, doubt, & 

optandinJic. With tb 


lira oDrapB. Tiv. 20 


Ac» iTii. 27. With 

the i-dk 

L & fat. and aoriit oftei 

. 2) in 

.atiOB,m™,w; whcrt 

it implic 

obt or oncertainly, Ihou 
met in Eqgl, Cu. lii 


■^T,-' Kvpii, tl iUy 



l>i.«. s 

ii. 1. ni. 37. iiii.86, and often in Sept. 
lut not in Clan. Greek.— III. if) COS- 


l^"'d™ il''y., Jlli, Matt. iiTt!* 
ift. (I ii nlj, hat if aol, alwifa itanding 
dllptically, prop, only after an qfirmalm 
lauae, of which it tbon erpreasea the eon- 
irarj, Jobn liT. ^ 11. Bov.ii.6,16. Sept. 
ad Claai. ; sometimeBalBO after a negative 

trerj. ^ otiermist, tiae, Hk. ii. 

■ (i il 

EI Kr 



at cliuH, if lUto, or to the 
iKued V '1. if ««. i- '■ 
thoagh, aWiaagh. So oft. in X. T. Ei 
1171, if not, i. B. unless, except ; expressing 
a iiegi.tiie condition, BuppoulioD, &c. in 
which the uli refen to the whole cUute ; 
differing from il ob, when the oi 
! onl; to gome particular word with 

.1 UTJ J«i 

20. Job 

with the iudic. Matt 

pi,evT-i> ai I,, ■ 

:. Hk,ii 

d. ispe. So inrit il uii, imjma, 
eicepi, 1 Cor. iIt. S. xv. 2. 1 Tim. v. IS, 
il anTi, aslea, periaps, Ln. ii. 13. 1 Cor. 
rii. 5. SCor. xuLS. EI rtp, if indeed, 
^ ao 6t, asauming the propoHlion a> Hue, 
whether juttly or not, Bnm. Tui. 9, ilirip 
nriZjia Sioi' oIkjT ir iuTii. 1 Cor. xv. 
15. 1 Pet. ii. 3, and Claw. EI vat, if 
i» (Mj meani, ^ponibls, with the opt. 
Acls xirii. 12, or ind. fut. Bom. i 10. 
Ii. 14. PhiL iii. 11. .Eti—iIti, loMicr— 
or, et including Bererel particulare, either 
foil. ^ a verb, I Cor. j&T^S. 2 Cor. i 6, 
and Clus. ; or withoat a rerb, Rom. iii. 
6—8. 1 Cor. iii. 22, et aL 

Elioc, IOC out, rd, (obaol. iHw.) prop, 
ony liina >em, but lener. srterwd aarar- 
ata. In N. T. 1) prop. a«/orm,^B«, 
or ojjpearoBW of any thing, Lu. lb. 22, 
(ro>uaTix» ildii. il. 99. John v. 37. 
2 Cor. T. 7. Sept. and Class. 2) fig. mc«- 

i uaed, Tbe tenaei 

BKE, vii. 101. 2. iHov. opt. IJoiui, anbj. 
U„, infin. tiilf, pan. li£ii, 1 aa, imply- 
ing not the mere act of seeing, but the 
perceptioa of tome object, 11 iirop. foil, 
W ace. of person or thing. Matt. ii. 2, 
tl6ofitii ydp auTou t&v ^oTtpn. ^.\. 

EI A 1( 

ni. 19. Uk. ii. 9. li. 13,20. John i. 48, 
et il. tape. Sent, ud CUu. FoL. hy 
Bcc. wilb pulic Mitt. iii. 7. iSir ti toX- 
Xouc Jpva^iMuf. <riiL 24. uiT. 16. HIl 
•i.33. ByHebr. witUparlic. DflheHme 
Torb, by my of emphaui, i^np lUoji, 
Acu vij. 51 ; alto !a Tarioui modifiadDiu 


V. 33. Mk. iii. 13. Lu. 

Ffstt. liii. 17. 

o idDl^ 1 Cot. I. a! 

■ 2) 


IS. John yii. 52. I 
foil, by Stl Ad. 
JMr.v.tee.i.t.1 , 
good, to eHJov, or enl, fo n^, Ln. ii. 26, 
U. ^a'™™. H.b. n. S. Aitt ii. 27, 31, 
iiaOAopdr. S«i. xvili. 7, -rliSos. 1 Pet. 
iU. 16, niUpat Ay. John iii. 3, -r^. (ScioiX. 
td5 Oioi, ' lo enjoy che poTilegei of tho 
divine kingdom.'— 11. to know, perf. 2. 
olio, aubj. tim, infin. ildiviu, putic. il- 
jAt, plupeif. iitw. Olia ia ilrictly ' 1 
hare wien or peiteitEd;' bonce it tkkn 
the piwent rignif. to biou!, and the plu- 
perf. becomes an imperf. 1) prDp. lai 
ffener. io bt amuaijtttd itiUk^ foil, tty aer 
both of tbiog, aa Matt. ut. 13, & oft. 

■ad ef p( 

1. 43. 1 

1, Mall. 1 

Mk. i. M. 

ii.l8,etil. 2) in 

■mue to vercewe, undergtand^ foil, by bjx, 
of thing, Mati. Iii. 25, Tiv JvBvujirtiE. 
Mk. xil. 15, iroKfiaa aCrwv. Lu. li. 
17, Jiavo^fiara, el al. 3) to hmw Aou 
to do a thing, and by imp], tobeablelodi 
tl, ind toA> it, Mktt. vii. 12. Ld. xii. «i. 
Phil. iy. 12. 1 Th. iy. 4. 1 Tim. iii. 5. Ja 
IT. 17. 2 Pet. Li. 9. 4) by He) 


re for, 1 Tb™. 

fa adavmUdge and rutore. 

16. Hel 

of God, 
8. 1 Th. 
viii. 11, and Sept. 

tdoKrmiDfc, 1 Cor. »iii. 10. 1 Mi _, 

X. 83; of the wme fcrm with aaaiiiu,- 

tj™» in •ior, whiih are properly adjectives 
nenler with an ellip. of tome aubit. luii- 
tble to the occuion, sa here lipov. 

4 EIK 

1 Cor. viii. 1, Hq. when lee mj no 
1 19, 28. Rei. iL 14, 20. 

. „ ^.idtialtj, Om 

uid genet-, u vud of CA^ig Bnta tOA 

idolatry, Gal. y. SO. 1 Cor. z 

I Pet. IV. 3, il ii aiid ' . . 

□nectfd n-ith idolury, rrroptvf 

dSi^JToic (IdoXeXaT ' 
Col. iii. S, 

>iv,J lit. an KJD^^ieorflUpwr, 1 
™r... 1 n™ . in J^ o n„.— 

l<:i0iiiAav, on, Td, (iI^Ht) PXf^ 
ii^, in figure or rqire«entiti(Hi,vlv 
>rporciLl or mental, of amne oths tlil 
rp. tbe <IUd« of men, ptiticululr'^i 
dead, Horn. Od. iL 476, pforM iMrf 
Kapiirrmr. Xen. Hem. 1. 4, 4. laS. 
OR idal, i.e. \\ am idat-atxat, i^'A 
41, iiialiiM 1a rnOMya. I Cu. dL^ 
-pdi Ti tli. Vet a^ivHi. Ker. it.1 
lept. wid later Clus. 2) by wta. I 
W-QOD, ■ heathen deity, 1 Cor. .ffi. * 
I. 19, Sept. By impl. in plor. >d^j 
idoi-aarAie, Rom. li. 22. 3 C«r, iL 1 
1 Th. i. 9. 1 John ▼. 21. E^ M 
offered to idolt, AeB xr. 20. ' 

EIk^, adv. (iIicaTot, irithont adl( 
prop, diawderli/f oonjitteiib/. Hmre 1) 
impl. incotaideTQttly^ raJdy. ca^^^ 

- 22, ip7(i;. Ti« tijrn. CoLt . 

. . <r,Bi^t^. SoCluL 2)»i« 
to iuyiHi7>0K, Rom.iiii. 4,Di 7.U iL^ 
luiyaunv Sopil. I Cor. XT. 2, brta 
^ij (1. ^TioTiifcraTi. C]al.iit.4,TT(it.lli 
IV. 11, ^ijirioi il. jcinnrliuca, mi CM 
Elvoffi, d1, al, Td, indnL taar^, 1 
liv. 31, et ai. 

£)jCB, f. Pu,tDaniBiKm, to«iiU;4 
by dat. of pen. Od. ii. fi, olt oWI r, 
Upai, tl^afuv. Sept. & CUb. 

EIkv, obaol. form, vbence pn& 
{oiica. with pm. signif. lo ie /ila, ML 
dal, of pen. or thing, Ja. i. 6, Isia c 
luH ^oXarrinpt, and 23, iL iripl, • 
Sept., Joi., wd Claet. 

EIi(»v, diw,A,((Iica.,) L GEii« 
fi^cH of any pcnon or thing, and ^ 
on image or effigy of a man, £;. u * i 
tue, picture, or c°in. Hut. uii. 3D. ! 
iii. 16. Lu. n. 31. Rom. i. 23. S^ 
heathen dli 

ijfmd to idolt, nhi< 

the N, f. lie jloA ofactim 

D 01 add, Acta it. 29. oi, 2s. 

Bev. X 

'■.^- ■ 

V. 9, 11. 1 

Sept. and CUm. b 
Heb. & 
'the full and compete image of a tU; 

EI A li 

to irict^ 1 ifaadDirj ud intperfeit 
"ud. iL 23. Tii. 26. Luc. Inu;. 2G. 

Kom. *iH. 29. 1 Cor. it. 49. 2 Cur, 
CoL Hi. 10. Sept 

.-pt...B,«,a,(.tt«p»4,,) 1) 

Bfwt.'xich anbitmmw md pnricy 
biml tbe cloMt euminUiDD,- liks 
■n uliels iiuptcted in tbe full licht 
nn. 2) metub. parHv, liacenit 
t. 8, ii, ili^it. SCor. i. 12, .ai- 
I Bioi. ii. 17, A> <E ilXupiMlot. 
iipoiii, im, i, A, ad|. [lUn, tfac 
tCitnd Kpb/a, to eumme, Judce,^ 
aid pozv lod white when exunmej 

man, Phil. 1. 10, Ira ij-ri ifti- 
; 3 Pit. m. 1, lU, Jiibwiav. 
Irai>.C£>,(tbr tlie Attio 
I nO ap, u a Mnll, B«t, i 

},fL Irofifli, hai two naet^ 
Ld nrb of •oatencB, to te ; 
nl copnU, eooiHctirE tbe mbjeei: 
I pndicMa. L s> een ^ wtttewc, 
Bin', la low aiutaKa, 1) prop, 
m. in tbfl Di(iti|ih7Bcil kdh, JoIid 
imn' i Adwt. Tiii. fiO, B8. 
L 3% Bt iL ; oF dinn, John irii. 
W. iii. S. R«>. iy. 11, uid CIih. 
riifi, te snrf almt, Ustt ii. 18, 
a Jot. ud CLui.: to eiiit, bi 
bulb of peiwni, Lu. iv. 25, ■roK- 
•jiiiffni.. 11. Jolmiii. 
CUm. ud things to aeiit, Um. vi. 
l2S,etil.BBpe. SudoflimenneT. 
&H,itH ciail £i>a 7i<T>|. Jalin 
AntlL15. 2Tim. !T. 3. Hk. li. 
1 CliK : dC fatiTd^ Mk. IT. 42. 
I.S, ud Clua. 2) byimpl. and 
».dJBiK:U,tommr to fc, otw (o 
(WI.-M»tt.IITii.7,&0fl. S)icrrt 
' ioAn. it V proper, Uctt, Heb. ii, 
i> ei* la-ri >Sf XiTciv, & Clua. 
k. iir, siirii, iv, jotned iritb nonn 
I. it li uted ID ^OTt piTDnthetical 

tile unse i«uip, oi. 




2) irith 1 wMrMf. u pitd. in 

^MV witb tbe nbject, botb prop, 

1, 17. IT. 14. Mk. ii. 28, et 5. 

, . .fig. and mcton. when tbe aubit. 

if ths pnd. eipreoea not what tbe nbj. 

u, but » 

'tancter, &c. i 

niLll.iloB. .^..., .„„ 

>tn,&c. Jobniil. 4. iT. 9. 11.25. 
><.21, et wpe al. Wilb tlie arlie. i 
iwra, il deoalei real uid true eiiil- 
ih the pbriK a Ami a ni> ml i 
Wl, Bn^ Dame of Gad, Rer, i, 4. 
rri.6. Comp, Wisd. liii. J , oil! 
'•■lUH.TdvSvTa. SoTdSi-ra 
it)rrE,nrop. Rom. iT.17.me1aph. 

lOBiKctlDg tbe iDbjecl and predic. 
■Iiaetbei«d. ipedHea who orwlul 
• jnliiDg ft, la reipect to nature. 

dStvt, Matt. I. 2, Td ji 

Wife, or 

Til, b^ compaiinii, auly 

ui' la canM and effect; » 

be reodeted io b« aaooumtad, 

HatLT. 13, aq. 

b tbe aobj. «iz. 
1.3,et>L Bo 

Ig. TOIM, ro- 
Fig. u with 

iv, er to ttgnify, "i 
Bt al. BspiH, 3) v 

tigmfia. Mitt, ii. 13, Mk. U. 10, & 

, 4) witb s.gtfiii.o(x dodd orpron. u 
pred. Bid of quality and cliaiicter, Lu. 
II. 55 et >L ; of an, Mk, y. 42, et al. ; of 
a iMofa, whereof tbe lubject it part. Acta 
ndii. 6 ; ef poaaeuioD, property, Matt, 
T. 3, and oft. Alio met^b. of peraaiu or 
thinga to whom the lubject belonga, or en 
wbom it il dependent, 2 Cor. iy. 7. 1 Cor. 
" "", Kj. et aL aiepe, 5) witb tbe dot. of 
1 or proD, aa pred. to ie lo ma' out. 
implying nwsunon or prqnerfv, J 
i, Uti rot 1I71, Ln. xiT 20, e 

either with or without 
il^ often fonn> a 
lenae of the umc 

xxiT. 9. Mk. ii. 6, et tofe al. ; alto 
Jie art when the pardc, oiay 1>e re- 
jBrded a> equiT. to a nouD, Matt, iJi. 3, 
f&T0v yaa loTiv o prfitit iri 'Sratou. 
-"-- '9. m. yii. 15. John iy. 10. AeU 

iyyfic, RoDi. i. 0. Jiil, Matt. xtUI. 20. 
laKpir, Matt. lii. 34. «oo, Hatt. ii. 2. 
ail. Mitt. lii. 6, irofljn, Malt. iii. 25. 
S) with iprfpoalli'm and itt c»e aa pre- 
JicBte, ai dtrd, John i. 45 : (It, denoting 
direction, object, end, Lu. t. 17 ; in, 
with genitive imphlog origin, John i. 
47. el al. Hence metiph. of a person on 
ffbom any thing ia dependent, to whom be 
il dnokd as > follower, John yiii. 47, U 
' - - ■ |„j, 1 ^ohn iii. 10. iy. 6. 

lation to a part, 1 Cor. sil. 15,10. «t il. 
ef the maUriiA, Ber. Kii.l\. "^mfc 

Bini H ■ place, tbiiif, or 
1, br g<m. oF placfl, Hpoii, 
7. fiill, by d»t. of 


diL implTing ■ b< 

panon. Rri fol 

Lo. xvii. SI. Jol 

pliGO, tipon, H, ai. 

iIvKi iTBT^ Turn, ^ to be ■ffunit m; odd,' 

Mux. xiL SO. G^. T. 23. M.T<i foU. by 

IfciL iTvBi /1IT& Ttivf, *to bfi preMnt 

vith, in GompauT with inj one,' M^tt. 

Tvii. 17, ot «1. or ' DD th« Bde of uf odo,' 

Hmtt. lii. 30, et *1. Uapd (bll. by gen. 

29. Ilpi toll. bTgcn.'of pUcc, to bt b^ 
Jon, AcU lir. IS! metuh. of dtgdtj. 
Col. i. 17. npi. foil, by ICC. at plice, 

&C. iIhU *pDE Tl, ' to M BtU to,' Lll. 

HIT, 29. Mk. if. ]. Sir foU. b^ d>t. 
ilmi via Tin, to fo in oomiuin inCi iny 
one, Lu.niT.M. PhU. L23. Col. ii. B, 
et u. 'Xirip foil, by gon. tTjhit ^fp 
Titwt, to 6« .j&r Mj one, on hii ude, Hk. 
■- '" 'nrJp Ti™, oftmw «■» DM, fig, Lu. 

li. 40. 'r»d 
of plus, JoL 
ton or Ihinj 
G J. iii. 10. 1 

n L 49. 1 Cor. 

Tim.Ti. 1. 

<ader. aid 



Eliroy, inf. (Iirtt^, I. aiSMK. tonyn 
ipiak, with in BOS. of Iho thing Hid, Mitt, 
xxvi U, Tin alniii Xdyoip il'wwr, Lu. 
in. 3. John iL 22. Act! i. 9, ol Hi. Along 

Iter comtmciioni of tbe pen. to whom, 
(hBiuuinerby»hich,«c. 1] toll, by dit. 
of pun. John iii. 4. Ln, iii. 22. 2) by 
lit mi lec. of pen. 'to ipeiik ^insl," 
Ld. zii. 10. 3) by kitA uid gm. of pen. 
Mitt. ¥. 11. 4) by TipJ with e™. of pert, 
or thing, ' to ipe^ o^' John ni. 39. X, 41 , 
Jri. 13. 5) by TpM ind ace. of pen. or 

'---"- '- "f- -i. la 6) b- -> 

Srep. with it! noun, implying in»nner,o. gr, 
fio£u>i, Hitt. xiri. 35, et *I. Hetiph. 
by Hebr. ■ - ' •' ^^■-■- 

..... Jt. «.'!fu. k. 5fi. 

.!. 6, ind Sept. 7) by infln. wit 
Rom. if, fl, or with tlvai impl. Ji 
35. 8) by 3ti *•" - " "' - 

i, where the Hote 

W lies ebiefly in too lujunc™, «. p-. 
id befoie Inlerrog. to oA, ismare, M 
. 4. li. 3, et tO. 2) before refjiee, 

I, tetcbing, &e, i 
to /owti, M.t( 

1. 5) ofwbit 
'ired, eomniaB 

, _. _C al, wpo, 8fli . 

I. 6, Xen. £ph. ii, S. 

rm, (tipilirji,) pron. Ui 
towK; bulinN.T 

Xdht. Kom. lii. 18, fura iru 
irmti ilftiniamt. Apocr. ub 

Elpiii/i), it», n, (<Ip",J«? 
ii, 14—17, and » Ut, L 1 

cnnj or peliliail ae 

Acta lii. 20, Rer, Ti, ^ al.'ini 
in 9, pTTBait aente, aa regarda 
peace and oomord, Hatt- i. \ 
51, Acta vii. 26. Rom. liT. \ 
15. Heb. lii. 2. 3) fig. pea 
tpirilual peace with God *■> 
conidence through Chriat, a 
iKOBCiliatioa with God, ut 
of the Diiine &>our, Rom. : 
IV. 13. John liT. 27. PhiL iv. 
la. liii. 5. 4| bj impl. a da, 
itnesa, and security, Lu, xi 

pn™ i> 


3& 1 Th. T. 3, and 5< 

r. vjdl-beag or aUmai p 

even kind, Lu. i. 79, oids i 

' ■ ^-42. Rom. ii. 10. Ja. i 

t ia niod a> a wiih of 

cither at nueting i 

. 5, llp^¥tj T(p dIkU TO' 

letten, Rom. i. 7, ii. 10, e 
alpartiM^ihrayt tls t 

eh. li. 31, There ue, how 
jfea whore it La difficult toa 
smponl or the apiiitud n 

Kvpm T^c tlpimit. So also t 
Biis Tqc tlptSvnc, Rom. it. 3 
-•hil. IT. 9. ] Th. T. 23. He 
'omp. l». il. Sfdpxtw^^'fiv - ' 
■^t ttpAt^t, Aen. Eph. p. 92. 
i. 14, ai-ri, yip jm, A tip 
he lente it, he ia tbe tutboi 
iliation of diffenncea.' So Co 

liation with Ood, and tl 
if peace of eonacirnce, t 
enjoinerto peace 1 Coc.l 
[ lo ^lisTKa <A (U^eaae 




and intbhi, God being contidered 

Hurist reconciling the world unto 

and thereby becoming their 

V i «c ^ 9, 17, 6py adj. {jf Ipiivti,) peaee- 
Mg^, prop, relaung to political 
a opp. to war, Xen. (Econ. i. 17, 
i cxi<rrqfiat. In N. T. 1) pa- 
. disposed to peace, Ja. iii. 17, and 
d Plato often. 2) from the Hebr. 
, prodoctive of ni^piness, Heb. 
coAtrJv tip. at leaat according to 
nl intevpretation. See, however, 
I there, where I have shown that 
ei8prob./wao0-iearM!^; of course 
g the other sense. 

voirotjot, f. i{<rw, to make peace, 
y tlp^miv voUuy Col. i. 20. Prov. 
itob. Phys. 984. 

y o X o i ^ «, o V, 6, prop, a pacificator, 
; to treat of peace. In N. T. one 
iies to pre s erv e or promote peace 
others, and consequently toith 
Matt v. 9. 

a prep, governing the accus. with 
naiy idea of motion wto any place 
1^ and then of motion or direction 
rdi, tuUo, upon anyplace, thing, or 
L of PLACE, M/b, to, I) after verbs 
g motion of any kind into, or also 
ards, upon any place or object; 
erbs of coming or going, leading or 
ig, sending, throwing, delivering 
cc Matt. u. 12, Avix^PV^^^ <^< 
ipw avrwp. iv. 8. v. 1. vi. 6, et 
But a few peculiar usages may be 
With an ace. of pers. but referring 
^sce where the person dwells or is, 
ipljing to, amoi^, &c. Lu. x. 36, 
w cZ« ToiK \ff<rrin. Acts zz. 29, 
worrai \vitol lU (ifia^, and xxii. 
I Said also of persons into whom 
I bave entered, mk. iz. 25. Lu. 

• 2) after verbs implying direction 
' towards any place or object, e. gr. 
of hearing, calling, announcing, 
S, &c. Matt. X. 27. Acts xi. 22, 
f tlv rd WTO. Lu. vii. 1. Matt. 

• Mk. V. 14. zi. 8, et al. ; espec. 
erbs of looking, Acts i. 10, &Ttui- 
itt t6v oitpapov, iii. 4. 3) mctaph. 
ite or condition into which any one 
ifter verbs of motion or direction, 
QV.46, inriXtvaovrai els KoXaoip 
^ Hk. V. 26, tl« t6 x^^P^*' ^^' 
I ^ iL uepe. So Ihrays or nroptvov 
"nn)». So in the oomstruct. pr(Bff- 
^nrri^iiy cIs Tiva, or el« t6 ovofid 

^ nptize into, or unto, the obli- 
1 incumbent on anv one^s disciple,* 

Ornl 19. Acts viii. 16. Rom. vi. 
iL-*lI.of TIMS, viz. 1) time wheii, 
f>| t term or limit, to, up to, untU, 
^' 8, (It T^if aSpioif, iUl i/te morrow, 

Matt. z. 22, tU Tc\o«. Phil. i. 10, c{« 
rifiipav XptoTov, ^aaaifut the day of 
Christ :* and ii. 16. 2 Pet. iii. 7. Acts 
ziii. 4i 1 Thess. iv. 15. 2 Thess. ii 6. 
2 Pet. ii. 4, al. 2) of time how long, 
marking duration, ^or, &c. Matt. zzi. 19, 
ct« Tov alwva, /or ever, Mk. iii. 29. 
John viii. 35. Lu. i. 50, tit yiycds ytvt- 
5av, zii. 19, t!« Irt; iroXXd, et al. — III. 
TROPICALLY, as marking the object or 
point to or towards which any thing tends, 
ums, &c. : said 1 Wf a result, or effect, 
marking that to wnich any person or thing 
tends to, or becomes. Matt. ziii. 30, dffo-are 
auTO^s tU diofiat. zzvii. 51, ia-xt<r^n eis 
Svo, sc. fitpfi. John zvii. 23. Acts ii. 20. 
Rev. zi. 6, et al. ssepe. Thus XoyV^ofiai 
(rti/d, xi) «I« Tt, to reckoti or count /or, 
or as any thing. Acts ziz. 27. Rom. ii 26. 
iz. 8. Also, tivl tU Tt, to 
reckon or impute to arty one for, or as, 
Rom. iv. 3, cl« 6iKaioavvr\v. y. 5, 9, 22. 
Gal. iii. 6, al. So after verbs of con^ . 
tuting, making, becoming, &c. Acts ziii. 22, 
ftytiptv aWoXt t6u Aavtd eis jSaatXca, 
and V. 27. With eli/at or ylwtaQai, to be 
one. Matt. ziz. 5. Mk. z. 8. Lu. ziii. 19, 
and oft. 2) of measure, degree, extent, 
chiefly by periph. for an adv. Lu. ziiL 11, 
eis TO 'ravrtXks, entirelg. 2 Cor. i/. 17, 
tU vir tppoXvv. 2 Cor. z. 13, els Td 
AfitTpa, and ziii. 2, els n-d tt&Xiv, and 
vi. 1, cts Ktvov. 3) of a diredion of mind, 
as marking an object of desire, towards, 
for, in behalf of, Rom. i. 27. z. 1. Ju. 
21, et al. sttpe ; including the con- 
struction of kXirttu and irto-Tcvai with 
els impl}'iDg confidence in ; or of aversion 
against, as Matt, zviii. 6. 1 Cor. vi. 18, 
afiapT&vtiv lis. Lu. zii. 10, ipti Xoyov 
cis Tiva. Mk. iiL 29, et al. and Class. 
4) of an intention, purpose, aim, end, viz. 
cts final, either in the sense of unto, or in 
order to, or for, i. e. * for the purpose or 
sake of,* Matt. viii. 4, et al. ssepe ; or in 
the sense to or for, implying use, advan- 
tage, &c. and equiv. to the dativus cam- 
modi et inoommodi, but more emphatic. 
Matt. z. 10. Mk. viii. 19, sq. Lu. iz. 13, 
et ssq[>iss. 5) gener. as marking the objed 
of any reference, relation, or allusion, udo, 
unto, towards, either prop, in the sense 
conformably to, in accordance wUh, Matt. 
z. 41, sq. zii. 41. Lu. zi. 32. Acts vii. 53, 
or gener. in the sense as to, in respect to, 
as concerning. Acts ii. 25. Lu. zii. 21. 
Rom. iv. 20. ziii. 14. zvi. 5. Heb. vii. 14, 
et al. saepe. Note— In composition eZs 
denotes, 1) motion wlo, as tladixofiai, 
tlan/jn, sUripxofxai, ilv^ipto, &c. 2) 
motion or direction to, towards, as lUt- 

£Is, fila, ev, gen. cv6«, H't-cL^t Ivb^^V^tife 
first cardinal numeral, one, \^ prop. ^xA 

F 6 

EI2 1( 

pwer. c. gr. witli a lubiC. Lb. iriiL 19, 
dMiIi iyaei,, il uq ill, i Biit, 1 Cor. 
ii. 24. Gd. iii. ^, t\.: vith n tubtt. 
Mm. vi. 23. John s. 50; wilh ■ nigiL 
iqaiT. to Hf DM, HDH, Hiiu. T. 18. Rnm. 
iii. 12. So mU th, rame dmpbalio tlua 
oiitlt, Hitl. xivii. 11. John L 3. Acta 
it. 33. Ram. iii. 10. 1 Cor. vi. 6, il. 2] 


lit olitr. Ml 
lit iiaiTTDi, n 
»I, 31. Col. i, 

Mk. liv, 19. John Ti™, mdT*?.^' 
lEv, lioni. xii. 6. 3) cmphilic, au, i. e. 
«,» ontT, or even one, Mmtt. t. 36. ui. 
■Ji, Dt >I. or ■ one and the Hme,' Rom. iii. 
SO. 1 Car, iLL 3. Gil. iii. SB. PhiL iL 2. 
Hell ii. II. KcT. ini. 13. 4) indefin. 

Halt. viu!l9. zii. 16. Hk. iii. '42, ^ta 
XdfMi. John^'i. 9. Rom. il. IO,M )iL^ £) 

■!• -rit oUoc ToD apviipt'w, uid ii. 37. 
Am ii. 3. iii. SH, %, 37. AUo iIif^ 
iyiir Tiiii ih t^ip oiiiDBufin,i(, ' to intra. 
tince into the world,' impljinr the formal 
introductioa of one vated with niDple im- 

Heb. V.e. foil. bT all. Lo. lir. 21. 3epi! 
■ "• -II. of thim/i. Act. vii. 45, flu 
-vpiou) iianyayov ol 
^nd » in the Clan. 
.' of the inlroiluclian of oiereliudiM, 
en in Flato, Xcn., and Thuc. 


!' >)!? 


at, lo iear, ai H. 

thuc. IT. 34. V. 45. Soph. Tr 

2) bj giM ear to, itarim, TUii 

and bv impl. to /five heed to, lo ^ _ 

i^ourablti, a« petitiooa or prarera. Matt. vi. 
7. Lu.l. 13. Acta I. 31. Heb. t. 7. Sept 

but not Claaa. 3) to gim heed '- 

foil, by gen. of perun, 1 Cor. 

Ecdna. iii. 6. Thiii. i. 126. ». _.. ___ 
often in Claaa. 
Eltfd j)f0/£ai, f. ^o/tat, depon. mid. 

or country, or itaio aitet^, namely, in 
boapitalilr. or kindneai and faruur. The 
mnl often occura in Sept., shete God a 
aaid 'to gatlier and collect the eiilea of 
lanel into (heir own land.' Hence in 
N. T. 3 Cor. Ti. 17, we hara, KiyA itr- 
M&MM if>'i when 1 reception into 
™"^' il msut. 8eo v. 10, and 

■, foU. by .J 

r^iTiitL ___. _, ._ ^ 

_ri 26. Heb. !i. 6. 3) 1 

ipdt with ace of pen. Acta ui U 
8epL and Claai, 

Elirjpxo^aii f- iXivmfiai, fojll 
amu u, enter ; laid I. of Fuaoin, ■ 
1) imp. foil, by ill with ace of ■!■ 
HatL Ti. 6. xdi. 38, et al. ibhj ^ 
with ace. of pen. Acta xn. 40, il> «j 
At;<>ai-, and ^. SO. II. 29. llk.i&i 
Lu. viii. 30, et iLj alu fblL by v^i 
with dat. of pen. Lu. xli. 7, and afi 
with aec. of pen, Hk. it. 4S. Adal. ' 
iiii. 2. Rov. 111. 20; foil, byira * 

of plac 

Matt. Till. 8. 

he refoired l^e idiom, fonned frm t) 
Hebrew, tleipxoiwi vd i£Jpv>^«i 
gomatd oat, to petfbrm one'a Wlyd 
tiH, Acta I. 21. Fig. John i. t. ■ 
(Iinro^. ml jcwop. Acta ix. IK H 
Sept. 2) meUphotically, feUowed If a 
widi ace. of atateor condition, HaltxVl 
8, (It Tiiv Iniv. Hk. ii. 47, ih -r- 

Lu. ii. 46, liff^XBi iuAoYia^ Il • 
tkIt. Ja. t. 4. Heb. tL 19. 

ElinaXl., f. In, to taam,i0B 
into a liDoae, or to hoapicality, Xnu G 
viii. 3, and oft in CUaa. liiN.T.0 
linaXiiiia,, to inOe into OK't 9 
kmae. Acta x. 23. 

Elaoiot, at>. A, (itc, a Mt,1 f^ 


of entering, adtJaum. Fail br lb ■ 
tec of place, 2 Pel. L U, A a. ih « 
aluvuur dmriXiiiui TsD ILuptiKi : ij f 
Heb. I. 19, Tiir i. -rmr iyitn: byn 
with ace. of pen. 1 TheM. i. 9, anafaf 
' . 1. IcrxDH" wjifc *)■ 
. 4fi±r •[< >if./<. Ab 

fiOH a peraon. In N* 




ElfTirapivfffLiit, f. iiiira^Hu, d« 
Co 00 inio, enter, 1. of rKiuio>-8,folLI)]i 
wilh aec. of place, Hk. i. 21. Ti. 56. E 
Acta iii. 2; Bilh ilt undent. Lu. riiL. 
li. 33. lii. 30, or xpdc with ace. of F 
to enter into any one, i. c. into Ua be 
xxviii. 30_n. of THisuH, (o aafcr * 
ato, aa food, foil, by ili, Uatt. it- 
Mk. Tii. IS. HeUph. to arim, tala 

£ 1 2 109 £ K 

I, Mk. iv. 19.— IIL from the x*^P^ auTi|«, *Ood hatli aTenged, or 

r. Kol imrop. to ^ tn am/ oui^ taken vengeance, q^ or front her.* So 

perform the daily duties of life/ in the eondr, pra^. of a diiferrat tente, 

28. Rey. xv. 2, roov vcic»VT-a« Ik tov 0i}p£otf, 

epi0,(f.e^ot<r»,aor. 2. elo-iivey- Matt. zx. 21. xxii.44. xxv. 9S. zzvi. 64j 

1. clffifvcvica,) to beavy or 6rm^ et al. Sept. and Class. 3) meti^h. of a 

Ds. and foil, by cl« with ace. of stoto, oo^jacfton, &c o«^ of which any one 

Urn. yi. 7, oithkv il<n)i/cyica/iiey comes or tends, after yerbs of motion, 

K6<rfkov, Heb. xiii. 11 ; with civ direction, &c. John x. 39, I^^XOcv lie 

w underst. Lu. y. 19, sq. Sept. t^« x'^P^* avrcoy. Rom. xiii. 11. ^ip^ 

«. Said of persons, foil, by civ 6t| ck vixpaiv. vi. 4. Acts xvii. 3,^aira- 

. of state or condition, to ^eodf tn/o, <rrt)i/at iic vcKpcdy. Rom. yi. 13, ^covro* 

« 13. sq. Lu. xi. 4, i. ck xct- Ik vtKpcav. Col. i. 18, 'rouToroKot iic 

Those passages, indeed, are usu- vtKpcov, et al. saepe.— II. ot time, yiz. as 

doed, * Suffer us not to be led ;^ said of the beginning of a period of time, a 

Sir. Rose remarks, * the aigumeuts point from which onward any thing takes 

▼endon are rather of a metaphy- nlace. So ck KoiX/ac ut}Tp<}s, Matt xiz. 

um a philological nature.* Fig. 12. Lu. i. 15, al. et Sept Ik vt&rriroiy 

:t» Ti cIs Tttc Ako&v Tivoc, ^ to Matt. xix. 20. Ik xpovtou iKavwv, Lu. 

nto the ears of an^ one,* i. e. to viii. 27. c^ ^PXV^i John vi. 64. ix ytvsr 

t to iim. Acts xvii. 20. So Eur. Tt}«, ix. 1. Ik tou aUSuov^ ix. 32, and 

i, dt wra <piptiVj and elsewhere Class. Hence it ma^ sometimes be ren- 
dered (ifter, as Rom. i. 4, i^ dvaorcCo-cMC 

mD adverb, 1) of TIMB, after '.'"P^':. ^- .?"'• ";. 1 Z^'.,^ 

s; R wi- tyi -^ VT T- i IK successor. 80, bv xiebr., J r'et. u. o. 

^* » ftjwc, 0/ out, Lu. xxin. 8, ck tovtov 

(before a vowel 'E^,) a prep, go- XP^^^^* — ^^I* ®^ ^^® origin and source 

the |;enit with the prim, significa- of any thing, i. e. the primary, direct, im- 

(f,fiom, of, used of such objects mediate source ; in distinction from iiirdy 

before w another, but are now which represents the secondary, indirect, 

d from it, either in respect of mediate origin. It is said, 1) of persons^ 

inie, source, origin. I. of place, viz. of the place, stock, family, condition, 

I the prim, and most frequent use, &c. out of which one is derived, or to 

fmm, 1) after verbs implying mo- which he belongs; place, Lu. viii. 27, 

ny kind out <f or from any place d.vrip xts Ik Ti}9 iroXca)?. xxiii.7. Johni. 

t, e. gr. verbs of cominff or going, 47, al. ; family, Lu. i. 5, upe v9 t(9 i^ i<^q- 

I throwing, foiling, gathering, or fxtpla^ A/3ta. ii. 4. Acts iv. 6. xiii. 21, 

pg, removmg, and such like, Mk. et ssepc ; condition or state, John viii. 41, 

i.&. John ii. 15. Lu. ii. 4, et al. vfiil^ Ik nopvtia^ ov ycycionJ/ueOa. 

With a gen. of pers. out of, i. e. Acts x. 45, et al. ol Ik ircptrou^s. 2) of 

hose presence, number, &c. any the source, whether pers. or thing, out of 

or thmg proceeds, John viii. 42. or from which any thing proceeds, is de- 

i. 22, so. XX. 20. 1 Cor. v. 13. rived, or to which it pertains, and that 

• 1. 1 John ii. 19, al. 2) after both gener. Mk. xi. 30, i^ ovpavou* 

Didying direction, out of, or from Matt. xxi. 19, fitiKtTi Ik vov Kapiroc 

ttt, &c. ; thus marking the iermi- yiunTai. Lu. i. 78, dvan-oXii ij^ ^^ov^, 

|Wtthe point from which the direc- and oft. ; and spec, as marking not only 

IMS or tends, Lu. v. 3, IdldaaKiv the source and origin, but also the chc^ 

' 9\oiov. John xix. 23, ck tSjv racter of any person or thing, as derived 

' »^oirro«. Mk. xi. 20, <ruK^i/ from that source, implying connexion, de- 

^9t\v Ik oi,\Cov, Acts xxviii. 4, pendence, adherence, devotedness, like- 

UMw TO utipiop Ik t^c Ycip^s ness, &c. John vii. 17, Ik tou Oeov.viii* 

ttd Class. So, by Hebr. m the 47, et al. ssepe ; also fig. of the source of 

fw^^as. Rev. xviii. 20. xix. 2, character, ouality, &c. implying adhewncft 

^^^ tiipLm rrSgv iiov\af¥ airroU ix to, connexion with, &c. ooViXiXs^.^^ 

.«iwi:i. or Ji. 
I of, from, hj- 

Tit h it U Tjt d\>,9tla,. 1 John il. 2 
iii. 9, et al. Hence Jc witli gen. forma _ 
periphr. far in idr. or panic, u o jn 
irCiTTittE, KoiD. iT. 16. ai\. iii. 7, 9, A i( 
od^ov, Rom. ir. U. s! 1£ Ip.Btlat, ii. 
R 4 « *«ffi»tii<pc.^i,aTla,27. 3) of 
tbe motive, ffroand, or okuhhi vhence 
uij thing proceeda, (he incidental cnute 
of it,Jnm, oat <f. L e. ij nuon of, in 
connqofflice of, kc John It. 6, kijiif. 

Rev. viii. 11. 2 Cor. 

Ueb. ni. 12. et al. 

on BMount of, fiulh, o _._ .^ 

ymv. i) of the tffidait caB«e, "gent, &c, 
thkt from which any nction or thing it 

! reduced or effecled, /rom, by, Rom. ii. 
1. Oal. Y. 8, U ni koXovwo.. 1 Cor. 
•iii. 6. 2 Cor, L 11. John lii. 49. and oft 

thing is done, Mk. iii. 30, ifyaira* j| 
Skil': 1-qt tapiie^. So It l^u^Vti &e. 
6) of the Bieaiu, inetrnment, inicrumenlal 
cause, /nam, i. e. b^meani of; bj, through, 

^IXovt Ik tov na/iuwd t^t Admlat, 
'b. meani of John iii, fi, i£ tSta-rm. 
1 Cor. is. H, U Toi .iayyiijllo:, and oft. 
Hence with verba of filling. Matt, xiiii. 
25. John iii. 3, and alto of thepnx paid 

Malt.' II. S, U inlaplm'":^ ^tbe ^ 
lerial, -nz. of, out i/, fr>m. Malt, iivfi. 
39, <rricf>aiui> J£ d«u«iSv. John it. 15, 

■fp. Ik <,, 
8. Eph. V. 

after « 

lofealingordl^nldng, 1 

Said of 1 clui or 

iiil. I 

Ti, 26, et al. 

tibeformia part, 
&c. John i. 24, gl iirta-ra\uiiHn iaav 
U rar «ap. Hk. liy. 69. tn. iiii. 3. 
Acta iii. e. 2 Tim. iii. 6. Phtl. iv. 22, ol 
in tSi Kaiffopm okias. Finally, after 
, __ ^^^ Mall. 1.29. 

Mk. i 

17, e( 

M.— N. B 

poaition Jk jippliefl, 1) removal, out, Jrttm, 
compfe/iuK, B9 iniairaiidai. 4) inlaiaiiy, 

'BKaffToi, II, oil, idj. (aupml. from 
iitAs, aeparate,) eoci, every one, Le. of 
•ny numlwr beparatelj', 1) gener. Matt. 

■r^Eti.' aiToi;"'lii."!'44'^Jo*hr°ii,V 
et al. Thii ides of aepantion, or litigluig 
mil, ia eipreued ret more slrongW 1^ lU 
tupnn, Acta u. 31, kwDit^v Ivh 
i^ r . Epi. ir. 16. Rev. xii. 21, al 


tetU, where it il in tppoaition with I 

noun implied. Matt. KHi. 3£, U 
dcb^Ti firaeTot rio d^aX^v, &e^ 
i<i. 32. Heb. viii. Il, al. So il< En 
Acta ii. 6. In appontiDD with k 
noun or pron. cxpreaaed, Lu. iL 3 
ptCopTO ranTK, UxamK tls t^ 
Acta ii. 8. Eph. «. 33. 

'EKacTTDTI, lldT. (Ivaa-TH,] 
tme, abmys, coaUiiHaBg, 2 Pet. i 1 

'EHaTov, oi, oi, tA, Dom. adj. ( 
ifmf. Halt. iTiiL 12. John lii. 1 
Adverb, a laaidnd-fijd. Matt, i 
Mk.iv.S,»l. ^ 

'EKOTO^TofTUt, OK, i, ii, ■ 

kmidrtd yean aid, Rom. iv. 19, 

«di. a tmsdredr-fald, Lu. viii. B, taai 
Hatt.iii.29. Mk. I. 30. SqiLft 

Hna-rii,, ifX"^ " caUariiM, Matt. ■ 
and Dfi. Sept. wd CLih. 

'Ek^cIXXb, f. 0aXu, to tbnv 

the idea of /vrce emplojed. Matt, i 
lit iitniaUva iKBiMLiTaL. Acta; 
33. Mitt. Tiii. 12. ixv. 30. FoU. ^ 
with gen. of plice, Hall. zii. W; i 
timcB implied, Lu. ix. 12. John Ii 
lii. 31. In the aenae of lofine, i 
Old, Uk.ii. 47, i. Ti, i<peak^of.k 
or drive out, Mk i. 12, -rd HnSp* • 
inpaWii ill T17V Ipmiop. John 
TTfioaara UBiXn. FoU. bv Jk mil 
of place, either eipr. John u. 16. t. 
!0. Lu. iv. 29. or impl. Ln. viii, 5*. 
vi. 37. Iii. 31. Said of demoiit, U 
out, tjftl. Malt. vii. 22. Mk. viLSt 
9, et al. Metaph. in the tenae ti 
ovi, i. e. with scorn and reproadi, r4 
vile, Lu, H. 22, Etbi' JK|Sa\.>iri f 
ifiwucronipor. ThuailiauMidbrJ 
and Demoath. of rejected acton, •■ 
:^k<tTit, vile.—U. snc. theideaef 
mg dropped to remore, <^nilD 
[alt. vii. i, up. Ti napaot (hri 
pe. In Malt. Iii. 35. tKffJWt 
dvoBd, and Lu. i. 35, UpaXAn ti 

, there ia a iwi/. pmgjKou, 

tntct are blended in the coin| 
one au^esled by the prep, the 

ued bv the verb. In the foruM 

the full aenae ii, 'diawa forth and HI 
(so Pindar, P,lh. u. 148, !*« 1^ 
in the Utter, ' having drawn fertli u 
down,' aa we ahouid aay diibmtd. 
the aenae in Mut, lii. '20, aeo mv 
there. Id Rev. li. 2, «!» aiXI/r—b 

^- not Fndude'il'in"' oCmM'ST" 
'Eic^amc, (uc, i, (Jk^Im.) n 
ug nai, egrtn, ^rai. Od. T. 4Ifl 

EKB 1 

Eg. of csmi tnim life, tail, tnd^ 
m.7,1. TV! *wioT|r»*S«- WW. 
Alio msttph. (t« U3M of inr 
. e. a» ToJt, eata, 1 Cor. X. 13, 
1, ffic TM iriipqr^^, «ni t^*' In- 
' wlU guide the iBae or renult,' u 
nii. ^ ixBdimt laip^or'lrill 
M biii^ »bont ft wsy out of the 

of th« lading of ^ - - 
.M XITii. 18, 

sSt ^. M^ 


a te^. The word only 
euBwnere in tbe Greek Pindecta. 

I Lu. XX. M,'"!- Aiiilol. Polit. p, 22! 

?arBt, OH, i, i, idj. (ixyiyoim, 
of invfiiDfUi,) ptop. »dj. mmns 
ioisa/u oCMDin PlUo. Hence 
(t«»iifi«t of any kind, whetbcr 
r gnndion. In N. T. in neut. tA 

!a trfend, (lit. 
ii»j,u nid of 

I, to be TKodg to r» 

*. 3, ir 

iTOp. io ream 
la N. T. io- 


Itb. iL 10. Jl t. 7. abtol. Heb. i. 
Pel iii. 30, uid Clw. 

.^Xo., OB, 4, 4, .dj. u«, ii^ot,) 

fimi, oHunmaw, 2 Tim, iii. 9. 
I. Ti. fi. Uom. II. T. 2. Pol. iii. 2, 6. 
■jTtjifB, f. iir», ((iii.i(iDt,( prop. 
1 CliM. io *« abKBifrom one J peo- 
' Mnntry, by trkreUing ibrosd. In 

lenn. In be aixat from uiy pluc 
HI, 2 Cor. T. 6, e, J> J. iK Toi r^^. 
Ifiv/Hi, f. iniiau, prt^i. to give 
J thing, or to give up fny fienoa, 
to fbme out \a nuiri^, to give in 
« : alio (a give iM m Ut out »ny 
:t, .Sliui V. H. liy. 15. InN.T. 
rfi'JoM"', to W Dirf for one's own 
, u dunXAm, Matt. xxi. 33, 41. 
d. 1. Lu. XX. 9. 
dniyfofiai, r. itrro/ioi, to liil out. 

.g bi. right, 

Wk^T'^'^ riu!' s" 2)" (0 osiimgL, 
i.e. to tike penona] ulitftctiDa, Kom.xil. 
1<I, fii'i iaun-Dh Jrj. So to taks TOnge- 
]i[i{^ on, ta vmiiA, ai tJ b^^b, i- a. 
ciinie of bloodshed, Lite tikw, Bev. tj. 
10. III. 3. So 2 Cor. I. 6, Ui. ■rSaiu 
■n-afaiio4e. So Sent, and later Clan, and 
scnetlmea Engl, avenge. 

Ifie extcuiioti of ri^ asd justice, vii. I. 
u:viiffeniertly in the sense of muntaining 
jinv one's right. So toifiv ikJ. equiT. to 
^■i^iEiiv, to maMton ona's rioU, iMiMd 
i,ai:i gen. of pen. for whom, 
IjH, iTiii. 7, B; 15^"' of P«n- againtt 
whum. Acts vii. 24, and Sept.— II. wws- 
<i!u^ jmo/ ntnMion, Som. iii. 19. Hsb. 
K. m, and Sept. In the senM of tw- 
dirlive jiufM, pmniimeai, Ln. xiL 22, 
ii„cpa> J.*«rf<r.o>.. 2Cor. vii. II. 2Tb. 
i. B. 1 Pet., and Sept. 

'ScdiKoi, sv, J, V, (ix, JIki),) prop. 
iLilj. exeattuuj rigkt andjuetioe. Soph. Q!d. 
Col. 920; in N. T. a iub.t. retrthOer, 
ictrlger, pumder, Rom. liii. 4. ] Tb. Ir. 
a. Sept. and later Clui. 

•Sxti^tw, f. Ju,, (in & SioincBj to 
JriTe out /rwn a place, to tihose o0\ to 
cauie to flee avay, Sept. and Clau. Hence 

to pi 

llie I 

ended ; 

... , __ .kppean froi , 

Mn;t. xiiii. 34, iq. the Tarioui t 
iSicreof, both active and pseuve, espei 

{if persereriog enmitj, are intimated, 

'EkfoToi, oir, b, ii, adj. (ixjiii 

dflmered m. Acta u. 33, tdoti ' 

i. 13, 9, i 

Tbe earlier wrilen have f «doToi 

fvr, ejpeOatKm, Beb. X. 27. 

'S-civu, f. uiru>, prim, hitn 
c-r LOnM 0<U of, Horn. Od. iiii. 
Bbi- ^lydoBiO. Eur. Iph, Talir. 
««™ii. Hence trani. to came ti 
'./; BB in the pnllinr aS of a 
rlothea, to tfnool^. Matt, nvi 

iDhStrippedTiim as lahiBClothea.' Hom. 

M. liv, 341, ,«Bchyl, Ag. 1342. With 

.],c «<^ of peraon only, Malt. nvii. 28. d 

Lii, I. 30, and Sept. Mii. U&iiotuu, t» T 

jput of ont't dotka, 1 Cot. v. 4, ob »*>■- 




fitv iicdvorairOat, sdl. t6 (ric^vof, meaning 
the mortal body. So serpentB are said 
cirduiiv t6 yiipavy when tney have cast 
off their old skin. See Yirg. Mn. ii. 473. 

'Ekii, adv. of place. 1) of place 
tirhere, ikere^ in that place. Matt. ii. lo. v. 
24. ▼!. 21. xii. 45, et al. By Hebr. joined 
inth. tfirov, as 5irov iiccl, where^ Mk. vi. 
£5. Rev. xii. 6, 14, and SepU 2) by at- 
traction, of place whither, tkither^ to that 
plaoe^ fldfter verbs of motion, instead of 
iiccc(rc, Matt iL 22. Mk. vi. 33, et al. 
Sept. and Class. 

'EicciOiv, adv. thence, from thatj^ace. 
Matt, i V. 21, «rpo/3ckc cKcIaey, and v. 26. iz. 
9, et d. So Of tKiiOev, thoae from thence, 
* those who belong there,* as Eurip. Hec 
719. Sept and Class. 

'Eicalvov, f|, o, pron. demonstr. (Ikc?, 
lit *" that one there,* plar. ^ those there,*) 
equiv. to our emphatic he, s40, or U. When 
put in antithesis, it usually refers to the 
person or thins; more remote or absent, or 
otherwise to the next preceding, which it 
thus renders more definite and emphatic. 
I. in antithesis, and referring to the more 
remote subject, c. gr. with ovt<k, Lu. 
xviii. 14. Ja. iv. 15; or gener. Matt. xiii. 11. 

Mk. xvi. 20, et al. saepe, and Class II. 

without antithesis, referring to the pers. or 
thing immediately preceding, or just men- 
tioned, 1) gener. Matt. xvii. 27. Acts iii. 
13. Mk. iii. 21. and oft. and Class. 2) 
eiiu)katic, like tne Engl, that, Mk. vii. 15. 
Jonn i. 18. v. 11. ix. 37. z. 1. xii. 48, et 
aL and in the case of persons well known 
or celebrated. 

'EkcZo-c, adv. (iffci,) prop, ^d^, to 
Aat pUxoe. In N. T. by attraction, for 
Lot, there. Acts xxi. 3. xxiL 5. Sept. & 
later writers. 

'EK^ttrlw, f. i}o-cd, prop, to seek out, in 
order to find, any thing or person lost 
Sept. and Class. In N. T. I) to inquire 
diagentljf, scrutinize, 1 Pet.i. 10, iic^. irtpi 
Twov, parallel with Ij^tptvvdta, Sept. 2) 
to sedk after any thing, i. e. endeavour to 
gain, Heb. xii. l7, fit-rA dcuepvwu L air- 
T^y, and Sept By Hebr. to require, de- 
mand, e. gr. Ijc^. t^ aXfid Ttvos dtro 
TUfot, *" to avenge or punish the crime of 
any one*s blood,* Xu. xi. 50, sq. ; and Sept. 
in Ezek. iii. 18, 20. 2 Sam. iv. 11. Gen. 
ix. 5. 3) from the Hebr. ixttrrcty t6v 
OcJi/, to seek out God, i. e. *to seek to 
know his will, with a full determination 
to follow and obey it,* Acts xv, 17. Rom. 
iiL 11. Heb. xi. 6, and Sept. often. 

'Eic6a/i/3ltt», f. i^o-co, (2ic6a/u)3ov,) ce- 

ner. to utterly amaze, quite astoni^. Job 

zzxiii. 7, Aq. Ecclus. xxx. 9. In N. T. 

poas. to be greaUu astonished, whether 

mm MdaUntioDf Mk. ix, 15, or terror, 

Mk. xvi. 5, iq. or pertnriMtion, Mk. : 

'EicOa/i/Soff, ov, 6, i, adj. (i«, 5 
/3o«,) quite aaionisked^ Acts iii. ll. Pol 
XX. 10, 9, and Sept 

'EkOstov, ov, b, 4, a^. (licr£0iM 
prop, put away, east aside; but n 
espec. of an infant, in the aenie e^ 
or abandoned. So Acts viL 19, tm 
iK^tra ra j^plfpfl'^ The verb iKrlBufi 
freq. in the Class, in this sense. 

*EKKadaipm, f. apA, to purge i 
claanse thoroughly, prop, as fumitun 
utensils, Xen.Anab. 1.2, 16. DentxxvL 
In N. T. metaph. with ace. of ^en. i 
Bavrdtf Atto tlvov, 2 Tim. ii. 21. Fl 
Euth. p. 3, ^fiat iKKuBatpgi roit T 
viwv Ttts ^Kdtrrat iia<p0sip6yTat. Xl 
Conv. 1, 4, dvdpdtriv iKKtKaBapnim 
rds jfrvx^^' With ace. of thing, to efaa 
out, i. e. put awav, 1 Cor. r. 7, i. vipr* 
\aiap ^vfi^¥. Dinaich. c. Aristogi pb i 
Ikk. t^v dtipolkMclap. 

*EKKaiui,{. Ka^trw, to oausetobunLf 

flame out, to kindle, Hdot iv. 134, ■ 

Sept. In N. T. pass, or mid. to term 

flame out, metfq>h. iv 6pil^s,u Bom. l * 

of passion oft. in Sept and Class. 

'EKicaicccd, f. ^<rc0, (i«c, Kox^t,) pa 
to give way, despond, lose courage m 
danger, as a soldier who abaDdoos 
post : but in N. T. gener. to deqwadLi 
courage under trials and difiSculties, jS 
iii. 13, alTov/biai fi^ iKKOxtiw hf V 
^\l\^i<ri fiov vtrkp viiStv. 2 Cor. iV 
16, and also to give way under laiboun, t 
gener. to be remiss or cardess in the < 
charge of anv duty, Lu. xviii. 1, uhr* 
vpoartvxttrvai, koX fiii iKKaKilw. GsU 
9, t6 8k KaXop irotovjrrtv fiii iiaau 
fitv. 2 Thess. iii. 13. Polyb. iv. 19, \9. 

'EkjccvtIoi, f. iSffco, (Ik inten8.&« 
Tito,) prop, to quite pierce the siuftee 
any body, to transfix, John xix. 37, ^ 
nrai th B» i^eKtvTt}<rair. Rev. i. 7, I 
Sept. and later Gr. writers. The eid 
wnters use the simple Ktvrim, 

'EfcxXao), f. aota, to break cff, a 
branch, Rom. xi. 17, 19, 20, k^SKkke 
aav. Lev. i. 17. Plato Pol. x. 611, D. 

'EfficXefco, f. c£<rc0, prop, to dud\ 
one out, as of a house, or a city. In K 
fig. to ecrdude from intercourse witk 
one ; foil, by ace. Gal. iv. 17, IkkXA 
vfjiat d'cXovort. Pass, to be excluded. I 
no place, Rom. iii. 27, i^cK\t£aOi| 4 « 

'E K K \ f/ <r £ a, OS, ^, (IkjcXiito*, fir. 
Ka\£it},)a convocation. This word it me 
N. T. in two ways : I. in thk Cla881 
8BNSS, and 1 ) of an assembly of the pm 
cither lawfully called out by the dvU mi 
tr&te, Acts xix. 39, & CUss. writen,or 


I) m Ito Je'wlih lenw, a conffr*- 

cnec for public vonhip in a 
■. M^ ™i. 17, or pmer. of 
1 peiwlo, Acit Tii. S8, ytviiitvot 
■X^alfKi^TiUi^i,. Hfh.ii.12. 
i. X. it. SB. E«la>. liii. 20.— 

113 EKA 

>) metiiih. (a «t rjjf mn oeeuinn, br r*- 
(Dcu^ It, 2Cor. xi. 12. So HierocL L 
ubofiiiis : a]>o to iltiid(r,niideiiaelbctiMl« 
Pet. iii. 7, lit Td pM Juomveoi t^ 

fl by tht 

[■ CHRHrriAN BINSl, 

iely of fiithtiil Chritllik 
il of IhB world U Iki 

iDto'chriit, [i« Jobn xvii. 6 & 
', Ihcy BUf t« iu]ctifi«d throiieh 
I of God, ' whoM word i> trulS,' 
i. 17— I. tie ntisrvJ onJ ■cuibU 

mlitut here on Barth, i.e. tbe 
■odctT of Chiitliani diipencd 
nt im world, Hut. iti. IS. 
ri. 4. 1. 32. li. 22. lu. 28. Col. 
'*. Epfa. i. 23. T. 23, 25. 27. 
■ munai Chunk (nuMnkul 
liM, E(rii. T. 37. Comp. Hrb. xii. 
L a jjorticiUar Ckuidt, ttiouih 
ed dF Hvenl coDgro^ioiK, u (he 
I is JcniBlcm, Antioch, Corinlb, 
, ThHBlonia, &c. AcU liii. 1 . li. 
^.i.2 CoLiT.lG. RcT. i.4,11, 
1, 18, nt »1.— IV. a particular or 
ngrifiitiim of CliritUuis, or thoH 
n iriio wen woni lo asHtnble in 
itinltr house for Divine wonhip, 
nl S. 1 Cor. ivi. 19. Col. iT. 15. 
1 1, md iu tbe plur. Actt liv. 23. 

ICot.iL 16. liT. 34. IV, 9. ivi. 
I Tb. ii. 11. Oil. i. 2^-v. lie ftaet 

■uch conRHIiUDn i> Bnemblod, 
1% 1 Cor. 11. lU, 22. 

'EciciitMaf"", >i"d. tonn Intnuit. ol 
WxfitiiiitrSiu, ftvf, lo low /nai, ^ 
iinim^ \old i^tai lllin^, (u Luclu, t. iL 
jli JwDiuBHPiJiiiKJi TUP* nTjiaXlMP.) or 
»rr»i>, u Tbuc. >ii. 7S, t^ £"'«'•»'' 
il 1i often nwd 


n bim, i. e. on faiilipe. (So Pope, 
<nd*riiig aenatee hnns on all ne 
jid Tof. Mn. 'n. 79, pcndetqne 


I, f. Ivv, prop, to bend an; 

le itiaiglit courw, irana. and 

fcom anr coune, Mai. ii. 8. 

in Tftt Aiofi. In N. T. me- 
' ttramg aiidt aud npenug fnm 
lilbt toad of piatr and rinue, Rom. 
, Torrit JEinXiivr. Bo Sept 
ii3i.23. Jobzxi;T.27. Alu of 
T Hide from b j tmadiaa auj penDn 
{, te (bai, Rom. x>i. 17, Ji-iX. ri* 

:.\vfi^<i>, r. 4<r>. (0 

efil£«, f. fvB, (o carry otU or 
1 a doil boily for burial, Lu. viL 
oft. in Clan. 

dwr-n,f.J'»i, \)frop.locatoff'^u 
h, Rom. xi. 24, et aL, or a limb, 
. 30, -ni. iif li.. iviii. a. AIM, 
IHW, ai uid o^a tree. Malt. iii. lil. 
Lo. iU. ». xiii. 7, 9, and ClaJL 

'EnXaXiii, f. Hm*, to ipeai oat, dir 
dote, tian*. witb dat of pera. Acta IxiU. 
32, ^nliui ImXaXqinK, and ClaM. 

'Ei:Xd^irs, C^Bf, toatneonf orfortbi 
lo bepafileiidml,fSut.ii±a,lKkia<biiv 
irivAro ijllw, in allutlon to Dan. ^. S. 
Tbo word occun In tbe Clan. 

'EKXanBdiiK, {. \iau. to nob fa 
^nfe/^iV", Horn. 11. ii.600. In N. T. 
mid. iK\a<SdiniMai, lit. iolattott ^(U\ 
mmd, lo forget, Uab. xii. 3, ItXtkyiatt, 
' hsTe fbigotlea.' Jot. and ClaaL 

'BiiX.Eya, f, XffiB, prop, lo lay oat, 
i. e. ml aiide certain p«non> or thingt o»t 
^/a larger number propoaed or offered, to 
cAoo* out, whelher for othen or onewlf, 
JoKpb. BeU. ;;. 8, E. Xeu. Hilt. L 6, 13. 
Plato 636, C. 458, C. et al. In K. T. 

ONEBiLr, end geaer. to ciooM or lelect an; 
thing or penon, 1. OBNIR. and 1) ot 
lUnSi, Lu. I. 42, T^v ivaSliv utclla 
i£Ai£a-ro. liT. 7. 1 Cor. i. 27, a«. Sept. 
and Claaa. 2) of permu, folL bv icc. 
dmplj, Jobn n. 70. xv. le. Acta i. 2,34 
Ti. 5. iT.22,26,etBl. Ja. ii. 5. Sept. and 
Claja. Foil, by U with gen. Join it. 
19, ordxd with «n, Lu.*i. 13—11. Brae 
and dutom otdjbr mtdal prwri- 
UoM, &C. witb the acceasory idea of ATonr 
or love, Mk. xiu. 20. Jobn liii. 18. Aoti 
liii. 17. Eph. i. 4, and Sept. 

'E<i\i<ir», f. >^(*, prop. & in Clan, fa 
baH Old or omit any perioD oi tbin^ ihna 

pnicl^ce; but in N. T. and umedmet ta 
Clan, intnni, to lean off, root, or faO, 

counF of action, Lii. xiH. 13, A rCtrnv, 
' to fsul.' Heb. i. 12, Itij, • lo foil,' Sept. 
&ClaM. By impl.'taceiHlDftDe,'i.e.fti 
die, Lu. xvi. 9. Jowpb, Bell. iv. 1, B. 
ApoUod. iii. 4, 3, and SeDl. la tbe Clan. 
^io^ or tA \Qa is generally added \ ^t u 
VlaSa it aften occun wtahaat, ad&Vutto. 



no, leleei, duiix,i— 

aUtiU.lPet.a.i,S.\iffoit- 2)<.tfei 
chofen, digtinouisAed^ I Vet. ii. 9^ ytn 

3) br impl. chosen, with the uccsoory i 
of fBvour, lave, &c. i^oeed, Lu. iiiii. 

"■ -" '..6. i Ch'i 

L 13. Ilea 

Tui, UeeJsrf, 'IhoBB chqsen liy God 

raJTfttion, OT to peculUr privile^ea uid 
bleuinga, u memliers of the kingdom gf 

hit favour, and leading a holy life in 
monion with Him^ 'true and &ilhfuf 
Christians.' Comp. Rev. ivii. U, si kK^ 

BoldierB, as oft. in Sept ; e. p. Judg. i 

oa V/iemenB, j <./or. ^ <i, i e coni«naH 
dsj and nil ht for the ithole brotherhood,' 

Toii. And in the MsMyrdom of Poljcirp, 
5ir((rr»ii, ' the unbelieving heatnen.' In 

xiiv. 22, 24. Mk. liii. 20, 22. 2 Tim. ii. 10. 

'EK'Kayl,, vt, n, {iKktyw.) tkdion, 
mUriioii, I. gener. Acta ix. la, amUot 
inXoy^tJ. e. a cboien veaKi, Class 11. 

volent purpose of God, whereb)' any are 
chosen unto salvation, to that they aro led 
and peraevere in the Gospel, 

,, (whei 

Sj n'oM,) l'TlSi!''i.'<L'2 Pel 

fl iXiK-rtl, R^m.°i.T-lII. b?"impl! 
free dake, fine teiS, Ram, ii. 11, It hot' 
inXoyiju ir|ioSii>ic, i.e. *t]ie free apon- 
taneoiis purpose of God,' nninfluenced by 
external motives. Joseph, BeU, ii. 8, 14. 

Td Ipya hiiuii' ir JuXoyj nai i£ouffia 

'EkX^V. f. Coa, prop, and tnne. fo 
JAUen or disengage from any thing whieh 

■. 35,) 

!4 EKn 

See Poeni (Earn. Hippocr. In N. 
pnss. lnXiiofui, to be VMried Ditf, utb 
e-rhaialfd, as lud of the bodv, MatL 
3i:;/oU tceaiy. Gal. it. 9, f,!, iKXnipr 
with allusioa to le^Kia, tired oiil, and 
Hcpt. Also as said of the mind, to A 
'k^iond, Heh. ili. 3, ijivxa?! ifiurlB 

T^^uo-iru, f. Fb, 'o ume md, or I 
w.> rfry. Lu. vii. 38, 44. John iL 
xii. 3. uii. 6, and later Claaa. The ad 
ones liave {^,p6py,.«^,. 

■E<A««Tflp£i:», f. i™, (iiL.^urH, 
lit. /n tern up fj^ nan oC, to bMt^ M 
,««/-j<, Lu. ivi, 14. xiiii. 35. 8^ 

'E<»iv., f. liam, to U»d OtU 
a^Jc [U) or ««., to ..Did a tb 
lleuce, la htm aade oal of Oe vm I 
Ptul. I. ii. p. 577, B, iwiDtrai t*! U 
lleTice in N. T. lo tun aaide « OM 
JoliT. V. 13, i^iinuatv, iykav irrctlti 
Tc^T-u, at least, aa moat Expusiton mds 
^tand i but the beat interpreter! are, ri 
reit£Qil, agreed that the vord ia to 
derived from iKviia, to tiaim i^ or ava 
ns ill Thuc. ii. 90, though that tern d 
lilic the Latin enofan, signifies fig.(ii|Ei 
qfftmohaetvedly, a sense iar more ignwl 

'EKvif^ut, f. <bm, prop, to 
from (ill) bdngdiunksn, Ba often klli 
Class. In N. T, metnpb. Co avdm 

■t i|nDn 

inn, volaniarm^ Philern. 
adv. iihnse&rtheadT. 

I, adj. (iiLmtAt* 
14, mtA intra 


mind, as captiv&u, 

or ^twrai^, (see Gray's Ode to An- 

vnslly,) also in quite looitn die stroDgth, 

UU Ihat nhich stringeth up a man,) 

■ zri. 6, 12. mod. Sic. xiii. 77, et al. 

and Class. 

'F.«t<lX<i<, adv. of old, Irmg d* 

=et. ii. 3, iii. 5, and later CUaa. 

E'S-eipaJu, t d<ru, lit. to Ir* « 

f fu ft« utaoM l«t by lemptuion, W 

r, Lu.iv. 12. x,2S. ICor.tiSH 

KKiriuTi*, C ^m, to lewJ ad 4 

/orii. Acts xiii. 4. irii. 10. aept.&CM 

'EKriTdfrvitif f. dan, toiprtatft 

■e/L'A forth the hands, as in supplUW 

:ni. I. 21. Sept. and Uter Clut. 

'EflTndiii<, f. <f», to leap, rsdAri 

ii^it^s. AcUxiv.l4,J£.«!a.,n..bdi 

IJKov, in many M^.,Veraians, and W 

E^d. far text. recepL etoiv. SeemyMt 

EKn 1 

thing! which fail from ta out iff 
m, ■( Ibg lUn from bcAfco, Mk . 
, ud CliH.; cliauii tram off n 
, Aeu liL 7 -, or u Bid of ■ bwi 
finmi X lUp down inlo tbe k», 
nii. 32; of flomn >Ziw auu>, 
1. IFet. i.24j uid af a ahip, lu 
c. be diiien) oul of iU coune; 

(bit. iy (I< with ICC, of plue, h 
a qua, Act> iiiii. 17, ^ojS. u'l 

SepTiv In-bvcri. So Diod. Sit. 

nd elKwh. in dug. Alio fig. (bU. 
hfaafmm ui;iute or condition, 

4, i™. tSi xiV'Tot, /ofl aaaji 
Moeiy. by mpoituv. 8«fl Lu. vui. 
jidH 2 Pet. m. 17, JKX, ToS Wio.j 

n. HtTAPH. to fall to fi« ^rsimd'. 
(Bw BuffKtMl, Bam. ii. 6. u 
■ni »tai. And » Hnd. Pylh. Ti . 
fuuriTic I'm, mnd Fiut. ii. 1 JO. 
hiiniim utIwtih'. PUtop. 13. 

iii|(io», f. Bo-iB, prop, tofifl 
Lt t^lU completo iny numbci 
n. In N. T. meUph. (a fidSl, u a 
«,Aturiii. 32. Poljb. i.67,1. 

*\ipimati^ tufi, 4, P"1P- " ^^ 
t/MUag or ompfcftiw of «ny 
b H. T. Hid at ll^, fidfilrma. 

•bwnnce, of ths diye of punfi- 
'!.«, Ibit be wu >bout to full]- 
m. So inrXiifio'o in Diod. Sic. 

•Xnrro, f. Fw, prop, to itrtjb oi^ 
•Hike off mnr one by > blow, u m 
r. tp. Steph, Tbei. ; hut eUewbere 
■ Gg. KriK, to Itriie any ooe oul 
■ctf-poHesuon, by exciting terror^ 
DcDt, idmintion. So Thuc. ii, 
or yip fUf^fAiiV iieirX^aatl, Tbc 

■dibment uid admintion. An 
hi N. T. either iIhoI. or foil, h 
I dat. Hntt. lii. 25. Mk. x. 2( 

ria, t ifffs, prop, to Brtatie oi 
<mI lie bnaih, i^uxV bi^iii 
which i>U7>r«iKiJ in Eurip. Ores 

dN. T. 

:. Mk. 1 

gen. offJa« 

at Tapa with gen, of pen. 

John IT. 26; alto foil, by ilc, JtI, ot 

TToot with Bcc. of p/ace irif(*er, Mk. i. 

17. John T. 29, et al. and Cliu. So io 

.0 perforp 

)ne*a daily duty.' — 
<r^, proceed oit o^ 
h gen. of pen. or 

II. of T 
foil, by in o 
tbiHE, u M^ 

'EKTopfciim, r. ids-ID, topra^iu/br' 
nieaiioa, be owes ud to lemaneii, Jude 7. 

'EmrTB'ai, E u'lrm, prop, to ani on(o^ 
(Ae moutA, at Horn. 0.i. <. ^, rro/i«T« 
a' iEiTTViriv il\f.4i> n.tpAi, : but in N. T. 
melaph. to r^ect with disyuet or Koni, 
Tetpaere, Gal. if. 14, t6ii nipaauoii fwu 

'Enpijow, f. »ac», (o uproirf, ■• tree*, 
Ln. xvii. tl. Jude 12, or pluitt. Mutt. liii. 
29, IT. 13, and Sept. 

-EKo-TB-r.,, ,«, ft, (iEron,^,,) pnr- 
o nmioocrf o/ tmji (Jmj oiif o/ any /ortMf 
piui» or tittiaUoH to aw>M«r, (go Plut il. 
727,728,) but in N. T. (uid almost alwayi 
■ ClasiSitiiused I. niotapli. of mentoi 

iitnordi nary one, pn 
Jienation, u in Hi 

iron. Meaatasvof mentsl 
" Plut. ri. 136, 

from any strong entotios^ whether leoader, 
Mk. T. 42, Lu. T. 36. AcU iii. 10,or tem>r, 
"\. xvi. a. Sept. & ClaH_Il. a tbancb, 

ure thinaa ; a state ^'herein ia rnvnleil 

netbiug jn a peculiar man 
propbeta or apottlea. Acts 
"ii. 17. Conp. 2Cor.xii.i, wi. ^.,... 

'£Ka-Tf>e^(v, f. i^w, prop, totumang 
thing inside out, ai an old gamienl. See 
Ari>loph. Pint. 721. Alto metaph. to 
totally lAangc any thing, at one's conduct, 
tnd gener. by impl. for the better; (to 
'-itopb.Nub " ' ' 

to ; 

H*nce to atterlg pervert, and in 
!o be utteris penertsl or lumrd oal of Oie 

'ExTapAirffa, f. gof, 1) prop, to tti 
) :ip any liquid from the baUi«n,,tainMt'' 
/cpool. See John Y. 4,7. "i^fittov 

EKT 1 

iuti, onaitv agHaie, u uid of peraoni. 
Act* iri. 30, t. TTiii roWu,. So Andoc. 
de Myil. ti||ip ■woXm HXhf lirrapi^iit, 
I^Dt. Coriol. -rill iijiior iierapdraiit 

'EiTi ivo, f. ■■>£, to KiWci SHI, u uif 
member of tfae bod;, apec. ibe hand. So 
often in N. T. boih geusr. and panic. Cor 
holing or uding, ud lome^mca limpl)' 
in tho ny of enimty, John xxi. 18; or 
to point out uiT object, Malt. lii. 49. In 
Ln. iri. S3, oSt i^irtiivTi tA, X"^/"" 
itr' r^l, it ^gnif- to lay ianda upon, for 

1, Td. X'^* 

9, 42. It i 

>t AcO r 

i. 30. 

I, f. iffw, to fi^A q^, a 
29, sq. ^1, Ityiorm U 
if -ripyow. 

'E«T(i...«,«,",i,(lr«(«,) Ijprop. 
KrfnuwR, Udiu. vii. 3, 6, 3) Hg. intenu- 


aasidmmdg, 2 Maoc. xii. 38. Pb»l. Ep. 6^ 

'EcTivitc, t«, i, Ji. adj. [inrtti/a 

I) prop, of thinga Etreteked ovi, tjiendet 


i. and Uler Gr. 
I Hdian. In N. T. 
na and diBpoiiLiona, 
ervBitl, Acta xii, 6, 
\. i». 8, Ay. i. Lu. 

wraereriBjrfa, eametUa, 1 Pet. i. 22, dya- 
TritraTi J. Sept. and later Or. wiilen. 

t, that 

riih, Act 

lii. 21, JrriOt 
Claai-II. mid. irrifl.^ni, fo K(j%rt*, 
declare, Aclg xi. 4, AipoimJ, BUfrutl in, 
Acta xviiL 26, i. n^v toS eioi ojo'v. 
Sept. Jot. Aiit ii. IS, 2. i. 12, 7, rivra 
Tdv Xoyov iKAiiira^iat, and Uter Clus. 

'£ic-riii(ir<rM, f. £», fa state oil or 
Dj^of any thing, aa duaC from one> ahoea, 
Mut.x.U. Actaiiii.Sl, or one'iclolbea, 
Mk.yi. 11. Act.XYUi.6. 

-E«To,, „. „„. onlin. nnmer. (i£,) the 
«a«i, aa uid of the liilh hoi " ' ' 

the Jen 


ind oft. aito Sept. rm 

■ K,) out of, inUovt, i 
I, Horn. Od. IF. i: 
117, xiifii i. in N. 1 
of plaae, nilb tfae ai 

6 EK* 

tA ikt4t, Oe oaMfe of UT tUu II 

]i.\iii. 26, rd i. sfrrAv. So riE it 
oFciin in tbe Clan. ; bnt act tUt 
Ai a pnp. with gen. out of, 2 Cor. li 
3, 1. rnS aauaTof, and melapli, 1 Oar 
IS, ^r d/£af>Tit^ Jicrdv Toi eii^ 

the bod? ii, itriellr apoUng, not | 
siiml.' — tl. na. mtioiU, i. e. eict^ 
fidcp, aa prep, witfa gen. Acta xm 
uOd'ev iirrd> Xiyiiv iJv, &c I Cer, 
27. SepC ajid Claat. By pleonam i 
filed to ([ /li,. aa iin^ il ^4. bU 
un/«s4, amcf^ 1 Cor. xiv, fi, irr^ il 
Si,p/.<,ni>,. xy. a. 1 Tim. T. 18, i 

'EfTfj^Tv, f. *fftt, to tun an^th 
or penon out if t, coom, &c. Be Tl 
V. 65, t6 tdsp i^lfpiri : alio lu n 
iKTiiiroiiai, (a tm oNcaej^ onf fi 
in* way oT courae, to Am atiitmm 
getier, foil, bj T$> ^S, or Ifm T«t 1< 
hut >r>melimea abMl., u in Xtn. Aiab 
5. 15. Hence in N. T. mid. nut^fa 
turn titray front, 1. Irom the rigbt tea 

I'wiun, and embrace error tad Ticbll 
i. G, t^tTp&Trr\aay tit lumuAjtyUr- 
Tolyb. Ti. 4, 9, iicrplniitiiL dlO^ 
Xla-. Foil, b; iTi, 2 Tim. I*.l,l. 
Tui>E ^i/eom'br iwtiTM, 1 Tim. T. 
AbanL in Heb. lii. 13, lua 
Urpar^, where lee my ».._. _. 
bv i«. of pen. or thing, to turn 
/rnm, avoid, 1 Tim. ri. 20. i. -rit ?l 
Xcrcc ic»»roc^fvv£av, and Claaa. 

'ElTpJ^in, f. irdpi-tn^ fc ■■« 
from in&ney to maturity, bring ^ 
maturity ; pnp. aajd of tho niultfl 
.children, ai in Clan, aod Sept.; bqt 
ini:liiding the edneatinff of them, wc 
instriu:tioa in letten, Bph. iL 4, ir^ 
ifiiTEO^ik jwaijiia, Jie. PoILCJ 

I. h Toidiiaic Kol MffUMC. In EpI 
-29. ixT. ical dAkTtu Tijv lnvrvv tif 
i< denotei gener. luwruiu^ and (!*■ 
iRO, Camp. Ja. ii. 16. So alu, bgi 
Plul. vi. lie, 12, iTrpi0^v «(il alfa 

"E^Tpafia, aT«, Tl), (JitT.TpA* 
to oiua or to n^ abortian ; liL A 
•Kedin^ plera or Bowid ; with ill* 
lo tba ph^cal effect of abortha,] | 
an uWtHw, a child bom premitBl 
Occ. onlv in the later writ<n aal 
Sept. The Attic wtiteit nae tufiut 
Ocq. in N. T. Bg. 1 Cor. zt. 8. AX 
in l^ic EpiiL ad Kom. and Et* 

II, liar or carry out, to bring Jori- 
^irop. (o briiu aat of a plaa^ tn._It; 

. Ib, L f 

i. 7, oili l£.nY«i 

£K$ 117 £AA 

take amy out of it.* Sept. tnul 'Ekycup^m, f. iiam, to depart out of a 

A» carry forik, as a dead body for place^ jlee utoay, Lu. xzi. 21. Sept. and 

lets T. 6, 9, 10, and Class. 2) Class. 

^•,*?^' /* ^"S^ -^^"^ Jff^' 'E ic^ J'X». f. ^•. prop, to *r«rf*« out, 

S,LAK&y9a9. Sept. and Class., mdgener. the breath of l^toexpk9,AeU 

^^ V^'^' V. 6, 10. xii. 23, for Classic, dwoylfix^- 

u TiSrra, ' all these evils.' Rom. J^J' "J^ i«™"y . K»r*.c™. «««««,, .ur. 

T^icpfitaToueeoD. 2 Mace. vii. g'-^^^^.T^ldf ^ ^J^^^^l^' S^«^ 

w: tShacc. impl. 1 Thess. v. 3, S?""* "^ ^' ^ ^**'- "' ^^' ®*^' ""^^ 

jc^^-criif. Heb. U. 8, ir«s V«« T^ , , ,. ^ ^ 

«/u0a; Sept. and Class. In 2 Cor. EXaf a, o«, ^, a« 0&w-<fwc, as oflen in 

Lrdt Ycrpib Ttiw, the sense is, N. T. in the expression t6 6pov tw 

• (mt</aiw one's potffer.aASvLwm, iXawv, Matt. aud. 1, and oft. In Rom. 

face TL ^. It is, howerer, not an, 17, 24. Rev. ». 4, it is used smbol. 

ktk, linoe it occun in Horn. IL vi. ^^ in Ja. iii. 12, it stonds for the /ruU, 

rru viruc4»6yoi, almity S>udpo», on o2to0, and so occurs in Ckas. 

y ifuripa^, •EXotov, ow, t^, (iXo/o.) oUve-oU. In 

f o|3iM, t 4<rw, to frigkimi atuf Judsa it was of various quuities, and put 

t qr kk fsnaea, i. e. to emsecfM^ to various uses, as for Uunps, Matt. jlzv. 

,3Cor. Z.9. Sept and Class. 3, 4, 8; for embrocating wounds, or 

A«a.. 1 A -j: /i-'^xj......^ anointinsr the sick, Mk. vi. 13. Lu. z. 34. 

U^^^'l^rhl^ljX^^tl^ J»- ^-I*; alw mixed with spices, for 

rUT' fi2^"?*^?y^ ^* anointing the head or body, Lu. ^. 46. 

X xn. Ji. ueut. IX. 1». j^^ jj^j^ j^ ^^ 13^^^^^ dyaXXiit«»« de- 

f 6i», £ iNTM, prop, to e<ij;mKl0r, notes the tmdiom of ihe Spirit, anciently 

ki produee ; also to put forth, as a typified by oU ; by which unction Jesus 

'don leaves, Matt. xxiv. 32. Mk. was appointed to the o£Bces of prophet, 

H^ oTov o frX(ido« — rd <bvKka Driest, and king, 2 Kings ix. 6. 1 Sam. x. 

inbj.pres. others read iic^vfi,8ubj. 1. See GlasSi Phil. Sacr. p. 416 and 

^^, a later form of aor. 2. for 1109. 

». Jos. Ant. ii. 3, 5, (ttoxi/os 'EXoidn;, Svos, i, prop.a«otfi».«a«/, 

'^*' but in Acts i. 12, the name of the Mount 

Xc« sad '£ ic X ^ v w, f. Iky^vo-w, to of Olives. 

^ L PROP. Matt. ix. 17. Mk.ii.22, »EXii<r<r«i;, oi/oc, 6, ii, adj. prop, a 

Vpilf-^ w^^P^led* Lu. V. 37. compar. of kXaYif^, * little,' but, iiuie, a 

U5, «^<xe« T^ #ctp/io, »8<»ttered compar. of /uuc/JSf, in the sense to, both 

tenound. So of ashes and dust, prop. smaUw, and fig. i. e. toorse hi qua- 

•^ **7- *i- '^*'^*- IM^'X"^'' T^ lity» M ^ne» John ii. 10, or wferior in 

ya muTov, Comp. 2 Sam. xx. 10, age, ^oafl^r, Rom. ix. 12. (as Gen. xxv. 

^ * icoiX/a aATou. Note the phrase gj j or dignity, Heb. vii. 7. Hdian. v. 1, 14 

fX?' **..f*?i *^Sf^' *** M*' ^''^ Neut. adv. to (Aan, 1 Tim. v. 9. Died, 

i. Rom. m. 16. Rev. xvi. 6, et al. gjc. i. 32. 

ainSept. By metoo. of the con- »U\ ./ ^ , ,,\, x 

Wtbewntentsf^KX.Td^^tciXa., ^rl\ J V^/^' A-'^-i {iXdrrwv^ 

11, «xiq_Il. MBTAPH. to pour K ^,'^±/;??'i^'Z W„Tt" 

m/awwJ TaIi k» z.. i>^«. «. V • Sept, and later Gr, writers. In ri. T. in- 

•^f'-i^^J ' ? - ' ** '™n«- to 6e to, in respect of quantity, i.e. 

' TM U<ov ixfccxvrai iv rats «cap- j« wo,/i ,r«w o r««- ,J« ic 1 a j\ '^ 

^: by iiri with ace. of_pcr8., w ^^f^ **^? ^ ^**'- ^- ^^» ^ '^^ ^^^'''^ 

., Aetel 17, 18. X. 45. T??. iii. «, o-^^^^-o*,,.* ^ 

^t-IIL PIG. in pass, or mid. to fc , EXottow, f. omto., (iXoTT«v,) to 

M(,uin Engl, to pour forth, i. e. ««*?»' ?' dinumsh, nrop. m size, and fig. 

taaaftMWiWy, Hom. Od. viii. 615. "* t'^^^ty ; to wafe totcer ^Aon, Heb. ii. 7, 

1761, i. els Ti^i; 666if. In N. T. ^' Sept. and kter Gr. writers. Pass, or 

er writers, it is used metaph. of an ?^?- *?. ^^ ^ or lower in dignity, 

» or passion for anv thing, to rush J®*»° "^ 30. Sept. and Class. 

W o«if(^ «p to, Jude 11, i, T^ 'EXoui/w, f. iXacrco, perf. iX^Xoico, to 

Tttw B. So Test. xii. Patr. p. 520, impel, urge forward. In N. T. used, 1) 

J, Ir ^ «^f Ywat|j/ 4y«, where the jorop. of ships impelled by oars, to ww, 

oraccus. and fi«, Plut. Anton. 21, Mk. vi. 4«. John vi. 19. Sept. and Class. 

hurov filov iKKtx»fJ^i»09. or clouds driven about \>y muda, 3v*^. \. 

EAA 1 

2 Pel. ii. 17. J(«. Ant. t. S, 3, T6t uiTiJr 
llXnuvii' &vtfiot. 2) melaph. of i jenon 
Dnrecl fonnird or iirpelleil br resutleu 
force, u dem°iii^;J influence, Ln. tiil. 
39, iXai^iTa ird -rod iaiiwoot. The 
Deunt ■ppmich to which i> tint Clua. 
idiom by which peraont under the influ- 
ence of miniual feelings, ar nnhridled 

St. ■ 

where the fl&tterer i> called iXa^pis, u 
compared with > [me friend, 

'^XaSpit. a, dv, adi. 1) prop. 2uiJ, 
eoH to bear. Matt. xi. ^, ^opTiot iXa- 
0pdt>, and Clalt. 3) motapli. laag to be 
endured, 2 Cor. i*. 17, tA iXaippdn Tqc 
.^XIi^wii/iHi', 'our light affliction.' So 
Flalfl, 934, A. «•<«(>' iXaipparipaK 

'EXdy uTTOc, n. ov, adj. (prop. tiip«rl, 
of the oUword iioyOt, • little,' hut uied a> 
■nperl. of ^ujid:), /nrf, whelher in maoni- 
tnae, Ja. lii. 4; number and quantity, Ln. 
iTi. 10. lii. 17; rank or dignity. Matt. ii. 
6. T. 19. nv. 40, 4S. 1 Cor. «. 9; or im- 
portance, Mut, ». 19, IrniKal l\. Lu. 
liL 26. 1 Cor. i». 3. »i. 2. Sept. and 

'EXaxiiTTo'TipDs, T|, on, adj. (conip. 
from i^ix"-""') /«'■ '™. /"■ "ifirior, 
Eph. iii. 3, Such double compiiBtiveg 
occur only in lat. Or. 

to™. 3 Pel ii. 16, lK,y\,y ?«"■' e^""- 

or ODfl^ffafum, ae e 
16. Sept. Lonoin, 
in Plato. 

•yx". 1 

but aflerwardB, and ii 
J one of error, provi 
and IhuB put him li 

wrtmo, Jonn vin. y, wo Ttjv tn/ettontfttat 
IXivvoumi: foil, by tttpl. John yiii. 16. 
ivi. a; 1 Cor. liv. 24. Ja, u. 9. 8en(. and 
later Chm. Hence, to concmte ^ error, 
emfaU, TiL L 9, 13. ii. 15. Sept. and 
C1aM.--Jl. BV IHPL1C. it repmve, adtao^ 
KiiA, Lu. Iii. 19, IXcyyofiuot ^' airrofi 
iryii 'Up. Mall. inii. 15. 1 Tim. t. 30. 
2Tiiii.i<r.2. Sept. and later Cla««, Hence, 
tiom the Hcb., in the senec la reprore bg 
nent, to cAosfue in a moral Benne, 
LIB, iV-iyX" "=' Trniifiiu,, and 
^■*— ■■ — L, laidof things bidden, 

to dried, main manned, John iii. 3D. I 
c. n. 13, and later ClMS.,a*PoL,Hd 
tnd jSliin, cited by the Cammntat 
I add Artemid. L 154, tA upm 

■E\...»dt, *, dv, adj^ (»««,) p 
movini/ ^^t aa Horn., Plato, and d 
curlier nrlten. And each may ba 
sense in 1 Cor. it. 19, IXttivoriimw 
Tu.»niye^(i»-i',and Rev. iii. 17,70X111 
put i\. though sonie of the bat 
[>iisi[ur? nuke it urraieAed, miaeraib. 

'EXciU. f. ana;, (CUoc,} toamm 

; ; implyi» 
IW1, not merely a feUinr fia 
iaeriea of othera, (olimji^ 

1 N. T. i 

i. 16. : 

al. wepu. Sept end Claaa. 
Llie Bense to ha,ve inen^ on, w pana 
fip^fc, iind in pau. to obtan HHrq^ i 
lianhned or ipand, I Tim. 1. 13/lS, 
Sl'|>i. 3) by impL and from the Hill 
tifi pririntvutt ioaarda, to beatov IdDi 
on. Rom. ii. \S, 16, 18, iX(i|ni S 
3) by impl. aa lald al 
"--lugh ChriiLto li 

God through ChriiL to 1m 
"I, and in paaa. ti> owob iM 

(Xi»euiri. 1 Cor. vii. 25, <&> ^Xiuai 
i^ir,) Km'ibu. 2Cor. ir. 1, jcoeAtV 
6>mEv. I Pet. ii. 10, ol oil! 4^ivaJ 

ompassum, DKI^, a* il 

■EX*ri>i«.», "vm, i, 4, adj. (»* 
rinpnsnT'maig, merv^id, i. e. aetivelT 
[all. V. 7. Sept, and Clau. 

active pirv, A 
Heb. iv, 16, a. 

\. ^r^^Rom". 
1 Pet. i. a. Ja. ii 

Hcbr. lo thotE <fl 

ii. 23. TiL * 
From the 0" 

. 17. Sept. oft. H»"l 
JXeoc ^iTd tumJ 
sny (0, Lu. L 73. t* 

EAE 1 

Aln Hid of vaarej, tt AowD in 

-II. 1^ Bid of the merej of Gt \ 
. Chnit, meuiac laimiioii, io (lit 
lal MBK, i. e. botli from lin irtj 
mxj, the nunuhmenl of tin, Judr 
Xisc -roC Kuplou. Rom. li. 31. Sc. 
n bcDcdictioDt, mcludrng the id«i 
w» ind Utaijigi of every kind, 
Tlni. i. 16, 13, tifu rXiDt I, Ku- 

;»e.>i(o, at, fl, (i\ii;e»mit,) 
L *./fB«io»i /mm rtj(n«ii< of any 
ilher nner. or ipec. ' tbs poirer of 
V of forbearing uiT pardcolu oG- 
Cw. I. 29, ImtI -v^p i, l\. ^DK 
uivc) dXXqc (ruiiiictniri<«; Diog 
m. 121. Thii nujr be either »«- 
or Rtemo/. I, BXTERfAL, i. e. 
i« Dpp. to f^oTisTT, either u ngardt 
bU, (eomp. Ley. lii. 32. IXT. 
Klu. vii. 21,) or the public »t 
nHtieal /rvedim, eiempdnn from 

,'tnd Clua. /gun. in the N. t! 
I Rntdi the law of Ood, u con- 
a religion and tho wonhip of Ood, 
ifivm Ud mna (^ He moral, or 
bii of tie ceremaiiai law. Gal. ii. 
, IS. 2 Cor. iii. IT. J«,I i)L,.v 
L e. /mdom or ref&iaE yimn IIU 
' etUmal onHnamrt m gmeroL 
i IS. 2 Pel. u. IS. Simply fi^ 
Ukeraxce, from all temporal evils, 
ni,uid dealh, Rom. vii!. 21.— II. 
u, 'delmnoKt from the douioion 
p untilei and einful paanoni,' 

is I pott *P'^y °^\ ^j- {from 
emuv. to Ifwiuii,) prop, aare- 
Mhe being able to go where one 

m bj, birth, 1 Cor. rii. 18. Ghd. 
:. 22, 23, 30, 31. Eph. vi. 8. Col. 
!ct. Ti. li, «l al. Fig. said of Uie 
Jemtalem, Gal. tv. S6. Sept. 

^S3. 1 Cor. vii. 2l."3""^™ji 
^ ^ oiempt from obligation by 
tt. iTii. 26. Rom. vii. 3. 1 Cor. 
Sept. and Clua. Also frtt, 
VL extenial obi^atum in general. 

Clan., or (nm intemal, in re^ 
he eiereite of piety, 1 Pet. ii. 16. 
aph. fi™ from the «Uvery of tin, 
L 36. Bo, free from paauons, 
inrt. iii, 24. iv. 1.— II. OKNKa. 
.datilaieif, Rom. vi. 20, l\ti- 

leu,' i. e. without righteotuneu. 
m dted bj Johnson Diet, in t. 

rop. and ^n«. to It fns or at liberty, 
Lthur frou aUveiy, or any political obU' 

fret, cithoi fn>m the power and penalty of 
sin, John viil. 32, i dXritfxa ikiii»ipia; 
ifSi. Rom. Ti. IS, 22, i\tvd.p«Simt 
ira T^s dfiBprioa : or from the yoke of 
the Moeiic law, Oal. v. 1, or iti eondem- 
batory po^ver, Rom. viii. 2; or from a 
stale of calimity and death. Ronu viii. 21. 
Couip, S&Uce.i. 27. ii. 22. 

'EXiusit, lan. A, (iXiiiaa.liiOHBH^, 
or gf'ing. la N. T. the mnuw, advent, of 
tbe MeEUnh inio the world. Acta vii. £2. 

xviii. 12. Sept. and CUm. 

'FAisffX, r. Ex, (iX'E. ilXJM,) prop. 
h «-hirl ro,:«{. (o rofi ; alu to rJlir^eiid 
nnv (liin)i ^10. Hence, to roU or /oU tip a 
./rirnjf^uj',' in' order to be kid away, sod fig. 
ol tiie hravena, Heb. i. 12, ietl iri^i^ 
Xaiou i\<ritt a^TD^, 'thou ahaltmako 
Iliein vanisli, dealroy them.' 8oIa.xxiiT. 
i. iXiyiaiTBi i oipanit dn (StjSXbv, ■ aa 
a roll of n book.' 

"EX^Dt. MS Du., ri, ra™,) prim, 
and pnip. a wornid, but in N. T. and later 
ivriL^n u« rA»r or »n>, Lu. iri. 21. Rtv. 
ivi. 2. 11, 

'K\t6u,,{. m<ra,{i\m,) to alceiate ; 
ami y«sa. Ujhtfi&of KJcen, Ln. xri. SO, 
and CLisi. 
"K\<ic, f. SkKiau, (from iXnuu,) fn 
ram or rfrujj any thing or penon ; 1 ) of 
linra. to dnoB or itri^ a net, John ui. 
ir^<frau<a8Word, Johniviii. 10. Sept. 
idCU-ii. 2) of peraona, to cfraj, /iw 
oiy, cither to go before a magitttate, 

ctekxi. 3(liBDdClaH.;ormetaph. uidof 

on of strong lutral iadmxiruMe 

the Gospel, John Ti. 44. ni. 

by the evidence of its truth in 

: rel far more is meant ; fbr 

only inclines the trnder^andiiw 

>n'i(dn the tmth of tho GohioI 

liraciDouB eridences of the Mn- 

of Jetus. bat he inclines the mU 

ire and obey the Gospel, by the 

f all fit moral motives to ohe- 

rewsrds and pun ' 



:t and powerful, though n 


' tlloM nt Omtb; Rom . i. 1 i, t wbtin by e! 

oo^ ue meuil the poliihed OihIci,) ud 
AcM iTiiL 17, A CU«_I1. u opp. to dE 
'Inialoi, it iOioWtlieGredm'm Ibeirideit 
B. ' ill ihoM vho Died the Qreak 
id cuBtomg,' whether in Oiwce 




>r ia the i 

LB wu the then pRnilipg Utj- 
>, tha uuoe Orttk wu oftea naed to 
11 thota who wen aol Jem, uid 
uui ovcune equif. to Gtatila, John vij, 
S& AM XT). 1, 3. III. 10, 17. u. 31. 
zzL 28. Rom. L 16. ii. 9, 10. ui. 9. 1. 12. 
1 Cor, i. 22, 23, 24, x. 32. rii. 13. CUl. 
iL 3, iiL 28. Col. iu. 11, >1» b Acts iL 
20, in liter odd. £ 'EUqviirriii in text. 
ne. U. ii. 11. 1 Htcc, nii. IS, 2 Hue 
It. 36. Joseph. Ant. lii, 5, 1.— III. » 
aid of m Geotilo conTert to Judaum, o 
Orenl pntd^, John lii. 20. AcU xiv. 
1. xvii. 4. xtiil. 4. 

'EWqvto-r^ir, oS, D, (JUi^n:., to 
^Msk CFraek, Thuc ii. 6S,) <M .»^t&.iitf, 
mevuDg ft Jflw by birth or reli^on, but 
who ipeski Greek ; uied chiefly of foreign 

I . I — !_i. pm^]j,(ei_ wteibet con- 

mity or not, Ai 


d. 20, i 

B later 

edd, hive "YXKn'tf- -- - , 

Dote on the puuge. 

n til Ortdi languase, John lii. 20. Acti 
izl. 37, and Claai. 

'EXXov/u, f. 4irm, (h, \eyn,) 1) 
prop, and lit. to ndetm ui, L e, tn enter or 
pnt sny thing to iny ono's account, aa > 
debt, Fhllem. 18, toCto l^l IXXoyu. 
2) m^aph. >iid of lin, (o impale, Rom. v. 
13, diiaprla oOk IXXoyjiToi, i. e, ' li 
not entered to our account,' laid to our 

•Ekrilt,, f. i<rw. UX-ri,,) to h^fbr, 
expect, trana, and abaol. 1. pnm. & aA»^ 
Lu. Yi. 34. Acts ixii. 7. Bom. it. 24. 
I Cot. xTi. 7. 2 Cor. Tiii. S. Phil. iL 19, 
23, A oft. 1 fbU. by tec. of thing, to hope 
.fir, Rom. Tiii. 24. I Cor. jdir 7, and 
ptM, rd IXTiIiii'evm Heb, li. 1. Clau. 

" -■- "- -"- ^. and foil, bydal. 


iirLio iope 
xiL 21. Joh 

corAU on, any one. Matt. 
45. Rom. TT. 12. 1 Cor. 
•i Uof, i, 10. 1 Tim. iT. 10. *. 6. 
1 Pet. L 13. iii. 5, Sept, 
kht, Uei, 4, to Clan, wr,, eapec, the 
^mLimfij Krjjtctaiion, whether of 
Itmigh more Ireq.tbafbrnwr, 


and alwDTf » in Homer 
N. T, only the former, n 
atioH of (ome good, on whicn tke 
dwella withbloRire, Inamnch at bi 
the desire of aome good, irith the a 
adou of Mtdning U. Ctnrtun kof 
firm expectadon of all pi 
19 far ag Ihej may be for 
Diir DWD good, but tafee. et 
In heaven ; a hop* founded n 
niifhly powfr, nnchangeaUe tnith, 
ibund;m[ moTcy of Gm, whioh ii 
everlutiiig to ererlailing, aod tbaj 
blood, righteouaneaa, and intense 
Christ ; lod atteated by the orneit e 
Holy Spirit in our hearli. In S. T. 
used 1. axNiiL Rom, viii, 24. 2 C< 
15. PhiL 1. 20; with gen. of the, 
hoped for, Acta ztL 19, «»iii 6. IT 
go. iTiii. 20: cr of the fwrm b* 
Acts iiTiii. 20, 2 Got, i, 7. »**■ 
Clua. By meton. Hid of <jtg ii«a 
hope, Rom. Tiii. 24, i\-r\, ti BXnf. 
I'lTTix ;x.x(i. Sept. Joh Ti. 8. C«l£a 

Act.'ii'!''^. H^m"!?! ll viiT 20. l' 
il. 10, and tiap' i\-rita, begumd armj 
lu^, Kom. It. IS. — IL 8PIC. a NJ 
die ChnHan'i hope, i. e. the ho|ie d 
vadon threuEh Chriit, munely, ef (fe 
happine«B in heaTon, Rom. t. 2, ir* 
Tvt ioTit* To5 e.oi. T. 4, ai- jil 
IV. 4, 13. 1 Cor liii. 1_3._2 Cor. ffl 

8. ii. 12, iT. 4. 

16. Tit i, 2. iiL 7. Heb. i 

.. 23. 1 Pel 

i, 3, iU, 11 



Qal. V. 5, k 

Tf<rr(« SK 

'the hope, or 


BiiBcadon by 

f«u..' r^ 6 

18. Tii, IS; 

metOD. alMal 

gnund, «.d 

lulhor of thk 

, 1 Th. ii. 19.— III. of a hv 
posed in or upon any one, i. e. tnd » 
Jidencs, foil, byi'ti Acta xiit. U, IX 
lit-rir 9t6r. 1 Fet.L21;iti 

peia. found only in gen. dat. and loe, 
of j«yie^, to taiai^, mg^tf, U. < 
John V, 31, el u. aaepe. SomeiiiM 
the einiplfl i/ioi, Ha». viii, 9. L<L 1 

iiLgc.DT atcend OTembarioR lioaidal 
Ii to -irXoio*, Matt, TiU, 23. it L 
!, etui, SoinN,T, ofLandClaA 
■E^fiiWc, f. |3aX», (in, fiMJi 
„,rf i;,, j, e. tocaat anythinjorf 
010 any place. So Lu. lii. S, iff» 
:k tAv yitmu. acpt. tad CImi. 




b ny substance mto any uquid, John 
m. 26, i. TO ^ttfilov^ i. e. into the liquid 
Ilk dish. And so Matt. zzvi. 23, 6 i/u/S- 
ill Xfipa itf Tcp Tpvfikitf. Mk. xiv. 20. 

I^^CTC^M, f. evffw, prop, to set foot 

Et wfom any thine, to enUtr inio a place 
lay poipoae. Whether good or evil. 
L mr sn ace. of place with or without a 
.«f motion, or its e^uiy. a dat without 
; but it is sometimes used metaph. 
acBse to go into, enter upon, inveg- 
iny matter, with the adjunct idea 
OR, dil^[ence, and study. So Philo 
ttt, krivXiov IfifiaTtvovrts avToii, 
jrurriftaii. 2 Mace. ii. 31, t^ ififia- 
.KOi iro\virptiyjfio»i.iif Kara fit- 
BD. Symp. iv. 2/, of searching for 
fttng m a book. But the above may also 
V ft notion of busy, prying, and intru- 
cniouty; as in Aristid. de Socr. p. 

MtTB, *■ hualy piling into.* And so 
it 18, & fiti iutpcuctv c/i/SaTci/wj/, 
m my note. 

ifiifi&lu, f. data, {h, fii^d^ut,) to 
^pot enter into any place, espec. a 
roM, to mount any one on horseback, 
I a chariot; but gener. to embark or 

II diip-board. Acts xxvii. 6, L ^/uas 
' loL T^ irXotov, & oft. in Class. 
tjIXcTco, f. ^<i>, (ev, j3X&ireo,) gener. 
tty person in the face, or fix we eyes 
tJT upon, look attentivdif at any ob- 
Ise jNToper constr. of the word is 
tf pen. or an ace. of thing preceded 
t> The former constr. is found in 

^xix. 26. Mk. X. 21. xiv. 67. Lu. 

17. xzii. 61. John i. 36, 43, & Class.; 

Ivter, in Matt. vi. 26, e. els rd ircr. 

*ip. Acts i. 11, i. eis rdif oitg. *■ to 

I tt mentally, consider^ Sept. Also by 

^'iu^fieere, to etiscem, see dearly, trans. 

*SL 25. absoL Acts xxii. 11. 

^Bpiu&ofiai, f. v<rofiai, depon. 
[i», ppifidofiat,) in Class, to fed 
9*prtss indignation at any one, foil. 
'^ In N. 1^. the word occurs I. in 
Kme to murmur against, censure any 
Hk. xiv. 5. — II. by impl. to admo- 
iteni/jf, dtarge slridly, from indignar 
>t previous disobedience, to order 
^threat. Matt. ix. 30, kvi^pifinvaro 
it Mk. i. 43.— III. by Hebr. used 
perturbation of mind, to be greatly 
' foil, by dat. of manner, John xi. 
Tt» 'wvivfiaTi, parallel with 
IV iavrdir just after, * he was 
ij troubled in his spirit.* 
^M«i», f. itno, prop, to spew out, eject 

J* «i(i Utatiung, Rev. iii. 16, /ueWco 
S/l>ua(. Sept. Lev. xviii. 28, S^ mm. 
^^^■v(v, ' ejected with abhorrence. 

'E/u/ua/vo/uat, f. /navov/uac, (i/K/aa- 
i^s,) to be mad or infuriate at or against 
any person. Acts xxvi. 11, ifitiaivofuvot 
auTots. Jos. Ant. xvii. 6, 5, i/JifiaivS- 
fitvov train tov /3a<rt\eo» ifioiwi. 

*Efifiivto, f. ei/c0, in Class, prop, to 
remain in any place; or metaph. to con- 
tinue in any action or practice ; to abide by 
any engagement, keep any faith, or to ob- 
serve any oath, implied therein. In N. 
T. only metaph. * to continue, persevere ill 
anj thing directed to be done,* Gal. iii. 10, 
iras Of obK ififii'vei iv iraari roiv y*yp* 
Heb. viii. 9, 1, iv r^ iia^^Ktf jiov. Acts 
xiv. 22, i. T^ irlartk. And so Sept. Deut. 
xxvii. 26, and oft. in Class. 

*Kfi6^, fi, bv, possess, adj. of the first 
pers. my, mine. I. prop, su/fjedivdy, or 
actively, as marking possession or property, 
Matt, xviii. 20. John iii. 29. iv. o4. Rom. 
X. 1, et al. ssepe. Implying power or 
office, ovK l<rT(v ifxdv dovvai, 'is not mine 
to give,* Matt. xx. 23. Mk. x. 40. Said 
of tilings which proceed from any one, as 
the source, agent, &c. Mk. viii. 38, Toirc 
ifiobi koyovt. Lu. ix. 26. John vi. 3^ 
et al. Esepe. — II. objectioely or passively, 
said of wnat is appointed or destined for a 
person, as 6 Kaipdv 6 ifid^, John vii. 6, 8. ^ 
Vfiipa ^ Ifjifi, John viii. 56. 6 Kaipds r^v 
ififji Avakvvttoi, 2 Tim. iv. 6 ; or what 
is done to, or in respect to, a person, as th 
Triv ifihv Avd/nvrio'iv, * in memory of me,* 
Lu. xxii. 19. 1 Cor. xi. 24, sq. v Ay&irri ri 
iuri, Move to me,* John xv. 9; also in 

'Euiroty/uov^, »7*, n-, {l/xirai(^ot, il- 
ludo,) scoffing at, derision, in later Edd. 
at 2 Pet. iii. 3, iv kutraiyfiov^ ifiiraiKrai, 
intens. for shameless scoffers. 

*Efiiraiyin6i, ov, 6,{liJL'jralt(a,) scoff- 
ina at, dension, Heb. xi. 36. Sept. and 
Aloxand. writers. 

'E/uirai^a>, f. aigco, 1) prop, to sport 
at or with, to jest, scoffi at any one ; foil, 
bv dat. Matt, xxvii. 29. Mk.x. 34, et al. 
also absol. Matt. xx. 19, et al. Sept and 
later Class. 2) like the Latin illuaere, by 
impl. to delude, deceive. Matt. ii. 16, ip- 
tvaix^tl v-wd rCov fidytov. 

'E/uiroticTijs, ov, 6, {ifiirait^ta,) pro- 
perly a jester or mocker, and by impl. a 
deceiv>er or impostor, said in N. T. of false 
prophets and teachers, 2 Pet. iii. 3. Jude 18. 

'E/airt/tfiirarew, f. ijffco, prop, to walk 
about in a place, Jobi. 7. ii. 2. Wisd. xix. 
21. In N. T. iig. to live amom, to be 
habitually conversant witli a people, 2 Cor. 
vi. 16. 

'Euir/irXij/ui, f. £/i'7rXn<r«, in Class. 
to fill in, fill up, make fuU. Sept. and 
Class. In N. T. either prop, to fill., or 
fully satiate, with foody 3oW n\. \t., um 


a imMtBiitaii. 8epl. ud Clus. ; or witfa ICC. of tkiap, Themiit. p. 2 

fig. to aatjate tmt^t deom with any itoptitiiBai ^iXovo^iav. 

good, Lu. i. S3. Ti. 35. Actt liv. 17, -EHirDpta. «. b, prop, a imr> 

Md Sept.; t1» meUph. puB. to be md (m^, Ait. Epicl. iii. 24, 80, bol 

trrf* loj pereon, L e. ' to h«7B OBB't d™re (™to,(roflie,uM»U.iiii,i. SeBt-t 

of !ia»i5etygi.tiEed,'Kon,.r,.21. iai, ^„»X,.o, ™ t4 a- enj™- 

uwSj WX^oeS; Sto 8«™i.._32,3*B= „^ fof Si, iieW g^,^l«i 

&S-[i;o;:;:c^t^7VVT::bZt »^-'.".'"-.-™^**«-- * 

;^ir«..(.l.. ^ht of hor) .6. ,.,.,- ^;,„^„,_ ^„^ ,_ (,^_ ,,^„^, 

prim, a paaaenger from one place 

EuTri^TB>,£Tr«roufiai,(Jii,irlirrai,) ther fytea, who peyi fire, Hom. 

foU.hj.le, l)wilh« pi«a, to/ita ii. 319. niv. tfflS; or o (nmBn- 

Bfo, Mmtl. lu. li, lie Sr>e««jr. Lu. liT. Soph. (Ed. Col. 25, 303. Uwdlj 

5, .1, ^lap. 8«pL ud CLm. 2) of e»er,Q j™«««j, n«ti*w(.onewlia 

pere.(ofta o.inl*,OTiin<.nj,Lii.i 30, ^ foreign conatrin b; sa uid In 

Jit TO»t XijoTat. Ainui EpicU lU. 13, 3, porting and eiporting the eonunod 

to jWi «to «y «.te or condiOon, 1 Tim. „„j,„,ii^ ^ g in (he Sept 

andri.9. SrotftClaa. Nolo the piraH the Torb fTD, (o jjo ofoid. Heic 

•/■x. (it x'Ip«6to«, i.B. into hi" power, ontinpiijhed from the lixii^iw, wb 

forpuniihiDent,HBb.i.31. Comp.28iin. chwed hii w«ret of the i^xop«, ■ 

IxiT. U. IChnn. iii.l3, them bj retail. So the word oftm 

._ ,, ,,.,,!,, , intheCla«i.andid«oiiiSUtt.liii.< 

E^«Af KB,, (j.,,WX.f™,) prop. E^,^ ,^ 3^ ^ jj 33 

and in Olast. to mttriatt, Sroia n, inters ,„ > a \: . 

k™», JEliui V. H. 2h;1, ii,.irXi«i»™ . Ef *p*e-, f. .i<r-, peep, to P 

inet«,^«to.iS(fe,oriTicJw», *oj % j!™^ Matt. xiu. 7, J. t^ ! 

Btta«fa««*J/S^aftins&o. 3Tin..ii.4. Sept. anH Claa. 

2Pet.ii.aO. Arnan Ep. iii. 22. Plutarch "E^x^ooBti., adv. 4;pr(Mi.4«fii 

H.7B7,«nd»myteBrifi^wteiioLat.wt. •" advuib of placi, after le 

.^ t ...,1. ,, xr.i motion AwoTti/, Lu. xix. 28; of 

. E»,ir\o«;|,ji,ft,(.(.xJ.«<-,)ai™* Bn implied penrnk, lis. 4, «.dClaa 

■n, orpfaitew of the har, hy my of oraa- ^^ | &i^^, phi], iij. U.andl 

meet, \ Pel. m. 3. See my note. „f ibe^ylUn, » A«^ Rer. 

'EuTVEo, f. luiTB, (Jv, Tuio,) prop, and Sept. and Claai.— II. ai FBirO 

to inWe SreoM bj the nostnls, ud bj gen. used 1 } of pUce, befim, vi^ 

imp]. toerAa£sit,&?Arva^; and aa breath- para, after Terba of motion, &c. If 

in? with lehemence impUei the emotion 2. zi. 10. Lu. vii. 27. John iiL 31. 

of^stiDng pamon, » irtiia is used in the Sept. and Clau. ; or gener. b^an, I 

aenae to be fiJl of, intrant, vith a gen. »nco of. Matt. t. 16. Ti. 1. i. 32, 

and lometimei ace. at lubst. denoting the In Matt, iiiii. 13, tXifiTi i-qi | 

Itind of Maion or emotion, eepec. looe^ toiv ovpaviau IfLrpoadtv Tiaii Ai^ 

u Acb. Tat. ii. p. 65, Ifimn xvil, or lit. ' ye shut the door, &c. in the G 

onoer, aa Aiistain. Epist. 1. 5, iipIkv ^v- Henee, and Erom Keb. titr. "^'^ 

■--V. Eurip. BhM. 7B6, »■■ ■■'■■ — "-- ' ■- ••■- "-•■• -' "^ ""•' ■■--■ 

a.5S6,^li>taitnlarT,.. ... 
•n/. ; and not only with paiuon 

Toidt of paitiona, in certain — _, . ..,- ., . 

licet, Bi Aiistopb. Eq. 435, Kufac »■!. John i. 15. 27, 30. Sept. at 

'n.i»a.\ijM.iiSiM,'p6vowi\\&\o^i« 144. 

viiiovTK. 80 Acts il. 1, (>iTvJ(dii dxit- ''La-wTia ( iau fonolHn 

X5< ™i *c>MU. foil, bv .iv, ai rl< Td x(K!ff»xo». 

'E^irop.ilD^ni, f. iiItd/kic, depon. iivi. W; gener. 11™. 30. SepL i 

mid. prop, and in early Clua. to (raeei i- ^16, 14, iiartitir tuil tit t* i 

aUmt m any country ; in N. T. and later ^' ■ f»"- V dal. (equir. to ace. u 

writen, to travel aSaul as a merchant or Mk. X. S4. xiy. 66. It. 19. Lu. K 

trader, to trade or tra^, 1 ) gener. and >d<1 '>'«' Class. 

'. 13, Ifiiroptiirauida kbI 'Efi^sFql, {«, o, 4, adj. (fir. i 

°— -ind Clasi. 2) foil, by uitraai, to ^pear, ai lb ■ minor. 

bi a oou bf. 2 Pet. ii. Cony. yii. 4 ; or in tbe right of al 

rai, L. e. ' will deceive sons,) piop. appearing in ; or gene 

un.' Eliewhsre only mil ,' and i/i^nnri yinoftu, eqi 

•o. X. 20. Exo^ili. Pol II. I5, 7. 
■gp(..»il», f. (s», (i^^a.^.,) to 
■K ttppoToUy ooMse to be Ken piatnly, 
bv Ami^f tnns. ind pui. to ajrpBaT 
Mjr, ie tem optidy, 1} prop. Matt. 
Sffl. £3. Hob. II. ^, when hs iht 
Ma. 2) tif. to fjuiaB inoun, &k!ur, folf, 
Iricc of thini and dU. of penon. or its 
Iti. MC ■m& irpi,, AcU niiL IS, 32 ; 
VIr, Heb. xi. 14. Sept. rnd Glut. In 
\fiimk KDK, with diu ind Kurd with 
nil Id ilnr vp, m^/tm i^fotusf, oocbk, 

■^ -^ 1 , . . .. . ^^ *y,j,o'»l 

)d before llie 


to jire iofonoauon irainat .. 
2,15, mid Josepb. Of ■ per 

rr« onewlfte 
>r God, Jol 


j.13. ; 

L i. 13, i. 

K, £, n. a^j. To 
_,, and alwitTBin _._._. 
^tiiri by t'"<^"'. L"- *"'■ *. 3?- 
«!. 4. niL 9. xxi<.29. lt«t. xl. 13. 
' k Cl». u Soph. (Ed. CoL 39. 
Skr, Char. ixr. I, it it uwd (impi; 
fcfipV^ : ud » in 1 Htcc liii. sT 

l|"*Uff|iB, f. jlTB, (il,, rJlUITH.,) 

^<s inaDit M or Infti, a> ia blowing u[ 
■Mir, 01 pUyinE on a wind ingtru- 
*■; iki, to bnaOi on, 'to pour fortb 
" ImH, on; John II. 23, kvt^i^ru 
nb. 8oI Kingiivii. 21, Ivi^^ffijo-i 
•ni^itf rpft. Job It. 21, imputnt 

>ll|t»Toi, <w, i, A, adj. (i»i#tiB,l 
f a^on, (lit. implanted by nature,] 

MibotiuN. T. mi)2aiie»f , flwrq/inJ, 
Ll !1, Tdv Im4>i>to» X<lroK, «faen 
■Ontile ii repieKated under the figure 
iibnt implanted sr ingrafted on the 
Milock, at elsewbete by a leedliog 
"■ Comp. Barnab. Epiil. ii. fi liiif: 
M Tift Ji&iXii< Tsu eioii, 

ig the dat. with At 

.iann, it TV KOCfiB, &c. AlB 
lbs I1WI7 or'any of iti memben, 
i. 12, el al. Uluwiia in phrase*. 
a ill Tfurrpi (xi», Mali. L IS. jv if 
soiXi'a, Lu. i. 44 ; and fa. In -rfi imotia, 
Xatt. Y. 3S, el al. ir 1^ Tr^fiaTt, 1 P«. 
ii. 22. 2} aid of elevated objeclg, n, i. c. 
tn, upon, aa iv tv Afu^ Lu. Tiii. 33. John 
iv. W. Heb. tiii," fi, et al, and C1.M. ir 
iuT7,0fltl, (afig-treej 13. irT^ 
igduif. Rev. iii. 21. So alto in -rp yji, i 

. fc"» 

impljing HmpK 

!. 1.^4 . 

■omewhat wider 

'■^oM.ty, mar, mfljS, e. gr. 

Heb. I. 3, et al. tr -ratt 
ywrian -rar TAaTtiiii, Matt. vi. fi, ir 
Tii oiparii, * n or on the ek;,' Act> ii, 
l^. lvT<^*£iXioil^, Lu.iiii.4. Ir-ryiii- 
rlktf, 'atUched to the Tine,' John xv. 4, 
Rg. with dat. of pen, and said of thou 

iu^male unionof mind and bean, eapee. of 
the union of ChriXians by ^th with 
Cbritt. at a branch it united with the 
nock or trunk of a tree, John i'. 2, 4, fi, 
Bt al. mne. Bo ol I'Mpoi ir Xflnrra, 
'Ihow who iavB died in union by biih 
with Chriit,' 1 Cor. «, 18, 1 Tliew, iv. 
16. Rev. liT. 13. Hence a! Iv Xp. cqtuT. 
to si Xpivrmnoi, Al» gener. 'm am- 
miion with Chriat,' by the profntion of 
the Cbriitiio faith, Rom. xii. 5. Gal, Iii. 

y. 6. 1 

15, et 

if Chriat with Christiani, in 

coniequence of their faith in bim, John ii. 

5e. 11T.2O. KT. 4,5; a]» of a like union 

with God, and imh nni, 1 Theu. i. 1. 

I John it. 24. iii. 6, 34. iy. IS, IS, 16, et 

of the Holy Spirit with Chiiiliani, 

1 iLy. 17. Bom. >iii. 9, U. 1 Cor, iii. 

ri. 19. 1 Pet.i.ll,etal.; oflho»H, 


alrri. John i. 4. liv. 13 & 30. ir I 
OBK Ix" oA Jiv, &c : of thoH ^ or t 
whom (i. e. in whose mind, aonl. 

?y»,ii(, or iyanylhtuR. It i> bhh! 
1 a; J""!"""! employed of eyerrthii^ 

Sjl Hracei™! aa being, remuning, of 
- CJ^"i''>"«™«"'efimieip«»or 
, *™i i*, im, at, by. Sic. 1) prop, tn. 

ff* ■ 

, l'r>i ii-iuf Tit ■louiaiBt. Lu. ivi. 

■ I^TtJi,. Malt.ti, 10,el J. «TB 

'. 20. : 


r. 5. 1 Cor. iv. 2. 1 
ner. of any power or 
(ho Holy Spirit, &e. 

""3 &'k. r"" 

ait) an^ Ihiog ei 

^r tahej place, a> 

„, 3, faculties, &c. John 1. 48. iv.' 

etal. 4)ofaNUMBBii,ornmltiliide, 
idicUing PLACE, ta, among, tcili, Matt, 


.yl'^'li -.- 

2, ai^ia. 5) otpenom, bylmnl. 
U/ore, in Iht pretence 1^, Hk. riii. 38, 
OS ydp &11 iiraiffvo'^S /■" i' ''V yn"<f 
Tttirv; Lu. L 25. Acta >i,8. idy. 21, et 
al. Hence metapb. tn lie tatt or jud^ 
meiai of any one, he iHing j<t4^e, Lu. IvL 
15, tJ ir irepAroit ii/rtiX™. 1 Cor. liY. 
11. 9o IV 6ipda\uois iixmr. Matt. Xli. 
42. Mk.xiLlL fiS*^'^^^'*^^ ^^^^ 

Teloped, &c. in, Kiih, Matt. ivi. ^7, tp- 
y,<r*ai i. -rff io'E,, m. 31. J. «-(„\.,, 
Lu. xxi. Z7. jv diXoyl Tupdi, Acts vit. 
30; of clotbiog, ix. Hut. n. 8, ti, ^a\a- 
Koie IjuiTioic, &C. So ill irapEl, Mlied 
Kilige^lJohaiT.i. tirtr aap..iAia.\. 
ii. So, et Hi. Hence of lUit tcili ^c)lKIl 
an; one is furoished, wbich he i:arries 
with him, &c. 1 Cor. iv. 21, l> p^JJDcu 
JA.e». Heb.ii. 35. Metaph. Lu. i, if, i„ 
mii/nTi .cal Juua^ii. Rom. it. 29. I'Ipli. 
Ti. 2, Sept.— II. of TlUK, 1) of lime 
iellen, i. e. h definite point or periud, i/j, 
during, on, at which uiy tbin^ tAke« plrLcc, 
Matt. ii. 1, iv dHiVaii 'Hpujov, ^i. 1, (.1 
il. SBjpiis. 2) of lime htnn Umg, i. e. ji 
ipuo, or penod, vitkin which uiv lliinu 
taket plACe, in, TnWdtt, u iv raiaii, I'mt- 
f>a,c. Matt. iiTii. 10. Mk. it. 20. ct al. 
3ept. and Cliu.— III. ubtaph. of the 

on, in, Ajl, thrvagh, which one is nlfected. 

pflTBOQ or thicE ia, and that whether crlfr 
nal OT Interna/, a4 a state of mind and fptl 

■oi il- .(.d^™, t» .lxoKr.\l,'lf.l., tu A<l,pa 

o'l'vn, &c. In this usege jv with Ite dat 
ia o^ten equiv. to an adj. or an adv. 2) o 

which any one ia engaged, Matt. Kxi. 22 
it rpaativy- Mk. iv. 2, in -rn Stdnxi 
auTDu, ' as he taught.' Lu. hIt, 35. xvi 
10, John Till. 3. AcU it. I. xxiv. Ib' 

bI. sepe. 8o with dil. of peraoo, 1. e, 'in 

12, lint roXKA j>cow(uirii- iV K. Rom! 
Ti. 3. 1 Cor. i». 17. Eph.Ti.2I,etB]. Alan 
implj. ai&epauKrof'uiyoav, Actaiv. 1'2, 
OUK I<rrir ir aXXlp o»J>vl q <rnri|pit. 
T. 4. Sd iv Tviit/iaTi, ' under tlie tiiHu- 

tion. Hatt. xm. 43. Mk. lii. 36. Lu. «. 
27. iv. 1. ii. l.etal. Aisootdtm, ' 

ground, oc 

3} of the < 

>, Mk, i. 

manner geaer. whereby an action is dnne 
or of 1 rule, law. or standard, in, by, ac 
Hording to, as Matt. vii. 2, iv S iriii/tuT 
■cpfxtTi, Kpanmi^i. Lii. L e. Pliil. i. U 
1 The.s. iv. IS. 1 Tim. i. 18. Heb. W. II 

to, ha. i. 7, 18, W^l^qKivoi iu I^^Tp^ 

Gal. iv.20. 3ti diropouuii >>' ^/•ii'. R[ih 
li. 11. Tit, i. 13. Ja. ii. Id. iii. 2; J,o du: 
«Hd>iigiiifyinElifeR6', ortmnf. Ram iv 

■fcMl 1- Jt Ik.lJ. I?n.l. ^; J 


I, (1 Ckir. u. S. 2 Cor. 

', el acpiH. ) and eipec. < 
i«..m, lu conaequenoe of which anj i 
) perfoniied, n. on, at. bv. Matt. 
Acts Tii. 29. 1 Cor. li. 2. 2 Cor. i 
I Pet. It. is. Also of the grwaid, 
nation, of an emotion of mind after 
iipreiaing jo] 
... T.. ; ^^^ 

23. Et 

iii. 13, 

fi) of the « 
wneivo; any thing takes place, », L ' 
means of, with daL botli of pertM 
wfaow aid or interTentiaa an; thh 
done. Matt. ii. 31 Acta iv. 9. nil. 
1 Cor. IT. 22, et aL ; or of Unp, m 
>uch means as imply dut the objsctal 
ed is actuallT m and tmotw them, 1 
Tiii. ^ iriSoivr In role Itaai, 'h 
by the waters.' 1 Cor. iii. 13, 1. • 


9aiw> : 3. am/hna^, &.c. u U 

■Evay,i=Xiroufli, f. f«w. 


toihe I 

and Class. 

A, adj. \l,, SXm 

X of^ tefitfe. La. 

hence ia 1^ prm 
and Sept. 

'EravTloii, Hdi. (neut. of adj. J 
Ti(H.) prop, over against ; hence, hi 
in lie praenct af, foil, by gen. irf 
Mk. ii. 12. Acts Tiii. 32. SepL and C 
Prom the Hehr, in de tight of, Ada 
10, IJwffif a^u X^pt^ — ^- ^OfX'^ 

i. e. 'God being judge,' Sept. Gen. 
'BravTlot, a, or, adj. (drrw 

ofjersons anathiajra^fcra! ih ix. V 
-iK.vTfot i^a. %, i£i.^rrU,m 
with gen. DMT agamli, Mk, i». 39. 
wwd, adverse, eon/mry. Matt, ^v 
Acta iivii. *. 2) metaph. of pel 
advtTK, hostile, AcH xxiiii. 17. 1 1 
ii. 15. Sept. and Clasa. So i l^ 


I, f. £0^101, (ipxf 


II, 3. Theod. Hitt. E. W. -ol j»3•^ 

iwdi^i wi U»t)^irTt mmi,. In N. T. 

fig. to be rtHdeni w any pUce, with snj 

ptreon, 2 Cor. t. 6, int. in tb o-canim, 

te dimll, be otM. Comp, Phil. L 23, a6r 

riiii, f. "I£«", prop, fo poiai 

wing whiit 

! Polyb. iii 

'JiJiiaiig, (cquiT. 
liuia,) In dotit any me a 
to dothe onadf the 

bj KC, Lu, TiS. 27. 

[•i. 19, ivtj. Tap4>i 

Lpqi or thing, u4 tbuta LU UHUuflc 

in ud propeniei. So PUu>, p. 

«ur iv ii/fboripait Q^frav. But 
r. nd iDoilly in CIub. the middle 
illone rouDd, initUi-v^i, 1) (o 
irtl, or HHnifal pgblicly, prop, anj 
"dUlDg to or depeoding upon ooe- 
il tiim on Dthen, Rom. iL Ifi, M. 
ft* TDV irAuov ypairTdv tv Toit 
■t .Li^ir. ii. 17, r^' f.!Hi><f. 
iCor. yiiL24 Eph. ii. 7. I Tim. 
Tn. ii. 10, rloTif Irt. in. 2. Heb. 
n Sept. and Clua. 2) by impl. 
^tnae^lii uyooe, bv evincing 
^JiH to them. So Tboc. it. 
"lip. iiiyi- 
>To. And 

I eriK a^m! iV. 14, taXXa (u» 
nJiJEaTD. So Sept. Gen. 1. 16, 

i.£ii,((«, n, {W«t™»',) prop. 
•S Old ofuiyolijecl, Polyh. iii. 38, 
. T. liff. 1) raamfisiation^ dedara- 
,m. iii. 2S, «. •!> £»«<.£<•' -TV, 
l^is nintii. Philo, t. L p. 9. 60. 

lilie praatari uii ei 


Phil. i. 

II^. r 

oalT of the eleien apiutlet, Hmtt 
S. Mic. x«. U, et bI. 

I. ReT.r 

■« «, 

f, ^^ai, prop, to U 
s. UDOiu: uiy penoni 

_ , rhuc. in. 31. In N. 

in Iheiinpen. form, Iriixif' 

Mihle, or occurrible,' Lu. i 

liiK iii. equii 

121. Demi 

ircely happei 
}>; ivi. &C. 



'EvJiKoi, ou, i, Ii, &dj. lit. 'agreabla 
right and i'lBtice,^ b iv tUn uv, ^ right 
iiuit.- Anon, ap, Suid. tvAun ^i> da- 
ittKot, Soph. Aj. 1282. 
.niDOi. i>r. 1. ~ifl6, Tik ^Ai^iKft. In 
'. T, Applied only to puitu&metiU, Ram- 
i. 8, ill Ti upt^tt Ivt. irr,. Heb. ii. 2, 
-1. iuatreitnSavia¥. Comp. Pollux, tr- 
Jm KoXaatt : ud Epigr. Kaaiita) \aoit 

, 6, flpeaiilng of the mole, c 
ure, built in fbnoing the Brli 


indeed, v 

T^I BaXri-I 

nother that 

Tt,,. Thii 


Ihe/ouiu/ation of Ihe lofty and vast walli 
of tiie edifice, and vu indeed the wall 

here implied. So Ilerodot. I. 

ling the mode of building the 
city wall of Babylon, layi, that ' " " 
giiig the dilch, they m-'' '-'- 

naces, and laying throe courses of hri 
wort, IStipav TTpvra /tiv t^v titpf 

nade bricks of the 


ank of nhich the w 


mid. 2 f heat. i. 

> author; buthende- 

EN A 1! 

believen." Comp. Eiod. tit. 4. Eiek. 

■Eyl„k«'. ov, i, ft, »ii. Cii.,i<SE-..) pt<l^ 
for J. Jd|n <Ji', ud uHa, I. of pkbsonb 
AoROBred, 1 Cor. IT. 10. Sept. mi Cliu. 
_II. of THiHOfi, t. gr. deea>, ri tuio^a, 
jrfffrions, inenwraWe. Lu. liii. 17. Sepl. 
* f apparel, ijjleitdid, Lu- vli, 25. ^pt- 

wanl>, Lu. zl. 54. Sept. >i>d Clis. 

'EFtipoip, on, -ri, equii. to Ivi 
AcU niiL IE, in lUsr Edd. for the > 

(.Ai». f. itrm, to ToUa 

'i'^V... '^'t "f ""i? '■■ ■^''''- •■ ^^ "^ «P^7 foil b7 J;. ;id St. 
"o*.! '!^"'^';, '1?^S- .P"°^- '■ ^' *<;''■ : "d by L«i«™J.«= bo. t 

lii. 7, 

"Eirjvua, oTiit. Td, prop, dtillmq 
M»tl. ¥i, 25, 28. uviii. 3. Ln. lii. 23 
3«pl. and Utec Claa. Said of tb« oute 
gumeot, a doai of cunel'a hur, such a 
the ancient prophela vore. in conlempl o 
eai-thly erandeur, Mat 
ro6#. &uch u w prec 

^ (leeG.^ 

'. S. ^,) 

!. Judg, 

by LexicogT^dieie 
eli««here bo applied, but it occur 
Artem. i. 13, oi Air€S¥iman^tv ia 
/Ltvatv ffiiXoujiTBi (jajcJru>. 'EnXi 
Dccnn in Plmio, p. 220, B. iwiAiy/u 

with, BS^ person, Xen. Mem 

netipE. Mitt, t 

.■■it, i. 

^omlt, imput atreDglh to, tnnt. and paai. 
OT mid. to acaan ttnngA^ fiwome strong. 
Said prop, of the bodj, Heb. a. 3*, and 
(I?, of tbe mind and »lil. Acta ii. 22. 
Rom. iv. 20. Eph. vi. 10. PhU. ir. 13. 
1 Tim. i. 12. 2Tim. ii. 1. iv. 17, md 
'ErJi'iro, or 'EvtViiJ. iau, [Sim, U> 

envelop*,) i. to go in, or into, 9 Tim. 
iii. 6, i. ejt T^t oi^fxt. Hdot. ii. 121, 2, 
iuiivToi icil. it To ohcitfia. — 11. to put 
at, lit. to caute to go into, to diMe or 
drsB, timns. and folr b; doable ttc. of 
Dcn. and thing, pass, or mid. to 6e 
to d^Ae onetdf, 1)prDp. MalC. 
3, Tf iriiimaei, ixii. II. nrii. 31. 
oft. and Si^t. and Clan. Said of 
lur, *e. Bom. liii. 12, Eph, n. 11, 
". Sept --' "' - "" 


11, Zrov . 
tn. Thu> 
' what is 1 
IHacc. y. 

*rru, pTDp, ubHTT Va 
any 4ing.' u i TC 
d Clan. In N. T. 

1 Then, t 

metaph. both of 
tbe body, 3 Cor. t. 3, > 
uihh: and alao of a pej 
1. 1. endued, ititb any | 
*e. Lu. niy. 49. 1 Cor 
nXayx.'" oirrip/ioi. 

>• clothed w 
n. u ' dothed,' 


i-'io'"^ ri^^^. 

genit. for, on aceotnU of, Aennui oj 
naton of. Hut. y. 10. i. 18, and <&. 

2 Cor. yiL 12, it oCGun mth utic aw 

Gn. tlvKIV TDD ^MHIIIve^lilU. 

'Effpyi.n, M, A, (Juprit.) I 
SHTW, f^ai^ lit. da hang at mri, - 
i, 19, Kin-i T^r Inaytum -ni nfin 
iii. 7. ir. 16. Col. i. 29- «pac. a* 
bibited in mirulea, PbU. iii. 21. Co 
12, or fiilH and pntended mil* 
2TbeH.iL 9: alu, b; malon. pal tor 
mria tiemidtia, 2 Then. iL 11, ii 

%,.py°f^" f. ^.r-, (i«pTV.)« 

^ecttfx or operatiTQ. It ocean u S 

in i»o DW, 1. orntANS. » nid of tU 

be adive, or effective, to wort, V 

" ■" ■- 14, al tvrd^t I 


14. Gi>l.iii.il7,audClau. 

'BvJuirit, («, 4, (<»«>}«.) ajwtti 
OH, or tKorii^ qfrtoOrt, 1 P«L iii. 3. 

'Buitpa. ttt, 4. (i*, Hpa.) " 'j*y' 
waif, prop, in war, a* ambmicadt, Sei 
and duZ In N, T. . ;rtyi*™('to ;^ 
itiU lay one. Act* nv. 3. 1 Ma«. i. 36. ; Jj", 

'Brtiatim, t ivob, {in'j)iii,) prop. ' Rot 
**h* wmlmmit. 8^ md CUaa., ^^n^i; 

nen I by him, Epb. i. 20. ii. 
^h. ivtpytlu: with dal. i 
I be o ^HpyifvoT TliTpm, 
liii. ciae of Peter,' So'P 

itiptU - 

id' Claw.— 1?."™ 

tiling, but nid of p* 

iV^hfl.^ii. r^' 
ii\,.t. &t Joi B 
liii. 95.— III. Mm. 

. foil, by « 


ENE 127 ENN 

k>l i.29. 1 Thess. ii. 13. 2The88. ix. 4. Thuc. y. 32. Xen. Mem. i. 7, 2; 

d later Class. Partic. ivipyou- foil, by iripl and gen. Wisd. vi. IS. 

jyilfia* ffTos, T^, (ewpyeco,) Heb. W. 12. Thuc. i. 132. 2) by impl., 

iMtiung vjrought^ ' some effect pro- as the effect of cogitation, moentiotL, devtee^ 

)r operation worked out,' 1 Cor. &c. Acta xvii. 29, x<^pf^7fJ^f^ rixvv^ kcu 

0, ipMoy^fiara ivvafiittv^ * effects ivBvfintriwi. 

t by tne gift of working miracles.* ,r? y - * n j 

jjQj^ ® * Evtavr Jv, ov, o, a year; so called 

, t ( J. /t » V because in that period the system of 

222S. *fSt' ^'..?'??J- U^i W*'^) things goes or returns upon itsefif : in the 

S^ferfwe, Thuc. m. 17, i^es ivipyoi. ^o^J, ^f yirg. Georg. ii. 402, Aique in « 

T. 12, \oyo9 t. 1 Cor. xvi. 9, ^^ ^^^ „gg^^ vdvitur curnus. John xi. 

ui^. presentmg opportumty for 49^ 5] ^^^i 13^ ^^ j a^jp^ ^ jj T ^^ 

^*^ Class. ; also, by Hebr., put for any defi- 

ifortMirri, see'Ev«i/tit. nite time, as we say tsra, Lu. iv. 19, 

ivXoyito, f. ijo-w, prop, to praise iviavrdv Kvptov deicTov. 

I k ov through anv one. InJ^. T. 'Ei^UTtifit, prop, to stand in or upon. 

ipja. to 6c tteweji, or made happy, i^ n. t. fig. to «teW near, be at HSnd, 

iL 25, iv TCP anrtpuaTl fov kviv- impend, 2 Th. ii. 2. 2 Tim. iii. 1. 2 Mace. 

wat d ^arpia/. Gal. m. 8. Sept. j^^ 43^ ^nd Class. Part. perf. iv€<rrii«, 

«X«J- f«» gener. = ixcvw, to Aat» present, Rom. viii. 38, oihre iv. oSre /ueX- 

|ienonorthing,orto&qt)Ao«o/any \ovto. 1 Cor. iii. 22. vii. 26. Gal. i. 4. 

or thlDK, I. ACT. to hatje in oneself, Heb. ix. 9, and Cbss. 

f oat. of pers. implying a disposition »„ , r -> ^ 1 -1 

tdtou«,Saperrono?actioS,whe- , Eytaxu«,f.w<r«o,pwp.to6«s<fw^ 

ivourable, (as^ambl. Vit. P^h. 6, J"^'.^-. *^^^'^°»***®l' ^^ i°?*?'- 

' mir nrpS^ TdjiauedvtLpA or un- ??, bemvtgorated^^ beoon^ strong, AcU ix. 

p (9ca. xo^v) ain-Q. Lu. ki. 63, ^^^^ N. T to cause to strengthen, tnvu • 

mX"•^ Sept. in Gen, xlix. 23, ^^' /«^- ^^ '^*^- ^^ P®"- ^"- ™»- ^» 

I' owT« Kvpioi ToPtvfiaTwv. The *°° ^P** 

« supplied in Herodot. i. 118, *Ei/i/otos, 17, 01/, ordin. adj. ninth, 

w t3i/ ot iveix^B x^^^^i ^'^^ Matt. xx. 5, et al. 

, ^wtxi <r<l>i Stivdv YoAov. Thus 'Ei»i/io, ol, al, ra, card. num. mne,Lu. 

niv. to iyicoretv, to bear a grudge xvii. 17. 

wv one.-.II. PASS, ii^c'xo^ai, to ^EvvtuttKOvratvpia, ol, oJ, to\ 

"t^ any thing, as rppes, nets, &c. ^ard. num. ninetv-nine. Matt, xviii. 12, sq. 

Lacon. 76, «. rais irooats. He- l^^ j^y^ 4 7. 

i. 121, 2, Ty iroytj ii/sYctrOai : ,1^ ,',,,,-,, v 

er. metaph. to 6e entangled in any Ei/i/« ds, a, ov, (or Eveds,) prop. dumb 

ich hampers the mind, and impedes oy «a<«re, incapable of speech. So Pkto 

■se of action. Thus it is applied P- 206, but) ej/eos, ^ Kwd)^? iir* dpr^c. 

ordinances, &c. to which men are -^^ deaf and dumb. Is. Ivi. 10. Ep. Jer. 

whether political, as Plut. viii. 41. Joseph. Ant. iv. 8, 32. Xen. Anab. 

66yna<n, or religious, as Gal. »▼• 6, 23. And fig. speediless,i. e. ^de- 

'to dovktia^ ev£Yco-0at prived of the power of speech,* from some 

•it, adv. of place, a lengthened ?trong .passion, as fear, wonder, &c. Acts 

m Ji/Oa, and intended, from the «. 7, €t<rTt,K«<rai/ ei/i/wi. 

the 8k, (which is equiv. to our 'Kvvtvoo, f. euo-co, umuo, to nod, or 

ion UHird,) to modify the sense of make signs {ku) by the head, eyes, or hands, 

bus the meaning is either, as said Lu. i. ^, kvivivov tm nrarpi, i. e. ^inti- 

WHITHBR, Ihere-vxird, \. e. there- midated by nods or signs.* 

•hither, or hMer, John iv. 15 sq. «Ei;po i«, av, h, {ku, vov,,) prop, whal 

17, and Class. ; or 2) of place ^ ^ ^^^^ the image or idea 

here-ward, h^eahovis, Lu. xxiv. \^^^^^ j^ ^^^ „j„d ^^^^ act of thinking, 

X. 18. XVI. 28, et al. and Class. ^ ^^^^^ conception or notion, Xen. Cyr. i. 

», adv. demonstr. A««oe, from l, 1. Diog. Laert. iii. 79, k. KaXov : also 

, Lu. XVI. 26, and Class. ^^ thinking f acuity. In N. T. I. by me- 

uiofiai, f. 170-0/uat, dep. mid. ton. of effect for cause, thought, in the 

>«,) to take into and have in the sense purpose, counsel, Heb. iv. 12, KpiTi- 

think upon, trans. Matt. i. 20. xdv kvyomv Kapdia«. ?¥ov. m.*i\\ V(A 

G 4 

io 3 Cor. ii. 11, i. 6^11. iruplnc irovkS, 
the prim. KDie, HIND, i.«. C^r. viii.3,9, t^ 

'ng aiid/ietiiw, dimrmtioB ami 

xi)^ ioasmuch u LAeJ procAed 

, , in taw^ L t^itimaie^ appasied 

ftraanctiaitedfylavj; and, like vapdvo^w^ 
QKd botb of perunt and iliingi, hut «p«. 
tfae Utier. So Acta lii. 39, iv t$ ii^ 
niiup JnXqirfa. Luc. Cone. Deor. 14, 
UArtulm iyiiiiinn. PUlo 413, E. ta- 
- - ■= t,. Pelyb. ii. 47, ■* '•--■'-- ' 

^ the reguli 

the pasBBEO of Liiko is 
a aiMmbV i. e. »m« 
filed for tniuucing 
pablic buuneog. — II. u uid of ■ pereon 
only, flfAZar [u opp. tA brfex), wwr ^ 
2aw, I Cor. \x. 21, ei4«jjEiTT Xptor^, 

imI', n^^y. Homer ind nlbcr Clan. ; in 
N. T. onlT DBut. Imnijiai with ellip. of 
Kord, u in the a*- '~ -■*"*' MV i M 

the ni^L' 3 Maci 

'¥.miicla,,(.Ti''a, prop. toijuvifin,n~ 
iaW any pUiie, whether country or city, 
Xen.(E:c.iT.13. In N. T. metaot. (D dtoe« 
n or tBitk iny one, to be in, miaf them- 
doMng of the Haty Spirit in Chriitiana, 
Rom. Tiii. 11. 3 Tim. 1. 14. So in Jos. 
Bell. vi. 1, 6, Jn^Kti th lipai, 
Xf^TTtB rujUdTi. Aln saiil of 
prtaaice, aid, and Uuniw, 2 Cor. Ti. lb, 
JH>ui>)»> fip bItoU. Compare 1 Cof. 
iii. 16. Lev. xivi. 12. Eiek. xxxtI). 
27. And H> Plato, 549, B, By> of God, 

Ivru^i. Alio, aiHihed to the 'wai^ of 
Ctriit,' the Coiii>e[, CdI. iij. 6, which may 

jn "j™^ 

lUj itodi 
Teit. : 

I catefuUy 

indmited, ii dtep-raoted io the heart, » 
a principle of sclion. 

'El.o'TIts, TTITOS, 4, (ill,) lit. (HKIKB, 

un^, Eph. iT. 3, 13, A iv. -rqt ir(<rr(c«, 
omvemcnt ru tc the doctrinoa of the faith. 
So Clem. Alei, Sir, n, 13, ill. Tgi ri- 

-EvDX^io. f.4<F<*, (iix)ll»<r- 3X^«') 

'" -— ■'* /BiBiiff B or among any — 

I henee mner. Io pertart, dot 
bml, Htb. ziL IS, ft4 Tit p 


to p.-,ri.''i».x.!^.«.,%»uA *».' 
b, any Ibing, as Anthol. Gr. i.p. 179 
iy^ipn^ Iraxar ^^fiot. 
siibj:'''/ III, Hoik to, e. %.wdgniBit, A 
niriouB modificxtiona, L prop, foil 
dal. of ibe tribunal, tor ine ponirfi 
dcnnuni'iil hv (hat tribunal. MMt.i 
^. (f. l-ff Kllf<r(L, T« o-vnApifd : all 

Numb. VXIT. 31, }v. dwifiieqHi. 
dit. occ. in Oea. ix*. II, Iv. Sati 
alio in Clau. ^th v6fiia, Kolfftt, yp< 
Alio wiih nn. Heb. iJ. 15, ii«x<" 
boadagi. So, la 

fij. i 



,r/»i/!'y 'if, foil, by gen. of that >•, 
VcBpcct of, which the crime ii cod! 
I Cor. xi. 27, in. toS aaiiom nni 
Toe ToS Kvp£du. Ja. ii. 10, itur 
Sept. unil later Clan. 


.Y. 9. Mk. 1 

t, Td, (JvtOXs, 
mmiiate ororiH 
i.7. CoLii.22,fc 

"Ev-rs^iiXa. f.dvw, {tvri^ 
•I, Tii>M, ^nr. Ttt ■l-rdif.ia,) ' to 
II due prqiaration (or burying a n 
s washing, laying out, moinling, en 
n;, dcrorUlng, clothing, &e. in tlw 

311. Anthol. Or. ii. p. 137. 

'EnTSipiair/Lit, oG, D, prgW 
(w burial, by wsahing, laying out, 
aiming, &c, Mk. iIt. 8. John jdi 7. 

■Ei-TiXXouni, r. TiXoCpii, dtp. 
fnjuiit on, cAaroe tciih ; foil, by ID 
hiriir.Ditd dat. of pen. or both, nnHli 
eft under.!. Matt. xiriU, 20, in 

'Er-riudiv, adv. lit and pnip^J 
here, or tiert, ttvx. or UenM, HatL 
20. Lu. ir. 9, el il. Joi. and Clan. 
tm: Kai JvT. ' On thia Bide and thi 
-an every aide,' John lii. 18. Ber. 

A^«,'S'a. Iv. I. Job. and Ckn. 

'EBTtuflt, lint, 7\, {luTiiyyf 

prop, and in Clan. afaSing in irJlC 
iTtg ii-Uh, anyone ; ^so, occoiCr^, ai 
cunfiivnx ; etpec. for the jnirpoia tl 
ciwii,iTi or petition. In N. r. eatn 
/>ipplitutifm, made from man toO 




. Nam. 14, iroiiiirdai Tav irpd^ 
9 umvj^iK. 1 Tim. iv. 5. 

tttov, ov, 6, q, adj. (for iv Ttfin 
id both of persons and things, 1 ) 
ns, estinuMe^ dear, Lu. vii. 2. xiv. 
. ii. 29. Sept. and Class. 2) of 
precious, valuable, 1 Pet. ii. 4, 6 ; 
a stone, but fig. of a pers. Sept. and 
i. gr. Dem. p. 1285, atrov i. 

ro\ii, ^9, ^, {IvriWo/iai,) gener. 
, command, I. (njuncHon, direction, 
:. 18, iirr. i\a^v irapd tov Tla- 
ov, & xii. 49, sq. et al. Sept. & Class. 
dar^, or edict, from ma^strates, 
xl o7, iiiovai L Sept. 2 Chron.. 
16. — II. precept, or law, said 1) of 
idiHons of the Rabbins, Tit. i. 14. 
ike precepts and doctrines of Jesus, 
xiii. 34. XV. 12. 1 Cor. xiv. 37, et 
of ike precepts and commandments 
1 Cor. vii. 19. 1 John iii. 22, sq. 
and Sept. oft. 4) of the precepts 
) Mosaic law, in whole or part. Matt. 
' xix. 17. xxii. 36, et al. saepe, and 
5) of any precepts given to Christ- 
» to doctrine or duty, 1 Tim. vi. 14. 
^iL21. iii.2. 

froTio«, ov, 6, ^, prop. adj. for 6 
vu (&v, denoting indigenous or native, 
P> to new-coming or foreign; but in 
ater writers it signifies resident in, 
(with the article a subst., to denote 
kiiitoi/o/'a place. Acts xxi. 12. Occ. 
1 Soph. (Ed. Col. 843, & Plato 848, D. 


'T^f, prop, an adv. {iv) wUMn, as 
in Homer ; and it is gener. used as a 
with gen. as Lu. xv. 21, iinro^ vfiCav, 
d io Tour heart and affections/ The 
! T^ cvT^, the inside, occurs in Matt. 
%. Sept. and Class. 

Tpiirm, f. \Jfat, prop, to invert, turn 
te badt; and fig. to turn any one 
ipon himself by brindng him to 
m, and hence to make Jiim repent of 
D has done amiss, or at least to make 
kamed thereof. In N. T. I. act. 
7. 14, ovK iirrpitroip vfiai ypd<pta 

Pass. 2 Thess. iii. 14. Tit. ii. 8. 
Lpocr., Plato Crit. 14. — II. mid. iv- 
lai, to shame oneself he/ore any one, 
fed reverence, respect, towards. 
[*. and later writers foil, by ace. 
ari. 37. Mk. xii. 6. Lu. xviii. 2. 

Heb. xii, 9; in earlier writers 

piipu, 1 ii/Bpi\lf<io, to nourish or 
> in any pursuit ; and pass, to be 
up in ; and by impl. to be tueU iwr 
4, dolled in, 1 Tim. iv. 6, ii/rpE- 
t Tois \6yoi9. So Philo, p. 855, 


po/iof, ov, 0, V, aJ/. lit, in a tre- 

mour, i. e. tremblina with fear ; hence iirr. 
yivtvQai or tlvai. Acts vii. 32. Heb. xii. 21. 

^ *EvTpoir^, ^?, h-t {ivrpiicia,) a put- 
ting to shame, 1 Cor. vi. 5, irp^s ivrpo- 
ttV vfiiv Xiyttt. xv. 34, and Sept. 

'Ei^rpv^aco, f. liactf, to live lux- 
urumdy, and by impl. to revd m, 2 Pet. ii. 
13, i. iv rats dtrAraK a., meaning, either 
*" revelling, exultine in their own deceits, 
feeling pleasure firom deceiving others,* 
(as ivTp. is used in Is. Iv. 2. Ivii. 4, and 
Herodian, iii. 5, 4,) or, *who by means 
of their deceits live luxuriously.* Thus 
ivTp. is for iv Tpv<f>y diayovrtv, the ori- 
ginal sense of ivrpv^ato, and though 
comparatively rare, yet found in Xeo. 
Hist. iv. 1, 13, iJaYvi/Ot} ivrpvipiiirat, 
Dio Cass. 1074, 83, rov iv a^ru (sc. iro- 
XaTtto) ivTpv^n<TavTa, 

'Rv'rvyxavw,{. tv^ofiai, ^roi^. to /aU 
in with, or to l^fht upon, any one ; foil, by 
dat. Xen. Anab. iv. 5, 19 ; also, to come to 
the speech of Any one, and talk with him, 
Xen. Mem. iii. 2, 1, et al. In N. T. to 
address onesdf, or apply to any one, usu- 
ally in the way of request or petition. 
Acts XXV. 24, irspi oZ irav t6 irA^Oos — 
ivirvxov /not. So Joseph. Ant. xvi. 
6, 5, iviTVXOv fioi vvv, a>9 . inrd Tiviov 
crvKOfpavrCav iirripia^piVTO. Philo, p. 629. 
2 Mace. iv. 36. Wisd. viii. 21, and later 
Class. Hence, to address oneself in the 
way of interposition, or intercession for any 
one with another ; foil, by dat. expr. or 
impl., and virep or Kara (sometimes 
omitted) with gen. ; for though it is gener. 
implied that the interposition is in favour 
of the person mentioned to the otner, as 
Rom. viii. 27, 34, i. tw Oew uTrip dyitav, 
uirip Tifioov. Heb. vii. 25. Joseph. Ant. 
xiv. 10, 13; yet sometimes against, as 
Rom. xi. 2, i. Tw 6ew Kara tow 'la- 
pa^\. 1 Mace. viii. 32. x. 61. xi. 25. Ml. 
V. H. i. 21. Polyb. iv. 30, 1. 

'Ei^TuXiffaw, f. ^(o, (ii/,Tu\ij, cover- 
lid,) to enwrap or swathe, trans, with dat. 
of thing, Ma,tt. xxvii. 59. Lu. xxiii. 53, 
c. civSovi : a funereal term ; so Hesych. 
explains Kctptat by iiridavaTia iv-rtTV- 
\iy fxiva. Also to fold, wrap up, or to- 
gether, John XX. 7. 

*Ei/Tuiro«, ^ (tfffd), {iv, TWTros^ to 
enstamp, imprint, impress, engrave. Pass. 
2 Cor. iii. /, ivriTViroofiivrj iv \i0ots, 
and later Class. 

'Evv^pi^co, f. iffo), {iv, u/3pts,) prop. 
^ to show insolence, or insult, in the case of 
a person,' i. e. to him. ConsequentW, the 
proper constr. of the verb is a dat. of pers. 
to insult over, as always in the Class. In 
N. T. it occ. only at Heb. x. 29, to 1Iv(.u\l<>- 
rr/ff x<*P« si/u^ptffa?, insiilted, ctrntemtieA \ 
as also in Joseph. Ant. \. ft,\. n.^^VI. 


■ fl.i(M-off/io, by elli^. 

So Plut. de Supeol. 166, In 

• ••■ 'ilJoc, UlBubit 

ep. aitf^ the seti. 
; found Ml} in 

H lieptfowe «j ft^ftre 

Sept. and n'.T., where itiguHtd I. PHOP. 
moitU of peraaa, Lu. i. 17, 19. if. 7, Rev. 
iii. 9. It. 10. v. 8. n. 4, et al. ; but some- 

Kev. i.°4, ot al.' Sep" in Jot vi. 4. 1 S»m! 

eiiliu use, whereb)' it nurki (*« niaiHwr, 
and eniec. Oe linenTlg, in which «ny thing 
i« done, iu»*.D» -roi OioS, God being 
thiu leonlEd M ptcaenl, and a witnHa to 
what IB uid, Rom. liv. 22. 3 Cor. iv. 3. 
vii. 12, and Sent. So in obtnUtioni, 
ie/im God, God being a witnese, GaL i. 
20. 1 Tim. T. 21. vi. 13. 2 'Dni. ii. U. ir. 
i.— II. HBT^FK. n lAe aigU o/i i. e. • in 
the mind, will, or judgment of' anjr one, 

gener. loleUoi dtdare obra 
•a. teUbrale, 1 Pet. ii. 9, i. 
uc TDu Biou, and Sept. 

ijl MP a$ijf thoig Jrosn tb 
nother 1^ pa^Dg Ihe ph 

oe from Ihe ^Dueauen < 
ir, bypajing hu raDsom. 

nf mM 

lupioo. Indeed tbe 
TipIieB rtaiity, since 
ght of God, what he 
, cannot but be rtally 
, Lu, i^ "■ ' — 

i. 17. 2 Cor, V 

. 15. . 


¥iii.21. Ron 

aj, and Sopl. I'mm the Mebr. iwiinot 
-r.KK is uted where, in Clau. Greek, ■ 
lUt. i« emplojed, Lu. ly. 10, X"*"-' 7"'" 
Tai J, THU iyySkmr, ' there ia Joy to the 
anieli,' thef rejoice, and xiii. 11. Acta li. 
5, and 10 in Sept. Such, at leaat, i. the 
inlerpreta^on of recant Lejiicogmphen ; 
but there the oiual senie, 'in tlie juda- 
mant or eitimatloQ of,' eeeme prefarabfe. 
Naj, perhaps, the still more Hebnuc phtasa 

be regarded, with most recent intupreten, 


ilMych.j md by impl. 

to, fill, by ■ 

Onek writen. 

■^^ J,«^T^«e, Matt. 

lie ear, (see 
ii 14. Sept 

derm, or Kl free from bondage, G 

"id" ag. Sb. 1. 16, & Col. iT.I 
^.S"/..«'™«jpi., i.e.'re« 
time fiom abuBO, by ntprvm 
opIKirlunitg Id do guod. Thia lei 
naturally from the proper ini[ 
tfdcem any thing to any one's 
luairiimj; il from abua*. 

..„iXt; foll"by ace. rrf pin, „. 
Vhoe, «ith Lc, or it. aquiv. I^- 
Mk. viii. 23, uaually denotbg «a 
36,4(1, sdi.l7. lin. 17. Hat'liLS 
as Gen. XV. !l. Sometimea simjib 
/ifrt/i. for any porpoee, expr. or ID 
sv. 20, iSiy. o^Tdv, In rrau, 
ai^Tox. Lu. niy. 60, {£. ffrrsh 
tk linS. Acta Mi. 38. Hence o 
herd leading forth hii Socli fnm 
to paBEunige, John z. 3, i^oyif a 
■Kgaipia, f. ^<rB,(i«,aip;- 
and in Claaa. to remow, laiie <m 
iL N. r. I. to «mow /o™Wy,j. 

-H. ft. taie Old/rail 


■E£o;p«. f apS, {i«, a%.. 
(o lalre up or aft any peraon or t 
u/anvpUie. la N. T. like IoOj i 
fu f(£^v avjay out of or /fVH| to 
»itti ar:i:. of pen. and U with 
DHS. 1 Cor. 1. 3, 13, (E- Ti» wo. 
u^ui' rruTui', &^e£, exounaiuttcat 
and later Claaa. 

■EE«.Ti»,f. riffB, (i«,alT(. 
ask mt ur/rom, io teal to lim, anr 
ns(' /i>r imiadf, daaand any thing 

I qfxid, e. gr. pardon, Ac. aa gowr, 

\ isi\.a\,ii Tta-r.i^ijT^BBTD i/me, 

■ (*r,j 


K ar d^Ku.) tmidaUB, tmexi 
k. liii. 36. Lo. a. 13. i». 39. J 
nil. 6. Sept. ud Clua. 

ofiUae vml,i.t.' to follow inv per: 
' tUig,' to the BbuidDnmfnit o^ tl] 
. Etniw fi|;, lo Bo^brn lo toy ku- 
^ br flbbmcLDg and ictinf upoa it 
llE,lE.u<>eD», (u Jh. Ant.proaai 
).«... (f <wu\<.«e.}o;Bm.,j or to 

En. liii. 13. I 
■•\il>pM, f. ^tt, {in, A\il-tm,) 
fe K^ i^or out fivm iDv tliini, oi 
Kofiener. u Rev. Tii. I7. In. 4, 
Tuinipvov dxd Tuv 6t>Ba\uiiii 
■ : 'lo wipe off,' L 0. •» we «)■, WcK ort, 
'Icn tnced oa > mitino-boin] ; tlio 
l-nAin^ writing, vbelbei 
Sbju^nuQid, or on iA£x:hraeiit by 

i. T* ^i^Xoi, T^ J„7,. Sept. & 
Hence in Ihe lenBe to tUtrtmie^ u 
iW, u often in the Greek Onton. 
• Col. ii. U, 1£. t6 x"piypaaei; 
\. _:..„ 1., of MoBC*.' And u 
' ' IT Implla 

■ ledger Implle 
• ttiifig. DHd I 

snil the joj 

e jtbta ire paid, 1 

5- 1ft, of eoHceiiiitg rabitL_ __,_, 
»"(««• ud rini,] hj pardomg 1,9. Ii-zliu. 
r.niii.23. Lj»i«106,3S. 
(Wofiai, prop, lo leap, tprwg, 
tifayfltrt. In N.T.toipruig 
M /mm any plus where one nte, 
, Acu ui. 8, l^aUaV(»t IffT.,. 
Ad Clui. So M Iraatthe Leu. 
nl uplflin; but the exDresaiDa 
Bm« leaping iq^u 

7/rsin > rccambent poilure, Pol. 

•' Ihue. in. 187. Polyon. p. 483. 
|Li7,62. HenceitisDHKTofthe 
f bum the gecret chuoben of the 
■M Job liT. 13,) by a KnnnMon 
cde«I.Phil. iii. II. 

• ttj placf, u uid eipec. of the 
<S fim of lighl, whether of the 
I mom, or itaia. In N. T. it it 
' 4i ^mugag Jorik out of the 
•r cen, to Awt forth, intnoi. 
i.& Wi.iT.5.iieimtiSmTu}i.,. J 


n Ihiice in the Sept. but 
K lo cautt to grow, aa aud 
■o Apoll, RhDd. it. 1423, 

vul of, aa oSapring from the womb, Hk. 
xii. U. Lu. XI. 2^ i£. irxlfi^a -ra itifi- 
a,w a. Sept. in G™. it; 2S. lii. 3S,34.— 

of a place, ^funrffbrU, for apeoch or action. 
Acts ST. 5, J£«*£«-.,<r<.i., Xiyarra, Sk. 
'EiaraTdM,f. now, lit. lo lead oat 
b/ H/ r^ mn into error, to Jeeeire, 
irdua, Rom. Tu. 11. iTi. 16. I Cor. iii. 18. 
2 Cor. li. 3. 2 Thest. il. S. Jol & ClaK 
and liter form tor 


pected'^, Mk. ii 

'EJaTTOpiojiat, o5fiai, f. rfirofiai, to 
ullcrUial a lea vAat lo do, ahaoL 2 Cor. 
. R. iTopoiuttoi, iXK' lis ■£. Pa. 
xivii.l6,&lat<rCl*M. HencebyimpL 
daqmr, 2 Cor. i. 6, I£. -roD [pv, of 1i^. 
'EfflTOFT^XX*, r. (X£, lit. lo «H< 

auwj nd of any place whew one now ia ; 

olio i!ener. lo leiid forth. I. to tend owoy, 

..,_.■.. i„.. i^-; H. Smt and Claw. 
n any one, with the implied 

-_ falTimr obtaJBed hia puipoae, 

Lu.i.B3, xXooroTrnt !£. x.w.i..^. 

iO, aq, (£. abrir mvov. So Sept. in 

1. mi. 42. Dent, i 


£=PTIE-, f 1™, (J« ip-r(^-, £r. 
;.) prop, to fttUy eompltte, u aaid of 

>a?. And aa bonncaa ia flud .. _. 

jlptrd when accompliihed, ao a peraon ia 
aid t<t be aooonalUied for any purpeae 
s\Knit\tf,rnAid with all ^e aide for 
iringicg it ahoDl, 2 Tim. iii. 17, (of the 
iiiiii^tBT of the Gospel,) "WpAt vav l^yor 
iyaBi)!; ifnpriffufuoi. 80 Job. Ant. ill. 
;, 2, roXi^iW -rpit Mpiiiroxt ToEt 

"Ef mrTpa'TTM,/. it™, prgp.(ojft»i 
/^rti, ;* ligttning, El.i. 4, irtp !£«,Tpa'. 
i-roir: alao of burnished met^.^li.i.;, 
'f- ynXiiJt, fltpec when worked up 
armour, Nah.S.3. In N. T. uwS 
.indent, duiUog, or gUttering from ez- 
ir nhiteneaa, Ln. ii.29, ifui-r. XiiwJt 

l^EVT^t, adv. lit .^vm thii time, 
Aka^, Hk. tI. 25. Acta x. 33. li. 
«». M. PhiL ii. 23, and later Claaa. 
I£i7il|ii>,t. tfm, Vfif- lo vnkc <n 
K out of il««p, implying v nann^ «4 


frsm the ponare or ileep, Om. ixvi 
ud CluL H«nce in S. T. I. te 

«.()B», 1 Cor.'Ti. U.' Dm. jm'ii^I. it. 

owajr, dmart mm ■ place, abwl. '- 
ITii. 15. u. 7. JoL and Clan. 

•EF.kivxm.f. Sm,lo tionm^eon- 
vict, aliaw to M qnite wrong, Clara. Aim 
by imp], to condfma and ptmui, Jude 15, 
if. XB'rrnt TOii iaiffiit, and M in Claaa. 
"EEiXm*, f, f», prop, fo dnac off" 
/mn any place. Sept. in Oen. nirii. ^ 

to wdiKx, Ann? otaqr, Ji. i. 14, bvA tqi 
Aii. vi. 31, M Tijt iWowit i\,to>iKi(. 

JM.-ii»,} Dio«!.'Ti. 19. ' 

'EE(p4(i>'a», f. «», fo mini oat. 

2*S,far"' "»■'-•"■■ 

«B« o<^ q/'any pla™, or f«m any petwn. 
In N. T. ukJ 1. of PKJisosg, and Ibal 

I) prop, to ffo «r »™/ort4, oither witb 

ailjuncts denoULg the place mil of »bicb, 
fofl. by gen. aa SUtl. ^. 14. Act. ivi. 39, 

rt al. or wiLb an adjuncl of «™. out of 

or from nhom. &c. u of iboBC rrom whom 

demon, departed, Mk. i. 25, »q. Lu. iT. 

35, al. ; or of thou from whom any one 

goea forth with authorily, John liii, 3, 
l£. ii,6 eio6. John ivi. 27, and Sept. 
So ilao to depart, aa amai. Malt. ii. 
31. Hk. ii. I^etal.; orto<ii^.^i«, 
at one in dialiToiir, Lu. v. 8. Alw, 
vith an adjunct of {ilace whither, (oil. by 
lie, i-ri, or irfit with iccng. of place or 
^rton. 2) metiph. in the eenu to go 
Jirrih or tKroad front, to proceed from, 

™. Ac'ti'iT.'^, l'john'Tv.'2. °A^ 
'EVX'"^"' *• fi' iSo^uDt Tiiids, 'to 

to descend from, Heb. vii. 5, and Sept. 

ll'; of TKIN03,°(/i£'or»rn°.^rti,Ml 
YoiM, report, doctrioo, 1 Cor. jdv. 36. 
Her. ivi.l7. lii.S.foll. bydt witb accua. 
or JI with dat. ; or as thoughts, from the 
*«• Mill, IT. 18, or woidi fmm the 
'a..iiL 10: of u edict, lo be ]>nt-' 



e-Ti, impers. (from ifiuu, 
. .Htnuae,) tfupoariU^wkb: 
! to m<Hil powbility or proprie^ 
'id, permitted, Ac. Mut. iit.4. 
.g,«aL;alio JEdK, BC. ifTTi, lb 
1, 2Cor. lii. 4,etaL 
'.!:.rilm, f. iru, to wni 
fu, aa (o the rtility or tn 
'unv thing. In N. T. 1) gener. t 
ill. by Tip! and gen. Ha 
iterng. 1. 1 1. Sept. and C 


i) h, I. 

i. 12. 

■EfuT'oj""', !■ liirDuni, depon. 
lie, hiouai,) prop, (o lead out or / 
i. I to take the lead, be the leuler, C 
in N. T. lo lead, braa oat any nam 
I'l nmie knoam, dawe. 1. qihii 
iLifi^ to reoouat, narrate, Lilxut 
i£. T^ in Ttr oiif. Bimil.Xen. Efh 

xv^l^''i.''i^. l^lte^t. ^d Cla»^ 
SPEC, of penoni, to make buHDK, m 
John i. IB, JF. r6y eiix, 'hath ma 
Cod ' or diicloHd hi> nttuie, altlita 
will. Ik. Comp. Matt. li. 27. So S# 
Levit xiv. 57. Xen.Mem. iiv.7,^i 

■E£««ovT=, ol, al, Ti.nua,.4 
decl. lirlf, Matt. liii. S, et al. 

■E E S», «dT. {prop, a gen. fen. gn.;* 
«aS' undertlood, of the adj. i£Jt IP. ft 
ijui, adbiereo, in ordino aequor,)""* 
siircr.ftkdy, Sept. and Claaa. In N. 
nnly used with article 'u adj. i l&i» 
'■Jna, irpreued in Ln. ii. 37, h. i<m 


li. ). nv. \i iivii. IB. 

■E£.,X'", !■■ ""•. (f*. -ixl*) 

.jitfidotk,f!>rth, OTobroaa, Sept uib 

CIstB. In N. T. pacs. to i> MM 

<iln«<f ; laid fig. of t^e Gospel, la. M 

proclnimed, 1 Theaa. L 8. 

"E£t., (*.. <,{!£«, &. fx-,)P<l 

^ (i. e. constitution), whetler ilk 

ipnocr. de Victu, Xen. (£c. lii. Z P 

17, A. et al. ; or of mm^ (a> often ii P 

id Arillolle) and the faciilig obtaiiw 

1 un. Ecclus. prol, ill toutiiie id 

i£iu -tripia-DHio'iiuiiwc. Hence, by ii 

/iflAiV. i. e. habituaJ uie or practice, Hd 

'E£f(TTi}jui, f. iKtrrrio-w, prop. All 
iiio^e or puf Obi of ptaoe, to dtp 
u intranB. to 69 oui af plaoe. la S 
ly aied fig. 1) trana. in pre*. >a 
iiud liter pcif. to ptrf anj one «< qf 1 

md u>r. 2. icL end mid. la bt be- 
df. Old r/ou'i mind, Mk. ili. 21, 

2 Cor. «. 13, JEirni/iiv, Se^i. 
and CluL ; ivhere, bttwcver, rmr 
isgencr, expitaed. Hence said, 
t Si populu exugention, in the 

he amaad. Malt. xa. 23, ifia- 
rdmc o! jv^'"- »<k. ii. 12. v. 
51, Lu. ii. if. >iii. 56. Act. ii. 7, 

B >£i 

, lo be qiatt able, foil. 
lnGii.£ph.ii>. 18, J£.»' 
'lot, ou, i, (•«, ojdi,) prop, like 
iBha, m oiMit, or wnf out, u 
.106,«.i»^« jriEoAot. InN. T. 
I) prop, of imrn^fing oat, de- 
^m,Tieb. Ii. 22. Sept., Jo««pb., 
m. 2) liK. of dnurten fiom life, 
,Uix.31. 2 Pol. i. 15. WiBd.vii. 
Am. i>. 8,2, i-K- I'^Hov «i l^„. 
Ao9pti-t, f. (liiru, to utterly 
,Hu. foil, b; Ik tuu Xudu, Act) 
»Iit ud Jouph. 

i^aXoyiw, f- ^riB, prim. & prop. 
k ad the ume tliiagi u anoiber; 
« U Uiin OMfleor, (lit. ' lo tmj 
impliu ■ full uknowleikiineiit of 

S0PI..I. Ant. 59, i£. -nj^iXri- 
la M. T. uwd I. iu ACT. and uid. 
) lo /tk/ji ociranoisije, fully con- 

. 11. Re., iii. 6. Hence 3) ( 
daoaledffiiieiU fir beasts, i. e. I 
atb. praae; foil, by dat. of pen Lu. 1.21. Rom. »iT. 11 
■nd oft. in Sept. ; aba Philo, 1 
II. act. fr. the prim, aeow, to « 
t liing ibSA amOia; fiJly atsen. 
t wbal he propoiea, Lu. uii. < 

m.''Hat.ii'. ^o!'&3,8,) er, b 

pronme, a« hao)'- in Joseph. An 

& fi, & 4, 3. Xte. Anab. rii. 4, 13. 


ftlLm, f. taa. lo put any I 

, to Tmd Mai by oath, or eiuii "~ 

Ml Urn, MaU. xiii. 63. Sept. in 

dT. 3. and Clau. 

lit. 'one who binda another by 
Hit, in ute, 'one who by adjuialioti 
mtation profcBset to expel demon!,' 

.. Jtur Au-vKawT-t. SoaltoGaLi 
15, J£. roit bAiuKiiOBt liuui',%tU'lDtt 
|.»iuon, fdund in the heat Chua. w^ 
toe plwk ovt. 

■EJoui.^ria, f. «,o-, (i. intena. 1 
cii.) lo let vttedy at mmgkl, qiatt a 

■EZovitgLa,,!. iaa. {iZ,<ii9.) tatd 
rmite at nought, eonlemn, treat with detpitB, 
irana. Lu. lYiii. a xxiii.ll. Bom.iiT. S, 
10. lCor.v>.4. ivi.ll.Qal.iT.I4. IThCK 
^20. Hence,lCor.i.28.42CoM.10, 
i£ut>0ii><)fi{iw. amlemptible, vile, Sept. 
AJae, hy iinpl. lo r^ect with tcom. Acta it. 
; 1. S^t, 1 Sam. Tiii. 7, and Apocr. 

•EEouala, at, A. (i^io^i,) poaer, i.e. 
e power of doina; any rliine,' abil&y, 
f, Matt.ix.e. John xix. 11. Acta 

fiKuUv, Matt. 
j«n. of thing 

liberty, free chou!e. Acta 1. 7. v. 4. Rom. 
II. 21. 1 Cor. Tii. 37. et al. and Clan. 
— 111. power, entrusted from another, 
oomraiwvn^ fodhtrity. Malt, «i. 23, iv 
irola i£. laDTa touU ; Mk. iii. 15. xi. 

i) pro^ and 

million, ouMorih', 
[.nviii. 18, JddBT, 


, :&uria. Lu. vn. B, tnr* ttou- 

riav. Mk. liii. 31, tin- if. Jude 25. 
Rev. xiii. 2, 1, el al. Sept. and later Clara. 
So alio wlien foil, by jin. of pert, to whom 
the power belonga, Lu. u. 20, 4 If. Toi 
Ay.Jid««. Rev. xii. aO,* Jf. ToB Xp. ai. 
Acta ii<i. is. Col. i. IS. Sometimn pre- 
ceded by J1-I, poaer over. Re*, ii. 26, i£. 
i'lrl Ti; ««;»rxi.6. iiT.18. IX. 6 ; or iwJ 
withacc inthaeunetenie, Lu.ii.l. Rev. 
»i.8. iiii.7. ivi.9,al. 2) melon, put eilher 
for what is subjecl to rule, dominion, Ln. 
iT. 6. iiiii. 7, 1* rSt i£- 'Houioip. S^l. 
and later Claai.; or in the plur. (coUect.) 
denolmg 'those inveitedwiih power," alio 
laiin ™tej((i!M,andinEni(hih/iepot«n.- 
fbr rulcis, magiitRlea. Ln. xiL 11. Rom. 
xiii. 1. Hqq. Til. iii, 1. Alio for jwfen- 
latei, both celcBllal (angels and archangel!, 
Eph, i, 21. iii. m. Col. i. IB. ii. 10. 1 Pet. 
iii. 22.) and i-fimal, Eph. vi. 12. Col. ii. 
15. Eah. ii. 2. So at 1 Cor. xi. 10, i(f,ii\ti 
A 7-4 fe. ix'" i^i ''>'«•*■ i' «""' " 
denote a »hI or kcrcUwi (or l\n!\«»&sW> 

lovrrlii^tt, f. ova, (Ifnvirla.) iM foTir, la trpil fram inj mastj: gr of 
fo KwacB pomr, pririaoi, or un- nuiun. te ooaui ant ofthfircountrj.A) 
I ; ilio, (0 ftwreue t(. In N. T. U j^ vii. 4.>. Stpt, io Dent. liiL. 5. Jer. fiiLI 

I) in Hick 

to kave leave, t" f. 

titf, to ndt, Lu. xiii. 25, ol Sf. 'tbi^it 
rulen,' ud SepL Pui. to ic rWcd iHKr li^. 
U ^ to be UHiier iAe power o^ fig. 1 Cor. 

■EJ.x*, S«, 4 (*£fx-. to jut oot, ri« 
mbovt,} 1 ) prap. f?roiniiiiews, or pTojectioQ 
<" I point. Jab uii. 38. 2) mttipb. emi- 

_._ j.-^-..^-__ . ,. 28, a»^^lI; ol 

mn>. u ID iit 

u oi i£oxi" ai^pii, 
■E£uTi.ItB, f. ;, 


out of ^tm. 
2\aa. for the 

eg. (a ™ , „.. .., _,„ ^ 

I W'V/a.v. CaL ii. 16, lofrnii fl mifd 
I, on. A, 4, »dj. lit OKf .y, Acui«ii.21. JohoT. 1. ScpLuda 

it4, ^, n, 1) genec. a 

•E£«., »dv. af pl.ce, (J£,l il»o prep, 
ith gen. md, tiaiioid, uiil uMd in IS. T. 
of ^aee wuehk, unljbiiif, out ef ilMn. 

&c. John 
lii. 46, aq. 

IiTi.69. Mk. 

tiido of my tiij or ploce.' 
oAroofi, Mk. i. 15, ffu ^p jpri^Dic td. 
-ran. Lif. 1. ID. Re<r. uii. 16. Sept. snil 
CUh. So with Iho art. for *dj. aUmal. 

] cl unlFoTenod hmd conneel«d vitlill,! 
[ prnthiil /eiHcal, Hither nmplj, MULfl 
5. tt ttl, npe. or by the ulditioo rfi 
TaDvn, 01 ran itiiiaii. Ln-ii. tlt< 
nil. 1. John iL 23. liii. 1. 
'EirdVVfXld. (R, i, {irayyUi 
nelMMtom. b K 
John i. 5. 8^ nd a 


. Sept. and CUw. AIk G] 
Ee CSwvi, i. e.' non-OMM 

. ._, ,. _ . .». 5. 1 ThejL iv. 12; or 
wf of On apoitla, Mk. iv. II. Pucther, 
o i^m hiAvv dydpmTroi, ^ouroutwiH per- 
wn,' ' the body,' 2 Cor. i». 16 ; u • prrp. 
vithgeo.oiiln^i/.Lu.iiii.SS. Heb. xlii. 
II, se-jq. uid Claw — II, q^ place whi- 
THEit, on/, on/ ofdoon, iflsc Torbi imply- 
ing motion or direction, u Jvw, uiWur, 
f^XXj""'. ''<'' M»tt. 1. 13, liK. 46. Lt.. 
Clan, Also u prep, with gen. Hall. iii. 
17, iSr>^B,r iZ" TQ* irA»R, et aL 

'EE^B'V, adv. af place, (i£o, Sfliv,) 
jWi ttiUoB/, ou/ioHni*, *u(toai5hr, I. as 
adv. Malt. iiiii.27,«J. La.xi.S9. 2Cor. 

ii. 5. Sept. I 
4, t6, for adj. outward, 1 Pet. iii. 3. 
Ii. 2. t£ EE»Bw, tte oMtatde, Matt. ..._. 
■■ ^ ol if. noB-CartttoM, 

^ ut^iotti, 

25. Lu. _ - 
Tim. iii. 7. Cli 
wu/r. to 1£m, I 
m^^d Glut. 


] Tim. ii. 8. 2 Pet. iiL 4, 9. 
Clisa. ; or at nvcio/ pramite, ActlA 
Rod), ir. 20. Heb. Ti. IS. rii. 6. Bi» 
11, 01 BKpe al. Naie the pecnW (ta 
by Hrbr,, Epb. 1. IS, -ry IlnviiMt 
jTrnyyiXuic, ^tfae 8|Hnt promned,*^ 
Hob. li. 9, ^ yii T^ iiraYViXIn, if 
pra> land.' 2) meton. fot eb 4 
firomixi, like Che utia pmiiiiMBi i4 
ii. S2. -rnr JT. tkv IIv. 'the pmM 

i. 13,33 

'E.irii77{AX>.,f i\£, {l-r^irfii 

a,) lit. to Arn^ word to, /o «■■■■ 

uiv hBtwn^ *^^ifyi dedan, or in 9 

iSr of iojunctiao, to order. lo NJ 

dopDAent mid. iTrayyiKKofiAi w 

rf. pua. in mid. aignificatiaa, Eh 

. ..-»_■_ 1 - - 21, to prauti*!, lit, to d9<iilrt te ■ 

,-tXrvMHS, 1 „„ ^ „ i,j thing, to promiae it le M 

'T^^'^S^?' »p^>miH<heinEad«JraMa.ieaM 

t(,Mit. Til, ''^.\,^,^„^l K«(iW:haMj vViwelii sqgiged te I 

^m, r. vira, to Mnui out. drii'c \ pruTPii«,-wv'.'»i,«=-oS v^in.?,™ -— -, 
phce. i) prop.««»idotpcr-\d.ii.rf?««.A>i«««v-«'>=*-*" 


TH. L a Hcb.n. 13. Ju. i. 13: II. 5. 

nAn, L d. mil^g profcwoD of; foil, 
K. ■* duxridnsr. 1 Tim. ii. 10. YM- 
, tL 31. So Wud, ii. IS, jinv»r'> 
w eiai. XciD. Hem. i. 2, 7, i/H-nit 
Dn. I^rt. lii. pnoiiii. atuppo- 
ipL niot ^i*t. 97, iviiInKiir Kul 

KwiiyyiXiia, nT«, 'r6,apromim, 

M.Li. IH. UutdCluL 
twiym, f. E>, 1} (a Irad t^) la ■ 
cijU nid ofpenau ; 2) lo brimy upon, 
Vd of thinp, witb rafsreneo to pen. 
>9) Dgnif. ii alona found in th» N. T. 
|tBB. u 3 Pet ii. t, lir. Jairrsli iitb- 

■ai>. SepL 0«D. Ti. 17. ^od. zi. 1. 
••.ITIL3& Philo 1018, lUvH. J*. 

£CW. 3) ipcic. fbU. bT I'M-! uid Kt. 
It. 38, !'■-. 1^' Am^ Td glfia, -M 
!■[ nan at, to mpnte to ui the suilt 
lUiUiubler.' 8(i^G«ti.ix.9. ESu>d. 
n>. 7. Denranh. 27i, 4. 
T..y-i,IIo^ai, f. IroNOt, fe ... 
h«^ or/or m; thinj. Jade S, i^. TJ 

.^FiSpairiii, f. otam, to tBlleti U 
Pl(r,,-rA* » ^X^" l-'-'ipof 

M[vTs. It i> wf, M ^e Leii. and 

sph. idEi 

n quaiten to one pUcD. 
"iTuirlm, f. lam, (»1 & alw,) i 
rtiv Draw ■pott, oATiAe muuA n£ 
■wwf, uir one, Lii. iTi. & 1 Cor. i 
17, 32 ; bat in the two lut puuget u 
1 la notice Che idiom whereby obi i-ra 
■ Mid, bj * mild 

In I 


. 11, I 

tit, the exjntMion 
a be regirded u in ucriplioD 
lebnte je fait praite,' auch u 
jmnj pua^et of Ihe O. T. 

I. lPet.L7. 2)uie»oii.o*j«lq/>rowe, 
futhingpraiMwonhy,' Phil. ■- "■ -'— 
n.uidCi'm. IbB. ■■ ~ 

iLl!:,:. ... 

■id of God, 
tii u praiae of vir- 

I verb WuMtlnt. Id 1 Cor. ii 
fof yiB^atroi imkmif, it m 

Tftril.i^at, whelber for fxA di 

'Fvnfpv, f a(is, (JtI, alpx,) genoT. 
/u ni!H vf in any way, trana. In M. T. 
ii ia TiKd, I. ACT. uid 1) prop, ofa wl, 
tr. Iii.i^ m. Acta ixvii. W, & Oliu. pMa. 
'0 /w laHfi bp, AoTM upward. Acta i. 9 ; 
i!s;i of U> lowb, fo /lyV Hp, u in pny«r 
und pniie, Lu. uiv. ^. 1 Tim. iL & 
SrpT. and Clau. '2) dg. to lift i^ m 
^niil (^ the ejea, to loei upon, Milt. ITiL 
8. Lii. Ti. 20, et al. wpe. and Sepl. i at 
[lie nice, to cryoW, Lu. xi. 27. AcuU. 
U, iIt. 11. iiii. 32. Sept. Demoatil. 

nw, Lu. zxi. 28. Alio ix. -riiv xrfiiHu 
;xi TIM i. e. In Iha way of attack, John 
xiii. iX. — .II. um. i'waipofiQi, 1] prop, to 
l^ uf omuJf, fo rw 1^, foil, bv xaTil, 3 
f.:or. J, S, 1«. KiiTi Tiiir YKiii-i -niS 
SidO. Sept. 2) iDeUph. to bt lifttd up, 
rliiM,iCat. a.1Si. Sept. and (^aia. 

'Eiraio-yuvofdii, f. diuiu, lo U 
a^nuiM(^ral,foll. by ace. Hh. tiU. SB. 
I.u. il. 38. Rom. i. 16. 3 Tim. i. B, Ifi. 

_.__ ii.16. 2Tini. 

by ivi with daL Ro 

'V,va%-rim, f. itirw, prop. 

bnnd». Hence to oat aliu. 
and to P>. e 

13. Sepl.&Clui.; 
il. 38. Horn. 

. . , I. MOP. (0 

fjillo^ mon or aiWr ; aln to accompany, 

"■ itT 20, d.i Tw. iw. <ni»i.l«. WilTl 

IThn.T. 24, Tisl dl Jw<iKa:Ui>«iv- 

scil. al dfAaprlai a. i. e. ^are man!- 

epu and CItai. — 

21, W 

. IPel. ii 

;,' follow! 

impU.- I 

u. SU.'i, 41. 1 Tim. «. 10, xai^ lavv iy- 
i-x. 'baa followed up, been atuJioua of.' 
So Luc. Paraa. 3, iir. rait tix"-"- 

'EraKoim, f. oiaa, lit. to Aeor (o, 
fufen, tmrjlAi ; Ihe M denoting ihat Ihe 
hcasr! tuma hit ear lotainii the ipeaka; 
and that, uain, impliea a gnnling of tbe 
[cqiint. So in N. T. ■ to hear and anawer 
pnivet," with gon. of pers. 2 Cor. vi. 2, 
iirliKotKiA roa. So Sept. oft. & ClaaL u 
Luc. Coal. 14, I, Zilt ToiTo ixitnomi 
i7<i». Timon,9,ix.Tui>i0x»i'. Pnim.3), 

'E'TaiifladD/iai, depon. mid. Ai jear, 
liatrn to, foil, by gCD. A<:Uxvi.2a. 

'Exii', com. for Iwil fi»,«il«MWr a., 
B» Kjoa OS, Ma«.n.S, Wiv U liprfu 
Lu. xi. ^ 34. Joa. B,na. C\ua. 
'Eir d i>a7 K n, lulv. t,iiKntt ttom. ■<«» 




of obsol. ftdj. sirayayict)?, and that for 
if* and &vayKm^ * by need,') necessarily ^ 
as in the best Class. ; but with the art. it 
takes, by an ellips. of the murtic. of ilfil, 
the meaniuff of the adj. Thus rd iira- 
vayKtVy sc. oi/ra, Acts xvi. 11, and some- 
times in Class, means * things which are of 
necessity,' necessary. 

'Eiravayw, f. a^«, I. prop, and gen. 
to bring back towards^ cause to return^ trans. 
Hdian. vi. 6, 4. vii. 6, 7. In N. T. intrans. 
to return to, e. gr. «is ttiv iroXiv, Matt. 
zzi. 18. 2 Mace. ix. 21, and later Greek 
writers. — II. spec, used as a nautical term, 
to take [9. ship] oj^ to [sea], Lu. v. 3, Sard 
T^« yfji eirai/ayayctv, soil, vavi/, and 4, 
Itt, th TO fiduo^. Xen. Hist. i. 6, 40. 
See at Sufdyta. 

'Eirava/ii/bii/if<ricat, f. ij<r«, {AvSt^ 
/utM. ) prop, to call back [the mind] to any 
subject or previous thought, to remind any 
one, Rom. xv. 15, lir. v/uav. Demosth. p. 
74, (ficaarrov vfiSfv kirauafi, jSovXo/uat. 
Plato, p. 688. 

'Eirava'jrauctf, f. auo-oi, prop, to cause 
to rest upon, mid. to rest oneself upon, lean 
upon, Sept. in 2 K. vii. 2, 17, iv. ivl Ttii; 
Xeipa and t^ x* Hdian. ii. 1, 3, iiravt- 
nravovTo toTb x^P^^- ^" ^' '^. only me- 
taph. I) to rest upon, abide with, Lu. x. 6, 
iiraj/airauo-cTat iir* aurdi/ ^ elp^in} 
v/uoiv. So Sept. Num. xi. 25. 2 K. ii. 15. 
2) to rest in, i. e. confide in, rely upon; foil, 
by dat. Rom. ii. 17, iirapairavri tw v6- 
fAto. 1 Mace. viii. 12, iir. ai/roU. ' Arr. 
Epict. i. 9, 9, aXXots ^a^pouvTa Koi iir. 
with iiri Tiva, Mic. iii. 11. 

^Kiravipxofiai, aor. 2. cirai/^XOoj/, 
to oom6 6acA; to, r^um to, any place one 
had left, Thuc. iv. 135, as one's own house, 
or any place of sojourn. Sept. and Class. ; 
gener. foil, by prep, with ace. of place, 
sometimes a proper name. In N. T. ab- 
sol. ; the place being implied in the con- 
text, Lu. X. 35. xix. 15. 

'EiravtaTtj/ut, f. n<ro», to raise up, 
excite to opposition. In N. T. only mid. 
iiraviarTafiai, f. <rrn<rofiai, to rise up 
against one in the way of hostility. Matt. 
X. 21. Mk. xiii. 12. ISept. and Class. 

*Eirav6pdcoaii, ccos, v, {iiravop- 
d6u>, to revert,) prop, a setting upright what 
was overthrown, or a straightening what was 
crooked; and fig. a setting to rights what 
was wrong, either by reform of laws and 

?olitical mstitutions, (Jos. Ant. i. 11, 5. 
)emosth. 707, iirav. tCdv vofitov,) or by 
correction and reformation of what is wrong 
in private life between man and man, by 
redress of injury, and amendment of lire 
and conduct, 2 Tim. iii. 16, Jx^cX. ir/oo« 
itravopdaxriv. So Xen. Epist. i. 5, cts 
eTravopdiacriv, ^ad emendandos mores.' 
Luc, Herm. 3. PoJyb. i. 35, 1 , nrpb^ tTraw- 

opQotviv Tov iaSpwrtttv filov. Arr. 
£p. iii. 21, 15. Philo, p. 319, B. iv. 
/3tov. Pkto 101, A. iTti Tp nrifi ^ 
iiravopdoaarti Tax0ci<rai w6 ^U0 
Kal yo/iwv, 

'EiravM, prop, an ady. (cirt, ivM,)! 
in use a prep, with gen. in the 
above, i. e. over above, on high ; soi 
upon. In N. T. it is used, L as aai 
either of place, above, over. Matt. 
Lu. xi. 44, or number, more than, 
xiv. 5. ] Cor. XV. 6. Sept. and CI 
as PRBP. with gen. of place, 1) 
over. Matt, xxvii. 37. i. t^9 acc^^taX^fc 1 
iv. 39. Rev. xx. 3, and Sept. 2) 
Matt. v. 14, exdvoi opov9 Ktifiimi. 
7. xxiii. 18, al. Sept. and Class.; ■ 
diffnity, over, Lu. xix. 17. 19, ydwi 
TTivTt xdXewv. John iii. 31, cir. W 

*£ x a p K e (o, f. caw, ( ivi, Apxiu,) [ 
to holdhack,oit ward q^[evil comiifi 
any one] by interposing an hindrsnoe ; I 
by ace. and dat. Horn. IL ii. 87^ 
N. T. by impl. to aid, relieve, folL by( 
1 Tim. V. 10, kir. ^\i,^fiiyow, uA 
and so Class. 

Acts xxiii. 34. xxv. 1. J^r^ectan 
the name given to the larger prof 
the Roman empire, to wmch Pr 
or Propisetors, were sen t ; while the i 
ones were termed Ixcrpoirat, and 
governors iiriTpoiroi. 

*Eirav\i«, ccov, 4, (liravXt^Ofi 
pitch a tent, to tent, contr. fr. 
at9,) prim, and prop, a tent, or 
temporary abode, Num. xxxii. 16, or i 
hero's tent ; also a cottage or rustic di ^ 
ing, as in later Gr. writers. In N. T^ 
luuntation gener. Acts 1. 20. So Jt 
iii. 3. Prov. iii. 33. 

'Eiraupiov, adv. of time, (hrl^ 
piov,) on the morrow. Hence in N.*" 
iiravpiov, scil. vfiipa, *the next 
Matt, xxvii. 62, et seepe al. and Sept 

'Eiratppi^M, f. iaw, to /bam ■ 
Mosch. Id. V. 5, il Sk ^dKa<r<ra KvpfH 
(curvedly) i'ira<ppl'tri. So Jude 13^ fl 
fiaTa aypia d'aXaffO'fjv cira0pitovVI 
&c. ^ foaming up upon [the shore]. 8l 
Valckn. on Callim. 269. Jacobs on il 
thol. Gr. ix. 223. 

^Eirtytiput, f. cpea. This verb k 
two distinct senses, accordii^f to the ill 
assigned to the cirf. I. prop, to roMtfl 
one from sleep to watchfulness, as HoiM 
Aiistoph. Xen. et al. ; or fijg. firom \U 
tivity to action ; Lucian de ^t. 85, i« 
ytipowa tIiv didvoiau irpdi Thunt^ 
Toil/ dptufiivuiv : also, with an implied I 
tion of hostility, to excite agairut any m 
of course foil, by subst. of pers. with iw 
espec. ace. of pers. with cirl, as on. 
\Sep\.. ft. ^. 1%. "xIvA. \T^ W^yilpm vp 

ni, 2, i-rtyipBAirBrrai Alyfrir- 
Alyinrr. So Actt liT. 2, Ito- 

Hod. Sii. liv. 52, iimyiipim-B 
'Hit. Hot u thii idiom conflned 
exindriin wrjlcn, it being fbuod 

T, II. ii. ssa, TpBi;!- i<t>iirtB- 

iytlpaiiiv i^liu 'As^a. PlllO, 

Nor is it nneMmpl^d in our cor- 

Ad (hingi of d» tiegin to dnwp 
K, While nigfat'i block luenti te 
' do nwK' In AcU liii. £0. Ir^ 
iggTM^' i*' ''i" naSXw, thePB ii 
n to donmnt ill-will bdng routed 
tnmil;. CDiap.Siipli.(^'l''^.'Sl<'< 

, conjunct, {iti,) (u, uid both of 
au» or motive, 1) of time, as, 
•er lAal, foil, bj mor. indk. Lu. 
il ti irMpm-ri. S^t. & Clul. 
nm, or mo^ve, at, twx, iecasai. 


den, ^ oMerviK, RoiQ. 

eb. ii. 36. Sept. vd Clui 
In. conjunct., prop, uid inClui. 
a> luts, but in N. T. nied of 

. 46. Lu. Ii 

E, uid oft. 
!*».,>, wnjunct.(iir.iaft,».p,) 
or Acf'tfiKr, monnbcA oj, Lr ~ 
)dv, (uMd usor. fromidiaaiia,) 
AoW, but in N. T. likeLnt. rr-= 
r regard^ to behold for good^ i 

i.2S, i 

L5. Pt 

r. &C.1 ud H 

uov, ana ht. 16. Comp. Pi. 
J-ri^X.!^ i-w i,d, «i {\^ 
iIk for evif (with ditlsTour] 
rl with ICC. Acl« iy. 29, iniii 

1 tboie puucei of the O. T. 
1 is Hid to Uidi ort^ wben injun 
meditded, in order to nud ii 
the ignievcd putj, and turn il 

'., u'beie, and U Gen. iixi. 49. 



of pertoni, io approach. 


n^jo^ao, from ivci^i', amd ot limfiMot^ 
«„ ,liv. Act! vii. 26. XTL II, ii. 15. ui. 
^, , If 'nigbl, Sept&Cliu. 

,i.t, ;.i,'riirc^'^, lUm. Ui'. 30, urj Cltu. 
'Kmoayoi'ji, Si. A, lit- u irst^Wj; 
» of lometliinE in addilipn (0 wfau before 
ixiBLd, whelber a tliini, Thuc. viii. 92, 
n-mrayiayiii ivii «aX. or per). Jot. 

Aul. Ii. 6, 2, IWpat, 1. e. wifb, iwMuray. 

In N. T. flg. of thing!, Heh. td. IS, 

rtna. ndv. (Jirl, il^a,) mirking 

. i-ripv .; 


Mk.™.5. Lu , .. .. 

iul. i. 21. J>. iv, U. Se^t. uid Clui. 

iHic, JoLii. 7, i-K. /iiTi xdDto. G»L i. 


. i». 6, 7, 23. Heb. rii. 27, »nd ipec. u 

llic fonnulu x,«Stoj.— Iir.iTa, &r./rrt 
— f/iai, ot nerf, &t. ITS™. 

■ 2, Ja. iii. 17, and CUu. 

prop. adT. {kir JicfLra, 

. uipi ) hot, 


riKTifvu, f. iiiu, to tfrcAA oaf 
/otiunija ; mid. to iff«(cA ofWKJ^ reoei 
ylirW toMordi; fblL by dat. Phil iii. H, 
-□IS fjaTpoffPiv Jw. ; where, by a metaph. 
nhca from a cAaruteBr, ia denoted orvol 
t,™aiMM 4 ardour: u, Mai. Tjt. vEi. 2, 
iBuToioipowS iI™t(iwim£mi, T^i^o/XJ. 

!ii-njt, or x'Twi^aicoc, John xii. 7, & Sept. 

'ETivdvH, or uvm, f. iaa, lopultm 
>»r, tnni. Jos. Ant. «. 1, 12, itnMmt 
ri^™i« ToTe ffToXatv. Plul. Pelop. 21. 
n N.T. io mid. to pat on otBr one'i other 
isLnuents; said fig. of the spiritual bodj 
U^iined for the bleased in heann, 2 Cor. 
(. 3, 4, iwiuSilffUBSoi l-ri-roioivrn. 

'Et^px'*''"'' '' (^■"'Ofuu, prim, to 

h'pw. Horn. Od. iri, 27. Xa N. f. to 
<i.7H£Un, ttpoB, (0 any plaie or peraon. I. 
.f I.1.ACR. to mnw to, arrive. Acta liy, 19, 
^'pt. and Claaa.— II. of pibb. to oonM 
ipoT,, attack, Lu. li. 22. Sept. and ClaH. 
1 fi. So of evils, 6g. to flimf upon, be/aU ; 
Dli. by ivi with ace. Lu. Ixi. 35. Acli 
nli. 24. liii. 40. Sept. aod Clau. Also 
.;iid of the illapie of the Hoi; Spirit, aa 

£ n £ 188 £ n I 

7, iy Totc uImvi iir. Lil xzi. 26. Ja. y. 1. rigere. This qm of ^irexecv for i 

Sept. and Class. however rare, is found in Horn 

*EirtpuT&u, f. ij<r», to oat flrf, mgutra 444, k(»^os 6^6» 'Eir jce^/>«<7 

of, I. GKNER. and with ace. of pers. and «»««7C« '^^ oIuoi» ipwe^oir : tnd i 

thing, Mk.xi. 29, iir«piim5(r« vuav %va ^. it in the phrase fiaUtt 

\6yov. Lu. XX. 40. Sept and Class, or which occ. in Horn. Pausan. & o 

ace. of pers. with gen. of thing, and ir«pi, i-Tix® '»•"**' Aristoph. Nuh. 13J 
Mk. vii. 17, and Class, or ace. of pers. and 'Eirtipe <4]^«, f. data, {iirnp 

Xiyw, Matt.xii.lO. Mk. v.9. Lii.iii.lO, or threat; see my note on Thi 

aL Sept. and Class. So also, in a^diciaj gener. to maltreat, either by de« 

sense, to interro^. with ace. of pers. and ^ ^^ng^ Matt. ▼. 44. Lu. vi. 

thing, John xvhi. 21, or ace. of pers. and ^^t. Philo, p. 972. Xen. Mem. 

X^ycdi/, Matt, xxvii. 11. Lu. xxm. b. ^r by words, to iraduee, oalumi 

Acts V. 27. From the Heb. Iirepon-iia, ^cc. 1 Pet. iii. 16, and Class. 
Tdv Otdvy to ask after God, to seek God, . 

Rom. X. 20.— II. 8PBC. in the sense to ask /*-«■*» prep, governing the j 

or desire, with ace. of pers. and inBn. *»•* «»«*• with the pnmary si 

Matt. xvi.l,iir»ipaKrti<roi»C requested of) «?»»• I. with the OKNIT. and i 

ain-dv anfitlov iiriielj^ai avrolv, "> a F^at variety of relafaons 

bended under the two leading 

21, p&imvfia, ervvMii^jTiuti &y. iirtf. y^^ gencr. witli gen. of place, 

sic Otdv, where, though Exnositors are not jy, q^ J^j YtipZv ipovai at, an 

agreed on the exact sense, the term is best ^^^i 19^ ^t al. snpe; also fig. Matt 

explained an answer, lit. the profession, or '/y^ ^^i ff^^^aTot 6vo fiaprvptt 

eniiagement, made in answer to. a question. ^„0 - ^^ ^^^^^ 4 ^j^ ^^^ j^tin: 

Said with aUusion to the (juestaons and ^ii 26, l-jri rrji Bdrov, i. e. *at t 

answers used at baptism, which TertuUian ^^i^ ^^^ l,ugi, , j^^ta ^^^j $ 

calls sponsionem scUutis ; &. in ref. to the i-^ovrtv i0' iavrStv, and spec, 

present passage, says, 'the soul is conse- cial sense, coram, apud, in then 

crated not by washing, but by answermg, M^tt. xxviii. 14. Acts xix. 20, 

'£ircx(», f* ^</>e^w, prop, to have or ua)v kvl tov vvvti^iov. xxvi. 

hold any thinff ^^pon, to hold out any thing XoyetaOac lirl <rov. 1 Cor. 

towards. In N.T. it is used, I. Fio. as said 1 Tim. vi. 13, and sometimes 

of the mind, to hold or fa ike mind upon, judicial allusion, 2 Cor. vii. 14, 

to attend to, by a metaph. taken from o-iv n iirl Tirov, also in Class. ' 

archery. So Find. 01. ii. 160, to^ov whither, after words implying 1 

vKoirto kirly^tat : folL by dat and vovv direction upon, to, towards, &c. 

impll Acts iii. 5, 6 ik citcIycv aurotv. sequent rest upon, Matt. xxvi. 

I Tim. iv. 16; foil, by irws, Lu. xiv. 7, iv. 26. ix. 20. xiv. 35. Lu. viil 

and Class. The ellip. is expressed at 40. John vi. 2, et al. ssepe, and ( 

Lucian Alex. 4, toIv fiiyi<rroi9 kirixtiv of timb when, i. e. on, at, or dm 

t6v vouv, — II. as c'jreYEur nvd signmes i. 2. 2 Pet. iiL 3 ; of time, as n 

in the best Class, e. gr. Thuc. i. 9. Udian. contemporary events, at. Matt 

vi. 5, 18, to hold back, detain any one ; so t^9 fiiToiKtala^ Ba/3. Acts xi 

in N.T. Acts xix. 22, ain-di kviirxt der,* ixi K\ow^lou. Mk.ii.26. 

ypovov civ tV/v 'Aaiav, it means, by an iv. 27. So of actions as specif 

ellip. of kavT6v, to hold oneself hack, to e. gr. kiri TtJay irpoatvxSav aov 

remain, as in Sept. 2 Chr. xviii. 5, 14. or in, my prayers, Rom. i. 10. I 

Gen. viii. lO^ 2 Mace. v. 25. Philo, p. Philem. 4. — iii. jig. as said 1 ) - 

1029. Thuc. ii. 101. Xen. Cyr. iv. 2, 0. or authority, upon, over. Mat 

V. 4, 38; and so Plut. vi. 574, 3, ov iro- /Sao-iXeuci lirl t^s 'lovdalav. 

\itu "Xj^ovov kimrxtjov : a sense which 5. Eph. iv. 6, o &v kiri irdvr 

springs from the primary one to hold, or Acts viii. 27. xii. 20. Rev. ii. 2 

keep on or 6y any thing. At Phil. ii. 16, and Class. 2) of a subject of 

Koyov ^0)^9 ktrixovTiv, some eminent on, of, only after verbs of 

Expositors suppose the sense to be, *per- writing, &c. Gal. iii. 16, ob Xeyi 

severing in the knowledge and practice of iroXXeov, and Class. 3) of mamn 

the wonl of life.* But although supported kiri with gen. forms a phrase fb 

by Heb. iv. 14. x. 23, it is against the e. ct. iir' dXi^Octav, * or a truth, 

context ; which rather requires the sense trQ,y^ Mk. xii. 14, 32. Lu. iv. ! 

assigned, ^ holding forth,* or iv. 27. x. 34, and Sept. So in t 

\* L e. towards^ like Lat. por- k<p' no-vxias for ^ovxtot, &c— 




▼a, tnd I. of pUux^ in the same 
hr2 with gen. 1) of place voheirt^ 
ds implying rest wpon^ on, in, &c. 

bothprop. as Matt. xiv. 8, 11. 
. iv. 3^ & oft. ; and as impiyine 
unity, (k, dose by. Matt. xxiy. 33. 
6. V. 2. Acts iii. 10. v. 9. Rev. 
also, as sfldd of pers. with, among, 
riii. 14, i'w* ainrolv itri/JLtlvai. 
rii. 7, and Class. 2) of place 
after verbs implying motion, or 
t^xm, to, towards; and that both 

prop, as Matt. ix. 16. Mk. ii.- 

viil. 7. Acts viii. 16, and fig. Heb. 
U>in v6fiov9 fiov i'rl Tats Kap- 
jUso as unpljrmg direction of mind 
my one, either niendly, 2 Cor. ix. 
&IHV TovOeoO l<f>* vfuv. Lu. xviii. 
ale, Lu. xii. 52, irar^p i<b' vl^, 

eirl iraTft. Rev. xh. 1/, and 
I. of time WHBN, ttpon, at, in, 1) 
[eb. ix. 26, ^irt avvrtXtla twv 

2 Cor. iii. 14. vii. 4. Eph. iv. 
. i. 3. Heb. ix. 15. Sept. and 
I) spec, in the sense after, lit. 
uyi^aon. Acts xi. 9, t^v hxi^scm 
>fiivij9 iirl STc^avoi. John iv. 
•ovTta, thereupon, and Class. — iil. 
J. as said of power, authority over, 
iv. 47. Lu. xii. 44, & Class. 2) 
ag accession to something already 
sd, or implied, i^pon, unto, besides, 
V. 20, 22, &Wa TikXavra iKip- 
-* ouToIs. Lu. iii. 20. xvi. 26, 

16. Col. iii. 14. Phil. ii. 27. 
. 1, and Class. 3) as that upon 
J thing rests as a /oundation or 
D various specifications, both gener. 
4. Lu. iv. 4, & after words imply- 
, torust, or confidence upon or in 
n or thing, Mk. x. 24. Lu. xi. 22. 
. 12. 1 Tim. vi. 17, et al. ; also 
rase Kan-avKtiv. iir' iXtridi, Acts 
al. iirl Tip 6»6fiaTl tivos, * on 
id of his name,* &c. Acts iv. 17. 
1. xxiv. 17, et al. and Class. Also 
>ject of an action, or discourse, in 

to, or concern^, Mk. vi. 52. 
L 38. John xii. 16. Heb. xi. 4. 
.1, and Class. ; of a condition or 

under which any thing takes 
^r. ix. 10, iir' iXiridi Apo^ptav. 
L 11. viii. 6, iiri KptlTToviv 
Kiaii, ix. 17. X. 28, and Class. 
fnmnd or motive of any action, 
, i. e. on acoount of, because of, 
X. 9, ju^ iirl iropvEia. Lu. ii. ^, 
It rdif Qiov iirl vaaiv. v. 5. 

16. iv. 21, et al. and Class. ; of 
uiM UPON which any thing takes 
poa, at, ooer, after words denoting 
tioa of the mind, as joy, sorrow, 
<) &c Matt, xviii. 13, X'^^P^'- ^'"'^ 

La. i. 14, 47, et al. ssepe and . 

of the ofyet^ or purpose of any j 

action, upon, unto, for. Gal. ▼. 18, iir* 
iXivdtpia l»c\tj0tjT£. 1 Thess. iv. 7. 
Eph. ii. 1. 2 Tim. ii. 14. Phil. iii. 12, et 
al. and Class. — III. with the accus. i. of 
place, and 1 ) as implying rest and motion 
combined, in which case it marks a spread- 
ing out upon or over any thing, in various 
directions. Hence prop. cUong lypon, cdong 
over, throughout, or simply upon, over, at, 
among; and that \io'^ gener, za Matt, xx vii. 
45, CKOTO^ iyiviTO iiri iraaav Tri» y^v, 
and X. 34. xiv. 19, 26. xv. 35. xviii. 12. 
xxii. 9. xxiv. 16, et al. sa$pe; and spec. 
where the motion is adirected to a higher 
place, up upon, up to. Matt. iv. 5, Ycmjo-tv 
abrdv iirl t6 itTtpvytou tov Upov. xiii. 
48, &vafiifi. iirl t6v aiyiaXdv, & xxi. 5, 
iir(/3s/3t}Kci)v iirl 5vop, et al. sape & Class. 
So of a yoke or burden taken up, or placed 
upon any one, Matt. xi. 29. xxiii. 4. 
Acts XV. 10 ; and metwh. said of fear, 
guilt, or punishment, which come upon 
any one as a burden laid upon him to 
bear, Matt, xxiii. 35, sa. Lu. i. 12. xxi. 
34, sq. John iii. 36, et al. ; also of good, 
&c. Matt. X. 13. Lu. x. 6. Gal. vi. 16, 
&c. ; where the motion is to a lower place. 
Matt. X. 29, cv ij^ airrCau ov irco-ctTai 
iirl T^v yrjv'. and xiii. 5, 7. xxi. 44. 
Acts ii. 3. Rev. viii. 10. xvi. 2, and Class. 
Fig. of the Holy Spirit descending and 
abiding upon any one, Matt. iii. 16. xii. 
18. 2) of place whither, implying motion 
upon, to, towards, any place or object, as a 
limit, aim, end, prop, and ffen. e. gr. after 
iriiTTta and iicriiTTw, Matt. xxvi. 39. 
Lu. V. 12, et al. So after verbs of going, 
coming, conducting, &c. equiv. to irpot 
with an ace. Matt. iii. 13. xii. 28, et al. 
Fig. of measure, extent, upon, utUo, i. e. 
up to,' about. Rev. xxi. 16, ifiiTpr\<ri riiv 
iroXiv iirl araiiov^ Svod. x^^- ^^^ Class. 
So also i<f>* &<Tov, in so far as, inasmuch 
as. Matt. XXV. 40. Rom. xi. 13, ivl 
irXeiov, further, the more. Acts iv. 17. 
2 Tim. li. 16. iii. 9, and Class. — ^ii. of 
Urns, V\ time \xqvi long, during, for, Lu. 
iv. 25, SKXeto'Ot) o ovpapdv iirl Itt] TpLa, 
and xiii. 31. xviii. 20. xix. 8, 10. Ueb. 
xi. 30, and Class. So also iirl xpovov,for 
a time, Lu. xviii. 4. c<^' ocrov, sc. XP^vov, 
so long as. Matt. xix. 15. c0' IkovIv sciL 
Xpovov, a long while. Acts xx. 11, and 
adverbs iirl iroXit and iirl irXctov, Acts 
xxviii. 6. XX. 9. 2) impl3ring a term or 
limit of time, upon the coming of which 
any thing is done, upon, at, about, Mk. 
XV. 1, iiri t6 irptot. Lu. x. 35. iiri rifV 
aSpiop. Acts iii. 1, iirl t^v wpav r^v 
irf>o<revY^c, and Class. ; joined with an 
adv. in later usage, iiri rpiv. Acts x. 16. 
xi. 10, and Class. — in. Jig. as said of 
power or authority over, or care over, 
upon, over, Lu. i. 33, ^aaiX&voEi iicV t^v 
oIkoi/ 'laK. and ix. 1. x. 19. XcI%n\\.\^. 


. T. 14, e( (I. lad CUn, ; u 

^t the su'i 

0, Ac. GDWvrftw, Mk. 1 
Rom. iv. 9. 1 Tim. i. la H<b. vi 
Sept. aad later Clua. 2)oftlutBB 
tbe mind aod hekn ar ''^ 

hostility, ^ 

DMT, AUtt xiv. 14, 

■ - T.aa. Lo. 

B. Eph.ii. 7;m 
, .„.. ... __ .lii. 36, J*' Mi^ 
Ti,i i,itf>iii«.]. ML iii. S6. Lu. li. 17. 
Acta Til. 34, and Clau. Hence also aa 
thi object of hope and trail, UMt. uviL 
43, rirmeii' iwl t6u eiw. Acta ix. 42, 
et il. Alio of the oaiaum or cMect, on or 
(WBT whicb joy or loiTow it telt, Rtr. 
iviii. 20, liAaaiKm i-r' airAf. La. 
iiiii. 28, ^1, nXuiiTi if' iiU. Rer. L 7, 
Ka^auToti-r' airroii. AlsoHdeDOtiagpur- 
pose of ution, upon, for, UatL iii. 7, Jpv. 
1x1 Ti aiiTTiB/io at. ' to 1» baptiud f S. 
UEii, 5a, (t1 Xmrrriv. Lu. viL 44. iv. 4. 

xiiii.48,1 ■" - 

oUm, 1) 

' tiling, Ln. ii. 63, lir. t^* x»^ 
lijxn-pcw. 9e^ in Dcut. lii. 'i 

o^df ifWR, fiiU. by lis and a 

. ali»L liT. 72, Kol k-wi^^t 
lit of tb« ball,' IkXoii. Hern 
I .^^ toaardt^ lo faii to, pel 
.no, Lu. IV. la, Td lxi^-i> 
liifiH. \ Mace. I. SO, and Clu 
'Brt^apim, f, 4ai>, prop, i 
n BtiDn, WE^ doum. In 
Btaph. Jo £e ncnleiuome to, 
niary wnw, bi i» ehargtatle t 
11, if. 2 TboH. iii. 8, «pdc 1 
Tffni Tim. So Dion. H: 
<, 3. In 2 Cor. iL £, Ih /ii 

rfoUo™''m«a"g ' th™' 


i/NM, lotDanff, agaait, u 

a in 

r-. 6) 

Appian, vol. ii. p. 415, 71. 8ch 

■Eirip.fiilm, f. d^c, to 
mowd, trana. aa a iKaat for ridi 
34, 1*10. ai-rir 1*1 rd Um 
uith lx( imp). Lu. xix, 3£. Ac 
Sept. and Cfau. 

i. 36, and 
:jT. iU. 3, 
'H. Indeed, from sucb pa»agM as Eunp. 
Elect. 94, T.iXEui'— ii-rds ai^nitioXDJii, 
it il plain that the primarj' ilgniflcaiion 
mi. lo mfiot upon. Thus in N. T. it 

in a country. Acta D.' 18, lii tt,ii 'kaiai'. 
and IIF. I, Tp lirn/ixf? IL <* '«' .'^ 

the b^k''ar a^h^i or au, Hut! ill. S^ 
or on board ihip, to enAark, Acta xii. G, 
al« Td irXoTotf, and 3r«Tii. 2, xXofu, 
abaol. Hi. 2. Sept. and Clasi. 

•ErifidWio, f. ^nXi, (ocorf, (Srow, 
or /ay any thing span another thing, or 
penoo. In N. T. it is lued. L tf 
prop, and foil, by dat. Mk. li. 7. i: 
ri i/iiTia, oft. In Clua. 1 
BpSxaii iiiiiu i. So Xenopb. t cuhl. >.. i , 
WtpaXkavra Tait Pp6xovs M iro- 
ffYoiiiiouaTo. See more in mj note on 
ICoi. In the Bcnie A> c2ap on, aa Hid of 
B patch. Matt. ix. 16. Lu. v. Sfi. In the 

Cor, rii. 3S, 

Xiipm, foil, by (xi T<w, or a I 
jbndiKpofl. in two genait, 1)1 
niil of a person, Matt. xivi. 50. Mk. xW. 
4ff. La. XX. 19. xxi. 12. John vii. 30, 44. , . , , , 

Acu V. IS. xxi. 27- Sept. and C\a»«. 1^ \ Ppiiw,1 V"?- 1> 
A ia^ ieid <^, undertake; a« i^d ot b. \ nan\»B«. "■ •"'"■ 

Mithacc; but in Sept. foU. wi 
i-wl. InN.T.onljli^tobat 
hy impl. with reipect, Ja. ii. 3, 
tot/ tbopodtrra. Sw- ; or geuer- ' 
and Lndness, Lu. i. 48, 1«<| 

■Ex(|9XirHi., a-rot, Td, (1 
lit. ORV thing put on, MO void 
IS. mL ii.^f. Lu. T. 36. In 
Symm. dieahoet of the GibeoT 
Und vuioug pieces of bide >ew. 
are Baid lo have iirtBXA/ta.Ta. 
alw occur, in Ii. iu. 20. Sept 
Vil. *;l. Ti. 29, 8, but only . 
uilh reference to the Ggurea wt 
llie ground, 

'Exi^oiiB, t. da-B, to «n 
folL by Tin, Thue. t. 65. i*. 
Pol. 1. 12, 5. Tbe void occui 
in Thuo. (iii. 92,) at Act* ii 
0alitTit ^1, «■<•> ■(py a^dv,ci 
indamantes : /xai 18 to be rep 
liie preceding. Cooip. Thuc. ' 
/lil dxoXiirni riir iroxjuAi, 
iX£^Du\4i ^, ti, aprfffi 
lit Boy one, a plot. Acta 
>. ixui. 3U. SepL and Cla 

Hidow. tcconlmg 

i.Dt, ou, 0, li, idj. fur the 
> r^^i (y''"!.) fartilif, belong- 
e eirth, u oifiaTa lirlyiiii, 
'. 40. 3 Cor. V, 1 ; of peno'a, 
I. LuciaD 1CU-.2. Diod. &ic. i. 13, 
t of ^Atfioi, Td ixf-y- ' thhigB 
; lo thi> me; [i. e. Qnly,] md » 
human cupuKtio, John iii. 12. 
19. voMa k-riytin, earthly, and 
'mperftd, mean, Ja. iii, IS. 
lyve^ai, to arvK i^on, eomt 
of a wiiul, b> giTtag ap. Acta 

li)£aTiK iiTi-y ira/iivail, ind ill. 
.v,;,aici., f. yvmmmai. The 
U inoio at, 

I perceiee, mmgate ; and 
<o ootfhwifH^ as true. 
.DN.T.,iiiiIaTe lo closely 


dnetrinoi, in ejiiillc, Ac. v. 13. 3) fram 
the Hcbr,, & siitb (hs idea of lood-wUl, lb 
knoic ([«d AFP1WTB, admoal^e and am 
far. ektrith, foil. Ij act 1 Cor. xyI. 18, 
iirLyiiHimiiTi siv Toiti TdwiiTaiit, and 
Sept. NuDib, xA. 9. 

'Eirlyvuirit, im, A, eorregpoudi t» 
Lai. cagxitio, deuoarg 1. BUBJiCTiviLr, 
the act of nuning to a fall ktianledge of 
anv IhaQK, and i^jfxah%,admovUdjimeid, 
t. gr. iS° AXn»"oi, 1 Tim. iL 4. 4 Tim. 
ii. 26. iii, 7. Tit. i. I ; iyneoD, Philem. 6 ; 
TauKi>gIai..2Pet.i.S. «.•»>•, i^aprlat, 
Rom, iii. 20, & Clan.— 11. obJKctitxlv, 
IhH ViiowledgB H acqiiired, fall iwiuk 
UdM i said in N. T. of wh« ia known 
in Scripture nf God, ChHat, divine thingv 
Hi.- n^ni. i. Sft, Tin Qtir lyiiv iv '«■- 
md I. 2. Ei>h. i. " '- '• ■ 

ooking at' aiy ft 
iviii.30. Heno 

d, that 

intent^ aa tackoaiive, or in pro. 
ud at Dthen u tomplntfd b;- 
riedge. I. mcHOATivB, md li 

no obKiration of things, Ui. i. 

ep'l. & Chu. 1 vitt 

w, ir. Tit run— 

iiro Ti>>Dv, ' to know from or bj- 
' Matt. ^i. Ifi. 2) to oswrfOHi 
ervaiion, fblL by 5ti, Lu, viL 37, 
oa Sri di^itiiTai, end ixiii. 7. 
I. 34. iiH. 29; abul, ii. 30. 
I lenae to pen^vt, ie well atom 
arc. Lu. v. ffi, l-riyKift rt'^- 
,^lnai,. Mk.v.30: foil, by £- 
I, Lu. i. 22. 1) (0 recngmK, I 
^ sight, and perceive * pereon or 
be one vhom »e have belore Kcn ; 
u. Matt, iiiv.35. Mk. ■■"■■■■ 
T. 16, 31. AeU iii. 10. 

of thing, ^m. 

L 1 Cor. xUi. 12, x-i l-wiytma^ 
. in the MDae to tv^^rromed^^rfi 
iet one V or prv/bsse9 to be. Matt. 


m Di buawlum. b 
ii. 20. Mk. I 


me, m"x^ 

' a mark on,aa Tii. 187, (o jnrniB upon. 

ijiiblic iiurripdon, Mk. iv. 26. Acti ivii. 
as. Rev, lEi. IS. Sept. and Claw^II. 
lip, to impria doeply on the heart, 
ifeb., ixi «<pJ.'os -irit «*.- 
ypd-lro, [I'Dtiivf iiou], and I. 16. 8o Frov. 
vii. 3. iiriypailiaii [Xayaut] irl to 

r\aTui T^ naptlat aov. .XtchjI. From. 

Bl, Till iyyiiiiptv von fivrifiooiv ij'Xxoi! 

t, f. j(i£a>, to <y 

vi for oi 

n. 1, and Ck». Also, (d poiiU 
1 on., for ob«rva^on, Malt. iiIt. 
Ta Thi idnoiond!, and Clan — 
to nhow, and by impl. f 

, , -, _.._ , --, - prow to be ao 

or BO, llcb. vi. 17. Acu xviii. SO, & Ctaaa. 
'E-ff- cd c vJfi a (, f. ii^afiai, depon. 
mid. to reixitt lo oeaelf; and by impl. to 
odmU to hospitality, &c. trana. 1) prop. 
3 Jobn 10. 1 Mate. lii.B.i*. Tois iU\.- 
•tiot-t. FDl.xxii.1,3. 2) fig. of a teacher, 
to admit, aaait to, owirooe, 3 John 9, oO« 
liriSiv''^'*^ ^M^f. oC Ibmea. odmil^ em- 
6race,%^cioi. U. 26. Pol. -.i. U,l . 

'E-jTiSilfiiBi, f. Aom, t,l»\, *ni^' 
pi»p. and. in Clus. to Tend« oniong ow 




so vonfiaTa in 2 Cor. ii. 11. x. 5. — ^11. 
with refer, to the prim, sense, mind, i. e. 
mode o/thmking and/eding, disposition and 
manners {mores)^ inasmuch as they proceed 
from the thoughts and feelings of the mind. 
See Matt. xii. 34, sq. xv. 18, 19. So 1 Pet. 
iv. 1, Tiji» avTTiv iifvoiav onrXiaaodt : 
also Wisd. ii. 14, iyivtro wjuTv «fs i\ty- 
Xov ivvoiSiV nfjiSav, 

"Kvvoiioii ovy o, Vy adj. {iv, i/o/ao«,) 
prop, tnmin law, I. legUimate, appointed 
or sanctioned by law ; and, like irapayofio^, 
used hoth of persons and things, hut espec. 
the latter. So Acts xix. 39, iv r^ iv- 
vofitp BKKXricria. Luc. Cone. Deor. 14, 
iicfcXtiatas Ayofiiviiv. Plato 413, E. iro- 
XiTcta iv, Polyb. ii. 47, 3, fiaaiXtia i. 
But the sense in the passase of Luke is 
rather, * the regular assembly,^ i. e. some 
one of the assemblies fixed for transacting 
' public business. — II. as said of a person 
only, sublea! (as opp. to eidex), under the 
law, 1 Cor. ix. 2l, ivvou<n JLpitrrtS, 
* bound to obedience unto Christ.* 


09. OV. O, 

Ti, adj. (iv, vif^i) by 
»^,»., .*»jf.^y, ^M.^^M^.. and other Class. ; in 
N; T. onlj neut. ivwxpv with ellip. of 
Kara, as m the adv. by night, Mk. i. 35, 
irptot ivv. \iav, * very early, while yet in 
the night.* 3 Mace. v. 5. 

*l^voiKltja,f. i^o-w, prop. todtoeUin, in- 
habii any place, whether country or city, 
Xen. CEfc. IV. 13. In N. T. metaoh. to dwell 
in or with any one, to be in, saia of the in- 
dioelling of the Holy Spirit in Christians, 
Rom. viii. 11. 2 Tim. i. 14. So in Jos. 
Bell. vi. 1, 6, ei/coKci Tts tiptoiKrj yf/vxh 
Xcn-Tw aotfiari. Also said of ^ Divine 
present, aid, and blessing, 2 Cor. vi. 16, 
ivoiKrjaat iv aurois. Compare 1 Cor. 
iii. 16. Lev. xxvi. 12. Ezek. xxxvii. 
27. And so Plato, 549, B, says of God^ 
Si fiovoi (TtoTtip dpETtji ivoiKil Tta 
iYOifTi. Also, applied to the 'word of 
Christ,* the Gospel, Col. iii. 6, which may 
he said ' to dwell in a person.* when it is 
suflfered to sink deep into the heart, so as 
to be diligently studied, and carefully 
practised. So Test. xii. Patr. 539, ovk 
EvolKfiatv iv avTtp otfiiv irovr)p6v. Lastly, 
of faith in the Gospel, 2 Tim. i. 5, irlom 
}|Tt« ivvoKr\tTi iv, &c., which, it is thus 
intimateil, is deep-rooted in the heart, as 
a principle of action. 

*Ei/oTrjs, TtjTos, ii, UTv,) lit. oneness, 
unity, Eph. iv. 3, 13, ti tv. t^s "jrio-Tews, 
agreement as to the doctrines of the faith. 
So Clem. Alex. Str. vi. 13, iv, t^s irt- 

irucpiav ivovXri, give trouble. So Xc 
Cyr. viii. 3, 9, tiraiov, tt m eyoxXoti}. 

to part, ivtxofiivm, neld fast bv, bom 
to, any thing, as Anthol. Gr. i.p. 179, t 
&yKupti9 ivoxov fiapov. In N. T. metip 
subject to, liable to, e. g» judgment^ &c. 
various modifications, 1. prop. folL 1 
dat. of the tribunal, for the punidiaM 
denounced by that tribunal. Matt. v. 3 
sq. iv. rn Kplatt, TtS wviipiu : also 2 
I. ci« Trjv yiwvav, scil. /3d\Xc<r6av 
Numb. XXXV. 31, iv. &vaipt9rjvai. TI 
dat. occ. in Gen. xxv. 11, iv. ^av6r^ 
also in Class, with vofxtp, Kpiasi^ yp<*4' 
Also with gen. Heb. ii. 15, ivoxot » 
Xtiai, subjects of bondage. So, too,^ 
punishment, ivoxov ^avaTov, ' a suljc 
of death,* guilty q^ (crime which ii o 
noxious to) death. Matt. xxvi. 66. Mk. k 
64. iii. 29, iv. al<iovlov Kpiattn. De 
229, 11. — II. in the sense ckargeabhiom 
gmlty of, foil, by gen. of that w, or 
respect of, which the crime is commits^ 
1 Cor. xi. 27, iv. tov vuttiaro^ Koi tOt^ 
T0« TOV Yivpiov. Ja. ii. 10, iroyravai 
Sept. and later Class. 

*Ei;toX/iio, to«, tA, (lyrcXXofbu 

Suiv. to ivToXri, a mandate or ordmttm 
att. XV. 9. Mk. vu. 7. CoL ii 22, & ^ 

'£vTa0ta^ctf, f. ao'10, (ivTa^uvv, 
iv, fdipoi, plur. TO ivrdtpia,) * to nm 
all due preparation for burying a c^**? 
as washing, laying out, anointing, embih 
ing, decorating, clothing, &c. in the wM 
ner of the ancients, trans. Matt, xxvi* u 
John xix. 40. Sept. Gen. 1. 2, 3. Pint J» 
138. Anthol. Gr. iv. p. 137. 

*KvTa^ia<rfi6i, ov, o, 
for burial, by washing, laying wit, 
balming, &c. Mk. xiv. 8. John xii. 7. 

*Ei/TeXXouat, f. TcXoufuxi, dep.«lj 
to enjoin on, (Marge with ; foil, by tee. 4 
thing, and dat. of pers. or both, sonMtiali 
left underst. Matt, xxviii. 20, Zn fat* 
TetXa/xtlj; vfiXv, and xv. 4. xvii. 9. lOl 
X. 3. xi. 6. John viii. 5, et al. Sept. sft 
Joseph, and Class. 

'EvTcuOci;, adv. lit. and pTqi.)Hl 
here, or there, hence, or ihenee. Matt xil 
20. Lu. iv. 9, et al. Jos. and Class, fl 
ivT, Koi ivT. 'on this side and that,* I 
'on every side,* John xix. 18. Rev. xd 
2. Fig. of the cause or source of uI6m 
hence, Ja. iv. 1 . Jos. and Class. 

*Ei>Tew^t«, «<i)«, ^, (cirrvyYoMi 
prop, and in Class. a/aRing in trtM, flM 
ing with, any one ; also, accosting^ aiim 
conference ; espec. for the purpose of tol 

*EuoxX ita, f. jjo-oi, {hxXiw fir. ^x^****) 

prop, to ejccite iumtdt in or among any ^t- \ cvtAXXoxv ox Y«>^\^^wtv. lu. ^. XC enfrsofy 

Bona; and hence eener. to perturb, dmurb \ supplication^ \i\^« Itwctv xoaxv VaQuI 

them, Absol, Heh, xii. 15, /mi tw pi1^a\^ta.^ct, \ Twxi. vi.V ic<m.u.q^<u. %^ 




Ndm. 14, xoictaOai Tac irpdt 
iarrcu^et«. 1 Tim. iv. 5. 

uov^ ov, o, Vt adj' (for ev Tifirj 
both of persons and things, 1 ) 
I, estimable, dear, Lu. vii. 2. xiv. 
ii. 29. Sept. and Class. 2) of 
recums, valuable, 1 Pet. ii. 4, 6 ; 
itone, but fig. of a pers. Sept. and 
gr. Dem. p. 1285, o-trov e. 

•X^, ^9, ^, ( ^vrAXo/iiac,) gener. 
nmmand, I. injunction, direction, 
18, ivT. IXajSov iropa tow IIo- 
,&xii.49,8q.etal. Sept. & Class, 
arpe, or edict, from ma^strates, 
. o7, diiouai c. Sept. 2 Chron.. 
i. — II. precept, or law, said 1) of 
tftonsof the Rabbins, Tit. i. 14. 
e precepts and doctrines of Jesus, 
ii. 34. XV. 12. 1 Cor. xiv. 37, et 
of ^precepts and commandments 
1 Cor. vii. 19. I John iii. 22, sq. 
nd Sept. oft. 4) of the precepts 
losaic law, in whole or part. Matt. 
:iz. 17. xxii. 36, et al. saepe, and 
5) of any precepts given to Christ- 
» doctrine or duty, 1 Tim. vi. 14. 
, 21. iii. 2. 

0T(o«, OV, 6, ^, prop. adj. for o 
I &», denoting indigenous or native, 
to new-coming or foreign; but in 
t writers it signifies resident in, 
ith the article a subst., to denote 
t^o/ajD^ooe, Actsxxi. 12. Occ. 
oph. (Ed. Col. 843, & Plato 848, D. 

dc, prop, an adv. (ci/) witMn, as 
Homer ; and it is gener. used as a 
h gen. as Lu. xv. 21, iinro^ vfiiov, 
in vour heart and affections.* The 
6 Ivrdt, the inside, occurs in Matt. 
. Sept. and Class. 

)ex«», f. \ff«o, prop, to invert, turn 
bade; and fig. U) turn any one 
m himself by bringing him to 
, and hence to make Jiim repent of 
has done amiss, or at least to make 
vmed thereof. In N. T. I. act, 
. 14, ovK iirrpiiruiv v/xa^ ypd<f>at 
Pass. 2 Thess. iii. 14. Tit. ii. 8. 
jocr., Plato Crit. 14. — II. mid. iv- 
u, to shame oneseff before any one, 
feel reverence, respect, towards. 
. and later writers foil, by ace. 
± 37. Mk. xii. 6. Lu. xviii. 2. 
Heb. xii. 9; in earlier writers 

i<^ta, i. iifdpi\ifut, tfj nourish or 

in any pursuit ; and pass, to be 

p in ; and by impl. to be tueU iwr 

I, lidlled in, 1 Tim. iv. 6, iin-pe- 

Tois Aoyotv. So Pbilo, p. 855, 


ft OS, ov, 6, n-, Bdj. lit, m a tre- 

mour, i. e. trembling with fear; hence iirr, 
yivivBai or ilvai. Acts vii. 32. Heb. xii. 21. 

*Ei/TpoTr^, ^«, n, {Ivrrpitrw,) a put- 
ting to shame, 1 Cor. vi. 5, irpoi kvrpo- 
TT^v ifiiv \iytJO. xv. 34, and Sept. 

'Ei^rpv^actf, f. liorctf, to live lux- 
urioudy, and by impl. to revd m, 2 Pet. ii. 
13, i, i» raiv dirdTai9 a., meaning, either 
*■ revellinff, ezultine in their own deceits, 
feeling pleasure from deceiving others,* 
(as ivTp. is used in Is. Iv. 2. Ivii. 4, and 
Herodian, iii. 5, 4,) or, *who by means 
of their deceits live luxuriously.* Thus 
ipTp. is for iv Tpvipy dtdyovrcs, the ori- 
ginal sense of ivrpvtpato, and though 
comparatively rare, yet found in Xeo. 
Hist. iv. 1, 13, ijo-Yui/Ot} ivrpv^fjarat, 
Dio Cass. 1074, 83, rdv h aiiroa (sc. iro- 
XoTtoj) Ivrpv^i^aavra, 

*^vTvy\avut,f, tv^ofiai, ^ro^. to /bU 
in with, or to light upon, any one ; foil, by 
dat. Xen. Anab. iv. 5, 19 ; also, to come to 
the speech of way one, and talk with him, 
Xen. Mem. iii. 2, 1, et al. In N. T. to 
address on/esdf, or apj^y to any one, usu- 
ally in the way of request or petition. 
Acts XXV. 24, irepi oZ irav t6 irA^Oos — 
ivirvxpv fioi. So Joseph. Ant. xvi. 
6, 5, iviTvxov fxoi vvv, a>9 . \nr6 TivSav 
crvKotpavTutv iirripEa^fiivTO. Philo,p.629. 
2 Mace. iv. 36. Wisd. viii. 21, ana later 
Class. Hence, to address oneself in the 
way of interposition, or intercession for any 
one with another ; foil, by dat. expr. or 
impl., and i/irkp or kutu (sometimes 
omitted) with gen. ; for though it is gener* 
implied that the interposition is in favour 
of the person mentioned to the other, as 
Rom. viii. 27, 34, e. tco Oeco virip ayitov, 
iftrkp vficov. Heb. vii. 25. Joseph. Ant. 
xiv. 10, 13; yet sometimes against, as 
Rom. xi. 2, i. tw Qt<S Kara tov *I<r- 
pa-^X, 1 Mace. viii. 32. *x. 61. xi. 25. JEl. 
V. H. i. 21. Polyb. iv. 30, 1. 

'Ei»TuX£<r<rft», f. j^co, (ei/,TwXrj, cover- 
lid,) to enwrap or swathe, trans, with dat. 
of thing, Matt, xxvii. 59. Lu. xxiii. 53, 
e. aivSovi : a funereal teim ; so Hesych. 
explains KEipiai by iiridavdTia evrtTV- 
Xiy fxiva. Also to fold, wrap up, or to- 
gether, John XX. 7. 

'EyTwirow, t wffw, {iv, Twiros^ to 
enstamp, imprint, impress, engrave. Pass. 
2 Cor. iii. /, ivrtrvtruifiivri iv XiOotv, 
and later Class. 

'Ei/u/3p£(^o), f. £<r«, {iv, u/3pts,) prop. 
^ to show insolence, or insult, in the case of 
a person,' i. e. to him. Consequently, the 
proper constr. of tbe vetVi \ft «i Ql%X. ^l -^ct^. 
to insult over, as a\wa,^% va. X^v^ C\"m». ^'tv 
N. T. it occ. only alRe\).x.*2S,'rbTVv*A»v.c 
T7« xap. spu^pica?, inmUcd, cot»teim«d 
as also in Joseph. Atit. \. ft,^^. n. o^ »•&• 


ENY 130 EXA 

'E„urvii'iu.f.&au,ti-B^ai,depoa. i •'EfayyiWi, t. Xi, (ijt, iy^ 
Uua^tior.) prop, to drtam, a, often in ; \a.)\iL lo gwt aat atellMVX from 
Plutwch, intnos. ; iMi of tiuodi in i TH.'ijuD to .dolber, Xtn. An.b. a i, 
dreams, Acta ji. 17^ itfvima InnrjrjB' ulao cener. to to^or-''*^'"^ .-pA^^^j . 

ajr'ijummiriw, Judoe. thi Ti,u tDu, ui 

tpa/ia, tidov *rA Iv thrvfdi for Jvittploji 
i> prop. uc. neut. of the adj. iriruun, 
occ. in Enrb. Hec 702, and equiT. to 
fvuTHi. Sit Plut. de Supent. 166, tr. 
' 0ai<Tair/iii, bjr ellipt. of ilAn, u a mint. 
a ijnniin, but s^d in N. T. of ciiuHu in 
d«ani«. Act* ii. 17, when aee mj note. 

'EvifTioi', prop. neuLof adj. Jvwtwc, 
(i,, if ,) but, in "»«. ?P"P- B"'- li*^!'- 
ui toe pmoKt w, oefbrt ; found onlj' ia 
later Greek, and almoil entirely in Iha 
Sspl. andN.T., wfaenitiiueed I. riiOF. 
mMilynf wrjo«, Lu. i. 17, 19. iv. 7. Re». 
iil. 9. iT. 10. V. B. 1.. 4, et al, ; but >ome- 
timea of tAtRjri, aa ivcuirioi' tou ^povou. 
Rev. i. 4. el si. Sept. in Jot. vi. 4. t Sam. 
V. S.—Uiiher, Coo, we mav refer tbe po- 
citliar use, vberebj it miAi He maiaer, 
and eapec. He foKm^, in wfaich any thing 
i< done, jf^Tiov Toii eisD, God bdng 

vii. 12, and Sept. So in obteiUtioni 
itfim God, God being a vitneu. Gal. : 
20. 1 Tim. T. 21. Ti. 13. 2 Tim.ii. 14. i-i 
1.— II. MBTAFH. ia the lighl of, i. e. >ii 
the mind, will, oi judgment of' anv oni 

weBuiily impliefl rvo/iZy, ^ 
I. in the sight of God, whul 

\M . 

such aa he professes. Lu. xvi. 15. 
viii. 21. Rom. lii. 17. 2 Cor. viiL 21, et 
al. and Sept. From the Hebr. liim-miv 
Tiivc is uMd where, in Clui. Greeli, a 
dat. ii etnplojed, Lu. it. 10, X"*"" •»'">'- 
<riu J. Twu iyytXioi', ' there ii joy to the 
angels,' they rejoice, and ui.. 11. Acts vi. 
S, end so in Sept. Such, at least, is the 
inlerpretalion of recent Leiicompbera ; 
but there the usual sense, 'in the judg- 

Na.}-, petbapt, the sUII more Mehraii 

'n A™Tiif ISs'." S.'iHMi!'!" 
li. ll,et al.) maybe so eipluned,i 
be regarded, with most recent inter 
as simply for the dat. 

■Ei.B.TfjD,.ai, f. Im^a., def 
liv, oBt,) prop, to ffloriiw tB<o &e « 
HetychAuiA by impl, le giw ear 
la. hit. byuc. Aclsii. 14. Sept. " 
Greek wrilen. 
'£■/, oi, ai, to', aix. Hi 

I Gen. 

h for 

Lil, ia huy ttp taiy iiaia jTon the po 
6ion ipf aoothor by paying the price, 1 

nfiTintlier, b^ paying his ntuom. Tlii 
N. T. it signiAes 1. ACT. and prop, to 
dei:m,Dttct free from iKiadage, Gal. UL 
» Tq9 'oTfutaiToi'i'Ofioi/, andiv.A.- 
MiD, & fig. Sh. V. 16, & Col. iT.5,ie« 
paX,viiiiiai -TDK Ka^if, i. e. 'ntcoinc 
nine froin abuse,' by impromg A^ 
oppurfa^y to do good. This lense u 
naturally from the proper impait, 
redeem any thing to tatj one's vt^ 
rescuing It fi^m tbuH. 

•E£dy»., f. ifm, (J«, dya>,) Jo tea 
hrini/ forth, conduct t^tt of one plac 
miotlicr; foil by ace. of pen. aadBB 
ulsre, with JK, or its equiv. !£■, ist 
Mk. viii. 23, usually denoting od ^ 
/iBe»uM( to a sute of liberty, Arts ». 19. 

" " ^17. Heh,viii.9,fcS 

Sometimet limply to : 
. . ipoae, eipr. or mpl. I 

^iro,..' Lu. «i°. S^'i^'c^^'l^i 
li BvS. Acu xii. 38. HeneeefaA 
crd kiJing ford hia flock from ibe > 
II {HEtunge, John z. 3, i^oyit arri. 

nd in Class, to nwnni, taU oid,m 
iS.-I. l.lortnloafoTabU,!Mm 
e «i cj/i. Matt. T. 29. iviii. 9, and (M 
-II. to laieoid/roBi any number, ad l| 
ii|il. I; Kbd for oneself, to oUo, i* 
_vvi. 17. Sept. and Class.— m. ml. fl 
In lidr uaitf the power of any ee^H 

>li! by MC.'^d"«,''Acta lUaTTiE'IW 
< ;»- VKodt 'He. and vii. 10, Sl id 
27. Gal. i. 4. S^t. alt & Clan. 
■F.£„.>«,, f. =p», (i<, ali»,) !« 
^u^ »p or lifl any peraou or tUnf I 
Mn- place. InN. 'riiketoibtaH* 
fii/H ouoji out of or yroH, (o nM 
III uoc, of pen. and in nilh «ar 
.. lf:or.Y.2,13,J£. Tdr™*** 
aw ai'-rmr, ttpet, exOH n mimiaitt. h 
1 klci Class. 

E£ti.ti», f. fi^m, (4k, alTi.,1 HL 
'urj/ ov front,to aoek to Aovd, and siii 
onete^ rJimmrf any thing or | 

,. and lalet \ ,n,i y, \,a it'avenA to ** "is, wl 
\ good, c, p. ■oai4t«i,6ji. u vm 

rii. 1. M.V,.VeAM...-. » 

\"iXa\,^'s»T. it^^r^Jac? 


n tphonld bs diliTcred to hia 
e yoQ in big power. 
1I41VIIC, idv. (is, aMvqii «|Div. 
•n or ^Avk) taddtMB, ameaiarl- 
Ik. liil 36. Lu. ii. 13. ii. 39. Acb 
uii. 6. Sept. tod Cliu. 
■■oXovOiv, f. nm, (Ji, iIkoX.] 
tfiUeHB out, i. e. 'to foUaw us; per. 
: IluDg.' to the ■budonmenl of al! 
- H«nce Rg. to eoi^brm to uiy kq- 
l, kj emliniciDg ud me^ng upon it, 
i.U, if. fiueoK, [u Jog. Ant. pi 

neiia, b; mooting It, S Pet 
nXvifaft, tnA 15, t^ i^ t^ 
m li. lii. 11, xarrji tow 
*i£i1<riX<>eet|inu. Fol. iviL 1 

toic^^oroiit fiaiD aar lliini, or 
»eo_ff pner. u S<t. tu. 17. in. 4, 

• : 'Is tripe oir,' L e, u WB nj, blot oat., 
noi Inced on &irritinff't»ui]; bUb 

l,bju^w/ out, or OD panrhmflDt bi 
>■;«(.&> Rev. iii. 5, i£. tiI inac 
' It Tift ^/^\du i^> l^t. Sept. & 
Hence in tho wnae to abrogate, v. 
'iti>, u oftea in the Gnek Onlo 

• CaL il. U, i^. Ti X"paypi'ip. 

i 19, of aanxUag epiritual debti, 
ROUKi ud &inL) by vaniomiK 
^ 1,S! Kiliii, 
.ifiii. 33. LjeiMloe, 35. 
XXo/iai, prop, to ^^op, opting. 
vf moy place. In N. T. to tpriiag 
Afiom laj pUc« nhere one nle, 
Acta iii. 8, i^aXXo/UKrc Iotti. 
id Clan. So it leaat the Leu. 
■1 eipUio ; but Cbe eipresdan 
icana teaving upj n to denote tbe 

' Thne. iii. 
V 67,62. 

dewl, Phil. 

i. 11. 

[t(XX>, f. iXk 

prop, i 

/wrt cf UgU, whether 1 
moon, i, .(«* /n JV. T. 
ill ijB™?^ySn4( Dul ol 

am, la liool /orii, intnaa. j 
■. Mk. I*. S. ,iei„ /^avl-rtA,. \ a. 

f'.rtli. 1. TUNS, and 1) prop, to raite 
V r«« to «(ion; 2) in N.T. aor. I. 

■,ut of, aa oOipring frooi thenomh, Hk. 
Jii, I!,. Lu. II. 2^ if. Tirip^a tb ililX- 
Oi^a. Sept. in Gen, it: 25. lit 35, 34,— 
11! iKTBJNS. in u>r. 2. act to rut up out 
of a pl«e,rtfliid ArtA,fDraBeech or action, 
Acta lY. 5, J£iui<miirav, XiyoPTis, &<. 

'El^Bim-ri^u, r. ri<r», lit. to jouj oX 
o/" U< rijil no* into enor, (0 deaive, 
vt'uXiKom.vli.ll. xvi.lS. lCai.iil.l6. 
3 Cor, iL 3. 2 Then. ii. 3. Joa. ft Claaa. 

'EfriT.ixi, wIt. and later form for 
igairlvqt or l^ai^rin, nddadg, nu- 
ffeie<Sg, Hk. il, 8. 

'EJairopio^ia., oiJpn^ f. JffOfmi fo 
Ix sItMy at a Ion aiat to do, thtoLi Cm. 
iv, n. dirs^sufiiMii, dXX' giic if. P>. 
Ixuvii. 16,&laterClaa. Hence bjimpL 
lui/ei-^, 2Co(. i, 8, J£. foBIpi', oflife. 

'E^oxoittiXXb, f, (X£, lit. to und 
nii-aj wrf </ any place where one new ia ; 
also Einer. to taid forth. I. to ox' oinu, 
.IL'^iia, Acta xiii. 14 Sept. and Claaa. 
one, with Ibe implied 
- -ibtuned hia puipoee, 

u.i.£3, T> 

□TIDE,) prop, to fiJiy eongiUu, » nid of 

ilt-wi when accompliahed, 10 a penon ia 
aid tt be acconwiilitd Tat any purpoae 
itirn beia /uniuW with til theudafor 
Jringing it a-^— " '^'~ ^" " '-' "- 

■no I KaXSt i^tlpTuriLiiKiit. 

'F.fmrTliaTTc*,/. i^n, prop, (o.^"* 
/,.T/), u llKhloing, Kz. i.4, »£(, j£a«Tpd- 
TTTou : Jso of liuroiihed metal, &ek. i. i , 
'"? ^f. yaXK^v, cepec. when worked up 
in to annbur, Nah.^. 3. In N. T. need 
or nument, dazzling, dt gUaering fcmn ex- 

'Einvr^t, adT. lil. frtan Una tiMt, 
iwinmiafeiv, MV. ^. U. Xe1» x,fa. ■». 
II. jai, 32. Phi\.u.2a.iii4Wi«C\™. 

leep, iin\ii JTOl » w 


from thF posture of ileep, Geo. xxni 
Bad Claw. Hencg in N. T. L to 
■p fiom death, equir. lo iyiiaim in 
w.pui', I Cor. vi. 14. Dm. ai. 2.— 
riBH ap out ^ nothing mlo exiiteni 
Bovm to exitt, Rom. ix« 17^ da Comoi 

■ plBce, inlrani, foil, by U, Actt xiiL 4'3, 
•X Tijt irvvaymy^, lo etcapefroBi, •■ ■- 
aaas. atparl from \ pluc, abul. 

net, thowtotoqaite wivng, Clui. Alsa 
by impl. ^ cotidemt uid ^Hiitul, Ju^' ' ^ 

if the-' 

II. 8, U. 

, N. T. fig. t 

I6lat ir,ei,filat i^,\x6i,uw. JEi. H. 
An. vi. 31, uTTo T^t n^Kijv ikitofttvot^ 

Irom the stoniuh, DioK. liS. 9,) lit. icjnf 
n. 33, (hw Pmv. uvi. 11, vbere Sepl. hu 
(fU-TDp,) Diou. Ti. 19. 

'Eftfiiiiiiiiu, f. riffv, la Karoi oh 
eirplore dUtgeally, I Pet. i. 10, 4. rifii ti 
oot. Sept. and CUw. 

'Ef j/ij^ajuai, f eXt«1fftffiat, to go o 
anae oal ofany plire, or from iny penoti 
In N. T. lued 1. of PBBSONB, IDd K\a 
1) pop. to JO or come forth, either will, 
iiljuncli denotipg the place out of whlth, 
foil, hy gen. u HatL i. 14. Act! Iri. 39, 

with ai 

25, tq. Lu. i 

, al. : or of thoH from ithi __ _ 
» forth with aulhiHity, John liii. i 
. iri eiaC. Jobo iri. 27, and Stpi 
iilw (o dtpart, go aaav. Mad. i) 
. yik.i\.iiet>l.;orlodtpQrt/mn 
one in dieraYour, Lu. v. S. Alsi 
ihuiadjunct of pill* whither, foU. b 

1011. 2J raetaph. in the senie to t/ 
*A or tU/road from, to proceed froth 

I o'f''ll.e°loiTof' 
™, Heh. vii. 6, a 

i I T n /1 1, f. imrrArn, prop. 4 BBi 
w ill put mil <^plaa, fa •iMMr 
itnin^. to (« ext o/>^<«>- Inl*-' 

-- - - -. - ^- -- ., , — .. ...., .i^ed lig. 1) trwtt. in prea. aor-l 

yoice, report, docliioe, I Cor. xiv. BG. mid hmr nea. to vul anv one ota q/'Ua 
*ev,iW,J7. anx.5,fon. by .hwitliai^s.\*i«, i. e, osWTomd, I.ii.xxi>.X 
oti„mtbdat.; Of Ha thoughts, from At\iei<rT^iav ■HLi'L,ViB.\, -.« «v»>»,« 
Aearft MUL IV. 18, or wSid. [ram l\ie\p™»:i iuXm. -ami. 'v. %,■»,« riW 
iioulh,Jt. iii. 10: of an edict, lo 6e p^^J-\cxpw««A\^l^>«^l"!i^l.?.SSl•^^^•* 


•nalgaled. Id. ii. 1 ; of a hope, to fi 

'Effo-Ti, impen. (from tftJ/u, I 

Dtherwiie in UK,) it u^nstUr, with nf 
dice to moml powbility or propriety, i 
lau-fid. peraiiaed, &c. Matt. »». 4. N 
vi, IR, et al. ; al» i^io, tc. iari, for 1 

'EfiTii£u, f. daai, to wokI o 
/i£/i'ji sLramiae. «a to the reality or Imlb 
nnj thing. ..In N. T. 1) genor. to - 

8; by -rls 

,, t. ii<ro 

ivoitm, depon. m 
i^Aj.) p]^' to teiuf oof ivj^ 
. a to uke the lead, be the leadecCla 
u N. T. fn fewf, brna oitf anj nuntis 
muke foioi™, rfectore. 1. OXNIB. . 
iiinuB. /c rt^outd, itarra^ Lu.uiT, & 
j. tA •>. -rp 6t^. Smil. Xeo.^J^fl 

Jolini, l^iE-T. 

.-iod,- or diidoted hit _ . . 

Kill, &u. Comp. Matt. iL 27. So SmLli 

Levii. xiv. 57. Xen.Meni.iii.7,S«# 

■E£ri«D»Ta, oL =1, Ti,noni.4'l 
decl. orl;, MWl. liii. S, et aL 

'E f n t, ndT. (prop, a gen. fem. go 
KBff undciatood, of^the adj. I^is G 
ijui, aJlisroo, Id orpine mhjuot,) innl 
.wivTJOTvJj, BtfX. and Clua. In N. 
onlj' ii6ed with article'M adj. 4 >£i'JJ 

Ant. iv. 8, 44; impl. in L 
sjii. 1. «v. li UTiL IB. 

impl. in Lu. t 



In N. T. put. to b ■ 
idiruad ; said fig. of the OoneL &c 
■ -I Then. i. 8. 

«, 4,(if- & Iy-,)«2j 
nuititntian), whether of Hi 
linnocr. de Victu, Xen. (£c. vli. 1 Pl« 
nil .\riet»iie) and ihe/ocuOy obtabMd k{ 
>. use, Kcclus. pro], it -roiroa i»t 
£,. ^,B,,„„<,d(,.«». Hence, b. iwi 
'JW, i.e. habitual uaeor practice, HeLI 


nd »r. S. ut. u 

ut. ud mid. lobe be. 
w'l m»d, Mk. iii. 2], 
13, Jfirmriiv. S«pt. 

gxpitncd. Hence taid, 

il. Lu. ii. if 
ft. lud Glut. 
fX"-, f- ~ 

«' mute oUc, foil, bv to 
nlin.£pli.iii. I3,JF. xoraAa^ 
Jiu, Stnba, wd DtMr Ute wnu 

ioi, ov, i}, (iK, Udi,) piop. like 

1) prop, of joanuBrng uut, de- 
^m, Heb. li. 22. SepL, Joieph., 
a 2) fig. of (fcparfBre .^mn ((ft, 
Ln. it 31. 2 Pel. i. IS. Wild. yii. 
Aat IT. 8,2, It' I^Hob toS £$r. 

fiDXcy ju, f. itvw, prim. & prop. 

It in Luin cnnfileur, (lit. ' to uj 
impliei m full uknowled^eiit of 
nt (to. bj' ute, & coonBuon of 

So Pint. Aot. 59, i£. -rti. iX* 
In H. T. u«ed I. iu act. luid 

lo .ffw^ acbvmledgt, full] 

ir, t4v auaprjaf aiTTcvi-. Mbtt. 
k.i.6. Act.iii.18. Jb. ■- 

a the pnui, tense, to acknoict 
II. %ov. iil. 5, HeocB i 

: tiing v/M anotier, fidly i 
■ whM be ptopotei, Lu. ii 

,t."ii. ^0^3,8,) or. 
Iff, Bt o>ia\. bi JoBcph. ^ 

4,3. XeD.Anab.Tii.l, 

lit ' 

Ot.UI 111 

i (JJ.P<H-,}. 



ifetset to expel 


Joteph, Ant, xiv. la, 12, tsAc dpoAon 
fuv iiIk»i> dKimiTTcgi'. So dnOaL i<r. 

reuion, found in tbe bett Clut. n 
>r ^ucjt out. 

'E£avJi»o'», f. ia<r«.(JK intent. ■ 
^A.) to B^ tiiterty al nought^ quiU et 
— ■ alto, by impl. lo rr-— -~'' - 

ipt, Mk. i: 

Sept. Apocr. 

I. lCor,vt.l.xTl.ll.OBl.|ir.R IThetL ' 
.20. Hence,lCor.i.28,&2Cor.i.lD, 
lEmieiiKIfiinw, amUmpliblt, vile. Sept 
Alto, by impl. lo rrjeot mlA iconi, AcM it. 
11. Sept. 1 Sun. Tin. 7, utd Apocr. 

'EjDiio-ia,at, A, (i£nm,)pDm«r, i.e. 

1. ' IAS power of doing anr thing,' iMl^, 

faciMB,Mul.iz.8. Johniix.ll. Acta 

'-"i 19. Rev. xiii. 12 ; tomeiimet foil, ij 

I. of thing lo be done, in the infiu. piea. 

wr. Ln. I. 19, et al. and Claw. In tliB 

. ite ilraiglh, e.ffieacv. Rot. ii. 3, 19. 

S« Jr i^Buala, for adj. poaafiUt Ln. iv. 

32, &C.— II. poi«r, aelMeriied, I.e. of 

doing or not doing an)" thing, Ucetue, 

Hierlv, fret eluaBe, Acti i. 7. t. 4. Bom. 

il. 21. 1 Cor. »ii. 37. et al. and Claaa. 

"1. pDuwr, entrusted from another, 

tunos, otdAoniv, Matt. ixi. 23, if 

it Toiira irsMic ; Mk. iii, Ifi. li, 

«. Lu. XX. 2. John i. 12, et al. 

Claw.— IV. poaer, oTer 

1) prop, ant 

and tkinga, A 


Ifoania. Lu. Tii. 3, &ird J£oiH 

r.HaR.IXviii.13, JJoSf) 

So also when foil, bv gen. of pera. to «bi 
the power belonga, Lu. xx. 20, A i£- i 
iviudwK. Rev. iii. 20, 4 i?. roi Xo. i 
Actt xjii. 18. Col. i. 13. Sometimes p 
leded bj ixJ, pouerooer. Rev. ii. 26, 

for what i> tubiect to rule, dorniiiiai, Lu. 
It. 6. iiiii. 7, Ik rUt i£. 'Hpudav. Sept. 
and later ami,; or in lie plur. (i»Deit.} 
denoting ' tliote Inveated with power,' ai in 
Idtin pofeifalfv, and in English thepoieert: 
for luleis, ipigiEtratei, Ln. iii. 11. Rom. 
xiii. 1, t«|q. Til. iii. 1. Also (or potai- 
■■■•-■■•■ - ' rchaiiBeli. 
10. IPi<ange!sa 

,„r ■ .ii. 10. Col. i. 16 __. 

iii. 22.) and ia/emoL Ejfe, ii. Yi. CoX.'a- 
f,ii,rit.t.£''.pn'p.ii>d^»ia,at 1 15. Epb. il.2. SoMlCoI.■I^.\ft,H"■>^'■ 
sD 1 diieb; tlto, la rsmorie i^, as ' i yuH^ if, lytiu lir'i Tin Kt<l>.'A»'itw«'J 
^B»5?,iSnwqBOM'. So Mil. ii. 4, I denote n Teil or ketoWrf (ot liieVeai, 
ntiea.rii'imyi/r, wbtn, by I cmlled. See tnoro in iwy noW™^**- 

ESO 1 

;£gvr.a£>, f. iw^ (IB-otrU,,) Id 

I. (o fwOEa patcer, priruege, oi a»- 

1^ : ilKt, to BHnua a. In N. T. it » 

1) in (Ik wine to iave ttaee, to ie 

"or. vu. *, Toi aUiu aAa-a- 

. uijii. 2) to simw iwLio- 
Tity. to riU, Lv. uii. 25, ol JF. 'their 
mien,' ud Sept. PiM.lobenJtdimrbs, 
{, e- Af Aa imaer the power of, fig. 1 Cor- 
tL 12. 

'EEoY*, 5., * (i£<x». W jtit out, H» 
kboTf,) 1 } prop. /wmwfia, DT projectioD 
to(|K>mt, Jabixix. 28. 2) metaph. aai- 
Mwe, dataiHoii, Acta xx*. 23, drj|»c nl 

u si fEsxoi""*^"', " Horn. IL ii, 188. 

'Efbirvf^tB, f. itru, (if, 9«MK,)pTDp, 
to a^aitu aid of tieep, ttant. u ia S^ 
and lUer Cluu. f<ii tfae earlier iavmi. In 
N. T. onW fig. to raue froa. Oi dead, 

*E£vTvof, «i, D, ii, adj. lit. oid y 

t EDA 

im. to apd from »n* wd 
aiiiin. to AOKiii oal oHbelr 

only ocean eliefffaan in Mare. Ant vL 
31. X. 13. and Teat. KIT. PMr. 

'E£n, ad*, of place, (Jf.) alio nnn. 
vith gen. But. mOoat, and u»d in N. T. 

I. of plaee whirk, urtttoid, out o^ Aim*, 

&e. John lUi. 16, (Irniiiii i£«. HUt 
xii. 46, >q. uvi. 69. Mk. JiL 31; sq. So 
gener. 'oiitiidB of anv dty ot place,' 
ainad, Mk. i. 43, Ifa, ir ipiiiott to- 
n«. Ld. i. 10. Rot. uii. 15. S^ and 
Claie. So with tike art. for adj. txleraai, 
firmgm. Acta iiti. 11, lii rdt lEv ir<<- 
\iit. Sept. and Clan. AIh fig. of IhoH 
oii(gf one'« lociely, &c. t.jgr. in N,T. oai 
<^lie ChunA. i. e. mon.CSijvUaiu, 1 Cor. 
». 12, M. Col. iv. S. I Then. iv. 12; or 
HetcfOt apaHlei, Mk. i*. 11. Further, 
i l^ta Auiar AiApuvoiy * oar outward per- 
»0D,' ' the bod J," 2 Cor. iv. 16 ; a> a prop, 
witb gen. outride <f, Lq. xiii. 33. Heb. liiL 

II, aeqq. and Clan. — II. <^ pUue WHi- 
TBER, out, atit ofdaan, after Terbi implj- 
ing motion or ciireeCion, ac dyra, ueXXnt, 
fpX°/»', &c. Matt. y. 13. liii. 48. Lu. 
lit. 35. Jolm rii. 4, et al. nepe and 
Claae. Alio aa prep, with gen. Mall, iii. 
17, i^iitAtv i\u, -^ irSKiai, el aL 

xi. % t6 lfi««»i, the otttide. Matt. 
S5. Lu. iT 10. ol ££. noo-l 
Tim. iii. 7. Clan.— II. 

Sept. inrf Stmt. 

QKfrr, Eiek. x. S, zL 20, ^. for iii| 
ouUriantt, Eiod. Uvi. 1, and Dfl.,111 
mi^st, tike OUT uliermott for utmotl, \ 
viii. ]■_', TO BKoTOT -ri iJiiTipoii, Lo. 
fnnbcvt remota from the light and tf 
dogr r>f Ihe feait within ;' witb allnlia 
ihc r.,rtanu or Gehenna, the dirk at 
lusiirnuii lo tboie excluded from bam 

'EopT*, «, ii, 1) gener. o>* 
Mubn. CoL ii. 16, lopr^vc H wwipA 
Acta iviii. 21. John r. 1. SepL aniiai 
2) spec, nid of tbe Poaanr, mill ikM 
of iinlosTened bread connected williil,! 
piur^/ /nfitoJ, (dtber ■implj', Hill.a4 
5, et eI. iBge, or br the addition <IM 
TTdnva, or T^H iiiuai,, Lu. ii. (!,■ 
xkhX JobD ii. 23. xiii. 1. 

fin iwiMiKsmBif, KMiarfKM. In K1 
I, pnuf. 1 John i. £ Sept airf Oi 

[iromiato of wme benefit 10 bo <S*M 
upon !iim, and aa it were letl)D| II 
(W miftem) beforehand ;p™l.««ljl 
either <je«r. u 2Cor. i. ». ^4] 
1 Tiiu.'iT. 8. 2 Pet iiL 4, 9. Sifl i 
CiL-ie.- or offfKcio/promiae, AcniiLl 
Rom. i.. 20. Heb. vi. IS. rii. 6. Iba.1 
9, ei unpe al. Note the peculiar flM 
fay Hrbr., Bpb. i. 13. tb StwtifLKn 1 
iiruYyiXios, 'the spirit prommd,' 1 
Htfa, li. 9, A -yij -Hit iirayyiXlB, "l 
pi^mi^cd land.' 2j melon, for lit A 

ii. S3, rlu- JT. To£ ITi>. 'the prod 
tiriiEi<inorihe8pirit;-aDdi.4. GaLU. 
lieb. iv, 1. vi, 12. i. 36. li. 13, SS, S 
'K'^RyrfXXu, f. .Xu, (lJtl,irt 
\w,) iit to MHjr word to, to aamrn 
mnit tiUHni, nM/y, dertar*, or ia 
way of injunction, to order. In K. 

" ,V- '™-<--™™. ' one. ^ 10 iny thing, to promiae it to i 

:/„So!!r'!;irSiiT5 iv;™i«i>^n?-*«6.««««*»- 

nrt, dr»Df,\nroii.iie,-<nfti att. >A ■Otiw.% w «ob 
d of per- \ daX. o( ?M». aftiw a?i- « ™*-^ 

i EOA 

ZTL i 3. Heb.Ti. 13. lu. 1. 12. ii. I. 
Hit iL 19. I Jolin ii. 25, el al. 8^1. 
it Om. Al» iMH. impen. witb dil. 
ILa.19, Ji*>trri^-rai,'li>«lii>Dithe 
Mfamiiiude.*— II. spec. iothtKntc 
'/"fin. I.e. mike prorMBon of; fall. 
1 Tim. ii. 10. yi«- 

ri. SI. 8d Wikl. i 
• e»i. Xcn. Hen 

%. Lien. lii. pi 
p. AoL Epiat. 97, i 

13, U.. 

I 2, 7, ipiriii 

%*ifyt\u9. a-m, ii,aproniiK. 
hm. iH. 13, Uld Clou. 
It^T., f. £>, 1) to lEod up M < 
ia,»iud oTpenoiu; 2} £o frrvi^ ■^vx, 
*id of lliinct, nith rerennco to pen, 
W agaiS. a ilone fbuDd in Ilia N. T, 
JOS. u 3 Pet. ii. 1, 1*. iavroii lima- 

•tm. Sept. Gen. vi. 17. Elad. li. 1. 
*.irri.a& Philo 1016, ((vdvKw Iv. 
•. 2) ipse foil, hj ™i »nd «t, 

28, «r. 1^' A/lBt T^ al/iA, *tg 
Hn «, to impnta to ui Ibe guili 
luKblet.' 8«M.GeD.ix.9. E^od. 
I DeaoOh. 27£, 4. 
^ iTey.vfroaai, f. {»««, (a DM- 
HrfM or/or ut thini, Jade 3, It. -rp 
■frni. So Plut. Nnni. ft tir. t^ la. 
, 'EttepaiJlB, f. oliri^ to (BJiKf to 
nr,LD.^.29,T£v » 3x)'<->' J'TiV' 
Ww. It 011I7 secure elHwhere ii 
pil Mue. AnL 44, voX^ irXifaUfc Ivrj 
MiTD. It i> wf, u ths Leix. idi 
^edlon U7, pat tor the umple depofJlBi, 
P7W)nthui JTfT'wifpH ii for Aytipia^ 
M B. Stepb. nfSmi it. Suffice it to 
Mv U Horn. Od. li. 631, 'A\X.<i rplu 

id.Prlh. a'^Jbrl''t ir^flpal Na- 
■^TuexAivii'Afi^. ThefullienHor 
H ntb ie ' lo etiBtet togethtr penont fnuti 

'Bir.ii.{«>,r. i. 

-. ('' 

I, oKTii* pmiie iit 
■Mwf, u>7 one, Lu. i^. tl. 1 Cor. 
17, 22 ; but in the two lut penigei 

ii Bid, b^ % mild mode of eipreui* 
I blame, u of^n tn the b«l Qreet 
ilm. In Bom. iy. 11, i-waivint 
rit, Ibe expmuiin, la Hid of O 
be ngirded u *a McriptioD of pn 
lebnte jt hia pniee,' tucb u i> foi 
E*B,»ot,ov.i,(i*i,al«..) l)prop, 
iw,Eph,i.6,12, Phil 
l.lPel.i.7. 2)njeton.oft)K(o/>«M(, 
methini pruMvonbj,' Phil. iv. 8; slu 
^Mndbf—. Ii,R«m.ii.29.„iii-r. 
if itSp. mnd riil. 3, It If -id of God. 

Wdmnmn/u well u pni$e of rii^ 1 

tuc, u U 1 Pet. ii. 14, ili IdraiMr ^060- 

n-oiuii, and •ometiiuH io the CUm, So 
dIw tlie verb iiriiu>i<..^ Id 1 Cor. it. 6, 

(u licing award a[ middle t^ificatioD) 
reln'ittioii, vliether for gtwd or evil 

'Eiraipu, f. Bpu, (1t1, af>3af,} genn, 
to ru(« B/) in •nj' way, inni. InN.T. 

St'pt. and Claw. 2] llg. la M 191, a* 
F.iLJd oT tbe eyee, to look upoit, Matt, xril, 
S. Lu. Ti. 20, et al. sspe, and Sept. ; of 
tbovuice, to cryout Lu. li. 27. ActiU. 
14. iii. U. iiii. 22. Sept. Denio«th. 
mi Fhilntr. ; of the hetd, to laie am- 
roffl, Ld. ui. 28. Alu It. n-qv irr^iw 
(ttI -rurii, 1. e. in the wa; of atiacli, Jobn 
xiii. 15.— II. MID. iwaipotiai, 1 ] prop, to 
M up omKff; to riK lip, foil, by kdtiL, 2 

etob. 'a«il. 2) meUph. to be mid ap, 
f(u(erf.2Cor. ri.21). Sept. aod Clan. 

'EirairxOfouci, f. ovaai, to £e 
cMiaiiiKf«^<K,fDlL by ace. Hk.Tiu.S8. 
l.u. i!.2B. Eoin. i. 16. 2 Tim. i. B, 16. 

'ETaico\ev6^u,f. 4ffv, I. PBor. to 
fal/ow upon or after ; ain to acconpaKy, 
Mk. Kii. 20, j,d tAv JT. ffOfiilM. Via 
dut. ITbD. T. 24, T«rl di iTuoAjiveev- 

fc4i unly afiucWBidB.' ScpL and Claia. — 
II. METiPH. 1 PM. ii. il. i™ i.. «It 
Iy vimv nuToi;, ' (allow bis example.' Pbilo 
p. 3SJ, 44. 1 Tim. T. 10, Tuirri ipyv <>V. 
Itt. "Iiai followed up, been sindioni of.' 
So Luc. Panu. 3, iv. mit -rtxtax. 

'EraKaia, t. oiaia, lit. to hUT to, 
lislen, iraries ; the JtI denoting that the 
hi'urer lum> hii «r toimrtfi the tpeaker ; 
Lod [hat, Bgiln, impliei a gnmling of the 
requBt SoinN. T. ■lohearandaniwer 
piayer,' with gen. of pen. 2 Cor. <i. 2, 
iiniKoaai aov. So Sept. oft. 4 Claw, ai 
I.UF. Coot. 14, o ZiAt Tdin-a iirMoiiai 
iTBu. TilIion,9,i«. T^viuxBir- P™iii.20, 

Uitm to, follX/^. irt»'-n\.i5. 

'ETdii, conj. tot Inril nv,»Db«™wT o», 
nif SM>B a«. Matt. ii. 8, luiiu la isptriv 
Lu. xi. 22, 34. Jot. and C\«u. 

'EiraKaYKn, ad*, yitumo™-"**' 




adj. i^mmmyntt. Mod Hat §m 

asmtbe bestCIaiiw; Wt with 

talcca» h7 aa cUipa. af the pntie^ af ci>u, 

" the adj. Thoa t4 " 

Ada xri II, and 

m Ulanu Bcaoa ''tfaixqpi wiud are of 

'E^mmmym, taj^ L FBOP. and 
aafl^Byaaorftwtm'giiyCiiaKf to fctera^ 
Hdiaa.TL6,4. tiLS,?. IbX.T 
4t> reimrm to, e. gr. cw T^r 'roXur, Matt. 
zzL 18L 2 Maee. ix. 21, and later Greek 
tnriten. — ^TL spbc uaed aaanaatkal term, 
ft>ftile[atbip]«#'toCiea],Lii. T. 3. i^i 
Ttft yif9 i-ravaymytlm, sciL Minr, and 4, 
It. <I« -ri fim»ot. Xen. Hist. L 6, 40. 
See at dbify*. 

^M^ ) prop, to eaU hack [the nmid] to waj 
aakject of p tcf ioua thoi^t, to remiad an j 
one, Rom. xr. 15, rr. w/ms. Demoath. p. 
74, Icoonrov v^cMr hrapa/i. fiamk^ftrnt. 

'EvaraTa vw, 1 avow, prop, to onne 
to rat ttpamy mid. to ro^ omet^upom^ team 
mpom. Sept in 2K.Tn.2; 17, i-r. i-ri-rnm 
Xctpa and Ty x- Hdian. ii. 1, 3, kw-tun- 
nravowTo Tat* x,i^i. In N. T. onlj mo- 
taph. 1) to red mpom^ abide trdi, Ln. x. 6, 
CTOMnravo'CTai ct' arror q clpi(n| 
tflimm. So Sept. Norn. xi. 25. 2 K. ii. 15. 
2) torei^ca,Le. amfide itt, rdy upom ; foU. 
bj dat. Rom. iL 17, i'Ttuforavri t» ik>- 
fuf. 1 Maec. Tiii. 12, et. ajrn>t«. ' Arr. 
]^ct. i. 9, 9, aWoK ^appavwra kox iw. 
with krwi Tura, Mic. iii. 11. 

'ETaiffpYo/iat, aor. 2. e-rav^XOoir, 
to OMii^ ftoica to, return to, any place one 
had leftfTboc. ir. 135, aa one*8own hoose, 
or anj place of sojoom. Sept and Class. ; 
genor. folL by prep, with ace. of place, 
sometimes a proper name. In N. T. ab- 
sol. ; the place being implied in the con- 
text» Lu. X. 35. xix. 15. 

*£irav£o"rf}/ai, t i$o'», to rane up^ 
excite to oppontion. In N. T. only mid. 
iiraviatafiai^ f. <rrn<rofiaiy to rite up 
against one in the way of hostility. Matt. 
X. 21. Mk. xiii. 12. Sept and Class. 

'EiraifopOoxrts, ea>«, q, (tirai/op- 
Ooctf, to revert,) prop, a getting upright tchat 
toot overthrown^ or a gtraightening what was 
crooked; and fig. a setting to rights what 
was wrong, either by reform of laws and 

Silitical institutions, (Jos. Ant. i. 11, 5. 
emostb. 707, itrav. Tutv voficoVy) or by 
correction and reformation of what is wrong 
in private life between man and man, by 
rearess of injury^ and amendment of lire 
and conduct, 2 Tim. iii. 16, ij(f>i\. irpo? 
d'n^ai/opdeoo'i.if. So Xen. Epist. i. 5, tU 
d'^apopdtao'iv, *ad eniendandos mores.' 

fiSam. Air. 
EpL dL 21, lou nao. PL 319, B. la 

^MV. Plat* 101, A. CTt if T9f 1 

I aae a prept widi gea. in the se 
;Le. over above, OS i%|il; som 
1b N. T. it ia uaed, L as si 
d place, flAoce, oosr, Bfatt 
La. xL 44, or nimbCT, wtore tka$ 
xiv.5. 1 Car. xv. 6l SepL and Clai 
aa pmMP. with gen. of pbee, 1) 
ocer, Mattxxvn. 37. c. <r^ ss^aXi 
iv. 39. RcT. X3C. 3, and Sept 2) 
Matt V. 14, iwmmm opatrx taifiuni 
7. xxm.l8vaL Sept. and Class.; i 
dniity, over. La. xix. 17, 19, yin 
'Turrc wokgrnm, John iii. 31, ctt. ti 

CVC^CC M,!. CO'fl*, (cvi, apiCMi, 

toioli&ooiiyOrsBanf 4^[evil Gomui| 
any one] by intetpoaing an hindrance 
bv ace and dat Horn. IL iL 87 
X. T. by impL to aid^ relieve^ folL 1 
1 Tim. T. 10, i-r. ^JafiofUpoity ii 
and so Claaa. 

Acta xxiiL 34 xxv. 1. Prtfeetm 

the name given to the larger provii 

the Roman entire, to wmch r^roo 

orProprctorSfWaesent; while thei 

ones w«ne tamed i'TiTpmral, an( 

governors Ivt-rpowc. 

^EvavXic, £•>«, fly {i'ravXi^o^ 
pitch a tent, to tent, contr. fr. Ii 
ots,) prim, and prop, a tent, or i 
temporary abode, r^um. xxxiL 16, o 
herd''s tent ; also a cottage or rustic 
ing, as in later Gr. writers. In K 
habittUkm gener. Acts L 20. So 
iii. 3. Prov. iii. 33. 

'E<rav^toir, adv. of time, (Ii 
pioif,) oi» the morrow. Hence in ] 
eTauptoif, scil. vfiipa^ *the nex 
Matt, xxvii. 62, et saepe al. and Sep 

'E'n'a4>pt^fla, f. to-M, to /ba 
Mosch. Id. V. 5, tl di 2rd\aaaa > 
(curvedly) i7ra<f>pitif. So Jude 
fiaTU aypia 2ra\aaati9 Iva^pi 
&c. ^ foaming up upon [the shore] 
Valckn. on Callim. 269. Jacobs ( 
thol. Gr. ix. 223. 

'Eircyctpoi, f, epeo. This v< 
two distinct senses, according to tl 
assigned to the l-ri. I. prop, to ro 
one from sleep to watchfulness, as I 
Aristoph. Xen. et al. ; or fig. froi 
tivity to action ; Lucian de Salt & 
ytipovtra T>;t/ didvoiau trpo^ I 
Tuiu ipunLivotv : also, with an imp! 
t\orv o^ >lo%\.\\\\.^^to excxtA ouyaimst c 
of co\a%e foW. "Vj"^ ivjXssX.. o1 \fcT^. -^r 
es^ec. ace. oil ^et%. V5\\\v VkV., • 

^«/c. Iferm. 3. Poljb. i. 35, 1 , irp6« lirau- \Sept. c. «c. \^, ^v^. M > Wv->, 


f. Diod. »c li 

ta, D. n/<ai 

ilf tJ,. 

r. 2, i-w,i- 

■£, itrtytipotro 
g idiam confined 

l^v -Afna- Pl>t< 

MntfCDt teriD torouK.- w Shokipeart 
I, ^ Good thingi of day be^n to droop 
dmrte, Wbiie nieht'i blacli wenti 

■ preTdorotuB.' In Aetliiii.W, ii 
■vdiwy^v JTli-dvIlauAiw.tfaeri 
Ihiiou to donnut ill-will being ivii: 
nWccnmitf. Codip.Saph.(Ed.C.5 

Sri), conjupct. {j*l,) at, taid both pf 
(^DidaiiKoimotiTe, l)ofT[MB,ad, 
■, i^ Oat, foU. bf UT. iodic. Lu. 
\h!t\ a litXipan,. Sei>l.&CUn. 
■f CAUBI, oi motive, CM, nw. (koiuf. 
mmA 0$. Malt iviii. 32, ixil xa 
unc »••. Mk. IV. 42. Lu. i. U, el 

14. Ueb. iv. 6. ' HencB, befoi^ qu 

■ inpljiDg ■ negit. and befoie gimi 
Mdjctl dausea, it iignif. far, i. e, by 
jt/gr liai,Jor oUeruw, Rom, iil. 6. 

L(^ T^r irdd^ot- ; 

'. Heb. 

2. Sc 

»«. Heb."ii.'26."sipi.'tiidCl^!'"''' 
Bmii. conjunct., prop, and in CUk. 
hM, a, now, bul ii S. T. used of a 

It uL 16. Lu. li. 6, and oft. 
Itii*bti(), conjunct. (iTtidji,x(p.) 
g»v, or AcwATr, ifunnEjMa^ Lu. i. 1. 
>, to bthold, but in N. T. like Lat. reu>i' 
,4our rroorrf, to bAold for oooitcKw 

ii-dnea, Lu. i. 25, i„ ^ipa.. at, 
^iK (k. fii) dd>iX,ii>, &c.: and lo 
d. ii. 25. P>. xixl 7, iittliit t^v -ra- 
wfw HOI,, uid XIT. 18. Comp. Pa. 
. 132. Jxf^Xiijniv ix' i^, mt iU- 
• 111 : alu for evU (with ditfavour) 

hf i-wl with ace. Acta iv. 29, IxiJs 

cd on thoae patugn of the O. T. 
« God ii said to fooA on, when injuT^ 

lorn the agoTieicd party, and tnm h 
■a injorer. Thie ia genor. left to he 
nbied, u here, and at Gen. uxi. 49. 

mo! ju.' 17, lioi ie^^TS^^. 

■w,,^. (ixl, .1m., to come, or go,) 

■r'night. Ads uiii. 11. Sept.& Clan! 
x.£x.^, co^ (ixil, »,p,j nut 

aometbing in addition to what boforo 
wl, wbellier a Ihini, Thuc. riU. 83, 
lavB^iii TBI* xoX. or pen. Jo*. 

thcnt^tr,nait. AiaiidoFlii 
Mk. vii, 6. Lu. svi. 7, !x. J™» 
f;.l. i. 21. Ja. iv. 14. Sepi. an^ Clia.! 
So. Jong with > more precise noiuion of 
time, John li. 7, fir. /urd Toiro. Gal. i. 
IH. Also, in enameraliost, when the fin»- 
soinj claute containt likewiae a. noUtion 
uf line, and that both gener. ■■ 1 Cor. lii. 
28, IV. 6, 7, 23. Heb. vii. 27, and H«c. ■» 
in the formuU Tpurraii — ixiitq, &c iirtt 
— /Am, or Bta*, 4c. lCor.iv.«. ITbeM. 
" ■ "1.17, and Claw., 

'EirlKiim, prop. adv. (W in,.._, 
kcil. uipti,) but, in UH, a prep, with gen. 
(uspendod on /lipi) undentood, Uvoad, 
Acts vii. 43, ixl fin^. Sept. and Claai. 

'Exikti/bm, f ti.u, to dretdi mt 
iimttU ! mid. to rtretoi osatl/l noai 
/or/A towards: foil, by dat. Phil. iii. 14, 
E/iffpoirfliu Jx. ; where, by a motaph. 

per ffoment^ ft 


- - - j>,) (Ae Hp- 

intc, Attic x'T'ii'. w called 
u irom the Inner one, the ira- 
rmfisKot, John iii. 7, & Stft. 
•a, or (bib, f. i^m, tondoa 
Jog. Ant. T. 1, 12, l-rtviimt 
lit ffToXoit. Pint. Pelop. 21. 
mid. to pirf OH ooer one's other 
Eimicnlt; taid fig. of the ipiritual body 
destined lor the blesKd In heaven, 2 Cor, 
- " 4, 1'TirSiraaea, ixixoBofi-r.i, 

1, f. I 


■nd Claje._li. of"FBM!'iD id^ 

r. altatk, Lu. li. 22. Sept. and Claat 


r,- of IbrpgB, 
Aed w it 

. 40. Sept. and Clais. Alao 
J ji tne illapse of the Ho\^ aY.n,\,»i 
. ~„-,„^„, , f^sling upon, und onenvlino Sn a wman, 
to;as;a, ;,„, j, 35. Acts i. 8. \ Sun. TlS. T , ^4 o^. 
' ""™<™, I in .Stpt — III, part, i-xipx"!"''"*''"*- ''' 
Uo part. I TIMS, &c. comtnj; on, impending, ^^-v 


7, Jv Tatt uiSfft It. Lu.iii.36. J>.f.l. 
&pt ud Clui. 
'Bwtparia, t iirm, tooAal, aquin 

of, I. GBNER. Hid with UX. of MH, Uld 

tbiDg, MV. li. 29, inp<rn(<rB iwc ti>a 
X^sv. Lu. II. 10. Sept. ud Clui. or 
uc. oFpen. witfa icD. of tbing, uid Tipl, 
Hk. vii. IT, Uld CJui. or uc. of pen. wd 
\tyai,. Hut. lii. 10. Mk. y. 9. Lu. Ui. 10, 
U. Sept. Uld Clug. So bUo, io m judicial 
Mue, to mfomwdte, with ««. of pen. uid 
thii^, JohD xviii. 2t, or ace of pen. ud 
Uvw, Mut. xrrti. 11. Lu. inii. 6. 
Acu y. 27. From tfae Heb. iiripowiio 
T^ e>^, to wt a/Ur God, (a »l CuJ, 
Bom. X. 20.— II. SPEC, ia tfae aenie Io atk 
or deairt, witfa occ. of pcra. bod iofiD, 
J(U«.ivi.l, Jiri,p,ix>,<rni.('requMlodor) 

roc, Td. geuer. a ;tM>- 
(omething uked.' Id 


1 pecu 


idv.vlKin, thougb Eiuoutoi 
I on the eiut Hnte, ike ter 
iiMd CM (WRser, lit. the prof 
emenC, made in imiwer la k 
irith (llasion to the qunl 
in lued It butum, which 1 
ipoHfWHflR taiuHi ; & Id n 
at passage, Baji, ' th 

iTE^of, f. i^E^of, prop, io have 
my ibiDg upon, to iaid out aut th 
di. Id N.T. it i> uKd, I. fib.'u i 

impL 'Acu lii. S, i 11 Itiix'v "^ 
t Tim. iT. 16; Toll. Ij *m, Ln. xiv 
■nd Clue. The ellip. Is etprened 

iiuciui Alex. 4, Tot> >>■ , „ 

inthrtSrCU.i".gt.¥hutA9. ^'ii^ 
vl. e. IS, Id ioU back, detoM mif one ; » 
in N. T. Act* xix. 22, ainJi Jiriffx' 

Sokov il> T^v 'Aofai', it meuii, by bd 
ip. of iuirrdv, to hold omeltlf baek, in 
nBuda, M in Sept. 2 Chr. iriii. 6, U. 
Oen. viii. 1» 2 Hue. t. 2S. Philo, p. 
1029. Thnc. il 101. Xm. Cjr. iv. 2, 6. 
T. 4, 38; ud w PluL Ti. S74, 3, oi tt*- 

nrlnga from the primui one to hM, ox 
fe«i on or ty anything. At Phil. ii. 16, 
ijyo, S^s/i-fx"™, «.-« eminent 
ExpoBJton Buppoie the eenie to be, * pei^ 
■BTering in the knowledge uid pnclice of 
Oie woii of life.' BdI ilthcugh tupported 
6r Heb. IT. 14. I. 23, it i« ngiinM Ite 
context; which rather reqnim tbe usavt 
geneimllf anigned, 'holdini forth," oi 
niher 'out,' i. r. towanU, like lat. por- 

8 Eni 

rwtre. Thiitneafiiriyiiiil 

liowerer ««, it foundm H 
444, Kfiat 6irTiv 'Ef ytipi 

(ife it in the f^^a^i 
iTrix« riiiv Ariitoph. Nub. 
Wlbrati Bce my note on' 
gener. to m^rfiaty either by 
sidt, tnnl. Matt, t. 44. Lu. 
(iM. Phao, p. 972. Xen. M. 
(ir hy wordi, to tradime, aJ 
MC. I Pet. iii. 16, ud CUh. 

!o, towardi, 1 ) of plii;e miw 
implying net hoob, on, n, ■ 
iroth gener. with gen. of pi 
IT. 6, txt x<ip"'t> apoSrt <ri 
ivl. 19, et u. Biepe; also fig. ) 

xii.^, iirl Tijt BjpTov, i.e. ^ 
(Ailed the bufm," AciB XX 

SffviTfffloi M aos 
iTimT^! 1^ B^''wi 

or anthoritT, tiinni, over, 
8avt\e6et iri t$v 'lou^a 
S, Eph. iv. 6, i oiv jxl 
20. He» 

I.N, ^ . 
vKiing, &c. Gal. iii. 16, di> / 
TToXXwD, and Clua. 3}ofn 
!rl with gen. fonni a nhtai 
1^, m. iir' dXufltint, 'ofa tn 

\ 14." iwifX«" **" *«*i-(j-» 



En I 


7M^ and I. of place, in the same 
irl with gen. 1) of place where, 
b impljing rest upon, on, in, &c. 
hothprop. as Matt. xiv. 8, 11. 
iv. Sot & oft ; and as implying 
mitj, at^ dose hp. Matt. xxiv. d£ 
). Y. 2. Acts ill. 10. V. 9. Rev. 
Jao, as said of pen. with, among, 
iii. 14, k'W* ain-ot^ iTrifitTvai. 
a. 7, and Class. 2) of place 
iter verbs implying motion, or 
gxm, to, towards ; and that both 
prop, as Matt. ix. 16. Mk. ii.- 
nii. 7. Acts viii. 16, and fig. Heb. 

9V« VOULOV^ fAOV iirl TttiC Kap- 

Iso as unplying direction of mind 
lyone, either friendly, 2 Cor. ix. 

(V Tov Qeou c0* v/iitif . Lu. xviii. 
[e, Lu. xii. 52, •raT^p i<b* vltiS, 
tirl nraTpL Rev. xu. 1/, and 
. of time WHEN, upon, at, in, 1) 
ib. ix. 26, iirc auirrtXtta reap 
2 Cor. iii. 14. vii. 4. £ph. iv. 
i. 3. Heb. ix. 15. Sept. and 
I q>ec. in the sense <0er, lit. 
lyupon, Actsxi. 9, t^« h\i\frtM9 
leinjc cirl STc^avw. John iv. 
tuTto, (hereupon, and Class. — ^iii. 
as said of power, authority over, 
T. 47. Lu. xii. 44, & Class. 2) 
I accession to something already 
^ or implied, upon, unto, besides, 
. 20, 22, &\\a TdXaura tKip- 

ain-ol9. Lu. iii. 20. xvi. 26. 
16. Col. iii. 14. PhU. ii. 27. 
1, and Class. 3) as that upon 

thing rests as a /oundation or 
various specifications, both gener. 
. Lu. iv. 4, & after words im ply- 
trust, or confidence upon or in 
I or thing, Mk. x. 24. Lu. xi. 22. 
12. 1 Tim. vi. 17, et al. ; also 
ase Kanraa-Ktiv. cir* iXiriSi, Acts 
il. iirl Tip ovofxaTi Ttvoi, ^ on 
i of his name,* &c. Acts iv. 17. 
. xxiv. 17, et al. and Class. Also 
ject of an action, or discourse, in 
to, or concerning, Mk. vi. 52. 

38. John xii. 16. Heb. xi. 4. 
I, and Class. ; of a condition or 
under which any thing takes 
or. ix. 10, i'K iXiridi Apo^piav. 

11. viii. 6, ivl KptlTroaiv 
tat«. ix. 17. X. 28, and Class.. 
round or motive of any action, 
I e. on account of, because of, 
'- 9, fiii iirl iropi/cta. Lu. ii. 20, 
5 rdif Oe6v iirt iraaiv. v. 5. 
16. iv. 21, et al. and Class. ; of 
•M UPON which any thing takes 
M, at, over, after words denoting 
OB of the mind, as joy, sorrow, 
ie. Matt, xriii. 13, X^^P^*- ^'^' 
I i. J4j 47, et al. saspe and 
the o6fgct or purpose of any 


action, upon, unto, for. Gal. v. 18, 
IXivdepta eicXf70t)Tc. 1 Thess. iv. 
Eph. ii. r. 2 Tim. ii. 14. Phil. iii. 12, et 
al. and Class. — III. with the accus. i. of 
place, and 1) as implying rest and motion 
combined, in which case it marks a spread- 
ing out upon or over any thing, in various 
directions. Hence prop, alor^ upon, cdong 
over, througJumt, or simply upon, over, at, 
among; and that both^ Matt. xx vii. 
45, aKOTOi kyivtTO iirl iravav rriif ytjv, 
and X. 34. xiv. 19, 26. xv. 35. xviii. 12. 
xxii. 9. xxiv. 16, et al. sa'pe; and spec, 
where the motion is «directed to a higher 
place, up upon, up to. Matt. iv. 5, %<rrfi<riv 
airrdv eirl t6 ir'rtpvyiov tov Itpov. xiii. 
48, &va^L^. ktrl t6v aiyioKdv, & xxi. 5, 
iiri^t^flKtt)^ iirl ovov, et al. ssepe & Class. 
So of a yoke or burden taken up, or placed 
upon any one. Matt. xi. 29. xxiii. 4. 
Acts XV. 10 ; and metaph. said of fear, 
guilt, or punishment, which come upon 
any one as a burden laid upon him to 
bear, Matt, xxiii. 35, so. Lu. i. 12. xxi. 
34, sq. John iii. 36, et al. ; also of good, 
&c. Matt. X. 13. Lu. x. 6. Gal. ^. 16, 
&c. ; where the motion is to a lower place. 
Matt. X. 29, tv c^ ain-iov oit irto'SiTai 
iiri Tr}v yijv. and xiii. 5, 7. xxi. 44. 
Acts ii. 3. Rev. viii. 10. xvi. 2, and Class. 
Fig. of the Holy Spirit descendinff and 
abiding upon any one. Matt. iii. Id. xii. 
18. 2) of place whither, implying motion 
upon, to, towards, any place or object, as a 
limit, aim, end, prop, and gen. e. gr. after 
iriirru) and licjrlirTat, Matt. xxvi. 39. 
Lu. V. 12, et al. So after verbs of going, 
coming, conducting, &c. equiv. to irp6« 
with an ace. Matt. iii. 13. xii. 28, et al. 
Fig. of measure, extent, upon, unto, i. e. 
up to,'about. Rev. xxi. 16, ifxeTpricrt t^i/ 
iro\(i/ iirl ffTadiovi 6o)S. xik, and Class. 
So also t<p' oaov, in so far as, inasmwA 
as. Matt. XXV. 40. Rom. xi. 13, iirt 
irXsXop, further, the more, Acts iv. 17. 
2 Tim. ii. 16. iii. 9, and Class. — ^il. of 
time, 1) time how long, (/«nn^, ybr, Lu. 
iv. 25, iicXcto'Of) 6 ovpavdv iirl irri Tpla, 
and xiii. 31. xviii. 20. xix. 8, 10. Heb. 
xi. 30, and Class. So also lirl y^6vov,foT 
a time, Lu. xviii. 4. €<^' orrov, sc. \p6vov, 
so long as. Matt. xix. 15. c<^' Ikoowv sciL 
XP^^ov, a long while. Acts xx. 11, and 
adverbs iirl iroXv and iirl irXcIoi;, Acts 
xxviii. 6. XX. 9. 2) implying a t&rm or 
limit of time, upon the coming of which 
any thing is done, upon, at, about, Mk. 
XV. 1, iirl tS irpcot. Lu. x. 35, iirl ti^v 
a&piov. Acts iii. 1, iirl Tijv lapav nrrj^ 
irpoo-evY^c, and Class. ; joined with an 
adv. in later usage, lirl TpU, Xt\a x.\^. 
xi. JO, and Class. — ill. fig. aa «»:\^ oS. 
power or authority over, ot t«t« ovet, 
upon, over, Lu. i. 33, paoiXtoatt t**^ T^J* 
oIkou *laK. and ix. I. x.\9. Xct%N\\. vVi. 

Eni u 

BoBL *. U, Bt al ud Ctia. ; u uid of 
■D object, or ground npim, over, or » «- 
Hwrfo/ which »nj thing u done, or Wt, 

QMOt <a, Hk. IT. 24, ai^}u«rT„ xk^^a* : 
or of rftKoane, &c. onKBnmg, Mk. u. 12. 
Rom. IT. 9. I Tim. i. IS. Heb. vii. 13. 
Sepk and Uicr Clui. 2) oFtfaU on which 
Ihe miad ind h«rt are Kt, dlhei in kind- 
neu towkrdi, vpon, over. Matt. liT. 14, 
iirXayxvfofll Jt' nuroli. Ii. W. Lil. 
vi. 35. Rom. ix. 23. xi. 22. Uph. u. 7; or 
lioitilitj, agaiiul. Matt. lii. 26, Ji^' iaii- 
tIiw j<iis<<rS>). Mk. iu. 26. La. xi. 17. 
AcU vii. 54, and Clw. Htaae alto u 
th« object of hope and trust, MatL xxvii. 
43, ir{in»B» 4^1 Td» eioV. AeU ii. 42, 

over which jo; or aoirow ii lU^' Rev. 
iTiu. 20, if^^iimiKoi' I*' nirri*. Lu. 
xnii. 28, fil) (\ci1iti ix' i/iL Bar. i. 7, 

poM Df action, upoR,for, Matt, iii, 7, fov. 
M Td aima^ J,. ' to bs butiied ; & 
uvi. 55, Jirl XjiirTrir. Lu. TiL U. xr. 4. 
iitii.48,udClau. ln«>mpoutioa,Jirl im- 
plies, 1 ) motion aptm^ towarda, agaiiat. aa 
iriya, iiTfpyoiuii, Ac. 2) rest tnwn, 
OMT, at, as •rixm, iraiaraau, &c, 
3) accession, as Iriav^dyto, hrattite. 

It of the hall,' Ukau. Ueoca. 
/ait loaantt, to/aii tc 
IB, Lu. J ■'• ' ■ 

ipoTpaw. Sept. in DeuL ik T, 
INTKiNS. mtb iavrir implied, 

72, «' 
nit, to 

,. h 

par. i mace, x- iHr, ana i.'iau. 
'Erifia/iiai, f. nn, prop, to 
t n»tt, t«ujl ii«0fL Id N. 
!lMfii. lo be tnrdeianite tu, in 
LIT sense, to be dargerJjie to, 

9. 2 Thew. iii. B, -wpA, ii 
p^rral Tito. So Dion. Hil. 
§8, 3. In 2 Cor. ii. 5, l>ci iii, t 
i wordi may either bo conWr 
lat follows, meaning ' tbat 1 
a too hard on you air in my 

be taken aa pannttaetic, in ll 

.1. may be mpplied from v/ia 
>pian, yoLiLp.41S,71. Schw. 

won, tread, waik on, as DeuL i. 36, and 
eliewhere in Sept. and Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 
27. Indeed, from anch paasaget ai Eurip. 
it is plun tbat the primary aignification 
was, to Ktfiii upon. Thm in N. T. it 
elgnlf. I. to Ktfiai on, lo come into, arrive 

and UT. 1, Tj iTapxlq II. to let foot 

inON, and by impl. lo noHnf, either on 
the back ot a hone, or ais, Matt. iii. 5 ; 

lit T^ -rXoion, 'and xxiiL 2, wXel^' 
ah«>l. Hi. 2. Sept. and Class. 

'Exi^iiXXu, f. ^a\£, to eoif, throw, 
or lay any thing tiviai another thing, or 
person. In N. T. it is uwd, I. TRANS. 
prop, and toll, by daL Hk. xi. 7, ix. aOru 
Ti !;bot.o, oft. in Claai I Cor. Tii. 35, 
tipojipv »(•:» J. So Xenoph. Venat. i. 7, 
l-ri§a\\n<rra Tobi ^pd^ouc inl (hro- 

rel\lia^a■Ta. See more in my note on 
or. In the Benie to dip ai, ah said of 
a pBU:h, Matt. ii. 16. Lu. v. 36. In the 
phrase iviSaXXttv riir X'^P^^ '"' "^^^ 
Yacpav, foil, by tiri Twa, or a dat. to tay 

46. Lu.I 

.19. 1 


34, iiiB. ui,r6r Irl rd 

with iwl impl. Lu. xix. SB. acn 

Sept. and Clata. 

'Ersflkim, f. iffa, prop. A 
eyei upon, loot upon, Luc. L 19 

with ace. ; but in Sept. Fotl'wil 
ill. It. N.T. only fig. to too* r 
by impl. with respect, Ja. ii. 3, 
tJit *i>^DiivTii,&c.; ocgener. w 
and kindneu, Lu. i. 48, ixi^) 
Tdr Mr >iai> : and so oft. in St 
'Erlpk^pa, aroi, TO,(ii 
lit. axil thina put OB, aa a paldi. 
16. Mk.ii.^1. Lu. T. 36. In. 

fereoce to the figures 

.^od., t 4<r., to 
' Twi, Thuc. T. 65. 
12,5. Thevordoc 
c. viii. 92,) at Acu 

jOCtriDM, U 

w, iccording 

tint, ot>, i, 4, ad!, for the 
yS. (y.fat,) sartSiy, belong. 

, 40. 2' Cor. T, I ; of ptnofa. 
LndBD lor.S. Diod. So. L 13, 
of fiiiw), tI jirly. ' Uiingi 
to thit life,' [i. «. onlyj and » 
umu caiaci^ea, John iii. IS. 
i. rodifa iiriYtioc, MTlUy, and 
iperftct, main, Ja. iii. IS. 

?' vo^oi, fa nriH upn, oonu 
& wind, fa iprMjl tip. Acta 

,ino IT KUy f. yvcd^nioi- The 

ttco (ffif^mxcs), lit. to twnraf, 
low by looking M' Kir)" peraon ot 
Di. Od. inii.30. Henre eoeUy 
iriou. eenm, to (ucertain, (i. e. 
Ition,) percBiw, rfo<>7Tnp*,' and 
mpL. tiy ai^cnowUdoe as true, 
occur in N. T.. >nii are lo cloael} 

!?he^™ (ofkn™°n^i.»nio^ 
«aented aa toehoaitve, or m pm- 
and at otben b> completed by 


ditle, &c. v. 13. 3) rrom 
lib the Idea of lood-will, to 
AFPROVK, acbuncledgt and van 
Ji>r, cterwi, full, by ace, 1 Cor. iri. 1& 

Sept. Numb. ivi. 5. 

'EiriyfOBii, ••«, i eorretpoudi lo 
IdC. co^tfio, denoting I. avBiwjTivaLY, 

any thing, and it) reaulla, acfemutafotiMfif, 

.f ihingCLu. i. 

M. & C 

1 jlri dniniTs., and xxiii. 7. 
. 34. iiii. 29; abaol. ii. Sa 

■erne to psnnn, i« tcelf auxin 
«c. Lu. ». K, iriyMSt T06, 
Tioiinu. Hk.'.SD: roll.bySTi. 
.Lu. i. 23. 4] toren^iie, i.e. 
J I^, and pKrceive a person 01 
e one whom we haie before teen . 
u. Milt. iiiT. 35. Mk. •!. 33. 54 
.16.31. Acta iii. 10. iv. 13; ol 
cli iii. 14, ir. Tftf ^Bipw thw! 
Ii. 39, tIiii vqi'. Sept. *nil Clasr 

jc dA-qei 

_ Tim. II. 4. i Tim. 

, .fryiiSoi;, Pfailem. 6 : 

2Fet.i.S. II. 20 : <i;ua/>T{«, 

ii. 2U, & Clau.- 
'""* n N. T. 

if what 

:tiptnreofOod, Chriat, di 
Rom. i. 36, Tdi> 0i6r iviiv (v tTi- 
T... and I. 2. Eph. i. 17. i». IS. Phil. 
Col. i.9. ii.2. iii. 10. 2 Pet 1.2, B. 

HTKninoB or tuermfun, a. gr. on a eoln. 
Matt. udi. SO. Hk. iii. 16. Ln. 11. 24. 

bead of i 

make a mark on,aaTii. 1S7, iD grave upim, 
iiiHTibe with ■ stilul ; eepec. iaid of a 
public inscription, Mk, it. 26. Aclaivii. 
m. Rev. iii. 12. Sept. and Cla>a_ll. 
til. to impma deeply on the beart, 
Heb. viii. lO, Jirl mtpSlat airau ivi- 
■ypaij/u, [Mjiout (ioul, and 1. 16, So Ptot. 
vii. 3, iwiypailim [Xdyou!] Irl to 
■rXd-Tot T^ Kaptlat aov. JEKhyl. Prom. 
791, Hv lyvpB^iav vou umiioirir likTiut 
— ■ ■ - I j,/j„_ (0 ,i^ fc 


«, uiiiVn 

ii. 19, J 


'Mgeof,&c. Ugeni 
>fthing, Ram.i.32,->'< 
ilT.ri.d>-r». Col. i. 
3 Cor. liii. S : ahul. 
. 1 Cor.iiii. 12, «! JT 

'iiT».2CDr.i.l4; 1 

rd iidpor^. Lu. u. 24. Mid. AcU ii. 
39, iiTiituiBi^tiia, y.TWRi!. Lu. ivii. 
14, t-wiS. itvreiit ToU ieptwi, ft Claaa. 
So of derdi. as minclea, &c. to aitia/orih. 
Had, ivi. 1, and Clua. Alao, to poiW 
oh( to anyone, for ab»rvation, Matt. xii*. 

I, iir. airra Td> <>1kd«o,.u, and Clan.— 

II. no. to' duia, and by impl. inak»iq>- 
pear, by arguuientfr, &c., to wrrve to be 10 
or 10, Heb. Ti. 1 7. Alls iviii; 28, & Claaa. 

'ETi£(>;ariiii, f. J>£oHa>. depon. 
mid. to receiw to oaaetf; and by impl. to 
admit to bospitaltty, &c. trana, 1 ) pj«p. 
3 John 10. I Mac£, lii.O.tir. toAc ddiX- 
4>Diii. Pol.ixii.1,3. 2) fig. of a teacher, 
■ ) nrfmii, atspnt to, approve, 3 John 9, oix 
iri£tv«Tjr( iiuat : of things, adjnit, sa* 
m«, Eeclui. Ii. 26. Pol. Ti. 24, 7. 

, f. rioai, (iTt, Siil 





own people, or at home,, as opp. to &iro- 
dtifiiot. Xen. Cyr. yii. 5, 7. Thuc. i. 1, 30 ; 
in N. T. to come among amf people aa a 
stranger^ to sojourn among them ; intrans. 
Acts ii. 10, oi iTTidri/wuimt rca/xaioi, 
*" the Romans resident at Jerusalem,* and 
xvii. 21, ol ifridrifiovpTSi £cvot, * the 
sojourning foreigners* in Athens. So Xen. 
Mem. L 2, 61, *roiK iiridrifiovyTai kv 
AoKid. ^cifovs. So Theophr. £th. Ch. 3, 
says of Athens, iroXXot ciridt}/ioD<rt j^ivoi. 

'E'Ttdtaraao-o/iat, f. ^ofiai, prop. 
to arrange /urther, * to issue other and 
further directions ;* fig. Ckd. iii. 15, where 
see my note. 

'E'Tt^ideo/At, f. d(0<r(0, in Class, to 
give to, in addition, Horn. II. zxiii. 559. 
In N. T. to give or rea(A Jbrth any thing, 
to deliver over, put into any one*s hands, 
I. PROP. & OBNER. Matt. vii. 9, /t^ \ldov 
iir(detf<r£t avrw \ Lu. xi. 11, sqq. iv. 17, 
cire^oOij aitTu /3t/3Xloif, et al. In Class. 
to deliver, as said of a letter. — II. fig. to 
give over, commit, as a ship to the wind. 
Acts xxvii. 15, inri^ovrt^ {t6 irKoXov t« 
iiuifLw) iiptpofiida. 

*EirtdiopOo(0, f. C0<rc0, prop. * to put 
Jurther to rights what has oeen wrong,* 
but partly righted. In N. T. only mid. 
in Tit. L 5, Td Xctirovra cirtdtop6(tf<n}. 
And so Philo, t. ii. 534, irept t^c tmv 
Xtiiroirrtav inridiopBuKrtM^, 

'ETtductf, f. Buvto, {dvte, or duvoo,) to 
go doum, as said of the sun, to set upon or 
during any thing, i-ri tivi, Eph. iv. 26. 
Sej^t. Deut. xxiv. 17, iTrtdvveTai, 6 HXiov 
iir avTw soil, fitodw, i. e. unpaid. Ex. 
xxii. 3, idif 6k itva-TiCKij o ^Kun iv* 
avru. Philo, t. ii. 324, firi itrtivirw b 
9Xiov Tots di/eo'KoXoirto'fici'Ots. 

'Eirtsticeto, av, ti, (vtritiKrii,) prop. 
moderation, propriety. In N. T. and later 
writers, demenai, humanity. Acts xxiv. 1. 
2 Cor. X. 1, at least as the word is there 
explained by the Commentators. See, 
however, my notes. 

'EirtctK^s, eo9, o, ^, adj. fr. iirt and 
iUcfjo, to ^ield. The primary signification 
is 1| ytdding to any person or feeling, 
pUabie, mtZcf, gentle, forbearing,a8 in 1 Tim. 
iii.3. Tit.iii.2. Ja.iii.17. lPet.ii.18. Sept. 
& Class. So Aristot. defines t6 iirtcticl?. 
as Td diKatov oh Kara t6v vofiov, AXKa 
iiravopdutfjia tov vofiifiov iiKaiov. 2) by 
a metaphor taken from a garment, which 
yidds to the shape of the body, and, as we 
6a.y,Jits it ; it means, fitting, suitable, and 
proper, as said of thmgs; and deccnxnts, 
respectable, as said of persons. See my 
note on Thuc. viii. 93. In like manner, 
iiriTij^n« (from l-jri & Td<^ut, to stretch,) 
means lit. stretched over, so as to fit any 
thing, and &g. JiUing, meet, suitable, ^c. 

Hence t6 iircujccc, promrielji vA\ 
Phil. iv. 5. Such, at least, is the 
assigned by the recent Comment 
generaL But though this be a seniel 
in the purest writers, yet it doe8iiit( 
the context ; which, as I have 
my note there, rather requires 
modestia, meaning what the Gredi] 
sophers denote by ftcrpurraOf ta' 
of course, includes the sense ^ 
forbearance, on which latter see myl 
on Thuc L 76. 

'E<rt^t)Tlfla, f. i$(rM, in Class. fel 
after, look for; in N. T. I. to 
any person lost. Acts xii. 19, iirt^ij 
airroif, Kal uii tvptinf, &c. Sept 1 
▼ii. 28, and Class. ; in the sense to 
the hands of any one, to require, 
39, trrifisTom itr. and xvi. 4. 2iUl v9.J 
Lu. xi. 29. Phil.^ iy. 17, rd W/io. 
xix. 39, tI irepl kTtpww, and later ~ 
writers — II. to seek after any 
to long for it. Matt. vi. 32, TavraTitj 
iirittjTct. Lu. xiL 30. Rool xL 7. ' 
iy. 17. Heb. xi. 14, aL 

'Eir iOavarioc, ov, 6, ri, sA\.i 
to death^ as condemned criminals, 1 1 
iv. 9, where see my note. Dion.HiLi 
vii. 35. 

*Eir 1 6 e <r t «, e»v, n, {iiriTtBiiju,) < 
ing hamds on any pers. or thing, for si 
pose, good or evil. In N. T. apptii 
to the imposition of hands, as a rite < 
amonff tne Jews, when blessing i 
stowed, and divine assistance un| 
(see Gen. xlviii, 14. 2 K. v. 11,) 
ployed by the Apostles in 
ministers to the Church, or imc 
extraordinary graces of the Holy fl| 
Acts viii. la I Tim. iv. 14. 2 iWl 
Heb. vi. 2. 

*K'rt,Bii/i£to, f. rivo», (iirt, 6»f 
ner. & in Class, to set one^s heart t 
eamesdy, trans, in N. T., and dc 
to desire, in a good sense, Mattxiii.l7^ 
xxii. 15. 1 Tim. iii. 1. Heb. vi 11. 1 Pi , 
12, and Class. — II. to desire, in s witk 
or indifferent sense, to crave. La. nt 4 
xvu. 22. Gal. V. 17. Rev. ix. 6. Tfc* 
xiv. 57. — ^III. to desire, in a bad 
covet. Matt. v. 28. Rom. viL 7« 
1 Cor. X. 6. Ja. iv. 2, and Class. 

'Eirt6v/i f|T^«, ou, o, onewkoi 
longs after any thing, 1 Cor. x. 6, < 
firiTai KaKutv. Sept., Jm., and 1st ^ 

'E-n-idvfiia, a«, v, eager doifti* 
ing, I. gener. and in a good so* 
xxii. 15. PhiL i. 23. 1 Thess. fi. 17. 
middle sense. Rev. xviii. 14. Sept&C 
— II. in a bad sense, inordinate dai i*! f^ 
espec. on sensual objects, i'^^MMSV 8*^ 
&c. 1) gener. Mk.iv. 19. Roni.Til*T 
7. Col. iS. 5. 1 Tim. vi. 9. 2 Tia. *•' 

ii.3. J>.I.H.2Pet.ui.3. Judc 

So IvtOtfulai aapKAt^ citrnot 
T,16,2i. ^h. ii. 3. 2 Prt. ii. .. . 
.ii. 16. tr, cafituai. lr<t.iL Joti 
w«iu[<ii. Tit. u. 12. It. Tie -i-' 

qt, datilfid butt, ^. 
T., joMtJyU l-itt, 2 Tim 
2) Bid of impure 
torn. i. 21. ITh. iv. 6; or 
(At«t thiu liuted ttui, Ji 
John iu 17. Sept. in Dan. xi. 

il arm, tiwir'Mitt. xxi. 7, in 
thougb other copin bare ix<- 
itruu. nte OS, u Sept. Gen. 
\^v. n. 30. 
Xfo, r. laa, gener. io Claai. 

. i-r. iiivniDv, 6r iniDiud iilioii, u neceuily, 1 Cor. ii. 16. 
1. ol iirie«/.ii.. Thue. riii. IS ; or « . Uw.Heb. ii. 10.— 

S. T. onl* used 
to oneKlf, to a 

to call upoD foi vid 
^, tnna. l)prop. 
w »ddre«»ed in prayer to Chriit 
ti yii. 59, St. JTua\ai1|jiMiv 
»] xal Xiyo'-r'', Bept. 1 Sam. 
. 3 Sam. xxi;. 7, aod u in 
tir eidf, or TDut eiauc. 
er. to rmiv to, aa sud of God, 
i:tBiL21. ii. 14. Rom. x. 13, 
pt. Aa nid of Cirul, 1 Cor. i. 
21. ilii. 16 ; etpec. in adjuia- 
cationa, &c., to wmAe aa a wit- 
i. 23, and Clwt. 2) ia a> 

ligher tribunal or judge. Acta 
2. 21, 25. xni. 33. xxviil. 
:arr. 2. Cn. 1.— II. to call or 

iilion, TO gUKNAHI, Matt. I. 

am. iii. 3. Judg. vi. 32. So 
i. 17. Eliewhere oolj paaa. 
md, 1} prop. Matt. i. 3, J 
G. Lu. xxii. 3, at al. anpe. 
aaa. 3} from the Heb. Ja. ii. 
f. 17, id,' ctt tmKUknrM 
00, i. e. ■ who an called (or 
.J mj name ;' implying pro- 
a,&c. Bsnichii.lS. 



X.) Lu. xxui. 33. Joa. Ant. 

ii, R,6. II. 5, 3, and Claw. 

.:i^, help, AcU ii-i. 33, iruosalat 
(ra» The phnae ia oft. uaed hj Poljb. 
li-^iKpTua, r. K, prop, to jiMt^ 
i;^, i. e. to conflnu er notj hj t later 
^snt. Clan. In N. T. to nee jw^ 
./ p.poii, to adjulai. Stent, Ln. Ilhi. 

I'L-TtXi/iSavu, f. Xnifioimi, gener. to 

W o/in anywaT.otfbranj 

ia tokt to onadf, eqniT» to 

-id Latin ai^mo. In K. 

_ , in mid. ixiXopiSwofiBi, 

nljti'li meana prop, io io]u to ona^J\ and 
nppmpriate tooneaownnae; bntinN.T. 
kiM'iL both prop, and flg. and with Tariooa 
.liaik'a of meanina. I. GKNBB. foil, bj 
T^y yjLo^t, la taxt hoid of bv the hana^ 
MJt. liii. 23. AcU .liii. IS. (fig. Heb. 
vjli. 3.) Sept. and Clau. With gen. of 
Btn. eipr. or impl. denoting thai aome 
pun iilaidhold of.eillieT in order to lead or 
<^niLdiic(,Lu. ii. 47.AcUiTii.19. abaol.ii. 
27 ; 01 in order lo aoccour, Matt. xit. 31. 
IIi'li.ii.lGieapec. loheal, Lo.xiT. 4.3ept. 
Ik Cliia.— 11. SPBC. with the idea of lio- 
hnci.; (0 la; hold of in order to iMoM, 
i) prop. [0 avpnhend, aa a priioner, Lu. 
ixiii. %. AcU xii. 30, S3. aUol. jri. 19. 
Tviii. .7. Sept. and Claia. 2) Eg. as uid 
of language uttered, fo lag Koti of tBJ 
one's uordi, in order to censure, Lu. ii. 
20, ;,« Irik. auTou Xoyou. liocr. 233, 
iiriX. T^v iiB<ii,li»tr^m.lo gttiold If, 
make oneielf mastw of. Teat. xu. Pair. 

^ JiriX. 4 

i. 12, 19. 

3. 273, 

^g., prop, and lit, ^ Kt!,\bvB6h^, f. X^b™, to omiM M- 
,y ihing upon. In , „ii.,.^ „ be forsetfvl ef, mid. ixiXai*ibo- 
aa said of ains, to ' ^^^ t'lmaktotitutffarQetfidofiTty peraon 
' " lortljiiig. In N. T. it IS used L rnop. fa 

-p. /i^jf(,Mall 

49. Gal. 'iii. 10, isl i^°< "ITSpt 

br gen. Heb. ti. 10. i-riX. tbS tp-y. 
inmi. liii. 2, 16 ; by tec. Phil. iii. U. i 
Arlrm IriX. B«th congtiucUoni occur 
the S«pl. uid Clan. Pu. nrf. put. L 
iii. 6, Ua-Wi^'-'- U. van. IsTwi. 

'£ti\ jy V. f fw, prop.ind geDcr. ^ 

with vhich 1 vould compare (m coming 

a, OH.paE.UP 
id \ty, 

iTi'X.E... would 

ue ia N. T. UHd for xaXilu ind niiXiio- 
Sai, Hpcc, in proper namea of ptrtoiu, it 
ia needleu ta Temaik. So Hatt. u. 23, 
lis xpXup Xiyofiirne NaJ. Thi. jraplie 

quMtion.— II. irom ill, /or, & Xiya, <o 
ckooM, uiBea iirAeTOi, and in mid. iiri' 
\iyQtiai^ to chooae wOo, fi/r oneaelf, 'Acta 
K. 10, irAifautyat X. So Sept. and 
Heiodot. iii. 157. 
'&'wi\§t-wu, f. i/riD, prop, to ^w one 



io/oiianyo, ., , . 
in doing any thing, Hdc 

nting to 

vii. 21, 1 


ii. 26. 

firffe^fuiaeas, J*, i. ^, ^fc^wrr^v rvii 
|inni«, for itp, inki^/imu^ Eccliu 
27. Dia Can. and elwwbcra. 

'ExEXoixot, DU, i, q,«n 
^ tflvr and abme to any one, I Pet. i 


Xipffit, luc, A, (IxiXiJb,) prop. 

nu itiffiailty, by explicuiiin, 2 Pet. i. 
[ftn. JxiXuai..!, where aee my note, 
ip. Heliiid.i. IB, ivufiA-rui, i^wlXanxi, 

Liiw, f. it. 

a knot. 

lit. lo iaaen the 

H<fn. iv. 12. H, aWat i-ri\iiTa, i-rum- 

them'uound. lo Plut. Alex. IS, -rii 

^ax'tpf T* <.i»i/.MO- in N. T. fig. to 
sjfn a difficulty^ by remming that which 
- % to aiTiiiiB. inltTfrtt, Mlt. iv. 34. 

adjunct, 1 

i. 12, A 
detfrmini , . . . . 
r, Acttiii.39, lTtXi/eii<r<' 

4 EHI 

'EiripapTuaf.. f «», totBC^ 
ti</fc>rnr, witli ifc. and iuBn. 1 Fn i. 
- lo cgU upon Ood to wiloea tbe mi 

■E-ii/ilXtia, at, i. (iTi|>aM 
gt„er. «a«(w. (0 «iy thing, or «lS 
"u nnv penon, eapec. by ciu« of ml V 
.L» ,0 'nnning, OT ^ ^ediol UUill 
Th«s Pollui, iv. 177, ioMrtt aaum" 
rA tcnng Jn^iXiia, .><>«.iJn.^ M 
U^IcD hu the expreetion fxi^iiXiia 
/laToi- In they?>rtnA- aenH tbaiM 
lo be taken at Act. .iiii. 3, IxiA 
-rvytTv^ (with which compare Xn. ■ 
iv.>. IO,ix,^X,l«T.i{op.,,)>li 

having prolubly auifered from an-ii^ 
&c. Bo Sehal. on ApoUen. ii. 39^l 
by Wctalehi, i«nHry*roiPTitiT.xwi 
firtXtiat rapA Tuv 'Hp, 
'.irinlXonai, m itf 

In havl 


LTcn. of pera. ; aa, for ioitance, cd tkfil 
[.u. I. 34, aq. ; the Chnrch, 1 1101. i 
Si^pl. ind Cliii. 

, f. va, inClan.laa 
tinue [intent J on loyMI 
r 1 here, (oil. by otrii,: 

i. 24; by a 

L 1%U 

CIbm. ; ntpemm, 

anrcit^fTL-ILKL . . .. 
atate of life or conrae of action,' lep 
vm u, foil, by daC. aa -rf trlvrmO 
23. T>j x<V<Ti, Acta xiii. 43. -i^ ilfiif 
Rom.'vi. 1. li. 22, aq. So 1 Tin. h 
ivifun sirroii, i. e. in ooe'a dnlia, 
and Olaaa. i fall, by putic. pna <• 
tm^ m <»« actiom. Acta iii. IG, in 
^v. John Tiii. 7, i-T. ipwrianu. f 
f. 197, itiri.e<^i> hr. 

'^TFiBtiu^ f. Hitffof, prop. Jp ■> 
imto^ito, Hom.U. U. 618; alWiJlI 
fr< u.<j»Rt by a nod, Horn. II. ii. SL 
N, T. geuer. to aatnl, Dount, alwi ' 
iviii. S), o«K ixivfuiTiv. 2Hu(.l« 
ix.u>r)ffim« £1 Toi puffiXiM. I« 
.riiid by Pailih. iiriMuin Ji 8p* 

■Eirlfoia, ai, i, (Ixiwi-."; 
the mind upon, lo redecl.) trnp- ■' 
ofthintanff upon any thing ; afao, t^ ' 
ill iuiAge ao formed in ih« minJ. "J 
/i>j7i. aiptalion, idea, u in Tbuf-* 

niljuuet, tie eoujuel orpwjua tk*" 

Eni 145 £ni 

?nL22, tl dpa itptOiicrtTai croi 'EirfrXifflrorco, f. ^a>, prop, to strike 

at^ Kapdiai trov. So Tbuc. y. i. e. to give blows, upon any person or 

iirtwiay <l>pdvai. Eurip. Phoen. thing, to beat^ Horn. 11. x. ^OC^ 'linrow 

ieph. Ant. ▼. 6, 2. The term is to^oi iiriir\na<rwv. Hence, as reprehen- 

ed, as here, without adjunct, of an sions are the verbera lingtuB^ * to chastise 

Kwe: yet an example occmv in with words,'' to rebuke; in which sense the 

7\t. § 44. Wisd. xiv. 12. And so word sometimes carries the ace. as in Hom. 

ngnsffe we have to think on, for to II. xxiii. 580, and Plato, 269, B. 327, A. ; 

So Swift : ' Still the work was but usually the dat and so 1 Tim. v. 1, 

plete, When Yenus tiumght on a vptafivTipto fiti eirtirXQ^flv. 

'Eirtiro6e(0, f. veto, (iirl, iroBiu, fr. 

•piciw, f. ij«r«, (lirtWo*,) to '^odwt,) ^ron. to desire, or wv^ /or above 

oneself, to swear falsely ; or to or oesides, Hdot. v. 93; but gener. to de- 
left oath, to commit penury. Matt, ^^e earnestly, long for anjr thing absent ; 
d Class. ^^^ ^° ^- ^' "^^^T^ it IB used of ear- 
, , ,, X t, X nestly desiring, gener. both of thinas, as 
•picos, ov, o, J, (iir*, opKov,) T^yAa, 1 Pet. ii. 2. Rom. i. 11. 2 Cor. 
adj. meaning JfrequenOv swear- y^ 2. 1 Thess. iii. 6. 2 Tim. i. 4; and of 

hy impL with levity imd falsely, persons, to long after, to ardently love, 

oetjured, as here and Anst. Ran. ^ Cor. ix. 14. Phil. i. 8. ii. 26. Diod. ^c. 

7PKOV BpKov aifioat. Generally, ^vii. 101. The word often occurs in Sept., 

It 18 used as a subst.^ a perpirer. ^h^re it denotes vehement desire of, love 

d, D. 40, T6ic« irrifi iviopKOK, for, any thing. FoU. by ace. of thing, 

T wnten downwards. So in 1 governed by nrpdi, Ja. iv. 5, irpas ibOovov 

0,^tvarTaK,i'jriopKOi9. Iiriiroeet t6 UviVfia 8 icar. iv iifiiv; 

'v<Fio9, ov, 6, Vy adj. A word where, though the construction is harsh, 

ly in N. T. Matt vi. 11. Lu. xi. it is not unprecedented. So Ps. Ixxxiii. 2. 

rrop TifiStv t6v iv. and meaning Sept. eTrtiroOe? ri «^vx»J M*"' *^' ,'^^^ '*^- 

eriving the word from inriovcra, XAs row K wptow, and Ixi. 1, 01/ rpoTroj/e-jri- 

u of iirnfu,) to-morrow's bread, '^oOti p tKa<po^ inrl Ta« irtjyd« t«v vd, 

•r the coming day;* or rather, from ovTut eirtiroOet h ^j/vx^ fiovtrpoi <re, 6 

7vaia, existence, bread, (food,) for 0eo«- and Ixi. 10, ciri Upvayfia firj ivi- 

g life, and by impl. sufficient woOelr*. Deut. xiii. 8, ovk iirtiroOiicrciv 

'enasice. ^'''' avrcS. I conj. avtov. In all these 

, . passages it is not vehement desire for any 

ritrrta, f. irso-ow^ai, prop, fo thing present that is meant, but strong 

in any way, as when things fall inclination towards any absent object ; and 

each other, ^sch. Pers. 512, in the passage of James, the inclination or 

iX\viKoi<ri : or when persons tendency of the desire towards any thing ; 

», attack each other ; also, fig. of what in Latin is expressed by ferri ad, 

• fell upon any one, to befal. In Comp. supra iii. 14—16, and the passage 
is used I. PROP. 1) to throw of Plutarch cited at aai/Aoi;twa»}s. 

KMxm, Acts XX. 10, inrinrtvtv »i?«..«.^fl«^.« ,. „ « a«..^/ r/^o,*«« 

rpiiyriKov a uTov, i. e. to embrace .1:1* ' /?* « . j- ^ jt 

t8xx:37. Sept. Gen. xlvi. 30. 1. ^ ETTiyoenros, ou, o, n, adj./en>en% 

xiil 25, i^tire<rcJ,v itrl -rd arri- ^^'^^ Umgedfor, Phil. iv. 1. 
'I. 2) in the sense to rz<«A (Mfatn«^, 'EirtiroOio, as, ri, earnest desire, 

tpon, Mk.iii. 10, &<rrt ^irtiriWeiv Rom. xv. 23. 

S8 Thuc. vii. 84, 3, itriiritrTov 'Etriiropevofiai, f. tvaofiai, prop. 

IV, Kal KaTf/raTovv, sc. aWi}- to go or come to any place. In N. T. of 

II. FIG. 1) of the illapse of the persons, Lu. viii. 4, tZv kutu v6\lv inri- 

pint, Acts X. 44, iirinritn t6 nroptvofxivtjav irp6^ avTdv, as in Polyb. 

t. viii. 16. xi. 15. Ezek. xj. 5, iv. 9, 2, Adpoiadivroav 8k tmv iv vKiKiaK 

It' ipi XV. Kvp(ov. 2) to fall th t^j; M. kuI Ttov M. iiniroptvQivTtav 

me over any one, foil, by iirl with ivl t6 vXijOo^. In each passage the sense 

pen. as <p6fio9, Lu. i. 12. Acts is accedere ad, to repair or resort unto ; 

• Ex. XV. 16. iK^rraaK, Acts x. and in that of St. Luke, as we have not 
B. X. 7. i'^bv. Acts xiii. 11. dvti' nroptvdivnov, but vopivouivuv, I would 
Rwn.xv.o. And so in the Class, render, * were resorting to nim.' So, by a 
I disease, and whatever is calami- similar mode of exi)ression, Mk. ii. 13. 

general, is said to fall upon any John x. 41. and 2 Chr. xi. 13, Kal oi 

'in Thuc. iii. 82, ^ireireo-s iroXXd Upets— <rwi/i)x6T|orai; irp6« auTdw 4k "wd** 

*«*'*k Ta?« ir6\.i9t. Ttov t«i> hpitov, 





*Eirt/>pa'7r<r(0, f. <^a», to sew any ma- 
terial upon another, Mk. ii.21, ivipKrifia 
— i'jnppdvTEL itri i/JLaTtot iraX. Comp. 
Job xvi. 16, caKKov lppa\J/av (I conj. 
eppa^a) iirl /3u/o<n}« fiov. Read, from 
the Alex, and other MSS. ^vpaij : and 
render, ^ I have sewed sackcloth on my 

'Eirt^/StTTw, f. <^«B, prop. tocastoT 
throw upon^ Lu. xix. 35, iir. «. to. ifiaTia 
ivl Tov vStXav, Sept. Joseph. Bell. Jud. 
iv. 5, 3, KovLv kirippiTCTOvv toiv <r<i}fia<ri. 
Fig. said of care^ ' thrown upon' or reposed 
on any one in full confidence, 1 Pet. v. 7, 
nracav t^v fiipifivav ificav iiri^pi^avTg^ 
iv* airrov. 

'Eirt(rt)/i,o9, ov, o, ^,adj.(eir(,<r^/Lia,) 
1) lit. hearing a mark upon, siffnatus, 
something whereby any person or thing is 
distinguisned firom another. So the word 
is used of the insignia on a shield, or the 
insigne, ensign, on the head of a ship ; 
also of the stamp or image of the sovereign 
on money. But in N. T. used only of 
persons J 1) notabiUs, in a good sense, dis~ 
tinguishedy eminent, Rom. xvi. 7. 3 Mace, 
vi. 1. Joseph. Bell. vi. 1, 8. Hdot. ii. 20. 
Thucyd. ii. 43. 2) notatnlis, in a bad 
sense, notorious, Matt, xxvii. 16, Moruiov 
iir, Joseph. Ant. v. 7, 1, and later Class. 

'EirtartTKr/Liof, ov, 6, (lirto'tTt^o/uat, 
to provide oneself with eatables, Hdot. vii. 
17o. Thuc. vi. 94,) prop, the providing 
oneself with food, Xen. An. i, 5, 9, but 
sener. the provisions themselves, Lu. ix. 
I2, and Class. 

'£ir t (TIC eiTTOu at, f. x/ro/iat, depon. 
mid. gener. to look upon or at, for the pur- 
pose of observation or inspection. In N. T. 
used in two senses, I. to look at, in order 
to select, to look at for choice, as of per- 
sons for an office. Acts vi. 3, eirtorKe^ao-Oe 
avSpai, &c. So Sept. in Judg. xv. 1. Xen. 
Cyr. V. 4, 10. Diod. Sic. 295— II. to look 
upon or (ifter, visit, for the purpose of 
comfort and aid. Matt. xxv. 36, 43. Ja. i. 
27 ; as said of the sick and poor, Ecclus. 
vii. 35, and Class. Also applied, by Hebr., 
to God, who is said to visit men, to en- 
quire into their condition, in order to 
afford them relief and aid ; foil, by ace. 
either expr. as Lu. i. 68, 78. vii. 16. Heb. 
ii. 6 ; or impl. Acts xv. 14, 6 0e6s ixe- 
CKt^aTo (scil. Ta I6vt)) Xafislv, &c. and 
Ecclus. xlvi. 14. 

'Eiri<ricfiva^a>, f. dorm, liirl, aKiv- 
d^o),) the primary signif. of the word is, 
*^ to put all things in readiness unto,' or 
for any purpose ; to furnish out every thing 
for it. Hence it is used of furnishing out 
or forth a feast, equipping and fitting out 
a ship; also, of equipping horses, as, for 
instance, with saddles, bndles, &c., espec. 
beasts of burden. So Xen. Hist, vii.2, 18, i 

iiriCKEvaadfuvoi eirtj^vyta. A 
load carts, Aen. Cyr. vii. 3, 1. A 
it may be observed, affords mucl 
tenance to the reading of not a few 
MSS. and the Ed. Princ. in Acts 
vKiVKtvavdfiivoi dvifiaivofuv tl 
where the sense is, ^ having made 
ration for our journey,' lit. *' having 
horses or carriages for our journe 
Hesych. iirtaKtvaaafiiVOt' evrpv, 


'EirtfTfcrii/oa), f. uxrw, lit. top 
upon, or at a place, and gener. to ta 
abode or s<^oum there, Polyb. iv 
72, 1. In N. T. fig. of a spiritua 
ence descending from on hign, and 
or abiding on any one, 2 Cor. xii 
cir ifii. 

'EirtfrKta^w, f. d<r<o, {tiri,<n 
I. PROP, to co^ a shadow upon, t 
shadow; foil, by ace. Matt. xvii. 
ix. 34 ; and dat. Mk. ix. 7. Acti 
Sept. Ps. xci. 4. — II. Fio. said of a 
power and influence, to as it wei 
shadow, by restina upon, and exei 
influence in, Lu. i. 35. Comp. ctu 
in 2 Cor. xii. 9. 

'Eirto-KO-jriw, f. rKno, (eiri, (TK 
prop, to look upon, visit, as the sick 
sped, examine what is done by 
to overlook, see that any thing ii 
Hence in N. T. to look after, Ims i 
1 Pet. V.-2, kicKXKovo^vrt'i, scil. i 
fiviov. Also, with neg. firj Ttv, ti 
take heed lest, Heb. xii. 15, iviaKon 
fiv Tiv v<mpS)v, &c. Xen. Lac. ii. 

'EfrtcKo-jr^, ^9, ri, gener. visiti 
care over, and inspection or cha 
In N. T. the word is used L of 
of being visited or taken care of; i 
said of God's gracious care and 
Lu. xix. 44, TOV Kuipov Trj9 iiru 
cov, i. e. * the time when God was 
to save and bless thee.' See Job 3 
xxxiv. 9. Prov. xxix. 13. 3 Mace 
And so 1 Pet. ii. 12, iv vp-ipa eria 
Though some there explain, ^visita 
evil, avengement,' as often in Se] 
Apocr. So Svnes. ap. St. Thes. kn 
Oeov, and £urip. Iph. Taur. 141^ 
aKoiriiv, ' to avenge.' — II. of the • 
charge of visiting and inspecting 
Acts i. 20, T^i/ kTricrKoirr\v owtoO 
£Tc/oof, (so often in Sept.); and f 
the djffice of an iirtcrKoiros, 1 Tim 
€t Tts iirto-icoir^s opiytTai, &c. 

'Efricricoirov, ov, 6, (eirt<rK«ir» 
in Class, an overseer, guardian, pr% 
governor, in various capacities, d' 
not military or religious ; but in theS 
overseer, guardian, or governor, id 
military, and espec. religious afiaifs. ■ 
it was used by the N. T. writers to 
n&te an ecdesiaatical functioDaiyt^ 


. o*inight, either of ieangt«g<i- 
■tuni mrilipping in .n j place 

rniErentionfl : tbe paatDn of 
.it would Kcm, originally called 
I irpiffjSiiTipol, {a lenn deriied 

beir Bockt ; eipec. u ihe term 
well adapted to denenate the 
Dliea. Bnt (Don anerwarda, 
same necemur that one pree- 
<ach Church ahould lake the 
[eneiil inspection and govern- 

!d. aa beat adapted to deiignate 
of the duto* of such an officer ; | 

lenlly. And not only waa th« 

minedutely'fTDin the uie in the 
1 appropriating it as above, there 
lIuaioD to apasBi^of iBaiah, Ix, 
where the prophet, foretelliag 
and felicitj- of the Church bjr 
■ion of the Gentilea, uji, nal 


uiiliorv. In N, T. TumteT-, for teacher, in 
Kiiti. ■; mill applied onlf to Chritt u a 

^i'.jriK>''ii.v,"hke that of Batbi. Im. v. 5. 

w ii^lX'nBai, &e. And 10 Joleph. 
li. '2, 7. Xen. Hiit. i. B, 2. Hdian. 

17, called . 
iO. «. 1,. _. 
of the 

appropriated, t 

■. itU 

17.. Phil.' i. 1. Eph, i». 
28, a^d 

«nd, eijperin 

i. 7. Iti 

It 1 Pel. ii, 2fi, of Jesus Christ, 
lut Care-Uker of kuIj, who 
T u«,- 1 Pet. ». 7. 

rn^hutl'inTit", ?t"n. Hi.™, i, 

1.18, /i4 iTiowdire<4>, 'let hitii 

i^i, with T for 0. looic, and used 
a the particular senie of li/iinr- 
• nvr. Hence prop, to fix oae'i 
M ui; thing or pen. ; and hence, 
., h uadentand^ know about it. 


Ti \ the farmer. 

:. 15, 

'•U bj iri|>i T. 

1 tin W «, S 

*aciw.-ii. /< 

if thing, but alM 

^^iritTTinvtr^ ovoi 

Eat,) adj. pnn>. jbirwHK 
noK--lcdL'e, •tilful in « 

mostly S;ll, bj gen. <. ._ — „. -_. 

^tbBol- anil ^ner. itUellwent^tni hj impl. 
prudeHt, ilimrtel, Ja. iil. 13, tIv <Tinpit 
nai iTTLirni/oov iu i/UK; Ecclui. I. 25, 
ii'ip jiriirTB(i»i'oil yo-yyiffei. The word 
iifloii oceiin in the Bept, united w^th 
iTui^a< or <rvveT^, and in Plato and 

a liimg 

hoincLniiigci»e,(nearlj'e(juiv. loiTTtptiJai,) 
md in ihu paw. or mid. la be sumoriid, er 
o If jf iipnn another. In N. T. the act. 
Jone occura in a Sg. MDse, to amfirm, 
islablish. AeH xiv. ^ tit iboyds -ran 
iiaVriTCv ir. IT. 32, 41. iviii.^; and 
(TTip/^u, often in N. T, Mgnifies to eonfitm 
' their adherence to the Ooi- 
itanding penecution and *Sic- 

'EwttTTijpi'Cu, f. iaa 

i by lett. 


'u put any thing upon fhi tnoutA, as a 
;; nud fig^in N. T.' to piK to lifciw, 

>Wa:.' Aristo^. Eq. 345, i'lfieait 
lu-io-T^i^Bi, f. ifiiD, gener. 

tT towards. 

OIL,. 11. iii.'37l). Soph."^! , 
lurn 'inf'ia(te*(ioato snj tubieM.. Mi 
t with act. BicDif- In turn any one bo 


fi<m out cohtu to anolher, Thuc. ij. 90. 
Xsn. Uln. tL 4, 9, ud SepU ; aod fii. 
from amr to trnth, Lnciin, Timon ii. T, 
TToXAoJt o4t£i. It. Plul. Aldb. ivfiHn: 

^. Sept. E 
mw w truth,' J», ¥. 19, w. JiriirTpti^ 
frrdv Kil. JTl liv dXritliiov^Il. i 

Ood,' trom puuiitD 
•" -11.31. f- " 

ind idolstrj, A 

roiulnL, 1 Pet. ii. 25. Sept. 2) hv 
impL to abai tipon oi toufordt, Acti xvi. 

18. B«T. L 13. Sept. ud Clau. Hence, 
3) to turn Ibuk] upon, to rebm unfo, 
prop, uid inth ^Cvcn, mk. xiii. 16. Lu. 
im. Jl. ^lira, V. H. i. 6; without 
drhrit, Ln. viiL 56. With ilc or ivi and 
KC. Mitt. xu. M. La. ivii. 4. Act. ir. 
36. 2 Pat. ii. 22. Fig. u sud of a nturn 
(o good, to leturn. Is ie converted, alwol. 
Matt. liii. IS. Mb. iv. 13. Lu. uii. S2. 
■ "- Al»o, ■■ " 


r8ai, to come together to my plue,^ 
Liii. 12, iir. woulf SxXiHi. la n. 
■onww, row a temS. So 1 & 
'J, t'.TKn.crTWR.t groiwrLuw. The 
.Iso oucun in Num. ivi. 40. Jot. C 
. 20. Sell. Emp. Eth. 127. Is '. 

neaning ia either, ■ the hhkobik of 
'Ontinuall; Teadng upon me,' or, ' tbi 
oune of penDUB peipetnally raorti 
ne.' So Cicen pro Arcbi^ c 6, hi 

-rm^aXht, iot,i,i, (^l.*4 
Xiirfiai]) prop, and lit ^ncar uponfidl 
i. 0. leaid; to tM, or illp from tl« h 
iLiid metiph. ^ujecure, dtoffenm, 
sITii. 9, i«io*aXoiit Toi »Wt. 
motth. and the Uter writen. 

D bock to 


to am aiout upon or loteardi. Matt, 
23. iTiirraai^i'i., Mk. vtii. 33. John 
1. 20. Sept. Apocr. and Clasa. 3) to 
n badi uwn, la rdura unto. Malt. x. 13, 

Sduc, I?', mod. %! 
riEht path.' to be cm- 

verted, John liL 4 

'ETTtovfio^ih, ih, ^> prop, and in 
Claw, a laming badi /mm one Oiing ta 
another, Pol. t. 72, 8. Thuc. li. 90. iii. 71. 
In N. T. fig. amvenirm, hy a tUTning back 
from pagBniiin, or Judaism, to Chriat- 
ianity. Acta it. 3 ; rrom winism to 
JudaiRn, Ecclua. xviii. 31. Job. Ant. ii. 
U, I. 

'EiriVBviyai, (. i^ai, prop, to lead or 
Ansa loaeAeT, rawn or to > place, to gathor 
together to, tnna. Matt. uui. 37. Mk. i. 
33, et.]. Sept. and Clam, 

a being gaOiertd together, 2 Thesi. if. 1 ; 
an aeaemhivK together ai one pface, Heb. 
Jn 3Ma«. IL 7, 'mi Baemblj.' 


[ence, fig- to ffrow n 
liiL 5, iriaxaon, U- 
'ETi>r«f>iD», f. I 

23; metaph. to aacKmsiati bvh,u 
r thagi, Artem. iii. 66, IrroSfyot < 

aceumuUtiDg leachen upon teichin. 

ti;nn Bignifiea decree, aawoinlmed, iB 
ai WisJ. xiv, 16, and ordLn. Poljt- 
4,3. InTit. i.3,aDBH>iafHi^»A> 

■EiriTairow, f. £<". (''i. ''*' 
nbich aee,) prop, to raiifTe n onJ^Ti 1^ 
upon aDOlher, nod in militarj iW" 
nnk of soldien upon another, I" ' 
IA nifl^, by placing each in Jii0 ^ 
ilence, from the adjunct, to jrw or« 
fo enjoin upon, eAarae, with dat. of 
.So in N. T, Mk. i. 27. ii, 25. Lo- ■ 

■p/X", to ran i'^ 

clioo, orlotrardi any penon,' 

\byMCQ«. a.nii«? 


ofMlion, Lu.iiii.K, Horn, i v. 
. rii. 1. viii. 6, 11. PhU.i. 6. 
J. ii. 6. Sept and Cinu. In 
mlaati eitd, ftiu*. wiih dit, dI 
id. iii. 3, ivnpfilltrai -rr.i- 
„,fKHir,TEXrL:^.;-n. PIO. 
iiiferingi, &c, lo go lAroagA, 

T(i i-nfliTfiaTo, with dat. 

^i.,o=, a, 0^ »di, (fmm 
«i« of ihe ok sSj. iTiT^i 

6n/ii. f. Bdrn. (D ■>!!(«, Im 
■. I. ACT. mw. and Ijofli.fbll. 
«c.Matt.«iiL4,d.opTi ' 
>/j4tit. Ln, Jtv. 5, Aclsx . --, 
tirydr iwl till Tfitx, Matt. 
Mk, iT.2l. John km AcU 
r. v^Ib 0d,iac. La. xiiii. 26, 
2. Fig. of awing a name to. 
, 17. S«M. in Dan. i. 7. v. 13. 
^lasg. 2) «7>erT. in the phraie 
1 Tii¥ X'-P", or Tdc xt'pa'. ^ 
upon, as a symbol of nealina 
. bj iwl mth »cc. Milt. ii. IS, 
5,al.; roll. bjdu. Mk. v. 23. 

oil, iv M with BCc Acts »iil. 
. Actsvi. 6,wfaeRBeeiiirnot«, 
iii. 3. lis. 6. 1 Tim. t. 2S, al. 
ilrijiM, (D ioj nn, wffirf, jrXijydi 

■^ ia Uti'^'i) fig. rfgifl^ 
'i, Acta xiviii. 10, Afttyofii 

15. Xen. Cyr. y!S 2, 4.- 

rf OK/tsU' upon lUIJ OBB, ft 

Cem. 165, 2. 

l(|d<., f ^iB, prop. I 

' Ihing; and as ibi 
morable or tbs 


h. Thet. and I,ex, Ph 
W« <*«e of miifjbiy. 

9 Eni 

round with (he dat. only Id iMcnt. and 
oilier writers, and stlen in the N. T.; 
c. Kr. Mk. viii. K, iq. i. IB. Lu. it fiS. 
x\ii. 3, al al. and Sept. Thus it ia used 
for iiriirknoaM. Aod afl that word aigni- 
li^'^ both to rebuJa or biatne^ and to puMxA, 
«u iwiTi/mw meoni to punsA, lit. im^ 
fffiiv. pmam aiiad^ at Jude 9. inviun- 
irat Tot KuptoT, aub. Okhv or ttumplaif. 
So Sdot. iT. 43, iniKoKoriat aWiw, 
TT|i- (t/iX"''!'' iiinjii (nirip) lirtTi/iin, 
and Joa. Ant. xviil. 4, 6» Ti/iapUtt A x i- 
tT^u toTc oXouiTLii. From tba proper 
sciiae of T^ukinp tpTiBga a fig. one, fbuod 
oTilvinlhe Scriptnral writer^ and alone 
uilKdat. of thing, bywhicb the inanimate 

36'. Mk. IT. 39. Lu.Tiii. 24, tie aea, Mah.' 
i. 4. F>. cTi. 9, ii a) it were perionifled, 
Slid lt> Tioleoce ciwAwf, unce reoniof and 

liocr. Comp.SPeLil. 16. Lsatl;, from 
the KDW of r^ntJaHg apringa that found, 
foil, by dai, in Malt, x.ii. IB. Mk. 1. 2S. 
is. 'S. Lu. It. 35, 41, and oti. in N. T. 
by which, topiher wiih the notion of re- 
buking, ia Dtiiled. and chiefly to b« ondeiv 
BtooJ, that of siricUy charffiag, whether to 

L.,) i 

N. T. aaiarf 
tliii Ti/iii or aOmaie filed by a judge, in 
llie way of rOnbution, upon any wrong, 
i. e. penaltv^ punigArBfrUf 2 Cor. ii. 6. 
Wid. iii. 10. The Class, writen use 

'EiriTpiru, f, t^w, prop, to him any 
Ibini: Bpon or lo any one ; and hence by 
iuiul. toaivt U over to Jim, Horn. Od. ii. 
K(i. Xen. An. vi. 1, 31. Id N. T. io 
peri»U lo any one the doing of any thing. 
Milt. viii. 21. ML V. 13, aod ofi. 

'BTiTpoTT^, ^t, ^, (JvjTpfirv,) a 

•ErlTporot, oil, A, {tiTiTf 
^op- one to tEhant a cjiarge is comi 
I tteward, ^enl, &c. Id N. T 
-cd, 1) prop. Matt, u, 8. Ln. 
vitpoTToo 'Hp. ' Herad'B hoimc^itc 


a Agrippa'a iirlToo- 
ee P». CT. 21. See, 
OD Lu. riii. 3. 2) 

nr guardian of the morala of M 

in orthery, to Uf a 
jneV aim. In N. T. ' 
if deaire, Heb. vi. 


EHl 1! 

JToryXfic, and li. 33. and Clui. Ab- 
■ol. koni. x\. 7. Jl it. 2. Thuc n. 38. 

'£vi0attfw, f. ^afu. prop, to oataeto 
appear to, to tAcur lo my one : and flff. 


Thcogn. 359. Pli 
1. In M.T. ve find both thr act. facmwilh 
iauTiu uudenttnd, and the pui. or mid. 
to show onese// to, apprar to ; and as ratd 
of iiffht, to ahme ttpm. intiuia. hptop. in 
atl, prei. ibul. Actt ixvii. 20, /iriri 

Lu. i. 79, dwnoU, Jf iiiboi^, iTidiavni 
Tolt ip iTKOT.i. .ffilian.V.H.iiii.l.ijrp. 
i-xt^^t,£wtp Arr^p- — ll.jtff. inaor.2. 
paaa, to be contpicticus^ manifett, to become 
knoim. Til, ii. 11, i'wupduti ^ )fii(>it Toi 
Biou, and iii. i, ipikavSpiarla InipiLni. 
•Ert^artia. at, i. [liri<lm!ru,) 
prop, an arpearino, or amearaBce ,- eepec. 
u uid or Ibe >un, lawn, and itan; ud, 
BCcardinglf, euggesting the idea of spUn- 
did appeamiFO, The »ord ia iiwd in 
3 Mice. ui. S4. V. 4, et al. of .plendid 
celestial aj^tearaneet in aid of IsTnel ; aod 
in Jos. Anl. iii. U, 4, of the pUlar of Etb, 
So, too, the CluB. writen often uh it of 
the appearance, on earth, in tplendout, of 
tome deiiy. Hence we see the lilneu of 
iW Die in N. T. to denote the advent, or 
manifeaUtion, of Chriat (God-man) in the 
fleih, 2 Tim. i. 10; also, of his future 

ii. a° 1 Tiil.'rt^ 1*. 'i-^Ai. 1, e. 1^! 


'ETTitpavhi, »ov, o, ^, adj. prop, ajy 

snoiifiH. Xen. Mem." iii. 1, lO, and lig! 
splendid. iOialnoia, aa tud btlth of per- 
tone. Job. Ant. v, 8, 2. Xen. Ag. iii. 2. 
Mlha V. H. iii. 19, and tAings, a> Pol. i. 
36.S.i. 73.11. So Acta ii. 20, T W'f'u' 

(^diw, ^au.) prop, to ffke linht to, as 
said of tlie riiiog and giving light of the 
heavenly luminarieg. Sept in Job ut. 5. 
xxii. 26. ili. 9. Onih. Hymn. xlix. 9. 
In N. T. fig. foil, bv dsl. of pcra. to ea- 
liyhlen. i. e. to tare and bleu,^h. v. 14, 
l-rntiaCaii ooi i Xpiurot, Comp. Is. 
li. 1—3, and espec. Pb. jtviii. 27,38, whore, 
in antithesis with the vorda 'thou wilt 
saw the aUBicled people,' we have, ' thou 
wilt light tn^ candle ; the Lord my Cod 

darkness light, i. e. convert my affliction 
into glsdness, will save and bteas me; 
darkness being a frequent cmhlcm of B0^ 
row and deatIT, (comp. Ps. liii. 3,) ss Ughl 

elohria A 


I. prop, in the HUSO 
person, fiill. by jirl and actoL Acta i 
12. Jos. Ant. ii. B, 22. Thuc. ii. 87.- 
•eraU, Phil. i. 16, ol6a,m BXU 
foiiv TO?> eiaiioU iu,v. So PU 
p. 1009, Ilia IriifiipMi npl. AlM 
Rhet. iii. 6, Hn. U tu* •mpifniwlri 
Arrotpifiouai. — III. to bristg ^m 
against) in ■ judicial sense, ai^ lak 

I, ict. IX.. 18, alTioTlw; 
iii. tS. V. 75. Joi. Ant ii. ST. Jiida < 
™iffu.. Jos. Ant iv. 8, 23, Hdiu, 
13. Soofwiaihorpi - ■ 
5, iTi^tpun Apynv. 
rriu tairriii, Jos. Am. ui. lo. iTifi^ 

'Eiri^Biiiii*, f. liirai, prop, to crjl* 
imm, i, e. thereupon, Lu, uiii, 21, « i 
lioHf at, >»«&iud,abBL Actsiii.SS,* 
HOC ttiliartt. Esdr. ix. *7. 2 M-t, 
'23. FhilodeHend.Halig.3i, FoUI 
dU. of pers. Mpon, for (i.e. against) rts 

'Eiri^uffKUj to datn «pDii,(1iL 
gron light upon,) intrana. Matt, jtA 

IiiiL 54, aaSa. F>f4><.inn. DioiL t 
liii. 18. 

'Bxiviipf m, f. t(o-Hi,prop. (olwl» 
itpon,aom.Od.inv.Sae. Noislhtll 
be either in the waj of laying hold ifi 
setziru any ihin^, or puttoig the mi 
any thing, and u, of undertoiniig it I 
foil, by inBn. Lu, i. 1, i-wtxtif'l'"' i 
Tdiaieaii,iyn<ra. And^ao Cli» 

■Eir.x*"!, f, svitBi, *o /Jour iqiaa I 

■om X'vy^t "i^ person who nfp 
lie expenses of the theatt^cal enlat 
lents,) to supjji or jSmiisi to, IT 
Cor. ii, 10, o ^xtYopnVtou rrrtpf* 
-w.ipovTi. 0*1. ii?. 5, 2 Pet. {. \ 
lid, in a i«cijir, sense, to ivpfis ■ 
lu anofjn-, fimiA muliial aid, Co] 
9, Ti vGiaa i-rivop^yoiuii'ot Asl * 
'.^n^o/ismi'. Comp. Eph.iv. 1G,T 

Kjcp^jr. 5^: PVil/i, 19. fiph, ii, », 
ipply," i. 0. whid' * 

«pec. of oi 

o as used of p^ 
B applied loanf 

a iiaof collyriuin, or eye-uJve. 

p. to bald BBOS iny lliing, as k 
I. la N. T, only fig. to Uild 
«f Chrittisn GUth uid liff, u 

<o put. foil, by i 1 «ith dat. 
HI, JirojKaAaxiiitffpTtv it! ti^ 
Col> ii. 7, ' reBting on Chiin for 
»led«.' Act. toll, bv aec. and 
«. 1 Cor. iii. 12. 14. Bj jmul. 
IV DBS up filrllier, i. e. in the 
upon Chiuc, Acti jx._ S2, t^ 

IXXtD, f. ik&, (iiri, inlXXa. 
AXu,) lo drive toy tbing upon, 
pon a ehoal, when run niround, 
.41, iT.T^BK.Ci'.andClaM. 

Tfuw, f- ffuf, (trom ^vd^rrtjv, 
) io totJc at or heboid aiientivdy, 
■f daxlg, 1 Pet. ii. 12, /itottcu- 

40. Hesiod, Op. 765. And 

-T.,., «.,' i. (fW*P;Ua,, f 

prop, a Ljtmr-on or ipedaim 
uMing, 2 M»M. Tu. 36. 3 Ms 
«h. Prom. 293, -TTo™!— ii 

i»i. Thus it become! oquiv. 
!. So Plut. iii. 647, (irour 

"L were admillcd to a Eight of 
l X'l "l' 'nUil^on' wei« 1X1 

pinQt. [a«, o, 4, adj. fot 
Iv' o^pajru, prop. ofmjKcted vrWi 
laaxiUe; 'in N. T. uid I. of 
1 } ' those who dtttU in AfOBin.' 
u, 35, narim o lit. Phil. ii. 

_., tt* OBjeii. 2 Mace. iii. 39, and 

Class. IjoflhoBevhoaniu/rDiRjiMnis 

' Got. IV. 48, eq. — IL of thinos, 1 Cor 

. 40, fruifiara iiroiipiria, meaniii; 

{ heavenly tiodicfi, as the snn, moon 

d slizi. 1) u neuU plur. without suim 

: ^TToirpaiffa, f^ vjqKT heaverOy xh 

ibode of God and the ugela, Eph. i. 2tl 

U. 6. iii. 10; alio the lower bekTent, th 

ikv. the Gcat of evil apiritL Eph. ' ~ 

2j IB ar--" -' ''■" '----'-~ "•■ t 

■eta, Heh. i. 

i. 16. J 

.22, Alio 

ivovpAuia, ^ things pertaimi 

dom of God,' Eiih. i. 3, or 
iritual,' John k. 12. 
'E^-rd, □!, al, -ri, indecL «««o. Matt. 
'. 34. Acts XX. 6, el al. The number 
ven WSB often need hy the Jews aa a 
und number, Ma«. lu. 45. Lu. si. 2B, 
. and ofl. in O. T. Also as a saeted 
imber of good omen, Acts »i. 3, Rev. 
4, 12, Ifi, al. and oft. ia O. T. And 
' among the E^ypljans, Per^ans, and 

■Ep^ijo^a,, f. ioo^ai, dep. . 

2Johnlt, but pais, in Johuiii.21,) gene 
irori, both io trans, and Imns. I, intr, 
id 1] prop, (o uior^, /utoHr, whether at 


, i2. 1 Th. ii. 9. 2 Th. iii, f 

U.xiii.14. Jobn[x.4.ICoi 

11. 2 Th. iii. 10, 11, 12. S 

IV. 16, tipyiaa-TO 
a. 937,27, i.T.H. 3)B.el. 
I to be actire, exert one's poirers and bcul- 
es, John V. 17, i na-rlip ipyit^T-^. 
:oni. iv, 4, Ti? Ii Ipya'^Bitirif, and 5, 
c^ Ii Iii ipy. — II. TKANH. lomrt,uiBri 
u!, produce^ f^eet, I) gener. of things 
rought or peifonned,» mivatW, JOnw 
vi.3«,Tf (p7<i55',»riV, oTi^CioB, fc^Wiiiv. 

41, laytr : of fund rites, ri Upi Ipy. 
1 Cot. ii. 13, 'to bg empldycd ibouL.' 
Camp. Hom. Od. t. 101, ol ti ^tnliri 
lipi Ti pi^cum. So genet, of ipya toD 
ew, or ToD Suplou, Joha vi. 28. U. 4. 
Eph. W. 38. Col, iii. 23, e1. or i« K«- 
pL, i. e. in confomitf U> his will, Jobo 
iu.'21. Soot, and Clus. AIh jpydlo^i 
iiiyci/ jfoXdj' ifE TLva or tw Tii/t, Matt. 
xin.10. Mk. liT. 6. 3Jolin6;or ™- 
xir TiH, Rem. liii. 10. Clua. Fs. to 
fsonl, i. e. luUtDillT, pnutise good at 
evn, lUK. TiL 23. Acti i. 3S. Rom. ii. 
10. Jb. ii. 9. Id Sept and Cliu. it i> 
onlyutedofwhitisroit 2) toworlt,Le. 
lo £0, u nld of ground, in Sept. Gen. iL fi. 
Xen. (Ecoa. i. S. TIidc ii. 71. «t a1. In 
N. T. onlTfig. of tbo •«, ai Rev-iviii. 17, 
ol ipyatoV-w. Tvv &4Xao-=T..., fc p/y it, 
i. e. folTow nautical punuita u im ooca- 
palion. So Arittot. Probl. 9 33, 2, -ruiiv 

ClaM. B. gr. Ilea. Ooet. 43, Sioi- ipy 
Hdot. L24, vaii^uTci jpv. Aor. 1. gener 
2 Jobn 8. 

* anj labour undergone, dtber in Bgrlcul 

Hdot. Vit. HdJl. 3; 
' labour ot e^i.rt'gener. So Jo« 

1, 7, flh ffbir TTOVIf JHtjd' I 


j.«on<,, Lu. 

n the pbraae ipyatr 

._ , correspoBding 

daiv tHXravL, ' to do one's best' to bring 
any tbin| about._n. ' tbe igid of any 
Uboor,' 1. e. Ibo Bradkt or ■performaiKe, 
vbetber of good, Plato, p. 404, et al. or of 
eril, Epb. 11. 19, (it ipyaaiaii iiatae- 
viat naam. Sept. I Chron. vi. 49, at. 
.£>chin. Dial. li. 36, -rgit IpyaHat 
■wpayfiiTi/n/ ^o)(6r/p^r. Plato, p. 404. — 
III. work, L e. a trade or craft. Acta lix. 
25. Sept. and Class^IV. by melon, tbe 
gain accruing tbereFroin, Acts xri. 16, 19. 
idi. 24, oft. in CIms. Xen. Mem, iii. 10, 1. 
'EpyiT,,, o-, i. (fpydSo^a..) a ia- 
Bourer or leaHimaa ! prop, m agncuituro, 
but also in trade. 1. gener. and pn>p. a 
(uiourer, i, e, an agncultural labourer, 

II AKiy. 

,38. 1.10. ) 

^8. Lii, X. 2. Yii. 1. 1 Tim. v. 18. Ji . . 
4, and Class. ; fy, ef labouren in tbe 
work of tbe Ooipcl, feaciert in tho Churub, 
2 Tim, ii. 15, IpydT^r imir. So, with 


sxeloairel]' < 
Henand. Hiit. | 

dvoiriui' i. — II. a aoriatam, e 
Actsiii. 25, and ofl. in ClisL ; g 
a genie, denoting tbo load of era 
•EpyoK. OK. rd, (not of C 
Imt I bolieve from tbe Gothic 

to DO,} lit. ' tonelUiig done or A 
axHi in iirious senses, L LiBO 
Nss», Hk. liii. 34, iain indaTu, 
airrov. Eph. iv. 12, lit ipvor< 
1 Tim. iii. I. Sept. and Claa 
vork wblch Jetua Chmt was » 
complish, Jobn iy. 34. i. 20. ii 
i. SoTi tpyar Toi; Kupiov, i 
mark, 1 Cor. ir. 58. ivi. 10. P 
.U>o of this work ai committed t 
and teachers, 2 Tim. It. 5, cpyoi 
ciaTvAiirrau. Acts xiii. 2. lii 
fulfilled bj; them, Acta it. 38. I 
it is likewise deugnated as rd i[ 
dioa. i.e. 'whicl God requin 
mwarda God,' John vi. 28, aq. 
sense of aadertating, lit. ' work I 
Acta V. 38. 2 Tim. ir. 18. Sept. 
vr. ID. JobiiiiT.21. Wisd.u 

^^oneiAvig already doite^ 1) | 
Spyaii tpya^ioBai, iodoa dad, 
41 ; and K> in the Class. 2J spi 

a. \ Joha Tii. 3 & 21 ; at oI G 
iii. 9, lUoi' Td ipya fiou. 3} • 
yot and Ipyw are opposed, Lu. 

22. Rom. IT. lA, et a], EccLli 
Clau. 4) of the vork of «n, 

to right u 

good works gener. li 
1ipb.ii. 10. 2Tbes». 
em WDcks. John iii. 1! 
' ' itaL Mon 

bv tha prwei 

"- apecalll, 

'.°i7."et '. 
Col. i. '. 

two phiwes placed in contrast. 

Mosaic moral law,' R«m. ii, 1 
86* mr note, and IpyM ran 

16, though Tir ii6)uiv is orieD 
Bom. It. 2, et a1. t^ Ipya Tqy 
■works sprineing from fiutli, 
with faith," 1 Aei ' " 
note, 2 ThesB. i. 1 
impL Heb, vi. 10. 


li. 13. Phil. iii. 3. Henw, f 
■vritb gen, of thing, a worker, i. e. liabitu^ \ aa sua ^n i^hxl, wju\ %«^^. ks 
daei; af say thing, Lu. liii. 27, tpvo-roil 7iH«o-riTwQiiiiinu.-i'i. Vj 
-9>AJ«/«. I Miicc. iii, 6.«\aMn.j.V..'ia."^\i\\.v^.'ii^ 

] Horn. IL til. 32; and ipH. of 
ilying power^ and put for potter, 
hn ix. 3t tifa tpawtpuQ^ Td Ipyv 

>';», f dm, {jpiew, ft. the 
to 'moM, u Eurip'. Iph. A. 13B, 

any quieBceat obj«t ; and Bomo- 
a uu^of ^nrgmg forward' borui. 
hes. 373 ; but chiefiy offllanms Ibc 
of luoo, wbether to lomv!, Horn. 
813, or ORwr, 
w, as oft. In t 

. So Col. 

bat of exciting to adhn^ found iit 
I. 2, i if 4^«v titX« 4p«i»i 
aimutc, ' Mth impeiled ler; many 
ibnte.' So Arr. Disa. Ep. ii. 23, 
Horn. Od. xix. 45, £<f>pa x' m 
at /iirripn aiiii ipiBi^w. 
iju, f. lino, prop, to fix fi"iibl^ 
r rat any thing or person upon 

Li^irilJ InN.T. wilbiaiiTiJ» 
tueome fiMd to any tting, to ifiot 

. Horn. II. XX. 403. 

^landrian Greek, to ultrr firth, to 
K, trans. Matt. iHi. 85, ifiii^n^ai. 
fin. Sept. in Pb. xix. 3. 
b»d», f w», (■Ipt'",) prop, 'o 
'or my one W trackuig or tracinE 
ixepi. So Horn. Od. xix. 43^ 

to teek dUiiientig for any thing, 
y. uii. 18, TiiV"' ip«fi«i. Of ptf- 
irip, Med. 13lS: Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 
.Ice, ai Bud of a thing, to make an 
•tug after. Find. Nem. iii. 42, b. 
*fe or Afpiore it, eBpm. fli to its 
Dnsenira, &c. which are euppoted 
dd^i^ or obscure, Hdisn. vl>, 6, 13, 

™!™i! 2T'tA pifliToi 6"C. 
i. 14, whne, however, it denotet, 
.IV. ii. -23, by melon, to be (kt- 
•maainled kUA, aa tlie result of 
■- • " - i. II, etSept. 

13 EPI 

a Cor. Ii. 36. Heb. a. Sa Sept Jo«eph. 
and Clua. 

'Efi.|«ot, Of, i, ft, adj. in Claaa. dtmt; 
and b; imp]. t»(l, &c. laN.T. I. 

. >, «t al. Sept. and 
Clan. 2)iTH},eKnaedaolaie,laidaaile, 
demtrted. Matt, ziiii. 38, Lu, xiil. 35, a 
oUot iii^ la,,uo!. Acta 1. 20. yiii. 26. 
Sept. and Clau. [of a city.) 3) of a ft^ 
male, dettilule, 1. s. of a huabuid, toBary, 
Gal. iy.27, «oUa ri tjkki rqi ipimn. 
Is. Uv. 1, And HI Hdol. Tiii. 65, ftiwiw, 
oAonAiiierf by. Eurip. Suppl. 1143, and 
Soph. (Ed. Col. 1719, bmfl r^. Plot Cm. 
63, Uviag aim. — II. ai suhbt. 4 Iptifux, 
»e. x.^pa, equiv. to ipijjila, ' the demrt,' 
loeaning goner, bd uninhatalod and auettl- 
tivated tract of country, MaW. ill. 8. Mk. 
i. 3. Ln. iiL i. John i. 23; also ai lp<i- 
fiai, Lu. 1, 16, Bt al. Aiia lud of tha 
Desert ofJadaa, situate in the 8. E. part 
afit,fromlhe Jordan alone; the Dead Sea, 
Matt. iU. 1. Mk. i. 4. Lu, i. 80, iii. 2. 
In the above patugea, however, it doea not 
sigTiity a country aQsolutely detort and un- 
cultivated, but only one iJflJeoiiftwitei, and 
thinly tnhahiied; comp. Josh. xv. 61, eq. 
and my Gt. Test. Tol. L p, 12. Of Ibo 

wat lempled, Matl 
Lu, iv. I ; of a dcBi 
of Olives and Jerie 

i. 30, ai 

. ^k. i. 13, Bq. 
^n tbo Mount 
la iii. 3a John 

John iii. 14. 
seqq. 1 Cor. 

'E/ntjioot, f. coffin, (fpn/iDt,) to lay 
MMsfe, make desolate, trans. Sept. & Clase. 
In X. T. only in puss, to 6e laid laate, 
made dtaotate, said both of IhBigt, as Ba- 
v,\ila, Matl. Iii, 25, Lu. xi. 17; ir6\,9. 
Rev. iviit. 19. SepL Bope and Class. 
irXovTot, to be destroyed, come to nongbt, 
Kev. iviii. 16 ; and of a persm. Rev. ivii. 
16, VitfiufiJuqv jToiJiouiri Tiiii TT6pmir, 
* shall make her deflolaic,' despoil her of 
her richet and power. 8o in Sept. foil. 
1^ jSnoiXalc, 2 Kings lix. 17, Is. xxxvii, 
18. Pint. Vit. Alei, naimJn JpiJMoIt, 
' become bereft of friends.' 

'Ep^/iaait, Mt, 4,(iplJ(lo'■p,)a?flJ^ 
»» mate.deiolalion. Matt, iiiv, 15. Lu. 
xxi. 20. Mk. xiii. 14, -ri BtiXuyua tin 
if. Sept. Jer. it, 7. vii. Si Arrian, E. 
Al. i. S, 13. 

r», (t^jv,) 1) to dispute, 
and Apocr. 2) by impl. 
'—■- aa do ^IMmi ' 

»^- luarrelling, intrans, Matl. iiv \S, o»«. 

w.) prop, a ifiiati, oiiSi Kpauyiati. So sX \«i«. «>» 
uninJiabiied ( recent Expoaitora and Lcii. iiAet^tn., « 

pST Itii Sept. xixpi^irai. But it i> 
more probablfi that the Evangelut here 
chow to render fi*tlv, in order the belter 

tatioua spirit, in the vards of a grCBt poet, 
* Loquacious, hrvvling, ever in the wroDf,' 

vriten, xeal io the service of Hurtv, hy 
mlidtstion, &e. ; but in N. T. «ner. 
pariy-atrife. rivalry, PLil. i. 16. it. 3. Ja. 
lii. 14, 16. Rom. ii. S. plu. 2 Cot. iii. 20. 
Oal. I. 30. And )0 AriBtot. Polit. t. 2 & 
3i /itTafiiWouffi If b1 TaXiTtiai §citl 

■Zpior, oil, ••d,(dimiD. ft. Ipoc, tlpo.,} 
mol. Hob. ii. 19. Rev. i. It. Sept. uid 


■Of, 1 Ci 


vi. 4. Tit. iii. 9, ind a«.. 2) meu>n. 
Jove o^ strife, equtT. to ^iXoviuIa, Rom. 
i.29. Phil. LIS. Hdiu. iiL2, 13. On the 
distinction between Ihii term, l^Xot, lud 

■ub fin. p. 661, B. ipl^ia 

oi/, o, n, " kid, prop. Lu. n 
d CLasB. In Matt. iir. 3! 

must signify, fron 
^ounp goat«, of co 

i. iT X< bIboTh 
e haTC &pvuv tji" 

'Eppnmla, at, f, (ip/i.jMiiw,[ pr. 
iitiervre^aJion or ea^tanatwn, aa 1 Ci 
117.26; but in 1 Cor. lii. lO.putmeti 
for thofiKtdlyr^oagrprftaiiont coneidei 
aB a Bpiritual gift. See toy note in loc. 

'Ep/iijPBiIui, f. liirw, prop, to ia/i 
pret, i. e. explain what is obscure. 
N. T. (o iTQ^aale from one language 
another; lit. to make intelligible, by trai 
lUion, whU would oIher»iEe be unintel 

S'ble, John i. 39, 43. Sept. Kira ii. 

'Epn-rdr, au, i 
i/rriT^s, ft. apvw, 
ia Horn. Oil. ' "" 


■Bpa0p6t,A. dr,tij.(iptiem,\»ni- 
AeB,)ral. In N. T, onlT usedof theM ' 
Sea, Acta ™, 36. Heb, li, 2S -■- ' 

ixi. 3, Heb. Ii. 8 ; foU. by idiu, lo 
imt'i masr, Ada ii. 17. Xen ' 
10; bj Mr i^ip. 

ii. 44. Xen, Aoab. ii 


Enid of pen, both diaol. n Mitt. tuLL 
Mk. i». 4, Ti, 31, John L 40. AcO t. 1^; 
ct B«pe, (on the pbrHe i ipx' 
ilcnote the Meseiih, >ee my note 
li, 3, and on the pleonuni of iXSwt p 
fixed to verbs of motion, see on Hitt. 
23.) and with adjuncts marking ot^ 
punwH, u Matt, ii. 2, dXBoutr T«n»-' 
Kvoot atrr», Mk.ii, 17. Lu. iv. 34. Jota 
I. 10. Iii. 9, Acta Till, 27, etiL VA 
if pen, either pleon*stic, « raqxtllh 

, Rev. 

directly, ianrp6t t.__, 

' iL 6, 16 ; alao with dM. of fli« 

29. Mk.T. 
t d. Ak> 

o creep, vhicb oi 

a creeping animU,' orq>-\JU^aA&-, s 

27, Lu. I. 1. Jo 
cnnilT. with prep, 

place or person, tU vaa ace, oi piaceir 
puipoie, £ir with gen. of place wAema, M 
wilt gm. of thing ; or iiith ace, of plao, 
npon or to which one comea, Mk. Ti. SL 
l.[i, ni. 6. uiT. Ij with ace. of o^ m 
purpoBe, M*tt. iii. 7. ActtixiT, 8; iict4 
with accus, of object ; ^ith' with an, •( 
person, a^^; tWiTbJ with gen. of perm 
or of time ; irapd with gen, of person ■ 
ace. of place ; vo^s with ace. of pemn or 
of thing. 2) in the lenBe to couk fitd, 
make one's appeamoce publicly. Mitt. li. 
14, 19, Mk. II. 11, sq. Gal, iii. 19. 2 Pit 

or badi, to retan, absol, Lu, it. 30. lii. 
13. Jofaaii.7. Hi, 22 Rom.ii,9. 3 
ThcBs. i. 10. Heb. xiii. 23. 4} meOfh. 
of pen. foil br iii, al ti uiatot »I 
al^Tvi, 1 John T. 6 ; b^ iIi, aa ifa 
kavrir iXflAB, 'iwovering hia right ninil,' 
La.iT.17; (It Td X'lPBv f XSoSini, 'gnw- 
ing worse,' Mk, v. S6; ili ^nXiyalis 
Adia lii. 27; <l> xpiW, 'to be c»- 
dqnined,' John v. 24 ; ils iiciywttcir, I 
Tim. it. 4. 2 Cor. zii. 14 ; (l> -r^r 
.itpiiBTa{i-r<w,3Qk>t.7fa.'£i. Ii^W-idl 
' '■•■ -'■■-- '~ Li>m*T.iS»M - 

iui\)A^ ii &*s^l<it&-n 


w, or to i« . 
Cut. liii. 10; of Ibiugi, good or em, 

nlliorpuni*W«iCM"c.''i. 13. Joh^n 
m. i. Eph. T. 6, et tl. Also of Dstunl 
Bomena which occur, Mutl. vii. 35, et 
. SoofalawwhichiguidloconM.i.e. 

it tBBBmnad ; snd of faiih, to came 
■Bd, be Buai/esttd. Gd. iii. 23. 

IfBToB. f. liow. (cogn. with (po- 
tt,) to aJe or qoisiitm^ ffener. foil, by 
K. of pers. and iJio of thing, or other 
^metL In N. T. ll bean two accepta- 

■■>, I. tfl uV, i. e. INTBItHOGATB, '- 



: oCtou. \iytt,v. 

bm 1 19. xvi. 5. Sept. inj Cliu. ; foil. 
flex, of penon iiiid thing, Milt. xii. 24, 
•>n!«» uM^<— X^ov IW. Mk.iY. 10. 
A. n. 3. Sept. uiii Clu>. ; foil, b; occ. 

IfRion ind Tipl nith gen. of thing, Lt 
I.4S. Sept. and Cim. to propose m«s- 
iK Abiol. La. »li. 68. Deut. xili. 14, 
I Hue m. 2, and Claa.— II. From the 
bhr, to ivli, i, e. TO RBi^DfiST, en/n?a^, 
kadi : fall, b; Bcc. o( pen. Matt, it, 23, 
ifirmr aiTiu, Xiyorrc 
BL Job" ^^ '*'' ^^'^ ^' 

bDXii.21. Pbil.i' 

I. JoBph. Ant. 

trice, of pen. and prep. i 
■f>r, Lu. iv. 38. Joh- 
1. 1 ; by ace. of 
"" ii.26. Lu. 

f; by ace. of pen. and 1'j 

fVsfiit, ctotiviff^ Lu. 9 

«>. The word ia rare, and, I believe, 
faad no nhere else in the pluml, unco it 
■h meani dothing. A Clusical writer 
■Mid have wrillen f ifliifiniri. 

"EiSiw. {lae«,, fr. ita.) to tahe food, 
"t I. qejttr. and oijfo?- of penons. Matt. 
A L liT. 21, et Bicpe al. Sept. & Class. ; 
WL br ixnd with gen, to late a meal 
■i[|,Ln. vii. 36,Bnddept.; with ivuT'dt 
law, Ln. Tii». 43. Sept. 2 Sara. li. 13. 
-II. aii& a» aJw«( of the object, i. e. 
k thing eaten. 1 ) (oil. bj gen. Lu. iv. 
^ upaTlwK •So Aoe.01- ol xorpoi. 2) by 
(with gen. to tat of, i. e. part of, Ln. 
e. 16. John yi. 30, Ml. 1 Cor. xi. 20. 
«,ii. 7. Sept. 3)foll. bydiriindgen. 
ialof,i.e.i part of. Malt, iv, 27. Mk. 
I. 2ft Bit. ii. 7; toll, by ace. of the 
iDg eaten both gener. Matt. iivi. 17. 
k. i). U, *nd III. 12, 14, ei a!, u^, 
rcf>. mod Sg. a 1 Cor. li. SO. Rev. 
L 16,} and spec, as in the pbnue ap-rov 
Uu, or ^aylr: to lait fiod, or i 

IV. 32; 

meal. Matt it. 2, et al. and Sept. ; and 
Og. in Lu. 11V. 15; alio, to eat, i.e. use u 
ardinuy food, live upon, Mk. i. 6, iadiair 
i^pHai nal ui\i aypiov, John Ti. 31. 
Roni. liv. 2, et al.— 111. from tie Hebr. 
in the pbme JsOfiiv or ipayiJii nal ti- 
iitiv, UBcd either ab«tl. or with ace. in 
three lensei, 1) eimply to take a owal, 
Lu. X. 7. xviu 8. Sept. 2) to lax in the 
usual manner. Matt, il 18, piWi ioSlBv 
MTi-i rlvwr. Ln. Til. 33. 1 Cor. ii. 4. 
3) hj iinpl. to/eorf, Lu. : 
rii, tir/ipairov. 1 Cor, i 
with the idea of KTelling, Matt, iiiv. 4U. 
Lu. lii. 45. ivii. 27, sq. 1 Cor. ll. 22. 
Sept. 4) foil. hyii™«r.d^-T.™ indfg. 
denotiaa ac^uairdaiKe ; while irVUiv Kal 
vluttM iwi T^f TpaTrt^nt -rttJs denolea 

Lu. iiiL 30.— IV. FIB. to rfetour, i. e! 
consume, ai caid of fire, Heb. i. 27 ; to «il 
t'Kto, as said of nigt, Ja. v. 3. 

le of (he ancients, whii 
" Tied mela' 
[xiTii. IB, 

;'mirror\ and either imagine id allusion 

nould sometimes be found in such' metal- 
lic mirroix ; or, bb that might seem to in- 
lolve an absurdity, they suppose the senia 
to be, 'But now ws have only a reflected 
image, obscurely, and not face to feie, as 
ws shaU hereafter.' Yet, bow this sense 
■ ' T&at would 

Wahl. and B 
allusi - 

to specula, window-glafift, i. e, a vim- 

cfotl!, filled up nith some imperfeclly-tians- 
pare^t substance in lieu of glass, such as 
transparent slone, lapis specularis ; sev 
Oldermann, de Specularibus Veterum, who 
hai ably illustrated this seeing through a 
■ id Bustorf, Schoettg. uid 

Webster 1 

e the 

knowledge. So'of MoUb, <l\ei wj *^'* 
MW per spec, luciiiuni ; ».\ie lea^ « ™* V 

phcU, per ipec, oiKsnuH ; for of tHe 
EnuBwent ium» used for wiadowi, toil 
ailed br Stnbo dcm-rpai, Hoifl, u we 
end fmm Pliny, Ili.t. Sat. ven u cleu 
ucrTBUl; othenduikr. So Phlio, 1042, 
D. Tpoa-raTTH -rdi iv luiXw ^upi&ii 
djfoXq^O^fPt (1 couj. Ai/aippitxOii''Bi) 

aiat WiBotf ^with itanet, in platu, liko 

thit BO oth^BiL^plBTu boea found af 

be Dumbered vaong the Ixliniami of Itler 
Greek, and regarded u one of the peculiir 
idiomi occutnoE in Si. Pitil'i vrilingL 
Yet tircwTpai, is bo uaed in Fhilo, de 
lieai. p. 19S, 34, iu a bimilar Bentiment : 

'EcTiiya^ at^ 4, prop. fem. of adj. 
29. Acu'iv. 3.' uihSlIh. Sejil. imd Claw! 

'Eff;(<iToc. q, OK, ad]. (i<TX»'B<i< for 
ixiaHai,) /ariherniosl, ar uUtrinoii, lait ; 
lUed both of place and tiioe. I. of FLAC^ 
1) prop, remetal, ea*«BB, and ncul. -rd 
iirva-roif ai aubst. lie vtremitt. Acts i. 8. 
xiii. 47, !»c Uxi-ri>« -rqi vv^. a^t. and 
Clau. 2) Ge. of rank or dignltj, lAe 
huwt, 2u9f, Lu. XJT. 9, Tdr ■iixaToi' 
Ti>irav, ^ gener. oiperma, IffVaToj, ai 
opp. to irpiTo^ Matt. xix. 30. SOl. ix. 35, 
X. 31, et aJ. ^of order or number, ui- 

Lu. iii. 59.— il. of TIMB, iSclalta mkut. 
only iu the later Or, writen ; 1 ) of jkt- 
ao». Matt. u. 8, 12, a! Ux"™. 'tboH 

beck, 135, fiapri 
Tor,' to bring r< 
1 Cor. i>. 2S *) 

]. Eel. Lo- 
ll ir..>>.-X<iEactl.Io)e«. 
mrd the tatt tntaai.' 
CTvaTOf 'AS&rx. In 
' thingt, tie bat ; or, in 

to the Memiah in glor 

laX^Tot, ippl 

tnd a Ungthen 
nTfini, in tlie in 

•f», /« A-. T. ,. .. .,_.. „ ... „-.-, , - 

/. of pJax uMSirr, iinjilving «o(ioB ^ i •■Xiiol 

) prop, a prep. 
, aa opposed U 

} ETE 

nfti or imuardi. Matt. nri. G8, sd tlr-*I. Mk.iiy. U. Seu. andCliM.; 
.ilh gen. Mk. zv. 16, um tUt oiXJK 
iioo. Tiler, ■ ~ 

of pi 

IN, Job 


:. EpiuiiLK 

,ifp. to htatbeiu, I Cor. >. '12. ] 

'Eiroei., ady. of pluR, (<.»,) /i^ 
irriUum ; prop, imp! jing motion from wMU 

&C. Lii. II. 7.'and Clan. B; imnl, d 
lerHoilji, at pan. Matt. yii. 15, Is. di'iM 
kitoi Sirw.. and uiil. 25, 27, 28. 3<mI 
•ii.6. RBy.iv.8.y.l. Sepl.uidClau. UmH 
ffitban. i, li, Td, aaadj. Lu. ii.39,iL|j 
TiirmBm Mil. (uikk, i.e. the mind, lodX 
■2 Cor. iv. 16, i hf^u idl. dre^onm. 
■EoBTipot, o, or, tdj. {compar. fa 
>-».) inner, aUerior, AcU lyi. 24 Hi 


'EToipot, ov, i, {%T^. weiui,) •< 
riHiiiianunL/riEOli, Matt li. 16. 8q>t. aiM 
cnan. In Matt. u. 13. iiii. 12. xnt' 
50, JToipt ii, like iheClua. sdyiaiV 
q,A., ia» nV, and Engl. my/HMj 
familiar form of addr«>,uid cDni«|i^M 
chiefly nied to inferion: and BomBliaMI 
in the CliHical wtitera, to pemu Wtm 
known, and wbollj iodiffereat to one. ' 

'ETfp6y\airaat,ati, o, •!, adj. (ha^ 
pot, yXivaat) lit. oaer^ongiud, It. at 
uBOtber language, I Cor. liy. 21, it ha-. 

fur ykiiiriraH iTlaan, with allunonulfc 
1111^.21. The wonl occ. in Aqulb, ^ 
riiT. 1. Pol. uiy. 9, 5, tXiIotkw Oim- 
•fiiXmt Kai (TipoyXuooatc Artfin j/W 

,..) r. * 

laXim, {iTtpt 


tfadolieruve'; i.e. other docuiH* iU* 
tboK taught bj the Apoatlci, 1 Tia. L » 

'ETiooriiyJa, f. Arm, (iTcfoCrttti 
having . different yok<; .o Pfaflc)rS. 
oTofljids (T. ' an unequal baUace,") (• 
hear a d^irvnt yoie; and by impl. folf 
uaf»j utteoually, or hetenigcrneoiialj. Iff 
N. T. only fig. of Chiitiians liiin| I* 

2 Cor. vi. 14, when aee my no». 
"Etidoc, b. Df. eon«l. pnn. <l>Dd«. 

Iltitr, I. PROP. & JJKFIN. 6 lTip«, A 

(if jer, i. e. of two alrmlT nienliontd,llBtt 
vi. 24. Lu. y. 7. vii. 41,_et al. ; or inipU 
iiB Lu. iv. 43, T«[? fTipaiv irdXcni 
'the other ciiiet,' via. where the fio^ 




. Gil. -ri. 4. Jl iT. 13, and CluL So 
hipa icil. quipa, tAe other (i. e. ueJt) 
I, Act. 3tx Is. ixrii. 3. Xen. Cyr. iT. 
ICL— II. INDSPIN. ud without the in., 
■r, OHoAber, eqiuT. to fXXot, tira9^. 
frop. Hitt *lii. 21, iripot jl tw- 
iBiTT^v. Lu. Tiii. 3. John lii. 37, et il. 
w. Al»,j<tiDedirithTi>, indcf., »iH 
brciie, djHioficr, Actaiiii. 34. ixiii. 1. 
n. Tiii. &. 1 Tim. i. 10. 2) tpic of 
tAtriaod^i-canotAer^difiinni; equiv. 
I OAiUm. Hk. zvi. 12, 1p j. UDpAn. 
•■.Tii.23. 1. »<>«. Ja. ii. iS^iUi. 
U. L 6, tiayyiXiai. Heb. Til. 11, Ir- 
rfi. Act! Tit. IS, ^bsiXeui. Id the hdh 
baox, •troiKW, and b; impl. mxtdtrfiU, 
kti7. ScpL iD Ei. III. S! 

*ET^auv, ftdv. (^Tipoc,) otAerviM, 
lU. iiL 15, iDd CluL 

"ErmidT. urf.aiff, I. implying DiWA- 
Kgt. ind Hid 1 ) of okmrI dme, either 
' ■ ■■■ '" to, Mmi. lii. «, £ti 

ii. 63. Lu. ii. 42, & 

i. 7. G.l.i"i™« 
the HDH mm, Lu. i. 15, it. in 
Hirrpoi •>«. Heb. vli. 10. 2) of 
w, ft*, itiU, i. e. itill further or 


i. is. Lu, 

;»rwf, jiOaf, JEI, 2 Tim. Ii. 21, ffxifnt— 
fit rSv ipyou Ay. imiiL. Comp. Roto. 
li. 23, r^irrot^irtr lit a^£av.— III. hk 
the teiiM to pnmdt, u neccranrici for pm- 

■idii for future um, Lu. xii. SO.'ayaBri. 
So Sept. & Clan. Fig. of CW, u haviug, 
in liit coaniete, prepared j^ood or CTil for 
men, i. e. to deffiite^ appoint^ Matt, xx. 23, 
EiT. 34, 41. Mk.x. 40. Lu. H. 31. 1 Cor. 

'Brotuinrfa, at, A, (Itoi(i«,) piop. 
lAe od Of preparinff or getting ready aDT 
Ihing for anj' purpoM, So Sept, Pi. lir, 9, 

•//.ipi/ miiutvlat ai.Toi. Wiad. iiii.'l2, 
(l! Jroi/inniair T^ofli^c. The term is 
ilu) luaceptihle of other aenses, ti/amdlt- 
Hon, Bl ham, (lit. 'aomethinR prepared,' 
u a support to build on,) ana a support 
nmer.. Din. li. 7, 20, 21. Em ii! 66. 
"' 3. Zach. 1. 1(1; also dapaation, ar 
D in which any materiali for building an 


. Mk. V. 3S. John 
indClui.., ast-Tt t^v: «»P«. 
It. OM or oiiil in, not fitr&er, 
:i. 40, John liv. 30. Gal. It. 

iOD, yrt man, further, i 
Hau^.iU. \i ■^apil 

.. . , iXafii iMTO 
•a f, Sio, uid XXTi. 6S. Heb.. zi. 
il and Cku. So £ti Jl jcai, and 
reoar, Lu. li.. 26. Acts 
id Cleaa. 2) with iMmpar, 
i-jel, niwA,/or, Phil. i. 9, It, iiiK- 

•^''pira, or of/ rairfy, and keep in reaili- 
!*, « Bid of lbing^ Horn, ll. i, lift, 
**Miirr( uoi yipat, Thuo, vii. 18, 
jWtto 4t, .it .Vm<X'<f/'»''. i- e- '■" 
pilrailineH:' alio of pen. Polyh. oft, 
»ll,r.iti.Bud I.of(J<.V."-^'l''iWt., 
>d,'lieT. iri. 12; fig. of (he Mcuiali. 
m. lii, 3. Mk, i, 3, Lu. i. 76. iii. 4. 

fcHam. n. X. 571. W" {"Criflce) it. 
Min, and II. lix. 197, k^tdov it. : of 
*ib«£a, i. TVTOK, John iIt. 2. I Chron 
?.l RfT. Iii. 6. ToXtf, Heb. xi. )«, 
IVciii. 36. £,War. Plilltm. 22. Ln. ii. 

J^ll' of rcuoKS, to — ' -■ ■' - 

■""Be lerrice or omce. 

deHrv. So Pa. i 

<i. ine^iofibfl. 

Hthout MS8., Bi 
' the paralleli 

promptilitde and aiacritji. 

Tov ti<.yyi\U«,v. 
e to Parkh., think 

1 of the phyeicB 

, it i. fort 

tation propounded hy Sihleui., ' the being 
ready at band,' i. e. prompt to help, this, 
however igrtwablc to the original force of 
the word, ii feeble and frigid. That of 
Wahl and BielKhn., readineas of mind, 
elaerity, (q. d. ihod aa to your feet with 
alacrity in behalf of the Gosvel ■, \el.l<i«t 
feet he ever reiidj to v> foiV\i ani ^ie*^ 

liniEted ; 

«1,) i 


i^dien, Acta Ipreaciert only, Wl Hit jwo/ewon 




Gospel generally ; and the Apostle having 
here in view not merely constancy in the 
&ith of the Gospel, but perseverance in 
\i& practice. So Theophyl. /Sioui/res Kard 
t6 tvayytKLov^ the feet being a symbol 
of life and conduct. So, just before, it is 
said, ^See that ye walk circumspectly/ 
Yet Bynseus was right in tracing a mt'/titoT^ 
aUusum: indeed, the air of the context, 
presenting a succession of military meta- 
phors, demands this. There is undoubtedly 
a reference to the military vnroSrjfia of the 
Greeks, or the caliga of the Romans, 
which, by means of the cktvi, or hob-nails, 
with which the heels were well armed, 
afforded a great security against the rough- 
ness or slipperiness of any road. So 
Thucyd. iii. 29, rjo-ai/ Sk ciro-ToXels re 
T^ oTrXicet, Kai Toy &.pivTtp6v 'jroSa 
fxovov ifTToieiefiivoi, 6.<T<f>a\Bia9 'iutKa 
Tiji Trpos tdv irriKov. Thus the sense is, 
* And [like as soldiers have their feet shod 
* with sandals armed with iron, as a defence 
against the roughness, and a security 
against the slipperiness, of the roads,] so 
do ye arm yourselves against the rough or 
slippery temptations of your Christian 
course, by being, as it were, shod with the 
preparation and defence supplied by the 
Gospel of peace, (i. e. which alone gives 
peace with God, Rom. v. 1. xiv. 7, and our 
own consciences,) even the strong motives 
to constancy in religion and a lioiy life 
supplied by the Gospel.' 

"Exot/Mos, til ov, adj. ready y as applied 
both to things and persons. I. of things, 
ready, i. e. 'prepared for any purpose, 
ready furnished,^ and not to seek. So 
Hom. Od. xiv. 453, iir' SveiaQ' erol/aa 
TrpoKii/xtva XEipav laWov. Thuc. vi. 65. 
So of a banqziet. Matt. xxii. 4, 8. Lu. xiv. 
17 ; of a chamber, Mk. xiv. 15; of a con- 
tribution, 2 Cor. ix. 5 ; of time, at Jiand, 
John vii. 6, xaipot EToifioi. So of an 
event, imminent, Plato 715, D. <f>Bopdiv 
€T. Hom. II. xviii. 96, iroTfio^ kV. And 
so Job XV. 23, ' the way of darkness is 
ready at hand.* Of things done to our 
hands, and therefore ready, i. e. obtained 
for us, 2 Cor. x. 16, tU to. t-r. Kavxn- 
oraadai. So Thuc. i. 70, eVoijua, and i. 
20, ivi xA ET. TpitvovTai. Poll, by infin. 
of accomplishment, ready to be done, 1 Pet. 
i. 5, eis <ru)Tii\piav €t. (i-jroicaXu^O^- 
vai, and often in Class. — II. of persons, 
ready to act, prepared for any design, so 
that there shall be no delay ; and foil, either 
by a simple infin. expr. or impl. or an in- 
fin. with TT/o^s or tU, or its equiv. a noim 
subst.; foil, by infin. ready to do, Lu. xxii. 
33, or to be done, 1 Pet. i. 5. Acts xxiii. 
IS; with inf. impl. ver. 21, and Matt. xxv. 
■tOf al Ut. (soil. elaripx^o'Oai) elo-TJXOov, 
Matt, xxiv. 44. Lu. xii. 40, yti/eoOe Utoi- 
uot, * be ye in readiness/ So Ex. xVx 

15 ; foil, by irp6^ t6. Tit. ui. 1. 
15, St. <irp6« diroXoyiap. Besi 
may be noticed the phrases c^ 
Ixctv and iv ItoI/xu) XaBsTv or 
which the last occurs only in N 
in readiness, foil, by infin. 2 C 
Pol. ii. 34, 2. 

*Eto(/[A(0 9, adv. fsTotfio*,) 
but chiefly for phrase ci/ tToifno, 
in the form of expression ctoijuc 
to be ready. Acts xxi. 13. 2 Co 

1 Pet. iv. 5. Sept. and Class. 

*Eto«, cos, to, a year, Lu. iii 
vii. 30. Heb. i. 12, et al. Sept. a 
oft. In N. T. are to be noted tl 
ing peculiar idioms : in dat. plu 
marking a period in or during \i 
thing is done, John ii. 20. Act 
Accus. plur. of time, koto long, 

20. Lu. ii. 36. John. v. 5, et al 
phrase tlvai or yivia-dai Itcov, 
such or such an age.' Mk. v. 42. '. 
42. Acts iv. 22, al. Sept. and CI 
John viii. 57, irsvrrjKOVTa t 
eXets, *thou art not yet 50 y 
So the Latin habere as said of 
pass, or have spent.* 

£2), adv. (prop. neut. of km 
good. I. prop, with a verb, Eph. 
tv cot, ytj/rjTttt. Sept. Gen. xii. '. 
iv. 40. Arr. Epict. ii. 5, 30. M 
«5 nroLtjvai tivl, to benefit any o 
and Class. Acts xv. 29, eu ^rpa 
do right, act well, Sept. in 1 K 

2 K. X. 30. Jos. Ant. iv. 8, 3J 
Epict. iv. 6. Xen. Mem. iii. 9 
tmthout a verb, in commendat 
Latin euge, toell ! Class, euye, '^ 

21, cv, douXe iiyadk, Lu. xix 
comp. besides the above senses, 
force of intenseness, as in iiiir 
evTovcoi, &c. 

EuayycXi^w, f. i<rco, {tva* 
messenger of eood,) to britig gla 
announce good news. In N. T. 
I. ACT. with ace. of pers. and ace 
impl. Rev. xiv. 6, evayy, tous 
vovi, and x. 7. Sept. with dat i 
Dio Cass. Ixi. 13. rolyaen. v. 7. 
form not found in the earlier wii 
MiDD. in the N. T. and also in t 
to announce, publish, as glad ti( 
gener. with ace. of thing. Acts x. 
X. 15, e. dpnifvv : foil, by ace. 
and dat. of pers. (the more u 
struction,) Lu. i. 19, airtaToX 
yeXia-aodai croi TuvTa, and ii. 
ii. 17. 1 Th. iii. 6, Sept. Jos. a 
With ace. of thing impl. Lu. iv. 
cl fie EvayytXicraauat -tttoixo 
'6Z%^, ^ %^c. «& said of the 

petlatma Vo \\,., to -prodaxm ot -j 
i^itaLol glad tidings \«\\v%., 0,1 < 



,1. fiamX.i.- .-. 

ol. with ffarr. iniplH<l, Lu. ix. 
1 tiayy. 'Itimir Xp. or ^ir 
oS.,, Act. V. «. .i. 20. xm. 

i"ll?'^. 35.'"^'. i. 23, Bt Ll! 
. to bt ornHunohf or published 
n, 1) with B nomin. of th< 
i«d, Lu. iTi. 16, A fiaaAtia 

" ' ■. II, tA .iln- '■ 

with d»l. of pen. 
. of pen. Hob. i.. 

1 Pel. ii 

>iii. 31. So in retpcct to cbf 
tavt i preadted. Matt. :d. 5. 
wTaX"' •iayyMioin-ai. 
Vi.i., ou, Ti. <.i,=™W,> 
xird/or Mod news. Honi. Od. 

pt. In fact the word ia nii 

ee SUph. Tbea.) with J^pDii 
: sDmetimet ngnif tbe ehi. 
DHlre^ a, Sept. in 3 &m. 
liistoph. Plot. 765. Appian, 
23, 84. 557, 33. 677. 77. J«. 
In N. T. it ia uid onlj of 
" """ — «tlng ihMapi- 

r the glat 
wpet^ of the redemption of 
Bad death, throuth the 
cH^ion of Jesiu Christ irar 

aa<FiXi<a: (too eioii) Matt. 

5. xxiv. 14. Mk.i. ]4,et bI. 
aanundaiioa of the OohkI 
rUt, Mk. i. 1. AIm ivayr. 
i Tov e«iD, i. e. u niBDite>ied 
cts XX. 24. Alia the G«pel 
« of talvation bj Cbrigt, Mk. 

6. ivi. 15. Act. XT. 7. 1 Pet. 
inthewritinxaofSt. Paul, fJ«' 

1 ) gener. tie Gospel te&tme, 
, precepta, promiBcs, &e. Rom, 

TO liiayy- uoi', * the Goapej 
u;h,' and ii. 2a xvi. 25. 1 Cor. 
!». l,etsepeal.— III. bjme- 
oel work, i. e. tht prtarhiiig ef 
nd the labour therein. Bom. 1 
16. lCor.iv,l5.ii.l4.2Cc 

18. Gal. ii. 7. Epb. vi. I . 
T. 3, 16. 2 Th. ii. 14. 3 Tim. 

Ilh, Act! TX\. S. 

note), 2 Tim, i' 

g probably n 


(nhere aee my note), 2 Tim, ir, S. 

Ei™pi<rT(B, f. rfoB, (.ildp.a-rL_ 
eepuble,) flacto, to p&ose (caH, i« 
piniisiw, with dat, Heb. li. 5, 6, *. Tii 
e^oi. WinOen.v.22.24. Ecclui. iliv. 
le.'DiMJ. SiF.xiT.4. yiM. (o be fUatd 
iciih. (ats t^tamrt in, Heb. liu. 16, t. 

EuDpiffToi, on, «, A, idj. (li, ipl. 
rrrai.) ttU-p/eaiiiiig,aaxpliAle; villi dat. 
expr. «r impl. Rom. xii. 1, i. tu e<», 
andxi'.m 2COT.V.9. Epb. y. 111. Phft. 
iv. IB. Tit. ii,9; foil, by IvAnor -rwot 
instead of dat. Heb. liii. 21. Bj iv with 
,jat. of pen. I.' Ku<ii>, Col. iii.20. Wisd. 

'Ei'.pliTwt, adT, (.iip..rr«j) «- 
pplMy, H> u to pteaae, Heb. lii. 28, and 
later Claw. 

Eiyti-*!, lot, 4,^, aij. (.I, ybm,) 
I. pRCi?. u«i2-6oni, of good fhrnilf, 1 Cor. 
i. 26, ibyfnXv, and oTl. in Cl«». X\io 
*onnBni4fe,a»saidofope™>Bo/™iit and 
diitinciion, Lu.iii. 12. 1 Cor, L 26. Job 

i. 3,&ClaM II. MBTiPH. Boife-nmirfed, 

iHteUia^,cajidid,B\,vii, to ynwoim. Acta 
xvii, Ii, tiyiiiivTipai. And <o 4 Hacc. 
vi. h, layaKaibpan khi ivyiu^. Joeepli. 
Ant. sU. 5, 4, oi tam^irra-roi Kai -rit 
iliuvdi luviviit, and tometimea in Clata. 
as Piato 413, B. (iiyvuic Worn. 

Ei,,i,,{tl6iat,tr. i3, Ai^nn. 
of Ztit, the tir or tky,)/<iir iceaaer,\\it. 
fait Ekj,} Matt. xvi. a, liijia, aciL irrai. 
Sa Xen. Hiat. ii. 2, 17, we have il liita 

Eu^oKfoi, Ciirar, (i3, ioKim,) r"P- 
^0 Kcmffoodjtnd by impl. to th[nk jjvHJt'- 
Found only in latetGr. Hence with daU 
III be iceU dapoaed laurard! any penon, to 
fimur him, Diod. Sic. xvii. 47! liv. 61, 
or tlii ng./oemArorY and lUKnf toil, 1 Mace 
1, 43, Diod. Sic. iy. 23, xiv. 110, or to 
oinfenftoit, Pol. ii. 38. 7.eluepeaL In 
N. T. (0 (Wh* good, and take ploaanre in 
any penon. I. to vimj with amrobatioa^ 
to 'fX, foil, by Ir and dat. of pen. Malt. 
iiL 17 xvli. 5. Mk. i. 11. Lu. iiL 22. 

1 Cor. I. 5. Heb.1. 3B. ByJianddit. 
ottiha, 2Cor. III. 10. lit. Ik iotmlmw. 

2 Th. li. 12, i<if. If t^ iitAa. Sqit. and 
Apocr, Pol. ii. 12, 3, woiiiTat mHati. 
ir alt •JJo.ciio1.IMod. Sic. yol. lii. p. 72, 
libdKV" -rn mMxn, and it. 184. yi. 
313. Foil, bv ill with ace. of^vra. Malt. 
xii. l!i, (It o>. fiUK<vjv> ^ -Vn." p.™- 
-' l'f\. i. 17. Fo\l. by «cc. rf thing.ftt'o. 
.V. /.;. fi, oXoKai/TiuaTC— ou« liS- ^1- 
— H. in the Mn«c (o unU ot desire, WA-Vj 
iijfin. eipr. or impl. and in vko A^»4«»« 

Bcnie, 1) ntitt. to ^ uniling or rtady Go 
doftCfaing, 2Car. Y. 8, tiifa>if.u^i\- 

1 Hue 11.23. Pol. 
bj impL to dttentiini 
tpoauaeoua bouiily 

. . 2) 
tbs idea of 
implied, Rom. 
XT. m, luosKniraii m. lai 'A. I Th. iii. 
1, itij. iiaTi(\>|>p»qMii. StidofGnd, Lu. 
xii. 32, tiieKttstii a ns-Hip iuM ioBiiai 
ifiXv til, fia«i.\. 1 Cor. i. 21. OiL I. 15. 
Col. L 19. 1 Mice. xii. 46, >q. 

Eiiatta, HI, fi. UUoKiv,) prop. 'i 
being well pleued with t thing ;' implying 
tpprobitian and goad-will. In N. T. it 
denotes^ 1. PROP, deiigkt in uy pereoo, 

biaur. i, e, on the put a( God. 
It. and Ecclui. li. 17. Of men, 

And n Epigr. Adcsp. 612, 

I. 21, . 

It lyiviTo •itaicia i/i- 

E&i^Tf rrin, at, n, (luipyiniT,) tbe 
nrimm teDM of the wora i> that found in 
Hom. Od. xxii. 374., v>dl'dmiig : 'Qc 
KuKotoyiin liiipjKiln jay' iixiiuau. 

ntfiHny any on«, or u bejtejit 


. The word onlj ocru 

elMwhere in N, T. b. 

laipyirtat dimXufi^iwifiii 
if niemd, aa it ig by loaic 

icient tnii modem, 

the benefit! end bleininra [of the Cb 
taith]: Yet Ihii involve! an elli[ 
hanh, that, after all, it i> beat ti 

of«/™«.'B, f. «<., (.i.^viT,|i,) I 
do good, to beaefil, abtol. AcU i. ^ 
ii^KSti/ lvtpy^^S«l. Sept. Jot. and Oai 

. i. .!< T^v ^aa. T. a 8o NiMiW 
b. xiT. p.e7, oWiJ''/""''^*'** 
"»of thiam,I*l 



adv. (luSit,] Kruui* 
^to, Matt. viii. 3. MtTl 
:l1. tepe. Sept. and Clau. 

EieoJpoMi", f. ■)», {<i>«^ 
ninning itnighirornard,) prop, k 
iltaigU, itJst a ttraida ooane ; h 1 
^Liid of a ^, Acta xvi. 11. ui- 1^ 
Uv tit and ace. of place, and » PU| 


E^evfiio, f. lia-., [tBdniiPt,] H 
•heerfid^ in mod tpiriis^ Acta liili 
- * 13. Plm. deTiaji.2 4».1 

adj. (.5^ 

ipTlier Cli 


Eifti-i-, f. ™, {.494t,) to I 
.'/mwU, Iran*. 1) prop, of amj,*! 
>fnw(U and itod, John i. 23. S)| 
to guide ann thing a itrai^ "f!. 
<u deer a veael draigit, Lncha I 
Moil i. 10, tSeui.., ij Tro/ie^i, Wi 
\uiv. Eurip. Hec. 39. Hence ■ ' 

Ena^i, ir., iV, adj. 1) pn»* 
riatl. iii. 3. Mk. i. 3. Ln. uL 4 
>hen •» mj noln. Sept. and CtM 
f. of the heart and life, uprhU,* 
Vct> °iii. 21, A <apdla. liii. lOfc 
CujofiK'TdciueiW. SPeUiLU', 
\» adT. of lime, for ibBinn, " 
iii. 20, e( al. and Claai. 

g. riKiifnde, 

Ei«Bipf«, f ri™, (.iJceipj) 
'J have Anjvre, lit. good time forM 
Uins, tlg«er. Hfli. Ti. 31..iJi#' 

„m(bmiip, ( Xfyiu. 

f. SS9, TX$a« f in-w IrivKa,. 
mpaXati ma! ^Xno-^Ti^fail, 
«<?(«, =>, .i, (.B«,p«.) a ^ 
worlnml!), Mk. Jin. 10. La. iiii. 

<m. ir. 2, ■ntfClua. 
trot^ fju, ^, 4, adj. Aujr A> &# 
It. ' of euy Ubour,' Fol. xviii. 1, 
o li luKinriu', ol>p. to djuvami,. 

fict. 11. I a; 


not to let it illp from on>*i gmp, .SKm 
Ad. iii. 13. Hence Ag. omAOM, WU7 of 
UDdertaking my thing, tnd ciTcuDHDfwt in 
(arrjing ii on, Arrii " ' 

Hdiui.Yi.9,2; &lhmL_ _, ._ 

ul. SoinAnatot.Demiwth.Pbll 
ap. Swph. Tbn. Henc« the Un 
meui, u in N. T. Lu. ii, 25. Acta II. 5. 
Tiii. 2, par arceUena, 'one who (an God, 
a nious penon ;' a lenn derived from the 
Hebrew idiom, and tfae cfairactcc of the 
Mosaic Uv, in »bich the /ear of Ood 
Btandi for the whole of tlie wonhip and 
Krvice of God, aee Pb. zuiy. 11, u loa 
doet under the Gospel. 

EuXoytu, f. qim, prop, and in Cliu. 
ta mak u*U 0/, amniend : but in N. T. 
(0 iUsi, liHni. and said 1. of nun towuda 
God, to blea, i. i, praise and celebrate, 
with aacriptiont of pnJBe uid tbanksgiTing. 
La. i. 64, luXsyuv -rir Bidv, and ii. 38. 
iiir. 53. I Cor. jii. 18. Ja. iii. 9, and 
often in Sept. and Apocr. ; and ao in Jot. 
Ant. rii. 14, 11,— IL of nun « rapoH to 
mm, and sometimea things, to 6Uh, i. t. 
lo Dtwte CmTi bkaaag vpon, I) with ace. 
of pets. eipr. or imul. to praa for ami 
gne's vMire, Matt. t. 44, tiKoyii-rt toIk 
«a-ra(.«ii,limm ij^t. Hk. X. Itl, r[li\6yt, 
stird, sdl. ti iraiila. Lu. ii. 34. ii. 28. 
uiT. SO, et al. Sept. and Joa. Bell. yi. 5, 
3. 2) with ICC. of thisg expr. or impl. in 
N. T. only used of food, or a meal, to 
Hess, i. e. 10 sek the Divine blewing npon 
:(■ use, Matt.iiv. 19. viij. 7. 
Lb. ii. IG. So of the Lord'a Supper, 
Matt. xxYi. 26. Mk. ziv. 22. Ln. xxiv. 
SO. \C«r.i.\6^m.o/GodorCin,t 
in reapect to men, to bless, i. e. to favour, 
prosper, and make happy, Eph. i. 3. Ada 
iii. 26. Heb. vi. 14. Sqit, aa Ccn. Iiiv. I, 
35. Paas, as in Pbilo, W Je blesied, viz. of 
God, Ga]. iii, 8, 9, and Sept. Paas. part, 
perf. tv\oyri)iirot, ' blessed and favoured 
>f God,' luwpg. So it ia said in joyful 
laluUtionB, &c. eipec. of the Meauah .and 
bis reign, •ilXoyijuiiwt ipvdujuoe iv 
iv6,i„-ri Kupfou, Matt. ixi. 9. Mk. li. 9, 

a. Ln. liii. 35. John xii. 13, al. So 
att. xiT. 34, ol ti\oy„^im< Toi Ha- 

Lu. i. 28, and Sept. 

EilXoynros, o5, i, ft,adi,J,«X«-i„ ) 

prop, of fws, Uessed. In N. T. used only 

of ihd. to signify warUn of waist, adora- 

lie, Mk. liv. 61. Lu. i. eS, et al. Sept. 

'EiXoyia, os, i, (luXoyim,) prop, and 

CW. eommmdaliott, in N. T. tJesmg, 

from men towards God, blessing or 

fraix, aa expressed in ascriptions, iirply- 

■ig also thanksgiving. Rev. -m. Vi, n 

«',... .■ . .:.• . „ ^0(„^.^B«. 
rj "-J' ,--, ..-T^->^,^ I ill j«:.uci;i w uieiv anu Miiuuw, WMawi9>^' 

^ uij dtiag, ao at I bentS ' . . . ._ ^ 

^.115,1. tAv 

t avoidiitg of it, Arist ElL, iv. 1 
vpvf : thcj^rofany thing, J01 
6, 9, Hdian. v. 2, 3, £1' ,iU 
rvyatpvTom, timidiiv, Wisd. svi 
. uviii. 14: Hen^ the sens, 
ling God,'))Kfy; found i 

Ur Class, an 

'even then with an 

at Diod. Sic 

vol. V. 215, 1, 


. ,i\dPu«. 

Pint. Cam. 2 



Philo, p, 113 


■ri aJA>£ii 

al ,i.\<,%iu. 


r. the word 

is used withoii 

. Heb. V. 7. 

Iii. 28. 

fiio^^i, f. 

riffOfiai, dq»n 

,,) in the e. 

irlier Class, the 


f any thing. 

andan«f it: 


•, aa'polyb!' 

and Diod. Sic. 

to is 


or ^person, a. 


, I. -wtatlir. Sept. joa. and Apocr. 
. by iili and snbi. 1 Mace iii. 30, 
II iiii Du'i ixff, *". So Acts uiii, 
Qtfitiv/il^itanrfVT^^. Andso^aa 
1 an understood by many. Hob 

t the meaning there appear* lo be, 
' of the deluge,' but ■ tear of God, 

„ J .... J. Jda. Ant. 

^'liV-^-J' .?'■'■ f'^- ^-^''-O in "'.peel to merv ani *™m,U. 
gifUMde^M} tSat^, m> » \ benedictioii, or iTi-vi«AtiQn. S %»■ 

iil. 10. Sent, io Gi 
ili. 8, 9. Jot. Ant 

cup of Wemioe; i. e. 
it Ihe puchal lupper. 

H, ' llie bleui 
aham-and h 
i. 9. Sept. i 


£|ji. i. 3. 1 P< 

^x. 26. Heb. ri. 7. 2) (ni 

God, gifl, proat. 3 Cor. ir. S, Tin took. 

Bl nL Hence, by imiil. l&eralUy, tponia- 
■isinu bounty, 2 Cor.1i. 5, <ic liXayfa,,, 
Kol fiij iht irXfo*'«£iai',&VBr.6, Jir'eifAo- 
yioiff, ai adv. liberty, boititieoutty. 

EuM'TdiOTDi, Du, o, ij, adj. (tS, 
uiTaiiiuui,) mulv <o unparf, liieni/, 
iouBli/iJ, 1 Tim. n. 18. Maic. Ant. iiL 

o^B, f. d»>, (i5. mSt.) prop. 

the Claiaicnl wriien. Though i 
ItiDiid la Jd9. Ant. vii. 12, I. > 
ivii. 3, 1, and Dio Chrj!. p. 
fln\oTt|( in He«iod, Theog. 1!S 

litine employed as tbe ItreMra of Oi 
liareniL In N. T. the leriD denc" 
piop. eanuci. Mult. lix. 12, aa 
Sept. and Class. 2) lig.^^Matt. 

12 EYD 

In put. to he ledinagoad mqi, i. a. 
iirop. tjt have a pr^gperma jountef^ B 
I. lb. tIrm—iMaHao/ittt i\eiti,t 
iilias. — II. tig. lo be protpend, i. e. ie 
tain > happy isuis in aot aodecld 
1 Cor. iyL 2, a^^tpijo,.. S -Ti iMi 
3John2. Sept.andHdol.Ti.73,(d-J 
Ttji KXlOjU^Hi TO trp^y/xa, 

Evr dp f e pus, ov.i, A, tij. prop, 
(uwij, mctojeaUm/iojinii, i.e. OSB* 
1 Cor, <li. 35, in H>me Rdd. -r^i, ij . 

o oMtidiBiji, dta 

/leiellaiff, He 

i.e. bjimpl. and Bg-m 

■>. (ii- 

.»■»,) lit t 
ue, Heb. : 

Hoing, doing good, beae&xaae, I 
16. Jos. and b»r Class. 

EOa-opiw, f. rfoto, prop, and lit Ji 
1x11 1^ as to tfae means far effectiiwi 
projected purpose, Thut. ri. 3t 
FlaiodeLeg. vii. 731. Pitquentlj.k 
ever, the term ugnifiea ' to be well of 
10 {rtpi) any poiBession,' food, dM 
goodi, &e. & espec. money; in whieht 
the genit. ii usually eipreind; tb^ 
; — ; — i;_j aaXes.CjT.iC,. 

ipp. t. 

ii. 7, *. 

D, in tlut I 

uans'lofdoingit], lobe 
» tbe idea of tcaiUA it i 
e supposed. So MusonitJ 
. 476, distiucuiehea tietv 

Mebma. ii. 20. In S. T. 

Evn n 

mraiit, u Kaip6t tlnra. 2 Cot 

irttpos, ou, 0, B.adj.aTnonyni. 
apl^po<l. aaiduoia. Hence -ri. 
luily, denHtdsea, 1 Cor. Tii.3a, 
my note. 

p. nvll-fiued, hudhuue; and fiv 
Udot. vii. I6S,) 6f. io mda a 
; Gal. ri. 12. So popular and 
u^imenta an bj Ihe rbetoricians 

Hid. r. .$<ru>, (s Jiad, tnu. I. 
find wiihout aeekiiiE, to l^i 
I iritA, 1) prop, md with ace. of 
X xtiii, as. John i. 42, ujq, n 

8 EY2 

which ii uiual in the Mniitamnein with 
Eluteri, AcH iivii. 14. Seo more in my 

Eupilxaipot, ou i, ii, *]j. Uipi,, 
Xi"l>oii) prop. &road-$piieid, brood, aia- 
aom, aa i, iti,. Matt. ™. 13. Sept. and 

Eilff.'Seia, M, fl, (.Soi^c) in CI™. 

endend padlineM, 

. of thing, I 
ct a1. SepL I 
B. perceive, t 

''3 S\. 


I Sept. ft Apocr. and Jaa. . 
idoft,inClBM. In 1 Tim. 


i. 44. Lu. ' 


in Class, frequently.— II. tojSnrf, 
'at, viz. by aearch or inquiry, Io 
prop, and abtol. Mitl. lii. 7. 
cait»parr<Tt. Alao with >r«. cf 
ling, Mk.i.37. Lu. ii. 45. John 
cU V. 22, ct i1. BSpe, and Sapl.. 
.-III.^. in various iMMi, 1) 
0tdv, i.e. -lo (0 Hnd out 1^0 
eating 6ad a> to be acaepled b: 
t Ui,r^i».Ul.) Aru'ivii. 2f, 
w f^iAif, ti &payt ^ttt>. n^rdif 
v. Pan. in Rom. x. 20, tipiew 
'^ EfToSirii'. 2) lo find or maie 
id of the mull of meniumlion 
alion, Actsxil. 19, tipou daivu- 
aSai Tim-,, and i.rii. 'iS. Xea. 
2, 18. Hilt. iii. 2, 10. 3) to 

lettlf, to aopan, oilain, Heb. ii. 
air AuTfHuo'u' iup6fiiiMn, Job. 

AH of the mc 
In. peralu 
ineipaJlf ft 

ii. IG, ;u{ra 
, .. MheioDM 
. . )f piety in the Ootpel,' 
i. e. bji melon, 'the Goipel (eheme,^ to 
named becaute piety lawirdi God ia the 
foundalion oril. Thua Joa. c. Ap. i. 12, q 

^ita,meaning, 'the Tormof religion.' Ant. 

Xviii. h, 3, fin. Olifl &\Kti T» dXnq TUV 

ill itiiflpciiroH ixiTiTiiryufHoii, iix" Til' 
T^dc TO eiinv tuTf^eiuv, mnning, ' Ihe 
vaiiom fbrms of religion in the vend.' 

E<Iir()9i», r. ricr», (.ilfT'^^t,) pn^ fa 
i« (lim^qc, ' to enlcrlaiu a reverential and 
dutiful feeline' iDWardg any one, tiani. L 
a« regards God, (o revertiux, axir^ap. Acta 
xvii, 23, Bi. .Jffi^tlT,. Xeo. Hial. i. 7, 

10. Joi. Ant. X. 3. 2, iiliT. T6y e,ir.— 

11. as reepecta pireniB, I Tim. v. 4, tiir. 
T^jr t£iov oJkou, And so in Class., vhet^, 

reraed of irpAt, 

gnifies ' to agitate oneselT, to 

y one's presence,' and, like 
o, 'to dreid,' and (henagain 
reverence,' as in our law 
king's dread majesty,') the 
or this word is ' the quality of 


bv impl • 
phrase, Ii 

due, asGod, or one'a parents; but in N.T. 
it is used only oflhe former mode, lit. sig- 
niffini:, pin«i, devout. Acts i. 2, 7. uii. 
12. 2 Pet. ii. 9. Sept., Apocr., and CUsa. 

SvoeBius, adv. phasfa, rcUfficaaitt, 
■2 Tim. iii. 12. Til. iL 12. Jos. and Clan. 

ECff^/iot, ou, i, i, adj. [li.^Him.) 

juished by cerlain marks ;'& hence, 'easr 
to be reewnised and known.' Pol. x. 44, 3. 
Theoph. C. PI. iii. 8, 2. In N. T. said Bg. 
if speech, dutmri, ' easy lo be undersiDOd,' 
I Cor. liv. 9, igcrijuoi' Xo^o*. So Por- 
phirr. de Abitin. iii. 4. 8cit. Emp. adv. 

Arithm. 18, and in the physinl «n»B, 

il/ed I I''"'- p. f**, tpatvai ioAnous. 
' "" ■ EuairXayvvo'Sy oo, b, n, *iiy V*^., 
■XiSyyimii,) (emlflT-WHed, compaawin^ 
„.. ■ »~ ■ „ . ... j^ ^ f^y^ 

.iwperrifs, i) as 

the ijut; 2) as i ™-X,Syyi™u,) (em(«r-*eaHed, 
« *ie«i liciyhc ; rtte, Eph. IT. 32. 1 VcX. "• " 




The word occurs in Class., but in a very 
different sense. 

Ev<rYr}Mova>9, adv. {ivarxrjfiutv,) in 
Class, decorously^ beoommglyy so as not to 
violate modesty or propriety^ in any way. 
In N. T. it is used, 1 Cor. xiv. 40, of the 
mode of conducting public worship, de- 
cenily^ decorously^ and also Rom. xiii. 13, 
oredUably, as Aen. Mem. iu. 12, 4. At 
1 Th. iv. 12, it is used of life and conduct, 
such as become^ those professing godliness. 
There is nothing that exactly corresponds 
to this in the Class. The nearest approach 
to it is in Stob. Eclog. Phys. vol. u. 144, 
Heer. icav Xiyotfttu adtd^popa Td crutfia- 

nrapKTTi t6 tvdaifiovtai. 

prop, becomingness as to dress or general 
appearance ; and sometimes used of deco- 
rum o/ manners. In N. T. 1 Cor. xii. 23, 
it is used of the decorous dressing of tlie 

£(r<rxi}/>AMi', ovo«, 6, ^, adj. (eS, 
trxvf*'tti) prop, and lit. toell off as to the 
iryriiiay or to external figure, form, and 
general appearance. Hence, comdy^ as 
applied both to persons and things, I. 
fvop. as said of the former ; in N. T. it is 
used prop. 1 Cor. xii. 24, tA t\iay4\\kova 
fitKrx. Xen. Cyr. i. 17. — II. metaph. Tb 
tvvxyxikovy decorum^ propriety , 1 Cfor. vii. 
35, and Class. — III. of persons^ fig. * of 
sood €rxvt*-oi^ i' ^- rank, condition, and the 
figure one makes (see Xen. (Econ. ii. 4) ; 
hence, honouraUe^ noble, &c. Mk. xv. 43, 
e. /3oi/\cvn}$. Acts xiii. 50, yvvalKai Tdv 
tOarX' *"*^ xvii. 12, yvvatKoiU tvov ivax- 

EuiTO]/<o$, adv. (eSroi/os, fr. ev,Tiiva}, 
to stretch a cord,) intently, i. e. strenu- 
oudy, vehemently, Lu. xxiii. 10. Acts xviii. 
28. Sept. and Class. 

Ei/T/oaiTEXia, as, n, fr. cuTpdireXos, 
prop, vxll-tumed, and fig. facetious, witty, 
^ who can readily turn nis discourse^ to a 
present occasion, for the purpose of ex- 
citing merriment. See Aristot. Eth. iv. 8, 
and Aristoph. Vesp. 467. As, however, 
such may be done either to a good or an 
evil purpose, so the thing itself, tvrpa- 
ircXta, according as it kept within due 
bounds or not, admits of a good or a bad 
sense. Hence in the Class, it is used I. 
in a good seuse, to denote wU, pleasantry, 
as Plato p. 563, evTpMTreXiac re Kal 

apuvTiafiov kfiiriirkatrrat. So in Arist. 

tn. ii. it is said, irtpl to fiSif t6 iv irai- 
Sia, 6 fikv fiia-o^ (be who keeps in due 
medium) cuTpd-TrcXov, kuI rj diaOccriv, 


eif'rpa'TrtXia' rj dk ifTrep^oXi), ^oifioXoyia' 
fcal 6 tx.^v auTfji/, fiooixoXo^it^' o hi. 

iXXei'TTtaif aypoiKoi Tt9, ""a boovisVi per- . -^. -^- --— - 

son.* — Aha II. in a fxid sense, for sour- \ tuy^aptcTn^^ to Ya.9v«vka« 
^»%, 6uJ^oonert/, coarse and even obsceue \ P\\\\o, 3o%e^>a., ^^^ \^^^ v: 

jesting. So Isocr. Areop. 18, Toi* 
ireXouv KoX oKunrriuf iwafiin^ 
vvu tv<pvti9 irpoaayoptvovaiv. 
Eth. i. 31. Endem. iii. ot /Sm 
tvTpaireXoi trpoarayoptvoprai, 
by an Attic inroKoptarpLd^, or ca 
things by good names. See m^ 
Thuc. iii. ^, 4. So in N. T. at 1 
we have xal alarxpSTti^ Kal fiu 

^ EUT/OaTTcXia. 

"Eu^riiiila, as, t^, fcijlt^tjjuos,) 
the using of u-ords of good omei 
N. T. good r^Dort, good fame, 2 ( 
d(d ivatpmiiai Kal tv<l>rifxiai. 
.^lian y. H. iii. 47, 4 ev<f>r}u.ia h 
avrdv Ypt)0'Tdv,ovd£v Atd>i\ritrH 
Ep. i. 39. Hdian. i. 7, 11. Plut. 

"Evipriino^, ov, o, ^, adj. (ci 
prop, well-spoken. Hence, by 
favourable import; also, of won 
tory, as Pol. xxxi. 14, 1, Xoy< 
N. T. (of actions) o/'(;poo<f report. 
and so Anthol. Gr. iv. p. 1 83, 
cir' ev(^ii/AOts tol^av iveyKafnim 

E v0op CO), f. ifco), {tv<popo' 
to bear well, yield abundantly, 
around, Lu. xii. 16, t\)d>6pf\vtv 
Jos. Bell. ii. 21 , 2, et al. 

Evf^/oatvo), f. avw, {Ev(ppa 
ful,) to gladden, cause to rejou 
also mid. and aor. 1. pass, in m 
to be glad, rejoice, intrans. I. 
act. 2 Cor. ii. 2, tis i<mv 6 ci 
fit; Sept. and Class. Mid. Li 
iv<Ppavdijvai dt Kal Yaprjvai c 
ii. 26. Rom. xv. 10. Rev. xi. 10 
et al. Sept. and Class. — II. spec 
nected with feasting, mid. to rejo 
merry, Lu. xii. 19, <t>aye, trie, tv 
and XV. 23, 24. Sept. and Class, 
by impl. simply to/east, Lu. xv. 
see my note. 

Ev<ppo<rvvii, f}s, n, (ci!f<^pci 
ness, joy. Acts ii. 28. xiv. 17. I 

t^vX'^P*'^'^^^') f* n<rto, (euY< 
prop, and in earlier writers, to m 
gratefid, i. e. to requite a favou 
to Sidovai x'^P^'^'- l^i^t in later 
N. T. to give thanks, to tliank, 

ilSivai X^P'^'^t *' ^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^ 
gratitude to any one,* Lu. xviL I 
pivTUiv auTta. Rom. xvi. 4. . 
xiv. 10, 7. Plut. de Garr. 7, fi 
where in N. T. only used in ref 
God, 1) in the sense to give i 
Him, usually foil, by tw 0ta, 
also other adjuncts, as preposition 
junctions, &c. Lu. ^viii. 11. Jol 
Rom. i. 8. vii. 25, et al. sepe; b 
\Amea «.\\%o\. «& vcv ^^\\. \. 16. 1 

EYX ] 

TgiriDg Ood Ihuiki before idaIb, 
I. bj Tw ei», AcUliviT. 35. Rom. 
; ibKL Hitt. IT. S6. Mk. vii). 'I 
.Jobnn. 11.23. 1 Com. 30, n 
r imp], to praae or wonAn?, fui 
if, Bom. i. SI. 1 Cor. liv. 17. 
a^.^Tfo. a,, i, (.Jx<fp."-".) 
vOaik, tiioTikMiua, AcU iiir, 3 
,231,651. PoL™.1M. Jo«pl, 
, 8. 25. In St. Piul'a Eputlei «i . 
'PK, Oanhgioag, Aatla^ \. e. ' lli,> 
on of gntilude to Ood,' 1 Cor. xiv. 
;iir.iT. Ifi. ii. 11, H. PhiL 
7. IT. a ITb-iii. 9. ITim. 
On ibe KOK U Eph. v. ' 

,f prop. mDQ ID 1..JUB. ^TCO^nH, \- 0. 

a^aaxpuMe, X«n. Cvr. ii. 2, 1, 

r.lefiJ, i. c. liMUid, to Ood, 
we mT nole. Jo<. Ant. irt. 
■a. Cjr. »™. 3. 19- 
(, St, A, {iSxiffh) I. yro^, tn 
Y. 15. Sept. in Job Ivi. 17. Pro*. 
Id CIbu— II. a ma, u (aid in 
tbe TOW of a Nuirile, Acta iii. 
3o Sept. in Num. 



i. 18, « . , 
yip tvxli'. 

' <■> K. tlvi 

fiai, f, £i>Mai, dep. mid. This 
in, in (he Claw, writen, Tirioua 
longb clooely connecced lacethei ; 
the prinjsrj one seeiDB to be thai 
by Hemsterhuii, vho tnces its 
•m the obaotete iilx«>> whidi he 
nt peto, pottuio^ in the mid. ej. 
ind in the latter oflhose aeoBee^ 
to, amgo, (wlienceBtoribri,) and 
itemnls aver or qjB™i, elaimin;; 
me'awordi; whence (opromiBe: 
ojiT, ' to ae«k for oneself, fonj/or, 
J wiih for,' JUIT thing ; whence, to 
my thing. The two latl Kneei, 
oy far. and laeamtMv wwbjbt, 
found in the N. T. I. topraj/ 
foil, by diC. tH etu, lYvi 

are eanaliji. 

. iiTii.29, ifi- 

\lilpaii ytriaSai. Rnm. ii, 3. 

;; with ace, TouTO, 9 Cor. liii. 9, 

I Clau., etpec Plolo. 

nvTsi, ou, i, A. adj. (iS intern. 

,\ very tof^al, 2 Tim. ii. 21. 1<. 

em. 11. Sept. and Clan. 

• Xi<*, t iirm, (iflif-uvot,) prop. 

I or brave, and ng. to be in qood 

101, ii. 19, ADlholGr.iv.275. 

liB, at. A (li!(aiv', Ir. a^, I 
una soadodeur, /hwrona, Ec- / 
IX Xen. Coot. ii. 3. la N. T. j 

onljfig. of per(oiisorliiinn,'iHU-E^nu«u, 
ar aeeeptabte to God,' 2 Cor. ii. 15, Spi- 
oToD.iicoi/aioiiiii', where Me note. Eoh. 
T. 2, >Is iliru^K lumtlm. Pbil. it. la 
6a^r livjlac. duirW i. Hebr. foT>i- 
oraaf tt/our. 3«>t. Ley. i. 9, 13, 17. 
Num. uvilL 13, and oft. 
Ei;»>>v^ot,Di>, i, A, adj. {ii,tiM>^a,) 

Kop, of oood mane, hommred, TeKMnud, 
a. •tbtog. 409. Find. 01. ii. 3, and oft. 

^jT""' ""'"""" """ 

ill omen; all omena on the left being 

iwBter, or regarded at unluck j. In N. 'T. 

At 10, uid uhiefly of the left hand, Dpp. 

10 the right. Matt. ii. 21, 23. Mk. i. 

37, 40. IT. 27; of the lefiAf, Her. i. 2. 

— Adverbiall}'. AcU ui. 3, taTa\vr6r- 

Ttt aiiriiii tvuuvfiau, * on dio left hand.' 

Seft. and Clasa. 
"E-ltdWopai, f. aXoiJ^i, (Jwl tfX- 
>fiai,) to leap apon, ot agaaut, foil, by 
ri with ace Act. lii. 16, i^aXKiauot 
' springing^ upon,' In Find. 


. : foil, by da 

Nem. Ti. 
Homer oa 
•0 Plul. Ti. 

_, for all,'l.._. 

Heh, iii. 27. ix- 12. x. 10. 2) at mm, 
BOTeial Umee, 1 Cor. zv. 6. 
. , - -pfT^r, ov, 6, [iStopivna, to 
find outany thing,) OS invertnon or deviM, 
Rom. i. 30, J4>. KBK&i: So Philo, p. 968, 

'EAtifitpta, at, fi, {iip6ivfHK,) not 
Found in Claa. In Sept. it i> used prep, 
of the dttilg KrrwB of the priests in the 
Temple. 2 Chron. xiii, 10. 1 Ead. i. 16. 
In N. T. meton. a ermrae or daa, into 
the print! were dirided lor the daily 
if (he Temple, each conlinuino for 
- - ■'■~\ Lu. i. 5, 8, it ii 


'E^ri/iifiDt, an, a, i, adj. (Kl, n^f- 
pa,) prop, /or a ifaB, i iif,' i^ipof &p, 
ephemeral.' In N. T. dailj/, ' sufficient for 
Lbo day,' Ja.ii. 15, t^ i*prjfiipou Tpo^^t. 
Diod. Bic. iii. 32, tJi it^fttpatn Tpo^6s. 



r. (foua 





-..'(ffTtj^i, f. i-rtrriaa, trans, to 
piaee upon or oar, to set over. In N. T. 
;he word occura only in tbe intrana. fmrn. 
(Bct.aor. 2. JwiffTqfiperf. part. i^AffTidc: 
and mid. J^ia-Tiifiai,) I. prop, ioplaixoiie- 
ItlfupoK or mar, to stand iy or near. I ) 
Ut>) airi in Bipa 

. . , Mb Iwi ti, Kc* T.. 

; with iir&vu Tiiras,to rt(mdl>S 

2) u Impljiog h1») sppioi 

, Sept. ind CUu, 

c. 40, Ml! Clu9. 8a tJ», »iih 
uddcD appeini ' ^ " " 

uit, p«»«i.g, 2 Tim , 

tJp Xdyof. DBmoBlh. 70, 16, tii t 

. Wud. vi. 
,' 2 Tim. ii 

•ExSpi. =', n, {pn>p. f™i- of »dj. EY- 
epit,)aHmts. ialrrd, Lu. xiiU. 12. Ga), 

T. 20. Eph. ii. 15, 17. Jt iv. 4. Sepl. & 
CUm. In Bom. liii. 7, IxAp" .'It eii. 

„ __ ,. d. ■d«pij-«iU m- 

viU,') 1) ptn. haird. haitM, an object 
of oDoiitT, Rom. li. 26, ixvpol Si i/iSt. 
CIabb. 2) HCt. jfio^tRd, hottde, I. u at/f. 
Matt. liii. 28. Jv»p3c j^a«oi. Rom. 
V. 10, iv6poi Srrtt. Col. i. 21. Sept. and 
Clan.— ir. as mbsl. o i^Spdi, an aiemg, 
1] eener. and foil, bj sea, of pen. Matt. 
T. 43, >q. X. 36, et tL rape. Sept. & Clara. ; 
with sen. of thing. Actexiii. 10. 3«pt. oft. 
and Clan. 2) spec, of the advensries of 
the Meuiab, Mitt. iiu. 44. Mk. lu, 36. 
1.43. A«»ii,3S. '" "- ■ ■ 

or of God, Jan. IT. 1. Aleo, A JyB^, lud 
kot' ifivi* of Satan, Lu. x. 19. Mitt. 

"Exiii-n. tit, ft. t(X-« & "^™ fr- 
Kiiii^, tnull,) n viper; lit. s little se 
poit. Acts XXTiii. 3, andClau.; 6s. ■ 
mdad IMS. yiwrffiaTO ix'i^A', Mst 

ivmi. iu Tit ii^ti ali-rai x"fl doT/pat 
J. Ti. S._ I. 3. xvii. 4. Horn. il. L 14, i, 

in the other 'Clau. 8o,'b; impl. Matt. 
-i. 7. Hf' - " "-- "■- ' -' -' 


, I ) viih the aceue. of the thmgt in 

oae^fl poeaeBBion, power, charge. &c. and 
that whether gener. ha »ro»eiYv, Matt. xiii. 
12. xa.21,elal. (lonietimeii lefliuidenl. 
Ml iytui or /in ix"") "' 'P™- *> m*"*"! 
oTJflieriUDces, produce, or jtersonal pn>- 
OfVt at clotbta, arms, fumitttK, pitni- 


nons, &c., and' alu uf tbe ma 
Elie bodr ; alio of power, fieullT. 
John Lv. 44. vi. 68, ic or an; ad 
Lenefil, &c. Matt, v. 46; ixw 
Acta ii. 47 ; fiiilb da a gift, Rom, 
L'lemal life, aa a free gift, John ii 
it, et al. ; of ■ law, Jt^n lix. ; 
vii. 29 ; of ife, or jean, John ni 


with I'lic idea of clii 
18, fyu Til jiXiit ' 
nem, 11S3, 4. In the lense 
h^sd, 'ttaAy; 1 Cor. liv. 26, wi 
parK implying aome ipecial re 

husband or wife, MMt. xiv. 4, et 
then, Lu. ivi. 28: children, 1 
^ow9,lTim.T.16,eta1. i)t 
filbject is a titHg, to Aon, imp 

nexion with, the lubject. Matt i 
t6 uq Iv'i' 0^iet vqe- Lu. ll 
-34. Acta 1. 12, 1 Cor. liL 23. 1 
a, 2Tim.iL17. Heb.ix.8. Ja. 
if, 7.— Ill- «>ed of what say one 

of ur condition or state eitem 
latai, in which an; one is, 1 ) 
saj obligation, duty. Acts xsd. 2 
Ivoin-Ec idt' iavTuiv, and itiii. 1 
A 4, I. wpJ£.». 2 Cor. iT. 1, i 
^iav. PhiL i. Si}, & Col. ii. 1, L 
Lu. xii. 50, 1. BiTmaita. Of i 
^. Aaapriatr ty*"', John ii. 41 
/,«, AcM Hiii. 2S: Kpi/ia, 1 Tim. ■ 
cHeeta or results, dependent on thi 

l,rewiml.' 3) of 




on of body or m 

,d, 1 



ave a devil,- nac 




as tI,<- "T"iriti' Toii e. Ix*"-, J«l 
xin. 35. dvdyicqv, Lu. xiv. IS. : 
So ypiioB fyjup, to ie in mad. 
n. 8. Lu. T. 31, et al. tape; x 
TifZ, graiias habere, to tha^ La 
ITim. i. 12, and Clara. By an I 
uf Aubicct and predicate, such an 
is in the Claa. often said to have 
sera a person. Horn. II. iviii. 247, 
Hdot. IT. 115, <p6fio^. And k '. 
a, ilvjt «■ oii-rdi Tpdpw Kul I. 

oWt V™i*W , imo\'™i, ■Cm ■&» 





ziL 2, and fig. 2 Cor. i. 9. iv. 
7. So on oneself, as garments^ 
wear, or bear,* Matt. iii. 4, 1. iv- 
in xii. 6, TO yKtovoroKOfiov^ and 
yLOXo^ipcLV. Kev. ix. l/, ^vapa- 
of persons, wearing an appear- 
ii. 23. 2 Tim. iii. 5. Rev. iii. 1. 
sense to contain, i. e. to iiave 
}lf, Heb. ix. 4. Rev. xxi. 11. 
iv kavTm, Matt. xiii. 21. Mk. 
\ fig. and intens. to have firmly, 
id, U) hold to, to hold fast, i ) 
things, John xiv. 21, 6 eycoi/ 
a« liiou. 1 Cor. xi. 16. Phil. 
; also of persons, as evcti/ Qsdv, 
a, T^i/ Xldv, to hold fast to 
d them in devoted affection,* 
23. v. 12. 2 John 9. 2) by 
rf or * regard as,* account ; witn 
. and noun in appos. Matt. xiv. 
>. avTOv elyov, and xxi. 26, 46. 
Isocr. p. 239, tivA^ ovv exco 
£]/ov«. — V. foil, by infin. with 
•t, ovSkv, &c. namely, ixco — ri 
IV or troirjcrat, i. e. by impl. *• I 
say or do something,* I CAN, 
tnly an objective or external 
I so differing from dvvafiai : 
b infin. aor. Lu. vii. 40, Iyco 
11/, and xii. 4, fiti iYoirrcav — tI 
Lcts iv. 14. xxiii. l7, sq. xxv. 
19 ; with infin. pres. 2 John 
o in Class. More direct is the 
able, I can, where the ace. is 
Matt, xviii. 25, fiij tx*'*^*'* ^^ 
jiovvai, * not having where- 
.y,* pres. John viii. 6, 'Iva txtoai 
t avTov. 2 Pet. i. 15. So in 
Cen. Mem. ii. 7, 11, ovx ^^w 
Sometimes the infin. is sup- 
Mk. xiv. 8, o tcrxiv owtij 
iTToitifft. Acts iii. 6, & Class, 
ins. or with tavrdv, &c. im- 
s with an adv. or adverb, phrase, 
•<elf, i. e. to be circumstanced so 
!,* e. gr, tToifjitJo^ kytiv, to be 
\ xxi. 13. 2 Cor. xii. 14. jffilian 
3. io^ttTCds Ix^*"' ^® beineay 
k. V. 23. KaKu)^ '^X^i'V, to be 
iv. 24. Lu. vii. 2. Xen. CEcon. 
v.a)s tY^tv, to be tuell, namely, 
ill, Mk. xvi. 18. John iv. 52. 
lu, to be ^, Acts vii. 1. irais, 
Vw?, 1 Tim. V. 25, and so Class. 
25, t6 vvv txov C" for the pre- 
vov : and so in Class. ; foil, by 
. adverbially, John v. 5, 6, h 
Xcti/. 2 Cor. X. 6. So of place, 
o be in a place,* John xi. 17, ey- 
uitp. Jos. Ant. vii. 1, 1. — VII. 
u, to hold oneself upon, or to 
here to a person or thing, Horn. 
}; also io be oontigzious to any 
by gen. Hdot. iv. 169. Thuc. 
C T. only occ. in partic. ixo- 

fitvoi, ri, ou, 'next in place,* ac^^czcen/, Mk. 
i. 38. el« Tds iypfiiva^ Kic/xoiroKEii. Jos. 
Ant. vi. 1. 1. Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 10. Of 
time, T^ ixofiivTj, suppl. rifiipa, expr. Acts 
xxi. 26. TO) he. eX' <ra^B. xiii. 44, et al. 
Sept. Apoc'r. Jos. and Pol. iii. 112, 1. Fig. 
Heb. vi. 9,Td ixofitva crtortipiai, 'things 
closely connected with salvation.* So 
Lucian,Herm.69,TauT* iX'irldov ixofitva 

"Ectfs, prop, and prim. adv. but in the 
later writers also prepos. with gen. In 
N. T. I. ADV. in two senses : 1 ) untU, i. e. 
90 long as, until, i. e. ' unto such a time,* 
marking the continuance of an action up 
to the time of another action, and foil, by 
the indie, subj. or opt. according as the 
latter action is certain or uncertain. It is 
foil, either by indie, of a past action, as 
Matt. ii. 9, ecoc e\0cov l<rrt/, and xxiv. 39, 
in a future action, or foil, by subj. aor. 
with av, where the latter action is only 
probable. Matt. ii. 13, cees civ cZircn voi, 
and V. 18, et sspe ; also Sept. and Class. 
2) by impl. so long as, whue, i. e. during 
the continuance of another action, until it 
ends, &c. John ix. 4, ca>« iifiipa i<rrlv, 
and xii. 35, and so in Class. — U. as prep. 
gov. the genit. untU, unto ; marking a ter- 
minus ad quem, and used both of ttms and 
place. I. of tims, and 1) foil, by gen. of 
a noun of time. Matt. xxvi. 29, ita^ rrj^ 
nfiipai l#cciyi}s. Lu. i. 80, et al. * or by 
gen. of pers. or event, Matt. i. 17, cws 
Aavtd, toji TTJ^ fiETOtK&aiai Baj3., Uicv 
Tov Xp«rTou, et al. and Class, as Diod. 
Sic. i. 4, tcos T^s *A\t^dvSpov reXevTrj^. 
2) foil, bv gen. of apron, e. gr. ecos, scil. 
■^povov, lit. until what time, until when, 
1. e. simply un/t7, with indie, or subj. ; with 
indie. Matt. i. 25, 'ito9 oZ Ircicc n-dv 
vlov. xiii. 33. Palaeph. iv. 2; with subj. 
aor. without av. Matt. xiv. 22, ews od 
ivoXva-ri to6« 5y\ovi, and oft. ; also in 
Sept. Eccl. xii. 2. Jos. Ant. v. 1, 3. So 
tws Utov, scil. xP^'^o^t lentil when, until, 
either with indie, as John ix. 18, cwv 
oTow k(buivr\aav, et al. or with subj. Lu. 
xiii. 8, «. o. o-fcctx^o). 3) foil, by adv. of 
time, with or wituout tov. So tui9 tov 
vvv, until now. Matt. xxiv. 21. Kwc 
a-nfispov, 2 Cor. iii. 15. So gener. with- 
out TOV, more usually in later writers, ^«o« 
&pTi, until now. Matt. xi. 12. k'ws irore ; 
until when? i. e. how long? xvii. 17. 
Mk. ix. 19. — II. of PLACE, as far as to, 
until, unto, 1 ) prop, in various construc- 
tions, e. gr. foil, by gen. of place. Matt. xi. 
23, eo)? TOV ovpavov, 'as far as, up to 
heaven.* xxvi. 58, too? tti^ avVn^ to^ 
dpy. Lu. ii. 15, t(D« ^n^. w.^l^. Kt\.% 
i. 8. xi.22. xxvi. W, lioa^ koX tU Ttt«i V^u* 
WXets, ' as far as and even. \xnX.o ^oxew^ 
cities.' So ynxh geu. o^ v«^- ^ ^«=t'^s^'? 





a place, La. !▼. 42. Poll, by adv. of place, 
as Uon ai/co, ^ to the very brim/ John ii. 7. 
2«0« kAtw, *to the very bottom,* Matt, 
xxvii. 51. CO)? Io-«o, * as far as the interior.* 
Mk. xiv. 54. eids code, * unto this place,* 
Lu. xxiii. 5 ; foil, by prep, and its case, 
e. (pr. e<o« tU B. ^ as far as unto Bethany, 
Lu. xxiv. 50. Diod. Sic. i. 27, cW el« 
Toifi douci^Tovi Toirous. So Kw« l£co t^s 
iroXcMs, ^as &r as to the outside of the 
citv,* Acts xxi. 6. — iii. pig. foil, by gen. 
either of a term or limit, marking extent, 
Matt. xxvi. 38, cco« ^avdrov. Lu. xxii. 
51, idrt 'io»9 tovtov : or of pers. in a like 
sense. Matt. xx. 8, cok tHov irpun-tav. 
Dion. Hal. vi. 37, sidv kicyovuiv, John 
viii. 9. Acts viii. 10. Rom. iii. 12, ovk 
itrnv K«o9 ev^c, * not so much as one.* 


Zaw, (J^«, X3^ inf. gi/i/, fut X^vvtit and 
later ^iio-o/uat,) gener. to live, intrans. ; 
but employed in various shades of sense 
in N. T. as follows, I. to live, have life, as 
said of physical life, or existence, as opp 
to death, or non-existence, and implyin 
always some duration. It is used, 1 
gener. of human life, &c. Acts xvii. 28, kv 
ain-tS ^io/iiu, and: xxii. 22. Rom. vii. 1, 
et al. So ^wvT'f s.Kat vtKpol, Acts x. 42, 
et al. Sept^ and Class. Also rd ^v, 
subst. Ufe^^^^l 21, sq. 2 Cor. i.8. Jos. 
Ant. ii. 3, J^ and Class. Of persons raised 
from the t4ead, Matt. ix. 18, apTi IteXcu- 
TijaEv' dWA i\6ajv — icat ^Yjo-Erat, et al. 
Sept. in 2 Kings xiii. 21. Said likewise 
of persons restored to health from sick- 
ness, not to die, i. e. by impl. to mend, be 
well, John iv. 50, 6 vlo^ aov ^?7, and Sept. 
in 2 Kings viii. 8, sq. 2) spec, in the 
sense to exist, absol. now and hereafter, to 
live for ever ; of human beings, Matt. xxii. 
32, oi/K icTTiv o Qtdi, Qtd^ veKpSav, dXXd 
ZiiiuTcov. John xi. 25 ; of Jesus, John vi. 
57 ; of God, vi. 57, 6 Jwi/ UaTrip, equiv. 
to 6 i\u}v ^co^v iv kavrio, v. 26 ; also, in 
an oath, by Hebr. Rom. xiv. 11, ^a> ky^, 
Xiyti Kvptos, * I live, saith the Lord.* 
So Sept. Numb. xiv. 21, et al. Partic. 
tail', ever-living, eternal, 6 Otd^ 6 $wi/, 
Matt. xvi. 16. Rom. ix. 26, et al. ; and as 
opp. to idols, which are dead, non-existing, 
Acts xiv. 15. 2 Cor. vi. 16. 1 Thess. i. 9, 
and Sept. 3) fig. of things, only in par- 
ticip. ^wv, ^oja-a, ^wi/, living, i. e. lively, 
active, and also enduring, as opp. to what 
is dead or inactive; likewise transient, 
1 Pet. i. 3, kXirU X^uxra, * lively and endur- 
ing.* Rom. xii. 1, ^varia Xt^^^ara, ' enduring 
and constant,* opp. to the interrupted sacri- 
£ce of slaugbtered victims. Ueb. iv. 12, 

^(01/ 6 \oyo9 Tov 6eov, * is liv 
and enduring.* 1 Pet. i. 23, Xo<) 
6eou, *" living, efficient, endurin 
4, XiOo9 ^Sav, of Christ as the o 
of the Church, * not inactive, bu 
of Christians, v. 5. So itdup \ 
water, i. e. the water of runnin 
opp. to that of stagnant waters, 
cisterns, John iv. 10. vii. 38. R 
and Sept. in Gen. xxvi. 19, < 
impl. and by Hebr. particip. 
giving, John vi. 51, b dpro^ o J 
imparts eternal life.* Acts vii. 
^uvra. Heb. x. 20, 666^ ^Sxra 
sometimes in Sept. — II. to live 
tain life, to live on or by any th 

IV. 4, OVK £ir apTto fiovw 
1 Cor. ix. 14, and Class. ; as 1> 
309, 26; with did, Xen. Mem. ii 
III. to live in any way, to pass o 
any manner, Lu. xv. 13, ^iov 
Acts xxvi. 5, l^fjcra ^apiaraim 
14, keutKZi tiju. 2 Tim. iii. 12 
^rju. Tit. ii. J 2, ^. ouKppovto^, & 
vii. 9, i^o»v x^pt^ vofiov. Ai 
and Class. Lu. ii. 36, in<ra<ya t 
dvdpoi. Hence the phrase ^p 
rlvi, KaTd Ttya, to live to, m, 
U> any one, i. e. ^ to be devoted t 
conformably to the will, purpose, 
or example of anj person or thii 
oi a person, J. tw 0ew, Lu. xx- 
vi. 10. Gal. ii. 1*9. And so 1 1 
^. Kord Otdv iri/Ev/uaTt, i. e. 
spirituallv according to the will 
Also Gal. V. 25, ^. trytvpari, 
under His influences.* 1 Pet ii. 
diKaioavvif. Rom. xiv. 7. 2 C 
^. kavrw, ** to live agreeably to ( 
corrupt inclinations.* Demosth. 
^iXlirJTft) ^aivTEs, Kal oi ttj i 
nrarpidi. Of a thing, \^yv iv < 
' to live under the dominion of b 
vi. 2; ewjri<rr£i, ^ under thepowei 
Gal.ii.20; iv Koarfico, i. e. Mn con; 
the world,* Col. ii;20. iii. 7. 5 

V. H. iii. 13, J. iv olvta. kot 
J^v, * to live conformably to tl 
Rom. viii. 13. Jos. Ant. iv. 8 
KjOLTd Toi« v6fiov9 t. — IV, by im 
and PROSPER, be blessed, 1) e« 
prop. Rom. x. 5. Gal. iii. 12, o 
avTd ^flffETat kv outoTs. 1 Th 
vvv ^w/xEi/, ' we live, feel ourselTi 
So Sept. in Deut. viii. 1. 1 Sam. 
and Demosth. 434. 2) metspl 
exempt from death, temporal, L 
5, or spiritual, * to enjoy eternal 
be admitted to the blessings and] 
of Christ's kingdom,* Lu. x. 21 
■JToiEi, Kal X^narji. John vi. 51. 
17. 1 Thess. v.* 10, Xva dpa <r 
X' 1 John iv. 9. Xva X^ 
avTov. Heb. xii. 9, jcat 'Qhcopix 
^tio-ftifxEi/ iC aiiTov, et aL 




■B. zii. 11, and j^ccoy Tt^ w. Acts xviii. 
Uai o}^ to ^uxp^«/fngid, indifferent.* 



Siiyov, «o«, T^, (l^euyvvfit,) prop, a 
lb for joining together two beasts of 
* it, And sometimes a carriage or wain 
by them ; but in N. T. the pear 
19 thns yoked together, Lu. xiv. 
^fl poSov iiyopaara nriim. Sept. 
- xix. 19. Is. V. 10. Ml, V. H. ix. 
Mem. ii. 4, 5 ; and gener. a pair, 
temple, of any animals, as turtle-doves, 
iiii24. Sept. Lev. ▼. 11. 

^t»Krt|oia, oe, ^, (JewicT^p, ^tvyvv- 

"]§ ioaa, or fastening of any thing to 

"ler. Acts zxvii. 40, tAs J. rwv irtjia- 

j nMer-handSf called by £urip. Hel. 

, {ciryXai, see my note. 

Im, t X^vtt, (Onomatop. like our 

prop, of water, to boU, be boiling hot. 

. T. only fig. of the ardour of the 

* to be fervent,* Acts xviii. 26. 

xii. 11. t* Tw nvtufutfri. AnthoL 

in 169. y.2ld,219. 

o«, ov, S, (fr. ^£-w and the termin. 
contr. to I^^Xov, as in firikdv, &c. 
0£Xo«, fi6g\os^ irveXov, &c.) 
I|k Ascrf, produced by the action of fire 

inter. Hence it is applied to every 
Id of heat or fervour of the mind and 
Actions ; and so admits both of a good 
1 a bad sense. I. in a good sense, 
fcar for a person, or a cause, and foil. 
(en. of that jhr whom or which it is 
i» John ii. 1#, 6 t. rov oIkov <rov. 
VI. X. 2, ^ijXov Ocov iYova-tu : by 
ia with gen. 2 Cor. vii. 7 ; aosol. 2 Cor. 

«, T^riXA vfiai 6cov ^nXcpt * I am zeal- 
i for you with a zeal proceeding from, 
t inspired by, God.* Sept. and later 
■ii.— 11. In a BAD sense, 1) heart-bum- 
k> <M|r, Acts xiii. 45. Rom. xiii. 13. 
Cor. lii. 3. Ja. iii. 14. Pliu". J^Xot, 
Cor. xii. 20. Gal. v. 20, and later Class. 
;»iy cr, indiffnaHon^ Acts v. 17. Heb. x. 
1 col irvpov t^Xos, /fe/y wrath. See 
^ xxi. 9. Mu. iv. I, and Blomf. on 
Myl Ag. 449. 

CilXoM, f. coaof, (^17X09,) to he zealous 
jl*ir^ i. e. for or against, any person or 
|b|, trans. I. gener. for a person or 
^^ ind usually in a good sense, e. gr. 
Mkingi, to desire ardenUjf^ be eager far^ 
^vor. xiL 31, \M\Ko\tTi 6k tA x^P^^/^^'''^ 
^ «• and xiv. 1, 39. Sept. and Class. 
M^Deuiosth. p. 600, 2, t. Apirvv : of 
Joy , in a good sense, to bear an ardent 
Rpw/J/r, to love^ Gal. iv. 18. Sept. in 

5""^ xxi. 2. Prov. xxiv. 1. Soph. Aj. 
md Elect. 1027. In a 6a£f sense, to 
Aow of xeal or affection for any 

one, in order to gain him as a follower. 
Gal. iv. 17. — II. AGAINST a person, to be 
jealous of, to envy^ Acts vii. 9, ^. tov 
'I(o<rii<f>^ and xvii. 6. Ja. iv. 2, ^oveucTc 
Kai j»|\oi;Tc, ' ye have heart-burnings 
even to meditate the murder of one 

Zi|XwTrj«, oO, 6, (JtjXooj,) 1) one 
zea'ous /or, eagerly desirous of any thing, 
1 Cor. xiv. 12, '^t]KwTai ktrrt irviVfxa- 
T«ov. Tit. ii. 14, and later Class. So also, 
in a bad sense, of zealots for the ancient 
Jewish law. Acts xxi. 20. 

Zijfiia, a«, Vi Schl. after Spanheim 
supposes the primary sense of the term to 
be the mulct or ]>enalty for any crime, 
whether in person or purse. But though 
such be a sense frequent in the best 
writers, even the early ones, — that is, I 
apprehend, the primary one, which is laid 
down by him as secondary, — namely, 
damage, or injury, loss, as opposed to gam 
or advantage. Now this arises naturally 
out of the other, inasmuch as, by a meto- 
nymy of antecedent for consequent, pecu- 
niary penalty is a payment, to make up 
the damage occasioned or injury inflicted 
by a person. A sense of the word found 
at Acts xxvii. 10, & 21, Ktpdijaai riiv 
^rifilav, * this damage.* In Phil. iii. 7, 
TowTo ^yt)/tat, SiA tov Kpiardv, Jtj- 
fiiav, the term signifies, as opp. to Ktphj, 
what occasions loss, and in the next vei'se, 
what is injurious, mere noaxi. So Test. 
XII. Patr. p. 651, Jtj/uto fj o-jrwXeta. With 
the phrase ^rifiiav nytlardai, *" to count as 
loss,* comp. a similar one, Xen. de Vect. 
'▼• 5, ^f|/u(ai; Xoyi^ttrdai, and Kipdoi hy. 
Thuc. ii. 44, where see my note. 

ZrifXLoaj, f. uto-u, (^f)/u£a,) to occasion 
loss to any one, prop, with double accus. 
In N. T. only pass, or mid. to sujir loss or 
damage, 1 Cor. iii. 15. 2 Cor. vii. 9. 
Ph. iii. 8, tA nrdvra ctt}/utai0r}v, ' I have 
suffered the loss of ail things.* Class. 
Aor. 1. pass. c^t)/t(cu0Tfi/, in mid. signif. to 
bring Ums upon oneself, i. e. to lose, t^i; 
y^fOYhv avTov, Matt. xvi. 26, iaurdv, Lu. 

Zr^Tcw, f. na-co, to seek, trans. I. prop. 
to seek after, look for, strive to find, find 
out, or know, 1) gener. e. gr. absol. in the 
proverbial phrase. Matt. vii. 7, 8, ^tjTJiTe, 
Kai evpnatrt : foil, by ace. of pers. Matt, 
ii. 13, l^riTiiv t6 iraidiou. Mk. iii. 32. 
Lu. ii. 45, et al. Sept. and Class. So in 
the phrase formed on Hebr. $ijT£tw n-dv 
Qeou, i. e. ^ to turn to God in humble and 
hearty obedience,* &. ^tjTctv t6v Kuptoi/, 
Rom. X. 20. Acts xvii. 27. Foil, by ace. 
of thing, prop. * something lost,* Matt, 
xviii. 12, ^i}Ttiu TO irXavutfAivov, Lu. ii. 
45, and xix. 10, with ace. impl. xv. 8, 
gener. as an object of desire uxi^ vu^'^- 

tfftt/iofiapTvpiay. Rt 
TDv; or of driviHo, u to bay, /lapyat 
TiR, Hut. xiU. 45. Thwphr. Cbu. '. 
Xen. Cyt. ii. 2, 26. H«qm from t 
Hebr. Jiiriln tt,!' J™xA» Ti»t, ' i 
tbe life of niiy one, i. e. to endai 
kiU him, Mitl. ii. 30 ud often ii 

Aow to do U17 tbbg,' Sk. '!' 2] to j 
vhat wu not before ioal, in tbe teat 
slriBe afier^ tTT to gala adt tbing, H&tt, 
33,S.Tii»^nffi).JoiPToD9.o5; Lu. 
29, ^17 jijTiiTi ri tp&yytrt. John f. 
et (1. Sept. and Clan. So gener. 
mfaonwr ttritx ; foil, by Ira and >i 
I Cor. liT. 12; bj infin. aor. Hatt. 1 

, • tbom lik« du 
d holdi tbem &at. So Wiad. nn, 
' ricked, ikieu. noTOH UOv 

[eg. Lu. 

.19. ( 


id, foil, by 
Matt. lii. 46, t. uirrS kaXStat. La. ii, 
H, ITifrii U,tr airrSv. xi. S4. John yii. 
4 ; vith ICC. John i. 38. n. 27, tI Ifirits ; 
i Cor. lii. 14, ou r>rr« -rii (<i±i'. 1 Cor. 
viL 27, & CluB.— II. met^b. tonei^, 
rwuin, demand, eirwd, witn ace, of ttung, 
1 Cot. i. 22, nodtlai, EiiToDiTur. 2 Cor. liu. 
3, Heb. Tin. 7; fell, bj »api^Tu«», Mk. 
TJii. II, £. rofi* ailrov rtfuitovt Lit. xi. 
l(i ; by iv -rwi, 1 Cor. ir. 2 ; with accni. 
nf pen. Johti ir. 23.-111. bj impl. to m- 
quirt, mt ; foil, by Tip! and gen. Johlk 

7i<"orTn'J«dabo'u' iu 
ch; alto £g. an object of 

ZiJTqa.c, tat. n, (;Wu,)prop. tit 
act ofaaking, Thuc. viiL 57, or At teartA 
for anv thing lost or wanting, Eotip. Cycl. 
14. Thuc. i. 20. li. 63; a]», % the|in>- 

<Mate, F]ut,Cario].r4Tt|iF<tSToirifravn^ 
Tou Yod'y^uiTiic. And » John iii. 26, 

iy/wTO E*n,«v. Act. IIT. 20, .It T^l. 

TiDJ To^mi' I^fT'ii'. and M oft. in (be 
PhiloK^en, «wh:. Plato. InlTim.i.4, 

topie of diKuuioD, u ofkn in Plate. 

Zl^cKpidv, Dif, Td, prop, a general name 
for weed* tmeng grain, like our eodU, 
•land, ttc, bul in N. T. a weed eommon 
in PaloUine. which infeili field* of nain. 

Mall- xiii. 25, Hjq. 

Z6ipot,bv, o. darhteta, thick o/aatritv, 
iloiu. Od. II. 353; eipec. u laid of the 
iiifemul redone. Horn. Od. n. HI. 11. 11. 
n N. T. of the daiV.- 

Be^ I Lie. Coniemp. 1 

Zipydt, oi, 4, {Ef*TTO/«,)pn)p.oj 
^u called aa conpUngr two thinga 10|M 
r ^. dnught nttla. In N.T.only naed 
1. of D soti, cdtheru an emblem of ■ 
tilde, iTim.Ti.l, and Clan.: or, al 
noting manl bondage, e. gr. of the Hi 
Liw, ActaiY. 10. Q>Lt. 1. Heoo^ 
jintiUl. the precepti of Chriit, Halt 
2?. And » Lnciao •»> of neia 
that it pnU papir wt avx^ I» 
riAln.' — 11. &om iti naemblance t« 
tit beam of • balutcs wbicl 
l^fo Bcalea ; hence, by lynecc 
jrO&», Rbt. Ti. 6, ix"' V'T^ 
nuToD. Sept. and Clue. 


turn loar, it it laid proverb. (M v 
f^^pi li^„ BXo, ri .pipa^ l,pAl 
' t few bad men corrupt a oolWi 
Alao fig. for eamailnea of htut, Hk* 
Matt. xvt. 6. Mk. vm. 16. Lu. A- 
I Cor. T. 7, «i. 

Zuiid'm, ti™, (Ju/iitil(oi«i»«d 
tofirmera, irana. MaiL liii. SI U« 
■•f. 1 Cor. T. 6. Gal. t. 9. 

l,mypiw, f. licru, Uuitt is 
' ' ' ' ' olirs, Hm 

But the vord ■> 

infer frDm the phraae, Kuprnlt'T! 
■an aiiaiT.' In NT T. the worJ oalj 
can twice, 1 ) in Lu. t. 10, of Yoa-, 
-rev wio ApBparous in ^tvypi't * 
ilie latter eenie ia alluded to, q. d. ' »• 
forth thon ahalt i»leh, i, e. win o* 
ilie truth and hold faat, men;' ■> *J 
Hliiritnally to the taking or e»le^" 
men by the jireacbing of the Gt^ 

lleril), where the allution (u ipptf 
tlie next wordi, ilc -rd iniuou dik^ 

m-esofTaiiirus, or Gehenna, 2Pet. u. i.W 
iriifiatt ie^mi To/n-apAaat, "thtuWliigy 

CMwiTed m MA<iBad,\ios.MA u^ 




Ht ^t it^^t) W^t I* 6BNER. as said 
al life or existence^ opp. to death, 
nstence, 1) prop, and gener. of 
fe, &C. Lii. xvi. 25. Acts xvii. 25, 
act Xoaihv. Heb. vii. 3. Ja. iv. 14, 
it. and Class. ; also of life after 
>m the dead, only of Christ, Rom. 
Cor. iv. 10: fig. of the Jewish 
iom. xi. 15, wh. see my note. 2) in 
$ of existencey absol. & without end, 
. 16, 5<»^ iKardXvTO^. So to ^v- 
Cttnjij * which preserves from death,* 
I. t6 Odcop T^s t«^«,xxi. 6. 6 ap- 
^<oi|9, John vi. 35. Meton. of God 
Son Jesus Christ, l^e, i. e. source 
Fohn i. 4. — II. life, i.e. maimer of 
tduct, Rom. vi. 4, iv KaiuoTrrri 
tp. Eph. iv. 18, T»|8 t«»7« '^ov 
a godl^ life.* — III. lire, i. e. a 
ItynappinesSy 1) gener. Lu.xii.l5. 

. 51, Virkp T^C TOV K6viJL0v\uiTi^. 

L 16, 6&ii7i ^ttin^, ' salutary.' Acts 
j3o6« tcoijs, ^life and hi^piness.* 
u. 10, fiD^v &yairq.y, 2) spec, in 
xmgmoal sense, of eternal life, 
3 of bliss in the kingdom of God, 
.waits the true followers of Christ, 
le resurrection. So ^. alcoirtoc, 
ix. 16, al. q 5vrc0v t, 1 Tim. vi. 
ol. Matt. vii. 14, h Jcu^. Acts v. 20, 
ara t^s ta>t)« TauTt?s, i. e. * the 
8of eternal life,' Rom. v. 17, et al. 
So o ariipavoi Trfittofi^, * the re- 
' eternal life,' Ja. i. 12. Y^^pts ^o'^^i 
ii. 7. Meton. for the atUhor or giver 
nal life, John xi. 25; ^ cause 
, John V. 39. 

% 1J9, riy (^coi/vv/ui,) prop, a belt or 
such as was worn by both sexes, 
the ancients, Gr. and Lat., espec. 
entals, because of their long flowing 
ats, Matt. iii. 4. As, however, this 
was often hoUoto, it served as a 
■0 hold money, Mk. vi. 8, by a cus- 
ill sabsisting in the East. 

vvvni, or Zcoi/i/uco, f. ^«o(rci), to 
ir bind with a girdle, put on a girdle, 
Qd. 18. Sept. and Class, 
oyoveid, f. ^(reo, (^woyovos, from 
*nd obsol. •yti/ft),) prop, to bring 
1^, and pass, to be bom alive, as in 
*r Class. In N. T. to preserve alive, 
^. 33. Acts vii. 19. Sept. and 

"^ov, t6, prop. neut. of adj. ^oioc, 
^^1 a Uving thing, i. e. an animal, 
Qii. 11. 2 Pet. ii. 12. Sept. & Class. 
Rev. iv. 6, and often in that book. 
•Totio), f, i70"o>, (^w^s, iroi£tt»,) 
^d m Class, to make alive, i. e. en- 
; also, to vivify, or reanimate, by 
m ]oBt animatioa. lu N. T. I) 
^noAeaiwey endue toith life, 1 Tim. 
roS Qgou ToG ^unnr. Td irdirra. 

Sept. Act. Thorn. 10, o 6coc xhv Kovftav 
X^vaoiroicav. Of the dead, to recall to Ufe, 
reanimate, John v. 21. Rom. iv. 17. viii. 
11. 1 Cor. XV. 22. 1 Pet. iii. 18. Of seeds, 
to quicken, like reanimation in animals, 
1 Cor. XV. 36, o (nrtiptii ou ^coo^otetTOi. 
2) metaph. and by impl. to make alive, 
cause to be alive, l^ppy for ever in Christ's 
kingdom, John vi. Do, to nrvtvfia itrri 
TO \uiorroiovv. I Cor. xv. 45, eU irvtvfka 
tuiOTToiovv. 2 Cor. iii. 6, t6 Sk nrvivfia 
^otowoul. Gal. iii. 21, 6 ivvdfuvoi ^wo' 
iroiYifrai. Sept. and Fathers. 


"H, a particle, disjund., interrog., and 
comparat. I. disjunct. atU, or, 1) ge- 
ner. Matt. V. 17, Toi» vofJLOv h Tois irp. 
2) h — ft, repeated, either— or. Matt. vi. 24, 
ft t6v liva fiiarriarti — ft cvoc dvBij^iTau — 
II. INTBRROO., where, however, the pri- 
mary force is strictly retained, or tohetker, 
if perhaps, 1) prop, indirect, in the lat- 
ter clause of a double interrog., after iro- 
Tipov, tohether—or, John vii. 17,yi'«o-€Tat 
—nroTepov 6K TOV Qiov iariv, ft iym dir^ 
ifiavTov \aXctf. So gener. where iroTcpov 
or something equiv. is implied. Matt. ix.5. 

2) gener. and in a direct question, where 
the interrogation implies a negation of 
something preceding. Matt. vii. 9, ft Tts 
iffTiv E^ vfiwv avOpcoiroi ; xx. 15. Rom. 
iii. 29. — III. COMPARAT. than ; e. gr. 1) 
after comparatives, and words implying 
comparison. Matt. x. 15, dvtKroTtpov — ^ft 
T^ irokii iKiivrji. John iv. 1. udWov ft, 
more than, ratKer than, iii. 19. irplv ft, 
sooner than, before. Matt. i. 18. So after 
^iXft., I Cor. xiv. 19. 2) after 5\\o«, 
eVepos, and the like. Acts xvii. 21, eZs 
oifdiu sTtpov eifKaipovv ft Xiyetv, &c. ; 
with aXAos, &c. impl. John xiii. 10, 6 
XeXovfiivo^ off \ptiav [aXXiiv] £X^'i V 
Toitt iro^as wii/f. Acts xxiv. 20, 21, ti adi- 
Ktjfia [aXXo] rj irtpl jutas TavTt}i (fxavrji. 

3) after the positive, where it may be ren- 
dered rather than, more than, fiaXXov rj, 
so that the positive with ft is equiv. to the 
compar. Matt, xviii. 8, koXov aroi kvTiv 
tl<T «is T^i/ ^0)^1/ \(uaX6v ft kuXXov, 
ft dvo Yeipa* — lx^*'''''*»^^*J^^»'«* «i« to 
-TTup TO aldav. Lu. xvii. 2. xviii. 14. — IV. 
vjiih otherpariicles ; viz. 1 ) &XX' ft, unless, 
eaxept. 2j ft Kal, or also, or even, Lu. 
xviii. 11, ovK tipu oxnrtp ol Xotirol — ft 
Kal tot ovTOi : interrog. xi. 11. 3) ihrtp, 
than perhaps, than indeed, afler juaXXoi/, 
John xii. 43. 4) ftTot=ft, or, but stronger; 
in N. T. only t/Tot — ft, whether indeed—or, 
Rom. vi. 16. 

*fl, a particle oli af&n3aa.t\OTL^ trul-g^os- 
suredly, certainly ; m lii.T. otX^ Va^ ^^ 
connection r\ ut|i;, tVve usuai m\Kwsvs^ loi 





of oftths, mosl certainly^ most surely ^ Heb. 
vi, 14. 

*HyE/Aovcv«o, f. evo-w, (qycuiibi;,) 
prop, to ffo first, Horn. Od. iii. 306. Hence, 
to lead or point out the way, Horn. Od. 
zxiv.225. And hence, in the later writers, 
to lead an army, also, to command or 
govern 'men, Hdot. vii. 99; foil, by gen. 
Thuc. iii. 61. In N. T. to be governor of 
a Roman province, Lu. ii. 2. iii. 1. 

*H.y£jjiouia, as, n, (qycucoi;,) re^fn, 
Lu. iii. 1. In Class, as Hdot. viL 2. 
Thuc. iv. 91, it means chie/commandf do- 

^HyefitSaVy ovov, 6, (flyco/nai,) prop, a 
guide, one who goes first and directs the 
way, Hom. Od.xi. 505. Hdot. v. 14, also, 
a Mte/oT leader, whether military (as oft. 
in Class.) or civil. So Matt. ii. o, ev roti 
vyifiotriv 'lovda, * heads of families,* (see 
my note). And so in Sept. and Joseph. 
Hence, also, a political chief, as Thuc. i. 4, 
also a governor of a Roman province, 
whether proconsul, legate, or procurator, 
as often in later Class. Hence in N. T. 
it is used 1 ) gener. of a proconsul, legate, 
&c. Math X. 18. 2) spec, of the procu- 
rator of Judea, Matt, xxvii. 2. Acts xxiii. 
24. zxvL 30. The usual and more exact 
term is itrlTpoTrov. But 4y. occurs in 
Hdian. iv. 6, 8. 

*H.yiofiai, f. tjfrofiai, depon. mid. 
{&yta,) prop, and prim, to go first, lead the 
way, Hom. Od. x. 263. jFoseph. Ant. vi. 
5, 2 ; then, to be a leader or chief, whether 
in war, or in civil government, Diod. Sic. 
i. 4, or in the management of afiBairs in 
general. Hence in N. T. I. prop, to be 
leader in any business. Acts xiv. 12, 6 
vyovfievoi rod \6yov, 'chief speaker.* 
Jambl. de Myst. init. d'e6« 6 roiv Xoytov 
vyifiwv 6 *E. Said gener. of those who 
ha^x authority, Lu. xxii. 26. Acts xv. 22 ; 
of officers in the churches, Heb. xiii. 7. 
xiii. 24 ; of a chief magistrate, as Joseph 
in Egypt, Acts vii. 10 ; of the Messiah, as 
Ruler, Matt. ii. 6, and often in Sept. — 
II. by a peculiar idiom, riyoviiai and perf. 
^yr^Mttt signif. fig. (like the LEitin du(xre) 
* to lead out before the mind,* i. e. to view, 
regard as being so or so, to esteem, count, 
rmeon ; said of things, with ace. 2 Pet. 
iii. 9, ws Tti/ls BpaivTTJTa nyovvrai : 
with ace. and innn. Phil. iii. 8, vyovfiai 
nravra t^fiiav tlvai : with ace. and elvai 
impl. 2 Cor. ix. 5, StvayKoiov ^ytj<ra(ui/i/ 
yapaKaXiaai. Phil. ii. 25. 2Pet. i. 13. Ja. 
i. 2 ; with double ace. and cTi/at impl. to 
think to be such and such, to esteem as any 
thing, Phil. iii. 7, rawTo Hyrjfiai ^t}fiiav. 
Sept. and Class. So, of persons, to hold 
or esteem one cu such or such ; with double 
ace. and elvai impl. Acts xxvi. 2, ^yi^fiai 
i/navrdy /naKopioy, Phil. ii. 3, |uq w$ 

kyfipdv, 2 Tbess. IH. 15. Sept & Clau.; 
with ace. and adv. 1 Tbess. v. iS, qyciffdcc 
auToirs vtrtptmrtpicraov iv Ay&in, *!• 
re^gard them as very highly deservrng tf 

*Hdl«ds, adv. (1)^69,) lit. ^i^/oeefy, Lt. 
^ with pleasure,* Mk. vi. 20. xii. 37. 

'H^t}, adv. now, even now, already ; 
often used with particles of time, and w^ 
plied to time past, pres., and fiit. L mSI 
m reference to time preaefi/ and jMU^, Msfl* 
iii. 10, n^n ii Kal ii ij^ivn ijain ve») 
KEtrai, * is being laid.* Lu. iii. 9. And m 
Hom. 11. i. 260, h^ irori wfiiXtiaa, vd 
with vvv, 1 John iv. 3, ¥v» icrriv fidti, * b' 
now already [in the worldl.* Plato Apil^ 
Socr. 33, iiin &pa [Icrrlv] Airuuau TbMb 
ii. 35, 2, ^dti Kal Aimrrovtriv : with jDO^ 
marking the action as completed, Matt n' 
28, 4^1) kuoixswtp avnliv. Lu. viLiL 
John iii. 18. iv. 35, et al. Synes. ap. Sti^ 

So with irork, PhU. iv. 10, now at Ism/L ' 
Dion. Hal. Ant vii. 51. — IL by impL flf ^ 
the immediate future, now, presently, m 
Rom. i. 10, eZircdV fidn trork titoM^ 
aofiai, * if perhaps I may ere loi^ be pn^ 
pered.* Aiid sometimes in Class., capst 
Dion. Hal. 

"Hiio-To, adv. (^^irv,) prop, md 
sweetly, with hi^h rebsh, as said m esthf 
and cuinking : m N. T. fig. most daik 
2 Cor. xii. 9, 15, and so in Xen. Men. I 

*H.Sovri, T/i, ^, (fido/uat, as ^/nriY^ 
fir. ifiirixofiai, iyyovti fr. Siyxo/uu^] 
prop. *" that by which we are pleased,*^ 
sure, enjoyment, of every kind, whether tf 
the mind or of the senses, and both ill 
good and a bad sense. In N. T. oiilyii 
the latter acceptation, as said either tf 
sensual pleasure, or of that which ck«^ 
resembles it, the carnal gratificstiM 
of luxury, in dress, sights, &c. La. vft 
14, \nr6 ti^ovSav tov ^ipv, where thefll* 
pression is equiv. to iirtdvfi. in the pMBf* 
of Mark. Tit iii. 3, iiridvfilaK koI w^ 
vatv, ' sensual lusts.* 2 Pet. ii. 13, qMf 
ny, *■ regarding it as a matter of gratifi^ 
tion.* In Ja. iv. 1, by Ik t5»v ndowis 
vfitjov, &c. are meant not only sensual Inii% 
the desire of sensual pleasure, but also Al 
carnal passions of our corrupt nature. 8* 
my note there. 

*E.duoarfiov, ov, t6, (neut of ai|> 
TiSvoarfioi, sweet-scented, )«pearmMt,lbiL 
xxiii. 23. Lu. xi. 42, strewed by the Jc** 
on the floors of their houses or 8ynagogs>i> 

H609, eov, Td, (Ion. for ido9, ft, V^ 
fiai^) prop. Uhe accustomed seat, hvaf, 
or abode* of animals or men, as (rftso it 
Homer, Hesiod, and Hdot. ; or fig. ttea^ 
tomed action, habit, behaviour, ooodici; 


HKO 1^ 

the plnr. monJi, Hdot. ii. J5. 
i. 18. Hmuid. ia ■ puMge <iualed 

"(t BE-, Utorur.l BE-.)*" 
e. I4> lave come, A> b> ten, in tbe 
r prsU Oen. of pen. folL bj ivd 
ni. of place whence, Hut nii. 11, 
HTsXvr B£o<.«. Mk. WU. 3 : by 
hn iT. 47;>nd ia tbe •erne of t» 
■rill, ariie, Bern. xi. 26 ; by t^ 
cc. of pen. Act! iiiiii. S3, $kw 
■»D». Sept. ind Clui. Pig. John 

oOUb lenie, Rer. iii. S. S 


ib«>1. KUti. 

w ^ovXol> JnEiiMv. Lu. xii. W. xv. 
hn Tiii. 42, it -raf SiDV ifBXeov 
w, for i£iXa<br Bko. Hch. i. 7, 9. 
sd Clw. Fix. of limm, e. gr. of 
fohn ii. 1, ii ^ #.!.<. In. lifi. 35. 

u* thini, HitL HIT. 14 : of erili, 
mu. a 3» foU. bj i':ri T.i,n, to 
xm tnji one, i. e. at tud of evil 
La. lix. 43; of guilt and in puniah- 
■oU laid upoa, 

i, (BX"£, adult,) a 
'"' '' mind, peraon, 
any purpOH, J 

. e. full age for any purpaie, John 
i\iKla.lxt: Lu. ii. 62L Heb. 
Jot. and CGm. 2) 

(«,,., «,,{flX.£,)«,,T.prpn. like 
uiiAu, Aow gnat. Col. u. 1. Ja. i. 
Mid Clan. 

prop, the fwi, (f\i] or 
; whence adj. aiX.ot, 
>c ■pZndu'iw. and lubil. 
JH, oy an ellip. of or6H,^r u«f- 
A a dnignation of /itf "^ 

ame Ilie Doric AX. 
D fiXiot, not only the orh 


D SXiot, not only i 
aun, but the l^ 

I hen I 


lE, 10, on which the expri 
I doubtlo) formed : oi> 
^i SMaottHui- obH Tai 
tairuo, tUi i BXi«, vli 

ind nail b. a'.-8. 
Gi,)aiiini,Jabnix.2S. Sept. 

'HXoi, oil, ^, (from iXv, 
our pji ft, niyiifiii, -' — 

'H^tpa, av, ^, nn>p. fem. of adj. $^u- 
(loi, A/aw/iUi/iictHiaiu. Thut it lit. ligniC 
IliejJeaaasl tine, namely, V'>>^ ("f ""'"h 
It ia (lud, Eccles. li. 7, y\utb lA ^uit, 

TDt'BXfOi', aa opp. to tbe time of ft^^, which 
su(ige«la IhB conlrary idea, being an em- 
blem of >orrow. (ace Is. ui. 13, and comp. 
RcT. xii. 2S,) day-iime, meaning either 
the natural day, gr the lime from one ann- 
n>i1 to theneit,or1heanifidal, fromnm- 

i n ivo leading KDieg, — dav and fimt. I. 
\]\1, i. e. 1. the arUficial day, the time 

eqiii*. to uuyfiiiitfov, 1 ) geaer. Matt. vi. 
34, dpKjTM T^ Af. n mkIb airm. John 
xi. 9, &pat T^a vjHJpav. Ja. t. 5, uv Jif 
rj^fpa <Fc^a7qt. So Willi gen. of * ia- 
iivtl,'4e. ii niilfo tiSi' aa^pirrav, or 
tdP raBBarou. • the ubbatL-day,' Lu. iT. 
16. John xii. 31. Sept. Jer. I<iL 24, 27. 
4m, tuv d^u^ui', ' day or daya of unlea- 
vened bread,^ ihepaaover. Acta xii. 3. ut. 
8. i ifitpa Tijt ■rtvTT\toat^i, day i^^at- 
Ifod, Acta ii. L ix. 16. Id mcifiotiona 

i. e. indefinite, e. gr, Tqt ni^igat, » a •la«, 
' fsery day," Lu. xvli. t. Xen. An. i, 7, 
IB. In the dative, of time icien, i. e. de- 


aayB, ^Ood hath poured forth, 
r, the aun, the ftiher of lig^l ;' also 
<t thereby produced, Theocr. Id. i. 
dXCuO Thus in N. T. it i> I) for 
1, meaning the orb ; 2) for the 

day, Actaiiii, 11, u^aXiTuvrav 
at Milton,8aD».Ag.S2, beautifully 
ea by ' total eclipae to whom the 
Uik.' 3) the h«U of the gun, Be>. 
oifii fA^ rirp jir' au-rouv a ^Xiix, 
er the mt-ttroke iheuee leauiting, 
oltan. viii. 10, 2, and often in the 
itb reference to the nijrsof tbe aun, 
V. H. xlii. I, vffHiinrTa Irri tuv 

bStj -ri itfoavwoy, and Thuc. 

day by day, 'every _..^, ^ 

h*AD kmg, implying duration. Mat 

, W -rFi" V'P'"' opyof. iiviii. 21 

by 1 TTHTHt Tile ijiipat, i. e. aiwayi. Mk. 

" ' 13. John ' '" - -' =- "— " ' 


Jwop'ou Till! iifigav, 
deaariua per day. Acta v. 42, 'waaAv 

ii. 8, ifiiiMir i£ iiliifi<a- 

a prm. Y 

ii/iipa ii often coniEr. wi 
jfrn. after dvd, ^xpi, iti, 

xi, xpoc : for which aee Ihoae prepoaitiona 
rcEjiectirely. ^)apre. hjt^ipa toi* Kupfou, 
Ilia day of the Lard, when the SanouT 
will return to judge the world, and fully 
i^tdilisb hi) fcingdom. t Cor. i. 5. 8. 
■2 fori. 14. 1 Theaa. V. 2, 4. 2Fetiii.lO. 
d. Lu. ivii.24, iTidfroi; it6p. in n 
n/iipaaini. Como. m. 3A, ^ niLl^li 

HME 174 

at Tov it^pmrou aTajcoXfimTffl . 
»ol. 1 Cor. iii, 13. So Uilrti i A^^fp; 

■ gen. of what is then to ukeplicc, 
i/ilfa Kpfnot, Mul. I. 15. li. 22. nii 
ipynt. Kom. ii. S, Ken. vi. 17. ifL. iro- 

u opp. lo i.i£, u in the gen. of timo ictai, 
ttjiipnc Kni imntrit gr iruKTAtiiai Aiiiooi, 
h/day ladlv m/hl. Lu. Iviii. 7. Mk. t. 
S. Act! ii. 24, if. Xea. Cyr. ii. 3, 23; or 
in ace. of time how lonj;, Mall. it. 2. So 
v%'KTa Kai vfiipaut "■£«/ ond d^nt. L e 
continuallT, Mk. iv. 27. Lu. U. 37. Act, 
D. 3), il. Xen. An. ri. 1, 14. Gener. 
Ee». riu. 12, n ifi. M #aiv7— noJ ii i^J 
ajuilm. Simnlj s, gr. Tit A>u'pat, U« 
unyt, i. e. ' lEie daj-timo,' ■ overr day,' 
Lu. Hi. 37. Xon. Cyr. i. 3, 12. So li^i- 
pat itinit, at mid-day, AcU utI. 13. it>i, 
yiw^i'inn, 'dirtwing <»"",' Lu. L». 42. 
Acuxij. 18. Xen. An.vii, 2,34.aA^fpa 
icW«i, 'the day dr ■■ ■ " ■ '" 


'B^i6ayht, l0t, i, i, adj. (fan 
Kporv. »r.i<r..,) lu^-iUad, Lb. X. ML 

_ H^iapiov, ov, T», Ifiiu da hum, 
lu/m,) u Ao^Ufwr, prop. Deal, of tlL 
iiluapiiK, dtmidiia, vicb *a ellip. nf fS- 
pDE, ' a balf-hour'i apace,' Rst. tIil 1. 



vwledve, morai lighi, 

''■ -.6,8. 2 Pet, ill.— « 

nearly equiv. to xpow«., I. 
nt or period of time. Halt. 

-'- 'a ixtiptj i^iXe<i»>i'I. 
I. li. 13, iv T-ff 4m. tb 
— .™. ^.... ^. G. i!. 4, 17. Foa hy 
(ten. of pen. Lu. lii. 42, In -r^ iiiitpif 
<rav rairs, ' in thii Ihy time," whilil Ibou 
yetliroit. So John nil. 56, Imi Up t^b 
nfi/pav f juftr, my time, ' the time of my 
nianife«lation ;■ by gen. of thing, e. gr. 
(uc ifitpas ijvajii£t»c, Lu. i. 80. aa-ni- 
pUt, 2Cor. vi. 2. vcpaa^oi, Heb. iii. 3. 
JTHTMrSt, 1 Pet. ii. 12. 2 Pel. iii. 18, 

nS',"/&r^.— II. f^tha hX", plur. 
nM^pni, rfajii, i. e. iine, 1 ) gener. Matt 
ii. 15, aivroin-si jj 4»>/Ht>- Mk. ii. 20. 
Lu. xvii. 22 ; with adj. Acu if. 7, if 
ntufiuiv afiX"'"'' ■*'"' "■ '^> & Ja. V. 3, 
if Tat< i-rxirait liiiipaii. Actiiil. 24, 
itoToyy. Tilv nw'P"' tum'.m. li. 27, al. 
Foil, by gen. of pen. Matt. xi. 12. Ln. 
ir. 25, Ji, -roTt Am- 'UAlou. Acta rii. 45, 
Imt TiS* ifi. Aauij : by |en. of an eeest. 

Acta T. 37,' al'. and Sqil. 2) iptc. 'the 

age, b/e, s. gr. fully, Lu. t. 75, ■ 
V^pai -njt ;a^. Abtol. Lu. 

_ __.__,,,(i,«dj. 

rfHirorf, 1 Th. ii. 7, f> _ 

* 24, fri"* iliwi, ai om. to ft- 
- ' "' - The wold u il^ 


upu/cnl ■ "■ " ' —-—-'* ' - - 


or other to the ponoin who an Iht 2 

ELI of thii indulience; and henn I 
t derived from Iiro., .Ii.r,, the ■ 
senso being a^a&Uit, which mrd sBU 
ugniGea likeHtee, from ad andj^ 
easy of (laut ; 2) gadle. mOd, 1 Th 
7. 2 Tim. ii. 24. 

>Ep.^oc, oo, i, A, adj. {fonnel If - 
tnnsp. finm S/iipot, tame or gnillt,* 
opn. to nild or Aerce,) aaeL tnaad, 
1 Tim. ii. 2, !,p. Kol i^ix"" fii"- 

™^Xm"L"'ioi™ii*°^-*'^Vl! I- 
iptiet, itilt, Iraagial, either by ccanda 
from labour, or freedom from dimntiM 
■ ■ ■ B N. T. the wotJ » -rf 
labaur. La. niiL H. i4 
niTL^j^ao-u. In the CM. 
. dimmilarly, oted of » 
acdon tbst hu baa <» 
1. Anab-T, 4,8.' 

. ... -- ]. Hdian Tti. 6, 6. !)< 

/wafoTB fion dMariiou, 1 Th. ii. II, 

lyt.B, a> in Time, i, Fi vi. 38, *nxt>> 
s opp, lo (TTdiiK dwiiptiTa.. 3)ofi» 
anon from tpeaking, to hJd ow^t |H0>i 
-u. li", 4. Euro. CycL 630. Thnt ni. 

wdUy aatiM 
Acti Ii. 18. 

Al»i byimpLk 
1 in what hu been mi, 
i. 14, il Aovxlu Ix<>>>> 

iBl ion from molioa, Eurin. SHkBL ' 
. r«it from, kom. bd. ^ S 
DL vi. 135 ; freedom from diitnihaK 
by the stillneu of a qakl life, 3 Th. SL It 

inux'at ipyaiili'imt, ,- — 
. .,e..Eurip.Hipp.ai6.,irrdy*mxU) 

Heb. or Vi cn»lMn from tpeakiiw, Mtm, 
II. S, and Sb/jI. and Heb. \ ritmce, KcU a.\,1, lovloxw Wijw, 

'H/i^Ttoov, a, oi/Aii^tU,) po«. TOOu.\ for fin. i-v«v, \^W,'ft,\\,i(^%o#K* 
■ -wa piur. our, <ir own, A«a ii. U. \ C\™. uWrt-vW. 


'Hv-vviov, mr, i, «, adj. (equhr. to 
nxo^Sv'^ ^fOM^ttt/, by treedom from 
■karbauice, 1 Tim. ii. 2, ^o-. /Siov dia- 
«ar, namely, by public peace and tran- 
■Djly. See Pind. Pyth. viu. 1—^. In 
keCuflS. it ia used only of persons ; at 
Mt I remCTQber nothing like the expres- 
in in I Pet. iiL 4, ti'rvX'^^'' irycv/ua, with 
Aieh Bretach. aptly .compares Psalt. Sar 
bn. ziL 6, <pv\afai ILvpun \lnrxjhv^av- 
pm, Koi KaTiwvvat. &v6pa iroiovinra 

*Hrraofiat, f. ^oro/iat, depon. pass. 
ttrrwr,) mp. to be worse off than ano- 
w^tobe tafirior to him. So 2 Cor. xii. 
B, ri — h qmi0i)Te, &c. and also in 
Mtr Class. ; though in them the word 
.■Dies after it a dat. or something equiv. 
i&Me to he wonted by any one, either in 

a or in Ukj contest, as often in Class. 
so 2 Pet. ii. 19, w yap tw fimiTai, 
lAae fig. as Jos. Ant. i. 19, 4, Ipurn ^r- 
McXr. AbsoL 2 Pet. ii. 20, ^rrcoirrat. 
Ztn. Cyr. i. 4, 5, Ik toS nrrao-Oat. 
*HTTf|/[io, aros, to, (nTrio/iot,) prop. 
I tem^ m a tDorse s^oto than any former 
ts^ (Mr that of some other person. So 
Um. zL 12, ^TTti/ua avTMP : and as ijt- 
>i»ftai signifies to come shorty he worsted^ 

> ^rrvfut in 1 Cor. vi. 7, fiTTti/i*a ei/ 
Ifeiir i<mv, signifies, ' there is a falling 
bort of your duty,' a /aUure, a fault. 

^Httmp, oi/o«, 6, H) adj. irreg. compar. 

► nuc^, worse, vafervor. In W. T. the 
mrd occurs only m neut. 1 Cor. xi. 17, 
b T^ ijTToy, ' for the worse,* and Class. 
adverb. 2 Cor. xii. 15, rJTrov dyaircofiai. 
Id Class. 

*HYew, f. i}<r«, {vYo^,) to sound, re- 
itatd, dang, intrans. 1 Cor. xiii. 1, X'^^' 
dff ifx^if. Hes. Th. 42. Of the sea, to 
Mr, Ln. xxi. 25. Sept. and Horn. II. i. 

*Hyo9, ov, 6, prop, sound, noise. Acts 
• 2. Heb. xii. 19. Sept. and Jos. metaph. 
Me, rumour, Lu. iy. 37. 


OaXatra-a, t)«, q, (SX?, wh. ^Xao-cra,) 
ke sea, or a sea, 1) gener. Matt. xiii. 47, 
wy^vrf fiXrfitifrn lU r^v ^a\. and xviii. 
. ker. V. 13. vu. 1. xx. 13. 2) spec, of 
vticnlar sins, as specified by adjuncts, 
ucta X. 6, 32. vii. 36. 1 Cor. x. 1, et al. 

6^Xir«, f. \Uai, prop, to make warm, 
Uier by fire, Hom. Od. xxi. 179, or by 
vmth imparted firom the body, Jos. Ant. 
£ M 8. la N. T. eg. to cherish, 1 Th. 
7, €09 dp Tpoipoi ^dXirif tu iairrrji 

175 e A N 

(See my note.) Eph. v. 29, and 



Qafipite, f. ifcrw, {2rafifio9,) to he in 
amazement, intrans. Acts ix. 6, Tpifitap 
Kai ^afi^Cav. Hom. Od. i. 328, and Sept. 
Hence pass, to he astoni^ed, Mk. i. 27. x. 
32, and later Class. 

Ga/i/Sov, £o«, t6, (3^<i«,) prop, ad- 
miration miaxd with terror, as Pmd. Nem. 
i. 85, and elsewh. but sometimes * amaze- 
ment from admiration,* or a mixed feeling 
of admiration and awe, Lu. iv. 36. v. 9. 
Acts iii. 10, and so Hom. II. iii. 342. iv. 79. 
Thuc. vi. 31. 

Qaua<rifi09,ov,6, v, adj. {O&vaTOt,) 
causing death, decbdlv; in N. T. applied 
to death by poison, Mk. xvi. 18, Kav d. 
Tt irimariv, where sub. ^apfiaKoy, which 
is expressed in Eurip. Ion 616, ^apfid- 
Kwv 6, and Jos. Antiq. iv. 8, 34. Artem. 
ii. 64. V. 33. 

Gai/aTt)0opo9, ov, 6, ^, adj. {d&va- 
To«, <t>^pQ>,) deadly, (lit. death-bringing,) 
Ja. iii. 8, fiiarTrj lov vav. And so in later 

Gai/aT0 9, ov, 6, {davttv,) death, i. e. 
the extinction of life, whether naturally, 
or by violence. I. said of natural death, 
John xi. 4, 13. Rom. viii. 38, et al. ssepe. 
Rev. xiii. 3, ti TrXriyfi tov dav&Tov, 
' deadly wound.' Plur. v&vaToi, * exposures 
to death,' 2 Cor. xi. 23. Artem. iv. 83. 
Hence meton. for pestilence. Rev. vi. 8. — 

II. 8sld of violent death, e8])ec. as a punish- 
ment. Matt. XX. 18. xxvi. 66. Phil. ii. 8, 
d. aravpov : gener. Matt. x. 21 ; of the 
death of Jesus as piacular, Rom. v. 10. — 

III. in 0. T. death often has the sense of 
utter destruction, or perdition, implying 
both physical dissolution And exclusion 
from the presence and favour of God, in 
consequence of sin ; in N. T. this sense is 
applied with more definiteness to the Gos- 
pel-scheme ; and as ^tori is used to denote 
the bliss and glory of the kingdom of God, 
including the idea of a joyful resurrection, 
so Odvaroi is put for the opposite, namely, 
*" exclusion from the kingdom of God,' in- 
cluding the idea of physical death as ag- 
gravated by eternal damnation and punish- 
ment, John viii. 51, QavaTov ov firi dtw- 
pnoTj cif Tdv alGiva. Rom. vi. 16, dovXoi 
dfiapriai «is QdvuTOV. ver. 21, to tcXos 
tKtivtov 6di/aTo«. 2 Tim. i. 10, Korap- 
yrjcravTO^ fiev tov ddvaxov, <pu)Ti<ravT09 
ok ^toriv — Sid TOV tvayy., called *the 
second death' in Rev. ii. II. But besides 
this death eternal, in another world, there 
is adverted to, John v. 24. 1 Johiif iii. 14, 
a death spiritual in this, a present exclu- 
sion from the favowx of GcA\ fe\^^&«^\- 
ritual life consists in co^^XaoX. eoxnraixaasa.- 
tion "with the Divine \\%\vXan^«^\TS\,^^V\Ot 
constitute life, ^see mii^w \wt\->^>^•^ ' 


OAN 1 

apiritDDl death i> the being Mptntcd from 

WTKjolkd, DsATH,uth« King orUuIn, 
Re». 'n. 8, meum.^ for jijqt iUelf. Mutt. 

eiiv<iT<i«, f. wira, (0.i>iiTm.) to 
fml la tkatk ; In N. T. bf Ihe intcrmD- 
tJOD of olhici^ i.e. to caiae loieptito 
diath, to dtlmr oner to dtalh, truB. I) 

Bcpe. 2) Gg. to mottifv, nbdue bTil de- 
«»!, for. Rom. Yiil, 13; MM. to iHDm 
'^foiJ to uiv tbJDg, be/rted mim ilB pOHOr, 

ddirT4o,f.>Jfc«, ( 6fSH,obruo,) to 
CDivr OHr or up wilh any things utd then> 
hy rtmoTTe out ofeighi ; &]&a to buTV^ which 
«u done either bv siniply covenng over 
the corpie with heap* of nrth or ttoncSjWli. 
wu called firaftatr^at, iirix*^i irifiaX- 
X(iv rliu y^u, or by direing a mve, and 
interring the corpae; of which modes, 
whichever were the moBt AncieTiL,eicAfr naB 
degigriated bj eivrw. When, however, 
biirfm^ the dead wai iotroduced, aa it waa 
al an early period, the — " 

e the perfonning of the 
every kind, wheUier pre- 

lii. li. I^N. T. h^f 
'Uer, trans. Mill. viii. 2l, 

v. 6, 6i,fi- 

paimt oZv iriin-oTi. Ueb. liii.S. Sept. 
and Clan. ; also foil, by U tchi, ' ID have 
hope nr confidenee in any one,' 2 Cor. vii. 
16. Sept. in Prov. mill. Pol. t. 29, 4, 
and elHwhere in Clau. ; or by its eqniv. 
(I< Tuia, ' to uae buldiwia towardi any 
one,' 2 Cor. x. 1. 

N. T. only imperat. eievu, »ap<r,TTf, 
■ be of good clieer,- Matt. ii. 22. liv. 27. 

phrue Kuiifiiuiiu Bap. to take eoarage, 

^ai^^o. HTot, Td, prim, andptop. 'an 
voider, i. e. canae of vronder, u o^ V 

ritfti, the ^fct produced on tl 
...I.. -^-^TUtion, iBoader, Th 
nd other*. And M 

I here by, adn 
14. Hdot- a 

10, i 

bjecC John v. 

.maad; ab»l. Mi.. 

Dai},Huri Kaj ■!■■>, and 27. 

^' ' al. ; with adjuucta,to Bonodi 

28, fi4 Bufi. torn 
iiiv. 1-z. inue. n. 33, a «bw 
riTi: Kith 4>« Tt, Hie yi.6. Ji 
21. it Tin, Lu. i. -21. inl Tur, 
33. iv. 22, el al.; by vapl Tun, 
18 1 ibU. broTt, to wm^o'tiat.l 
&e. Lu. li. 38. John Hi. 7. iv.^. 
G \ by ■!, to wonder i^, mlciter, t 
41. 1 John iii. 13. — It. by impl. i 
In milder at, i. s. 'lo admire,' with 
pfli. Ln. vii. 9, i 'Irfvouv tSof 
QUToi,. Am vii. 31. Died. Sic. 
riir ipirlii; and oft. in ClaH.; &i 
Ilebr. Jude IE, 8ut>^<iJavTi< irpi 
ibdntirerr o/perwnu, i.e. ^having 
III peraona,' partiid. So SepL li. 
Job liii. 10. In conttr. pr«n. Re 
3. eauuiilKV «xCir«i top flnc'o*, I 
<lir ttfier tU bead, L e. ' to adm 
fullow him, to beoome bia wonU 
comp. y. 4. 

enpudntoc, op, i, 4, adj.IBiie, 
iidvUnMi, u said of penwa ; mm 
111 taid of thagi. In N. T. neut. i 

.Matt. iii. \B. and Sept. 

Gdu^affToi, 4, 6v, P'^P- aveH 
Bignif admiraadtUf admtr^tMt or s 
[L4 aaid of persotu ; iconderfid^ u 
thing!. In k. T. only the JuHn-, 1] 

UJ 1 Pot. ii. 9, Eil -ri flKU^OITTH 

4.M. Matt. Hi. 42. Sept. and CIt 

it 30. So Xen. Cyi. ' 
:. Si. i,.{{em.oletdi,)a 
ii. 27, 35, and Claas. 

a.,) to 

,-.-,- - .- Wil»,fblf 

John viii. 10, ^t,ei,a Biairi^nie 
Mi. 27, el al. 1 with uc. and narli 
.i"i._14. Lu. y. 27, IBtitanjI 
^-a9n^lmp. John i. 32. Acts i 
ClaM. bv Sti, al John ii. 5. Ac 
16.— IL including the notion of* 

I ffnoSm ■, 




9 fSktatrt^ to bring ttjMW ih» iht- 
tnt as a spectacle, trans. Hence 
tner. * to make a public specta- 
>8e to public scorn,* pass. Ueb. 
ninals were sometimes exposed 
sd in the theatre. 

ly, ov, rd, (Oe^fiat,) prop, a 
. the place where dramatic and 
lie spectades were exhibited, 

iii. 8. Xen. H. 6. iv. 4, 3, 
, the people were convened, in 
ar harangues, hold public con- 
&c. ; see Xen. Hist. vi. £i, 7. 
\ct8 xix. 29, 31, meton. a spec- 
ie show ; fie. 1 Cor. iy. 9. 
). X. 33. iESscn. Dial. Socr. iii. 


)v, T^, prop. neat, of adj. Oetoc, 
ubet. for sulphur, called Qiiov, 
as being, the ancients thought, 
ieaven, such as ligkbang: and 
ling leaves a sulphurous smell, 
Iphur was used in lustrations^ — 
Dtion of its affinity to lightning, 
ed the name of Oetoi/, Lu. xvii. 
TTvp Kol dsTov (* sulphurous 
"' oifpauov. Rev. ix. 17, 18, al. 

, oi/,adj.(8c<}«,) divine^ pertain- 
2 Pet. i. 3, sq. Sept. & Class. ; 
€101/, * the Divine nature,' the 
xvii. 29, and Class. 

s, r|T09, V, (6£6«,) Deity, God- 
the Divine nature and perfec- 
. i. 20. Lucian iii. 149, and 

5, «o«, 6, ^, adj. (OcTov,) std- 
e. made of sulphur. Rev. ix. 
x« nrvpivov^ — koX 0. Philostr. 


J, aroc, rd, (perf. TtQtKt\Ka, 
will, i. e. cutvoe volition^ the 
^hich we will any thing. The 
not occur in Attic Greek. In 
snotes, I. prop, the result of 
\e of this faculty, will, imsh, 
ire. Matt. xxvi. 42, y«i/?j0i}T(«» 
I/. Acts xxi. 14. rCor. xvi. 12, 
2ph. V. 17. 1 Pet. ii. 15. iv. 2, 
V. 14, al. And so in John i. 
rpKOf , * carnal desire,* or rather 
ch we are led by natural instinct.* 
i. 2, and Ecclus. viii. 15. — II. 
II, the thing tuilled, * what one 
', or to be done,* Matt. vii. 21, 
uov r6 ^i\. Tov Ilarpdi, and 
saepe. Eph. ii. 3, rd. ^tXnjuaTa 
V, ' the desires of the flesh,* i. e. 
lich a body making us prone to 
I us. The plural also occurs in 
ron. ix. 12, et al. and Theodor. 
ad so in our own langusLge; as 
.' * The wills above he done V 
'i. 26f TrapidtuKs Tip ^e\. 

airrcov, it means, * their will and pleasure,* 
what they willed to be done. Hence, by 
impl. wiU, i. e. purpose, decree. Matt, 
xviii. 14, ovK i(m, ^. ifiirpoadtv tov 
HaTpoi, John vi. 39. Acts xxii. 14. Heb. 
X. 7, seqq. So collect. t6 Sr. tou Gcov, 
i. e. ^ the counsels, eternal purposes of 
God,* Matt. vi. 10. Lu. xi. 2. — ^lll. meton. 
toill, meaning the faculty of willing, free 
will ; of man, 1 Cor. vu. 37, e^ovo-tay ik 
IX€t nrtpl TOV idlov 3". 2 Pet. i. 21 ; of 
God, Eph. i. 5, 11. 1 Pet. in. 17, tl dlkti 

TO ^i\. TOV Qtov. 

BiXijaiv, ea)«, h, {^(Xto,) wiU, 'the 
good pleasure of God,* Heb. ii. 4. Sept. 
Ezek. xviii. 23. 2 Mace. xii. 16. Storaei 
Eel. Phys. vol. u. 162. 

G c \ (tf, ( f. 3'e\i}(rc0 ), to will, toish, desire ; 
implying active volition, and thus differing 
from ^ovXofiai, which denotes passive. 1. 
prop, to will, i. e. to purpose, intend, choose, 
to ao a thing, or not ; 1 ) of God & Chriii, 
foil, by infin. aor. Rom. ix. 22, cl ^i\uv 
6 Ge6$ iifiil^aadai t^v dpyvv. Col. L 27; 
by in6n. and ace. 1 Tim. ii. 4 ; absol. with 
inf. impl. John v. 21. 2) of men, foil, by 
inf. aor. Matt. v. 40, tw bikotn-i croi Kpi- 
Orjuai. John i. 44 ; pres. Matt. xix. 21, tl 
^i\iii TtXetos cTi/at. John vi. 67; by 
inf. and aor. Lu. i. 62 ; absol. with inf. 
impl. Matt. viii. 2, edv 3'At}«. Mk. iii. 13. 
So with neg. oi/ ^i\w, not to will or have 
in mind, and by impl. to wUl not, to deter- 
mine NOT to do this or that, &c. ; foil, by 
inf. aor. Matt. ii. 18, ovk ffiiKt wapa- 
KXrjdrjvai. Mk. vi. 26 ; pres. John vii. 1 ; 
absol. with inf. impl. Matt, xviii. 30. In 
antith. e. gr. to unll and to do, Rom. vii. 
18. Phil. u. 13. In Matt.i. 19, fiii ^(Kcoy 
avTtiv irapadiiyfiaTtarai, and Lu. xviii. 
13, OVK vv^Xiv ov6k Toi>9 6<pQaXfioif9 — 
ivapai, the recent Commentators and 
Lexicographers take ^iX. as standing for 
dvvafiai, (by a use freq. in the Class.) 
i. e. ^ could not bring himself,* dared not. 
But in the former passage the sense is 
simply, as we say, not caring, not being 
disposed ; and in the latter much the * 
same ; as also in Matt. ii. 18, ovk ^OcXe 
irapaKXtfifivai. 3)^. of the wind, John 
iii. 8, oirov ^iXii, irvet: an expression 
not to be paralleled by those passages of 
the Classical writers (as Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 
19,) where volition is ascribed to animals. 
The Commentators might more aptly have 
adduced from Hdot. ii. 11, 4, ci tav 6ri 
IQtXverEi iKTpirlfai to piiQpov 6 N«t\o«, 
&c. Xen. CEc. iv. 13, birocrariyri <piptiv 
kQiXti. — II. to wish, desire, choose ; foil, 
by infin., either aor. Lu. viii. 20. or ^ree. 
John xvi. 19. Gal. W. 1^\ ioA. >i^ Veil, 
and ace. Mk. v\\. 24 •, a\ifto\. V\\)q. \dS«v. 
impl. Matt. XV. 28, 7Evt\ftTiTu> cov u>^^ 
^tXu^t. Mk. ix. \a. ^ mtV t^«%. o^ 





A<X>, be mtmiing, dkotm cm'; foil, by Srpt ind dim. 2) metn) 
inf. un. Ld. lii. 14, nil iiXc^tr roirar ' ei'Muk. OK^CrM, Epil. iiL 1 
BamXiiiriu. 1 Cor. I, 20; pm. Ter. 1. ' T.i irdrrii TiSiiiiXiii^lrDi. 
Rom. i. 13: ab»l. with inf. ivpl. Joba TJied. Sic xi. 68, niXJH .&< 
uu. IB. PoU. byil,Lu.iiL49, tJWXb,' 
>[ qdij dint4>9ii; foil, bj Iiu with aubj. 
Mut TU. 12, Sim ir »iXirTi !va TDiumv 
•,!.!■ ol ili>«. Mk. vi. 25. So in intemg. 

foil, by Tut. ind„ or no™ properl 

■nbj. pra- vitb 7va implied, matt, i 


icoanc,) in Clui. Ueokgi 
a. one irho tf«Ui of God 
inga, u did Epiiacnidti, IMi 
lerecjdea, Plut. Sjll. S6. 
indi ohIt u a tills to the hi 

■nbj. pra- vitb 7va implied, matt. xx. 32, 
tI hiXtTi [Im] ToimiB ffiir, and iitL 
17, oft. ud Clui. Ooc» with f , in the 
MDU to ciooK rofier. la prefir, 1 Cor. 
ziT. 19. BoDiftimea iSatu., when fol- 
lowed bj an in£n., i« to be rmdered u an 
adT. before i finite veib, u^di^ji, ^adl^, 
John Ti. 21, 1761X01' Xn^iiv ailTdv lie Ti) 
xXoioii, 111. 'the; daired to rective him.' 
—III. TO Bi D])iP09iD, hKli-ud, or prone 
to taj thing ; aid bj impl, to liii to do it, 
(neaiV equiv. to ^iiXtu,) foil, bj infin. 
Lu. TI, 46, Tu> iiXoirrt,, ■npirarilv 
« ffToXoii (aa Hdot. i. 74. TiL H), 2, bj Theophjlact, ^t 
Tlii.60,3}. 80, bj- Hehr., with aec. Matt. I e<ouiivi«i f 
XITii. 43, li S(Xl. ain-dn. ix. IS, IX.D1. 1 „.)_J ™^rf'/i;, 
3{Ku. FolL 1^ Iv Tivi, to <U^ ia an; 

i.iid ii 8ppU 
.■f'tiae, becai 
b.,oli of Re 

_ _.. ._ ChriBtim 

irticularlj br aHertiog the £ 
-^— •*'- - be Goi 

in Sept.— IV. b) 

. bf impl. b) fa » or » 
afopmiOB, <^™, 2 PeL iii. 
3, Aarouii auTD&i -mln-D ilkerrn. So 
Hdian. y. 3, 11, ilxon t> «X<<.> dvfp- 
yat-nv ilvai »ao««v, ud t. G, 10 ; u 
alto cola in Latin.— V. ^iXu with infia. 

Ae oAoKt to, giving to the iniin. a fut, 
MMue, (but onlf of Inanimate objecti,) 
Acta ii. 12. rf Su SiKoi touto tim ; 
Hdot. i. 78, et al. Artimiil. It. BO, im- 
pS,g tI toti diXd tnuiaina o £»i(»<r. 

da^£Xiav,t>i/, a, ^, prop. adj. (.^iua. 
wmetbiDE lud,) tneiniDg, plsrod ot laid 
K a foundation,'/iiR(laiiKigfaJ ; but llmosl 
•Iwara UBed aa a ra\*U Jhundatum; aome^ 
Cimei»(iifXto«iDDeiit. I. maBC. A di»(X. 
■cU. X^ffof, prop. Jbandaiioti-Bione, Heh. 
xi. 10, tAv to&c ^(u. txogTar woX.x. 
Rev. Hi. 14, 19. bis. Sept. and Clan. 
Pig. of elcmenlai)' doctrine and instnic- 
tion, Oe /omdaliin, 1 Cor. iii. ID, ^lui- 
XiM -riftiKa. Rom. lY.tW. Eph.ii. 20. 
Hob. li. 1 ; of a fundamental dodmt or 
pr^crofa, e. gr. Chribt. ICor.iii. 11,12. 
I Tim. Ti. r9, d.^i/Xiou Kak6y, a g^ 
/butdufton, one on which hope of salva- 
tioa wij resL Heton. 2 Tim. ii. 19, b 
dtiiVKuK TdS efof, 'that which God 
hath founded,' God'a buihlitig, ike Gomtt- 
(oUme.— II. neut. rd ii^hat, /So- 
rfaf&n, Acta iil. 26, rd iiiiiKm. Lo. Tj. 
46, 49. liT. 29. Sept. and Clua. 

:!,) eoat^tding a^ 

rtla,) BOpimi/nint Ood, 2 
rioa ypii$4 S. PhoF^I. 12 

eiif,ov>i,God, 1, gen 
ipreme Lord and Father of at, Matt. i.23,andofl.; 
'! KilpuK i e,6<:. 

iiit 'ABpail^, Mk. iii. 2i 
;te T. 30. et al. So too. Mai 
ifuDB, MI(.iT.34,oeiiitu 
l«D Ood i> coiuidered aa tii< 

t!''lo!V"2) ■gemrewi'' 

(ilenolinj what comes forth, it 
appmnled/rrna God, Malt. iii. I 
ua -rati S. Ln. li. 49, A <r« 
iii. 38, (Tio.) T1.5 e. is. 20, 
Toi Bio5. Act! iiiii. 4, -rd 
■™lie«&. 33.nft. 
eioi;. 2 Tim, iii. 17, A Jtt 
\«to5,lFi*TOiiiofGW, i. ■ 

lb iqy /ie/bmidation of any buiUinj., \ ™\ie4 o^ Goi: \ "Van*. ■ 
MaCt, Til. 25. Lu. ri. 48, T.e.^t- \ wvYt ^wu, Ihe iTump tJ 

Maira yip irl ti 

Old. Mk. iL 
Chd. So i ulxn 
LMd to Ood,' Lu. 


Bjad ibo M paakt or sblscMn . 
ll,nAi;<iY<i^ Tov eiou, '1. 

U«iLK»T..T.2,«.... , 

fit \be piwH of God.' Furthei, 
Ini BiM, lis lUagi of Ood, e. gr. bie 
M ad fWToH, 1 Cor. ii. 11, or 
%i ngimble to him,' ftUtl. iri. 23, 
f HiL i iy to hiiD, xzii. SI, in nhicli 
> v» UB find tA irp^ d£^, i. C-. 
>aTi« ud vonbip, Rom, x>. 17. 
kai7.T.l. 3] dit. e<», 0. gr. ■»(* 
Wwi, B irrrto. T» 9. Act.™. M, 
■nine. SCor.x.4,MubleiinTc, 

■ JuMTiCtO el»e»h. rtler yerbt, &(. 
WjirOod, Rom. tL IQ, jlfv tu Si.:, 
I. to hii honour and glory,' in ieeort- 
k nlh hii will.— II. it b implied to 
IklTT, Cte Son, who ii declired to be 
hii, John i. 1. n. 38. Kom. ii. £. 
liLS. 1 Tim. iii. Ifi. Heb. i. 8. 1 John 
B. Rn. xix. 17. comp. ver. 7. xxii. 

In liki muinei He ii called 6 Side 
rsj mutf puBjfea of th« early Fb.- 
n, adduced in &, Buttoo'i Ttatimi- 
I rf the ADle-Niceoe Fatiien.— IIL in 

Gieek lenn, 3ik, a sad, i Side, 

Dan, and ol dioi, lit aodi, i. r. 

litatheD gods. Acta vii. 43, i S,i^. 
.11, si »ial. So Satan ii called, 6 

-.S. Maton.a>.rn 


If, bdo^ Acta vi 

t*fir Oai, pie^, godlaea, 1 'Km. 

(rtueae<mjnot«,) S«pt.andCli 
ftof i^iit. I«, i, i, adj. (eidi 
pai,) mKraaag God, goih. - 

■otihip and oliedie 
e.«Tuy4,, ,'«. J, h, adj. (e.rf.. 
'■¥<■,) pnip. aa in Claai. nw. jlaM by 

\ gdm/. niunely, 
ice, John a. 31. 

"Ii*.) ptgp. aa m < 
■f*, tiorip. Tr. 1 
n (i'od, injlKWI, nam. i. ou. i:.imp. 

.S-JT..., (.in)ea.S.,jT,„,) ,to., * 
• »%, M GbdAraJ, i. e. the Divine 
•™, Col, ii. 9. Luc. Icarom. 9, but 
■l in Iht WDK dtiig, godship. 
*'ti'Tiia, at, 4, (^(paTiO..,) wntue 
•■Wiwe of any kind, by imnl. yolun- 
^jrtuW of Mryani) or their maatera, 




udy. 4*. Lu. Iii 

42. Sept and 


vtia, f. liiirai. 

(3»piir«»,) in 



*™wr, »»r(>&. 

leek to pleate; 


aordiip. In N. 

T. the Tord i; 

used hi 

two sensea, 1 ) prop, and gencr. (o 


to, mia on. Acta 

yii. 35, Mi (i 


irrd Y'V"' flvflpiiircM 3tpair. 


to tab, era e^. 

laid, the lick. 

In N. T. by linpl. to tdim. or 


Ml. iy. 21 iii. 10 

Mk. i 34 Lu 

9,a1, And ao 7. 

a Thuc ii. 47. 


Otpara,!,, OMW, i, {iifiti, to che- 
rish,) ON attendaiU ; impljiiog loluulan 
leryice, and tbeielbre dinering from toii- 

e'.pijM, f 'j™, (Sipo.,) 'to gather 
the fiiuta of the aummer,' to r«ap or hor- 
vat. 1] rirop. and abeol. Hatt. vi. 26. 
Ja. T. 4, o! ^igiaanTtt, tht napan, MMI. 
ny. 24. John iy. 37. 2 Cor. il. 6. Gal. 
yi. 7. 21 ;^. to wap tie fntila of one'a 
labcnre, 1 Cor. ii. 11, to. tapK\ii&. John 
iy. 36, 38. Gal. vi. B, 9, Sept. and Claia, 
3) by impl. to ait denim, deitny. Rev. 
15, 16, tVapiifBii fi yii, i. f ' "' " 
of men is fully ripe, aod h 
Joel iii. 13,} !, e, (he bad 
com bj the reaper. 

eipiff/idt, dS, d, (SfpiEa,) prop, 
innwsf, iarteiting, Jobn iy. 85, □ ^tpia- 
p6i ipxi-riLi, Mitt. liii. 30, 39. Sept. sad 
Claaa. Melon, tie Aamat to be gathered, 
prodiKI of the haryest. In N. T. %. for 
iAe comerta to be gathered into Chriit'a 
kingdom Matt. ii. 37. Lu. i. 2 ; alto of 
ihoae whose iniquity is fully ripe for 


In N. T. mid. Sipuufvouai, to uarm one- 
ae^ Mk. liy. 54, 67 ; at the Hre, Jo. ii. 16; 
' to become vans with clothing,' Sept. and 

' the WBim Be 
ii. 28. Lu. X 

iiiy. 32. Mk. ] 

Siiopiui, f. Ann, {itaipAt, BpeClMOT, 
prop, lo be a spfdal^ of, to behold, viei 
any thing, etpec. a public apectacle, o 

Jt "■'i/W th relit/- iapaned, &c t Eurip. Hec. 342. ' 11 ienei. ■w^Oti ai*. oS 

•*« J",w^.i ■51^™'' *""*■ / "''''«■ I-"- =^"- 48, a«po-"" "^ ■*'- 

-*«torf«ntf«<.BllsM'aml^n,(B»»,( ^^ti,a. Johu u.23. A«iTffi.\a-,<A^n 

Rn.ii.ll, 13: fall.bvTnc, 
.-iiid ran, TT. 47: >t«1- Lu. 
aepL and Clu>. ^)loloal,at 

Ci^h. T»b. 1, 
Heb. ™.4, .... 
uid Clan. 3) 


I Ait TitXfifOf oi . . . 
■ ■ ■ .. byi»pl 6 


compreiaidt rtcognm, adbioaledget wi 
>cc. of pen. John yi. 40, rSt i >i«>a; 
Titrii,., andiLi. 45. liT. 17. Wirf.iLU. 
.<). DJad. »c. ;iix. 63, toAc \iytu!.—ll. 
nearly eauiir. to liil», 1 ) gener, ftl). by 
nei. of pen. Mk. iii. 11. John '- " '-' 
with part, addod, Li' ~ ' 

. 18, Jei»po 

15. Job 

_ _».'f^" 

i. 19. Fall, bj ate. of (ii'i^, 
liO- XS\. D, Tavra & ^4«piET<. JotlQ vii, 
3; with putic. added, John x. 12, ^.rdv 
Xwcov Jpx^^iiwr. XX. G, al. Sept. and 
Clau. 8) fowroem!, iiior*,«*e,Voll. b» 
St<, Mh. XTi. 4 ; bv iroaat, AcU xxi. 30 ; 
hv ace. of thing, Mk. v. 38, icai Siapil 
^ofiupot. S Mace ii. 23. Diod. Sic. liii. 
t?3. 3) ^m the Hebr. to aee, i. e. eiipe^ 

Of (DC La, QT, ^,(-^f4DAoi,) prop. tAiact 
of vianng any Ibinff, Joe. Ant. ii. 9, 5, 
xari iimpUr. Dan. v. 7, Cod. Chul 
Alto the (^ of nhat it liemd, 2 Mace. 
IT. 12; but chiefly Ihat of public speo- 
ttclet, aa gamea, Ac Thuc. vi. 16. Xen. 
Hicr. i. 12, eipec. a rW^tow one, as Eu- 
rip. fitcch. lObO, Matth. And to 2 Mace. 
XT. 26, Tobt i£tX0i>irrat tiri -niv ^.u- 
piay. In N. T. of the ifudacU of public 
execution, Lu. xxiii. 46. ol irvM'vi'fiiiyi- 

SiSil. 3 Mice. V. 24, Ti « ^lAiiBn ff»m^ 
tfpoiiTTa rpAs Tfiv QlKrotyraTifli ^iwfiiav^ 
and of a «ad speeiaf^, gen. in ^&ch. 
Pnim. m, JVXr,!' f duurov dviTxtpii 
diopioB. And BO «Kffaai/iiin in I^tin, 
and ipedacle in Engl. 

6o«i, It!, n, (Tiflnpi,) repoBlorjt, oi 
TteesiacU U> put uy thing in, aa a cotier 
OTcheftt, cell or chamber; ukewiH a sheath 
Drecabbird for a iword, Jc 

prabK, to tacklt i absol. Matl. xxir. 19. 
Hk. xiii. 17. Lu. iii. 23. Sept. & CUh. 
but foil, hy ace. 2) immed. loaidi ' " 
breaH, more usually iiXatoaau 
by ace. Lu. li. 27, ua<rTol oCi iBni 
So Job iii. 12, ^inrroi, ifl^\.ia. t 
viii. 1, and Class. Pulic. dqXo£ 


1. i. 2G, •>{. Sept. Ler. 
28. Sept. and lonii 

Ti iiXii, Mil. viKx, u in th 

<.^al. iii. 28. SepI 
Hdot, ii. 85, Ti . 

Sripa, OB, A, (*ip,) prep, i 
u,^ annuZi, iiHitma, Horn. 11. 
i. 429, or melon, iiefna of I 
the prtg or pomi, Horn. Od. 
Xen. Ten. vi. 13. In N. T. m 
tan at datnidioii. 


i. 9. 


Mt|XAv4 ^pav dv6p»T4av. 

BiptiB, f. .i™, (Sripa,) 
iun', take wild animals, u often 
[ti S. T. fig. lo Imt. i. e. mM of. 



aa_y(<d, f. W<», (>W 
3.^ tntt (ciU ieoiA 

^«Td Aydporroy i0ttp<imdxt^a 
mid probably Eg- in allunon 10 
ccconled. Acta xii. 29, where ks i 
©tiflfoip, ou, tJ, (eqaiy. lo 4 
pnp. a tci'fif beatl. Blk. 1. 13, k al 

pit^. to treatim vp^ tnjf in Am \ 
use; foil, by ICC. of thing and 
iKii. expr. or impl. a> Matt. <1 
Lu. Iii. 21, al. Sept. and ClaK- 
to fay vfi, as aaid of *ofl, pmtofa 
Rom. li. 5, dpy^v. Ja. t. 3 
Proy. i. 18 ; also in paiL fchfih 
proridenco of God, for, 2 Pel. : 


m Heb.lVHfnnn -SM,lo% 

rcpoBit«d ; of which eignificBtioot 

and Pindar. The Isller, bowr 
iLixeient aa tlictimeof Elerodotua, 
it is often uned. In N. T. it mn 
trtamrt, i. e, any thing laid up 


Sudin2CDr. IT, 7,of IheCo^ 

— idered wapieciou- ■" '■" 

DTiA. ¥>«Wm.i.,i; 


ujmciouBneuthereDC. »o i'UIo, 

, a, 3i](jaupout sfTiBc, eomprBMim, & fig. jfrswnn fr. evils, 
troiplat 9i((rnit njBK^toB, dii(res», whettier from troublo of 

or treuures are repoiited to be 

qolie, M«lt. liii. 62, U^iW,, U 

teUi'^ra^i^aCI'V tbkt be had 
wu iDCb tDd tuch Tule> for hit con. 
Ihit he might drav tbem font 

L lellabu pupil to nad the modeni 
I to u occuieaaU; to auJa u» oi 

nrruv, it flLToplj ngnifies % cAesi 01 

4it.ijt.B,2, JilWiiS. Pig-oftbt 

onghtB, feelings, BJid couDbela are v 
! llid op, to be dnwn forth bj the 
ciigeDneg of life, Malt. lii. 35, 
)i avipwrot ite Tot' ^y- 5iic 
a I'fiiWti Til rtyieii' vhen 
1I7 (or irpo^ipo, u nud of wsTds 
1 ; ud in the term there Is merely 

: of in 

er. to touch, prop, vith the hani 
bLii. 21. 2)Hitbgen. (otoar^ 

< to, to Twci, Heb. xii. 20, kS« 
iyH Toi o(io«.. 3) with an ide 

inav t4 irpBTOTOKa 

a.. =«Td». Eeclut ivi. 28. 

u. 37, LucNigr. 13, »\I)9wr«ii 
fupuy roift aVotfTcDi'TBr. 80 alto 
, Epct. L 25, conjains »Ki^t, ar 
(•aiiv : b1h> dXi'^icrOiii, Lu 

»ii. fi, (0 4e wTMntoi i^»b, aa ra 

leoct. Id. Hi. 18, iXi^o^i^ai, HI 
. In N. T. Slid of a road hemmed 
i by impl. Bam™, Mall. yii. U, 
uliru q iSii, i. e. <rT>VOXo>pai, u 

r^s Jw .ipuv-i,""..-!!: Fio. to 

. -with eriK aj&i, 2 Th. i. 6, tdI. 
»rir inac : pus. 2 Cor. i. 6. ir. S 
Tpt. and Clan ; espec. to 6e afflicted 
ovenj, ITim.v. 10, <i a\i0oiii. 
^utreaed. Heb. ». 37, itrriaoBiif 
^fuim. The fall exBreesoa oc- 
Artenihl. Hi. SS. SAifieutnK lnr6 
iat. Diao. Htl Aat. p. 1688, 2, 

aiirax-Jt '•'Bi'it Irpai/io, Phil. i. 16 : or 
pain of bod;, Jolm iri. 21; nbere Biid of 

Apoct, Oft, bowerer. it ii used, piu. by 
melon., of erih by which inj one if}>retaeif, 
agUcHon, diitren, MatI, liii. 21, yiroiii- 
•nriiii. Act! vii. 10, ■]. Sa with ajno- 
nymea, aa ik. nai .mi»x<°pi<i, Rom. li. 9. 
2 Cor. vi. i. 1 Th. iii. 7. Sept. and Apocr. 
evriirxo, {I. 3-iaou^a,, nor. 2. Ua- 
Hw, perf. TiSuiiKii, inf. TiHiliiiiEi,) (a die. 
In N. T. onlj perf. rietrita. to iave died. 

a. lobe dead, i 


tidinxt, 'is Bs good a> dead.' 

is, ii, Av, iAi.lirnirK'*,)aoTtal; 12, ™i.U, (rdp£,2Cor. 
i iinndi, ' mortal nature,' Dwr- 
3or. IT. 63, «j. 2 Cor. t. 4. Sept. 

fiiw, f. iirt, [B6p«pm,) to 
oise or uproar, anid af a molti' 
ler, wbetner ai a mark of ^>ro- 
disapprobition. CIsm. In S. T. 

. 10. S) 

fat t»mi>& 

lion. HaL ii. 68, i V'Pl'""' Ttj' *o'Xi« 
6Jp"i^of, <Hf, D, flotH, Dprofzr, of a 
Dultilude, -lii. l}gener. Matt. ixtU.24, 
^opu^E yluirai, and eft. ; of loud la- 

rnzi. to bfeak m pieces, em^, Pol. ^. 23, 
1. Artem, iii. 36, but 2) almoet always 
used metaph. in the Hnse to craih my 
one'i itrengtb, to degCroy bie power, Pind. 
01. vi. 164, Plot. AlciL 5. ^i^a/im, ot 
to cniih his hopes, Hdian, iii. 2, 4, or his 
counge. Died, Sic. v. 240, TiSpauirrai 
3v/«i(. Plut. Cm. 19, iTiBpatPffTD T^t 
ToA/i^v, or his mind alti^ther, Plut. 
Anton. 17, ^pavomuat tAi Xoyurfiir, 
animo frw»us, ' broken down in mtiid,' opp. 
to i^fiui^iiMK. Hence in Ln. it. 13, dra- 

prisonera in hopeim captirit 

xx.3,f(^ iTio^iiaes )»|US^- 

bnaaed, i. e. oppreatei b^ ivnyH 

of <Mth>, HUM ceriainlf, SKwe nrdf, Sth. 

pTDp. logofiril,Hom. 
to lead OT poiot out t 


r.226. And hence ia the Uter wiilei^^ 

!ni-m«n, H^t. m.'sS; foil, by gen. 
It iii. 61. In N. T. (o feonwrnor y 



"Syi/iiir 6m,6 {liyia^ai,) prop 

my, HoDi.Od.ii. 5tl5. HdoL t. 14, ale. 
a rfie/or leader, whether milit»rj (u ofi. 


i7<poffir "loiiia, 

ffivnol*. And 

Hence, d», apoUiiuJ csUe/, u Tbnc. i. 4. 

aJan a ffovemar r^ a Roman provinci'^ 

whether procoiuul, legate, or procuntn r, 

u often In Uter Clu>. Hence in N. T. 

HdUo. lY. 6, B. 

(dyv,) prnp. and prim, to i/ofirst^ itadlfie 
ma. Hem. Od. i. 263. Joseph. Ant. vi. 
6, 2; ie o leader or chief, whelher 
in mr, or in civil government, Diod. Sic, 
i. i, or in the muiageawnC of affiiira in 
gcnenl. Hence in N. T, I. prop, to bs 
leader in aoj buuneu, AcU liv. 12, i 
iiyai/iiinrs to5 Xo'jou, 'chief ipeaker.' 
Jamb!. deMyst. init. ^i6< i tSk Xoyo-i- 
nyiitAr 'E, Said gener. of (hose wiin 
hcax authority, Lu. uii. 26. Acta it. S2 ; 
of ojicen in tie churches, Heb. xiii. 7. 
xiii. 24; of a cAief maffistrate^ aa JoaepJi 

II. byipeculiBridioin,ilyDD(icu and 
* •inai si^if. fig. (like Ine l^tin dm 
' ' la before ihe mind,' i. e. to t 

Id often 
--. ,, IDecQliaridioii ' ' 


nctui; saU of THTNOH, with ace. 2 Pet. 
lit. 9, at Tivit aaaivTV-ra InovrToi: 
with ace. and infin. Phil. iii. S, ih'<>»f oi 
fivTa "hfilau atvat ! with aec. and i7vm 
imid. 2 Cor. ii. S, dwyicaTov il^t|iri4fii| 

thing, Phir. iii. 7, i-ai^ Byqfui l<i^la^. 
Sept. and Claag. So. ot FERSONS, lo hold 

ace. and diiai impl. Acta xxvi. 2, Hyri/iai 
i/iavrdv /tanifUBV. PbU. ii. 3, |ii| ii 

Jxflpdv, 2The».iii. Ifi. Sept.& 
with ace. and adv. ITbeea.v.lS.v 
uii-roiiv 6«[(<fKirip.crg'Dfi Ir iyi 
regard them aa verj highly deoc^ 

'H JJoe, adv. liilit,) lit. twee 
' with pleaanR,- Mk. vi. 20. iii. 3 


iii:Toi,'i8l>eiDg1^d.' Lu.iii.9. 

28, Jl^il i^oix'«'rtf avniv. Lu 
John iii. IB. iv. 35, et al. Synei. sp 

So with TOTi, Phil. iv. 10, voa al 
Dion. Hal. Ant.vii. 51.— II. bji 

Rom. i. 10, ,i-r«,t Ma iroTi (1 
170^1, ' If perhaps I may ere long I 

Kon. Hal. 

"HiioTo, adv. (nttit,) prof 
ttneelly, nrilh iw* rt/tii, aa taid ol 
and ibjnking; in N. T. Rg. mo>t 
2 Cor. Iii. 9, 15, and u in Xen. i 

'Siav!,, ^1, 4, (K^n., ai dfn 
&. i/£irixofia., iyx"'"! fr. ^yKOH' 
prop, 'that by which we are pleaact 
SHTf, fnjcwient, of every kind, whi 
the mind or of the aentei, and hi 

rand a bad aenie. InN.T. 
lattpr acceptaiion. ai laid ri 
seninal pleasure, or of thai which 
reiemblM it, the carnal gnti 
of luxury, in drea, ligite, &c. I 
14, ivi ittviiii Tti 0iffu, whero 

tiii. SsT'l 

„. Ti, (neut. 
^2, atrewed by U 

abode' of animalt or inei 
omer, Hesiod. and Hdot.; 


■i in the plnr. monJi, Hdot. ii. 3 
«1C^.'it'. SS. 

•Hk», (f. 5E-. liiT «"■ 1- B£«.) 

BW, i. e. In bave come, (s bt hert, in t 
MH of pret. Qen. of p«n. foil. Iti di 
<nlk no. of pliM whence, Hui. nil. ] 
M it^Xa, flEdvff.. Mk. viii. 3; 
k, John It. 47 ; uid in the Hsie of 
tmfirik, arvt, Rom. xi. 26; by iviji 
lA mcc. oT wn. AcU iiyiii. 2^, qxav 
nhairw. Bept. ud Claw. Ilg. John 
«.S7i with iri Tiva, to coiw Kfwn one, 

■ i IiHtile Hnae, Rcr. III. 3. Sept. and 
Oaa. atMoL Matt. iiii. 50, fift' i ■•)- 

rrof JaiXsv iniMw. Lu. nl. 46. it. 
John viii. 42, it nS etoi l£qAftn> 
>i fin*, for i^iXiiy Hkh. Ueb. x. 7, 9. 
1^ and Claai. Fig. of lUagi, e. gr. of 
■le, Jobn U. 4, 4 Opa Suit. lu. liiL 35. 

■ of an; th'bz, MatL iilv. 14 ; of eni 
». ZTul. a So folL by M Tifn, 

■o^ Lu. jiz. 43 ; of guilt and ita punis 
at, fo be laid iqiaii, UbII. iiiii. 36. 
'HX.kIu, at, A, («Xi£, adult,) odiu 

B, auiAinfy of life in mind, ft '- 

I <Mc, i. e. full age for any purp 
.31, AX«{«7x«. Lu. ii.. 
. U. Jo). and Clau. 2) itaturt. __ _, .. 
Vucfa lAiKpdt, Halt. vi. 27. Lu. lii. 2£, 
cpL end Clau. Fig. £^h. ir. IS, ilt/il- 

'HXIxot, ij, OF,(?XiJ,) con. pron. like 
■L qtaithu, koa great. Col. ii. 1. Je. i. 
. Joa. and Clan. 

'HXiDT, OB, o prop, lie BH, (!\^ or 
\m,teamofiigii; whence adj. d/Xiot, 
for Siia, & IXuK iplaididia, and aubit. 
ifemfu^H, bj an'ellip. of orbii, par tirel- 
nee, aa a deiigiiilion of Ike mn. From 
fXm came Oia Doric ^i<i< and the 
vnnioD AXrov, not only the orb or tphere 
r the lun, but the l^ Iht ' 

DJecT, laya, *God hath poured forth, 
^iii, the lun, the &Iher of light ;' bIw 
w a«< thereby produced, Tbeocr. Id. i. 
J,ii.iiX(.,;) Thu. in N. T. it i. 1) for 
w aan, meaning the orb; 2) for the 

fof diij. Acta liii. 1 1, ^4 Sxlirwr tA> 
what Milton. 8ain>.Ag.H2, beautifully 
tpreaan by ^ total eclipse to whom the 

a ihence proceed- 

3) tbe^iai'oflheaun, Rev. 
L16, ov^ ^i^ rirrf It' auToin i ijXm, 
' latber tbe tvntrola thence rMuUIng, 

- "-' -■■■ "), 2, ind oftctl in the 

to the rap of the >un, 

kTiX. 10, on which the eipmalon in Rer. 
.ci« doubtleu formed : ol. Ti,>iaov,T,„, 

iaia^,,ol.ii i »\.ot, where i fjXioti. 
:<pUnatory of i ™i™^. 

'H\o.,ou,i. (from l\«,,t 


n J Clau. 

drive, aa 
fr. A.-8. 

26. Sept. 

'HH(|>a,oi, ft, prop. fem. of adj. tt^- 
o«, U<mJu,jK>mJiu. Thua It lit. aignif. 
yjji^ant dmt, namel., 4^e,Nt,(of wbieh 
I STwiTEcclc.. xi. i:y\i^\i ♦«, 
a\ AyaSiuToU 6<l,eaXfio:t tou QXiteip 




dc. bdnT. 

III. 12, and 


K™ xx'?X) ^y-(. 

n>, mowing 


[ho natural day, or the 

time linm on 


utiflcial, fram aun- 

riBStobou-Mt. lnN. 

T. the word 


n two leading »n8e.,-da» and tin 

D*r, Le. i: the art 

cisT dcy, the lime 

un-aet to the 



d3, ip«Ta»7;B*/..ii 

ails ofrrSt 


si.9,a^. -rS< A^fp 

.. J..Y.6, 

<it J* 

tlA &<:■ A M^P" T 

nith gen. of a fea- 

■grftSirTDip, ' the ubhatb.dt . , 
IG. John xix. 31. Sept. Jer. xvli. 24, 27. 
I'l/i, Tat dj^upuv, ' day or diya of nnleu- 
veiled bread,' lie pauoter, Actaiii. 3. ix. 
h Vfpa T^t -wtrrtiKiKrTiii, rfnjr <fpeii- 
._. ._..■■ 1 — ixf In apeeificationi 

llaipat,in a dm, 
4. Xen.An.i.7, 

Ucal, Acti 
of time, ii 
1. e. indefic 
' eveiT da] 
la Intb. 

Gnite, Matt. xyI, SI, rSi Tpha iuipa 
lyipBvi'a,. Mk. ii. 31. Lu. M 22. Jobn 
ill. 16, Vip= «■' 
ii^lpf, day iy dta/, 'every day, daily." 
t4pt. iiiitpaa KoS lijiipaii. In tbe ace. 
of dtne Aour itmg, implying duration, MatL 
XI.6, SXiif TJ^v ft/i'pav d)iyo£. xxTili. 20, 
TT-aaas Tit ituipat, i. e. aiaayt, Mk. i. 
13, Jobn 1. 40, «t al. So M.ll. xi. 2, 

r a desariat per dav, Aeia " ''■ 

/•ir a denariu per das- Acta v. ' 
-rr itiiipay, every datf, i. e- ti.? wuvq 
ime. 2Ptt.ii.S,fmipai>if;n^ipat. In 
hoa and timllar tpeciflcationi of time, 
jfiipa it often eonstt. with i prep. viz. In 
f^n- after {hrd,a)^j,£fd,Eaft,']rpo: iudat. 
i.Her b: in aa. after ilt, iwl, «nTd, /.i- 

rcEpectively. 2) ir^J«. n^tpa rov Kvpfoo, 
Mo Aiy 0? (Aa Zord, »' ■> " ■ 

!4. 1 Theu. V. 2, 4. 2 Pet. iii. 10. 
vii,21, irWtToi iuBp. ivrS 
FToE. C«mn.sBi.aB,J ii|il(^ o 

liai day, the gnat d» of judgment, MUl' 
vii. 22. Mk. iLii. 32. 2 Thai. i. 10. WUI, 
E gea. of wbac i> then Lo uki plus, e. 
nfiEpa Kpifftuc, Mut. I. 15. xi. 22. j 

by Oag and bg triakt, Lu. xviii. 7. Uk. 
5. Acli ix. 24, iJ: Xtn. Cyr. ii. 3, 23; or 
inaocof time how long, Malt. i». 2, So 
ffiicTa Kill ^iiipiu't niffkt and dm/, i. e 
cmiiiniHllT, Mk. iv. 27. Lo. y. 37. Acts 
«. 31, J. Sen. An, vi. 1, R Gemr. 
Rot. Tiii. 12, 4 ill. ii>i iuLlu^—Koi i rb^ 
oiwlctt. Simply t. gr. T*t hiiipas, tie 
Jay, Le. 'tlB div-lime," 'even. d«v,' 
Lu. ixi. 37. X™. Cyr. i. 3, 12. So ftp/- 
^M /li'iTut, a< mid-das, ■*'='• *i". 13- Sm. 
ytKi/iii'rjt, ■ dij being come,' Lu. i». 42, 
Actt «i. la Sen. Ao. vii. 2, 34. 4 «^pa 
xXtrii, 'the day tteclinei,' Ln. iv. 42 

Fig. f 


general, nearly e.Juiy. (o xpdwf- I- ring, 
or > point or period of time, MUt liO. 
1, iv 6i TV liuipa iKtit^ i^tXBAw b 'I. 
Joho ilT. M. Eph". Ti. 13, jv TB liu. tS 
irovq^a. Xen. H. G. il. 4, 17. Foil, by 
gen, of pois. Lu. lii. 42, In tJ iiilp^ 
rroB TniiTi, ' in tbia thy lime,' whilw thou 
vet liveat. So Jobn tii. 56, lua itg Tqr 
iilifpait i/iiir, mv (inn, ' Che time of my 
mwiifeitaiion :' by gen. of thing, o. gr. 

pia,, S Cor vi. 2. iupLpoi, Heb. iijTI 
ix,««r^, 1 Pel. ii. 12, 2 Pel, iii. 18, 

a^,''Jb^<ier^ii. froni''i"e Hebr. ^m. 
fniipai, davt, !. e. titae, 1) gener. Hslt. 
ii. 15, iXiiaarrat ti li^ipa,. Hk. ii. 20. 
Lu. xni. 22; with idj. Acu iv. 7, id,' 
itfiipaF ipxaliar. Act* ii, 17, & J*, t. 3, 

Kirrnyy. Tift iiiitpitt TouTat. ji, 27, il. 
Foil, by gen. of pen. Mttl. xl. 12. Lo, 

io, 35, tr TQit V 'HXIou. AcU vii. 45, 
tat T^v V AouU : by gen. of u) nwiX, 
e, gr. Lu, if" -■- -^ ■ -^- — ---■ -'--<■ 

n«<"r^, ^»i»<.,) ia^-itad, Lv. x. 90^ 

"H/iiDuT. iin, H, >dj, Jimfnt, J^T. 

Tn K. T. DCc, only In noDt. vA ^fufft, m 

■qblt. ioJ^ Mk. Ti.23. pi. Td ApIlTT, u. 

iix,S.(hoibfoitn«ofUterGnciiiu)Bn. j 
sd. i). j 

Hu,,ip(j.v oi., ti, (B/u for buA 
lupn,} a ta^iiaiir, |>nip. neut. of i4 
njUiupctK, i^imwftHi, vrith aa ollip. of ^ 
pDc, ' L bilf-hDui'i ipKe,' Rev. Tin. 1. 

'HviKo, comL adv. I^la^ uloMKr, 
nith indie. 2 Cot. UL IS. Sept. md CIm 
with lubj, & a., T«[. le. Joi,AnLT.1,l 

'Ht.oc. di;, b, i, tdJ. ibU, ^mtfa, » 
rfi(t«»(, 1 Th. ii, 7, lyiri9ti,iu frw, 
2 Tini, ii. 24, B«-iw (Iiwi, la iwii, ta at- 
visSui, u in Clui. The word St ilMt 
ulwavB used of Ihow auperior in ioim «« 
or other to the penoni who an llw » 

E:U of thii indulnnee; and h«M«llli 
Bt derived from Iwoi, itritu, the i^ 
affabilii, which word linuk^ 
-^-- ' — ad tnifiri, 1) 
U, aild, llh.1 


^j^aa^; 2)jmUe, f 
7. 2 Tim. ii, 24, 


, , :, on, i, 4, adj, (foRiud kgr 
:p. ftom li^f pDi, tame oi gntk^ ■ 
nM or fleice,) quiet, Inaid, 


inuuif, eitber by ttmtfm 
■ freedom from diUnikn 
n H. T. the word ii tMl 
latmr, Lu. xxiiL X, W 
naixaaaii. In theCW 
dinimilarly, UKd of a» 

^, Aiub.i, 4, 8. Tbubtt 
I. Hdiui Tii. 5. 6. S)< 
frvdum /two diitwioMt, 1 Tb. II. IL 

h'^iv, it in TUuc. i. la. vL 38, itnx^ 
f {j[^. to OT(i(Tiiv cbvi^tTaL. 3) (rf fa- 
ction ^om apeaking, to hold aae^t pwt, 
.u. liv, 4. Eurip. Cycl. 620. Tbae. -A 
5, r<nc! often in Clan. Alao^impLk 
tiicitly oMuieaa in what baa Men 14 
Acuxi.J^B, xxi,H,M ionxfo-Ix'"" 

ceBUion from modon, Enrip, ^pp.» 
eip, tat from kboiir, Horn. Od. nk S 
Hdot. vi, 135 ; freedom from dialuibaaM. 
by the blillneu of a quiet life, 2 Th. i 
■ ■pyajdpii 

ciw. ! 

■meed in ram,' and ii, 36. gener. HA. „ \,j cBwa\wn (tmo tanking, ifiTft i -. 
'A ^ andSqit. and Heb. \ riinu*, Xaijjin.l, va^ur^" Wl^ 

'HMiTtpo!, a, o«,\t,y„X,,\ pan, vTun.\fc>t fio- i-Yi-. \'t™-'ii.\\,*v^!«(-* 
■WW. piiir. «<r, our own, AcU u. U, \ C\aM. a»tt4o<..vW>. 


[o-vYtov, ov, i, n, adj. (equiv. to 
(o^^Yquiett tramqioL, by treedom from 
jrbance, 1 Tim. ii. 2, ^o-. fiiov itd- 
, namely, by public peace and tran- 
ity. See Plni Pyth. viU. IS. In 
CuMM. it is used only of persons ; at 
; I Temember nothing like the expreft- 
in 1 Pet. iii. 4, ii<Tuxtov nrtftvfia, with 
:h Bretach. aptly .compares Psalt. Sar 
. am. 6, 4>v\d^ai Kvpun y^vxhvfivv- 
r, KCLt KOTtwvvai difdpa 'iroiovirra 
nni» iv oZtcip, 

^nrTdofiaij f. ^<rofiat, depon. pass. 
Tmwy) prop* ^ ^ worse o^ than ano- 
r, to 6e tn/erior to him. oo 2 Cor. xii. 

*ri — B ^rrnOtirSy Sec and also in 
ar Class. ; though in them the word 
riea after it a dat. or something equiy. 
nee to be worked by any one, either in 
r, or in any contest, as often in Class. 
4 ao 2 Pet. ii. 19, ti y&p Tt« fJrrnTai, 
ere fig. aa Joa. Ant. i. 19, 4, iparri irr- 
Oclc. AbaoL 2 Pet. ii. la), nrr&vTai. 
m, Cyr. i. 4, 5, «*c tow irrracdai. 
'HTT^fta, OT0«, rd, (^Trdo/ioi,) prop. 
&etii^ in a uxtrse state than any former 
e, or that of some other person. So 
Mn. zL 12, ^TTtifia airrSav : and as ^t- 
iofuu signifies to come shorty be worsted^ 

IH'nifia in 1 Cor. vi. 7, ^rTtJfla iy 
iZv io^tv, signifies, * there is a falling 
lort of your duty,' a faUwre^ a favJUt. 

"^TTwi^, ovoi^ o, n, adj. irreg. compar. 
> Kox^, toorse, verier. In N. T. the 
ord occurs only m neut. 1 Cor. xi. 17, 
!t t6 TJTrov, ' for the worse,* and Class. 
.drerb. 2 Cor. xii. 15, rJTrov dyairco/uat, 
ad Class. 

*H Ycw, f. i5or«, {iJYo^,) to souttd, re- 
mmd^ cUu^y intrans. 1 Cor. xiii. 1, X'^^' 
it iiYS»». Hes. Th. 42. Of the sea, to 
oar, Ln. xxi. 25. Sept. and Horn. II. i. 

*Hy^*i ^^t ^f P'^P* 90ff^y nOUe, Acts 

i. 2. Heb. xiL 19. Sept. and Jos. metaph. 
rumour, Lu. iy. 37. 


OaXaoro-a, «}«, ^, (SX?, wh. &\aar<ra,) 
\e sea, or a sea, 1) gener. Matt. xiii. 47, 
"my^inf fiXndiifrn civ r^v 3^dX. and xviii. 
. key. V. 13. yii. 1. xx. 13. 2) spec, of 
irticnlar sins, as specified by adjuncts, 
kcts z. 6, 32. yii. 36. 1 Cor. x. 1, et al. 

O^Xirw, f. ^ffta, prop, to make warm, 
ither b^ fire, Hom. Od. xxi. 179, or by 
rannth imparted from the body, Jos. Ant. 
t J4, 8. Id N. T. fig. to cherish, 1 Th. 
7, tiv d» Tp6<po9 ^dXirp TO. iatrr^^ 

175 e A N 

(See my note.) Eph. y. 29, and 



e a ft pi to, f. i}(rw, {^d/ifiov,) to be in 
amazement, intrans. Acts ix. o, rpifiwv 
Kal ^afifiwu. Hom. Od. i. 328, and Sept. 
Hence pass, to be astonidied, Mk. i. 27. x. 
32, and later Class. 

8a/u/3ov, £o«, t6, {^dut,) prop, ad- 
miration miited with terrvr, as Pmd. Nem. 
i. 85, and elsewh. but sometimes '^amaze- 
ment from admiration,^ or a mixed feeling 
of admiration and awe, Lu. iy. 36. y. 9. 
Acts iii. 10, and so Horn. II. iii. 342. iy. 79. 
Thuc. yi. 31. 

Qavdaifiot, ov, &, ^, adj. {ddvoTOi,) 
causing death, deadlv; in N. T. implied 
to death by poison, Mk. xyi. 18, k&v 6. 
T( nriuKTiv, where sub. dtapfiaKov, which 
is expressed in Eurip. Ion 616, ^apfia- 
Kttu 6, and Jos. Antiq. iy. 8, 34. Artem. 
ii. 64. y. 33. 

Qa»aTfi<p6pov, ov, 6, ^, adj. {ddva- 
Tov, fipM,) deadly, (lit. death-bringing,) 
Ja. iii. 8, ftta-Tij lov dav. And so in later 

OavaTOV, ov, 6, {davtiv,) death, i. e. 
the extinction of life, whether naturally, 
or by yiolence. I. said of natural death, 
Johnxi. 4, 13. Rom. yiii. 38, et al. saepe. 
Rey. xiii. 3, n irXriyii tov davdrov, 

* deadly wound.' Plur. Qdvaroi, * exposures 
to death,* 2 Cor. xi. 23. Artem. iv. 83. 
Hence meton. for pestilence, Rey. vi. 8. — 

II. said of violent death, esiiec. as a punish- 
ment. Matt. XX. 18. xxyi. 66. Phil. ii. 8, 
d. oTTavpov : gener. Matt. x. 21 ; of the 
death of Jesus as piacular, Rom. y. 10. — 

III. in 0. T. death often has the sense of 
utter destruction, or perdition, implying 
both physical dissolution and exclusion 
from the presence and favour of God, in 
consequence of sin ; in N. T. this sense is 
applied with more definiteness to the Gos- 
pel-scheme ; and as T^u>ii is used to denote 
the bliss and glory of the kingdom of God, 
including the idea of a joyful resurrection, 
so Bdvaroi is put for the opposite, namely, 

* exclusion frx)m the kingdom of God,* in- 
cluding the idea of physical death as a£- 
gravated by eternal damnation and punish- 
ment, John viii. 51, OdvaTov ov firi Occo- 
pq<rT7 ei« t6i/ aluiva. Rom. vi. 16, dovXoi 
d/uapTias eis Q&vaTov. yer. 21, t6 tcXos 
tKiivuiv 6dvaT09. 2 Tim. i. 10, Karap- 
yncravTO^ fiiv t6v BdvaTov, (fnoTlaravroi 
dk ^wiiv — Sid TOV ivayy., called *the 
second death* in Rev. ii. il. But besides 
this death eternal, in another world, there 
is adverted to, John v. 24. 1 Johnf iii. 14, 
a death spiritual in this, a present exclu- 
sion fit)m the favoxxr o^ 0<».\ ^qi\^»&«^v 
ritual life consists m cou%\axi\. eoxsv\sivvxci^- 
tion with theDmne\\%V\tMi^«^vrvX,^\i\^ 
constitute life, ^aee xxn^ct \,wi\->'^^*^ ^ 

e AN 1 

nnrituil deilh ia th« bung HpumWd from 
Ibeir blened iriHueiice._[V. o eaixiToi 
pnwnu&if, DEATK,ut)i< Kingof Unilci, 
Ro. VI. 8, meton. fiir ^l^i iuelf. Matt. 

N. T 

«,) to 

tioD of othen ; i.e, to tame to bt pat to 
daih, to deliver over lo death, tniu. 1) 
prof, Mitl. X. 21, eaiPOTwrouiriip rnfToik, 
uepg. 2) Gg. to morfi^, midu unl do- 
Hm. &c. ttoni. -viii. 13; pui. to 6«Dme 
' to uiv thing, htfrted fnta iti power, 


:t», f. i(ii«,(prob, ft. 6di 
1 mlh uj thi 

T by Mmply 

Kb. ft. 6du, obruo,) to 
Dj thing, and tksre- 
jbf of tight ; alu to Aurv, ^ich 

I" TW or ij diofing a gra™, an 
g the coTpH; of which mode 


■Ij period, 1 

introduced, as it wjia 
u the bones at leut 

32. PbiloBt 
The word 

1 aAiti. u M\. a. An. X. 

reroic721. Vii. Soph. 601. 

Dta tbs pptbnDing of tbe 
f every kind, whether pre- 

ifthe hu nil, whether by burning or int 
nenl, Horn. Od. lii. 12. In N. T. it i 
itfies gener. to iMer, trane. Matt. viii. ' 
it si. Sepl. and Ciiu. 

ClBBfl. ' to have courage to penbrni uij 
lion;' or, 'to lake loumga u to anj 
Ing.' In N. T. il hesra the litter tense; 
iper. rignifying abaol. ■ to be full of con- 
Imee,' as to la, evil, 2 Cor. t. 6, Ba^- 
liiiTic bZv irirrori. Heb. xiil. 6. Sept. 
id Claw. ; »l8o foil, by Ir, ' to "- — 

one,' 2 Cor. i. I. 

Bap-ria,!. iam, mat u 9itfpU 
N. T. only imperii. flap».i, tiu/ii 
■ be of good cheer,' Matl. ii. 22. liv 

phrase Xaiifiinui flip, to lake eaarage, 
equiv. to Vaptrl'B, Acts ixvili. 15. Apocr. 
Joteph. and Claaa, 

nom. and Hn. ; but gener. in ta 
writera, the effixt produced od t 
Uieieiji, adauratiim, tamder, Tl 
14. HdoL and oihen. And ao 

itm for ' I wondered ciceedinglj.' 
Qau^ilm. f. an, [Saiifui,) 

>:ima^; abaol. Mut viii. 10, o 
iSaiiiaa, Kal .Iti, and 27. ix. 8 
^tl.elal.; with adjuucti,to uo*^ 
tiling; e. gr, »ith KC of pen. ■ 
ubjecl. JdLd v. 28, idi Oavu. Tsi 
i/iv. 1% Thue. Ti. 33, S «ri. 
fiT( : irith lii Tt, Hlc. Ti. 6. , 
-21. »-ru>H Ln. i. 21. iirf Tin 
33. iv. 22, at al. i by mpi T.m 
IH : fbU. by Sti, to tom^ Oat, 
&c Lu. li. 38. John lii. 7. Iv. 27 
Ii ; by ■!, to aonder if, icheiher, 
4-1. 1 John lii. 13.— II. by impL 
tti vxjndtr a/, i. e. ^ to admire,' ttit' 
l,ea. Ln. vii. 9, i "Itinoiw iS. 
r.irdi'. AcU vii, 31. Died. Sit 
Tii« ininiv, and oft. in Cla», ; 1 
Hebr. Jude 16, floip^ijo^-.s xp 
,1'lmirtn ofpertom, L e. 'hiTinj 
«i penona ' ^rtio/. 8o Sept. li 
Joi] ;[iii. 10. In conilr. pragn. 8 
;i, Baniidliiv irtir«< tou etipioii, 
afier tie be 


S, S, adi.[e« 

HI lud of IhiBgs. In N. T. neul. 
^(io'iov, *s subit. a wonder or 
Mall. iii. 15. and Sept. 

QauiiaaTot, 4, dp, prop, art 
Dignif. admirtndia, admtrabU or 
n laid of pertoni ; wonderfjd, » 
ihinis. In N. T. only the JuOer, 
1, 1 Pet. ii. 9, lie TO euu/ioo^ 
•pile. Uui. Hi. 42. Sept. and C 

X°i4,"<ul 'oiT'eaui^ir-nT 
John ii. 30. So Xen. Cjr. i 
uiiiu £r iii) 6. et 
e(d. ft. A.(fen).ofeid<,]a 

,eV "'''ui^'^'M 


' u &» Oeidn. to Mta upon lit Oc- 
.'nnenluxpectiicla, tniig. Hence 
[. T, gencT. ' to make m public >p«tk- 

i, Hiitc skno ; iig. 1 Cdt. iv. S 
yj. Heb, I. 33. MKti. Di»l. 8ocr. lii 

ttftr^pu, T^, prop. nent. of u]j. OhTdi-^ 
*mi nbat. Ibr ni;;!Jw, hIIkiI eitci- 
* vip, u being, the AndentB tboD^hl. 
IJfnt iffomij Bucb u lightrnng: uij 
^^ ' " ' Iphdroui imell, 

in [mdratiorUy — 

talphnr w uvd 
BIbnodoD of Its nffinitj toliffhlninD. 

Ipeifi nia Koi Silov t' Bolbbiironi 

■h') fir' alipiuwE. RcT. il. 17, 18, il. 


•ifft,a,w.*dj.(6(d<,) ifiimH, twrion- 

lBebiJ,2 Pm. i. 3, K|. Sept. & aua. ; 

t ti etiw, ' ths Dirini uture,' Ok 

^, Act! xvil. 39, ud Clara. 

• lOTKI, trroi, B, (e«iv,)-OB%. GW- 

^ L «. the Dime nature and perfoc- 

1, Bom. i. 20. Lurim ill. 149, and 

UilTit, UK, O, A, «lj. (eiioi',) iW- 

(Xilfia. eT«, -ri, (p«rf. Tiflaijun, 
A«,) fn^ i. e. o^TCfl DofttwM, the 
Ij by whieb we will tsq thing. Thi^ 
. doa not occur in AtDe Gieek. In 
', it denote*, I. prop, the nuilt or 
ueiriH of thia (icult*, will. wiah. 

pkamn, Mut. llvi. 42, yunfiira, 
A. aov. Act. «i. 14. ICor. jri, 12, 
\, e. Eph. v. 17. 1 Pet. ii. 15. ii. 2. 

John T. U, ■!. And eo in John i. 
iX. aapxit, 'cimal desire,' or rather 
In which «e*n led bynstuislimtinct.- 

P>. i, 2, and Ecclui. viii. 15.-II. 
IN. will, the Oivig willed, ' what one 

to do, or to be done,' HatL vii. 21, 

A WDtiS» ri SiK. ToS rii.T,n)c, and 
i, al. aspe. Eph. ii. 3, -ri StiXniiiiTe 
'a^ffi, ' the de«re> of the fleah,' i. e. 

to which n bod]' making ui prone ta 
dines D*. The plural alBo occura in 

2 Chron. il. 13^ el il. sind Thwdor 


a, 'iheirwill ind pleMuni,' 
id to he dons. Hence by 
:. purvoafl. decrte. Malt. 

vTafl. Acti"«ii.''l4!'H™ 
collect, -rd S. tdD &u>5. 

impl. will, i 
iviii. U, oui 
noTfidi. Job 

wtlV, meaniDE lie faajig tf ariUing.fna 
«iU; of man, 1 Cor. vli' S7, ifov^iao ii 
tvii iripi tdS U.'oi' *. 3 Pel. i. 21; of 
God, Eph. i. 5, 11. 1 PeL iiL 17, •! mii 

eiXqrT<(, iw, i),(dAu,) mil, >lhe 
^•od pleuure of Ood, Heb. ii. 4. Sept. 
£2ek. iiiii. 33. 2 Ukc. xiL 16. Stobd 
Eel. Phya. Tol. ii. 163. 

Bi\.a,{(. iiM<rH)tli)wiU,V!iJt,dttirt; 
implyirg adm Tolilion, and thni diSnina; 
from ^uXouai, which denotes pcunw. L 
prop, lo luili, i. e. <o purpoie, itUend, dkoon, 
to ao a thing, or not I i) o(God&.Cirvl, 
foil, by infin. u». Kom. ii. 22, il »i\mr 
i Side Jt^dEo'T^a. Tiiripyni'. CoLL 27; 
by infin. and ace. 1 Tim. ii, 4 : abaol. with. 
' ' -npl. John T. 31. 2) of men, foU. by 
or. MUC. 1. 40, T^ S/iXorrl nt Kp,~ 
I. John i. 44 ; preg. Hut. lii. 21, il 
Sikiis TiXiioc ilm. John Ti. 67; bj 
inf. and aor. Ln. i. 63; UhmI. with inf. 
impl. Mattyiii.2,idi>dAi,c. Hk.iii.13. 
So with aeg. ci i9iX.n, nd to wiU or hate 
ia mind, and br impl. to will not, io deter- 
mine Nor to do tbi« or that, &c. ; foR by 
■-' - " - ii. 18, ouK WiXi xopa- 
Ti.26;prea. John viL 1 ; 
impl. Matt, xtiii. 30. In 
aiitith. e. gr. to vntl and lo do, Rom. vii. 
IB. Fhil.u. 13. InHLit.i.I9,xi7^t'X<u' 

13, oiv WfKlv audi -rolK ittdaXi^ain-^ 

ling for 
.... . CW) 

. e. ■ could not bring himself,' dared itol. 
luC in the farmer passage the senH ia 
imply, aa we aay, tat caring, not being 
iisposed ; and in the Inter much the ■ 
— -: <a ilw in Hut. ii. 18, oix ifOtXc 
iiXiie^vai. 3)j^. of the wind, John 
, Siroi' Sl\tt. rrii: an eiprasrioii 
... .0 be paralleled by those piuagei of 
Ihc Clnsitcal writera (aa Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 
""',) where voliiiitn ia asciibed uianimaU. 
L_ J* ... — -^ight mora aptly have 


&c. Xen 

a Hdot. 


V. 13, il 

5 ictsA, desire, ehoMe; toll. 

'•The wiih above Ee Joiie.'' , ,^„, 

u I nQd ICC. Hk. ii 

,. IS. So ■<i\'4i w%- 


RsT. li. 11, 12 : foil. bTT«, Mk. iiL41, , 
and TBI,, n. 47; iIikIL Ll. iit. 29, rf. i 
Sept. uiil Clu>. S)toWl<'Tir>.irith 
iiuntion,' Mill, uviii. 1, i. -riu Tiiijiai. 
Cob. Tab. 1. Fig, to coaaiUr alleatml^. 
Heb. vii.4, ^lupilTi di, miXfjui dutot, 
and Clui. 3} fa /oat oj, i. e. b; impl. to 
aimpreiend, recegfiiK, admotcUdgi, vilh 
ace. of pen. Jobn Ti. 40, Tai o ititpmt 
r6t Yiir, imd xii. 45. liv. 17. WUd. liii. 
a. IMod. Sic lii. 53, nAc UrDn.— IL 
limply to«M,p«tinwmUilheey««,fcioU, 
nsirlr «quir. ta i«>r«, 1 ) gener. foil, by 
iicc. offien. Mk. iii. 11. John it. 8, «Ea1. ; 
with part, added, Lu. i. 16, iBiioow 
Tdv SsTowv— Ttfr.iin'a. ixiT.39. Mk.T. 
13. John Ti. 19. Foil, by ace. of liuH, 
Ld. ixI. 6, Taih-a i ^iMiirt. John nL 
3; with panic, added, John i. 12, A, rii/ 
\i*or ipxoii'nr. u. 6, al. Sept. aud 
aiB. i) to penxm.mmi, natation, by 
5Ti,Mk.iTi.4; byiroVn, A««ixi.20; 
hy ace. of thing, Hk.v. 38. ■nl »>»p.; 
dopif^v. 2 Mace. ii. 23. Died. Sic. liii. 
3S. 3) tram the Hebr. to sw, i. e. erne- 
Haae, c. gr.Tdr Sanmw, John viu. 51. 

eiapln, ac, i}.(9isii>^,] prop, thtaa 
o/rinr.»j,anj thing, i™. Ant. ii. 9,5, 
Hard 3.BpIoK. Dan. v. 7, Cod. ChiiL 
Al>n >h. ilgU of what ii liewed, 2 Muc. 
but chiefly that of pubilc ipcc- 
gaioM, &c. Thnc. Ti. 16, Xen. 

Hirr. i. 12, «pcc. a n 
rip. B«ch. low, Matl 

pian. In N. T, of the tpictarU of public 
execution. Lu. xiiii. 48, oi an^-wapayt- 

amiLS Mac"' V. y^Td « irx'Wii ffi;uj 

and o( a lad iptdade, gen. in SAch. 
From. 827, atiXn' ^' Jkousov fi><n('>>4 
itiaplap. And so nieo'a^um ia Latin, 
and fijfcf^v/e in Engl. 

eri«i, Jii, n, (tIBi])!!,) HpoBtorp, or 
riKntfai^ to put any tbintr In, u ■ colfiiT 
orcUtTcell orctaunber; bV»i»ath«Llk 
OT KLbbard (or a >«ard, John xyiii. 11, as 

lit foil, by »c 


;0 OHS 

min, Rom. i. 2G, at), fiqit. LcT. xxril. 4 
und Rometimea, thongb varoly, in CtiH 
'21 tJ d-^Xf, tdl. -vhvt, 0* iu the pbna 
a^iv Kul ^qXu, Hut III. 4. Mk. I.I 

r melon, the Aw( of tbe ehai 
' or game, Horn. Od.ii.Ui 
a.vL13. In N. T. 00(00.19 
». cauM of diiba 

>, Pint. 


enptim, f. iiiffo, (d^,) f 
jbrjHj, take wild animali, a> ofun m u _ 
In N. T. fig. to hoL i. e. taki •i(,teM 

«/; «>j one% worda^Lu. _xL 54, Inrim 
3np«i'<riiI-r.Ji[Toiiirro,«rroiBir™- I 

eupiofiaWa, £ •!»». (Aiipll*, 
v^ifiai,) to J^i milk mid beaitl,M' 
dfmnei poraom hi the pablic ■ — "- 
.Vrtem. ii. 54. Ab»l. 1 Cor. i 
^-flT(4 ^vGpuirop tSrfpiafiAxt^* ' 
ani prababl; Gg, in olloBDn to 
recorded, Acta ni. 29, when aeenjrti 

C«, Td, lequiT. to *lftl 1 

bui(, Hk.i.l3,Ao&Bll 
-II. Bg. of h ■ — 

nt. L 12, and Bmetime. 

e„<ravp(£-,f.J«, (S.,<™i^) t 
urop. la Ireaaire up, lag n ifc— 
Li« ; foil, by ace. of thing 

En. exM. or impl. 11 Matl 
I. xH.3l,al. Sept. and n 
!n fay i^, aa lud of «n(, f 

l'™"!i"*18| alSoin- 

Oiiravpdt, oS, i, der. from -rBm' 
and Bvpoii : or rather, ag there ii no IbB' 
of Ihs eiietenee of aZpav in Ibe OnA 
from Heb. "HMt from '1IH, to In wi. D* 
wsrd hag two icnin : Il'tomelUqU 
- id 2)the pfaeewbinil* 
rhich Bignincationi tbs 1^ 
ig found in Ha* 

>r4i>. Ja. T. 3. 8M J 
10 in pua. ntfmd, mi 
9od, for, 2 Pet aL I, ' 

Tier i> the 
ind Find! 

e latt 

eof Her<>dotna,hy 

So Jobiii. 12. uaoTohieWoi™. Can^c ' 
viii. I, and ChiB9. Panic. diMi-". 
latMisff, Matl. ui. IB. 
ejfAi'»,«a,t,«dj.gcn.jiinol<,»pi.'Hed,\vio''oi. eKeli«X.-K«.. tf OCtbclM 
ai matiiym data, to the female of an>\ ii«ein.V&'<\n6VM™\»i«,ii^Mfc wi'J 
oBimal, whatever. In N. T. 1) n &Vi\ain,\M¥ in CVn«, «A\n ■&« iAw» * 
" tubtl. to denote a/enudt^ i.e. « t 

^ any Ibing taid itp in M* 
prop. leraporaL in thil Ik 

J, liii. 44. Lu. Iii. 34. W 

iL 26. Sept, and Claas. 2) fig. firtd 

pertaining to the Knl and eternal ■ 

Slatt.n.20. Mk.i.21. Ld. ^.JO.* 

id in 2 Cor. iv. 7, of the Gaiprl of Chi 

indcred ag a preciou " ' "--■■- 

I*cll msj>»ciaiui1ialliCT«of. So Plato, 
U. 15, E. «> Tiva o-o^ilac lipiiiiiii 3>)- 

iiif. — 11. a Jnorury, or piace vSere 
Met or tieMureH an repoaited to be 
ftmi forth BDd disRibotEd u occaiion 
■^ require, HtU. liii. 52, iKpAKXii (> 
«■ ^iimiiipoii aiiroii iio>vd,&c. So Ito- 
■teitelliDemonkus, §30, thgt he huj 
1M doWQ ancfa and luch rulea for hi> con- 
iiet, IbU he migbt dnw cbem fortli 
■rrtp ix Tafuilou. And LucUo, Bbet, 
,hMcp. tellA bift pnpQ to nad the modem 

Uem ■aSdria ix 
\ Urn. ii- 11, if 




4b thoughts, fecliogB, and couTLGele u« u 
ilveie bid np, to be diawa forth bv the 
iAj EiiEenda of life. Matt. lii. 35, i 
tyaBit IvtlpuTcic Ik tou iy. iiirr. t^s I 
E^iot (i^iWii TiL rivaed' where i<c^. 

• Bispl; for Tpo^ffii, u uted of woidi i 
fdao; and in the term there it merely 
ft aUqaioD to the diAttrmmefU of moDO} 

* tdnablee fcom a treumy. So Lu. i. 
tfi, tiipaK<i' Hb Ji)iiiif)M. 

eiy-yisu., r 5I£o,«oi, aor. Z ffcyoi., 
a bngtliened fonn of the pree. tar dfyw,] 
ijgeoer, fr> tofir:A, prop, with the hand or 
not, Col. ii. 21. 2) vith gen. to touch by 
bHH la, to TvacA, Heb. xil. 20, Kur d<j- 
>fo Siyn Tov opouE. 3) with an idea of 
farce, (0 im^, iarm, Heb. xi. 28, Ivn p4 £ 

'AoffMVBV Td XpUTOTOKB ^frit ailTUV. 

ei^f 3a, f. ifiw, gener. to prest, con- 
tnv, dripnn, opprwg. In 14. T. 1. FJtOP, 
if a penoD in a crowd, Mk. iii. 9, W jiii 
»XI0»n.> ouTOf. Kcelm. ivi. 28. A^ 
mid. ii. 37, Luc. Nigr. 1 3, »\l^«>i>(ai 

Ibriin, Epict. 1. 25, conjoins &Xiy3f .» and 
mtiax^ptXv : alio SXlptnetti, Luc. 
E^arod. vii. 6, to £e crwvdtd upon, as said 
tf a penwn ; sl» to ie nuiruui, ai taid of 
ia£Mi,Po11niii.23, w6\>t »X<)3ofi>>^, 
a>d Theoer. Id. ui. 18, SAi^o/ii^nu nd- 
t.|S>ir. InN.T.s^dof a rtkuJAcmuiea' 
a, and by impl. narnnc, Matt. vii. 14. 

^. to TJ aiS iiiiuv<i:pK.—l\. no. to 
mpna with evilt, aMict. i Tb. i. 6, tdIc 
iUpamit ii^is : p>u. 2 Cor. i. 6. it. 8. 
md Sept. and Clau. ; »pec. to be affiieM 
nth poTirty, ITIm.T. 10, d aXifie/ii-^ 

1 ePA 

iiarrou tteXi^^lfmw Tur ^Itu, 'their 

6XJiJr<?, Auv, 11, (^\i^v,)prop. in act, 
lenae, CE>mtm?stofj, 8t fig. preaurt Ir, eviU, 
ifflirtim. disfi™, whether from trouble of 
mind, at 2 Cor, ii. 4, i( irokXHt ik, nil 
nuMXilt "I'Bti'-l typaifia, Phil. i. 16 ; or 
pain of body, John ni. 21 ; where »ud of 
L woman in travail \ a« al»o in Sept. and 
Anocr. Oft. however, )l i« uaed, pan. by 
li by which toy one uprened. 


i. ID, a1. So 



a'Co'rVvi. i."!"Tb^iii'. 7. Sept.'imd Apoorl 
ev^JKO. (f. iamiaat, "'■ ^ ^^-^ 
yav,wT(.-iieiiT,Kit,luf.rt0iMnti,) lodit. 
In N, T, only perf. -riiintiai, to ham died, 
i. e. to ie dead, in t. pies. MUM, Mk. it. 
il Bn T^ei^t... Lu.yiii.49. ITiro.r. 


1 Cor. IT. 53, wj. 2 Cor. v. 4. Sepi 
.v^U, f. *™, (So>p«,) i 

tajeficr, Matt. ix. 23, U^¥ oy^"' ^0|»^ 
^£;^i»>i'. Mk. T. 39. Act> n. 10. 2) 
ttana. to set in on uproar, to eacSe ttaaaa 
in a pliHs, aa T^r iroXiv, Act* xiii. 5. 
Dion. UaL ii. 68, ieapifiit" -^ ir°i^<K 

multitude, vii. 1} gener. Matt, iirii. 24, 
^opu^t yiy,Ta,, and ofL; of loud la- 
menution, uuifinj;, Mk. t. 3S. 2) ipec. 

5. vat. liy. 2.Tcl^"ii. I, mdClisI. 
6pai«<, f. ires, p. fm. Wepaixr/iai, 1) 

imp. to ireojt tn piecea, enah, Pol. t). 23, 
1. Anem. iii. 30, but 2) dmoat elwaya 
used metaph. in the sense to crwA any 
one's strength, to destroy bis power, Pind. 
01. vi. 161. Pint. Aleib. A. tiv«,uv. or 
to crush hie hopes, Hditn. iii. 2, 1, or his 
couiwe, Diod. &c. t. 240. Tiepavrrai o 
Av/idt. Plut. Cm. 19, i-r.-epa«<TT. -ri}, 
ToXunt. or his mind alto^ther, Pli 



altogeibi , 
17, ^pau^aiuov "rail Xoyur/idv, 
" " " """ '--'-'.'opp. 

oken down in d 

II. 3, ^ij 4io|3unei 
bruised, i. e. opprea! 

icai TeOpauirfilvin 

id ind spirits,' like 


Ofitltita, am, Ti, (rpf^,) prop, r 

nnejdi^^ ^ujuunu] bred up/ DBedopti: 
of lame iDioiug ccind bji tM cm «f mi n 
aMle,lloda, ud kerdi. So JoIid It. I'} 

where, bonever, Kypll^ TiHnji 
Schleuinoi reader domatia, ' 
epnslJDg to two pavagee of 

howehoLi , 
iboDd, wif". 

Yet thoM, being merely inetriptionfcaflbril 

BoiH of ^pl/i/tara. And (he miu laaiue 

ii qnite tdvene, ticce ip. ia the p&rrU 

aim.;!, I tpjmhsnd, [except iu two <ir 

three pungaofJimhL ind Libut.wher^: , ,. 

nun ue, id Ihe thetorial itjle of tii05<^ nf the head; ung. Ilatt. ' 

writen, fig. tmoed iplaiurra, in imilu- 1 i>lur x. 3D, and afi. in Sept. 

tioo of the poetic uiage at ipiii/ia in tbc I ibe heir of uimali, Hitl. ii 

6f,i<TK0t, o«; i, *, »di, 
fo^ in a low Toice and h 
iiod-Jiartng, e<)uiv. lo tintii 
gener. pioia^ retigioiu, Jl i. t 

umA • to hold a triumph,- Fl 
4. Hdiui.i. 6, 16. In K T. 
Imd n irnmiA, to irimjA m 
Co].ii. 15. 2)cuiHt.tocaui 

®p'£i '^l»X*'> ^. (plur. - 
plur. ^Bifi,) a iou-, plur. U 
of the head; ung. Butt. t. 

B b«i M - 

■0.) d 

qnen'tlT in the Clue, u Xen. ^i 
23. Pol. ii. 26 G. iT. 75, 2, o^uutb K„i 
.^pijiiuTa, ' aUTei and cattle,' Hdian, iii 
9, ii. .ffiL V. H. lii. 66, where Tiii 
iptl^ii-rar m oppoaed to Tw ■wailau 
Diod. Sic t. L 321. And the mention (.: 
(he atlie ii nof , u Kjpke eari, iirelevaiii 

nule the gnat cofqonineu of the water 
cattle, in the Eait, lequiiing to be waterii: 
at the Weill, Aa to the alleged indtconrji, 

•o in Ihe laKoi . „ , 

Heb, called ' »Rt of my bouie.' Finallv, 
the mentiop of the cUIle u quite agneabla 
to the simplicitj of ancient limes, espec, 
in a runl conntrf like Samaria. 

Bprtuiai, f. Bim, {dpijiHK.) to uvf/i 
ahadt votf, nuwm, viz. l)intnns. John 

hired mouraen wailing for the desil. 
HatUii. 17. Lu.Tii.32.Sept. &Hom. II. 
ziiT. 722. 3) trana. in laur oeage. (o &- 
H«tf, Lu. Iliii. 27. Sept and Hdian. iil. 
U, 3. 

dpqvoi, ou, i,{»pia, to wail,) loi,,/ 
mepa^, milag, Matt, ii, 18. Sept. auii 


4, [ifvx 


Aippiag, rtligaut worijip ; oti in Clas.. 
m'ti the ida of auperalition. And an 
A.w«/3 t£i' iS'^y iXav, Col. ii. IB; iVn 
"' fl ferere aeeetic mode of worship, »ucl\ 

in H. T. trana. topertari, diih 
pua. Uatl. ixiy. 6, ii.ii ipoiio 

QpofipBt, av, i, a drop 
coagulated n»tter,B9pec. blocd 
.Xichyl. and oft in Galen and 

6f>d;'oc, eo,o, (Spdof, cogn 
to monnt, prop, a high leal u 
fMt-itool, Horn. Od.i. lis. In 
ia a. T. a (Arotte, as the embl 
authority. 1 ] prop, aa H.ttrihnt 
Lu. i. 52. Acta ii. 30. Sept. & 
to Ood, aa the SoTereign of ll 
Matt. T. 34, Act. vii, 49, Hel 
t^ept. ; to Jesui, aa the Mcuiah 
28, al. ; to the Apoetlei in the 
flod. Mitt, Jii, ^. Lu.aii, 3 

; also BTmhol, to the e 
irone. Rev. iv, 4; fui 

13; eymbol. to (be beaat, i 

" domitaon, Lu. i, 

iponn dauti. Hel 

m. T, 35, et aepise. in N, T, 
M also in Clau, ; fig. ai expr 
liliola in Latin, and dtrnghtrr ir 
Vclilior of kindness and lifcct 
u, 18, (Ic u\o!k Ksi bvy. 
,*mp, Jer, iiit.1,9; also y« 
address. Matt, ii, 22, iipm, 
-13. Sept. in Ruthji. 8. jii. 1( 

I Horn 

» Greek di 

K,, from the Heb,, <laiigil&. 

u. \6, ^iri- *k^poi^ ■«* 

1, Acta iivi, 5. Wied, iiV.'*i.\G™. JT"m,'i%'*»i^wi'* 

Luc. Sacrif. 10. Hdian. T, 3, 12 ; geiicr, \ ati— \U.ftoioftitVle"i..,i!tt 

u« regarded u hei (^prng, s. et. 

Dd oft. Hence, in ling. iuy. SiAr, 
oAabHanli. Thi* fonn of exfta- 
L tho cerrnpoDdiiLg Hebnv tenn 
Y^/ry comDiDa in tbo t^. ''*.; md 
. ■JmoM wholl; confined to the 
bcwka, i« ocanonall; found in the 

daiu^iten <jf tit titi/ 

irilb lAiich may be compiTed 
in Rnd. Pyth. ix. 31, 

iCDted u tounoi. Thni, for imtuice, 
t merM of »me raedeli of Vcgpk- 
ud Titoa, Jadoa ii eibibited u b 
Bi uttinf Hrrowful on the grmind 
r « palm-tiee, with the iucriplloii 

iv^Tpiov, ov, ri, (dimiD. ef Atry^ 
)alitt^ii<H^iUr,Uk.-7.'& tU.25. 
n. p. Get. Long. p. 6. Anon, ^k 
. in ftyftlim. 

tiXXa, >|s:, iS, (fr- ^uw, to mib, u 
\a fr. JB snd iIAiui,to(Mtr{,- tbiu 
IcL Theog. 874, it is uid of the ndnda. 
i iicuam iikXriA a whirhBBid, Aurrv 
1, Horn. Od. .. 317, iimli iLHryo^iimt 
pm, i\eoii.ra iitXKa. Aiitt. '- 
Ddo i. In N. T. the vord occiin 
BeV lii. IB, yni^ij. unl okoti^ 
DA;, * mode of cipreHian formed on 
I ficp'' Tcnian of iteut. iv. 11, when 
iUi) comapondi to the Hebr. 'jm 
ngt it doea not npietent ill >ente, 
i iarbias, bnt vu adopted b; the 
ilh lefiireneo to the lio- 
ucompuled the cli 
lightning of %nii, E] 
1S{ peihipa leading 

H that 

li nppoting the eipri 


IB fro 

rkof,' • 


J/lfBTtiplOP, on, T^, (J^illJa,) a 

r, for burning inceDM, Heb. ii. 4; 

;u.d», t. iTm, (3Cm<<. ^""0 to 
twviua, abtol. Lu. i. 9, tkax* -">» 

I in Cine, to fiffit ficrirlii, (for ^nf 
I trOaf ,) or * to cinj on wnr with oa- 

iniiBodti',' e" '''- '""'" "' 

i" P. 

_. the word o 
20, ^fAOiiax^v 
nhere, *a diere ia no reuoo lo 

._ ihit Herod <n> U war with the 

T^'nnnt, iHo Ktueii inppaed to be, 'mi 

ratly ofTcnded aritb,' u ia Polyb. xxril. 
1, S. iiti TDtt viyoviJvi, and il, 40, 3. 
Pbil. Deiuetr. 22, IBv/uifi^ii rp6t 
aurait, 3^1, &c. See more in mr uote. 

8 Ofidc, eS, i, (3'iiu,] prop. Uc leari or 
Slid, conaiJered u the aeat of life, Horn. 
H. iv. 470; (Im tie tavl at mnd, aitha 
seat of ihi mO oi dairt, H. ri. 439 ; or 
of tLfi finotiont and paiuons, Horn. IL 
i, 19fi. Ilenco gener. and in N. T. rxB- 
STON, i. e, ^violent commatiOD of mind,* 
iralimialioi' or uraH, difforing from ipyif 
in tbi^ mode of conception rather than ia 
ibe tiling dgnified, La. iv. 26, irXireir- 
imv vdiim ^viioii. Acta lil. 28. Eph. 
iv.31. Cd.iii.e. Heb.jti.27, Kev. xH. 
IS. Sept. udClau.; plur. ^duoI, Imntt 
y iin wr, Gal. T. 2U ; epoloen of G< ' 

God, and 

judamenli. Rev. it. i. ttom. u. H, 3^0i 
nal ipyli, 'ibodireat judgment^.', Fdi~ 
ther, in 0. T. a> Jor. «t. 16. I.. E 17, 
Jchoiih i> reprewnted a> ginng to the 

nalioDB in hii wrath " ----- ^— --■ 

EO that Ihej reel 

e,d_M, in N.I 

._. rrath of 

. and with olvot impl. 
IT figure, i \riii6< Toii 

eu/ioM, f. Jpom, (SiF^clt,! loproBottlo 
jiqEr, jind pass, to be anffry^ Matt ii. 16. 
le'pt. anii CliM. 

0i)pa, at, 4, 1 door, and plur. al 

TEiaple, iii. 2; _ of a 

■poB Tiji. ^vpoH, eoMW. In -rh itpfr 
Bvpa, Xen. Cyt. ■ml. 5,^. So l«\^ » 

epulchrc, nioiUi. Mut. 

ptBp. ttrDBjirThm, in PhUMtr. 946, i 

on&x Ihraugli wbicfa He kg;' u in Slob. 
307, 42, it IB put lor tfae orilice of the 
podeji : metapti- aovn, opporitaahf^ u 
avoi-fiiii rlia dupnv, ta xt opai a door, 
i. e. ' to give icceu,' ' present r^KHtnnilj, 

aeeRer. jii. B, ^vpa 4b>i<By^i»^, ^frMBC- 
ceu to one;' melon, 'one who ig the nc 

■yu ilfit A Au|io TBV ■wpB^i.-iaai. So 
Chritt ii Bid by IgnM. id Phil. § 9, to be 
q Supa -wS rinrpoi. 

:low tbe S^pa,' 
:nt. The Hard 
in tdj. Hilh Ibe 

■eemi to have been pnm. an tdj. 
ellipL of irfTpoc. In Ut, Gr. it 
m«n a MkU, ftom the raembluice to a 
door. And » ID N. T, Eph. yi. 16, fig. 

Bupli, fjoe, i, (dim. of liipa,ijea- 
nge.) a lilUt door or aperttm. Pel. lii. 
3S,S;««oii«pn (2). In N. T. Acta 
II. 9, Kiieiiuivoi j^l Tqc ^vpijos, it li^ 
uifieft fckJDdof Dwo catemefU projecting m 
front, like the Turiiiih kmli, or bag am- 
' * ' ir opened by " '-"'-■ " '^-- 

i. 33, tii S'Hpi JiK, n aiadov!, o 

/aslra in Lttin m 

10 let 

rind ; ■ 

doBr^ietper, Mk. liii. 31. 6 ^up. John 
Iriii. Iff, 4 3iip. ; of a. aheplicrd keeping 
wEtch »l the door of » fold, John i. S. 

imto,i. e. I. 
7. ItUtl. ii. 13. 



. Ae fui of ncrij^ng. 
, JXtoi' AiX» ' ■ ' 
i, Jul T^ .3vi 

■" a, Sdd of in ei|ri>torj HciiHte 
Eph. T. 3. He' ' - -' " 

'i of li^\ 

crifited,' the n 
im,' Mk.i: ' 

I. IS, al 

prieaU tai penoni oifering the iw 
Sept. and ClMti.; mctiph. lPel.u.5, 

ag done by the 
le (HCiifice, 

_ . . .or, gener. Mall, t, 2S, and 
Job. mid Philo; Bpe«. at lbs 
bumt-oSerinzi in the Temple, M 
35, SolCor.ii. 1! 
X. 18, icoiiwhI Toi ivn. ud 
in, ipayitK in Toi ^a. 'of lb 
kid upon lliflilLar;' avmb. inhea 
vi,9.xri.7. 9«.<™T,ia™.) 
■ I mice from (he altar,' Sert 
allu of incenao in the temple, 

>ld, prop. Lu. i. 11 : aymbol. ii 

e<.*Ui.3,5. 11.13. 

6us, f. AiTing, perf. paai. 

r. 13, fldiXj 

vith di 


XY. 23, t6« (iw 
^<aer. Jobni. 1D,'udSept.' 

Bupaf, QKDv, o^a bntai-jJai 
\,a. Ulrica, armour coveiing 
'mm the neck to the thtgha; ] 
X. 9, 17. Sept. and CUsa.; fii; 

I. 'Comp. Sept. K. lii. 17, Wi> 

■I a,.-. 

r™,Td.(I.,.o,, *« 


rr= la^iT«» 


0. Sept. 

nd ClaB<. 


, f. i'XO^C.i, 


ith l&\ 

» Bud luiv 

,i»,) deponent mid. i. 



mperf. Ibmi 


ha>e the ae 

live Big 

hilo perf 

p.... Uf.^,, 

lor. 1. p 


-. Lb. 

ig,'Mk. V.29. Lu. Ti. 17. 

«.; meuph. of moral diacu 

.. .. tone, fiDin >.he eoIuequeiH 




S2. Acts iv. 22, 30. Sept. and 

t9, i^, n, jasper^ a precious 
various colours, as purple, ceru- 
en, &c. Rev. iv. 3. xxi. 11, 18, 

o«, ov, by (lao/iat,) a physician^ 
17. V. 26, et al. and Sept. and 

1st form for tdi, imper. aor. 2. of 
!. In N. T. often partic. of ex- 
1, loy beheld I e. gr. as calling at- 

something present. Matt. xxv. 
5. Mk. xi. 21. John i. 48. Ad- 
mnrentlj to several, but directed 
[k. iii. 34. John i. 29. vii. 26, al. 
Dse of observe, consider, Mk. xv. 
V. 14. Gal. V. 2, at least as the 
and Lexicog. direct. But, in 
re is in those passages no ex- 

1 at all; nor, indeed, is Us, in 
a particle at all, but the imperat. 

and, therefore, it ought to be 
Ue, as is done by Griesb. and 
the passage of Galat.; and ought, 
ency, to have been done at the 

as, ^, (c7dco,) species, asped, ex- 
tearance. Matt, xxviii. 3, and in 
rhuc. vi. 4. Eur. Bacch. 463. 

ia, ov, adj. (fr. I^ov for eT^v, 
The word, as Lenneu observes, 
rop. spedalis, (thougn i^tKos is 
usual term to convey that idea,) 
e privtis, proprius, privcUus, I. 
ing to a private person, and not 


, Hom. Od. iii. 82 ; or ^qfioVtov, 
t. iv. 21. Jos. Bell. Jud. iv. 4, 1. 
N. T. in two adverbial expres- 
I6ia, individuaUy, severally, (opp. 
a, Xen. Hist. xi. 9, and oft. in 
Cor. xii. 11, Siatpovv I6ia kK&- 
is /SouXeTat. 2) kut Utav, 
by oneself, apart from others, 
au individual, cUone, Matt. xiv. 
•vifiii et« TO opo9 kut' iSiaif. 
[k. vi. 31, al. ; of several, as apait 
others. Matt. xvii. 19. Mk. iv. 
al. and Class. — II. as belonging 
F, and not to another, own, pro- 
iar, viz. 1 ) denoting ownership, 
rhich one is himself the propri- 
vm, thy own, ?iis ovm, &c. IJsed 
s, Matt. xxii. 5, ctv Tdv Idiov 
XV. 15, Id. SOvafiiv. Mk. xv. 20, 
z liia. John v. 43, bv tiJo ovofiaTt 
vii. 18. Rom. x. 3, Ttjv ISiau 
ftiv. xiv. 5. 2 Pet. i. 20, Wms 
»«. So civ Ttji/ ISlav TToXtP, 
ne resides,* Matt. ix. 7, or ^ the 
e*s fsmilyf ' Lu. ii. 3. iv rp ISta 
John Jr. 44. Pleonaat. with a 

gen. of person in addition, John x. 12, od 
ovK elo-t Td Trpo^aTa Idia. 2 Pet. iii. 
3, 16. Sept. and Class. Hence rd Idta, 
gener. possessions, property, Lu. xviiL 28, 
in MSS. Xen. Hist x. 5 ; and spec. one*8 
oum house, home^ John xix. 27, ikaptv 
ai/Trjv 6 fiadtiTTi^ th t& tdia, zvi. 32. 
Acts xxi. 6. Sept. Esth. v. 10. vi. 12, and 
Class. ; or oum nation, petiole, John i. 11, 
rjXdEu tU Tck tdia. Also trpacciiv tUl 
Uia, to transad one's oum affairs, 1 Thess. 
iv. 11. XaXctv Ik tS)v Iditoif, to speak 
Old of one's oum heart, i. e. disposition, 
character, John viii. 44. As said of PEIU 
SONS, e. ffr. Uio^ ddcA.4>o«, John i 42. 
di/^p, 1 Cor. vii. 2. ietnroTijs, 1 Tim. vi. 
1. dovXo^, Matt. xxv. 14. Kvpios, Rom. 
xiv. 4. iraT^p, John v. 18. wW«, Rom. 
yiii. 32. ovfx<pvKi'rai, countrymen, 1 Thess. 
ii. 14. W. irpod>rjrai, i. e. * of their own 
country,* 1 Tness. ii. 15. Uiov ai/roiv 
'jrpod>n'rti9. Tit. L 12, and Class. Hence 
al Uioi, one's own household, familyy 
1 Tim. V. 8. oum friends, compawUms, 
John xiiL 1. Acts iv. 23. xxi v. 23. oum 
people, countrymen, John i. 11. Collect. 
Td Uiov, John XV. 19. 2 Mace. xii. ^. 
Jos. B. J. iv. 4, 6. Diod. Sic. xiii. 92. 2) 
in the sense of peculiar, particular, said of 
things, distinguishing one person from 
others, e. gr. Idia dt^Xcierov, Acts i. 19. ii. 6, 
8. SufTidai/iovia, xxv. 19. xapurfia, 1 Cor. 
vii. 7, and Class. 3) as denoting that 
which, in its own nature, or by appoint- 
ment, pertains in any way to a person or 
thing, e. gr. Acts xiii. 36, Aavtd iikv 
ydp 16 i a yevia virt^/ocTijcav, his oum 
generation, m which he lived. 1 Cor. iii. 
8, t6v ISiov fxicOdv — Koirov, and xv. 23. 
Jude 6. Acts i. 25, eI« Tdv tottov t6v tiiov, 
to his oum place, i. e. proper and appointed 
for him. So icatods lotos, or Kaipol tdtot, 
don time, i. e. aue, proper time, as de- 
termined of God, Gal. VI. 9. 1 Tim. ii. 6. 
vi. 15. Tit. i. 3. 4) sometimes Tdios is 

put instead of a possess, pron. without any 
emphasis, e. gr. Matt. xxii. 5. xxv. 14. 
1 ret. iii. 1, 5. Also equiv. to eauTov, 
1 Cor. vii. 2, 'iKaorrov Tfjv iavrov 
yvvalKa ix^''"**'* 'f*'* iK&cmi t6v tiiov 
avSpa. John i. 41, rdv ddt\<l>dv Tdv tdiov, 

*ldtu)Trii, ov, 6, {Uioi,) 1) prop, and 
often in Class, a private person, as dis- 
ting. from one in a public station, hold- 
ing any office civil or ecclesiastical ; 2) 
from one who practises an art profes- 
sionally, compared with one who is merely, 
as we say, an amateur. So in Xen. Mem. 
iii. 7, 7, we have i^ioiTot opp. to darKtirai^ 
as in Thuc. ii. 48, 3, laTpOi to l^Kuxivt., 
and in Plato Pol. p. 4^^, laTpoV \.o U^^aav* 
3) * one who is uneorercised in an afl^ «^^% 
to ' one who is exemsed va. \\.^ llVxi^i. n\% 
72, ISiwTa^ — XEipoTixyaw% ^ Vck"^%'^» 


lAO 1 

Adfl IT. 13, &ir9p. Avpauiiarot g,ji 
«,5t=.. 1 Cor, iW. 16, 23, 24. u in 
AthcD. I7fi, UiuTDG ml draX^a^uTDc 
Artam. iv. 59,-niii iHr<iidc»Tii<;i IJiutuc 
So 2Cor. zL 6, II, t^ Xoyif, 
of doaoenrE.' or bit " 


of dUDCoce,' or excellencT ol epeec 
~ Cot. ii. 1, 4,) vhoH laugui^ u- 

nnpoliBhed, u 

dpt-riiif ol KaXtit 't 

II 6fBC, 

r. piftjcia, lot beioiil . 

iBiiallj put ftt 

gift of Magna.' 

(prop, for IA.i. i 

|ini>0 wrroiK to ol 

thing Iwjond oneHll 

beganaa of a cUum, 

fan it; hnl Kimetimei 

wordi whicb us to be particularlr noltil. 

e, gr. Lu. liii. 16 ; conitr. 1) with a nom. 

ud anile verb. I^lt. i. 20, lloi. ayyiX^c 

Kapina iAirij biItu. Sept. imd C]fB. 

21 fi™n tie Heb. with > nom, limply. 

iTbere the Terb of eiiitence 'a implied, 

38. AmJu'. lo!'™b.Vl3,M"^iL '■ 
'lipiie, uT«, i, (I&i,) meai, Lu. 

'IlpaTtio, at, i, tiipaTiui»,)prK*(- 

priemood, i 

■ MO, b™, Ti, (Up, 


a nMd, Ada ^i. Z 

'ttptit, las, o, (lipdi.) a prinl, one 
vho p«Tfbrm< the tKcred rites; uid of 
heathen priesti, i lipiii tdu Aide. Acti 
xiv. 13. Sept uid Clua. ; of the Jewiah 
priett*, gener. Mitt™. 4; oflheHigli- 
pieet, ActsT. 24, and oft.j of Mekhiw- 
d«, Heb. Tii. 1 ; of Jesui, u a ipiritnni 
High-priest /or wer V. 6. F^g.ofChris- 
tisul, who are called tipjit tco SciS. priaU 

■acriRcEL Acceptable throufii Jegiu Chriit 
Rev. i. 6. Y. 10. XI. 6, 

'Iipdi', dS, Td, (lipit,) atemple,i.i!. 
■ eoniecnted place, whether a! the true 


r^ vpoytyfVTjuti'w- Die C« 
l,[tpoir(ii*iii ami, t aem aut 
Ood, Mitt.xii. 6, et al. ratpe, (incluainE \ t. n. 4S1 , ^ipaiivreil «uw V 
the temple proper, or ftne (i/ait), anS aft \ oi. Xaa KaToftimrrM, Sw; 1**. 
A» couK^ Ac ) or of a heatfaen teio^ \ ^«b1. i»T«'l, tte iwrriu Vm 

9 the tem 

lipAu) conriated of thrw parti, 
closiree, ^i. the Temple }vi^ 
in the midiA, and two circular c 
areai, around it Thefint,orout 
[which wu alio theloweit, aid n 
ed the whole temple,) waa open fe 
contained the piiou, where tbi 
collected. «nd where thing! md 
pertaining to the aaeriBcH wse 
and told, u well at tnone; eichu 
it often called b; Chriitisn writ 
court of the Gentiln.' From th 
tecond ot inner court, (rd tiinpt 



done might enter, [a 
' ■ ■ ' LI divided 

dam were permitted to 

icto, the lacnficei wen j 

ci], for here stood the u 

infli before the entnncB ol U 

Comp. Matt. ixiiL 35. The ti 

hiehcit eacloeure was the temp 

{w,ils, Ti Up6i> ■ ■ ' ' ^- 

i. it.To.jandwhich'w 
pnrtB, tiie lanctuary (t* Syuit) 
lioly of boliet (-rj Sy,B„ i^'- 
whole temple, therefore, cooustet 
of two parti, 6 vast, and rd vp. 
the courti, &c. Henco -ri lipir 
the whole, ind alio for the wpoi 
not for the taoG ; e. gr. 1) gener 
the whoUj MiCt, XXIV. 1, rdv o 
: Mk. »iii. 1, S. Lu. XI 
mria, Tpivaor, Hitt. i 
Tfp Upu tA ffASQoTt 
Xofkri. Hk.ii. ir. 3)oftheoM 
where thing! were bought and hJ 
xx). 12; where also our Lord 
and lauritt, ver, 23, ai al» the 

of the 

IipoTpi«iic, ioi, o, 
xpciTBi.) prop. ' Buitabte to 
Ludan i. 537, 1, nieva, o 


lEF If 

^u ^MSmt. Plat. tL 87, IS, 
if mil et piKm, decent, 
■fit, i, ir mdj. (ft. W», to giTB npO 
and ia CSuL ncmf, L a. 'conae- 
A to God or diTine wonhipf Bin 
•t BtsiuiU kI apari fi>r ucnd pui- 


I nlj in oBut. plur. ri 
Msncnrf nli9,ul C 
MfA l/ryatd^f H?i. ^ thof 

VSitrtii, ^.TiilipilipoupTSTai. 
k IH, tti /H -TBf lipuv Jirl^iAlitli^ 
StiL; ot Hcred ritM of every kiod, 

!«,o,i;\i-,f.rf™, (LpAn-Xw.) 1} 
t ■ m CliM. to rob tomofai, or, m »o> 
* nj, la ogmmit taaniege. 1) u in 
li.ta!,i(p«niXiEt: mel^h. tB ]iro- 
I& fen^, b; withholding tram it tbc 
■H, in tilho, abUdDni, Sx. ippro- 
M tD it h; Ged. 

Kf .'ifXiH, sv, J, A, (lipdir, <niX^O 
. ■ tempU-ntter, ot, lilie nrijnw ib 
h, ■ piufkne pemtn, Acta ni. 37, one 
«fcn mntsmpt to the wonbip of uj 
\m ibt wordi fcUowing, oSr. fiXaaip, 
ttir, more dMilj eiprew, L e. by 
kt her deitj. 

■foupylui, f. ima, [UpBvpyi!, 1 
jLHid oh»l. ipya,) wjuir. to rd li| 

._ , IV, 16,1., . 

■rn tA iiJn7Y&«i», ' miniitering u 
t In najwet to the Ooipel.' 4 Mm 

ifmaimi, 1)1, A, (I'pdc,) prietDiBod, 
l.iii.ll,»qq. Clua. 

^ ' coming Id, TeuhiDg uuto,' and 
M B#c^, u upplied both to qiiin- 

liJM,and l)of thinn, atoi«i,2Cor. 
•t Uarir tm towbt^ A ixiTi/L(a 
r% lia.uii.3S.lcarat,'iiueiiimgk. 
hL' Sept. and Cla*L Hance -rd Ixo- 
KltfifSii^iM, e. p. ri Uoi^i' ToHiu 
M, b wife ntVaeiion, to tUiify, Mk. 
t II, ud ClaaL ri lunvdi' X<i^(<i>, ' to 
MBtiAciiao,' L e. Hcurit;, (b; Idtin- 
kl iiU irii. 9. 2) of peraoni, CWBW- 
E * 'i oxf lUv, Eurip. Fhon. S64. 
■■t>iiLS5,& fbncoft. So, 
»*Ti, aCor. n. 16, *pdi tdD™ t/c 
•**.; iw) Cto-. *r /«/: aor. » Cor. Hi. , 
'Jfe aZiad CIm ' ' ' 

[. 16, Jx^^<»' " 

3. vfuir licat^ tJ 4W«. 
jrsa(, Timrf, plur. moBi 

iwu. Sept Uld CluL : 
Vtpa., ' inanj 'l»y.' Acta ii. 23, 43, al. 
l-iauos XP^*"' '■ 1"°! Unte,' genit. Acta 
xxvti, 0. TiiL 11, & Claai. uc. X(>''>'oh 
l.rti-n^>, Lu. XX. 9. So Jic xix!™' l-"^ 
uiZiu, 'of ■ long time,' Lu. viii, 27. if 
i>.Bv„u, id. Lu. udii. 8. If.' kai^v, '■ 
long Biiile," Acta ii. 11, and Clan. 

'lKa.viTr]t, irns, i, (\Kar6t,) filaai 
/■ir ani/ purwie, alao tompefen™, or aitit(y 
to <fu fji.y Mii^, 2 Cor. <ii. 5, n UavoTqc 

oriT thina.' Plalo, Lya. tng. urii. 3S, 
'utility to >p«>k.- PUto, 215, 930. 

'Iku'ou, f. uffof, (liciu^,) ft» maibB 
™ffici«i(, reiiifcrwiJiiwfaJti, or (B ; ftU. by 
arc. 2 Cot. iii. 6. Col. i. 12. And » ia 
Clasa. bat only in pasa. 

'lKtriipta.a<ti, ((bm. of adj. Uiti}- 
pio;, bf an ellip. of ii^iot.) 1) piop. 
' thi3 bi]|^liant bnncn of oliTe,' vhicn 
funiilintiti held forth, by way oE denre- 
cacioD : lo Hdot. v. 51, mi often in C W. 
■2) inclaph. tie supplictUion, or petiiion, 
tliu! implied, Polyb. rpopiWiaBai Iki- 
T^ciai.. Itocr. p. 46, UtTTipia, nal ilij- 

<ri.? irduiliiiMi. Sa Heb. t. 7, diinii 
/<al iKtrTtptat vfiovrtutyKat. 

'iKfiii, iSot, n. (Tub, tKBID. So Hooi, 

11. xvii.392, Ixiiit l^nj naufiirs, tutpow, 
Lu. liiL 6. Sept. and Clua. 

'IXa|>di, d, dv, adj. (IXaoc,) Atttfti, 
ju^aas, 2 Cor. iz. 7> IX. Ji^c, alacra. 
Sept. and Claa. 

'IXapoTin, i|Toe, n, (IXap**,) cJmt- 

fidncss, ataeritji, Rom. xli. 8, jv )X. for 

IXaaHt. Sept. and Clan. 

- Xo<r«op«.,f.d(ro,iiB^(».aoc,)inid. 

liihjut an act. form, to reamcSe to 

'f;^[i. e. by expiation. loprDpiti<it«,)M. 

Tir Hiw, Joa. Ant. Ti. 6, 3. or -ro6i dioh, 

~" ' N. T. with ace. -rdt 

itiati^for » 


jv, 11. Dui. ii. 19. Tbe Claadcal fc 
•I\aa^ii, ov, i. (IXrfoxa^I,) F 
ilialiui^ ttpiaiion, sbsW.fot tootr.'pro- 
*iu/ur,'l Johaii. 2.W. r --'" — 


.aS). t,^\io 

■•"'mignrfn^ witty, fyU. by int. \ profiitiators, c^totorj^ Jw. Aa*.. 



1, IX-DT. ^.flpa. InN.T. l)iiaM.i 
l\airr6piM, a prtrntiator^ ' on? who 
mikea pmpitisiion,- Rom. iii. 25. 2) n«ut. 
t6 iXna^piav, flun^wo', Heb, ix. 5; 
prop, die lid or cover of tbo ark of (he 

*I\iHs, u, i, A.tdj. (Atticfbr fXoiH, 
fram. IKia,) in Clsat. uied chieflj of ths 
gndi apptaaed or pmpituted, pnj^tioui^ 
gradovi, as often in Hom. Find, and the 
Cheek TragedienBi though gomeUnieB, of 
msn, plaaMe, or gentle. In N. T. only 
of Grii, nraptfima, mtrdfid, «ith d»t. 
Heb. Tiii. 12, TXiwc Jtrauxi Tate dj»lait 
a^Tuvj where the thing ii put for the per- 
•on, q. d. airttt iiuioit oiroi. Indeed, 
in the CIid. the iM. it itwiji of pen. h 
•hict propriety requires. Yet that of (iisjr 


ri. 3. 1 Kinn 
25, 27, f 

il. «pe. So in the phnH to n 
ie>, ixvi. 65. Actiiir. U. iti 
.i.iud Clu.— II. BPicltioa 

ntfiU, mantle, pallium, 
tunic (xitApJ, and w 

irgd piece of woollen eloth ncari; 
' icb wu wnjnied round the 1 
~ nut (ho ahoulden, ui 

led iboi 

H™eB il'Si'ght not be»i«dhj 
tor, though the time could be. Hi 

■d ludTin, outer 
I Ivrl uide, Acti 

ylmiTo I an exclima^on of iTerrioo, Matt. 
XTi. 22, and often in Sept. 

'I fi lit, til-roc, D, (lr.!:B,V^'to■e■>d 
Ibttb, let fall,' u Hid dF b well-rope,) 
prop, a tAoi^, leaihem itrap ; and henee^ 
tiie leatheni ittKp with irhii:h the undili 
of the aneienti were futened u the foot. 
Plul. Symp. W, -2, t£u fiiroi>j)idTii«i 
•nit Judrrat. Xen. An. it. £, 14^ And 
■o in Lu. iii. 16. John i. 27, and Sept. ; 
■lao, * leatheni rope, >uch u wu u>ed by 
the ancieott for Tarioue purposei where 
■trength wai requisite; as welVropee, nau- 
tleil ropea to ruse up the main ^rda and 
Mils ; also ropei which were used fbr tying 
np hones, (u Horn, oft.) or gecuiing pri- 
---on, Horn. 11. -■ ■"" •' " ' ' 

Xil/iu i. Won 

. 30, Iw 
nd.Nem. _. 



ence rather 1o tho leathern h^ attached 
to the whipping-poit, and thence drawn and 
buckled around the body of the criminal 
(o hold him ^L 3o 4 Mice. ii. 11, cal 

Tit x'lp"' ""Toii «"' Toil ^poxioua. 

'luaTf £cD, f. J7», (VoTioi'.) to dothe. 
In iJ. T. only pan. perf. part. IjioTiojit- 
wc, dished, Mk. t. \b. 

r. aothei. La. 
II. 33, J. 8 

'}„n-o a itnmg aff^Mim far any 
EJ,i.i(ii(p. wh. see. Sept. and C 
"lua, conjunct, that, conitnied 
uitii the iiibj. Beldam with the e{ 
iviLh the indie. ^ prop. TiXticw of 
nnirliinglheend,piirpoM,or caoae. 

en/1 1^ m order thai it mighl or 
BO and to ; but al» ihSotiicm mi 
ai marking umpljtC;™* or 
inv action, that in which il ten 
' fii) THAT a uai, B, mU ie » aW 
Pnor. T.Xumi, a raarhini the fi 
purpose, or cause, lo Oie end that,-. 
Hal ; and ira fi^, w order tint ■ 
— 1. with the luijarKlire, 1) f 
by the pro. or in aor. of any mooc 
the indie, or by the perf. in apm 
John Ti. its, where the tubj. mnl 

t h luppoted will really lake plan 
\r 6, Xnt tliriTt — TDTc \iyii, ' 
cad that ye may know,' iviii. 18. . 
r.ii. Tiii. 10. Iii. ae. John i. 7, 
iS\0fi' Zra iiaprvp^rni, t, 34^ 
A.^V "i'" if'''^ <ru6!rTt, tnd 

^nS^^i'X"^ »'' "'■"■ ^J 
3o! R«m. i. irGal^^riTMft 
fi,. Lu. Tiii. 12. Rom. li. 33, nrf 
'2) by the I'mpentf . the Bubiiinct ■ 
in 1 ; after imper. prea. Luke x 
flvaiywilTt 7va iniTAfiDtAvTi. Jt 
3. 1 Cor. Tii. 5. Epb. IT. 28. «l 
1.0 Pi, Matt. rii. 1. John t. U 

L.otIpnfot.llltt,l\T,ll«™WT.MC. Matt. IIT. 16, fi 

V aannent, MbW. \ lou^ iiiXoui,1ua tr^oO^qwia W 
'iri i/AiTiw itaXaii. MV.ii.'iV\M.V.,x-i.St.'l.iLii»i.»»u.TA.TI 
S6. j,iur, Va Ifid™, goniienh,^^.^. Sosfe "" 




RoDLtiL 8,al. ; after an imper. 
tt. zzvi. 5. John i. 22, and 
I by i\Mfut. the subj. as above 
zvi. 4, iyvtav tI iroiqaco, *lva 
fit. 1 Cor. xvi. 6 ; interrog. 
16. Iva fin, Lu. xviii. 5, and 
I by a patt tense; where the 
ly stands instead of the opt. and 
kcdon which, in itself or its con- 
is still continued, or which the 
rards as certain, either gener. as 
Lu. i. 3, 4, ido^e—aroi ypd\lfai, 
0c. John i. 31. iii. 16, 17. viii. 
(lily Eph. ii. 9. Heb. id. 28; or 

narrations, Matt, xxvii. 26, 
tpiitoKtv %va aTavpaid^. Mk. 
lou Tois fiaQtiraiVy 'Lva irapa- 
9L9, al. Zva /u^, John xviii. 28. 
I. with the oj^. preceded by the 
; the opt. marks what may pos- 
)lace, Eph. i. 16, 17, ov travo' 
icTTutv — Zva o 6e^« St^t}, &c. iii. 
ith the indie, but in N. T. only 
id pres, and not with a p(ist 
•ften in the Class, writers. 1) 
/lit. in the same sense as the 
•receded only by the pres. 1 Cor. 
V 'wapaiio t6 irSafid fiov 'lva 
St. 1 Pet. iii. 1. Sofut. and 
ber. Rev. xxii. 14, 7va Itrrai h 
'fTihv — Kal tlariXdtoariv cIs t^v 
lb. vi. 13. 2) with indie, pres, 
e sense, preceded by the pres. 
r, 17, j^tjXoua-tv vfias, 'lva av- 
rrt. 1 Cor. iv. 6, 'lva fti) <1>V' 
*^ot found in Classical Greek. — 
-UCC0S, as marking simply the 
esult of an action, so that. In 
' with the subj. implying some- 
:h really takes place ; in Class. 
;ener with the indie, of a past 
preceded by the pres. Lu. xxii. 
Tidtfiai vfjiiv — 'lva iardiriTt Kal 
c. John vi. 7. Rom. iii. 19. vi. 
^ij. Acts ii. 25. Gal. y. 17. 2) 
perat. Acts viii. 19, Bore Kifiol 
aiav TouTijv, 'lva — Xafx^dvij, 

4. 1 Pet. iv. 13. 'lva art, Ti't. 

V. iii. 11. 3) by the /ut. John 
ova TovTwv detect auTco tpya^ 

^avp.d^r)'Tt. Lu. xi. 50. John 
4) by a past tense, Lu. ix. 45, 
TO prjfia TOWTO, 'lva fifi aladoiv- 

John ix. 2, rts iifiaprtv^ 'lva 
tvvrid^-y Rom. xi. 11, fit} iirrai- 
-ricrwai ; and ver. 31. To this 
eferred the frequent phrase %va 

q ypa<f>ii, t6 pijOfv, &c. used 
lula of quotation, and implying 
ifaing took place, not in order 
phecy might be fulfilled, but so 
u fulfill^. Matt. i. 22, tovto 
opt$f 7tfa vXvpooOp TO pt]0£i/f al, 
'lier Greekj /va, in various con- 
Siw/ the power of marking either 


purpose or event, and became simply a 
demonstr. conjunct, like our tJtat; i. e. 
merely pointing out that to which the 
preceding words refer, or introducing 
something already implied in the preced- 
ing words. In this way 'lva with the 
subjunct. came often to be employed 
where earlier writers used the innn. or 
other particles ; e. ^r. 1) used instead of 
the construction with ^ infia. originally 
perhaps because the infin. also often implies 
purpose ; e. gr. either afterwords and phrases 
implying command and the like, Mic. xiii. 
34, Tw S'vpu>p<io ei/cTEtXaro 'lva yptjyopp. 
John xi. 57. Acts xvii. 15, and oft^ with 
some word of command implied, Eph. v. 
33 ; or after verbs of entreoHnff, persuad- 
ir^^SK. Lu. ix. 40, idf^driv tSov fiadtiTSav 
<rov 'lva EK^aXoatriv avrd, and xxii. 32; 
or after verbs of desire, &c. Matt. vii. 12, 
Boa &v 3'eXi|TC 'lva iroiSKnv vfiiv. xviii. 
14, ^iKtif^a cffTt lva. John vi. 39. 2) 
after troitw in the sense to cause, to effect, 
&c. John xi. 37, ovk ijBvvaTo o9to« irot^- 
vai 'lva Koi ovTos fii\ dvodavv ; Col. iv. 
16. Also after words implying,/tifn«8s,S2(^ 
ctenc^, need, &c. ovk aPiov tlfii 'lva Xvcrat, 
John 1. 27. iKavo^, Matt. viii. 8. x. 25. 
John ii. 25, al. 3) instead of ^ireos after 
verbs of taking care, endeavouring, &c. 
/SXeTTCTC 'lva &<l>6fiai9 yivrjrai, 1 Cor. 
xvi. 10. ^riXoat, 1 Cor. xiv. 1, et al. 4) 
instead of otc, Mk. ix. 12, yiypanrrai 
'lva iroXXd irdd^ : with 'oti, Rom. iv. 23. 
5) of time, for ore, John xii. 23, al. only 
in St. John. 

'Ivari or 'lva rt, as an interrog. par- 
ticle, ellipt. for 'lva ti yii/ijTat, in order 
that what, i. e. may take place ? equiv. to 
*to what end?* why? wherefore? Matt. 
ix. 4. xxvii. 46. Lu. xiii. 7. 

'1 69, ov, o, ('/t}/u(,) prop. * something 
sent out or emitted.* Hence, a missis 
weapon, arrow, Horn. II. xv. 451. In 
N. T. 1) rusi, as being emitted on metals, 
Ja. V. 3, and Class. 2) poison, venom, as 
emitted by serpents, &c. Rom. iii. 13. Ja. 
iii. 8, and later Class. 

*Iov8at^(o, f. t<ra>, ('lowiatos,) to Ju- 
daize, i. e. to live like the Jews, follow 
their manners, customs, rites. Gal. ii. 14, 
equiv. to ^lov^diKiia^ j^jv. 

'lovda'iicds, ri, 6v, adj. Jewish, cur- 
rent among the Jews, fivdot. Tit. i. 14. 

*Iov6a'iK(o9, adv. Jewishly, in the 
Jewish manner, Gal. ii. 14, and Jos. 

'lov6aL09, a, ov, ('lovdas,) prop. adj. 
Jewish. In N. T. 1) fem. prop, n 'lou- 
Saia x^pa or 7Ti, tHe land of JiidtBa^ 
Mk. i. 5. John in. *2fi. 7\)vt^'^o^WV,a^ 
a Jewess, Acta xvi. \. xxVsr. ^. ^^ 
masc. 6 loudaXoc, aa 6\x\»t. a Jeu3.»\it«^- 

Judig* or Palnline, John it. 9. 
pluT» dl 'lot/Saleu tAe Jewt^ : 
oft 'loiriaroi «aJ BW.IIHI, Acl. _. . ,. 
Bj Ijnecd. al 'loutaZot ii put for tie ehirj' i 
MAI, Itaden t/i&e •/««, lobn i. 1" - ■ 
15, and oft. As adj. jiriiied with ( n 
e. gr. iinjp 'Iob*bI(K, AcU i. 28. plu 
14. lirciWTpot^^Tfjit xiU. 6. Ap)(_ufnin, 
sa. 11. Sspl. and ClaM. 

'lovJaiiTfidc, ov, j, Judauin, tfao 
JewJih nligion opp. to heBth«ni9in,2 Mace. 
U.21. xlv.38. la N.T. opp. toChrii- 
tUiutj, Gil.i. 13,sq. 

'Ixxiit, (OH, i,(V*in>t,) aiorteman., 
plnr. iinrtTi, caM^, Acta xliiL 23^32. 
Sept. uid Clau. opp. to Titimii, Xec, 
Cjr. ii. *, 18. 

trial ; \>j uayL tmiedmndisg, InN.T. 

tite honemen^ favalry, u in P-ugl , l&tf dlor^^ 
B«v. ii. 16, md Clau. 

"Ittct, ou, Oj a horu, Jl iii, 3. 

*Ipit, i&K, B, n rainboa, irii, R«' 

3. 1.1, 


•ladyyiXat on, u, ft, adMImt, fly- 
viXdc,) ameUifa, Lu. ii. 36. Comp. 
the Homeiic IiriWim. 

'Iirac, q, Of, Bdj. 7ifa, olijll, tqaal, , 
used of meaiure, quiotitT, conditjon, na> c 
tiin,-iiid (he lik^ Mitt. u. 12, I»ur ' 
n^iir a^ToAv ^rofito'aE. Ltx. vi. 34, liro 
iTo\dd«iri TO ha. Jobo >. 16, hoir , 
ia«Ti^ «.<»* T^ e<u. Phil. ii. 6, Td j 
tlvm lira Oaw, with vhicfa 
^isit, Horn. Od. xi. 303, an. 
KO^Dit 0pDiin<ta£, Anstoph. O 

'IffOTfjv, QTOV, 4, (TtTOr,) UkenesSy equa- 
IStf, aa uid of eqaal atite or propoT 
tion, SCor.Tiii. 13, if Jiortrrot. Pint 
tL 367, 2, WW Swoiwi/i ■"' ■ 

ix i.Ji£i., Matl. law. 33. 
ii. 2 : ECdcr, /a ooiw la ill 
ta i. da, i<r^nra. j». n.l! 
jng, Rom. liT, 4, md Sept. 
Uid, Gon^rra, Boia. iii. 31, to, 
So of tioie, to Ja, amjoat., Jifit 
•ni. 31, and 8ept. 3) to plat 
aiance, to toeigA, -wiXk ace- aa 
ere. Matt, iim, 16, IiTijirm. <r 
Kavrn Apyiipia. Sept. Ezra Tii 
t>l. 6, and Clau. MeUph. lo m 
i,r dpapxia», Acts Til. 60^11, 
1 the perf. pluperf. andBor.2.) 
lidd. and \,j impL in aor. I. ai 
f the pass, to aiand ; and n 
Tniva ai pra. whence pliip. it 

rrf. I) prop, and abuL IC 

lacrificB m prajer, Matt vi. ii H 
With an adjunct implyinE pUi 
Matt. iii. 16. Ifu.Mk. ii.£ xitL 
IX. 19, aL 'EtI with no. of pi 


lace, Matt.iU 

Without an a 
1 the aente to 

in Claaa. and Joa, 
prized, i, «. of equ 
'aliko precio'jt, of 

or nther liro ia not I 

li&i 'ionound, 
I honour; in N. ' 
ike Talue,' 2 Pet. 


roituYOt, 0B,i,ii,Bdj. (I»«, iliv- 
lOt-mtiukd, Phil. ii. 20. Sept. Pt. 
1. £sch. Ag. 1479. 
fTi,^., f. ffT^™, aor. 1. I<m,Ba, 
peif, iimjKa, ploperf. i 

I); joined with an adj. or par 
il. 7, lllTTrf«I.irnB JuMof. %1 
So of peraooi itanding befinv 
either aa accuaen, Ln. niii. 1( 
Accused, Acta xxvi. G, iimr'a » 
Matt. uTii. 11. Lu. xii. 36. $ 
iiahing-bosts, to sfoaJ, ie (fofHuad^ 
<d2b,v.2. 2) (towfX 
of thion, gnoiXda, Matt. liL 3t 
Xiot,2T^n).ji. 19,tofers«<; of 
)i T>/t iiji'l'"' 
11. Rom.y.a, 1 
37. 1 Pet. V. 12. and Sept. Sob! 
an enemy, Eph, vi. 13; « 
n. Sepl. and Ctaaa. So 

. miisfand, Rev. yL17;*i 

tttisAed, amjimed, Matt, xviii. 16, 

«n, perf. pari. toTTji 


- ; of pei»n- 


id itill, atop; , _, . 

it o 'IxiTOfc ; of thinp, il Si < 
viii. 11. SepL and (^aii. 

I2X 1 

Mlna,) pnp. to Mat to hmw toy 
If, ^J inmirj, or pmoiul innatigi- 

~mit He* iBj oat penanBllT, Jot.,6, l<n-(ii>f|>rd tiw ■E\.m\. 
t I. 11, 7, et il la N. T. lo tr, 
l^ch. irropii' Jp?,) i, e. to viail 
Mho, in order to become nuusiated 
h Uia, Gil. L 18, it^keor tU 'lip. 
ttfVnu HiTpor. So the Latin tiinA>, 
Bl {Oram eogmaoOf and EngL to ff^ 
m or thu (MK, pnbiblj cou- 
ld U the omimoD duilect, ud uiang 
M Ubiigin, I know no other eiunple ; 
I ■nethhij lerj lilie it occnn in Jot. 
B.Ti 1, 8, irhp, 5" iy* toT' dtilnou 
l^^ra roKtfxoVt'vhttm 1 bad become 
knted with ;' not tMn, u Wbihiou 
An. And null ii neul; the Benie b 
trxisdi, ik, 6r, adj. (tirxitii,) <tniii$, 


fcjuii. inl 

4m : witli art^D 

both of bodr and miad, 1) 
■■' 11 Mk ! 7 A f^T/.mi 

Slpit,tLc. Hatt. 
0tora2, 1 John 
i, Jtrrw, i. e. Gno, in ^th ; u^d of 
li,BeT.T.S; of God, lyiiL 8,&8ept. 
■tnnE in influence and aiithoriti, 
lto,»mowoife, ICor.iv.lO. i.27,T4 
^ for eoncr. »I :<rx>>«»)i.-II. of 
■e«, drong, fortified, said of a dly, 
.XTiii. 10; tvAenuh', ^rea/, aa applien 
bi/HR, Matt. ziy. 30. ^poprni, Re., 
6. Xi^ie, Lu. IT. 14. Kimuyli, Hah. 
; •lio.^nTL Jurv. Baid of ':rapdKXi](rfi. 
to; «HTe, i«ffToJiai, 2 Cor. i. 10, 


t, -i, liof 

d, (phjiical and moral ;) the fare 

2, IjfpaEivivlirxui.i.e.iB^U- 
■tfji, Sept. & Clm, ; the lauei, 
*, in iSk. rii. 30, i^ BX,. tSi 


itarinni, 'with all tb; might, 
L1.27. IPet. i». 11; also get ^ 
Hume, 2 Pet. ii. 11, dyviXoi Ic 

nwu-.V"?"-" ■ ^' ■ 

•w i»x''*>*''t ' migl't)' power.' So iu 
l^liau to God, Rev. v. 12. Ti. 12. 

^i.e. 'to h»»e strength or ability. 

a phyucal o: 

) phjaici 

■*oiij, rolmtt. Matt. ii. 13, ol ioTfi^ 
^Hettroag, i. e. the well, aa opp. to the 
* Uid (ick, and Eener. to be oMe, foil. 
Mn. Milt. yiii. 28, Aitt. ^1, l^iut, 
■TaaiXeiii'.iiTi.lO; with inf. impl. 
■ U. 18. Ln. lui. 24. Pbil. h. 13, 
■iMji.e. 'T can do, or endure, 
!} Bio»x/. itiatr ^eacf, avail, 
alh-i ripiTBfiii m loTC^ii, Uld J 

91 KAe 

-ti. 16. Heb. ii. 17. Ja. t. 16. Mall. t. 
13, ill lilir i<rx6ti, ' it baa qd value.' ia 
■wotthlesi. 3) for pra-ooiw, to premai, 

t,ue,' ActT ibc^B^ab^X^? la.'^ "S 
fi^j. to acajdre strength and effwKu, Acta 
SIS. 20, i A.d,ot tbS Kbp/ob— In/uw. 

'loBi, adr. (Ioot,)mop. and in Claai. 
eqt(^, lUife. In IV. T. pcriopi, dini^ 
le^%. Lu. II. 13. Sept. and umetimet in 
Cla« 1, 13. 

'lyBAJtot., ou, Td, (lxO»t,] a ssaM 

Ml ■11.'^ 7 .Ij f 1... 

d, {l™ to go,) prop, the 

I taken 

in Lat. it i> 

geil meteph. u Soph. X^t. T. 109, ai 
spec, in the phrasee (formed on ^ pbj- 
ical ««T- or if !x«i ^n:Mii.,)occurriM 
1 Bom. iv. 12, irrotyjiX* •«« IxKol 
■iwt. 2 Cor. lii. 18, wwixotiIb Toit 
irnlt Ix'X"' 1 !*■<• Ii- 21, JtuoXov- 
ir» ■rein lYMffJ Tuwt, 'to foDow any 
no"! eiample." And as in Cla«B. e. ar. 
.LidU i. 770, UtlnK gifrg (ardTd Xpu- 

'Eura, rb, indec. iota, Heb. jcdfi, tha 
mnllett Hebrew letterj Gg. ha the mi- 
uLi«tput,Hatt. Y.18. 

Kdyi, crBHB for da! iyii, Jat niuoi, 
arc.nifii, and/, &c. the «ai every whew 

^i^porately. Matt. iL 8; and aft. ; dal. Lu. 
i. 3. aco. JobQvii.2a 

KoSiL, adv. (cue' a,) lit 'according to 
vSat,' i. e. acoordinff at, or simply at. 
Malt, ixvii. 10. Sept. and Cl«<8. 

KuenCpio'ic, i»c, A, (icaeaipyoi,) 
pro|^ <t putting doum whit has been r^sed, 
undespec. daaoliihing of a building. So 
TliL.c. V. 42, K. natmk-roi. Arriui E. AI. 
i , H, 4, Pol. iiui. 7, 6. Xen. Hist. ii. 3, 

1 j, asenee freq. found in tbe verb «a6m- 

uld at 2 Cor. X. 4, 'vpdi KaSalptriv 
d\vatafi&Tuy ^ said Gg. o( puUing daam 
the ntiocinaUont of human pride, 8o 
\ayiaiuiit KoSuifistv, 2 Cor. i. 3. Cooip. 
Plnlo p. 254, 58, li k. tSv iyKav, u>d 
Dii> Cwa. 927, T>7c lirv^oc. Also Gi. 

2 ('Jr. I. 8, xiii. 10, oiiK lU KaftaVpio™ 

K. A U 1 

MDtfl in the Clav. ie datntctioa or ruift 
Simil. in 1 Mice. jjj. 43, the nurd i^ [iscil 
of nuchief dona to any person or iIilijl'. 

KaOttipia, r. riou, lor. 2. .aftilXa^, 
(nirri, nlpioj,) to laJ» rfown from a )(iLrlicr 
plKoloilowet, from the eroi^, jVlk. 
I>. 36, li IpX'-^ai 'HXInc KaBtktly a .tu^ 
■nil TUT. *i, al, Sepl. and Clam. H'itli 

pdple, to overihroK, conqrur, Kndt\<iii! 
arf, i-irri.Aclnm.19. Seyu &ClB,i-.; <•! 

thrones^ deHnrne, Lu. i. 52, and CIb-h^. 
Fig. to «b&»rf, de^rtry, tiiv ^ynXfid- 
TilTa, Actt xlx. 27. XoyKTjuout, 2 Cor. 

branchei, toprune, jDfani«^2. Sept., Joa. 
FtUlo, aad Clui. Sapargan ia Lntin. 

Ka.9i.-rto Kal AnvU \lvii, & oft. Full. 
b; oi!T<«, », lii. 4. 

(0 iwi (fstm, or jfulm apon any iliin^, 
tniOB. In N. T. intrani. or with I^utSv 
impl. Mid. jn.eciirTo^ai, to lis <ww;//' 
upoQ, tofiaien on, folt. by gen. Acts xxviii. 
3, Ix^ina Kae^^i T^ x"P^s oAto^, 

Kaeapfru, f. laa, iKaBafidt.) -.1 IsliT 
form, not (bund in Clau., of KaBnltim, to 
noiff cfraq, cfronaf, tnmB. 1. coop.. MiLt. 
Iliii. 26, KaBafiiitTa, t6 iFaBlv -rui 
■nmiplm, ver, 26, Ln. li. M. Spoken 
oflepen afflicted with a liltbjdiMaee,ejiiI 

ied, Ld. It. 27, & ofi. ; preen. Matt. viii. 
3, UaBafileOt, atreD * \iirpii. ' Va 
leproay va* clcanied and removed,' i. d. 
wai healed. Comp. Lu.v. 13.-11. FU.. Ii> 
deante. mtjnoral KDse, \) Bpec. fr<iiii ntn 
or pollution, i. t. by eipiiiion, to i"^'-;/,7. 
Heb. ii. 22 ; foil, by .tiro t.««, I Jnlin 
i. 7, Td nl/io 'Ii)(rot ™eopi£ii ijpi! .i-rrd 
xacrqc <{^a|)Tiac, ' from the guilt of »m 
and it> csnuiiuencei,' ver. 9. 3o Tit. it. 
U, l™ Kaenplffp toiFT^ Xn™. 2) .w-n^r. 
and without expiation, to drastf, P">''/l/* 

TirOi, 2 Cor. til, I, iiaeooio».us» iu.,. 

/,« fTomdiTi,dmn; in a 
,!im: I. PROF, c^ton, Matt. 
f„>TuX.£» oOrd <r.i^ai>l icaE 
<)l.i>.7»), ilya^a o. Heb. I 
.-,.Hap^, al. and CliH. Elg. in 
™l len'M, John liii. 10, lo- 
^.\»c. SoiaClan.oflbrwewlia 
III the gods with the requisi 




c rfrao 

Hsinff, pKr^icaiioH^ I. IVr 

Fii. of the ceremonial 
lepen, Mb. i. M. La. 
lan after cbild-biith, Lg. 
t. So of iaptani, ai a li 
on, John ii>. 25.— n. ua 
m from un, txpiation, Hel 

So Claai. K„Bap^6t. 

. Horn. 

^^Bapi.~ll. MBTAPH. in 1 D 

riiW sense, U/he/hmlhi 
miilllaa, free froin l^ood-guil 
xrai. 6, jcaHap^ Jr'i>, &e. : foil 
>..«,ii.26.Sept.&C]u>. 2)n> 
hearted, mrighi, MatUv. 8,ol 
Kapii<!. In John liii. 10, i/i: 

in the blood of Jems.' Comp 
ITim. i. S. 2TiDi. it.22. IF 

notivefl, aa hypocrisy, eelGsho 
ain-glory; ao equir. to th 
Tim. i.5,d7a7rn,^K KaBap 

n{'S3. parentsi, ]egal or cerem 

.Mitt. xii. 12. xxiii. 2, KaSlti 
K^Bitpat HwuTiw, ' to St 
seat,* fig. ^ to occupy his place. 

'Is. Johnii.6."ii.20, it-r'^ 
. n-r^, i.e. 'continued aittin"' 
(0«e/aK/;ilLS *■ 

ScptI So Mk. Vi. iy',\cini\nnoi.\\«oidoro 

all meals," showing \licm\oia«,lia.\.^,Ka.6iVn™m 

•iCiiM. : wiLb the u- 


timn Clua. Bjr impl. n. 
t dia ibaA in ■ «Ute of iinvon- 
Ml like one dad, Hutt. ix. S4, r>£w 
■tu,<iUit «ietl»«. Hk. T. 39. Lu 
jKiS. Hence •poken of tliDM re^l] 
•i, I Tliaa. T. 10, ilrt ypTivop"^". 
n u6iM»riu', uid Sept Fu. to 6t 
^L aol nrilut, Epb. t. U, eviwi, 
liM». Xen. An. TS. 1]. 
ll4(,T,Ti., <.5, i, Une^y/opaO ii 
"- ' ' amide. In N. T. feofW^ 
dii. 8, 10, Bsd eo in Pint. 

fi toUwm («ooft. in Clm.), perftMo : 
■% nrtBHi. u uid both at pate, Aen. 
Im iii. S, 25, ud ^wnw, Pol. i. 66, 
%MiiB, to be hemnmg, tuilable, Xen, 

flUilly, icaaii-ii 

My iSr. 

i. T, Acti 

4p< ilfia()T»Xcv. Al» pulic. nent. 
luBJKgv, ■ wbal It fll and right id U 
tte,^ more frequentlj t& ito9^K0iiTa, hi 
'm- Ctt. i. 2, S. So Rom. i. 28, ■xctit 
kflltaa. u 2 Mjuc. vi. 4, T^ H ""'''i- 

■tpifwied it.' Id each cuo Iheie i> a 
lna,or a mild exprtulon for a itrongane. 
Ide^fidi, (2|>cn. Kde>t. imper. idflDii, 
fcrie^, TiBov, infin. Koefioflai.) prop. 
^JiTiJOKn, but in common nuge equiv. 
»i«<, (o ml, mtrani, 1) prop, (o 
> 'm, Matt. IV. 29. iva^As ilt Td 

»»«i.l6. Horn.«9. 2)genet, 
p*l.i1»l., i.e. to ait Ihere, to alt by. 
ki. 17, .;<rai- -oe^^iiwi 4ap.>aioi: 
F» u adjunct of place. Matt. ii. 9, Mk. 
LI. AcU II. 3, & oft. Sept. and Clala. 
Pf^ofaDy diirnitaTT whon/f in puhlie, 

blirt. Ex. ittii. 14. Philoilr. Vll. Ap. 
(l 4) in the Knte of to abide, dittil, 
J^fcll It. 16, -rait •ca9<iui"»t iv xwpa 

PV Foll.bT(Wiriih'iKn.ofuh' 

^»Z " 


ice, Epli.i.2U,i<cieia>F 
lin-Di:. Sept. and Claw. 

_. ._ ;, (o «rf, icil. B> jUdgM, 

1 Cor. vi. 4, TBiTou. MBiI.T. ac. Kpirdt 
or iutaoxii; gon. Mpremerf in Claaa. — 

II, INTRAN8. or nilh iovTdf imp)., ud 
alaomid. toKKtoneH^, i. e. Co nt doum, 
(0 «■(, 11 prop, & genet. Mati, v. 1, jta6i- 
^-urrot al,ni. Mk. Ix. -iH. Ld. It. 20. r. 
3, el axpiai. 8epL and Cliiu. With an 

36. ilt, Mk. xIt. 33; with prepoaitlont, 
Matt. II. 21, & oh. Sept. and Ctaai.— 

III. by TUPL. to abide, take vp one'i 
abode, inTBToXti, S ■ - ■ ■ 
AcU miii. 11. Sept. 
iliT. 32. TeiL xti. P 
ill Serivi. So aUo itdto In Latin. 

KaSf.,^., (f. ««»#<>-, inf. i^aBUm, 
pari. .oH»l,, aor. 1. ««eii«o,) 

I. Sqit. Eiod. I 

I, Hon 

■. 642; . 

let any thing or person down by a 
Rihing-line or net. So Hooi " 

Acta Ii. 25, ai-rdv KaSt 
XoiH. Simil. Joi.AnI. 
raira liiiapiiat alrrou 


K a 6 iff Tim 1, (alio noOiirrrii., f unra- 
rrvout aoi. I. Korimjaa, ) sener. to set 
'num. i.e. to let orjilaee. In N. T. for 
he inagt pan nied only in the trana. 
snni : pais, or mid. to ie tet, to be, &t. 
jefperao- -'- 

a«d. Sept. and Clail 

>. 45, ; 

..aeiirraTat h t. 

any thing. Matt. 

, df, adj. (ki 

3; wilhdat. Matl. iiiv. 47; villi ace. 

■h. ii. 7 ; foil, bj 4ooW« »mj. ol v^- *»■ 

'Jbtatlon, to omiililiite, viukc, \.«. ^*^^' 


il, 1 So with ICC. of pen. < 

3) u in Eugliih, to >eC om doan on ■ 

of iBipeci, or for securitj. Acta xvii, 15, 
oi KaCltaTnvTH Tiv liaiXar. Sept. lud 
Clau., u Homer ud Tbucjd. 

Kadi, tdv. (me'S,) lit. 'ucordingta 
vhil ' equiv. to naSil, lu, aecordiag at. 
Bom. viu. 26 Ka96 Su. 2 Cor, viii. 12, 
bii, KuSA kiv iVR Tit, &c. *iD proportioD 
«,' 1 Pet. iv. 13. 

KoBoXoi., BdT. t™fl' BXdO prop, 
'throughout the whole,' L b. irJoUy, m- 
tir^g; meo'Xsii ^4, not ol aJ2, Actb iv. 
18. Comp. Sept, in Eiek. liii. 22, -roi 

U17 ArotrTolilrat ArA oooii romjpat, uid 
jiTii. 14, t6 Kae6\0B ^i, iTtalfiu9ai. 
Po].i.W,S, oiit KoeiXov liinpin rXaUr. 

KaBoirXt^a, (. Urm. ta am etnt- 
plelelv ; end pui. to be fa&y armed, Lu. 
xi. 21. Sept. ind Clau. 

KaSopdu, (xai-ik, o^iriu.) 1) prop. 
rfupKto, lo loot douni HtlBII uiT thioE. So 
Pint. Popl. J£ Bi^roin 

u BotD. i. 30, Td iopoTo To5 e.oC keB 
[ipaTBi. So 3 Msec. iii. 11, oli fa0op» 
Td ToS 6 m 5 k/j<1to(, and often io CIm, 

ii. 45. iv. 3S, Kneori di- tic ypiiav 
iiX'. Sept. & Clua. ^^firr^iat, because 
liat, ixumiidt at, Lu. i. 7, KaSoTi — ijv 
mipa. Sept. ind Clun. 

Kae<t>c,tdf.(jcaTil, lit,] ■ liter foim 
for KaOAj prop, according as, equiv. to 
■iinple Jn, at, I. fbop. implpng juan- 
NBB, l)geDer. Hitt. ixi. 6, imBuit irpBt- 
frajii' aiiTDiI i "Iijtout, «t lapiu, 
Fmgn. Hk. iv. 8, Hp^aiv i^Tiimai 
KaB^ dii ivotti auTdlc, 'began to d&- 

d [that he ahould do] 


! iXhnlll 


MBpondiog, Joh 


, M of St. Paul, which ie ellipli- 
ol for tae^t—oHru Kal. 2) Bfteryerbe ot 
tpeakuig, &c. iow. Acts iv. 14, Sa^i^v 

3) in the araiae of proportioa, comparison, 

». 30. Acta n. 29. 1 Pel. i.. 10." Sept. 

mad Clia.-n. in a causal tenw, as, i.e. 

«« ^ ^BuxHoi iw, John xiii. 2, koOu? \ AcTLiuioi 

/A«»r**™i£oi«riai'. RoiD,i.28. lCot.\lt \»,\ 

j:. « .^ L 4. Ph. i. 7.— IIL of TiMS,\w»9*»i 

Kal, copuL conj. ami, prab. dainj 

frsm the imperat. of the obuL Terh tim, 
lojoin, add, (u H fmm did, la joi, M 
LiiLT and &om A.-8&X. ojhm, to j«ik) 
Prom this obtol. xim came the loi 
which hai so puzzled the EtfiaolinlL 
vacrit, a trolier, or liiter, lit. ' one JMM 
bv Uith,' (u dJiX^di, ' eellDw-womH' 
a'iyyovirc); and mlao ths word cden^ 
TfiErWrtf, which originally, like irafH 
meant a (binale friend, uid thence, ■ 
Lhat word, a concwbiite or eanrtezan. 

Kaivit, I,, 6v, adj. (a woid, I •» 
ceive, derired, Ihoi^ the Etjuikih^ 
hsve f^ed to lee it, from the oWid^ 
f'ljoin or add, on which Bee in t. col tfh 
3B the Lads qyt, (u,) from the oogn. ifaj 
the genenl agnifiouioa i> neai, miuJl^ 
that hai been added to what htSan a 
cd, I. mar. aaUy mtde, not mfi 
br time or uie ; Atrxoi, Halt. ii. 
fint/isliuf, nvii. 60. ifL^ioif, Lq.t. 
Matt. liu. £2, «iu>i) Kol xaXui. 
.iwdv, Mk. ii. 2i, and CliM.-n. I 
rj^tf i, e. no! h^orc hsowrt or cnV 
nWy MtnxfwMl ,' didax^, Hk. L S?. k 
ToM, John liiL 34. iix^a, Rsf. 1 1 
iil 12, and Cla«, Alto in the ■»■" 
ifStfT, ford^, Hk. ivi. 17} tXi^m 

toDsuee,' new to them, which tbn b 
nerer learnt, Xen. Hem, L 13.-llLli 
a» opp. to old or Jonwr, -ri ■wiXaJn ' 
TTpuTov, and by impl. alio IMer, e. p. 
Ktuvit f idfinKii, ' the Tiew and betUf Ml 
tiuit,' Mstl. uii. 28. So elnw wbi 
Hnuiiv, ' to drink vine new,' yer. 9. d 
«aim, 'a new Htng,- i. e. a nobler, W 
Eiiain, Rev. t. 9. liv. 3. So Pb. mB, 
1I. 3. Ii. ilii. 10. Alu for reHtiwI, ■ 
row, and therefore mpiriw, men ql 
did, e. RT. icaiwil oi/pavol gal vi nai 
2 Pet. iii. 13. Rev. iiL 1, It In. 
Rev. iii. 12. uL 6. Mel^ib. of ChU 
iul^ u rensved and changed (nm nil I 
Eood bythe Holy Spirit of God. 2Ck' 
17. Ma,vl, rrfTK, Gal. vi. 15. asA 
ai-e«inr«, Eph. ii. IB. * "' " 
Gl, Kapila Ka»A. 

Kitverut, DTOC, A, (m 

;>ad in Clan. neiofWH, i ' 

io a moral, Rom. vi. 4, 
'cBi'^S"?, & vii- 6- 

KmVto. coniunct. (ical and nd 
patticin. Phil i-J 

. _. j'i. 17. 2 Potia 

Foil, b; fin. verb, Rev. xiii. 8, ninp 

a word of -Miif 


t^aXjpdt! ft. mpikkM, tai.tfiis tr. iaiuK, 
fpipoc fr. ^/utit aedro, Ifitpot fr. ilu^, 

■H, &c. Iti pntTUjj tenifl ia ths point of 
f^Hon fonn«d by tva Jinca meplidg jit 
IB nagle, ud then the an^ or ponf thus 
—ill (JsD point eener. u dmoling the 
riwp Bnd of snj fn.lniaienl. The onlj 
ivatlgelcaa flndof thiflpntnarj wnso is in 
Bajch. nbo eipluDt icotfiia b^ ^cnrdXiD, 

Or, Al (uppl;iag uiDIher proof of the 
■kova tonio of udo, to ioin, il maj suffice 
to adduM the elan of Ueeych. Kalpamv 
' ■ ■ BvUioiwus. InN.T. 



r. 3) in'lhe proplielic 

«or, Kev. iii.J4, mipiit V-aJ 

nrs mid 1 half," camp, wr. 6, in alliuion 
Dun. vii. 25. nlien saipol iUnda, in 

KatToi, and yet, neperihelfss^ though 
trul^, Jleb. iv, 3, KafToi 'riov tpytep AirA 
iTajiA^t nifffioB ytiiiiSiiiT ' ■' ■ 
urki, nereriheleii, hiving- '^-- 
the Tonndstion of the v. 
L. thi,vsh Inig, John It. 2 

•■■)■, 1} gener. wparfmiu^, ocauton, 
iMltxnv.lS, Kaiaiv ^tTttXapir. 2 Cor. 
A 2, uKp^ t. Gal. vi. 10. Bph. v. 16. 
CoL IT. e.'(8« i^ayepiZia.) Heb. xi. 
U. John Tii. 6, umpit ij/if-ripm. 2) set 

ttm time ; foil, bj gen. of thing, Matt. 

: •iuK, Hk. xT 13. Acta iii. 20, j«.ipoi 

< h^ibiEiin, 'times of refreBhiDE,' i. e. 

' aputed of God. Lu. lii. 44. 2 l^m. ir. 

■- CHeb.ix,10. Sspt, lod Clasa. Bygen. 

U.xii.2i,iiLipoliSi'mv. Soliiociai^ 
. ^, 'one's own due time,' Oal. li. 9. 
y i^ih m demoiEBtr. trt. or pron. d vujr, 
t- «^m, firilvot, ' thia pmenC time,* lliaC 
- line, definiielrmuked out iDdexpressed. 
-' ■ "~ Rom. iii. 26, et 
■«, 1 Pet. i. S. 

lelr mulied ou 
>. Mk. I. 30. 1 

, i, e. ^poinied of God. Rev. li 
ii. 2.' With prepoiilions, li^pl Km 

Achyl. Ag. 356. vpat 
Maion,' Lu, viii. 13. xpd' 
'br 1 shait time,' 1 Tbera, 

'een finished 



a, f. mid. Jtavmi^ia, 
pau. I«aje.,.,)gener 
senses of the BADiisl 
andfoiieon^ 1. li 

. toxpom i) proj). 

I, pas»- part, fcaid^iiwt, bvrrwigtjktxwsigt 

i. 33. ' HeV xii. 13, xtKoii^tif Tvsi, 
^..'.ndngjin- Class- and Sept. Fig. \ix~ 

Biii-nini; iiirht,' i. e. a distingniabed tescher, 
- ,im V, 35. Melaph. «a!iiua<, to Intra; 
id nf the heart, i.e. to be greatly moved, 

II, sxiv. 32.— II. trane. 10 Wn, i. e. fc- 
«!.«i„l with firo, John iv. 6, Kal khIi- 

s. 1, and oft. Sept. ud Class. 

KamTvoi, cneis for mi JKirvoc, 
Matt. sv. IS, and oft. Sept. and Class. 

Kokfo, at, n, [loicdc,) prop, badness, 
or defect in genenl, na to any personal 
quuli(v-or property, whether physical (Jos, 
Snt. iii. 1 & 2, of had water) or moral; 
and tliiis denotil^ either feultiness or im- 
pcrfcclion whether from frailly, Pol. vi.lO, 
3. vii, f, 48. orsome settled purposeof evil, 
e^pec. «f doing injury to others, expressed 

it ia Dp[>. toddtT4,Bl«oiD Ariatot. Eth. vii. 
In N. ^r. it is used only in tiie Isat-mention- 
ed scuBee, 1. ot d^/ravily of heorl^ lifi^and 

K^^iat. ICor.ii ._.. ..... 

Sept. sod Clasa, as Xen. Mem. I. 2,21), 
Tq< dltk tuovirnt BvTu «iiifav_II. in III 
aeiirr. sense, maiiiiOj maHgnif^, the deure 
of lining mischief to others. Rom. i. S!). 
1 Cor. 1. 8. Eph. iv. 31. Col. iii, 8. Til. 
Hi. S. Sept. and Class, u Thuc. i. 32. 
Pnl, iv, 5fr, 7, Jos. Ant. i. 1, 4. And 
va.dTT! in Herodot.vni.\ft%.— \\\,\ii.», 
:r aense, (nil, i. e. tTMible, ajliiliim 




"KaKonBtiaj as, q, from KaKondrj^y 
(icoicos and ijdo^y) evilrdisposedy meaning 
either gener. of evil habits, character, and 
conduct, (icoKOTpoirov, as Hesych. ex- 
plains it,) or evil-inclined towards others, 
mal^iamty ill-natured, Plato, p. 360, C. 
In Herodot. vii. 3, 11, tu/cis tcuv kuko- 
riOtav Kai ^auXttfv, both senses seem con- 
joined, as also in Aristoph. Pac. 822. And 
BO Isocrates joins KuKoriBeia and irovf\pia. 
In like manner, the subst. icaicoi}0cia has 
the two senses, morum pravitas, and male- 
volence, for both which good authority 
exists. At Rom. i. 29, fit<rro^9 ipi6o9, 
66\oVt KaK. the latter is justly preferred, 
and, besides many other examples which 
might be adduced, occurs in Jos. Ant. vi. 

KaicoXoyeai, f. Tjtrw, (icafcoXoyoc,) 
to speak evu of revile, with ace. Mk. ix. 
39. Acts xix. 9, and Class, as opp. to 
TLfi&w, by impl. to dishonour, ccndemn. 
Matt. xv. 4, 6 KaKoXoyiov Traripa^ t; 
fiflTipa, also Sept. 

JLaKOTT&dtia, a«,^, (icaicoiraOcetf,) *a 
suffering of evil,' L e. gener. suffering, 
affUdion, Ja. v. 10. Sept. and Class, as 
Thuc. vil 77. 

KaicoiraOcd), f. i}<ra>, (icaic(nra6^«, 
fr. Kaicos, 'jraOov,) to suffer evil, be affiAd- 
ed, intrans. 2 Tim. ii. 9. Ja. v. 13, and 
Class, eepec. of soldiers and others, to 
endure hardships, fig. 2 Tim. ii. 3, koko- 
irddfioov COS KaXos crrpaTioaTrit, and iv. 
5. Sept. and Class. 

Kaicoirotcco, f. voru), (icaicoirot^s,) to 
do evil, i. e. 1) to others, equiv. to injure, 
harm, absol. Mk. iii. 4. Lu. vi. 9. Sept. 
and Class. 2) gener. and absol. equiv. to 
commit sin, 1 Pet. iii. 17. 3 John ll, and 

Kaicoiro^os, ov, 6, ri, (icaK^s, iro^cco,) 
an evil-doer, 1 Pet. ii. 12, 14. iii. 16. iv. 
15 ; malefactor, John xviii. 30, and Class. 

KaKov, r\, 6v, adj. a word of very ex- 
tensive siniification, masmuch as, like the 
Ijatin mmus, and the English bad, it is a 
general term used to denote what is not 
good, by either physical defect, or moral 
fault. It is used either of things or per- 
sons ; of course varying widely in sense, 
according to the circumstances of the ob- 
ject to which it is applied; but always 
containing a negation of any quality re- 
garded as good, which should be inherent 
therein. Consequently, there is always a 
tacit opposition thereto, and generally to 
icaXd? in one or other of its senses. 
Hence, as applied to things, it denotes 
what is unfii for ttse, had, in its conse- 
^uenceaevt/: to persons, what v&favi\i-g or 
''icompleie in any required moral pro- 
^rty^-t(^y^ Itaae, cowardly, ignchU, ineaa- 

pert, bad, i. e. evil-disposed, toieku, 
the qualities ascribed to persons a 
wise applied to things, 'whca i 
agency, as actions or contrivance 
the leading senses are bad, evil, ill, 
In N. T. the genei-al smse of the 
evil both in a moral and physics 
I. in a' MORAL, of i)erson8, vnaoed, 
heart, conduct, character. Matt. 
KaKoh^ KaKwt iirokiaei airroui 
48, o KUKdi dodXoi, Phil. iii. 2. B 
Kaico«r«, i. e. impostors. 8o also o 
implying moral agency, as contriv 
actions, Mk. vii. 21, iu^x)yiaftol o 
Rom. xiii. 3, tSou kokSov, scil. 
1 Cor. XV. 33, ofttXiat Kcucal. C< 
Sept. and Class. ; e. gr« Hesiod, 
238, 'woXkotKi Kal ^vuiraca 
KOKov Avdpoi Inravpet. rfeut, k 
r6 Kcucdv, plur. Kcucd or Td xat 
evil things, i. e. toichedness, fault 
Matt, xxvii. 23, tI ydp Koxdv iir 
et saepiss. Sept. 1 Kings iii. 9. Pro 
Xen. Mem. ii. 6, 4. — II. in a Pi 
sense, of thinpfs, act. causing et 
hurtful, bane/ul, Rom. xiv. 20, 
Kcucdu Tw AiSpunrtp, &c. Rev. 
HXkos KUKdv, where see my note. 
12, KoKd ^riplcL, *" ravenous beasti 
Am. vi. 3. Prov. xvi. 5. Xen. JM 
1, 4. Neut. t6 KOKOV, evU, i. e. S 
source of evil,* Ja. iii. 8, evil don( 
one, harm, injury, whether in d 
Acts xvi. 28. Kom. xii. 17. : 
1 Cor. xiii. 5. 1 Thess. v. 15. 1 
9, 11, or in toords, evil-speaking 
iii. 10. Sept. Mic. vii. 3. Plur. n 
evils, I. e. troubles, afflictions, Lu. 
Kal^apo^ ofioitoi tA kokA, scil. A'i 
Acts ix. 13. 2 Tim. iv.- 14. S< 
Class, espec. Homer. 

K.aKOvpyo^, ov, 6, iii, {kukoi 
tpyut,) prop, an adj. doing evil, v 
in Horn. Eurip. Soph. Plato, an< 
but in use a subst. in the sense * 
doer.* And so in N. T. I) ge 
evil-doer, 2 Tim. ii. 9, Sept. am 
2) spec, a robber, Lu. xxiii. 32, « 
often in Class. 

lLaKov\iu, f. ricrui, (kojcov, 
male habeo, to tU treat, Diod. Sic. 
et al. Stob. 522, but gener. 
KOKovxtlvQai, as Heb. xi. o7. xiii 

Kaicoot, f. (oao), {^koko^,) pro| 
to KUKov nroiiui, physice vitto, i 
had, deteriorate, Tneophr. Hist. I 
TO 'Kvyavov KaKovTcu Kai dXXa- 
Of pers. to briry to a low state, I 
xi. 689. Od. xvi. 212. Also gen 
treat or harm any one, as often i: 
and Thuc. And so in a physica 
1 Pel. \\\. \^, tW b KOK-utvukv vyia 
xvm. V^ *, «Xw> to aglid^ opprtsa," 

EKOlKOXri TOX« TCttT. V\)UttV. -Xfiu") 

KAK li 

: n. 754, luid eliewhen ia Clu>, In i 
ol Kuse, (o naia evil-qffeeted. Acts 
'. 2, Uanmnat Ti> <fn>X'it -r^' iS. 
«.AnLxvi.l,2.&7,3,&a,6. An idiom 

. fi, 24, J(ji,i, 

le iff Ol 

> yip i 

Ipgr. &■ 

. rBTHicjLLr, In tbe phiHHt kokwc 
Xu«, to fa wi, Mstt. iv. 21, at sepiu, 
ad CUm. ikucm irrirrx"", ' to luffer ill,' 
.& grisTouil;, xiii, 1£. ud Clua. Kauai; 
■■"Ml ^iToXcffat, nuj^ moZ^ perden^ 
. «. to intrny vtlerly, ixi. 41, and Clui, 
A. ; goner, in the »eniB of gneanaiy, xt, 
K1,IUUM ia,^a,lltTai.-a. MOBALLr; 

iHida, Actauiii.S; gener. Eonuit XaXrlu, 
■tooL fo nisii tml, i. e. uniu, John iviil 
B. So Jl It. 3, koi^ alTtine., 'jt 

Kin-m, .<«, 4, {KOKia,) prop. & 
iiClug. >{( tnatment or nr"*? '<> oCherg, 
mi'tadamagt; but in N. 'T the sutc 
«f Ills iniand, aOictiait, Acta vii. 31, 
dtv -ri,* kAk. tov JuaE, and »metimea 
li dw. u Thnc ii. 43. vii. 82. Hdiui. 

KaXaui), fpt, 4, prop. lod in CUss, 
lb Kott of grain : in N. T. sluUA or 

B. 1^. Si^ utd eomeliinea in Clue. Da 
nsoci. iJ. T. 7. Xen. Ven. ». IB. 

linted hollow italk, I. pion. 

titwitli a jointed iic 
j/Mt iUdf. Mall. : 

a the ita£. u cut 
aBock K«rtre, Uati 

Sept. and Clus 

rp rMd, Sept. in 
&. xl. 3 ; a rtedfitr leritag wiih, 3 John 
U. Sept. and Cla«. 

KaXf u, (f. Iru, nor. 1, ixiiXiTa, pert. 
itMXijKa, >or. 1. pau. luXiieiiv,] I.locali 
TO any one to come or go tay where. 1 ] 
jnt. iriih the una!, u a bhepherd bis 

•t' jwufl. Lu. xix, 13, ica\f«H jt jina 
WXow JavToii. Mall. i>. 31. Mk. i. 20, 
iuiXiiriv u^n&c, i. e. ' to follow him and 
knme bit diuiplea.' 1 MacF. L 6. Hdian. 
B.ll,a). Xen. Conv. ii. 13. 2} geoer. 

1»nm^lSu^^\ \i^ KakLac TDi«^ 
!!*»«, and 15, IF AlyiirTot, Heh. li. 
t 3)Ai«iaiip(mwitbtheideaofautho- 

•ji^, ae"*!™' iv. M^K^i/^Hdim 
Air Xna. Apol. Soc i. ,U t>)i' iUnr. ![. 
fif.'^Ood.Rom.Sr. 17, xaXoD^o! Td I it 
•iitTawtirra, 'alljBg forth aad dis- | 3. 

though they were,' i, o. enlling ihem into 
existence. &c Sept. and Pliilo. 4) in the 

al. and Clut, Helaph. la eail, ts mitt. 

'o any thing, e. dt. aud of Jcsui, k. 
-.- ^frAvoiafj to eiul to repeniaum, to 
exhort. Matt. ix. 13. hnpl. Ht. iL 17. Of 
God, Rev. ill, 9, ili -ri tti-ryoii tvS yt- 

Tou AbvUpt xaieKriuIvai, see in Pi- 
um 1. 1 Tim. oi. 12, ali f^r nlwnov. 
1 Cor. i. 9. 2 Th. ii. 11. 1 Pet. ii. 9. v. 10. 

the dutiee, nrivilegea, and final blin of 
eChriitiBa Ufa bera and hereal^r, 1 Th. 

12, and lo by impl. Rom. ii. 21, el 
pe al, 1 Cor. vii. TS, 17, eq. Gal, v, 8 

1.15. lPat.iL 
al. Bcpe. 5) in the tenM of to co^ anyone 
to any aUtiDD, equiv. to lyipanil, to cioDW. 
Heb. T. 4, Apyitfiiiiv — KaXouuifOf uiti 
TOu eioS. Gal. 1. IS.— 11. to<^ oter, with 
alluiioo to the posture of the action, i. e, 
to rntmf, to ^tre name lo any peraon or 
thing. I. prop, and 1) otaproper naau 
or lurname ; of persons, foil, by tA Smita 
and tha name in appoait. Matt. s. 21, ica- 
\iaiti TO iroiLa auToD'IiKrauii.ttoH Adit 
coil ha fumte Jtsus. Paaa. with tJ, sc. 
impa, Lu. i. 63, and Sept. Poll, by ace. 
%. f*^ '", ^ "^"^ '? ''^BitXlIp^X 

{K>tX(irai>. In the Pais, constr. Lu. L I 
■ " So of plicea. Matt. 


wild Ir, Bom. 

. shall thy seed bear 

name.— II. of on tpilhet or appeUatum, 

e, g, of pe™™. Matt. ii. 23, NB^apnlot 

cX„eri<r.Tai,ixii.43, xxin.7,8. Offinws, 

\ctsx.l.&CUsB, Hence 3) pass, in the 

icnse oi to 6e regarded, accounted, ^lo be. 

Uatt. T. 9, 19, bis, IXaxxTToc KXij«n<»Tat 

> T^ ^a<r. T»l> o(p. K, T. X, Lu. >. 33, 

KoXXieXhioc. ou, i, 4, adj. (ra'XXsc 

',) prop, ^yielding line oil;' hence 

(Xo.ot. i. e. iKata, a ooorf oftte- 

& IXai, 

o.ot. i. e. ikaia, a awd 
iillivBled Bi opposed to 

id yielding fioe i 



«. .snsLoi. UB an 

c, o, 4, (compar, of ica- 

t, -as thou also better 

iXoSiSiJoitaXoi, ou, !., ii, ^v 
t and iiSaaKaXo?,1 teaching wholia 
and u BubBl. teacher of good,Tu.,"v 

KAA 3 

KnXoToi EU, f. riir», lo do v*U,Ui lin 
Irtuoullj, 2 Tb. iii. \3;oi to do good ti 

oi Dpp. f3 TD aliTj^ov ^ also moral eiEcel- 
Imce, u opp. to rd hbkAv, alrxpon, or 
irciriwof : or good jn respect to what is 
useful or profitable, aa Raid of fAwr;!. To 
N. T. the word is only used in the lailer 
mode^ud with less eiten live applieBlion 
ihaD in the CLasucal wrileii, signifying, 
I, mod, a> regardi nuality, and also of 
such tliinn OS exLireea the acLiona of per< 
sons; and as koXos is said of persons. 

f land, Matt. \iii.'87 
ii. 33, Et d. So fiirf 


i. 10. 

oi, Aieoi, a^o\ayia^-U. qood 
\ Ds to effect, awW, prafiiaUe, 
■"- -■- 60. Ipyo., Mail. 

it ii good, pru^cMi, 
loij. oj ace. ana mfin. Matt. xtIL 4; by 
d«t. of pen. and inf. n) subj. Matt, iviii. 
B, 9 ! by a. Mitt, uvi. 24. Mk. ii. 43. 
liv. 31 ; by idi., I Cor. rii. 8.— IIL g^ 
in a moral sense, virtuous^ spoken 1) of 
tilings, as thoughts, feelings, Klions, e, p. 

IS. K. iiia<itpo4>!u Ja. iii. 13. 1 Pel. ii! 
12. 1 Tim: ti. 12, «. iyia. 2 Tim. ii. 7. 



ro ydp K< 

I of the heart iuelf, 

l,u. viii. 15. So ip'J'o^ KuXoip, Ipyaxaki, 
tA koXA *joya, a good deed, good ieorh. 
Matt. V. 16. 1 Pet. it. 12; nitli iaya 
impl. Rom. iii. 17. 2 Cor, viii. 21. I'it. 
iii. 8, TB .tB\<i. Neut. -ri KoKin, prop. 
that iFhidi is ftandsHne, good, rioAL Rom. 
vii. 18. ao tA ^a\i" irauJi, ' to do 

Rum. vii.31. Henca KaXoir inT,, a is 
good, it (9 rt^, foil, by inf. Matt. xv. 26. 
Mk, vii. 27. Rom. *iv. 31. Gal. iv. 18. 
lleh. liii. 9. 3] of permita, in nference 
to theperfnrmsneeofduty,e.gT, o toiuAv 
i kokZ. John I. 11 bis, ll. f,du»c, 

-!,<, 3 Tim. 
J. Xen.Mem. l 
es which fiJl oi 

(;vhat IS morally good, virti 

mumly, u bravery in the neld, taunt B 
t)iecoDneil, clevernesa in the dispatch if 
hiisinesi, or ileiterily and sltill in thoei- 

KdXv^fia, irrnr, -ri, (noXvrniJ 
1 ) a nwe™o, thrown over any Ihiii, 
/Esehyl. Ch. 487, eapec. a 1x0,2 Cor.S 
IX Horn, and kschyl. 2) fig. an » 
p/dimaU, (lit. wnnetlilDg iuterpoMd k- 
iween,] 3 Cor. iii. 14, laq. jnEXufifia hi 
Thv •ifpiiaii Kti-rnt. Act. Tbom. g H 
D^ t6 leak, wftoiiytivai vxorot. 

KaXiiTTo, r. ifiH, (kindr. ntb i^ 
irr<a,)toan>erottrmarvwid, toemiim, 
iTitia. I) Matt.Tiu.24. LD.viii.lG,v 
\lmTs> ai-rAi, «iii.i. iiiii. 30. ScM.k 
Class. 2) by impl. to Ode, Hatt.i.3t, 
omw KiK^X^piiUp, " "-- '- ' "^ 
So Jan 

V. 20, and 1 


■/*i.«4(a(, 1 Pel. 
t—N. B. la Ih( 

? second head, ,.. , 

h iyaSis. The difference between \So ttalt.. T" 

n-hfidov dpapTi^vt Comp. Soph. 

KaXic, adv. (miWt,) prop, lad- 
sonurfff, in N. T. Kell, good, in viriiiB 
connectiODguidBbaacs of sense. L ati 

rf^A/, tttiiaUu, vrofjeriii, John ivjiL 3. it 
erxoXSc, i. e. a^tiira. Act. i. U, ^ 
nft. SoDuitaA^, 'notwell.'GsLir.ll. 
Of office or duty, will, fa^JvUi, 1 Ita 
ilL 4, 13. T. 17. and Cl^ Wfti »(L 
irry tcdl, excdkntly, Mk. vii, 37. OtLli 
7, iTpt'xJTi linXnit. Ironically, in ftt 
Bcnw of the Latin pTobi, Hark vi. L 
>^ilX£c dSiTiiTi T7|V f>-raX4v r. Oml' 
3 Cor, Ii. 4. «liAn V. H. i. 16. la 
the seti>e_ of amwnimay. James E S, f« 

(Mrfm™, &c. WBLL, i, e. jusUg, Bf^ •' 
of declantioiiB, &c Mall. xv. 7, nUi.j 
iriKij0ifTeirtfs rtpZ itftuti. Mk. vii.G. xi . 

39. John iv. 17. viii. 48. xiii. 13. AM 

lu /^'u«H, B. gi. iy Konrw <t-»»i^ " . 
inieak meU of, to praite, witb aec. Lo.*. . 
& 2) Ka\L Ix'^, to te ™«, to «M>k ; 
i.e. ^om uekness, Hk. iri. IS. Cw« 
Xen. Cyr. vii. 5, 47. 3) koXm mA 

n\oi,ott,i,,i,, aeatmi,1laa.S. 
i. 6,andClua, InpniT<ib,>'F 
ux. 34. Mk. I. 25. Lu. irttft 

kTt^U tffTt KU^TlXwr JiA Tp»a+ 




T^v ik Kdfifjkov jcaTairivovTcv, 
Mid of tbote who are diligent in the 
KTTuice of leaser daties, but negligent 
tiie diwharge of higher ones. 

Kdfilyoc, ov, Vi om aoen or /umace 
' imelting metids, burning pottery, &c. 
Ktt. xiii. 42, 50, ih ttiv k&iuvov tov 
tpo9, i. e. * a burning furnace.* Sept. and 

Ka/A/ivc0, £ vtrctf, ( Korafivva, 
KdfifwfMf^ fr. KaTtz/iopov,) to tktA down 
9 eyelids^ (L e. dose tne eyes. So Xen. 
fiiag. K. T.BXiipapovA Matt. xiii. 15. 
eta xzviii. 27, Toit^ 6<l>u, ai/Tcov tK&fi- 
fra», *have closed their eyes.* So Philo, 
589, KUfifi. t6 t^s ^vxv^ ofifia : and 
» Maic. Anton, iv. 29, n-v^Xdv 6 kutu- 
Swv TC0 votpw ofifiaTt, * with his niind*8 
re.* in the (Ulass. writers, however, the 
ic. is left understood, as Lucian Tim. 9, 
it means ^conniveo, dissimulo.* 

Kd/ttytt»,(f. KUfiSt, aor. 2. tKaftov, perf. 
UfuiKCL,) I. prop. act. ' to work out any 
mg,^ i. e. obtain any thine by hard labour, 
I en. in Horn. ; and so laooro in Latin. 
lost frequently, however, neut. to labour 
mri; and — II. from the adjunct, to he 
tnry or /ainty Rev. ii. 3, KtKoviaKa^, 
vl o6 Ke<cfitifca«, 'hast not fainted under 
V So Thuc. vi. 34, KeKfitiKoviv, weary, 
kHgued. So also at Heb. xii. 3, we have k. 
ftS,t ^xat^. Job X. \,K&iiv<t}v Tp ^IfvxS 
Mv : also Joseph. Philo, and Class. — IH. 
hm the sense of faintness from labour 
■iies another, that from weakness or iU- 
MH, to be stck, Jas. v. 15, h ivyh ffi^ 
tttrrtm^ (Ttierti tov KdfivovTa, ' the sick 
lenon ;* and so oft. in Class. ; as laboro 
a Latin, though always with some ad- 

"K-dfiTTTu, f. \J/o9, to bend, gener. or to 
■ofe crooked any thing straight, as Hom. 
3. iv. 486, K, Itvv : mostly, however, used 
i bending a limb, espec. ^le knee, either 
bough weariness, or in supplication, or 
inffihip. So always in N. T. I. trans. 
W. by TO yovu, to bend the knee, as in 
Mmage, with dat. Rom. xi. 4 ; by irpo^ 
nth ace £ph. iii. 14. — II. intrans. irav 
fimt KUfi^lfei, every knee ^all bow; i. e. 
Mud itself in homage, worship ; with dat. 
ioB. xiv. 11. 

Kay, (crasis for Kai idv,) and if, also 
f. L and if, with subj. aor. or perf. and 
n the apod, the fut. or oit firi with subj. 
Ifk. xvi. 18. Jas. v. 15, and Class. — II. 
sbo if, even if, aWumgh, with subj. 1) 
Roer. with subj. aor. and fut. in the apod. 

Mtt. XXi. 21, K&V Ttp opt I TOVTiO K. T. 

K. John xi. 25, kuv diroO&pp, ^vctTai. 
H^. xii. 219; ako with subj. pres, and the 
pod. witbpree. or fut. or Bubj. aor. Matt. 
tfi 35. Jobn viii. 14. x. 36, and CJass. | 

2) if even, if but, at least, where koX is 
intens. by way of diminution ; foil, by 
subj. aor. and in the apod, the fut. Mk. v. 
28, K&V Tvav luaTioov avrov dxj/wfxai, 
<rtodii<TOfiai. EUlipt. wUhortt i^od. Mk. vi. 
56. Acts V. 15. 2 Cor. xi. 16. 

K a 1/(01/, oi/o«, o, (fr. K&vri, a reed, this 
word being of the same form as KwSoav fr. 
Ktadri, &yK(i»v fr. &yKr\,) prop, a straight 
piece of wood, usually cane, employed for 
the purpose of adjusting and regulating the 
straigbtness of other tnings required to be 
straight. Thus the term was employed to 
denote a mason or caipenter^s rule or 
square, to which allusion is made in 
Eurip. Here. Fur. 945, tpolviKi kovovi 
vpfJu>afiiva, mason^s plummet. Eurip. 
Tr. 6. Also, a measuring pole, and some- 
times a measuring-2tn«, plumb-line, re- 
quired to be exactly straight. Thus the 
word came to denote a measure, ' that by 
which any thing is measured,* as to its 
straigbtness or perpendicularity. So Soph. 
CEnom. frag. in. 5, m<m tskt6vo9 trapa 
arddfiriv (the plumb-line, Hom. II. xv. 
410. Od. xxiii. 197.) Woirros dpBovrai 
Kav&v. Also metaph. a standard or rule 
of morals, or conduct, by which any one^s 

i'udzment or actions are regulated. So 
i*hil. iii. 16, T(tf auTO) <rToixtiv Kavovi. 
Gal. vi. 16, ocroi to» Kavovi, toutw 
ffToixncrovviv, with wliich comp. Pind. 
Pyth. vi. 45, <rrddp,riv (for Kavova) trpdv 
irarp<aav i^ij, * walked in the straight way 
of his father^s footsteps.* This sense is 
found also in the Class, e. gr. Eurip. Hec. 
606, olStv TO y alvxpov kovovi tov 
KoXov fiaQdav. Plut. vi. 90, Kavova 
dptTtj^. So in 2 Cor. x. 13, 15, 16, kutu 

TO flETpOV TOV Kav6v09, OU IflipUTt, &C. 

it may denote (with allusion to the line set 
out on either hand, which defined the space 
within which the racers were to run at the 
games, Pollux On. iii. 151.) limits, i. e. 
sphere of action, or duty assigned to any 
one. Or rather, fitTpov tov kovovo^ 
means the space measured out by rule, the 
allotment assigned, of action or duty. So 
fitTpov is used at Rom. xii. 3, ror ihe 

Krtion measured off of any thing. So 
I. xxxix. 4, ' Lord, make me to know 
the measure of my days,* i. e. the space. 

Ka'TTTjXcvco, f. cuo-o), fr. icairt}\o$, a 
retail dealer or huckster, espec. of wine 
and provisions. See Luc. Herm. 59. 
Hence, KavriKevut meant prop, to exercise 
a petty retail traffic, as Herodot. i. 155. 
So iEschyl. Theb. 541 ; but metaph. 
iXQvov S' ioiKsv oit KafrriXtoanv, *will 
not fight by retail,* i. e. in a peddling way. 
Metaph. to moJee a trofic w ^\Tk. ^l «Bej 
action, Herodot. \\\. ^^, tK.aic4^»>t 

modlties in^^ic^ t\\ea6 K6nrt\Kov <3sstfS 


KAO 2 

tnSclftd, drinkiblei uul ciUblei, nere 
euU; suKeplible of ndulientinn, and, in 
tact, were prnverbially adultenled by 

u Koi-qXiuiui -rdg jixac, HI EDrip.'Hipp. 
957. f Jil-iixoii /l)(i5t ffiTot. MT^Xiu'. 

. , neupb, u 2 Cor. 

tiairtjKfuuin-tv Toc Xoyav roir 6tov, 
equiT. 10 SaKoims Tor \6yop t- 9- 
3 Cor. iv. 2. Comp, AntboL Gr. iii. 130, 

<c, ou, 6. (fr. Kiiirui, tD bretthe, 
exhale llie breath,} prop. 'Ibe 
iLle.1 br th« inouifa,'uid tbeii, 
nsenibrance, Imrfy, Acttii. 19, 
D N. T. and Claa. llie of the 

Knp^) t^ heart, ds the Beat and centTC of 
tlie circulation of tbe blood, and tberefbre 
of life, in the human sjBiem, Horn. 11. 
X, 91. liii. 282. In N. T. only fig, I. 
at thd seal of the drains, fnlings, alTec- 
tlons, paseiana, impulaea, tu:, the hiart, 
1) ^erallj^Matt. v. 8,^oJ xnBapoi iS 

lapdiat, /r 

21. Lu, 

phrases, M 

Lod oft. Sepl. 

ii. 35. Boi 
if S\irc tS, K. and iv eXn th napii 
' with the nhole heart,' Matt. IiU. S 
Mk. xii. 3D. Sept. and Clau. A Kapi 
Kal A i^ux^ ^tn. 'one heart and one sou 
.tonoting entire unanimity. Acts It. 32. 
i<,«<,IAI.i«6ai, or tiokoyt^taBai if T^ 

onsider with oneaelf, 


-r^ T^c tsap^tat AvBpuTOi, i. e. ^S 
Si*p»iriK, 1 Pet. iii. 4. 3) by a-j 

»4>(>d>>ei| A K. fioD. ziT.17. Col.iLi;< 
;j in ilirjii' or Kiytm i* tj tafHa, 'I 
:,y_ in one-* heut,* i. t. to think, IW 

Sept. 'and Class. In the sense ofn* 
M«7mL Rom. iL 15. 1 John iii. M, Hi 
21. — III. Bg. tieitart of any thiniElrl 
noddle, fliuM, the central pan. e. 1. 1 ) 
T^t yijt, Matt. Iii. 40, and Sept. 

KaylJlo^jrutrTITf, DV, d, (jfo^^^ 
uiiffKiB,) heart-kmntmr, aeaniher iif imi 
Acts i. 24. xy. S. Found only in N. T. 

KopiTDi, oa, i, (r. Kilpa, to nil 
crop ; being of the earns forui as aifwi 
IL dust-box, fr. aaipia, and i6pwn 
Sfivui, that being denied fram the |r 

by metaib, fit tp&wat. Thus the wi 
simiies ' whU is gathered from any ttra 
unether prop, or met. in JruU or aia 
' "■ — ■ '" '" - /'■'•', prvdna. 


and of tl 
liii. 8, & ofL ; alls 
So also droJiU 
er lie frailly i.e. as 

of them, aa rent, Hatt. x. 

Claee. By Hob. aud of cbiidt 
li/Tipraa, as o naarAv tvi kimXioc, La 
■•■> -^- '-^Mt, A«*ii.3C, and* 
fiviL, Lo. 1) for del 

42. -. 
iporh, ootiduei, Hatt. 

1. iii. 17. Sept. Jet. xni. 10. Mit 
S. 3) by impl. for pro(U, oAn* 
ood, John iv. 36, xal av^dyit Ktpt 
It Mr aI»uu>K. Rom. i. 13. vi. 3[, 
I. iii. 18. al. Sept. andClaaa. i)iimf> 
'ttXiwv, fhat of the Uja, i. e. \n 

KapTTOipopiiu, f. qrrra, (ncopn^ 
5S-) to 6ear /h«^ intnma- r. nnn-l 



X. <;o\. 

I"**! i yij icapwo*of 

.f-yu &-I<Am. '\iuA) 




ffljiT.20. Lu. viii. 15; foil, by dat. 
Bwi eft iocomm. e. gr. to» Gtw, Rom. 
L T« 0ajraTc0, ver. 5,* i. e.* to live 
17 of God or ojf death. Also in mid. 
ffi^ to oneself^ i. e. to propagate 
h fo ffwrniae, Col. i. 6, ivayytKiov 
<^>To<fH>povfitvo» Kal ai/^avofiivov. 
proipopoi, ow, o, 'fi, adj. {Kapvdv, 
^ fr. ^ef>u, to bear,) I) prop. 
««t»j^, as said of trees, Theophr. 
i- 3, 5. iii. 8, 1. Xen. Cyr. vi. 2, 
Smt 2) frwtful^ as said of ^}u/, 
i. «. Diod. Sic. i. 74. Xen. Cyr. 
2. So Acts ziv. 17, «ca<ool xapir, 
iuch comp. Eustath. on Hom. Od. 
/(^va«, * firuit-producing months.* 

Tipito, f. i}<r«, (KapTcp<}ff, fr. 

equiv. to icparos,) to 6e strona, 

endure, to persevere, intrans. Heb. 

t>09, to9 ov$, T^, (from part. pret. 
I«, fr. Kap^u, to dry up,) lit. 
ng dried up and witherea;* any 
ratance, sncii as straw, chaff, or 
ate particle of wood, Polyb. vi. 
ed as the emblem of lesser faults, 
to hoKiK, Matt. vii. 3, seqq. Lu. 
eqq. with allusion to a Hebrew 
such as Horace calls iubera et 

, prep. gov. the genit. and the 
th tlie prim, signif. down, i. e. 
m, chum upon, down in. I. with 
e. g. — I. of PLACE, 1) as said of 
'oum from a higher to a lower 
g. Ka-rh. Tov Kpi\fivov elc t^i; 
vn from a precipice into the sea,* 
1. 32^ Mk. V. 13. Lu. viii. 33. So 
(laXtJc ^X*'"* * *® ^^ye depending 
head,* 1 Cor. xi. 4 ; see in "Exw, 
oseph. and Class. 2) of motion 
n a lower place, upon, Mk. xiv. 
ecy aitroZ Kard tijs K«0oXtj«, 
. ; fig. tj Kara ^ddovi iTTwxtia, 
rty down to the very depths,* i. e. 
overly, 2 Cor. viii. 2. 3) gener. 
•n or direction upon, towards, 
iny place or object, both prop, in 
of upon, against. Acts xxvii. 14, 
rar' avr^s auifioi Tu0a)i/iK<)$, 
in the sense of through, through- 
iv. 14, iprifiij B^rjiKdi Kad' oAijs 
iX<0pov* xxiii. 5, SiSda-Ktav Kad' 
t 'lovSaiai. Acts ix. 31, 42. x. 
?lass. Also after verbs of swear- 
to swear upon or by any thing, at 
) time stretching out the hand 
TH, towards it, Matt. xxvi. 63, 
> ert kutA. tov Qtov. Heb. vi. 13 
re Kad* iavTov. Sept. and Class. 
taph. of the object towards or 
icD any thing tends, aims, &c. 
regped to, 1 Cor. xv. 15. Judc 
or/ Kpiariv Kcrrd wdi/rats/, and 

Class.; more usually in a hostile sense, 
against, after terms of speaking, accusing, 
warring, &c. ; lit. ^ down upon.* Matt v. 
11, irav trov. prjfia KaB' i/fiSty, ver. 23, 
Ixci tI Kara, <rov, X. 35. xii. 14, ervfi- 
^ovKiov iXa^ov kut' airrov. ver. 30, 6 
fA^ S>v fitT* iuov, KUT ifiov ioTi, xxvi. 
59. Mk. xi. 25. xiv. 55, sq. Lu. xxiii 14, 
ctfv Kartiyo/oetrc kut' airrov, oft. and 
Class. — li. with the Accus. where the 
primary and general idea is down upon, — 
I. of PLACE, i. e. 1 ) as said of motion, 
expr. or impl. or of extension, ihrough, 
throughout a place, Lu. viii. 39, icaO' h\t]v 
niiv iroKiv Ktipvcnrmv. xv. 14, kyivvro 
Xif/Lov Kard t^v xwpav iKiimiv, Acts v. 
15. viii. 1. xi. 1, 5vtc« Karti t^v *Iow- 
daiav, * who were throughout Judsa.* xv. 
23. xxiv. 12. So iropsvsaBai icard Ttjir 
666v, * to travel through^ i. e. along the 
way. Acts viii. 36, & gener. icccrd Ttjv o^v, 
^ along or by the way,* while travelling 
upon it, Lu. X. 4. Acts xxv. 3. xxvi. 1^ 
and Class. Hence, from the idea of mo- 
tion ihroughout every part of a whole, 
arises the distributive sense of Kar^, e. g. 
Matt xxiv. 7, icard Toirov«, * throughout 
all places,* in various parts. Lu. viii.*l, 
dtctfocve Korik 'koKiv koH Knifiriv, * through- 
out city and village,* i. e. every one, gener. 
Acts li. 46, kX&ptI^ tz kott oIkov 
&prov, i. e. from bouse to house, viii. 3. 
XIV. 23, et al. And so Class, icard Kcafias. 
2) of motion or situation upon, at, near to, 
adjacent to, &c. Lu. x. 32, yevofievo^ ku- 
Td Tdv T&rrov. ver. 33, tiXOe kot' uvtov. 
Acts ii. 10, TJjs AiBvi}9 t^s icard Kvpv- 
vr\v. xvi. 7. xxvii. 2, to£»s kotA tijit 
'A<r<ai/ Toirovf, i. e. * the places on and 
near the coast of Asia Minor.* v. 7, and 
Class. 3) of motion or direction up, 
i. e. touxirds any place or object. Acts viii. 
26, woptvov KaTd p.t<Tr\fi^piav. Xxvii. 12, 
Xifiiva — /SXeirovra Kard AijSa. Phil. iii. 
14, KaTO, aKoirdv Siukio, Thuc. vii. 6, 
oircp Ka6* avToiii iiv=ovtT against them. 
Fig. Kara irpoaoavov Tivi avTiorTJvai, 
Ho withstand one to his face,* Gal. ii. 11. So 
Class, icar' Hfifia. 4) of place where, i. e. 
of being at, in, within a place ; foil, by ace. 
of place, Rom. xvi. 5, t»ji/ kot' oTkov 
avTwv iKK\ii<yiav, ' the church at or in 
their house,* i. e. accustomed to meet 
there. Acts xiii. 1, riaav kotA tiji/ iKicKri- 
criav irpo<piJTai : by ace. of pers. imply- 
ing place, in, with, among. Acts xxi. 21, 
Tous Kard rd tOi/ij 'lovdatous, ' the Jews 
dispersed among (prop, throughout) the 
Gentiles.* xxvi. 3, tCjv icard 'lovSaiovi 
idu)V. xvii. 28, Tii/£« Tcov Ka0* vfid^ iroi- 
tjTcuif. Eph. i. 15, Tr]V Kad' ufia« iritmw. 
And 80 in Class. AUo ioW. \i^ vit. «Jl 
thing implying pWe, e. \pc. KttT^ icfkoo- 
coTTov Tti;o«, in the presence of., before «» 
one, Lu. u. 31. Acl% u\. \^. ^ ^^ 





od>6a\/bu>d«, i. e. v/ttcov. Gal. iii. 1. Metaph. 
of a state or condition in which any thing 
is, or is done, thus implying also manner ; 
e. gr. Kar* ovap^ in or by a dream, Matt. 
i. 20. ii. 12, 13. 1 Cor. ii. 1, ^XBov oi> 
Kad' vnre.poyi\v Xoyov, I cams not m ese- 
cdlency of speech. Adverbially, Kar e^- 
ovaiav, Mk. i. 27. icard KpdrKK, strongly, 
vehemently. Acts xix. 20. Thuc. L 64, kut 
liiav, in private. Kard fiova^, see in v. So 
Kad' vTrspQoXriv, exceedingly, Rom. vii. 
13, or exceilenily, 1 Cor. xii. 31. Also ol 
KOT* k^oxh^t inose in dtstinction,=the dis- 
tingoished, Acts xxv. 23. — ii. of timb, 
i. e. of a period or point of time down upon 
whic'd, i. e. in, at, during \rhich, any 
thing takes place, e. gr. kutSi rd airro, at 
the same time, together. Acts xiv. 1. Rom. 
v. 6, icard Kaipdv, in due time. Acts zii. 
1, KOT* tKtXvov *r6v Kaipdv, during that 
time. xvi. 25. xxvii. 27. Heb. i. 10, 
KaT apx<k^, in Vie beginning, of old. iii. 8. 
So distributiyely, kuO' riixipav, daily. 
Matt. xxvi. 55. Mk. ziv. 49, al. ; also to 
KaQ* hixipau, Lu. xi. 3. xix. 47. kot' 
£To«, KaT IviavTdv, yearly, every year, 
Lu. ii. 41. Heb. ix. 25. x. 1, 3. Kara 
sopTriv, *at each passover,* Matt, xxvii. 
15. Lu. xxiii. 17. kotA Kaipdv, * at cer- 
tain times,* John v. 4. leora fiiav <ro/3- 
fdrcav, ''every first day of the week,' 
Cor. xvi. 2. Also Acts xvii. 17, kotA 
iracav vyiipav. xviii. 4. Heb. iii. 13. 
Rev. xxii. 2, k. firjva 'iva %KaaTov, and 
Class. — III. in a distributive sense, derived 
from the idea of pervading all the parts of 
a whole. Also gener. of any parts, num- 
ber, &c. e. gr. KaTA fiipoi, i. e. part for 
part, partundarly, Heb. ix. 5. Apocr. and 
Class. ico6* 'iva, one by one, 1 Cor. xiv. 31. 
KaT&. Svo, two at each time, 1 Cor. xiv. 27. 
— IV. tropically, as expressing the relation 
in which one thing stands towards another, 
thus also every where implying manner. 
Spoken 1) of accordance, or conformity ; 
e. gr. of a rule or standard of comparison, 
&c. accordifkf to, confomuMy to, after, 
secundum. Matt. ix. 29, Kara t^v irivriv 
inkuiv yevrjOriTca vfuv. xxiii. 3. Lu. ii. 22. 
xxiii. 56. John viii. 15. Acts xxiii. 31. 
xxvi. 5. Rom. ii. 2, iari kutA u\vOsiav=. 
EtTTlv <5\rj0i}s. ver. 5, 6,7. viii. 4, 5, icaxA 
<rapKa, Kard irvevfxa. Eph. iv. 22. Col. 
ii. 8, al. oft. Sept. and Class. So with 
ace. of person, i. e. acxording to the will of 
any one, Rom. viii. 27, Kard Qtov. 1 Cor. 
xii. 8. 2 Cor. xi. 17. Gal. i. 11, ovk itrri 
kutA avdpcaTTOV, ' is not human' i. e. of 
human origin, Apocr. and Class. With 
the idea of proportion. Matt. ii. 16. xxv. 
15, iKaorTiu Kwrd Tiiv iSiav dvvafiiv. 
Rom. xii. 6, and Class. Adverbially, Lm. 
-r. 31 f fcard a-vyKupiav, * by chance, acc\- 
deotally.* John x. 3, kut' ovofxa. Acta 
xvjii, 14^ xa-rd \6yov, * reasonably.' PVi. 

iii. 6, Karii \ri^ov, zeedowiy. 1 
Kard yvSxTiv, discreetly. So 
how 1 Lu. i. 18. 2) of on oo( 
by virtue of, because of, fofr, b 
Matt. xix. 3, diroXvorai t^i 
auToG KaTkncaoav alTiav,foi 
Acts iii. 17, KaTa dyvoiav, 
ignorance, ignorantly. Rom. ii 
viii. 8. Gal. i. 4. ii. 2, & oft. 
Class. Of any general refer 
sion, &c. in respect to, as to, 
icaTii trdpKa. xi. 28. Phil, ii 
diKaioauvijv. Tit. i. 4. Heb. i: 
avvtiStjiTiv, and Class. Henc 
ace. with a preced. article, it fo: 
phrasis for the cognate adject 
Kom. xi. 21, ol kutA <f>v<nv, ^1 
branches.' Col. iii. 22, toIc kc 
Kvpioii. So Td KaT A Tov TlaVi 
affairs, his cause. Acts xxv. 1' 
l/AE, my affairs, Eph. vi. 21. 
Class. Also in phrases, as kq 
TpoTTov, in every respect, every 
iu. 2 ; with neg. 2 Thess. ii. I 
ifik, lit. ^ as to what concerns 
as in me lies, Rom. i. 15. Sc 
kut' ifii. — V. of likeness, simil 
like, cfter Vie manner of, 2 
Kard ardpKa, ^ like a frail and fc 
Heb. v. 6, 10, Kard ttiv TtiFi 
aiSiK, i. e. ^ of an order like tc 
chisedec,' and Class. So wi 
pers. Gal. iv. 28, Kara *laadK, 
as Isaac. Rom. iii. 5, and G 
KaTd avOptoirov Xiyca, I speai 
man, 1 Cor. iii. 3, & Class. A 
Kad' ov Tpoirov, as, even as, A 
KUTd TouTot, thus, so, Lu. xvi 
ofioiorriTa, like, similarly, Hel 
VI. of the end, a»w, or purpo8> 
which anything is directed, /or, 
&c. 2 Cor. xi. 21, KaTa dTifi 
or vficov, or aifToav] Xiyut, I sa\ 
of disparagement, reproach. I ' 
n KaT* evai^tULV SiSaxv, 2 
Tit. i. 1. — NoTR. In composit 
implies : 1) motion downwards 
fiaivco, Kavaipita, KaTatriirTb 
against, iu a hostile sense, 
yivooarKio, KaTiiyopiu), KaTaX 
didribtdion, as KaTaKXrjpoSoTt 
a general sense, down, down 
also thrmighout. 5) where it | 
intrans. verb a transitive senst 

"KaTa^aivto, f. ^ntrofiai, a 
t/3tji/, imper. KaTdj3r]di and Kan 
or come doxvn, i. e. from a h 
lower place. I. as said of pe 
foil, by diro with gen. of plac 
Ma.U.viu. l^KaTa/3apT-t ^k airrt 

airo ToxJ irKolox). "^INNs.. x^. ^ 
diro TO\J oTaupox), "^^.Vj 




«f place in^tber, Mk. ziii. 15, fiii Kara- 

fiterm elc t^v oUiav. Acts viii. 38. eirl 

liiw 0<I^Xa<ro-ay, down upon the seashore^ 

i e. from the mountain, John vi. 16. 

^tpo9 Tiy«e, Acts x. 21. xiv. 11. Absol. 

Imt. xxiv. 17, et aL Spoken of those 

vliogo firomahiffher to a lower region, 

cgr. &ir6 *Upoaok6fioaVy Mk. iii. 22; foil. 

Ij cl«, John ii. 12, th ILairtpvao^fi. 

Atlti m. 15, civ AtyvTrrov. Ahsol. Acts 

im. 15. xxiv. 1, et al. Sept. and Class. 

Spoken of those who desoend, come down 

fifum, heaven^ e. gr. God, as affording aid 

to the oppressed, Acts vii. 34 ; of the Son 

•f Man, with iic, John vi. 38, 42 ; with 

krh^ 1 Thess. iv. 16, et aL and Class. — 

n. as said of Hnmm^ e. gr. ' a way leading 

lown from a higher to a lower region,* 

Acts viii. 26, b66v r^v xaTaft, &'$rd *Ie- 

fmnr. civ Ta^av. Of things descending 

fiom hBocent i. e. let down or sent down 

limn God, e. gr. a vessel. Acts x. 11. xi. 

$; qniitual ^ts, foil, hy (liro, Ja. i. 17. 

flo lener. firom the heavens or the clouds, 

feySS, e. AT. h ^poxh. Matt. vii. 25, 27. 

XuKmJf, Lu. viii. 23. irup iird tov ohp. 

La. ix. 54. trvp kK tov ovp. Rev. xiii. 13. 

Abo in the general sense of tofaU^ to drop^ 

ha. xxii. 44. 

KftTa/SaXXcD, f. /3aXc0, (/3aXXeo,) fo 
md downy trans. Rev. xii. 10, and Class. 
In the sense to prostrate^ 2 Cor. iv. 9. 
Sot. and Class. Mid. to lay down, i. e. 
aroundation, Heh. vi. 1, and Class. 

K^aTa^apita^ f. ^(rof, prop, to toe^h 
iMeii, by laying on a burden or weight, as 
Lac. Deor. D. i. 21, and metaph. to he 
hmrdensome to any one. So 2 Cor. xii. 16, 
oi KaTc/3. £'/Liav, and Kara^apuvoay 2 Sam. 
liii. 25. 

KaTdj3a<rtv, ecov, n, (icaTa/3ati/a>,) a 
suing down^ e. gr. towards the coast, Xen. 
An. 7, 8, 26. in N. T. desceiUy i. e. place 
of descending, declivity ^ Luke xix. 37, 
Kora^. TOV opov9 twv sXaiiou. Sept. 
Joch. X. 11, itrl TTJi K. Btidupujv, Mic. i. 
4, and Class. 

Kara/St/Sa^cii, f. d(ru>y (j3i/3a^a>,) to 
tOMte to descend^ Herodot. i. 87 ; also to 
bru^ down^ e. gr. ewv adov. Matt. xi. 23. 
1a. X. 15. Sept. and Class. 

KarajSoX^, ^s, Vy (KaTa/SoXXeo,) a 
(tutmg dovm in any way whatever, but 
«pec. employed, (correspondently to the 
wchitectural use of Kaxa^aWu)^ Heb. vi. 
1, of a laying down the foundation of a 
l>&ilding, and also metaph. of political in- 
ft^i^ion, Pind. Nem. ii. 5. And as /bun- 
^otion implies the beginning of any thing, 
•> Kora/SoX^ is simply put for beginniiMy 
• Pol. xxvi. 1, 9. In N. T. it is frequently 
^ttd, as Matt. xiii. 35. Lu. xi. 50, in 
tie pbrage Kara^oXfi koot/uov^ which 
«»r thuB be explained, as it is by the I 

Commentators, the beoinning of the worlds 
as KUTaBdWofiai oneu in the Class, s^^- 
nifies to begin. But there rather seems an 
allusion, agreeably to Jewish ideas, to the 
world as a vast edifice erected on founda- 
tions. Thus it signifies creation^ as in 
Plut. Aq. and Ign. Comp. 2, ^'/la «r^ 
irpuyTij KUTuBoX^ tvou ivvpooTrvov. It is 
also used at Heb.'xi. 11, duvafitv i\<zfity 
th KaTafioXrjv cnripfiaTo^^ as a technical 
expression, employed by physicians to 
popularly denote the act of conception, 
q. d. ^ strength for conception and procre- 
ation.* So Arrian £pict. i. 13, 3, vl6^ Ik 
TMV aitTtav (nrtpfjuiTOiv xal t^v out^v 
dvioOtu KaTa^Xiiif a kind of Hendiadys. 

Kara/Spa/Se vco, f. euaw, (kot^, /3/>a- 
/Seuo),) prop, to give the ^pa^tlov or prize 
a^inst any one, and by impl. to deprive 
himofthepalmy Euseb. Eccl. H. vi. 3^ and 
from the adjunct to beguile^ irapaXoyi- 
ttvQaiy to d^ftrive of any thing by trickery. 
So in N. T. gener. Col. ii. 18, /ntjdets 6/tias 
KaTafipaPtvirto, *■ let no one beguile you 
of your reward,* i. e. by drawing you off 
from the true doctrine to a &lse one. Comp. 
Rev. iii. 11, and see nay note in loco. The 
word is called by Jerome a Cilicism, 
though it is used not only by Plut. and 
Polyb. but by Demosth. 

KaTayyeXeirs, ioai^ o, {KUTayyiX- 
Xfitt,) an announcer, proclaimeVy Acts xvii. 

KaTayy£XXco,(f. yeXw, aor. 2. pass. 
KaTijyytXiji/,) prop, to bring word, an- 
nounce, make known to any one. So Xen. 
An. ii. 5, 11, KOTtJyyciXai; avTtS ttiv 
ciri/SovX^i/. Hence in N. T. 1) to an- 
nounce, proclaim, puUish, Acts xiii. 38, 
uuli; a<^c(rt8 afiapTiSov icoTayytXXsTOi. 
Thus in the Class, it is used of declaring 
war, proclaiming a festival, &c. 2) by 
impl. to set forth, teach, preach. Acts iv. 
2, KUTayyiXXtiu TtjV dvd<rraariv t»;i/ Ik 
vtKptov, xiii. 5, al. said either of the Gos- 
pel, or some expression designating it, or 
its author, Jesus Christ. 3) from the sense 
to announce, maJce known publicly, arises 
that of to laud, Rom. i. 8, Trio-Tts vfi» 
Kara'vyiXXeTai. 1 Cor. xi. 26, ^dvuTov 
TOV K. KaTayyiXXiTe, celebrate, com- 

KaTayeXao), f. a(rcti, (icard, ycXaw,) 
lit. to laugh down, utterly deride, foil, by 
gen. Matt. ix. 24, Kal KartyiXwv avrov. 
Mk. V. 40. Sept. and Class. 

KaTaytPuxTKU), f. yvdoao/tiai, (yt- 
uiixTKUi,) to form a Judgment against any 
one to his disadvant^e. Aristoph. E!q. 46. 
Xen. Mem. i. 3, 10. ace. of thing and 
gen. of pers. Inl^.T. to tKink iH of., to 
condemn, to blame., foW. \>y ^cu. \ 30Ka\\\. 
20, sq. kdv KaTttYivoaarKij ti|xuv t» Kap^vo. 
Prov. xxviii. 11, TrEwt\« voY»p.u»v Kate 



-oD. p™. a. ii. u, J 

lie Suit, ciu 

muliisH.' Sepc' and CW 

Ka-riyvSai, (f. KordEo, Aaom. fbt 
An. Ka-rti^a, nor. 1. icaTJa^a u>r. 2 
pna. KaTiayiii', } lo Intii dawn, bitak o 

«.«if.,.*Joh'n ^ii.Su'^^^^^tJu 
mi. Til hiceXij. ver. 32,33. 8ept.&Cl*u. 

tmu. 1. gener. to ortfw or hrinff dtnpit 

;. BCjiaTriym 

^ayav ai/rdv 
), 28. foU. b; 

rp6t TUB, iiiii. Ifi, abtol, nii. 30, S«pt. 

ud Clua. Horn. II. v. 53. Od. xiit. 10. 

< — 11- apec. us n nautical tonn« fo Aru^ a 

fAwdoim, i. fl. to ^anj. Ln. t. ll, irizTaya- 

I. Phft. ii. 68, 1^ 

n ixl T^i" 7^4-. 
- Ti.6, 3. 8— " 

. . . lit • 
,. . t. HenceMT. 
oxSni'. Ii>ll> br (it, la sonw to 
at. Acu Hi. 3. iiTii. 3, ii' 
Ant. liv. 14, 3. Hdot. vlU. 4 

mid. io coatentf ' 

^ contend aaaiiat, and by In 
, ■, «<4rft«, e. gr. ^niriXtint, 
33. M. Clau. 

IZ Jm. 

LI, {{{»,) in Clara, 
r. to Ami togethtTy 

3cc. Blnal'EiciuB! 

1. iti\Dt,) mos( miiieiit 
. >nd Class. 

iPTW* <^aijj^ liny one, vmtkmn, in ?f. T. 

KnrnfiuiKu, f. (lo, lit. to j 
itobiT, as wo Hay to huTii ffotcn, to ; 
cIoskIv, i flrinir Ibe. So often in Gr. 
'-" ■" - '■-"- -adasdgyio 

find him. Mk. 

So la zl ^ ow 



iMii^cr i^aiMt aB,jam,to mpnattteli 
M s^Jjietum, Diod. 8i«. t.i. 368, JXmlu 


i. ] 3, <iiT(di>i>atrr(»>> ol Air. tk^ "Ui 
trrfi. ^la, ud oilen in Sept, So Acttl. 

!.llh„ts iiri Toi AioBoXov. Simil. Dioi 
130,t£v.v ■ ' 

. a, iiimut 

luoiiii/atH (oppreued 
Hctauh. io tori U on 



(toicn to stwru, (najr itouii ii«i ^a 
anjoDe, tnns. 1. prop, uid 1) ^ 
ICor. 1.27,1™ TDHiODipoJtKaTai.^. ,. 
x\. 22 KaTataxiftrt Toh /i), Inm^ 
ind oft. in Clus. 2) spee. and u pK 
to Ik put to Aame by beio^ convicted if 
fulsuliiKid, 2Cof. TiL 14, oi xaTnnxiA^ 
and ix.4. IPeUiii. 16.1™ it cT- " 

fi^Qi Heb. b7 meton. oF c*uh f« eS^ 
to (fuummiic, Rfltn. r. £, 4 Ji '^^It it 
Ka-ravTxiiti. il. 33. i. 11. 1 Pet. ii. ^ 
ob ,..) «aT£iiirxi"*ii. Sept. P«. ml 5,iL 
Ecili^fc ii. 10.— II. metub. to diAmoir, 
dkw'"^. I Cor. xi. 4. 5, caTiiiirxiw 
7-i/k Kf^iiKii' 111., when tbe fuL' - 

!tsph. temij 

l^a-ranaiu., (t Kaioa, Bor. 2. pM.. 
■.UTtnilt, fut, 1. pan. naTOKauBiiiFi^iei, ' 
:ind in Inter uuve fut. 2. pass, urirraipB^- 
Tiiuui,)to barsSovm, Anjfl. to inn <^\ 
■■ ' ma. Matt. iii. 13,14 

■,W. 41). 1 Cor. iiL 16, at. Sept. and G 
Rev. viii. 7, bis. | 

KaTaKuXuTTw, f. ^w, prop, tosor J 
i/mi'i ar snr, al with a veil. Hence « I 
wi7. In N. T. only piH. or mid. to k i 

Ml. liy Tiw K,:i>'a\iii>,'yer.7.' Scft. mi • 

iiiid./oioarfowse^aoaMifanyMimf ' 
tiling, lo glory orer, foil, by gen. Eom. n. 
in ' KaTiuauywI-uii KX<i£DM'K.T.X.; • 
by a1■»^ Ja 14. HenM Jt y, H J 
«=T=K«u,;i.Ti. iX.o.(fi.rc.ncr.ia*) I 




iA of a fever. Acts xxviii. 8. So 
. jr. voauv or atrOivwv : foil, by iirl 
dat. Mk. ii. 4. Lu. v. 25. Acts ix. 
ij Iv John V. 3. absoL ver. 6, & Class. 
recline^ i. e. at table in the oriental 
ler, Mk. xiv. 3 ; \nth Iv, Mk. ii. 15. 
r. viiL 10, and Class. 

KTaicXa'co, f. ao-Af, (icX(!c(o,) to break 
I, or tip, ttt pieces^ e. g. toAs cE/otoi;«, 
▼L 41. Lu. ix. 16, and Class. 

S'rafcXe^etf, f. etaco, prop, to shut 
I, as the door of a cistern, or a subter- 
in vault, or prison. Hence, to shtU, 
ay place. But it is gener. used of 
in N. T. foil, by dat. of place with 
ithout ei/, Lu. iii. 20, KariKXtiae t6v 
f ry <f>v\aic^. Acts xxvi. 10. And so 
xxxii. 3, iv ^ (0v\aKt}) KaTiKXeitrsv 
i». So also in Apocr. and Hdian. v. 
i In the earlier Class, it is foil, by 
ad an accus. 

craKXti/oodoTcco, f. ijo-co, to give 
i to each, to distribute by lot, trans. 
I ziii, 19, in text rec. Others Kara- 


ataKXtvia, f. i/co, prop. U> make in- 
, or lie down. In N. T. used only of 
iriental posture at meals, to make re- 
, tnns. mid. to redine at a meal, Lu. 
14, KorraKXivaTi ai/Toit^ fcXi(ria$. 
Lu. xiv. 8. xxiv. 30, and Class. 

craicXu^a), f. vtrto, (jcXu^co, to 
,) to dash down upon with water, i. e. 
trflow, pass. 2 Pet. iii. 6. 

craicX v(r/i09, oi/, 6, (icarafcXu^ai,) 
orf, deluffe. Matt. ±xiv. 38, 39. Lu. 
27. 2 Pet. ii. 5. Sept. and Class. 

tLTaKoXovdivo, f. ijaeo, {KoriL in- 
cLKoXovQiut,') to follow closely, with 
Acts xvi. 1/ ; absol. Lu. xxiii. 55, 


aTaicoTTTeo, f. xl/ta, prop, to cut 
I, or lop, as a tree; also, to cut or 
•rf severely, Mk. v. 5, k. iavTov 
«t. So I^ot. viii. 92, KorroKoirTEii. 
>ia mid. KorraKoirTOficu, ^to wound 
mingle the face in violent grief,* often 

araKpijfipi^ca, f. ivco, to cad down 
la precipice, to cast down headlong, 
L Lu. iv. 29. Sept. and Class. 

■firaKpifia, oto«, to, {KoraKpivuj,) 
Mm^ against, condemnation, Rom. v. 
18. viii. 1. Dion. Hal. Ant. vi. 61, 
Sf itiroKOTeai Kal KaraKpifiaTtov 
ftK alTiiv, 

traKptvoo, f. i/ai, to give judgment 
Ut, to condemn. In Class, construed 
gen. of pers. and ace. of punishment 
b N. T. with other constructions, 1 ) 
ML by ace. of pers. and dat. of 
meatf MBit, xx. I8y KaTaKpii/oDaiv 

avrdv Qavdroi, * they shall condemn him 
to death.' 2 IPet. ii. 6 : foil, by ace. of 
pers. and infin. Mk. xiv. 64, Kan-iKoivov 
aoTdv eJvai tvoxov davaTov. Foil, by 
ace. of pers. the crime or punishment being 
impl. John viii. 10, ovd&l^ as KaTinpivtv ; 
ver. 11. Rom. ii. 1 ; absol. Rom. viii. 34 ; 

{>ass. Matt, xxvii. 3. James v. 9 ; of the 
ast judgment, Mk. xvi. 16. 2) fig. Rom. 
viii. 3, KaTBKptvt t^i/ dfiapriav iv t^ 
aapKi, i. e. ^ hath condemned, passed sen- 
tence upon, all carnal lusts and passions,* 
in antitn. to ver. 1. 3) by impl. to con- 
demn, i. e. to show any one's guilt, by con- 
trast, i. e. to show, by one's good conduct, 
that others are guilty of misconduct and 
deserve condemnation ; foil, by ace. Matt. 
xii. 41. Heb. xi. 7. Pass. Rom. xiv. 23. 

K ar a K/oi arts, ems, r\, {KaToKpivvo,) 
1 ) prop, condemnation, 2 Cor. iii. 9. In 
the sense of censure, blame, vii. 3. 

KaTaici;pt£ vo), f. eiVco, 1) prop, to 
prevail against, overpower any person. 2) 
take possession of any thing by subduing 
its possessors. Both senses often occur in 
Sept. The latter only in Class. The former 
occurs in N. T. at Acts xix. 16, fcara/cv- 
pitutrat avT<av. Mk. x. 42. Sept. and 
Ecclus. xvii. 4. And so KaTaKoipavito, 
in Hom. II. v. 332, al. 3) in a bad sense, 
to hold unlawful aiUhority over, exercise 
tyranny over, 1 Pet. v. 3, /ntji' a»s k. twi; 
KXnptov, * neither as lording it over, domi- 
neering over the congregations.' So Ps. x. 
10, Sept. KaTUKvpuvtrai twv 'jrtvvTcav. 

KaraXaX ito, f. v<rui, to speak against, 
i. e. to speak evil of, slander, with gen. 
Ja. iv. 11, ter, fiij KaTaXaXiiTe. iiXX^Xtov, 
K. T. X. 1 Pet. ii. 12. iii. 16. Sept. and 

KaTaXaXia, as, t;, (/caxaXaXtw,) a 
speaking against, evil speaking, slander, 
2 Cor. xii. 20. 1 Pet. ii. 1.— Wisd. i. 11, 
and lat. Gr. 

KaraXaXos, ov, 6, r], (icaTaXoXtw,) 
1) adj. speaking against, 2) as subst. a 
slanderer, hachhiter, Rom. i. 30. 

KaraXa/A/Sai/o), f. Xri\lfofiat, aor. 2. 
Kan-iXa^oif, (/carA intens. Si X.) to take 
hold of, i.e. with the idea of eagerness, &c. 
trans. 1) prop, to lay hold of, to seize, as a 
criminal, John viii. 4, auxtj »j yvvii kot- 
€iXri<f)dr] i'jravTO(f>a)p(t} poix^vopivt}, and 
Class. So of an evil spirit seizing and 
possessing a dsemoniac, Mark ix. 18. ^1. 
V. H. iii. 9. Fig. of darkness, or evil, or 
the like, to come suddenly upon, John xii. 
35. 1 Thess. v. 4. Sept. and Class. 2) 
spec, in allusion to the ^ubUc ^\sxe%.. vfta 
Herodot. vi. 39.- TVimc. m. "iQ, to obtain^ 
i. e. the prize, w\t\\ t\\e \Oievw ol ^«i%ct «».^ 
strenuous exertion, to qrosp, sexxe upon., 
Rom. ix. 30. 1 Cor. \x.l4, oV»toj t^^^*^^* 

TM«rniX(i^>r->, i. t. ri p/H^tior. Pbll. 
iii. 12, big, iiKKa ^1, tl ml mmiAii^u 
[ir* ppafiiion, iM. 141, ■■*• <; «ol KOT- 
iXii^BitM Siri To5 Xpurrai, i. e. 'for 
whicb rery end I bIu wh won u i priu 
bf Chriit.' vet. 13, 3) Gg. (o % &>£{ e/", 
arntp with tha miwl, (D amprdiaid, John 
I. S, .j ai ixcoTdi D& KirriXaBtii itlrT6. 
Clem. Alex. Strom, i. 16, Kirtakaafiaiitvr 


Ml. by 9. . __, 


KaraXiyit, C £», 1) prop, to 
dom WT thing, ud (fy impl. out or o]; 

tlung or tH 

Kai-aXieifr*!, t dsH, 
rf,„<.», i. e. to rto« to AbO, l™>- 1 
ti. .'kpt. Ei. Irii. 4. Num. li>. Ill 

KnTaXXnyft, ^t, n, ("T«Ui 
proa, ud in Clan, btcscuw, l 
nmney. In N, T. nKonc^Khon 
rt-sionlion to the diviiie fiTour, 1 
11. 2 Cor. V. 18, 19. Rom.ii.lS, 

Hence, to 
military KcBe, and h3 

Tra,) \) prop, a ren^tM of toy number, of 
wbicb the rest have been removed, EceluL 

Y^. 1 Sam. liif. 15, Sept. Td It. «£ 
\iu>v dvij^T), &c. 2) by impl. > mull 
p«t,.^D, Rom. U. 27, Td K. moflitiHTai, 
pn>b. Kitb tllosiOB to the UaeeH, called 
Td KaToXti^/u, [CBerred for tbe next 

Ka-rnXiirib, f. i^u. aoT. 1. kut- 
t\t.ii/o, prop 


n N. T. , 

le'B departHTf , 

Xiirn'TuimiKa. Lu. II. 31. Sept, and 
Class. Gener, in any nlaie, trans. Mk. 
xiv. 52, fCftraXiTTiitv T^ir vii/iova. John 
nil 9. FaU. by iv with du. of place. 
Lo. XT. 4. Bb KflTuXitirtL ri ii». Ir t^ 
ipi^-t. lThe3s.iii.'Aeiiwut. Tit 
i. 5 : by auToii. Om, Acts iviii. 19 : br 
■ it Siov. AcB ii. 31. 80 with ace. and 

TiXlir. Til 

14. Sept. and 

to leart, qaH irW/y, fobs; 

K'lce, Matt. It. 13. xaTo 


1) of 

3, Sept. and Class. Hence 
'd things, to learf, Jbrsate, \. 
have nothiog more to do «i 

liia^ any Ibio^ aga 
iither thing,' vii. by weighing it 
l^adumgsm.. In N. T. took 
u ABDS, 1. e. the diipodtion of m 
loivards another, to nwsctfe lo ■■ 
ihiii differing from dioXXaaVB,* 
Tititia fdu'iHU change. With ace 
■! Cor. T. 18, 19, ^6„^v »<rrii* 
Pass. aor. 2. xsTiiXXiiT' 

..^ .. _.. _.., .raTitXXnyii^iti' 

.. r.X. I Cor. tH. 11. 2 Coi 
XcB. An. i. G, 2. Eurip. IpL . 
3„ph. Aj. 744. 

KaTaXoiiroi, w, 0, il, (Xiht 
orrT, Tmotuou, plar. oi xaToXe 
r,^, tte ™iStf, Act. IV. 17. f 

KBTriX-^a, «T«, TO. {« 

iiip and lodge.' Sept. and later C 

i. e. 1) prop, to diaolrt, dii 
pirt> of any thing ; hence spoken 
logs, &C- to thrtno dotcn. diiiroy. 
MM. ixvi. 61, noTHXSo-a. t 
iirii. 40. Acts li. 14, el aL 
isiv, 2. 2 Cor. T. 1. Pig. Gi 
Sept. and later Class. Melaph.I 
put OM end to, render ran, 1 

;>nd Ciait. 2] to iii^aoie, to jIo; 
pfil Mp for Ihe Bi^l, with alluiii 
iLnioosiog of beasts of burden, ait 
iiiiE packagea. In N. T. gener. 
t.Ja: kdgiag, intrans. Lu. il. 1! 
jIj^XOj KttTaXZsttt. SepL and ' 



'. 31, 2) of thini^ Iji.T.'a, 

isa. prop, to /ram lAorouffMj : 
so/^ otTKra/f/jr, ol/serrt, ana 
:. 2B,K. -ri«p^« 

Inti/g ogam* ani wfc 




M xm 62. zxvii. 13, al. Sept. and 


. Kara/tevM, f.'i/w, to remmn faedly^ 
ibfeicM, intrans. Acts i. 13. Sept. and 

Xdrafkova^^ adv. (icaTd, /lioi/o9,) 
Pmk, 6y omese^ Mk. iv. 10. Lu. ix. 18. 

fi^ and Class. 

%ara»a. dtfia, aTos, t^, (icaTck intens. 
& Iv.) a curse against any one. Meton. 
mned thing/ for concr. one accursed, 
iir. xxii. 3, in text. rec. See my note 
iMtttzxyi. 74. 

EtTavaOe/iaT^^a), f. lo-co, {^Korit. 
In. & <b.) to tMer curses against, i. e. to 
m. Matt. xxvi. 74, in text. rec. Later 
iLraraOc/iaTtj^cD, probably a corruption 
I Ae above. See my note. 

KtravaXiaKcii, f. Xuttrto, (icaTd in- 
li&^.) to consume <iotim, i. e. wholly, 
iri. Heb. xii. 29, trvp KaravaXiaKov. 
pt ind Class. 

Karavapicaa), f. no'co, (/card, vap- 
M, fr. vap/c^, torpor ; so called from a 
li of that name, the torpedo, or electric 
, having the power of affecting any one 
ii torpor by the touch,) prop, to ajffect 
ft turpor ; and also, by a harsh idiom of 
\ common Greek dialect, to lie heavy 
» any one, to weigh him down, thus 
setmg him with torpor ; also fig. to he 
•densome to any one, in a pecuniary 
•e, 2 Cor. xi. 8, ov KarevapKijera 
tivo«. So we say, to lie a dead weight 
m any one. 

ICaTai/Evcd, f. ivaca, to nod or toink 
nrds any one, i. e. to make signs to any 
s,vith the head, eves, &c. to beckon, 
th dat. Lu. v. 7, and Class. 

EcTavocctf, f. ^(Tco, (KttTd intens. 
\m,) to see or discern distinctly, to per- 
tt dearly, trans. 1) prop. Lu. vi. 41. 
in xxvii. 39. Fig. Lu. xx. 23, k, Tf,v 
vnvpylav. Sept. and Class. 2) fig. to 
U accurately, to observe, to consider, 
«. xii. 24, K. Tovs KopaKUi. ver. 27, t& 
•JMc Acts vii. 31, 32. xi. 6. Heb. iii. 
Ja. i. 23, 24. Sept. and Class. 3) in 
• sense to have respect to, to regard, 
>in. iv. 19, oil KaTtvotifft TO kavrrov 
Hut K. T. X. Heb. X. 24. Sept. Is. Ivii. 
Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 35. 

toTavTaeo, f. ?j(ro», (icaTd & di/raw,) 
^ome down to or upon, to arrive at a 
ce. Acts XX. 15, KaTriirrn<rafJL£v di/xi- 
' Xiov, we arrireci over against Chios, 
•ewhere in N. T. always with cis and 
. Acts xvi. 1, KaTrjvTijare th AipBi]v, 
Berbe. xviii. 19, 24. xxi. 7, and later 
188. Of things, foil, bj eh, to come or 
hrot^hl fo any one, 1 Cor. xiv. 36, to 
9aipou^ happen to, i. e. in the time of 
ODCf I Cor. X. 11. Fig, to attain to 

any thine, i. e. obtain it, Acts zxvi. 7, 
eis hv {kvayytXiav) — IX-Trrte* kot- 
avTTJerat. Eph. iv. 13. Phil, iii 11. Pol. 
iv. 34, 2. 

KwrAvvj^it, ews, ^, (Karovii/ovw,) 
prop, a piercing down or through, and fig. 
vehement pain, grief. So in Class. ; but 
Sept. has the verb KaTavvatna for Heb. 
' to be silent, dumb,* and ^ to lie in a deep 
sleep, stupor.* Hence also Sept. Kora- 
i/u^t9 for Heb. deep deep, stupor. Is. xxix. 
10, which Paul quotes in Rom. xi. 8, 
i6(i)Ktv avTots 6 6e6« wtvfia kutuvv- 

KoTOj/i;<r<rai, orTTco, f. ^a>,(KaTA in- 
tens. & dv.) to prick through,merce. Pass. 
metaph. to he greatly pained, deeply moved. 
Acts ii. 37, KaTivvyr\<yav tj/ Kapiia. 
This sense rarely occurs in Class. But it 
is not unfrequently found in Sept., as 
Gen. xxxiv. 7, KUTivvyrivav oX apdpit. 
Ps. cix. 16, Sept. Kartvvyfiivov t^ Kap' 
dia, Ecclus. xiv. 1, oh Kartpvyri iv 
XuTTti dfiapTlai, et al. Apocr. And so 
the Latin pungo. By the same metaphor, 
Plut. de Animi Tranq. p. 476, says that 
* the conscience of evil-doers always leaves 
in the soul /xcTa/itXetai; vvcrcrovcrav^ 
which may remind one of a well-known 
passage in Shakspeare. 

KaTa^toco, f. uxrw, to account as 
worthy o/any thing, Died. Sic. ii. 60, fit- 

JdXtjs ai/Tov dnroSox^i icoTa^two"ot. 
OS. Ant. XV. 3, 8. Though in the earlier 
writers it is gener. used absol. in the sense 
to esteem or honour, as also in the pass. ; 
while in the later ones it is followed by 
gen. In N. T. it is either foil, by gen., as 
2 Th. i. 5, KUT. ufias t^s /3o<r. t. OcoD, 
or by infin. Lu. xx. 35, KaTaj^ivaBivrt^ 
rod althvoi i. rvx^^v. xxi. 36, k. kK(f}V- 
yslv TavTa. Acts v. 41, k. ATifiaadrivai. 
And so Demosth. 1383, 11. 

KaTa-jraTEco, f. i}<riij, {iraTtoa,) to 
tread or trample dotvn, trans. Matt. v. 13. 
vii. 6, fiiri'jro'r& KaTairarric^fovtv avroif^ 
iv Tols TToaiv avTUiv. Lu. viii. 5. xii.l. 
Sept. and Class. Metaph. as a mark of 
scorn and contempt, Heb. x. 29, fdv vlov 
Tov Ocou. And so often conadcare in 

KaTct'Traua'ts, etoi, 17, prop, a resting, 
rest. In N. T. from the Heb. a place of 
rest, fixed abode, dwelling. Acts vii. 49, 
t£s tottos TTJ9 KaTatr. fiov ; and what the 
place of my rest, abode ? i. e. of God, in 
allusion to a temple. Also of the rest, or 
fixed and quiet abode, of the Israelites in 
the promised land after their wanderings, 
Heb. iii. 11, 18. iv. 3, 5. HewQ,e ^^.iW 
rest, quiet abode of those "w\vo ^iS^. ^"^^ 
with God in \\eavet\, \n «i\\w%\ow \o ^« 
rest of the sabbath, Heb.w. \,'3»A^A' 
Comp. Wisd. iv. 7. 4¥aA. vm. b\. 

rat, Xbd. VeD. vii. 2, loffia n 
to bring into the state of real and 
of thoK who dwell »ith God, U> 
U. iNTBANS. iroin the Heb. to e 
tomlfioBi, foil, bj Jird wiih 

irhich Ibeie i 

TOT. m, ind 8«pt. 

ener. a coverutgy Hi/, vbich 
la N. T. fi« nit, curiaia, 
abemule md Tsmple, of 
•ere two. See WeW, N. T. 

nuj} m>7 be either the outer or the inner 
tbI, Mitt inii. £1. But -rd tiBTipov 
•ra-r. lia leaoad or inner veil, Heb. ii. 3. 
Elg. Heb. vi. 19, Td iimripu Tofi Kara- 
*iTa(r;uaTiit, (Aoi untiin Ue twi^ i. e. the 
Inner unctuarr, bol;' of holiei in the 
heiyenli temple, comp. yer. 20, ud 1. 19. 
So Heb. X. A where it ii emblematic of 
the body and death of Jeiiii ChrisL 

Kara-rTiia, f. irloHHi, prop. a« Buid 
of liquid!, ta ncaUow dovm haitily, lo gulp 
down, uid sometimei used of thing! at well 
ai penons, to aAnri; of liquid!, Ite>. xii. 16, 
4 y^ KCET. TDir irora/i6p : but more freq, 
of Wiffr, which are,a!we ttv, bolted daum, 
(M disliOio in Latin,) Matt, xxiii. 34, -rhr 
■dfiTiXsi' KaraxlMiin^t. And lo Galen, 
iBTmrCixui Ti crfTo, uil IMod. ^. H. SB, 
Tpo^i^ naTinruHJuirtl. In th^ KUH 0&- 
lorbere a used in LaUn, ai Hot, Serm. ii. 


I the woid 

o uied n 

a]i>e, <a tia. Ttieog. 4S; 
iri^t. Eurip. CyaalB, 

=nlT of 
frvt^ persons 

8, ^i}yi( nBTOxt^t. 

detigoated > 

«0I*«(, luL 

Tqc £<i>qc, perhnpe wilh alluuon te ■ river 
b»iig swallowed up bj being abaorbed or 
lost in the sea, or in mirshee oi (and). 
See Diod. Sic. i. 33. Again, n a wild 
animal worsted by his anragoniat ia usually 
deroared by him in triumph, (so Jer. li. 
H '"rrt'ruMi i ipitmr,) to, mt\i allu- \ 
lion Ihetelo, St. Paul, 1 Cor, ix. 54, ex-\ 
presses the CfinXian's triumph ovev t\» 


EaTawJWTW, f. Tjothr^iu, t 
itavm, e. gr. prostrmte, aft Ti/rm 
iiiri. 14. I'lipdv, iifiii. 6. S^ 
.Ken. Cyr, i». S, 7, 1'rl rip jii t. 

RaToirXfo, f. ultra, pnp.1 

mrd (dvii). Alio, la mafe ctiji 
.>pp. to lieepiug lo sea, Horn. Od.i: 
i-KSa'. Thuc.yLt!, 

[■spec, to maie ame pari, Dem. tB 

is more freq. followed by tit and 
place, in the sense lo came bg M 
arrive at. So Lu. viii. 26, xariri 
I !' ""I' X"?"' '^<*<' ^"i- ^t. ' mad 

r/cmii,i.o. to wear down by labooft 
lieu, (Dion.^ Hal. 1669, 3, M 

^i««. 2Macc._viii. 2. And k, i 

'•r the penou pane ewfedo; ■ 

lum, aaaiyed. So Theophr. Clu 
.^, Korrretonvirm thic ipEuAaXi 
The aacred writer may have 1 
mind lu. xliii. 24, ' Thou hast mi 
lo Berve witb tby dm, thou hut t 
me (lit. worn me out) with ttiine 
liei.' The aente to U uxaried a 

iieuuBt luxury and idleness. Ale 

ing whit tho Editors say, the sea 
cspressed bj the worda u they nim 
ii so harsh and litlte Buiuble lo & 
oi the context, (wliich is to enjoin 
in preference to idleneu,) that tha 
is, 1 doubt not, corropl; though ■ 

reedy than thoie that have ihrun 

KoTaToi'Tf^o. f, Urn, (irorri 
jmc, «a,) (0 plH«ge, ■«».«« i 
I, ro Slue therein, trans. ClaM. 
I9S. lo fte SHnt, Matt, xviii. 6, ew 
XttL KaTo.iov-rLvflij ir t^ *^ 

II unetny, ijeath, \iy eaying, icaTt»o6'i\»i ^'m >*•■■. » twnpH 


nDoni the Gentile) and Ro- 
■1k tba EoTptiuiL Syiiina, 
WmuI.. Tn Mul! xir. 36, 
«Ta)«m-5«6a., it Hmplj 
ie nfjufc, to aai, or nther to £« 

ill Dioi. Sic iviii. 20, iri 
m KOTirtHrriaeitaai,. 

. =., ft, («T=, ipi.) lit. ™- 

axtt, i.e. I) pntn. and gfntt. 
curnKff^ J». iiL 10, iK t. a, 
• ipvtTat titXoyia nal KaT- 
ad Vtet CliM. 2) fKim the 
. c. B dootinK or dcMaiing tti 

i, art nJyiet to mrw, equiv. 
V vofAov, ytpontvm iwip 

Heb. li. 8, 7n ..- Korifpm 
a iteiility. So S^t. Gni.iii. 

fiai,) prop, to IBM 01 pray 

re. ma. V. 44, -rais Ktt-r. 
xii. 14. Jb. iii. 9. Sept. sni 

oX\Di latiBi d1 KaTapJ.- 
noBily foil, hy dai. Frein 

of 'a tig-tree, Mh. li. 21, 
:Ti]pafi{ros, ooairserf, Mall. 
. and Apocr. 

u, f. ^w, prop, and geDer, 
fat, (i, e, dspyi*,) i'ibm*™, 

I. Di«™.v, 1) pro]., u 
a >^>o»> make anproducUvo, 

Ind » itpydt often in cIbh! 
'c land. 2) lig. to nuib mot, 
fw; or fruitl™, «. gi. -r^i 
i(«D, ItoiD. iii. 3. vouoi', iii. 
15. irayyiXiav, Rom. iv. 
7. Hence, by impl. to aiate, 

r, do aipojf, pai an tnd to, 

" ilB cffieaty,' and no longer 
Cor. lY. 24, frrau KOTop- 
ipYri". So Hoi. i. 4. 2 K. 
o 2 TheM. //. a 2 Tint. i. 
na-ror, 'dgirived death of I 
. II. 14. Pais, lo ie done I 

)9 KAT 

r,'?!;^," MTopvuWrn™. a'c'or. iii, 
r. Il.l;), l4._Gai. T. U. SoalBMTO^- 

ttnsc lirinjin connection wi ill any penon 
nr tiling. So k, nird tou koudi/, to W 
frcrrlfnrmlht fain, Rom. yii. 2, 6, equir. 

3. Or ralher Ihne ia an hyp^age for 
Ka^fipy\\ya.i h ^oaot tou diiipAt, ^Hke 
law or Hclit over her by ber buaband, ja 
annulled.^ hu oeawd, Oal. t. 4, koti,^ 
^ifflrjTi Jiri roi; XpHTiof, 'yo baTO 

gpastatiiFd from him. ceaeed lo be Chriit' 
ions. A HebraiBin, formed on the u» of 
]Q ViTT, nhicb ofien meant ' to ceaae fiom 

on,' fix. Job jii. 14, ' my kinsfolk baie 

lion nith me ; la. ti. ^ ' ceaao je from 

K aTapt^iiim, t. lieu, prop, tooomi 
iIgvji to. i9 reckon uader or among. Plot. 
Sol. i'fi^jiw it Toit mAolt KOfrapLB- 
^oirr,. Mi >o Plato, Polit. p. 266. A. 
Dion. Hnl.p. 402, it. tci.i. ii- -raU rparoa. 
In N.T. only in pass. Acls L 17, m-rnpiOjiu- 
fiii-ot ill irvr ftfiEr. 2Cbr. mi. \9,irain} 

Sic. iv, 8S, Ir Totc lan' oipav6r ImwHi 
tarBpiep<fiiis. The Claaa, constr. u 
,.iTD and gen., aa Eurip. Tr. 866. Pint. 
Subn, p. M. Jambl. V. P. vi. 30, 

Kc.Tn(iTiE», f. i™. (MTi inieai. & 
df|^T47|cD, aoTiot,) to fno/x ^tftf ready, to 
j'at ill /all order, to maJce ampieie, tram. 
[. I'HOt'. nod 1) espec, of what is broken, 
injuicd, eti'. to rem, to repair,e-w, tA 
i!^T„tt, MatU iT. 21. Mfc. 1. 19. SctI. & 

s!"iv, III fA rwht ilia judgment. Gal. vj. 

I, Plui, Marcell. 10. 3) 6y iinpl,foiBa& 
petfici, deficient in no pari. Of ktsmu, 
Lu, vi, 4().2Cor, liii. \l,KaT,LpT!^ir9t, 
' bo ye perfect," 1 Pet, t. 10. with U tui, 
■ in any thing,' Hob. liil. 31, icaTapriffai 
liliit ill r. ipysf iyadiS, 1 Cor, I 10. 
Pol. y. 3, U, Of (AuK9,e. gr. -rA vim- 
p-i^CTB, h'fiiliml, m;^jr, 1Tb. iU. 10,- 

II. GE\~Rn toprepare,wl m order, coaaii- 
laic. In 74, T. only in paaa. and mid. 

ill i-riXiiaii. Msit. ixi. 16, K. aluBt. 

bodv hast (hou pnjiared for me,' i. e. aa a 
Eiacnfii'CInthte. Heb. xi. i, Ka-rtifrtiitOai 
olirit J^/iBT. etoi, 'were crraled 
let in order.' Comp. Pi, \xiut. IS, 
X, 37 Sept. Diod, Sic li. TS. Pol. 

rdpTion, (ui, ii, ^,KO.T^l.^^'•,^ 
iitian tv a rigkl slate, iier/ed,«)ii,\-«- 

RAT 210 

i^iM, i. t. ' jovi bwDB n 

"' "' i-^r^"') 

a /Kifidag, i. 

Tandy imr. 

KsTBirifK, f. ittia, prop, to ihaie 
Anon^ ud, bj ii»e, to lAoie Ae hand doien 
to uj one ; ■ mode of enjaining tilence 
■nd mttsntion, AcK xii. 33. <c. ■riir \t1ea. 
ui. 40, K. tS vnpl Tu XoB. 111. 17. 
Philo, 1018. iat.Kai.-iw. 11,2. Heliod. 
It. 16. 

aad bence /ci cfMr^Arrw, to deitroy, ta 

ro-icdxTw. f. i^w, prop- 'o <^tj7 

rana. Job. ud Clus. 
/^y, to put ii9 Teadin£js, timnB 

iiiiji, MUL li. 1(K 

tbe Mtie^ : ud u in Clau. Said of 
baildinn, to hvUd^ ooviruct^ e. g. dliwii, 
Heb. iu. 3, 4. <r«p.ii,, «. 3. K.pard^, li. 
7. 1 Pet iii. 20. Jm. and Clut. Of God, 
to ertale, Icil. tA ■warra, H«b. iil. 4. 
Sept It. il. 28. iliiL 7. 

Koto met) voa, f. wirw, prop, to />itlA 
a tenl, Claa. In N. T. gener. to (^mim, 
drnrU .- Sbd of Inrdaj to todge or AarAour, 
Jv ToXt K\i^on, M*1C. xiii. 32. inri tI,v 
aiaiv, Hk. Ir. 33. & Sept Fig. to rat. 

voM^) in C1a£i. & Sept. tAe aet of'fAtching 
a lent, or a ievipUried; iaS.T.adaeliiag- 
jitaa, ahode ; uid. Bpoken of birds, a hatait, 
.Mutt riii. 20. Lu. ii. SO. Sept. & Apoc- 

B dottm upun, merskadmii. 


a CliH. to 
; in N.T. 

, ' Sept. 2 Sun. I. 3. 1 Chr. 

131'. Seyt'. aud cJusT'"' 
lljo^ai, f. riro^a., depon. 
'« wi« or B-o/ij ojKifiut any 
(en/ Wdfc/u id(A, oienMcFi 
foJ). by ace. Acta vii. 19, 
itvot tA yivfK ^f4(uv. 9«^ 

\Xu,(.Aa, l)piof. 

la Mid of iha fuse*, Di 

seoie fonnd in KBTao-inXi. 2) 
dium or Ttf/Ttn, 1* >^ of a im 
Am. i. 1,2. iv.i,4. av.9,1. 
uaed pua. of penont, lo pat aa 
THJ1ESB tbem vhen nuking a tuoi 
viii. 163, ll._ Diod. Sic. Vit i. 

29"'sj^.'"ri"l,''fi>' «™ 

- ■ 36, KBTJ • ■ 

i, Brdeiis, 

KaToiTTokit tignifiea ouktuca, 1 
ill Plut. and Epiet 

prop, a cojotitation or Joed slat 
iif Wj- (babil of body) or mii 
visage, mien, too^, Plul, Hart. ■ 

Athen. p. 3S, 219. Joi. Aot 11 

^«i- T» MTOffTriuOTI. lo 

woiil onlj oecun at Tit. ii. 5, ii 

jppoacd to denote, io a mc 
■nie, nwrtoje or deporinml, 
' '-.S, (ipeil 

Epiet p. 278, 
PlCast. ad 

prop, a UflOTVig, Bi 


liiolepenon; .mpijing tne j| 
t aroaad tbe penon. Id N 

[$. lli. 3, Ka-raJ^t,r jofi 
;<i™«i(, ai out raiment for s 
.I.e Claw. xaTcKiToXiiv of 
»«iiu(;. ai Mid of dresi. S 


K. lijt. 28. Rev. iriii. S,) 
I aoauut toy penon or tbii 
cTTiB.. y. IX (iT«. ™- 
n «l! Xpt«To5,'l«d >] 
- diBobedience to ChriM' a 

KB. Sept. & Clam.— II. epec. 

■ ludS™'dat"'job°iLtL 
lU. 7, »1. in Sepl. Joi. Ant. 
) meuph. teriem damape or 
ipp. to T* xp*'''""'' 2 '""• 

HTBIfTllO^S T. ilUWOin-Bl' St 

.ng to the inteipntBtion oriti« 
ion. But there ia, I ippre- 
ch oppoBilioD intended to XP'i- 
tfae sense thus uiigncsd ia too 
^neral. The trae meaning of 
ion lalhet appeart to be mo- 
Wfi, bj > laeit oppoMtion Mi 
jch u ia alluded to M ver. 18, 
,1V Tvn Ti™* *irrTW. The 
denoted, 2 Cor. r. 8. ini. 10, 
,,;», Ksl oJ« (It mBatiMffW 
d ao ID Bora. it. 3, Tp£c olxo- 

imm or over tie surface o/anj 
etc over ; <so Gilen ap. Steph. 

'ac^'^fiyisSIOuid lleo, as 
a afemo, prosferBO, a» sud of 
prfotrate, and fcy impl. to tSl, 


iii.58,/irfTr*Ti>toToir6^!)ff( rpisT.Kpi- 
Triu. And 10 Latin delraJien injvdtaim. 
K^T^cAa'J.", f. E«, («Ti intern. 
itAaCin.) iiy Idll oidrigM, la bstchiT, Diod. 
wi,'. ill. 7li, Wirrnt J^nidn n. and often 
ill CVm!. So Ln. lis. 27, juarflff^EaTt 

KuTuff^pnyiJai, f. Iff", prop, to 
-,■(./ J^,rr(^ la the orifice of anj wmel, or 
«,,. -.a aiid of cloeing up anJ llina 
^nl ; cspcc. »id of a book or roll. 

89. /fir tSl of laUiiff pouetaoa rf anj 
ir.ortbcjbiMiii^itwIien poaHsaed; but 
■f. T. the Hang ao pouessed, a> house or 

, for lit 1 

„ .^.. f BitiTB., to pirf or inr 

rfoum, to rffport in any plate, Irana. 1) 
prop. e. gr. in a tomb, Mark it. 46, 
Ka.iiir\Kis atrriu if Itm/ulm, and Claai. 
2) to deposit for one^df, i. e. to lay 
au Jhr /iilhre use, gener, Xen. Cjr. vij. 
S.U. An. vil. 6, Si. In N. T. Bg. Acta 
ssiT. 27, iiXuii. YopiToi MTatWoSot 

Here. Fur. 
j ipn/ta, perhapa with 

, »nd 76. El 
-■ b. ii< 


iB jaeiendo stn 
i-" fromwhieb lwopa«««e>i 
at there ii an hupalbige for 1 
rroHKd xnth dead peraons. a 

TTpifltinni; ir -rii iprt^iw, 

.ton explain, but 'wen stretijierl 
the dewrt waa oTeiipreai' 

,g.or, net m Ming, but gene> 
pemms forced to any pjace, t 
-mvnj.Pbilo, p. 990,1010. Ln 

i «^X.£, 

ens, IIT. 9, and often in Claai. 
TITOpi,, iv, A,(KBT=T.V™,)™n- 
i. e. a cuffing off, nuftfatioit. So 

uouslr, lor Ibe Jeaiah otrftnttdnsR, 
itrs^E with the tme spiriiual circum- 
; or rather it aignifiea, aliatr. for 

sity flf dr^daion.- 

Ka-raToEti-o, f, Eli™, («£(il»J to 
>oi dowi. Paas. with dat. ^oX.ii, Heb. 
. 20, and Clua. 

KnTaTpix"". (aor. 2. naTiipnwor,) 
™ V, ■ he' ran down lo'thom,' Sept. mi 

thing or ijcra. Ooum 
ihiaitT^ii,io tie borne oi 

Class, wltli lij;' ihrua ot lU \rttuo(, "Tj^ 



xrri. 10, KorfnyKa it/iiipmi, I gave, lit. wAta 

^i^m., Dem. p. 271. Pint. Coriol. p, -^20. 

Ka'TatptAyiOy f* fo/iai, loflee dotm 
to IDT piace, &c. 1. e. tofiajor rr/itQe, 
e. jr. (f, -rit x<(X.», Act. liv. 6. % 
irith inf. Heb. li. IB. Sept. wd Clui. 

KoToi^Ot f |>ii>, [. ipui, prop, to ipale 
ipoil, tnor, corrupf, uiiiks ubcIch, u uid 
i>f things; and alu by impl. of peruna, to 
datrog. In N. T. the word lignifiet, 1 ) 
jnvp. in pnn. to 6e destroyed, as said of per- 
•oni, topenii, 2 Pet. ii. 12, ir th fljeopa 
atrin i(oTO(^9Bpriiroi^ai, ' sliill ullerlj' 
peritb.' 8o Sept. uid IKod. Sic. i. 76. j!) 
bf. to cr>TTU^, deprave, e. et. t^ vouv. 
lUw. 2 Tim. iii. H, KaTiAftcofiJHi. So 
Gen. ii.. 12, iTJi Kipiat -rliv y^r, Koljr 

KaTadii\iut f, iffFui, to jttn mrniZb, 
dmtaJor. Xen. Mem. ii. 6. 33, roln ulr 
maXovc qiAniTDimiir ^du, tduc j' dyueo^ 
KaTiii)nii|'rToi-TD». And Btgener. io Clam, 
aa also in N. T. Matt. iivi. 49. Mk. 
xiy. 45. Lu. vii, 38. i». 20. Acta «. 37. 
Tbcush in the Bnl two nuaugea, Schl. 
Wahl, and Bntsch. regard tbe Kari m 
pleonutic, u^ng that the LXX. Tender 
tbe Hebr. ptJ3 indifferently by ipMiK and 


And w in CltKaiTklDlti 

!!nd Clau. ' 

npai, to pour upon, e, p. i 

tie/uU unac. 

J g(K)d argumi 
1 the Sept. B.1»ayi naci 
And w in the Cla». : 


liticaiil. In Xcn. Cyr. 

.. _, _ , ._ . .. is not pt&Hvatic, And 

sa te tbe paasagea of tba N. T. where 
(hoae Criiica conlend that it it to, namely. 
Malt. iivi. 49, and Mk. liv. 45, if tbe 
kits «ere really a mere kiia of uluIttioD, 
we might regard the tini aa redundant, 
' ' ' denote tbe kiss of 

a [vobablj n 

each.' It <^ul4 

<ptKim, to intimate the baieneit of Judaa ; 
«ho wai not content with tbe bii« kiu of 

treachery, kujcd bis mailer more cordially 

Ra-ratppasia, f. ^(Tw, lit. io think 
apaiasi any one, and by imp], to despue, 
with gen. Matt. Iiiii. 10, uq utet. init 
ta, ui^pZ,v Toitav. 1 Cor. xi. 22. 
I Tim. iv. 12. 2 Pet. ii. 10. and Claw. 
In the sense to neglfcif 
i. 24. Lu. - " 

It Jar, Matt. 

. „ *-4..« 

ximi,) Mader-gniuiid, Fbil. ii, lu, )< 
'iJilsand iti inbabilante, thesmdarf 
departed, aa aomelimea in Claia. 

mid. to ue owi^nnol, and theiebj ■ 
folL by d«. I 

2" iVmS C^ 

KaTa<]'ii'x«<, (■ i-, to awldnal 
b^ng bet, i. e. to rvfreA by 

mid Claia. 

Ka-rtlimXot, ou, l>, h. adj. (i 
intent. iU<>:t.u,) >U 1^ idoU, pr 
idolatry. Acta ivii. 16, KartiitiKmi 
■7-)tt -wtXtii. Comp. icaTiidivJpit, la 
ipirrot, &c. in Cliat. 

KuTi'vavTi, ad*, (icirrd. 1 
prop, rfotnt Dtwr agaitat, i, e. at Ihefl 
bwr aqaiiid, quilt opp 
p-n. Mk. ,i. X «i^„ 
i^^y. lii. 41. liii. 3. 
iiJj- oj^iosUe, I 

**e s^ o/, R 
Jiri(rT,uo-i e.c 

KaTivuT.oi',ad<,(iiiiTd, i 
prop. c/ofTTj in the presence o/^ in tbe ^ 
[ireeence ot, and hence gener. Jg^nj 
llx aalU of, foil, by gen. 2 Cor. iL I 

CoL i, 22. Jude 24, kht. t*. i^ 
nirroi, befim, 'in tbe {iresence i^' ■ 

KaTiEou •">!£•«, r. <!», (miTda 
ifouridjw,) to enrcue aidhonlf agdt 
i. e. ooer, with gen. Matt. u. 25. ■ 

and Sept 


firraJdng up food «i 
liigeiting it, Diod. Sic. 

id Tbeophi.,*! 

.ne inn. a MM 

Also fig." 

.)ied. &c. ™1. i. p. 291. 

cner. to vork otU, i. e. vrw uw*,- 

... „. .... .„, ,., ,.,,,„ ... _ .vfiip/iah any thing, Clan. oftesjtBiJ 

opposed to drTt'xiaSai. Appian.ii. 49S, iiiwViei «i yitwni, to woi* rfm™, Lai 
it.ia<rro5. .Also fo rfwiwoni, Rom. ii. 4,\ suUut, OT to Wing dmcu, l«*i^ ■ 
ITim. iy.12. vi. 2, Ml, «a'ra*po«lTu.-\.Vort,l.\,B^«v?^?T*.'»<m^' 




nifies, I. to work out, effect^ 
'HiNGS, i. e. to be the cause 

Rom. iv. 15, 6 voiio^ dpyfiv 
at. y. 3. vii. 8, 13. xv. 18. 
. vii. 10, sq. ix. 11. Ph. ii. 
20, and Class. Nearly allied 
e sense to work out^ i. e. to 
lid of moral habits, Rom. i. 
Ifioavmiv K. ii. 9, k. t^ kukSv, 
B, 20. 1 Cor. V. 3, tovto k, 
, as Rom. i. 27. 1 Pet. iv. 3. 

32., 7, irXouTM 
pyaa-darOu), Also of miracles, 
>r. xii. 12. — II. to work doum, 
of FBRSONS, to vanquish^ as 
ass. And so Eph. vi. 13, 
■tpyacr&atvoi^ i. e. ^ having 

only all your spiritual ene- 
-Id, the flesh, and the devil, 
gs,* i. e. persons, hostile to 
snys. Hal. t. i. p. ^^, Huds. 
ifiia KaTipyaadfitvoi. At 
h hi KaTtpya<rdfisvo9 Vfia^ 
uTo, 9c6s, the sense, though 
icb as arises from the primary 

out or up, as said oi a sta^- 
orks up his UXi) into a statue 
red form. So Plut. Pericl. 
evot Ttjy iiXtiv Tt-xyai, i. e. 
the materials into things 
lade.'* The expression may 
rendered, * wrought us unto 
f immortality],* or, as the 
r language rather requires. 
So Milton, Paradise Lost, x. 
■equest thee, Maker, from my 
1 me man,* i. e. to mould me 
!'hu8 the Apostle, as Cameron 
presses the force of Divine 
)y we are brought from a life 
irse of heavenly, and are rcn- 
immortality. Wherefore we 
od's building, 1 Cor. iii. 9; 

2 Cor. V. 17 ; his toorkman- 

10. After all, there may be 
, as Rom. vii. 24, t/s fit 
Tov (ru}fiaT09 tov SravuTOv 

Tov <ru>fxaT09 tovtov tov 
ipostle may possibly have had 
A'ords of Ps. IxviiL 28, Sept. 
ifioocrov, 6 Geos, tovto, o 

iv (I conj. IkJ}', *for*) i^^Ii;. 

yfiai, aor. 2. KaTTjXBov, 
uat,) to go or come dovm, to 
said, e. gr. of persons going 
er to a lower region, the sca- 
11. by tU with ace. of place, 
by (knrd with gen. of place, 
« and d'wd, xi. 27 ; by irpos 
)ers. ix. 32; of persons coming 
h sea down to land, with lU, 
g. of divine gifts coming from 
J. 25f ffo^ia dvutdev KUTep- 

KaTco-Otoi, aor. 2. KaTi<f>ayov, to 
swallow down, eat up entirely, diglutU), 
to devour, Hom. II. ii. 14, et af. I. prop. 
and 1) of animals. Matt. xiii. 4, fcart- 
<f>aytv avTa. Mk. iv. 4. Lu. viii. 5. Rev. 
xii. 4. Sept. and Class. 2) of men, Xen. 
Died. &c. Rev. x. 10, ^upkapUiov Kara' 
<f>ayiLVt an image to denote perfect 
knowledge of its contents. Comp. £z. iii. 
1, 3. In Lu. XV. 30, k. t6v ^iov fig. sig- 
nifies to squander one^s substance, as m 
Hom. and other Classical writers. And 
so in Latin devorare patrimonium.r^ll. 
FIG. and 1) of persons, to, as we say, eat 
any one up, consume his substance, by 
plunder, extortion, or living upon him, 
&c. So 2 Cor. xi. 20, c2 rtc KaTtadUt, 
scil. ifidi. Comp. Ps. xiv. 4, * eating up 
{KUTicrQlovrt^) my people as it were 
bread.* Matt, xxiii. 14. Mk. xii. 40. 
Lu. XX. 47, K. Tos olKiai tSov "X^piUv. 
Comp. Od. ii. 237, KUTiSova-t pialu9 
OIkov *0ivaaTJ09. Somewhat different is 
the sense at Gal. v. 15, <iX\?7Xovs icar- 
tadtiTs, *ye destroy one another;* with 
which passage Expositors compare Xen. 
An. iv. 8, 14, to«}tous itfiob^ iei icora- 
4>ayeTu, formed on Hom. II. iv. 34. 
And so it is said, Prov. i. 12, *let us 
swallow them up alive.* But most to the 
present purpose is a passage of Plut. adv. 
Colot. t. ii. 1124, Franc. iroXXou Sti^ao- 
fiev <iXXT)Xov« KaTicrdUiv, * to prey upon 
each other,* Kal Oripitov fiiov ^^v. Is. ix. 
12, KaTto-BioifTii t6v 'lo-paijX. 2) of 
things, c. g. of fire, to consume. Rev. xi. 5. 
XX. 9. Sept. Lev. x. 2. Is. xxix. 6. Joel 
ii. 5. So of zeal, John ii. 17, b ^^Xo«^ 
TOV oIkov <rov i^aTit^ayi fit, a form of 
expression imitated in Test. xii. Patr. p. 
624, 6 ^^Xos avTdv KaTtcrBiti. Jos. Ant. 
vii. 8, J, T^s 6dvv^^ a^Tov KaTtaOioA' 

K are v0i;'i/tti, f. vvZ, {kutA and 
tvdvvui,) prop, to guide in a straight 
course towards any object, whether person 
or thing, Plut. Alex. 33, init. iirt^tiKvvTO 
diTov KUTivdvifovTa opdiov (I conj. 
6p6dv) Ittl Toirs iroXt/nows. And so 
KaTtvdvvtiv t6 tFKat^o^. Or gener. to 

fide, direct, any one*s course to a place, 
Thess. iii. 11, 6 Kvpio^ KaTivBdvai tV/i; 
oSov tifiHov irpds vfidi, and fig. Tob^ 
iro^as vfiiav kut. th 6d6v tlpi^vriv, Lu, 
i. 79. KUT. KapSiai tU ti, 2 Thess. iii. 5. 
Both phrases are found in Sept. Comp. 
Plut. vi. 71, K. Toi>« i/cous irp^s rd 

KaTtiplffTrifii, f. cnjccii, in N. T. 
only in aor. 2. KaTtiriartiv, intrans. to 
stand forth against, and by imijl. \w «kVi«««- 
tiJe sense, = to rush upon, assaiiU, ^^. 
by dat. tco HauXu), Acta xv\\\. Vi. 




to hold down and held fad^ i. e. retain, 
detain, to hold firmly^ trans. I. gbnbr. in 
various senses. \) to retain^ to detain a 
person, Lu. iv. 42, koI kotiixov ai/Tdv 
Tov ufi iropevtcrGai. Philem. 13. Sept. 
and Class, often. Also, to hinder^ and of 
things, to repress, 2 Thess. ii. 6, 7, and 
Class. 2) to possess, i. e. to hold in firm 
and secure possession, 1 Cor. yii. 30, kuI 
ol Ayopa^ovTit ws fiij KorixpvTK. 2 Cor. 
vi. 10. Rom. i. 18, Tuiv tijv dXijOctai/ kv 
ddiKia KaTtxoirroiv, i. e. as many ex- 
plain, '[KMsessing a knowledge of the 
truth, but living in unrighteousness.^ See, 
however, my note there. Sept. Dan. vii. 
18. 3) fig. of a thing, to hold fast in 
one^s mind and heart, to keep in mind, &c. 
e. g. Tov \6yov, Lu. viii. 15. (Dion. Hal. 
Ant. iv. 29, \6yov^,) rds nrapaiocrtK, 
1 Cor. xi. 2. rd KoKdv, 1 Thess. v. 21 ; 
also Heb. iii. 6, 14. x. 23; in memory, 
1 Cor. XV. 2. Theophr. Char. 26, twi/ 
^Ofinpov iirSiv tv fiovou KareYctv. 4) 
pass, to be held fast, i. e. fig. to be bound 
by a law, iv <S KartixofiiQa, Rom. vii. 6. 
Comp. Sept. Gen. xxxix. 20. Also of 
disease, John v. 4, to iniroTs. KaTtixtTo 
potrifiaTi, *by whatever disease he was 
held bound.* Sept. and Class. 5) as a 
nautical term, with reference to the helm, 
icaTcxeti; [Ttjv vavv] ck Td» alyiciKdv, to 
hold a ship firm towards the land, i. e. to 
steer her towards the land, Acts xxvii. 40. 
Hdot. vii. 188, Kariayt . • . es tov 
alyiaXdv, and often in Class. Horn. Od. 
xi. 455, is iraTpUa yatau vria KaTLoryi- 
fisvai, — II. by impl. to lay feist hold of, to 
seize, oocupare. Matt. xxi. 38, KUTaaxto- 
fity Ttiv KAiwovofi, In Lu. xiv. 9, k. t6v 
iaxaTov tottov, it simply signifies oocu- 
pare, to JUl, as Plut. VI. 554, tiJv 6S6v 
airaaav Kovioprd^ Kal Sropvfio^ kut- 

KaTrjyopito, f. iriaut, {kutA, dyo- 

ptvta,) to speak against, in public, espec. 

before a court, to accuse, e. g. I. prop, in 

a judicial sense, foil, by een. of person, 

expr. or impl. Matt. xii. 1^ 'Iva Karrjyo- 

pva-taaiv avrou. Mk. iii. 2. Lu. xi. 54. 

John viii. 6. Acts xxiv. 2, 19. Rev. xii. 

10, and Class. Foil, by gen. of pers. and 

ace. of thing, Mk. xv. 3, KaTrjyopovv aif- 

TOV nroWA. Xen. H. G. i. 7, i4 ; or with 

sn. of thing by attract. Acts xxiv. 8. xxv. 

[1 ; foil, by irepl with gen. of thing. Acts 

xxiv. 13 ; foil, by kutA with gen. of pers., 

also with gen. of thing by attract. Lu. 

xxiii. 14. Pass, where the subject is a 

person. Acts xxv. 16, 6 KaTriyopovfievov : 

by inro Tti/o«, Matt, xxvii. 12. Hdot. vii, 

20S. Where the subject is a thing, foil. 

bjr 'jrapd two^. Acts xxii. 30, to, tI Kax- 

vyopeiTat. TTapA. tcov 'lovd. Thuc. L 95, 

^aTfj-yopfTTo avTov findifffi^^-^ and "Lw- 


cian i. 482, avrStv kot, nroXkL-TH k^ 
general sense, of extrarjadidal uct 
(like incusare in Latin, as ' 
accusare,) \) to complain of, (bH ^| 
of pers. John v. 45, firi SoKiirt^ Sni 
riyopifi<rta hfiutv irpdi tov TLwnfmA 
not unfreq. in Class. ; but rarely fco. j 
irpos, of which, indeed, notadn|' 
ample has been adduced by the 
Commentators and Lexicognpbe&J 
have, however, noted it in Hdot. S..] 
KaTtiyoptov TavTa {avrov) xpAf ' 
2iOcas. Plato, 482, C. Kartiyopet irfi 
The sense is somewhat different at! 
ii. 15, Ttov Xoyivfiiov Kaniyof 

iscil. airrwv) (for KaTayivonn 
John iii. 20, kdv KaToyu/wrKt} k^ 
Kapdia) h Kot diroXoyovfiivtov, 
tibus, * blaming.* Thus things an J 
to blame or condemn any one, vhflii 
give occasion for his being blamail 
Eurip. Hipp. 1061, ^ 6£kT0i ^a 
ptl <Tov TTitTTA, * affords certain ( 
of thy guilt.' Plato, Alcib. 118,B.oi 
<rov KaTtjyoptL, Koi aif aavrov. 

KaTrjyopia, ac, rl, (kc 
cuxsusaiion, either judicial, Lu. ri. ' 
xviii. 29, and Class., or tteaer. 
Tit. i. 6, ev Korriyopia aatariat. 

KaTiiyopos, ov, 6, (iconic 
accuser, John viii. 10. Acts xxiS. 
and Class. 

KaTi^<f>eia, as, ^, (jcarq^rH 
cast down eyes, fir. KUTit & obsoL 
Eurip. Her. ^33, icaTV)<^e« oufia,) 
turn, sorrow, as opp. to x^P'^- ^ 
n. iii. 51, Suo'fitvtoriv fikv xapfia, 
ipeitiv Si aoi aitTvo, Thuc. viLJj^l 
other Class. 

"KaTfix^oi, f. ricru, prop, to 
doum, and espec. to sound irdo &» 
any one. So Lucian Jup. Trag. 
TOVTO /iiTpoK Te KaTuiouai Kal 


into them with fables,* make their 
resound with fables. Hence fig. to 
by oral instruction, and by impL d 
ments of any science, Luc. ii. 6I6L 
N. T. the word is used, I. prop, ai 
of the oral instruction, preac^ha, d 
Apostles and early Christian teacDen^ 
bv ace. of pers. 1 Cor. xiv. 19, he 
oXXovs KaTfix^o'ta : by impL G«L 
Pass, with ace. of thing, Actsxri 

KaTtiXnfi^ivOi T-^V 66dv TOO EvpiAb 

vi. 6 ; foil, by Trepl with gen. La. 1 4; 
Rom. ii. 18. — II. gkner. to vi^vHk,^ 
prise of; pass, to be informed (f, to 
by report, foil, by nrtpi with 
xxi. 21, nrtpi tivo^. Plut de 
KaTTixv^^i^ ir«pt TMV o-v/Lij3c/8ipcvn* 
ILa'Tiou^i. ui<roi^ (jcarA iBtnk 

■with, rust *) \aa». to tuA wiL\a<|ii>^ 



erbol. J». T. 3, i xt""'^' ^"* 
trpffc tetFrivrai. Anian. Diai. 

Comp. Lamp jv- I. 

ITi. IS, ud ofl«n ID Clau. 
1^23. I? 51,6. 

I. T 

to dadlfireiilsl i 

9, et Bffipe k1. Sept. & CJus. 
iod, u iDBnifMIinc bia CDDBtint 

Ihe temple, MstL ulii. 21.— 
4fl. fo daell Jaedly^ to reaide^ 
nen ,- foil, bf lit, Mut. iL 23, 


1 gen. RcT. iii. 10, et >1. ; with 
™. 26 ; by Toi, ihroi., Bev. ii. 
Ill, Mstt. lii. 15. 2) ;b. o( 
iv, Aetam43; of Cliriil, u 
ireBcnl byhb Spirit in the heartt 
o^ Eph. iii. 17 ; of the *)i4- 
Ouonym ntiieh wta in Jeaoa, 
si. i. 19. ii. 9; of the imrit oi 
of mind in men, Ja. It. 5. So 
. q JiKaHMriiFT,, 2 Pot. iii. 13. 

abitalion, Mk. y.3. Sept. and 

Re<. zviii. 2. Sept. and Claas. 
^Ih, cit, A. (>cirrai«'a,) .JintZ/- 
t^, Acu xriL 26. Sept. and 

TpiJlO, f. iVlo, (kotOWT/WIP,] 

^ /ooA in OT show in a mirror; 
A in a Mirmr, Id MoU in a 
a N. T. mid. to UAold as m a 

ux. 2 Cor. iii. IS, -r^r iifm 
nrrrpito^inn, i. e. ' beholJin? 
}f the Lord » reflectitd 

theOotpel;- inantittl. to 
lo 2 Alles. p. 79, unti kit 

iv &\ko. rU T^ii ^„ li 

nprighl, or rsublish, 1 Chron. 
2 CbroD. ixiiii. 16. aod bIh. 

dinct lucceufullv, to achlen 
y.jfil. V.H. xi.9. Xen-Mem, 

,«, Sjlmp. Thus 

li. p, 158, cited 

•» Uniff irmisW 

Deiiioitb. Epi.1. 

Xio-eui in Thuc. ii, 65,1 iu> Ik 

U, le amxta^id rvndt, whether 

^v4.'niTiiflnt, or political inititutiQut, Acts 

xxiv. 'i, KBTOpdrnfio^tre yivo/iivwv, at 

oE^i^ncd. But the term ig ntber to be 

tioCjitua opp. tu fr^akim, * madng of 
su«»E9,' and vi. 13. 

■i, ) ifo««jnHin£», An™, 
plncir ii-yieiir, implying moUon liomi. Matt. 

..__..., Jk. liv. 6_ 

di^Xj} ndTw. Acra ii. 19. Sept. and Clau.'; 
^it1i article aa adj. ^thatu^ui it h^oa^ 
eaithlf. John viii. 23.— II. of TiHi, eom- 
pnr. Ma'.L il. 16, icwA iilToat ical KnTto- 
ripui^ Ojtvxi yeart aid and tader that age. 
Sept. aod Clau. 

EflTiffTepot, Ot 0jr, adj. (compar. fr. 
K^Tifi,) lower doum, u/wer, Eph. Iv. 9, 

:plain, the ffrare^ Hadee, 

I. Neh. : 

, 13. . 

™r™T'fc ^' '"'^"rTtS'b™' 

Kaujoopai, (mSs.,,) only uu. to 
i« »'/ c« ^re,to hum, 2 Pet. iiL 10, 12; 
n^. i>l' u fever. Gal. and DiOBcoc. 

Y.aiai,v,ai>m,o.Uaim,xai,iu,, and 

Burner, 1 ) prop. ' the burning irind* ao 
called, Bums, denoled in Heb. br D-C, in 
An.b. by5.B»oin, Ja.i.11, dWriiXtv £ 
)j\.s? a^PT^ cai><r»ri. 2) the bun^ 

m.^'u ^nng, of which \t meaning ia, ' It 
will hJ fine weather,' which i> alwajri the 
<^ri«L' t\xa the wind in question preniU, 

Mi TUToi, meant '-when 1,Wko.>joi««w!™*- 

KAY 2: 

fr. KaLit^) to aaterixe^ to ^rand 

of tbdr guilt bunll in upoi 
KiencH ; ur rather by impl. ' 
hirdened in their Co 

leans an dead fleet 

nans an ■ 

eniplojEd by <u: 
ki Diad. Sic. i: 
p xaifT^pd TIP 

Kttuvaaai,) to boait otadf, (0 ff'i"^. t<- 
BaiU^ both in a raod end bed senH. E. gr. 
■b»l. 1 Cor. 1. 2», 31, i -/.vx^^'fot. IV 
7. 2 Cot. I. 13.17.11. Foil, by Iccue. ol 
tking at to which, or of wbieh, one beeets 
2 Cor. il. 3, H"— <cavvuua> Maxiioni' 
xl. 30; with ace. of degree, xi. 16. Foil. 
hj in with dat. of that in which one glo- 
nea, e. gr. at Ihiigi, Rom. ii. 23, Sc ii 
ro/up •[auv^Bi. t, 3, Gal. n. 13, et aL : 

* - t, Bom. ii. 17, ill eii. T. 11, 

■■ ~" il. Foil, by ixl 

•rith dat S 

with ace. a> to any thing. 2 Cat 
TTf pi with gen. 3 Cor. i. 8 ; v* 
gen. 2Cor. vii..l4. Sept. abaol 
prop, and Claas. with prep. 

boatting, jjfofTOsf, tx~>'f-" < • ' "f"' 

the ad of dorying .. „ 

"■' — "-•- 'ii. 6, t6 k 

I, prop. 

which we 
T. 12. is. 
i. Find. Uth. V. 65.— 

T^t iXrliot, i. e. ' Ihe hope 
glory.' So Inrio Tu«K. 2 C> 
3. abaol. 1 Cot. 

IT. melon, the OBJECT ^ iooffin^, Wound 
of glaymg^ exultatum^ Rom . iv. 3, l\ti 
imixiii*. 1 Cor. \x. 15, 16, id. and Sept. 
Kauxooic. tat, A. (KavvAo^ai,) a 
fxKutinff, piorffHiff, tjn^iing, L prop, the 
act of gtorring or exuMog in any thing, 
2 Cor. vif. U, 1, Kaiyn-a A«£» i 
imi. Tii™, and li. 17. l^h. ii, Ifl, vrl- 
cfrawt Kav)iiatm, i. e. 'liio crown in 
which we giary,' Ji. ir. 16, and Sept. 8a 
intip Tiwt, 2Cor. viii. 24.— II. melon, 
the OBJECT of boratina, groumj of qhrv- 
im. Rom. ii?27, iro» oiv f, Ka^X""" 1 
■ XpioTu, Bo[ 

i. 12. 

;, 2Coi 

o 1 Cor. xv. 
Tip«, (for frri, ipw) 
I. Sepl. Jot. xu. 13. 

1, Is tie, and alto 

6 KEH 

lit.9. Sa to ie laid l^imiitl,b 

19. Ofaplice, to &,lo&Kl|iiM, 

'. 14. Fig. of penont, to k Kt, 9 
with (Ic tinal, for *ny Ihini, U. 
Phil. i. 17. ITh. iii. 3. Oflin, 
jfiven, modi, (lit. laid di/vnt^ b 01 
Vow meani,} wiib dat. 1 Taa. L9. 
^■qui». to (0 ie, i. B. in any itaK 1 
.liiioa, with ii., 1 John V. 19, J . 
EiAos KtiTfti iv T0 Tom^J, *is 
^<enta wickedneeL'2Maei::iii.ll. 
Kiififa, at, A, a bond, infa 
NW&lliing infants, or wraiAiaguoni 
bodiea. So Hesych. exphing «If 

iiwnXirB. In N. T. only in tk 
eenie, John xi. 44. 

Kilpv, f aijiu, prop. (0 unr 
eat ainiii, i, e. by rubbing, gnuwin 
ling. Bencegener.andinN.T.TOI 
Irana. e. gr. a sheep, Acta riii. 33; 
ibe bead, to cut qflie &itr, AcUi 
uttpAfiirat TTiV KtAaXitr, j&ORH 
At! iead, 1 Cor. xi. 6, bit. SepLi 

Ki\,vr^«, aT«, T^ (nX>( 
of incil«ment, or urging on, (la 0ft 
rushing to battle, Thuc. iii. 14; ot 
3l (ho oar, Lye. Capl. 19; or la 

See my note on Thuc. iii. 9, 2,) 
damaar, shoid, 1 Th. ii. IG, ii 

4. T. and gener. to cammaad, orie 
hing to be done. Foil, by ace. u 
or. Matt. xi7. 19, mXiprBi -roic 
iraicXieiivot, and oft. ; with MC 
laU. viii. 18. liv. 9, al. Sept. an 
'oil. by ace. and inf. pres. AcB ; 
KlXiuatviynAaiaiTor: withu 
leU iTi. 22. Foil, by dat. and inl 
fact. XT. 35, Kni IxlkKm Tott 
vairtaiis. AbBol. ActazXT.29,J 

ifiiTy, empty pride, Phil. ii. 3, and 
"..riiofot 0B,i,il,adj.(«iA, 
i-gtiirious, full of empty prii 
jiion, Oal. •. 26, and Clan. 

!o bt laid. i. prop, to lie, to rtdint, 
lercona, Lu. U. 12, Kilninor iv Abti 

lixiii. 33,oB oiK t] 

<tifL,mt. Of thin 


... .Kpi,) 

V. 12, Ti 

i. 9, 2 Cor. 


, i. o. with emptr 
i. £3. 8ept.an4C 

ivil Jvtv>i4i| ; lit a 
vi. I. Gil. ii. 2. 8b 

, __.. ^ _. ,.. .._ ^ (JlsM. 21 aaid ofthat in which i 

^iwdatioit, 1 Cor. iii. II ; a throne, lUt.VnnVWnft ot Waft, m nk<^.AlK, 
'V. S; retaeli, John ii, 6, -irp« ti, to !«\ciaua, e.Ti. ™o\ >j-,<,., ■«*. ■ 
'"iHor nuber directed oi, oe n Wow, Lo.\ i-ri-Tm, *:*.'».%.%<*- «^^ 

KEN 2 

n«^ fooUdi, J>. ii. 20. Act. 

Blfll, SI, i, (iTEvdc & C^UIm}.] 

nWfl, i. e, roui u»ft^, fruitlme 
, t llm. Ti. 20, Mjuir. to /la- 

oF ihe sing, for plur. (m in our woid (tttu 
far ulei,) often fbund in Thocyd. Indaul 
no CliH. wrilH UM the flar, vhkli b 
odI} found in npapii,,. 

Kiparvuni, (. Ktpiaa, perf. |I*M. 
nfKioao-iiai. to nir. fflwJ*, u vine oitli 
33L Xen. Ail 

inal. .n inferior condiA ''>■'■ 2' ^ in N. TAt i»pl. to _ 

KPIiil. ii.7, Uivaatv iain6i,. dTuaghi, pimr otd.JiiloDet cap, Rer. lir. 
_ ifl T. ,. .. . ._. . W KtKtpatruiifOu ina&Tou iv T» iroTfi- 
: pfu>. ivTu. eTlHL 8iipt.udThuc.TLS, 

n.', ». 13.— il. to Buis ™^ 

(ffT«. t Cor. i. 17, H«n« b. 

1 Cor. Li. IS. ^Cor, iiVs. 

■1., ou, Td. {k,«^1».) a pndr 

thing by which i puncture i 
Ihotd, Sk. Hence ^b N, T. 1 

rr. i>r locuiU, icontiong. Rev 
^li<ni H. An. i. if), of b«i 

or. i..5S,M,-rdW«(.Tpot 

ni> n i^f^h. See my nou 

W ar >Uff with u iron poin 

ID honei, oien, Ac, CluL In 

rrliu,', lo Hi Offoiid Ik, 

•lo offer nin «d ruh raiit- 

ix.5. XKU14. Occohenin 

i»i>, VMS, 0, (Ltt. OMmru,) 

. ori^nallythe CDiuDianderof 

I. li, (ic.'pai,) prop, a liuU' 
"-■«.*. InN.l 

it, ;««, i, («£pflM«j) opot 
(rii. 7, 10. Bom. ii. 21. Sept 

Kdi, rj^ iv, adj. 0^ OT fie- 
pofler, Re>. ii. 37, «iut| ri 
lut. vii[. 327. (ipuiUKDJ rpa- 
twheelV (for turning). Se» 

, Of, Ti, (prop. noDt. 
hen, with ellip. of irj 
«J of uiy kind tn h 
r. 13. Lu. iiii. 10, > 
il«v. J«. I. {\alDV. 


pered with water," but mined with uo- 
mgiice or billen, (which formed, unone 
the Jew>, the cup of miledictionO hh 
that to increiM ita potency^ the mlwre 
pusue of Rev. being eapec, tbrmed on Pa. 
r«v. 8, *oT.ip<di. (IitO !•> X"pl ^'Pi" 
otuou AKpAroi/, irX^piv KtpAafxoTPf- 
Thua the <enn ap. ig to be nndenlood of 
mixing by tn/iaion^ h in 4 nmilai pwun 
ofHom. Od.iT.220-i. 

Kipoc, oTot, -rd, plur. rd (fparo, a 
&om, I. prop, of abeut. Rev. t. G. zii, 3. 
■nd oft. SepL and Clav. From the Heb. 
u the lymbol. of tlrn^h, poHW, melon. 
Lu. \. m,Kipai ircffTiipIac, lam if ibli- 

■ - ifroiiy (ieiHKrtr.—II. fig. of 

, prcfjerimg pomit reumbling 
ipon the four comert of the 
jewHD altars, Bev. ii. 13. 

Ktsd-r.ay, ou, W, (diniln. fr. iciWl 
prop. litUe ion ; in N. T. pod, cani-pod. 


the whoU world,- Matt. xvi. 28. Hk. Tin. 

16. Lu, ii. 25. In tnde, with ace. M*tt. 

ui. 17. >b»l. J>. iv, 13, and Clan. 8ud 

Lif any Inu or evil, torn far gain, by being 

a iWn, or avoiding it< lota. Acta 

ii.21, cipj^irai (»(0 -^r D^P'V -nii- 

K. T. \. and m to have saved, avoided, 

Jon. An idiom found a]» in (he 

Out. fnnil whom many elanplei hare 

iddnced by Elmer and Kypke. So 

n. Eth. 1 1, lai <^ KOTi Xoyov Jr 

^ar <Ii] \afitl¥ rdr Td toiouto irip&i- 

i»^a ivTux^ ^it>ur. AndeoJoa. Ant. ii. 

3,2. Philemon, p. 352, x(r»c ui- ^iyaka 


—11. I 

1) "» 

e.gc' Xp.'sTii.,PW\,™.%.-tI™ 
oimed ofil, ffdot. ri. 6. .WiAiJ>Jtr,Mut.x-«i\i.\&, l-^Wgionowr 
in/j-tam. bul lometroies to one's tide. In N.I. to u-wi oMt ^» 
r noO, Lu. T. 19, ^id Chh)t,andthulbnngtavlLiUAini,\^:<n- 

■I. 19, SO, bit, 21, 22, vh«a it ii 

ta ffiirx in ver. 22. 1 F«l. Hi. 1 
1 C«. vii. 16. 

KIpiia, HTOC, tA, {fr. Ktlpa, to clip 
prop. tumttiiBg cliand off, and thenn 
Hmll coin, {Ariitoph. A<. 1108. Pin 
ralher, taken collectivelj-, tl 
w cHlIed, beauu the mo 

379,1 or 1 

U) admit of being 
o form the imallcr 

Temple, and furnithed m< 
needed it, to 

foreiiii Jem 
ihekel of ' " 
Greek 01 

in exchange fc 
■ the pett)' 

Tii-P&katnr, ou, Td, (neat, of adj. 
ri^nXniiR,) prop, a head. In S. T. and 
gener. £f. 1. Oie daef liing, main paint, 

Xivojufwii, and Claa. ; aa Thuc vi. 6. 
See mj nole.-Il. «m, orwwrf io com- 
puting, BijmnuDg up. ClaBB. Hence oj 
mene}', a sum, eopitoJ, Acta iiii. 2S, 
iroWDv mdiaXaiiHi. Sept. Jm. Ant-iii. 
^ 3, and Ut. Clan. 

Ki^iaXs.o'u, r. virid, (Ki^iiXaiov,) 
to mm up. In N. T. isioe aa afaXfioi, 
to tcound on the head, Crana. Hk- 3I)i. 4, 
KiKtJrBV Ateo^o\4<T<ivT>i Ut^aXai- 

Ki^iaXq, q<, n, tte <Uwf, i. e. 1. 
prop, of peraons, aa of men. Matt. vi. 17, 
and oft. ; also of animals, Rev. ix. 17. Bf 
ajuecd- aa the principal part, put for tbr 
wbole peraon, Acu iviii. 6, -rd sTfii 

CUm. It ii justly noUced hj Mr. Row, 
on Parkhnnt, is volthf of remark, that 
the htad a eapec mentioned, in apeakinj[ 
of imprecationi and guilt. See Joeh. ii. 
19. And he advem to the putting of the 
una of the people on the head of Ilic scape- 
SBOl, Lev. iyL 21. Fig. of thinga, the 
head, lop, lammit, e. g. mOiaXii yaulas, 
tie head of tit coraer,t. e. the top-ilone of 
the eorner, the cope-slooc. Matt, xi- '" 

K^TDi, ou, i, ajfiinkK,uT pbai 
;upied with herhe and treei, 
it ai Sept. and Clait. Not, 
/tomr-girden, but an encloiD .. ^ 
with truit-treea and vcgetablo, i. i 
{lUiIeD, orchard, more niuallf called vf 
3»inoi. See Joa. AnL ii. If ' "^ 

in Claai. an ennm'eration of d» ■■ 
and valuation of property. In N. T. 
tnhife, poO-Ua, (jTionifxiXsiw,) )ri 

cenani. Halt uii. 17, joim m 
Kaiu-api. " ' ' 
K^jwou, the trtbulB- 
in Hk. X 



eS, i, {tawt,, aifl 
rdnar, Jotin a. U,> 

I Td, ^iinpit, ^"J 

KSpuy/ , 
Claaa. proclamation b 
edict thus procliimed. 

ciatioH, prea^mff, aud 

the dcmaiciaiiim of Jonah 

Jonah aguut 
inw, Ibtt. I 

I, the prtacAag of the Qotpel, ! ' 
Meton. for the Ooepel thoi p 
i. e. Cliriit crucified, Rom. n 

uUiscri^. iDk'r.apRadir, pat 
lalructor, of Ifae Di*lite nitl and praif 
1 Noah, 2 Pet. iL 6; of the Gmfd, 
L Paul, 1 Urn. iL 7. 
KupiiffoB orTTB,f. £w,(ni(»IJ 
rlaas. la be a ieroM, or to aatepnO^ 
lion through s herald. In K. T. I* ^ 
annnHiue putlidv, tnci. L ~ 
x.7!,Kni,6frTiiti Tin U 

Sept. aod Cliat — lI.nwtofA. of fbrhons, spic. (d prMuA, jwiiii*, <ia«n«i, L^^ i 
'. e. tie head, tie die/, one to wtom lipovn truth, the Qoepel with iti aU"**- 
ufierasrBsuboniinate, e. g. a huibund in \ vi''n\»tt» «A doXvgiABra^ilM Q«rf ■• 

?-«««* .^ 4„4p. Of Chrisi in «ltttoit\&£ffi«, »»«■ ^- V KT.jW™.^.* 



iioBBl I 

IXiVML Aotai.I7. OrJnui, iTho. 
7, 73. or ipoUla in<t tuch- ' 
:.7.xi!t.U. So Tdv XpHTTJ* 

to pmoi Ctr^ L e. to ui- 
I u ths Mmnh, >nd cihoii 

necplian or hit OoukI, Aeu 
31 iLl 13, ct mL 2) <n dlu- 

Mouic ind pnplHtic inBtitU' 
maoi, tend, AcU it. 21, 

ii. 31, i 

i ncXi'ir 

^D. i. I. ciKu •ur<i\i.. II 
r. mdmittcd, thit Uh leim !• U 
id not of tbe uiaU, but anolbci 
the Aart gtout cilM Zasua, 

s'. T.'owd of tW «rV of llie 
lib. b[. 4, Bnd Sept. oft. Jot. 
44. Of Nodi'i irk. Matt. 
I. «ad Sept G«n. iL 14, iq. 


r ; tboonh tbe modem inilni- 
Imat, the mcient dtban, di 
wiAsut ■ neck, ind with the 
like the modern hap ; henre 
<t itnAer lyre it 1 Cor. liv. 7. 
;W. 3. IT. 2, Sept, ud Clui. 
>, f. Iffw, (kISmh,) topiw 
■iam, or 2jm, 1 Cor. xIt. 7. 
Sept. tod Ctw. 

uf, one who pliji on the ]jn. 

I in Ambii uid ladii, uied by 
13. Sqit. ind Clue. 
«B,r. iii>ro,(Kive>i«,l lobe 

■I. It iBDHd, 'lioin'. Lu. 
rdJMwv. 1 Cor. IT. 30, r.^ 

So EccId). xx>i. 13, ind bo 
nCI™. 2)>H.(i,oi.«,witb 
tbe Uuf of duwer, eipcc. by 

lii. 40, Ku^mU !')'«'- 
id often in Cla*. Id Acti 

•enw ■■ Himewhkt different, 
near being, or like to be, Kt 

u idtom often tound in Attic 
ee. Plata Se Xro. Mem. iii. 
vw/r SvmpMVTOTifiot rival i 
vSmiii. BjrBf. »p. Sttph. I 

i dvBpoi 

3i. 2 Cor. li. 26, il. Sept. lod Clue. 

Kii>E«, f. ijir.., tomoH.pitf unoMoK, 
u applied 10 objecta both iDuiimitU and 
inimate, 1. of thingii, Matt, iiiii. 4, lA- 
ilXou-n Kivqoai niri, leil. t* rAoprfn. 
Beut, Job xlii. 3S. I>. III. 7. Xen. Cort. 
ii. 22i eipec. In the pbnn Kmtw -nj. 
jcri^aXijp, to tAo't? tie iead in derifdoD, 
Matt. iTTii. 39. Mk. it. 29, and Bnt 
In CluB. gener. aa a token of diiHnt or 
displeaaure. So i. Eapa, Horn. Od. iTJii. 
491. II. iTiii. 200_n. of pbrsonH, b 
note, ant upon, Horn. Od. iiiT. 6, n A' 
dyi Kivqanc : or to rtnwtv. ReT. ii. fi, «. 
Xuyiilnir. But gener. metaph. to >(irni. 
uA;, Ada xir«. 5, k. ^it„. ClaH. 
with roktiuni or an ace. of pen. Mid. (o 
fWH <mad/, AcU iTii. 28, J£m» «1 
KinuwiS''. And BO often in ClaiB. but 
ehlefl^ in the eente to stir ; while here the 

S^if'^ife," s£ ^1. V°1a.*i. " '"uw- 

othTllBInple'^now^'^me ia Geo. tIl 
21, probablT in tbe mind of tbe ApoUle, 
■al <lir<eaM ■rSau aipP Kieouuirt, 
M Tlj, y^t. Pan. prop.TteT. vi. i4, U 
Tuv TOTTaii a, di!ii'iiB'r'<'<'v- Ham. II, 
iTi. 280, iKimeiv li 4>dXay7tc. Bat 

Eipqcrx. ■<«,_ 4, (rwlu,) motion. 

w''''""'t' '^' '"e'™'— Iff"''"') !" 
dproiK. Sept, and Claia. 

KXaAoy, oif, o, (KXau,)aialoo/,jfTnw<. 
6rana^ prop- young and eaiilv bro/am off, 
Matt. iiiT. 32. et a>. Sept.' and Clan. 
Fiff. and ali^r. ol k\ilSoi. bramAea for 
qffiprisg, potterit^. Bom, xi. 16 — 21. 

K\at^, {. „\a6<,auai. In N. T. Int. 

not only the (bedding of legra, hut eiety 
other exlemal eipieuion of grief, I. in- 
tt>nt. and abtol. Matt. iiti. 75, inluiKn 
wiKpuc. Lu. rii. 13. Foil, bf irl with dat. 
to loetp/ar or otw any one, Lu. lii. 41 ; 
iiri and ace. Ln. xxiii. 28, uq icXafiTi 
l-r' iui K. T. X. With dXaXalaiv, Hk. 
T. 38. Aop«p.r,, Mk. T. 39. a..i«r^ 
John it). 20. «>irri«eat JT* ovrn, ReT. 
ITiii. 9. ike\itav, Jnmea t. 1. TtvOtir 
ix' auTi, Rot. iTiii. 11.-11. foil, by ace. 
to binuf, lament /or, c. (. iW &a&,%U.\. 
ii. 18. Sept. nnd Clan. 

KX<i<ric, .1.^, fi. 1,«XA«.^ » »>reoWjiO 

tin Lord-i mpper, Mitl. iiri. 26. A«» 
46. Hstuh. of the body of Chriit, 
tjjiaHj Srobtrn (o tile EuihiriiL 1 Ci 
n.'U,Ti aa^ ^6 Irwip iidir tUiHtvo. 
where the lUuiion it lo the deub of Chri.i 

K\.U, Jd>, i uc. .Xilruid .} 
■cc. plur. icXfiJai and conU. t\, 
*«, 111. o Aatler. In N. T, u the ■< 
of inwer sod mulhority, Mstt. ir 
Wow ffoi t4i kXiZi T^^o-iWoi 
- - ' B, the ]»i»er of opeaing or 

ting, of ad[ 
the kiagdor 

ilhe ume hdu. Rbt. i. IB, 

le kingdom of Qod. Comp 

KXifu, t »M, (nerf. put. KlKkiurna,, 
aor. 1. pBiB. JuXtiffSiiii,) to ihul, to dote, 
tnnu. I. prop. Matt vl 6, iXiioac t^u 

wjndem of heiveiL lo that do tbjii can 
fM, Lu. i,. 25.— n. meboA. Matt. uiJi. 
IS, xXtltTt -njn fiaa. -rav obp. So of 
authontj to eiclnde or admi'L R«». iii. 7, 
Ua, «. 2) 1 Jebn iU. 17, kKHov^ W 
f»W7T(Mi iiro T«o«, fo iliif » ona'i 

A<r^ fa ie ^'r to any pen 
And «o otlen in Claai, enec 
In N. T. zener. L to MerU 

I. T. gener. 

1. gJ. iv. a 

Polvb.. , 
, fofl. b) 
Menda d 
the kin 
and ita attendant pririle™ 

bf poneti He Uaid, 1, e. raim! 

Biah'i kingdom. So icA.. nir 
(T„ieto;), Mall.IxT.3iM- 
"'"^' nbo'Heb. i. 4.14. y*. 
lL 7, Sept. 

Matt, hl" 3B,"'LQ.~"ri! 13.- 
oorHon, pomaiaa, rxfec. the 
nun, u the paateiuon of thi 
Acta vii. 6. Heb. n. 8. Hoot 
mierion to the kingdom of C 
Utendant pri»ilege«, Ai^xz.! 
18. Eph. L14,S. y.&,tfL 
KXupovofioi, ov, i, a^ 
''*"",)prop.'r«eiYin5 l^lo«, 
wcuon thai ditiributed. Hes 
and ^ener. lubat. on *ew. L 

office' Alto Acts Tiii. SI, 


K^ote lix. 34. So i-TiSaX. Hmi 
ilA.309; Sept. El uiT.S, with allu- 
liBIbi uciiHil euMDm, <m whicb wt 
MlAQtKk Antiquitiei; ilw iitota, 
li*-^i«.L36j.ILn«ton. 1) Ih. 
IW ir portion udgnod imd obtunei] 
>KJ.FoLIqi ud Episr. in Anlhol. 

IHW: ilB in Sept. In N. T. flg. 
W*}"* w ponian of rfiifjF pertiining 

^Jni ni ^iplv 0^1 fiX^/fOV If Tin 
|p*T«rri., witb illujion to Deut.i. 9. 
pB, SI tfao poiKuion or protMrfv of 
kbd obUJDcd bj luch tllolmenl. 
jM Dung the Jem wu ilnji ' 
Pad gulieniblB,) Hdbi. IL x>. 
PALRniiXjjpM Jj(JpiiT«. CM. 
t 'biw obtif Tf xX^pcfir T*. 
Ni haded nropertT, etUtei (like tbi: 
^ Imdia). % Hdot. L 76. ii. 94. 
9-t. jfiliu T. H. lii. 61, nXqwn 
^i«. IT. 7, e. In N. T. the wonl 
n hull in nni. and nlor. : but onlv 

^e, or inherituce, to dei .. 

Nnid to tbe ninU nuIienablT, Acts 
Lia.ia^.n.ntAflpoi- luToii -■- - 
■n. And eo Acta u. S2, A>i>i 
NMiiu jv TDii ilytavulimx Ttirrui. 

tm TDv xXiSpDv Tiew iyltar, wherr 
■VUa TDV ■:Xitpiiii ngoiflet lie allot- 
tinat, witli illiuioD to t, couatrj 

tMT diiided into /upUig, to be ap- 
ned to tbem Hienllj by lot (U 
It). CoDip. Wild. T. 6, iri« kotiXd- 

II called 


At 1 Pel. T 
.■Up.* ad 

ii ehorrhea, .... 
k (be pmbjflert addrened, sevonllj 
M; K tenned witb alluiion to thr 
bef Canaan into Kk^pot, (aa Lreboi 
■ehf Ibe Atbenlana,) which accord- 
fatiDed ao aaay Hpante heritaju 

f^ wi. ^ ; tB4 mi.' ■■ --- 

'throuffli whom it baa tieen ffranted Ui.' 
.ffilianll. An. i. 13. ep. 49. 

KXqfftf, ivi, A, (koXm,) prop, tie 
act ofadlinif, alto iti effect in a aui^ m- 
rifntisa, eapcc. to a fraat. In M. T, flk A 
■piHliwl)}; a fniK to the kinEdoai of Qod 
■uid iu privilegei \ i. t. that divine call by 
which Chriatiana are introduced iota the 
priiiJeget of the Goipel, Rom. li. 29, 4 
(Xnaic ToS SaoD. Euh. it. 1, et aL See 
m. 30, and 'i Pel. L 10. 

hope winch the Chrial- 
it> him lo eheriab.' In 

So alto 


inn'a call 

1 penoita I 

26, ^Xlwii 


hoa ^ were oiled ;' and vii. 20, Iks 
in-rg KXnfflt J iicK^tl, in -rai-rrf nuil- 

called, » iel'bim lemain.' 

KXqrdc, 4. if, adj. (icnXi'u,) calM, 
inaied, e. ir. to a banquet, Sept. 1 K. i. 
41, 49. Horn. 11. iTii. 386. .£ubin. L 1. 
Hence in N. T. Bg. eaOtd, mvOed, I. e. to 
the Idnffdom of hsTen and ita priTiluea, 
gener. SUtt. n. 16, (where aee my note.) 
and xxii. 14, wdXXoI •yap titri icXrrTaJ, 
iXlyat a UXiKToi. Aleo emphat. of 
thoH who have utaed thii catl,=>unu,, Rom. i. 6, 7, irXuro! ■It,oo5 X. 
-•XfjToEt iyloLt. Tiii. 28. I Cor. i. 2, 24. 
Jude I. ReT. ivii. 14, iXiitdI •mi Mu- 
ral cbI wtrrof. In Ihe lente of (^nonfai/, 
cimat, i. e. to any office, (>ee in KoX^m, 
no. I. 5,1 Rom. i 1. I Cor. i. 1, kX^toi 
dir^ira^oi, comp. Gal. 1. 15. S« Horn. 
". ii, 166 'AXX' fiyiT., iiXi,ToiFt (i. e. 
:iipiToin) irpiJuD/Hv. 
KXlfiafBt, Of, i, m ocen, i. e. for 
baking brekd, Hall. n. 30, et ■]. See 
KXf;ia, HTM, -ri, (ai»>,) prop, n- 
maHiM, dedwils, Pol. ii. 16, 3, nXlua 
iv ipur. So of the tuppMed indi*atiim 
' the heaTena towaida the polei in ancient 
geography, whence the northern hcnii- 

Stiere waa divided into leTcn Kklftarit, 
motet, bT linei pamllel to the equator. 
Hence in N. T. and gener. cAmate, i. e. 
" i. 21, lit t4 K\i„aTa 
. XT. 33. 2 Cor. li. 10, 
uid Claii. 
KXr^^il, ijr, 4, (icXfiw,) pn>p. atnbcj^, 
ly thing on which one liea, rtdaia, &c. 
, N, T. I, gener. and only of the ad, 
ii. 3D. Rev. ii. 22. Sept. and Clua. 
bod in wbich \\ie »icV w« \iot™. 


I dining, Lu. xvU. B 

KAI 2: 

xXivrft ^uavi 't^vo penoiuflhall be litting 
or Inclining together:' c«mp. MiU. Itiv. 
40. and eee below. Hk, ir. 21. -rti. i. Lii. 
Tiii. M. Sept. Or, in all Ihen paingei, 

cUnium, i. e, &e owoA dt tqfii on wbich 
tbe incienu reclined at meals. And » 
it i> often ued in Sept. mud CIbh. 

KXTfa, f um, nor. 1. UXira, perf. 
kIkXiko^ prop, and gencr. to bend uiy 
Ihing from a Btmight po*ilion. in whatever 

TRANS, to bend dowrnoardg, used TiL in 
Horn. 11. lii. 223, of one of the Bcslei of 
I InUnce : but in N. T. of the ejM or 
bead, fa tew, In, x. 
^6 irp6ffumf tit *riiv y^p. John xix. 30, 
X. rir «(*., M one ajing, ot gener. to 
redive He iead for r»t. Matt. Tiii. 20. Lu. 

cited by Poskw, Muiui ^Akayyas. 
And » Heb. li. 34, vapi/LfiiAis hikimv 
dXAoTpIoiB, lit. "-made ifae Hnea bend," 
i. e. nnled the iToaja. And indeed tbe 
term il in iheCliM. alnrnit always applied 
10 Uemes, rather Ihanthelinea. SoUoin. 
II. T. 37. Ta»at S UXivav davact. Od. 
ii. 59. Jot. Bell. TL 2, 6.— II. intiunb. Io 
HBiHW imaeV, («o prop. Polyb. iii. IS, 9, 
In' Aa-rita Aliria, ' to bend to tbelet^,') 
uaaid atl&edaa agdecHnim/^ Lu. ix. 12. 
xiiv. 29, xUXutiK ii V'P"- ^ ^t- 
Judg. xii. 8, II. Jer. ti. 4. In tbe ClasL 
anlj uaed prop, of the sun and ils declin- 
ation to the horiion, Ihough lii irnripav 

K\(<rra,4v,iT, (frperf. paH. KBjrXie'at, 
ft. uXfuu,) prop. ' a iiWe where one may 

hati but gener. il bed. or rather eowA, 
fMrlbiiaTa.l used for rEclining at a meal. 
Find. Pyth. iv. 237 ; and alio, by melon., 
liepaiiy uttina around it, Ju. Ant. lii. 2. 
Hence in N. T. Kkiaiat, inb. (UTd, lit. 

KXoirf,, fli, B. (fr. pfif- mid. xlKiaipi 
m K(t\Bira. fr. kM-ttw.) lie ad ofHeai 
aa. theft. Matt. it. 19. Mk. Tii. 22. Sept 
KXiivv. owe, D, (fr. aor. 2. IxXviot 
ft. rkv^ai, to daiji,) prop, 'a daihingf 

fi^m'Llief I 

lief and huB 
10 disbelief and despair, aa be 
moTed hj eTery wind of doctrine. See 
ph. It. 14. Tbe term is one of ^neol 
currenco in tbe Class, from Hwkt 

(tAuAofjr,) prop, lohe totted unihbiBowt^u 
tbe sea, or to futdfro^ aa any thing tossed 
Lv Ihe waTce of the tea ; but ahnut 
^[ivays used metapb. of mental flactoatiDt 
ui penurbatjon. See It. Ivii. 20. So ^b, 
LV 14, K\<lilMl^iii%im inur7l dvf^y t^ 
difuiTiiaXicit, i.e. 'agitated by dontHsand 
diScultiesj' a seme frequent inlhaltM 
iciilefs, as Joeephns, Fhilo, Plutarch, and 
Arwlm., from whom see ezamplo in ai; 

EvbSu, (<[vd«,) f. H^ns, geoo. k 

Fth or tcTQiik ; and m mid. to sero^ oa#' 
ae'f, (or at mA with -ri sBs or tq* ii- 
tliiX^v,] but gener., in a nwdal aeoee, to 
ti,*le, t, Antfiol. Gr. iii. 86, 8. ««•<>' 
.!t» f>oc rill oiw. In N. T. only m 
IMS. to ie lidded, feel an Hdaig; if. 
• Tim. iv. 3, K«jej^«. i\r iKok; Ui. 

h™ng a dcK 
".Julian p. 333, li 

enolbe,' as our Engliiii Poet tan, 'Cu 
flallerj' soothe the dull (old ear of DeathT 

KoJpdvTqc, or, o, 
the 4th part of an oa, i 
aniall bnss coin, = two 

Ka,\ia,at,i,{(t. jR.T\ac,hollow.)pn|L 
ana cavils, Wl confined to thoae rf die bn- 
man bwlj, and almost elcIusiTeiy to Ibe 
Jti^; and denoting lometimes the Rsler 
i>Ff«rior,iciKp£^aXoc,asJuda[.itLSI. Pol. 
mil. 2,7; but gener. the inferior or obai 
And so alone it is used in N. T. when il 

lii. 40, ir -ry KoiXia roS mhvn. 
T. le. I Cor, Ti. tS, eC a]. Sept.srd 

— II. from the Heb., by syneed., br 

llie mrndi. Mall. lii. 12, U KoMn firt- 
Toet, el al. Lu. i. 42. Ai peraonifled. put 
- r the woman herself; li. 27. iiiii. 'JS. 
Id Sept. ofL— III. lig. from the Heb. fi>r 
l!ie inirarrf part, the inner man, at in 
Engl., the hreatt, the heart, John TiL 38, 

, -T- „„,,„^, ., .„\ ¥.oitii»,1.4ni»>™l»;*«p,Vi«lto 

A-.(ii&,„„„- w, („ Jo,.,2l\iU«.,a«o^«>.™TA«™- 11™*-^*.-^; 
■Ja, !. 6, io.Kt Kkiluvi »a\iaat,t, wheto\ani Seo«. V»*- ™iiio>«*,-**'W>-«*- 

KOI 2: 

livafisi, le ft^ lakKp. to ttof, intnna. 
I. frop. Hitt, TtT&t 13. Lo. iiii. 46.. 
iRH/ui^fKiit <hrd Tifv Xt)irt;Tf ftl. Sept- ft 
CluL— II. o Hid of the bleep of desth, 
ftir (D rfw, lo in dnul, Mitt. nrii. SI. John 
s. 11. AcD lii. SO, KifTo ((Tiir jnoi- 
fiifei), et ■!. Sept. ud Clug. 

cftle^iiiff,orSle$laU«tiegi; alumetDD. 
nif, repom, John li. 13. EixliB. xlvi. 19. 


H^of M»H> o^' Id off, 
Wad.™.%i ■ ■■ 

37, 6l^ -rdli tippalOll JCOlVDir. BO ID 

N.T. Aea!i.M,i]x<<rfiirarTai«iwd,iii 
rabreoa lo th«i bnag nied in nxv^, oi 

Hwd, O^m. Diod. Sic. vdL L m 

Or, < ' 

lOfi, Opp. t( 

). ri-ip. W 



!. Tit. i. 

c. cwrqafa, u S Mice ii. !^, ii 
-.—11. BY HEION. in the Levi- 
pennittAd by the Hoaic 
ertfore ammem, not tured 
=eoreiDDnielly tpdavjfid. 

:i. S. Rom 

.^ .- I. Mli. ■! 

11, niU'nTE f^HlTM Ti 

liT. Id! 1 Ktcc. i. 47, u^ ^..^ Ai^i. 
liu.l,l,iiuvDv^c'o>,&ni!peil. I^g.under 
tbe Onpel diepenution, uxAoli/, imcon- 
MttaUd, Heb. i. 29, ri a^a t^c Iue- 

cnted,' and tfaerefbre hrniag no itDninj 
eAcsCT. So Juit. Mart. Apol. ii. p. 98, 

ra/ia raih-a. (the liread and nine in the 

ethen, puUaird^ prMitne^ b9 Joi 
ABL lii. 12, 3, KDi»! ai'epxirci, f>n 

ED<i>g», f. »r», (»ii<uc,} in Clau. 1 

Tbnc. i.39, ii'i. 96. In N. t! in tbe Lei 
KDK, to naie eamtum, i. e. fo remjt 
talofi^yi'iTtmdtaiifiodeJUe, coTemonifill^ 
with «c, Mut. IV, 11 , toDto Koiiu! Td 

to prq/aiu^ OeucmU, poUntey 

t partaker qfw tn any thmg, tciih anj 
B/woe, fctf. I'Xg"'- *' /WfAifc! q/" any 


(b! aluaToc, ud Clan. : by dit (0 ])ar- 
(oic n inT thing, Rom. i>. 27. 1 Tim. v. 
23,M<|J1 ■Div^vii duii|>7>a.c iWin-olatt. 
I Pet. It. 13. 2 John 11 ; fig. Rom. lU. 
13, rat. Ttp,ia,, ,i* iyU,. b>.,-«S^ 

TeVby aidiog Ihen. Witd. yi. 25, and Ut! 
Clau. — II. of TSEDiONB, to porloia leiti 
any one, foil, by dat. and it. Gal. vL 6, 
KoivtayttTta 6 icaTTixov/iiiHn rdv \6ryov 

to bit (eacber of bis good Ihingi ;' with 
and ICC. Phil. it. IS; with dal. of p> 
and gen. Pol. ii. 42, 6, Si.. V. H. 

Eo....Ia, =., 4, (™.- 
the acl of patiakmg, lianiia 
So AiiMol. Elh. -.iS 1- ~ 


Wo,) prop, 
icill otbefi. 

^iXfa. In N. T. I )' parikapaHat, fi- 
laaAip m&. eaUMMMm n. Acta ii. 42. 
1 Cor, i. 9. I. 16, ouyi i<dii><»[<i ni 
alaant-K. -roi ai^a-rn, toD Xp. 2 Cor. 
Ti. 14, Tie niwwia ^.vrlxiiDCffjcdm; 
•nhat of communilyr q^d. t( noiKir; I 
VDuld comp. Epich. ap. Slob. Senl. p. 501, 

Kfn ;"eu^,''ip"t'2^ !5w>I Th™.'*m! 
in tianimitting thi> almi,' liii. ij, 4 «. tbS 
dylou Tltii/iiiTm, 'the fbllownliip of tba 
Holy Oboft,' meaning that omnuonaiAim 
and mdadUng of Che Holy Ghoit, tba 
Comforter, by which the bleninga of God 
the Father and the Son, the grace of 
Cliriit, and tbe loie of God, an bettowed 
-,n man. If it mean, aa the recent foreign 
!!ommentaton Bay, parto^H^Hfl, it mutt, 
,t any rate, den ale a panicipation in tbe |pfl> 
if the Holy Ghoit a> a peraon, the two 
bnner being such. Gal. ii. 9, Ji£iiL iigitw- 

• 1,' &c. Eph. iii. 9, in leiL lec. 


' ill ' 

accniion to it. ii. 1. in. 10. Philem. 6. 
1 John ). 3, 6, 7. Joa. and Clast. 2) am- 
muRunlian, iJutrtMnM, gener. Udian. i, 
10. 3. In N. T. meton. for antribiition, 
soUedion of money in behalf of pooT 

i. 16. 

r. 26. 2 Cor, 

I. IS. 

., 4, d», adj, (™™«J,,) 
E. e. irfoBAu vet propems 
KKi'oJ. aa Pol. ii. 41,1, and 
auflpumn n. Ainu, la 
vtmg^ i. e. ready to glre. 

or a partner, o.....^.- ., 

2 Cor. viS.'ia, KOLvuv^ V)«,¥iSBnft.^1- 

Hdi»n.i\.8,6. ¥d\\.^ (pi-iA*i 

vhon any one \i '*" " ' 


wbom he puUkea in any (hiDE, 
niii. 30. 1 Cor. x. 20 H«b. i. &. 
and CliM. ; by dal. of fen. (o or 
whom one t> fartner, Lu. v. 10, not 
TO ZifKan : by eed, of thing partaken, 
1 bor. 1. 18, «>.»»»>! T^i Bunaon-npiW, 
i. (.■oflheiiciiiiituuriGced.' 2 Cor. L 7. 
I PeL T. 1. 2 Pet. i. 4, and ClaiL 

KsfTK, in, 4, (n.Jdai,) oiniwAiiHi, 
L«.((iT>«t oralew, Hiloi. i.lO, upi) tjJi 
mervt. Hence gcuor. & in N. T. l)pfaa 
cfrtpoK, itd, ]m. li. 7, Ti imiiiii uoir 
.■:._''7::.-: .1. _i. -.iT„», mm. Od. xix. 
eu. tho marria^bed, 
i^e itgeir, Ueb. xiii. 


K. 21'o/ot>5i 

odIt the uoeta. Pind. Pjlh 
Med. IM, Hippol.164. F 

i^/^ptace, a bed-mamer. Acta lii, 20, i 

kini'i chamber-attendant, chamberlun 
Sept. and Cla». 

KSicKirot, q, ev, odj. (kckkoi, a snul 
insect uied by the ancicntg for dying pur 
pie,) ojecBi-dyed, crinusR, Matt, iivii. 2fl 

SXo^i^a KcwKiinii;, for nhich In Hk. xv 
r, t^-pipao. Heh. ix. J 9. Rev. ivii. 3 

4. iiiii, 12, 16. Sept. Ei. iit. *. iiviii 

5. Joali. ii. IS, 21. Piul. ed. B. vi. p. £46 

proii. to^orpniw,BalreeH,KoXd2[<u>'m 
JjtJpa, Theopbr. de Caui. Plant, t. 9, II. 
fli. lo ulCeniwr. (umwf, nudemte. .£1. V. 
K. It. 3. Xen. (Ec. ix. 12. Heoc^ in 
N. T. and oft. in C1a«., eipec. Thuc. and 
the Traged., to aorred, punish, wilh ace. 

2 Pet. ii, 9! iatka\-iitfvo\K -ntpi-lii, i. e. 

KoXaxila, u, A. (coXaE, flalleier,) 
/offerji, adtdatvm, 1 Th. ii. 5, and Claia. 

K^Xaiit, .«., *, («Xar»,) pr«p. 

/4fl *r( nf praninq, e, gr. KoXaflis tmif 

difipuii,. Theophr. 'de Caai. Plant ii. *,1. 

garer. ia Claa, rastrielion. eaitiqaiim ; 

JK T. pi ■' ■ — it. . ' 

r. 'fiiod! ac!t. 

Xoiriii aiinmi. I John ir. 18, and lat. 

¥.a\a:^tlm,f.lamAmKaf^, ft. im- 
XdTirm.) lo ((rife ailh (ia jiiK, is^ wilh 
ici:. Mnll. ilvi. 67, (KoXa^ivav avTW. 
Mk. xiv. 65. Hence gener. la naUrral, 
1 Cor. i.. 1 1. 2 Cor. ai. 7. 1 PeL ii. 20. 

KdXXJb, fiierw. (1 
(o t/bs t.Metier, maie o 
.^8', I., ■,1'fmrpneii'. Lucian, yuoni. Hat. 
Coiitcr. .^1. etpec. (0 wUer melala; alM 
to Jb^^ea df^iy, prep. Pind. Ol. t. 29. 
fie. Pblo 776, A. neXXi iriWoi -warra 
flfir,. In X. T. ,mM. tAXao/ia., aor. 1. 
puai, iKoXXnOiv, with mid. di^if. (o od. 


■ -'"' noWtfitrra 

. , dil. JEoXXs- 

,j ol dfiopTloi (teemynole), 

nil. 10. Fs. cu. 6. AntboL 

2lt, iind on. 

,. 281. 

ma. of peinna 

... _... . 8«pt.'2Kin(^ iii. 3,»1. 

elaewticro by liKoXovOin : of pen. (0 bt- 
mine a mTDonl to any one, Lu. it. IS, (0 
/bUoiv, c/fow to, T^ TOfuqT, 1 Cor. Ti. 16, 
EccluB. lii. 3, KoXXuiiiiKH ir<i/>Hii(, an 
appropriate terai. 80 Nichareh. in AntbaL 
i-ralpa .aXXarai, xn^d. The ClaiL 
lioBcvet latber ute irpoo-KoXXaeflat, nb. 
»I>D occ, in Sept. Gen. ii. 24. I Badr. ir. 
20, al. So Uvy, 'acorlii iniBttdW.' t» 
KupiQ>,lCot.vt.l7. 8ept.2K.zviii.6.lB 
futlow theude orpartyoianTone.eooM)- 
oiale unKI, Acta T. 13. ix. 26. x. 28. i?9. 
31. Sept, and lat. Clut. 

KoXXoil/iisv or KeUipiw, <», ti. 
(dimio. of voXXif'fiii, a cake,} prop, a omS 
caie. In K. T. daUjn'iini, gv-iofoe, K 
calleil u resembling tliedeugb of the tsoK- 
\6pt. Ret. iiL 18, Atr. Ewct. iii. 21, 31. 
Luo. Alfi.2t. 

KoXAi.p.oT^., oC, i, (nD-XXuBof, a 
sToslI ri,in, and t)ie profit on change.) a 
mouptj-chij Offer, broker, equiv. to KtpMO- 
t.<ttV. Matt. iii. I'2. Mk. li. IS: Jghn 
ii. l.i. Lvtias Fragm. 34, ult. 

KoXu^ou, f. Atrm, (loXo^dt. moli- 
liiied, fr. KoXoc.) prop, to nmlilaie, eKrtaH, 
Sept, and eipec. bjcytfrnj^a limb. Ia 
N. T. lig. of tim^ hi eat off, Aorien, pa*. 
Mall. jiiT. 22. Mk. xiii. 20, ^o\aPm»li- 
ffoiToi b! ■i»/pai. Sa Malela, f. 2S7, ™i 
a^oif fLiiv6t Tdv Q^tpar IvaXd^idffiEr. 

KoXvjic. «p, 5, (^ Aoaont. T. pR^ 
' " ' body between the Hmi ; 

nee John xiii. '. 

, dK<l»< 

xxT. &, 4[t K»- \ opfodW M l«wu' ^ 

a. JoLuid 

KOA i 

rtemmbe. 1^. fa ie ta or mi Ai imam o 
■nj one, to be chflHahAd b^ bim \ » botoni 

auunaDkni with Abnhun,' u ooe of bi> 
btloved childna. So Jm. it Muc. g 13, 
[i Hiee. liii. 16,1 cCt. ydp »<u>Drr<it, 

Sent * 7wi ir t« kdXitui aeir. DeuU 
^ 7. xxviii. 54, ^,>1. flcclus. ii. 1. 
Pint. Cmto Hid. S3, nit. rafilmBu, Ik 
TM IIc>^Ti|I«i iiBXirgHi diiSpwxov. Cic. 
(d Dir. ziv. i, ' tu nn aii in liuu Kmper 
M (omplezu meo.' — II. Bpec. lie bomm of 
u ofioaUl jgarmeDt, which falls down 
onr tbo girdls, ud ii oHen used u t «in 
of pocket for ourying tinall srtictea. Lu. 
•n.38, iimunr ■!> -riv m'^iroi' i^i;. 
So Sept. IL liT. 6. Jer. xnii. 18. uid 
HDHtima CUw. a. gr. Hom 

'&(^ipw_III. fig. put foi 
iilet of the an. Act* mii. 
CUm. ud heuce ma gtif. 

KoXvfi^da, f. itru, lo (umi, Actt 
nfii. 43, ud Ut. Clui. 

KoXu^^iiepa, ot, *, (wXu^^oBi,) 
prop, a firinunmf^^ifaoe, hence a po«, 
fond, Ibr uij mitpoM wLiimer; e. gr. 
geocT. John ii. 7« 1 1 ; h healing bath oi 
pMl, ver. 3. Sept, Joa. and lit Clm 

EoXwfa,m, A, liftt. ootonia, i. B. a 
Bmuo eolonj, Aiti iri. 12. On the con- 
nodoD of colooio with the RomBn repub- 
lic, lao Kninod in lr>c. 

inir lorn, 1 Cor. li. U, iq. and Clui. u 
Hom. Hdat. Xcn. 

Kd/ii?, m. ii, fcnr, i«ul D/i<ur, 1 Cor. 
li. Ifi, Sept. ind Clin. 
- KofillCB, f lira, Att. f. ID, (kom^o.) 
prep. »nd gcner. te (ate oo« of, jntmde 
for; •oofoneMleninbiMle, U> tote 
^iei^aaay, Hom. It. lili. 196: hci 
gener. to iatt up, cam qf, u booty, H( 
IL iL 875, or i weapon in the body, x 
286. In N. T. gener. 1) set. to 6c 
to bring, trtni. Iio.n[.Sl,«ntilirara iKA- 
Bairrpor aipuv. Arr, Alts. M. vii. 22, 8.